EIL Tender

EPCM services for DHDT Project of NRL Refinery
TENDER DOCUMENT
(Document No : A774-TENDER_DOC-A774-000-81-41-CI-T-8102)
Page 1 of 1178
Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document
Table of Contents
Document Number
Rev.
Document Title
Page
Number
5
A774TENDER_DOCA774-000-81-41-CIT-8102
A774-000-81-41-CIT-8102
A774-000-81-41SOW-8102
A774-000-16-50-SP8102
6-68-0001
6-68-0002
6-68-0003
6-68-0004
TENDER DOCUMENT
549
ITEM RATE TENDER (ORIGINATOR/CONTRIBUTOR)

(STRL/ARCH/GEOTECH)
SCOPE OF WORK
JOB SPECIFICATION
568
4
4
5
6
572
576
591
604
6-68-0005
6-68-0006
6-68-0007
6-68-0008
6-68-0009
6-68-0012
3
4
6-68-0013
6-68-0017
6-68-0056
6-79-0020
6-78-0001
6-78-0002
6-82-3100
1
0
6-82-6100
6-75-0001
6-75-0002
6-75-0004
2
5
6
6
6-75-0008
6-65-0006
6-65-0018
5
3
7
6-65-0019
6-65-0020
3
3
6-65-0027
6-65-0030
Standard specification civil and structural works - general scope.

Standard specification civil & structural works materials.
Standard specification civil & structural works earthwork.
Standard specification civil & structural works plain & reinforced
cement concrete
Standard specification civil & structural works reinforced cement
concrete for liquid retaining structures.
Standard specification civil & structural works structural steel
works.
Standard specification civil & structural works structural steel
works (tubular/ hollow sections)
Standard specification civil & structural works miscellaneous steel
works
Standard specification - civil & structural works - brick masonary.
Standard specification civil & structural works demolition and
dismantling.
Standard specification - civil & structural works - miscellaneous
items.
Standard specification - civil & structural works - bipolar concrete
penetrating corrosion inhibiting admixture
Standard specification civil & structural works bonding fresh
concrete to old concrete by epoxy resin bonding system.
Standard specification for surface preparation and protective
coating (new construction)
Specification for quality management system requirements from
bidders
Specification for documentation requirement from contractors
Inspection & test plan (ITP) for civil, structural & architectural
works (item rate contracts with categorization)
Standard QA plan construction division (item rate contracts)
Standard specification for architectural works general.
Standard specification for floor finishing.
Standard specification for steel / aluminium doors, windows and
ventilators.
Specification for roofing.
Standard specification for earthwork for underground piping.
Standard specification for road & flexible pavements. (upto WBM
layer).
Standard specification for concrete pavement.
Standard specification for flexible pavements with bitumen premix
carpet.
Standard specification for underground and above ground G.I.
pipeline system (water services)
Standard specification for fabrication and Laying of Underground
piping.
Page 2 of 1178
555
634
642
666
682
694
703
710
719
733
739
798
805
814
878
891
898
913
922
930
937
948
958
967
972
Table of Contents
Document Number
Rev.
6-65-0035
6-65-0042
6-51-0084
6-51-0087
4
3
6-51-0088
7-67-0008
7-68-0051
7-68-0056
7-68-0060
7-68-0202
7-68-0203
7-68-0417
7-68-0501
7-68-0506
7-68-0507
7-68-0509
7-68-0552
7-68-0553
7-68-0562
7-68-0626
7-68-0627
7-68-0655
7-68-0683
7-68-0691
7-68-0692
7-68-0695
7-68-0697
7-68-0699
7-75-0091
7-65-0001
7-65-0010
7-65-0206
7-65-0207
7-65-0211
7-65-0212
7-65-0216
7-65-0224
3
6
5
6
0
6
6
7
7
6
7
6
7
7
4
4
0
3
3
2
0
2
3
0
0
3
4
4
3
4
4
4
2
7-65-0272
7-65-0404
7-65-0448
7-51-0102
7-51-0103
7-51-0303
7-51-0332
A774-000-17-440001
4
3
2
5
5
5
2
K
Page 3 of 1178
Document Title
Standard specification for misc. civil & structural works for U/G
piping & other civil works
Standard specification for underground sewer system pre cast
RCC pipes.
Specifications for earthing installation.
Specification for field inspection, testing and commissioning of
electrical installations
Specification for electrical works as part of paving works
Pedestal for stair/ladder.
Standard lifting hooks in precast slabs & chequered plates.
Metal insert plates.
Handrail - Tube and Ball Type
Typical grating support.
Typical chequered plate support.
MS anchor bolt assemblies
Handrails
Steel stairs
Details of steel ladder
Steel ladder joint details
Circular platform for hot vessels
Details of brackets of circular platforms for hot vessels
Small operating platforms on grade / RCC elevated structure
Cable trench
Precast cable trench and joint detail
Cable trench for class-AA tracked vehicle (crane approach)
Monorail fixing details with steel members
Detail of sliding T-support
Detail of sliding t-support using hollow sections
Electrical cable tray supporting structure
Electroforged grating type-I & type-II
Saddle supports for equipments on tech. structures
Metal sheet flashing detail
Abbreviations, legends and equipment symbols.
Road curves and Crossing.
Grating detail for catch basin (for both steel & galvanized material).
Valve pit (RCC) type-V for dia 2" to dia 6" valve
Details of rungs for manholes, valve pits, tanks, etc.
Standard miscellaneous details for manholes.
Septic tank type I, II, III & IV
Chequered plate details (for masonry valve pit type-I, type-II, typeIII & type-IV)
Unit drainage details (rectangular ditch details).
RCC pavement details.
Upflow anaerobic filter
Typical earth electrode in test pit.
Typical earth plate fixing details.
Section of RCC cable trench.
Safety measures for electrical installations during construction
OVERALL PLOT PLAN
Page
Number
983
990
997
1004
1012
1018
1019
1020
1027
1029
1030
1031
1038
1046
1052
1055
1059
1067
1072
1075
1092
1094
1101
1110
1112
1115
1124
1132
1140
1142
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1161
Table of Contents
Document Number
A774-021-81-4102001
A774-021-16-430001
A774-012-16-430001
LL-1648-0402
LL-16-49-0401
Rev.
Document Title
Page
Number
1162
Compressor House Plan, Elevation & Section
EQUIPMENT LAYOUT FOR DHT
1163
EQUIPMENT LAYOUT FOR SRU
1164
3
0
ANY OTHER DOCUMENT

APPROVED VENDOR LIST
1165
1170
Page 4 of 1178
N R L
NUMALIGARH REFINERY LIMITED

NUMALIGARH
DHDT PROJECT
(BIDDING DOCUMENT NO. SK/A774-000-CI-TN-8102/1004)
(DOMESTIC COMPETITIVE BIDDING)
BIDDING DOCUMENT
FOR
CIVIL/STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
(COMMERCIAL)
PREPARED & ISSUED BY:
Page 5 of 1178
MASTER INDEX
NAME OF WORK: CIVIL/STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
BIDDING DOCUMENT NO.: SK/A774-000-CI-TN-8102/1004
(COMMERCIAL SECTION)
S.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
NO. OF SHEETS
1.
COVER PAGE
2.
MASTER INDEX
3.
SHORT NIT
4.
DETAILED NIT
5.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB) WITH ANNEXURE
6.
PROPOSAL FORMS
7.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC) WITH ANNEXURE
8.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)
9.
APPENDIXES TO SCC
16+3+2
21
128+5+12+30
24
MEASEUREMENT OF WORKS
II
TERMS OF PAYMENT
III
QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM
10
IV
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
88
LIST OF MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
3
6
VII
QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE OF KEY SUPERVISORY

PERSONNEL AND PENALTY FOR THEIR NON- MOBILIZATION
KEY PERSONNEL REQUIREMENT
VIII
TIME SCHEDULE
IX
VENDOR LIST FOR CEMENT AND STEEL
PENAL RECOVERY FOR NON-MOBILISATION OF EQUIPMENTS
XI
CONDITIONS FOR ISSUE AND RECONCILIATION OF MATERIALS
10
XII
OISD-192 AND OISD-207
XIII
INTEGRITY PACT
XIV
ITEMS QUALIFIED FOR SECURED ADVANCE
XV
APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION SUB- CONTRACTOR
10.
SCHEDULE OF RATES
VI
1+36+38
PREAMBLE
SUMMARY OF PRICE (SP-0)
DETAILS OF SERVICE TAX (SP-2)
ESTIMATED SCHEDULE OF RATES (SP-1)
DETAILED SCHEDULE OF RATES (SP-3)
58
Note: Documents as per Master Index (Technical) is attached separately with the Technical Part
Page 1 of 1
Page 6 of 1178
N R L
DOMESTIC COMPETITIVE BIDDING FOR NUMALIGARH REFINERY LIMITED OF NRL
Engineers India limited (EIL) on behalf M/s. Numaligarh Refinery Limited invites e-bids from eligible bidders for the
following Works:
Description
Name of the Works:
Civil/Structural
Works
For
DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE for
DHDT
Project
of
M/s
Numaligarh Refinery Limited At
Numaligarh, Assam
Bidding Document on
Website
Pre Bid Meeting
Bid Due Date/ Time
From 29 .12.2015
At 1030 Hrs (IST) on

11.01.2016
On
19.01.2016 upto
1200 Hrs. (IST)
NRL
Site
Venue:
Office , Numaligarh ,
Assam
Unpriced Bid Opening

shall be held at 1500
Hrs
(IST)
on
19.01.2016.
To
19.01.2016
Bidding
Document
No.:
SK/A774-000-CI-TN-8102/1004
The detailed IFB & Bidding Document with contact details can be viewed and downloaded from EIL website
http://tenders.eil.co.in or Central Public Procurement Portal http://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app. All amendments,
time extension, clarifications, etc. will be uploaded in the websites only and will not be published in newspapers.
Bidders should regularly visit the above websites to keep themselves updated.
AGM (C&P, EIL)
Page 7 of 1178
NOTICE INVITING TENDER (NIT)

CIVIL/STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE FOR
DHDT PROJECT OF M/s. NUMALIGARH REFINERY LIMITED AT
NUMALIGARH, ASSAM
N R L
BIDDING DOC. NO.: SK/A774-000-CI-TN-8102/1004

(DOMESTIC COMPETITIVE BIDDING)
E-Tendering
1.0
INTRODUCTION:
1.1
M/s. Numaligarh Refinery Limited (NRL) is setting up the Diesel Hydrotreater (DHT) Unit at
Numaligarh, Assam and have appointed Engineers India Limited (EIL) as Engineering Project
Management Consultant for implementation of this Project.
1.2
Engineers India Ltd. (EIL), Gurgaon on behalf of M/s Numaligarh Refinery Limited (NRL),
invites e-bids under Single Stage Two Part Bid System for execution of Civil/Structural Works
for DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE at Numaligarh Refinery from competent agencies with sound
technical and commercial capabilities meeting the Bidder Qualification Criteria stated in Cl.
5.0 below.
2.0
BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK:

Bidder to refer the technical volume of Bidding Document for scope of work.
3.0
TIME SCHEDULE FOR COMPLETION:

15 (Fifteen) Months from date of issue of Fax of Acceptance.
4.0
SALIENT DETAILS:
a)
Bidding Document available on

Website
: From 29.12.2015 to 19.01.2016
b)
Last date of Receipt of Bidders

Queries for Pre-Bid Meeting
: On 09.01.2016
c)
Date of Pre Bid Meeting
d)
Last Date and time of Online

submission of Bids (Bid Due
Date)
: Up to 1200 Hrs. (IST) on 19.01.2016
e)
Online Opening of Technocommercial Unpriced Bid
: 1500 Hrs. (IST) on 19.01.2016 (*)
f)
Earnest Money Deposit / Bid

Security
: INR 1,00,00,000 /- (Rupees One Crore Only).
g)
Cost of Bidding Document (NonRefundable)
: Not Applicable
h)
Opening of Priced Bids
: On date & time to be intimated later
at 1030 Hrs. (IST) on 11.01.2016 (*) at NRL

Site, Numaligarh , Assam, India
If dates identified as (*) above happen to be a declared holiday in EIL Gurgaon, the next
working day shall be considered.
The complete Bidding Document is available on EIL website: http://tenders.eil.co.in; and Govt.
Website: http://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app Bidders can view / download the document from
any one of the websites mentioned above.
All amendments, time extension, clarifications, etc. will be uploaded in the websites only and
will not be published in Newspapers. Bidders should regularly visit the above website(s) to
keep themselves updated.
Page 8 of 1178
Page 1 of 6
Request for extension or any queries received from any bidder with less than four working
days prior to bid due date shall generally be ignored, since there will not be adequate time for
proper communication with Client and other Bidders. Bidders shall submit the bid directly and
in their own name without involving any intermediaries.
5.0
BIDDER QUALIFICATION CRITERIA(BQC):

Agencies intending to participate shall fulfil the following qualification criteria:
5.1
EXPERIENCE CRITERIA
5.1.1.
The bidder should have completed at least one or two or three contracts involving Civil &
Structural Works in an Industrial Plant of minimum value(s) as indicated below during the last
7 (seven) years period reckoned from the due date of submission of bids:
One Contract of minimum value of Rs 56,00,00,000 (Rupees Fifty Six Crore Only)
or
Two Contracts each of minimum value of Rs 35,00,00,000 (Rupees Thirty Five Crore Only)
or
Three Contracts each of minimum value of Rs 28,00,00,000 (Rupees Twenty Eight Crore
Only)
5.1.2.
A job executed by a bidder for its own plant/projects cannot be considered as experience for
the purpose of meeting requirement of BQC of the tender. However, jobs executed for
Subsidiary/Fellow subsidiary/Holding company will be considered as experience for the
purpose of meeting BQC subject to submission of tax paid invoice(s) duly certified by
Statutory auditor of the Bidder towards payments of statutory tax in support of the job
executed for Subsidiary/Fellow subsidiary/Holding company. Such bidders shall submit these
documents in addition to the documents specified in the bidding documents to meet BQC.
5.1.3.
A job completed by a bidder as a sub-contractor shall be considered for the purpose of

meeting the experience criteria (Commercial) of BQC subject to submission of following
documents in support of meeting the Bidder Qualification Criteria:
5.1.4.
a)
Copy of work order and completion certificates along with SOR issued by main
contractor. The Completion Certificates shall have details like work order no. /date, brief
scope of work, ordered & executed value of the job, completion date etc.
b)
Certificates from the end User/ Owner/Consultant of the Owner substantiating that the
agency is approved/ authorized sub-contractor for the works sublet to him by main
contractor.
In case Bidder has executed composite works which includes qualifying work stated at clause
no. 5.1.1 above, then value of such qualifying work out of the total value of composite works
shall be considered for the purpose of qualification.
For composite works, in the event the value of the qualifying work cannot be ascertained from
the work order/ completion certificate submitted by bidder, Copy of Schedule of Rates (SOR),
relevant pages of Contracts, Copy of relevant pages of final bill certified by Owner for
establishing requirement of BQC or written letter from the Owner specifying the nature of work
with quantities and values can be submitted for qualification.
5.2
FINANCIAL CRITERIA
5.2.1.
Annual Turnover of the Bidder shall not be less than INR 56,00,00,000 (Rupees Fifty Six
Crore Only) in at least one of the preceding 3 financial years.
5.2.2.
The financial net worth of the Bidder as per the latest audited annual report shall be positive.
5.2.3.
Financial years/ previous period as above shall be reckoned from the due date of submission
of bids.
5.3
DOCUMENTS AND DATA REQUIRED WITH BID
5.3.1.
The bidder shall, in his own interest, furnish complete documentary evidence to justify that the
bidder meets the Qualification criteria as given above.
5.3.2.
Bidder shall complete and submit the Experience Record Proforma provided under the
Proposal Form of the Bidding Document (Alongwith supporting documents mentioned) to
Page 9 of 1178
Page 2 of 6
establish that the bidder meets the Bidder Qualification Criteria as per clause nos. 5.0 of this
document.
5.3.3.
Bidder shall furnish documentary proof of fulfilling the Bidder Qualification Criteria as
mentioned in Clause Nos. 5.1 & 5.2 above. The documentation shall include but not limited to
copies of work order(s) / contract agreements(s) / relevant pages of contract document(s),
completion certificate(s), fulfilling the qualification criteria, complete annual reports containing
audited balance sheets and profit & loss accounts statement etc. NRL / EIL reserves the right
to complete the evaluation based on the details furnished without seeking any additional
information.
5.3.4.
All documents furnished by the bidder in support of meeting the technical, commercial and
financial criteria of BQC shall be submitted in a separate section/booklet along with their offer.
This section/booklet shall be titled as Documentation against Bidder Qualification
Criteria (Experience and Financial) with proper index and page numbering. Refer
Instructions to Bidders (ITB) for details.
5.3.5.
All documents furnished by the bidder in support of meeting the Experience and Financial
criteria of BQC shall be:
Either
Duly certified by Statutory Auditors of the bidder or practicing Chartered Accountant (not
being an employee or a Director or not having any interest in the bidders company/firm)
where audited accounts are not mandatory as per law.
Or
Duly notarized by any Notary Public in the Bidders Country or Published Annual report shall
also be acceptable. In case of Notarization, Bidder shall also submit an Affidavit, duly notarized
in the Format provided as Annexure-1 to this NIT, signed by the Authorized Signatory of the
Bidder.
5.3.6.
Any additional documents if deemed necessary to establish the qualifying requirements may
be submitted by the Bidder.
5.3.7.
Submission of authentic documents is the prime responsibility of the Bidder. However,

NRL/EIL reserves the right of getting the document cross verified, at their discretion from the
document issuing authority.
5.3.8.
NRL/EIL reserves the right to complete the evaluation based on the details furnished (without
seeking any additional information) and / or in-house data, survey or otherwise.
5.3.9.
Failure to meet the above Qualification Criteria will render the Bid to be summarily rejected.
Therefore, the bidder shall in his own interest furnish complete documentary evidence in the
first instance itself along with their bids, in support of their fulfilling the Qualification Criteria as
given above.
6.0
PRE-BID MEETING
6.1
Bidders are requested to attend a pre-bid meeting at NRL Site, Numaligarh , Assam, India
as per the date mentioned in Cl. 4.0 above.
6.2
The bidder may send their queries, if any, on Bidding Document by e-mail singh.sk@eil.co.in/
rohit.singh@eil.co.in to reach EIL by the cut-off date specified in the NIT/ LIT after which
Owner/EIL shall reserve the right not to entertain any queries. The queries received within
cut-off date shall be replied during the Pre-bid meeting. The queries raised (without identifying
the sources of the query) and the responses given will be transmitted to all who have been
provided access to the Bidding Documents.
6.3
Bidder to ensure that authorized representatives attending the pre-bid meeting should be
competent to discuss and conclude the technical and commercial issues, thus they are able
to submit a Zero Deviation Bid.
6.4
In case of open tenders where there is a Bidder Qualification Criteria, Bidders are requested
to bring their qualification documents for review so that on submission of these documents in
the bid, shall facilitate faster processing of the case.
6.5
Bidder should understand the requirement of submission of documents / data along with the
bid so that bids received are in complaint with requirement of Bidding Document / RFQ.
Page 10 of 1178
Page 3 of 6
6.6
It is to be noted that if bidders fails to attend the pre-bid meeting and submits their bid, shall
be considered for evaluation only if their bid is acceptable and their offer is in line with the bid
requirement.
7.0
SUBMISSION OF BIDS & VALIDITY

Bids are required to be submitted only through Govt. of India CPP Portal at
http://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app on or before the Bid submission date and time Bidders
are required to enroll on the e-Procurement module of the Central Public Procurement Portal
(URL: http://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app). No enrolment fee would be charged from the
bidders. It may also be noted that the price details are required to be filled & submitted only
on the Schedule of Price format downloaded from above e-Tendering website.
7.1
Bidders in their own interest are requested to enroll on Govt. of India CPP portal and
upload/submit their bid well in time. In the event of failure in bidders connectivity with
EIL/CPP Portal during the last few hours, bidder is likely to miss the deadline for bid
submission. Due date extension request due to above reason may not be entertained.
7.2
Physical Bids / Offers or Bids through any other mode shall not be accepted. The Offers
submitted through e-tendering system, as above shall only be considered for evaluation and
ordering.
7.3
Bidders to refer Instruction to Bidders for E-Tendering Methodology provided as Annexure-I to

Instructions to Bidders (ITB), in the Bidding Document. Bidders are requested to get
acquainted with the E-Tendering System in advance and obtain/seek clarifications, if any from
EIL and/or CPP Portal Helpdesk, whose contact information is provided in the Annexure-I to
ITB.
7.4
Validity of bid shall be 4 (four) months from the final due date of opening of Technocommercial (Un-priced) Bids.
8.0
EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD

INR 1,00,00,000 /- (Rupees One Crore Only).
Bids must be accompanied with Earnest Money Deposit / Bid Security. Bids not accompanied
with requisite Earnest Money deposit /Bid Security shall be considered as non-responsive and
such Bids shall be summarily rejected. EMD/ Bid Security shall be in favour of Numaligarh
Refinery Limited, Numaligarh, in the form of crossed Demand Draft (Payable at Numaligarh
Refinery Limited) or Bank Guarantee in the prescribed proforma from Schedule Commercial
banks. The Bank Guarantee shall be valid for a period of 6 months.
However, EMD exemption shall be applicable for Micro and Small Industries (MSEs)
registered with National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC) or District Industries Centers
(DIC) or Coir Board or Khadi and Village Industries Commission (KVIC) or Khadi and Village
Industries Board (KVIB) or Directorate of Handicraft and Handloom or any other body
specified by Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises as per applicable guidelines (for
similar work and for the monitory limit higher than the estimated value of work under tender).
The exemption shall, however be only to the works and monetary limit for which the bidder
holds registration. The certificate issued should be valid on the date of opening of the tender.
There will be no waiver of EMD for Public sector undertaking of central/ state Government
undertakings subject to the condition mentioned above.
8.1
Bidders are required to submit the EMD in original at the time of bid submission in sealed
envelope and are required to upload the scanned copy of EMD on CPP Portal along with eBid. EMD in original shall be submitted in a sealed envelope titled Earnest Money Deposit
for Bidding Document No. SK/A774-000-CI-TN-8102/1004. Bidder must upload the
scanned copy of EMD on CPP Portal along with the e-bid. Swift message/Cheque/Cash shall
not be acceptable. In case bidder fails to upload scanned copy of EMD on CPP Portal by the
bid due date & time, such bid shall not be considered for evaluation.
8.2
If the Bidder is unable to submit original EMD within the due date and time for Bid submission,
he may submit the same within 7 days from the date of unpriced bid opening, provided
scanned copy of the same have been uploaded on CPP Portal. In case the Bidder fails to
submit the EMD in original within 7 days, his bid shall be rejected, irrespective of their status /
ranking in tender and notwithstanding the fact that a copy of EMD were uploaded earlier by
the Bidder.
Page 11 of 1178
Page 4 of 6
9.0
GENERAL
9.1
NRL/EIL reserves the right to carry out capacity & capability assessment of the bidder using
in-house information and past performance.
9.2
The bidders who are on Holiday/Negative list of OWNER or EIL on due date of submission of
bid/ during the process of evaluation of the bids, the offers of such bidders shall not be
considered for bid opening/evaluation/Award. If the bidding document were issued
inadvertently/ downloaded from website, offers submitted by such bidders shall also be not
considered for bid opening/evaluation/Award.
9.3
NRL/EIL will not be responsible or liable for cost incurred in preparation, submission &
delivery of bids, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.
9.4
In case any Bidder is found to be involved in cartel formation, his Bid will not be considered
for evaluation / placement of order. Such Bidder will also be debarred from bidding in future.
9.5
Canvassing in any form by the Bidder or by any other agency on their behalf may lead to
disqualification of their Bid.
9.6
Unsolicited clarifications to the offer and / or change in the prices during the validity period
would render the bid liable for rejection.
9.7
9.8
Bidder shall not be under liquidation, court receivership or similar proceeding.
9.9
NRL/EIL reserves the right to reject any or all the bids received or annul the bidding process
at any time.
9.10
Consultant for the Project or their subsidiary company or companies under the management
of consultant, are not eligible to quote for the execution of the same job for which they are
working as consultant.
9.11
9.12
Bids submitted on Consortium or un-incorporated Joint-Venture basis shall not be accepted.
9.13
For detailed specifications, terms and conditions and other details, refer complete Bidding
Document.
9.14
The Address of NRL in documents such as Bank Guarantee Format, Agreement Format, etc.
should be as below:
Numaligarh Refinery Limited
122A G.S Road, Christianbasti,
Guwahati-781005
9.15
Clarification, if any, can be obtained from Mr S.K.Singh through following number.

Telephone No. +91-124-380-2109/ 2168/2164;
E-mail: singh.sk@eil.co.in / rohit.singh@eil.co.in
Asst. General Manager(C&P)
Engineers India Limited, Gurgaon.
Bidders may view the Bid opening through Govt. of India CPP Portal i.e.
http://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app or may witness the bid opening in EIL Office Complex
Sector-16 Gurgaon (Haryana).
Owner reserves its right to allow Public Sector Enterprises (Central/State), purchase
preference as admissible/applicable from time to time under the existing Govt. policy. Owner
shall also follow the Public Procurement Policy on Procurement of Goods and services from
Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) Order 2012.
Page 12 of 1178
Page 5 of 6
Annexure-1 to NIT
FORMAT OF AFFIDAVIT
AFFIDAVIT OF...................................................... S/o D/o ................................................ , resident of
.............................................................
EMPLOYED
AS
............................................WITH
....................................................................................
HAVING
OFFICE
AT
............................................................................................................PIN
I, the above named deponent do hereby solemnly affirm and state as under :1.
That I am the authorized representative and signatory of M/s

..
2.
That the document (s) submitted, as mentioned hereunder, by M/s

. Along with the Bid document submitted under Covering Letter
No. .. dated .. towards Tender No.
for
. (Project) has / have been
submitted under my knowledge.
Sl. No.
Document Reference No. & Date
Document Subject
Issuing Authority
3.
That the document(s) submitted, as mentioned above, by M/s

.. along with the Bid Document for meeting the Bidder
Qualification Criteria thereunder, vide Covering Letter No.
dated
,
towards
Tender
No.
for
. (Name of Work / Service) are
authentic, genuine, copies of their Originals and have been issued by the Issuing Authority
mentioned above and no part of the document(s) is/are false, forged or fabricated.
4.
That no part of this Affidavit is false and that this Affidavit and the
above declaration in respect of genuineness of the documents has been made having full
knowledge of (i) the provisions of the Indian Penal Code in respect of offences including, but
not limited to those pertaining to criminal breach of trust, cheating and fraud and (ii) provisions of
bidding conditions which entitle the Owner / EIL to initiate action in the event of such declaration
turning out to be a misrepresentation or false representation.
5.
I depose accordingly,
DEPONENT
VERIFICATION
I, ................................................. the deponent above named, do hereby verify that the factual
contents of this Affidavit are true and correct. No part of it is false and nothing material has been
concealed there from.
Verified at ............................... on this .......................day of ........................ 20 .........
DEPONENT
[On non-judicial stamp paper of appropriate value]
Page 13 of 1178
Page 6 of 6

Civil/Structural Works For DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
Job Number : A774
Instructions to Bidders
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 1 of 16
INSTRUCTIONS
TO
BIDDERS
Engineers India Limited

Page 14 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 2 of 16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL .................................................................................................................................. 3
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
BIDDING DOCUMENT, CLARIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENT ............................................. 3

5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
SEALING AND MARKING OF BID .......................................................................................... 11

DATE, TIME & PLACE OF SUBMISSION ............................................................................... 11
LATE BIDS .............................................................................................................................. 12
MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWL OF BIDS ........................................................................ 12
BID OPENING AND EVALUATION......................................................................................... 12

23.0
24.0
25.0
26.0
27.0
28.0
29.0
LANGUAGE OF BID .................................................................................................................. 5

BID REJECTION CRITERIA/ COMPLIANCE TO BID REQUIREMENT.................................... 5
DOCUMENTS COMPRISING BID ............................................................................................ 6
BID PRICES/BIDDING CURRENCY ......................................................................................... 8
BID VALIDITY .......................................................................................................................... 10
EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD)/BID SECURITY ........................................................... 10
MULTIPLE/ ALTERNATIVE BID.............................................................................................. 10
PRE-BID QUERIES .............................................................................................................. 10
FORMAT AND SIGNING OF BID ............................................................................................ 10
CHECK LIST FOR SUBMISSION OF BID ............................................................................... 11
BID SUBMISSION .................................................................................................................... 11

19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
BIDDING DOCUMENT .............................................................................................................. 3

CLARIFICATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENT ............................................................................ 4
AMENDMENT OF BIDDING DOCUMENT ................................................................................ 4
CONFIDENTIALITY OF BIDDING DOCUMENT ....................................................................... 4
PREPARATION OF BID ............................................................................................................ 5

9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................... 3
COST OF BIDDING ................................................................................................................... 3
SITE LOCATION/SITE VISIT .................................................................................................... 3
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT & CONFIRMATION ............................................................................ 3
OPENING OF TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BIDS ....................................................................... 12

CLARIFICATION OF BIDS ...................................................................................................... 12
EVALUATION OF TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BIDS ................................................................. 12
OPENING OF PRICE BID ....................................................................................................... 12
EVALUATION OF PRICE BIDS ............................................................................................... 13
UNSOLICITED POST TENDER MODIFICATION ................................................................... 13
CONTACTING THE OWNER/ EIL ........................................................................................... 14
AWARD OF CONTRACT ......................................................................................................... 14

30.0
31.0
32.0
33.0
34.0
35.0
OWNER'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ANY BID .......................................................... 14

NOTIFICATION OF AWARD ................................................................................................... 14
CONTRACT AGREEMENT ..................................................................................................... 14
MODIFICATION OF INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS ....................................................... 15
CARTEL FORMATION ............................................................................................................ 15
FRAUDULENT PRACTICES............................................................................ ..............
..15
ANNEXURE I TO ITB: E-Tendering Methodology

ANNEXURE-II TO ITB: MSE Policy

Page 15 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 3 of 16
GENERAL
1.0
INTRODUCTION
1.1
M/s. Numaligarh Refinery Limited (NRL) is setting up the Diesel Hydroteater (DHT) Unit at
Numaligarh, Assam and have appointed Engineers India Limited (EIL) as Engineering
Project Management Consultant for implementation of this Project.
1.2
EIL on behalf of NRL invites e-Bids, under single stage two bid system, for the entire
scope of work covered under the Bidding Document on item rate indivisible work contract
basis (hereinafter for the purpose of these instructions collectively referred as WORK).
1.3
It shall be Bidders responsibility to have thorough understanding of the reference

documents, site conditions and specifications included in the Bidding Document.
2.0
COST OF BIDDING
2.1
All direct and indirect costs associated with the preparation and submission of bid
(including clarification meetings and site visit, if any), shall be to Bidders account and the
Owner/EIL will in no case be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the
conduct or outcome of the bidding process.
3.0
SITE LOCATION / SITE VISIT
3.1
Bidder is advised to visit and examine the site, its surroundings and familiarise himself of
the existing facilities and environment, and collect all other information which he may
require for preparing and submitting the bid and entering into the Contract. Claims and
objections due to ignorance of existing conditions or inadequacy of information will not be
considered after submission of the bid and during implementation.
3.2
The Bidder and any of his personnel or agents will be granted permission by the Owner to
enter upon his premises and land for the purpose of such inspection, but only upon the
explicit condition that the Bidder, his personnel or agents will release and indemnify the
Owner and his personnel and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof and
will be responsible for personal injury (whether fatal or otherwise), loss of or damage to
property and any other loss, damage, cost and expenses incurred as a result thereof.
3.3
Bidder may contact the following persons at site for the purpose of site visit:
Mr. G.K. Borah
Chief Manager (Projects)
Tel. No. :03776-265850
Mobile No. :09435152585
Telefax : 03776-265514
E-mail :girish.k.bora@nrl.co.in
4.0
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT & CONFIRMATION
4.1
Immediately on downloading of Bidding Document, Bidder shall acknowledge receipt and

confirm his intention to bid for the subject work through online. Acknowledgement cumconsent letter provisions are available on EIL website.
BIDDING DOCUMENT, CLARIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENT
5.0
BIDDING DOCUMENT
5.1
The Bidding Document shall be read in conjunction with any amendment issued in
accordance with Clause 7.0 below.

Page 16 of 1178

Job Number : A774
Notice Inviting (NIT)/ Letter Inviting Bid (LIB)
Instructions to Bidders and its attachments (Proposal Forms).
Proposal Forms
General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and its Addendum
Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) and its attachments.
Schedule of Rates (SOR)/ Schedule of Prices (SOP).
Technical Specifications / Standards.
Drawings, if any.
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 4 of 16
5.2
Although all the details presented in this Bidding Document have been compiled with
reasonable care, however, the Bidder is expected to examine the Bidding Document,
including all instructions, forms, terms, specifications and drawings in the Bidding
Document and Bidder to ensure that the information provided is adequate, clearly
understood and it includes all documents as per Master Index.
5.3
Bidding documents once issued / downloaded are non-transferable.
6.0
CLARIFICATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENT
6.1
Bidder shall examine the Bidding Document thoroughly in all respect and if any conflict,
discrepancy, error or omission is observed, Bidder may request clarification within the cut
off date as specified in NIT. Such clarification requests shall be directed to the address
given in NIT/LIB.
6.2
Any failure by Bidder to comply with the aforesaid requirement shall not excuse the Bidder,
after subsequent award of Contract, from performing the work in accordance with the
Contract.
6.3
Response to queries/ clarifications raised will be sent as expeditiously as possible to all

who have been issued/ downloaded the Bidding Documents. The response shall not form
part of the Bidding Document unless issued as an Addendum/ Amendment. The queries
raised (without identifying the sources of the query) and the responses will be uploaded on
website.
6.4
Bidders are expected to resolve all their clarifications/ queries to the Bidding Document
and submit their bid in total compliance to Bidding Document without any deviation/
stipulation/ clarification.
7.0
AMENDMENT OF BIDDING DOCUMENT
7.1
Owner/ EIL may, for any reason whether at his own initiative or in response to the
clarification requested by the prospective bidder(s), issue amendment in the form of
Addendum during the bidding period and subsequent to receiving the bids. Any
Addendum thus issued shall become part of Bidding Document and Bidder shall submit
'Original' Addendum/ Compliance letter duly signed and stamped in token of his
acceptance.
7.2
For Addendum issued during the bidding period, Bidder shall consider the impact in his
bid. For Addendum issued subsequent to receiving the bids, Bidder shall follow the
instructions issued along with addendum with regard to submission of impact on quoted
price/ revised price, if any.
8.0
CONFIDENTIALITY OF BIDDING DOCUMENT
8.1
Bidders shall treat the bidding documents and contents therein as strictly confidential.
8.2
The Bidding Document is and shall remain the exclusive property of the Owner/EIL without
any right to Bidder to use them for any purpose except for the purpose of bidding.

Page 17 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 5 of 16
PREPARATION OF BID
9.0
LANGUAGE OF BID
9.1
The Bid and all correspondence incidentals to and concerning the Bid shall be in the
English Language. For supporting documents and printed literature submitted in any other
language, an equivalent English Translation shall also be submitted. Responsibility for
correctness in translation shall lie with the Bidder. In case of any conflict, for the purpose
of interpretation of the Bid, the English Translation shall govern.
10.0
BID REJECTION CRITERIA /COMPLIANCE TO BID REQUIREMENT
10.1
Owner/ EIL expect Bidders compliance to requirement of Bidding Document without any
deviation and submit substantially responsive bid.
10.2
Bids not compliance to requirement of Bidding Document shall not be accepted and
Owner/EIL may not seek any clarification/ correspondence from bidders in case sufficient
acceptable bids are received. Therefore, bidders are requested to submit their bids
complete in all respects.
10.3
Bidders shall ensure that their bids are complete in all respects and conform to
terms, conditions and Bid Evaluation criteria of Tender. Bids not complying with
Owners requirement may be rejected without seeking any clarifications.
10.4
In any case, no exception or deviation shall be accepted to the following critical

stipulations of Bidding Document and bids containing deviations/ exceptions to the these
shall be considered to be non-responsive and are liable to be rejected:
Bid Security/EMD (if applicable)
Arbitration
Defect Liability Period
Bid Validity
Schedule of Rates/Schedule of Prices
Time Schedule
Security Deposit/ Performance Bank Guarantee
Termination and suspension
Force Majeure
Scope of Work / scope of Supply
Liquidated Damages/ Compensation for Delay
Moblization Advance
Integrity Pact
Any other rejection criteria specified elsewhere in the Bidding Document.
10.5
The deviation on other clauses, if unavoidable, should be furnished as per FORM

attached. Exception/ Deviations submitted in any other form and mentioned elsewhere in
their Bid shall not be considered. If any exception/ deviation are acceptable to OWNER/
EIL, the same shall be issued to all bidders through an amendment. All other deviations/
exceptions, not incorporated in amendment, shall be withdrawn by bidders failing which
offer of such bidders shall not be acceptable. If a bidder takes any further deviations other
than those agreed, while submitting the revised price bid/ price implication (if any), his bid
shall be rejected outright without any reference. In case any deviations is found in the
revised price bid/ price implication, the bidder is also liable to be placed on holiday for
future tenders.

Page 18 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 6 of 16
11.0
DOCUMENTS COMPRISING BID
11.1
The offer must be complete in all respects, leaving no scope for ambiguity. Bidder is fully
responsible for the bid submitted and no relief or consideration can be given for errors and
omissions.
11.2
Submission of Authentic Documents is the prime responsibility of the Bidder.
11.3
Wherever EIL/NRL is concerned / apprehensive regarding authenticity / correctness of any

document, EIL/NRL reserve the right to get the documents cross-verified from the
document issuing authority.
11.4
All documents furnished by the bidder in support of meeting the Experience and Financial
criteria of BQC shall be:
Either
Duly certified by Statutory Auditors of the bidder or practicing Chartered Accountant (not
being an employee or a Director or not having any interest in the bidders company/firm)
where audited accounts are not mandatory as per law.
Or
Duly notarized by any Notary Public in the Bidders Country. In case of Notarization,
Bidder shall also submit an Affidavit, duly notarized in the Format provided in Proposal
Forms chapter of the Bidding Document, signed by the Authorized Signatory of the Bidder
Bidders shall be required to submit the required documents for meeting Bidder
Qualification Criteria (BQC) as per NIT in a separate section/booklet along with their offer.
This section/booklet shall be titled as Documentation against Bidder Qualification Criteria
(Experience & Financial) with proper index and page numbering.
11.5
11.6
The bid shall be submitted by uploading relevant document in respective covers provided
in the e-tendering website.
TECHNO-COMMERCIAL/UNPRICED BID
PRICE BID
BID SECURITY/EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
Part-I: Techno-commercial/ Un-priced Bid shall contain the following documents and to be
uploaded in e-tender website :
i)
Covering letter of Bid on bidders letter head.
ii)
Scanned copy of duly authenticated documents in support of meeting the

Experience and Financial criteria as per FORM-A1 & B in line with clause 11.4
above.
iii)
Master Index and copies of all technical and commercial amendments/addendums

issued, duly signed and stamped on each page as a token of having received and
read all parts of the bidding document and having accepted and considered the same
in preparing their bid.
iv)
Copy of EMD/Bid Security as per clause 14.0 below
v)
Power of attorney in favour of signatory (ies) of the bid.
vi)
Bidders General Information as per FormK.
vii)
Details of Annual Turnover as per Form-B to PF along with copies of complete

audited Annual Financial Year Statements including audited balance sheets, Profit
& Loss account statement with all schedules for last 3 years.
viii)
Compliance to Bid requirement as per Form-D.
ix)
Exceptions and deviations as per Form-E. Bidder must note that exceptions and
Page 19 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 7 of 16
deviations shall be mentioned only in Form E and the Owner / EIL shall not
evaluate any deviations not given in the aforesaid Form. Exceptions & deviations,
mentioned anywhere else by the bidder in his offer shall be treated as null & void.
x)
Check List of submission of bid as per Form-F.
xi)
Commercial Questionnaire as per Form-G.
xii)
Bidders queries as per Form-H.
xiii)
Declaration by Bidder as per Form-I.
xiv)
Details of P.F. Registration Number as per Form-J.
xv)
Bidders declaration that they are not under any liquidation, court receiver ship or
similar proceedings.
xvi)
Integrity Pact Agreement, duly signed & Stamped.
xvii)
Organization details
In case of a proprietorship firm, the name and address of proprietor, and certified
copy of `Certificate of Registration of firm'.
In case Bidder is a partnership firm, certified copy of the partnership deed.
In case of company (whether private or public), certified copy of the `Certificate of

Incorporation' together with certified Memorandum/Articles of Association.
xviii) Solvance Certificate from Nationalized/ scheduled banks.

xix) Technical offer and Engineering details, if any, required as per Bidding Document
xx)
Blank copy (without price) indicating Q / NQ of Form SP-0 (Summary of Price) duly
signed and stamped.
xxi) Copy (without prices) of FORM SP-2 (indicating effective rate of Service Tax) duly
scanned, signed and stamped on each page in token of acceptance.
xxii) Copy of Pre-filled Schedule of Rates (FORM SP-1) in excel format and detailed
SOR (FORM SP-3) duly scanned, signed and stamped on each page in token of
acceptance.
xxiii) Preamble to SOR duly scanned, signed and stamped.
xxiv) Any other information required in the Bidding Documents or considered relevant
by the Bidder.
xxv) Signed & Stamped copy of list of Minimum Equipment to be deployed by the
Contractor (SCC Annexure V).
xxvi) Signed & Stamped copy of list of Minimum Manpower to be deployed by the
Contractor (SCC Annexure VII).
xxvii) Information about any Current Litigation/ Arbitration, if any, in which bidder is
involved.
xxviii) Copy of PF/VAT/Service Tax Registration and PAN.
xxix) Any other information required in the Bidding Documents or considered relevant
by the bidder.
11.7
PART II (Priced Bid) :

i)
PART-II (Priced Bid) of the bid, strictly as per the format uploaded in the e-tender
portal and no stipulation, overwriting, deviation, terms & conditions, presumption,
basis etc. shall be stipulated in Priced bid. EIL/ Owner shall not take cognisance of
any such statement and may at their discretion reject such Priced Bid.
ii)
Bidder shall submit the Summary of Price FORM SP-0 strictly as per proforma
quoting percentage increase (+) or decrease (-) without any stipulation,
overwriting, deviation, terms & conditions, presumption, basis etc.
iii)
Bidder shall clearly indicate increase as (+) and decrease as (-). In absence of
Page 20 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 8 of 16
same, it shall be considered as (+) and prices shall be evaluated accordingly.

iv)
Bidder shall quote up to two decimal places only.
v)
This part shall contain the following
a) Duly filled Summary of Prices (Form SP-0)

b) Duly filled details of Service Tax (FORM SP-2)
No stipulation, deviation, terms & conditions, presumption, basis etc. shall be stipulated in
Price Part of the bid. Any condition if stipulated shall be treated as null and void and shall
render the bid liable for rejection.
Bidders must fill their name in the price bid of excel sheet before submission
through e-tender portal.
11.8
Bidder to upload the entire bid in the following three e-folders :

i) Bid Security / EMD Folder
ii) Un-priced Bid Folder
iii) Priced Bid Folder.
11.9
BID SECURITY / EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT

EMD/Bid Security, in the form of Crossed Demand Draft (DD) / Bank Guarantee (as per
Proforma) of requisite amount in favour of NUMALIGARH REFINERY LIMITED
payable at NUMALIGARH, as stipulated in NIT, shall be submitted in the following
manner. :
11.10
Original EMD
: not later than Seven (7) calendar days from the

date of Un-priced Bid Opening
Copy of Original EMD
:Scanned & uploaded in e-Tendering Portal

alongwith Un-priced Techno-commercial Bid.
Bidders are required to submit the EMD in original at the time of bid submission in sealed
envelope and are required to upload the scanned copy of EMD on CPP Portal along with
e-Bid. EMD in original shall be submitted in a sealed envelope titled Earnest Money
Deposit for Bidding Document No. SK/A774-000-CI-TN-8102/1004.
Bidder must upload the scanned copy of EMD on CPP Portal along with the e-bid. Swift
message/Cheque/Cash shall not be acceptable. In case bidder fails to upload scanned
copy of EMD on CPP Portal by the bid due date & time, such bid shall not be considered
for evaluation.
11.11
If the Bidder is unable to submit original EMD within the due date and time for Bid
submission, he may submit the same within 7 days from the date of unpriced bid opening,
provided scanned copy of the same have been uploaded on CPP Portal. In case the
Bidder fails to submit the EMD in original within 7 days, his bid shall be liable for rejection
irrespective of their status / ranking in tender and notwithstanding the fact that a copy of
EMD were uploaded earlier by the Bidder.
11.12
Bidders shall submit the following documents in ORIGINAL within Seven (7) calendar days
from the date of Un-priced Bid Opening, provided copy of the same have been uploaded
on E-Tendering Website:
(i) Original EMD/Notarized copy of valid MSE Certificate
(ii) Original Power of Attorney.

Page 21 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 9 of 16
(iii) Original Integrity Pact.

(iv) Documents in support of meeting qualification criteria in the form of booklet titled
Documentation against Bidder Qualification Criteria against Bidding
Document No.: SK/A774-000-CI-TN-8102/1004.
The address for submission of original documents is as follow:

Receipt Section,
Engineers India Limited,
1st Floor, Tower 1, EIL Office Complex
Sector 16, Gurgaon - 122001
Attn : Mr. S. K. Singh
Asst. General Manager (C&P),
Ph : 0124 380 2109
12.0
BID PRICES & BIDDING CURRENCY
12.1
Unless otherwise permitted in the Bidding Document, the bid shall be for the complete
scope of Work.
12.2
The quoted prices shall be inclusive of all applicable taxes, duties EXCEPT Service Tax.
12.3
Prices shall remain firm & fixed without any escalation. However, any new taxes / duties
imposed after the date of submission of Price Bid / Revised price bid (if any) & up to
Contractual Completion date shall be to Owners account but such Taxes / duties imposed
beyond Contractual Completion date shall be to the Contractors account.
12.4
Bidder shall quote price after careful analysis of cost involved for the performance of the
work considering all parts of the Bidding Document. In case any activity though
specifically not covered in description of item under `Schedule of Rate/Price (SOR/SOP)'
but is required to complete the work, which could be reasonably implied/ inferred from the
contents of the Bidding Document, the prices quoted shall be deemed to be inclusive of
cost incurred for such activity.
12.5
The prices shall be based on conditions specified in General Conditions of Contract,

Special Conditions of Contract, Scope of Work, Scope of Supply, Technical Specifications
and other contents of Bidding Document.
12.6
Prices quoted by the bidder, shall remain firm, fixed and valid until completion of the
Contract performance and will not be subject to variation on any account except as
otherwise specifically provided in the Contract documents.
12.7
Currency of Bid and Payment shall be only in INR.
12.8
It will be the duty of CONTRACTOR to duly observe and comply with all laws, rules,
regulations, orders and formalities applicable to Excise Duty, Customs Duty, and
Countervailing Duty etc. on the manufacture, sale and/or supply of any material to the
Owner. The CONTRACTOR shall keep the Owner/EIL indemnified from and against any
and all claims, demands, prosecutions, penalties, damages, demurrages and/or other
levies whatsoever made or levied by any Court, Tribunal or the Customs or other
Authorities with respect to any alleged breach, evasion or infraction of such duties, taxes,
charges or levies or any breach or infraction of such laws, rules, regulations, orders or
formalities concerning the same and from the consequence thereof.
12.9
Prefabricated items (either pre-fabricated at contractor shop or agreed location) shall be

received at site by contractor himself. Owner/ EIL shall not receive or accept any
intermediate prefabricated items. By this way, all the taxation shall be borne by the bidder
himself.
12.10
No Mobilization Advance will be paid.
12.11
In the event of award of contract, it shall be indivisible works contract.

Page 22 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 10 of 16
12.12
The work is to be carried out within the operational area and NRL is having requisite
factory license for the refinery. Therefore, bidder to assess the applicability of BOCW cess
and quote accordingly.
12.13
No road permit and C-Form will be provided for supply of material against work contract.
Contractor shall have to register under Assam VAT Act, 2003 and road permit shall be
arranged by the contractor himself.
13.0
BID VALIDITY
13.1
Bid shall remain valid for a minimum period of 4 (Four) months from due date of
submission of Bid. During the above period, bidders shall not be entitled to revoke or
cancel their Bid or to vary the Bid given or any term thereof without written consent of the
OWNER/ EIL. In case, bidders are revoking or cancelling their Bid or varying any terms in
regard thereof without the written consent of OWNER/ EIL, OWNER/ EIL shall forfeit EMD
and reject their bids. Such Bidder also may be put on Holiday list.
13.2
OWNER/ EIL may request the bidders for extension of the period of validity of bid. If the
Bidder agrees to the extension request, the validity of Bank Guarantee towards EMD shall
also be suitably extended. Bidders may refuse the request of extension of bid validity
without forfeiting his EMD. However, bidders agreeing to the request for extension of
validity of bid shall not be permitted to modify the bid because of extension, unless
specifically invited to do so.
14.0
EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD)/BID SECURITY
14.1
Bidder shall furnish, as part of its Bid, EMD for an amount as indicated in the NIT. The
Bids not accompanied with EMD or EMD not as per Pro-forma given in the Bidding
Document shall be considered as non-responsive and such Bids shall be rejected.
OWNER shall not pay any interest on EMD furnished.
14.2
Details of EMD shall be entered before uploading of bid and copy of EMD shall be
uploaded in the respective cover provided in the e-tendering website for a value specified
in LIB.
14.3
Bid securities of unsuccessful bidders will be returned upon award of Contract. However,
EMD of the successful Bidder will be returned upon the Bidder's executing the Contract,
and furnishing the Security Deposit, if applicable.
14.4
The EMD may be forfeited:

i)
If a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of Bid Validity or does any breach
of tendering terms and conditions, or
ii)
If a bidder modifies his bid on his own.
iii)
If a bidder after opening of price bid increases the price, though within the validity
period and even though the offer remains lowest
iv)
In case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails, within the specified period:
a.
to sign the Contract.
b.
to furnish the Security Deposit.
15.0
MULTIPLE/ ALTERNATIVE BID
15.1
A bidder (i.e. the bidding entity) shall, on no account submit more than one bid either
directly (as a single bidder or as a member of consortium) or indirectly (as a subcontractor) failing which following actions shall be initiated:
All bids submitted by such bidder (say A) directly & indirectly, shall stand rejected and
EMD, if any, in case of direct bid submitted by bidder A shall be forfeited.
If another bidder (say B) has proposed bidder A as a sub-contractor then bidder Bs bid
shall also be rejected. However, in case the bidder B has also proposed an alternative
Page 23 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 11 of 16
sub-contractor who is other than the bidder A, then bidder Bs bid shall be evaluated with
the proposed alternative sub-contractor only. Hence, every bidder shall ensure in his own
interest that his proposed sub-contractor is not submitting alternative/ multiple bids.
However, an agency can be a subcontractor or back up consultant with more than one
bidder provided the agency is not participating directly in the bidding process as a bidder.
15.2
Alternative bids are not acceptable.
16.0
PRE-BID QUERIES
16.1
The purpose of the pre-bid queries will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any
matter pertaining to the Tender conditions that may be raised by bidders who have been
downloaded the Bidding Document.
16.2
The bidder is requested to submit any queries/clarification/information pertaining to

Bidding Document in writing delivered by hand or by fax/e-mail as per format enclosed in
the Bidding Document so as to reach EIL not later than the date specified in the Notice
Inviting Tender. Queries/ Clarifications/ Information sought in any other manner shall not
be responded to. The editable soft copies of the queries may also be e-mailed at the
address singh.sk@eil.co.in/ rohit.singh@eil.co.in to enable EIL to prepare replies to the
queries against each query in the same format expeditiously.
16.3
The OWNERs responses to Bidders queries/clarifications raised will be furnished as

expeditiously as possible on EIL to all those who have downloaded the Bidding Document
and shall be e-mailed to all other bidders who have downloaded the Bidding Document.
Any modification of the Bidding Document, which may become necessary as a result of
the pre bid queries shall be intimated to all bidders through the issue of an
Addendum/Amendment.
17.0
FORMAT AND SIGNING OF BID
17.1
The bidder shall upload the Techno-commercial bid duly filled, signed and stamped and
the price bid in excel file duly filled rates in respective folder provided in the e-tendering
website.
17.2
All pages of bid shall be stamped and initialled by person(s) signing the bid.
18.0
CHECK LIST FOR SUBMISSION OF BID
18.1
To assist Bidder in ensuring the completeness of bid, a checklist for submission of various
documents/details in un-priced commercial part of bid, has been enclosed.
18.2
Bidder is required to fill the checklist and submit along with the bid for ready reference. All
documents shall be submitted under various sections as per this Check List.
BID SUBMISSION
19.0
SEALING AND MARKING OF BID
19.1
For submission of Bid, please refer instruction to bidders for e-tendering. Due date and
time for submissions of bids have been mentioned in the LIB/ NIT. Bids cannot be
uploaded by the bidders on the website beyond the Bid Due Date and time.
19.2
In case EMD is not applicable for the bidder based on the provision of bidding document
then they will have to choose the reason for EMD NOT APPLICABLE which are
available in the website.
19.3
Bidders are mandatorily required to enter their name in the each FORM of excel file of
SOR provided in the e-tender portal for submission of price bid.
20.0
DATE, TIME & PLACE OF SUBMISSION
20.1
Bid must be submitted by the bidder through e-tendering on or before bid due date and
time mentioned in the NIT or any extension thereof as duly notified in writing by EIL on
Govt. of India CPP portal at https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app (however, Bidders are
Page 24 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 12 of 16
requested not to ask any extension in due date for submission of Bids in view of
tight project schedule).
20.2
Bidders are advised in their own interest to carefully go through Instructions for Etendering and other related document available against various help links so as to ensure
that bids are uploaded in E-tendering website well before the closing date and time of bid
submission.
Various links such as Help for Contractor, Information about DSC, FAQ, Resources
Required, Bidders Manual Kit etc. are available on home page of
https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app facilitating vendors to participate in the bidding
process. Bidder are advised to download & utilize the available information/documents
under these links for activities like Registration in CPPP, obtaining User ID & Password,
uploading & submission of e-bids etc.
20.3
In the event of failure in bidders connectivity with EIL/CPPP website during the last few
hours on account of problem on bidders account, they are likely to miss the deadline for
bid submission. Due date extension request due to this reason will not be entertained. In
view of the same, bidders are advised to upload their bid in advance.
21.0
MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWL OF BIDS
21.1
The Bidder may modify or withdraw its Bid after the Bid's submission but prior to the due
date prescribed for submission of Bids by selecting the detaching option available in the etender portal.
21.2
No bid shall be allowed to be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for
submission of bids and the expiration of the period of bid validity specified by the bidder.
Withdrawal of a bid during this interval shall result in the forfeiture of bidder's EMD/Bid
security.
21.3
There are two specific features in CPPP viz, Withdraw and Re-Submission. Bidders
should not use the feature withdraw unless they have decided to withdraw their bids. It is
to be noted that once withdraw feature is used they will not be allowed to re-submit their
bid against this Tender Enquiry. In case a Bidder desires to change his bid for any reason
before bid due date, Bidder shall use Re-Submission feature.
BID OPENING AND EVALUATION
22.0
OPENING OF TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BIDS
22.1
The un-priced Bids shall be opened online through e-tender portal, at the specified date
and time given in the Enquiry document or extended otherwise. The Bidders who have
submitted their Bid will be able to view online the name & status of all the Bidders at their
respective windows, after un-priced Bid opening by Buyer.
23.0
CLARIFICATION OF BIDS
23.1
Owner/ EIL, if necessary, will obtain clarifications on the Bid by requesting for such
information/ clarifications from any or all Bidders, either in writing or through personal
contact. All responses shall be in writing, and no change in the price or substance of the
bid shall be permitted unless specifically sought by EIL/Owner.
23.2
After submission of bid, if asked for, Bidder shall submit all additional documents in one
original and three copies.
24.0
EVALUATION OF TECHNO-COMMERCIAL BIDS
24.1
Prior to price opening of bids, the OWNER/ EIL will determine whether each bid
-
is accompanied by required EMD (as applicable)
fulfils the Bidder Qualification Criteria stated in NIT.
totally compliance to the requirement of the Bidding Document
provides any clarifications and/ or requirement pursuant to clause 23.0 above

Page 25 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 13 of 16
24.2
Bidder shall submit all the details asked for with their Bid. However, Owner / EIL may give
opportunity to the Bidders to submit missing details or clarifications within the stipulated
time. In case these are not submitted within stipulated time, offer of the Bidder will be
evaluated based on available details. The same shall be considered, if found adequate or
else shall be rejected.
24.3
Owner/ EIL reserve the right to use in-house information for assessment of capability of
Bidder and their performance on jobs completed/ in progress for evaluation purpose.
24.4
Directives issued by Govt. of India from time to time shall be given due consideration
during bid evaluation.
25.0
OPENING OF PRICE BID
25.1
Price part of only those bidders, whose bids are considered techno-commercially
acceptable, shall be opened online. Bidders selected for opening of their price bids shall
be informed about the date of price bid opening. The considered techno-commercially
acceptable Bidder will be able to view online the price sheets of other techno-commercially
acceptable bidders at their respective windows, after priced bid opening.
26.0
EVALUATION OF PRICE BIDS
26.1
In case increase or decrease is not clear in terms of (+) or (-) indicated by the bidder it
shall be considered as (+) and bids shall be evaluated accordingly.
26.2
Conditional discount, if offered, shall not be considered for evaluation.
26.3
Any uncalled for lump-sum/ percentage or adhoc reduction/ increase in prices offered by
the Bidders after opening of the prices, shall not be considered. However, if reduction is
from the recommended Bidder, such reduction shall be taken into account for arriving at
the contract value and not for evaluation purpose.
26.4
The Prices quoted by Bidders in FORM SP-0 shall be considered for the purpose of
evaluation.
26.5
To arrive at the evaluated price, loading/ adjustment on total quoted price, wherever
applicable, shall be done as per following:
i)
Loading of Service Tax as per FORM SP 2.
26.6
In case of Tie between two or more bidders at L-1 Position, all the L-1 bidders shall be
asked to submit discount over previous quoted rate in a sealed envelope (Un-priced and
Priced)
26.7
The rates quoted by the Bidder shall be checked for arithmetic correction, if any, based on
price filled by the Bidder in the Schedule of Rates/ Price.
26.8
All tenders shall be evaluated and contracts shall be finalized on overall lowest bid basis.
26.9
The Purchase Preference, if applicable, to Central PSUs shall be considered during

evaluation of bids as per the existing Govt. Guidelines.
27.0
UNSOLICITED POST TENDER MODIFICATION
27.1
Bidders are advised to quote as per terms and conditions of the Bidding Document and
not to stipulate deviations/ exceptions. Once quoted, the bidder shall not make any
subsequent price changes, whether resulting or arising out of any technical/ commercial
clarifications and details sought on any deviations, exceptions or stipulations mentioned in
the bid unless any amendment to Bidding Document is issued by Owner/ EIL. Similarly, no
revision in quoted price shall be allowed should the deviations stipulated by him are not
accepted by Owner and are required to be withdrawn by him in favour of stipulation of the
Bidding Document. Any unsolicited proposed price change is likely to render the bid liable
for rejection.
27.2
In the event of any suo-moto price increase sought by a bidder subsequent to the bid due
Page 26 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 14 of 16
date and which is not as a result of any change in scope of work or terms and conditions,
the bid of such a bidder shall be rejected.
27.3
After opening of price bid, if the bidder increases the price, though within the validity period
and even though the offer remains lowest, the bid should be rejected. In such event, the
EMD of bidder shall be forfeited and shall not be considered for future enquiries for such
actions.
27.4
27.5
Suo-moto Price reduction after price bid opening are to be ignored for evaluation.
However, if the same bidder happens to be the lowest based on original price bids, the
benefit of such reduction may be availed of while placing order.
Canvassing in any form will make the bid liable for rejection.
28.0
CONTACTING THE OWNER/ EIL
28.1
Bidders are advised not to contact OWNER/ EIL on any matter relating to its bid from the
time of Bid opening to the time CONTRACT is awarded, unless requested to in writing.
Any effort by a Bidder to influence the OWNER/ EIL in any of the decision in respect of Bid
evaluations or award of CONTRACT will result in the rejection of Bid.
AWARD OF CONTRACT
29.0
OWNER'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT ANY BID
29.1
The OWNER reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid and to annul the Bidding
process and reject all Bids at any time prior to award of contract, without thereby incurring
any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders or without any obligation to inform the
affected Bidder or Bidders of the grounds or the reasons for the OWNER'S action.
29.2
In the opinion of Owner, if the total price or certain item rates quoted by the Lowest Bidder
are considered high, he may invite the Lowest Bidder for price negotiation. Lowest Bidder
shall attend such negotiation meetings and if requested by Owner shall provide the
analysis of rates/break-up of amount quoted by him for any or all items of Schedule of
Rates to demonstrate the reasonability. As a result of negotiation, Bidder may offer rebate
on his earlier quoted price.
30.0
NOTIFICATION OF AWARD
30.1
Bidder, whose bid is accepted by Owner shall be issued Letter/ Fax of Acceptance (LOA/
FOA) prior to expiry of bid validity. Bidder shall confirm acceptance by returning a signed
copy of the FOA.
30.2
Owner/ EIL shall not be obliged to furnish any information/ clarification/ explanation to the
unsuccessful Bidders as regards non-acceptance of their bids. Except for refund of EMD
to unsuccessful Bidders, Owner/ EIL shall correspond only with the successful Bidder.
If the bidder backs out after issue of FOA/LOA, the bidder shall be debarred for future
tenders and the EMD of the such bidder shall be forfeited.
31.0
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
31.1
The Contractor shall execute a formal contract with the OWNER within specified period
from the date of issue of Detailed Letter of Acceptance on a non-judicial stamp paper and
of appropriate value. The cost of non-judicial stamp paper shall be borne by the
Contractor.
31.2
Contract documents for agreement shall be prepared after the acceptance of bid. Until the
final contract documents are prepared and executed, this Bidding Document together with
the annexed documents, modifications, deletions agreed upon by the OWNER and
bidders acceptance thereof shall constitute a binding contract between the successful
Bidder and the OWNER based on terms contained in the aforesaid documents and the
finally submitted and accepted prices.
31.3
The contract shall be signed directly between Owner and Contractor.
31.4
The Contract document shall consist of the following:

Page 27 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 15 of 16
i)
Contract Agreement on Non Judicial Stamp Paper
ii)
Detailed Letter of Award / Acceptance along with enclosures
iii)
Original Bidding Document.
iv)
Amendment/Corrigendum to original Bidding Document issued, if any.
v)
Fax/Letter of Acceptance
31.5
For all works of value Rs. 2 (Two) Lakh and more, a formal agreement shall be signed
between Owner and Contractor in the format given in GCC, on non-judicial stamp paper of
appropriate value. Cost of stamp paper shall be borne by the Contractor. Payments for
such jobs shall be made by Owner only after signing agreement by authorized
representatives of Owner and the Contractor. One original plus 2 (Two) copies of the
contract documents shall be signed by the contractor and other copies shall be stamped.
Original agreement on stamp paper shall be retained by Owner and one signed copy shall
be given to Consultant and the Contractor.
32.0
32.1
MODIFICATION OF INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS

Instructions to Tenderers of GCC stand modified to the extent as specified in this
Instructions to Bidders.
33.0
CONTRACT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE/ SECURITY DEPOSIT
33.1
Within FIFTEEN (15) days from the date of notification of award of works by the Owner,
the successful Bidder shall furnish the required security deposit for an amount equal to ten
percent of the total Contract Price or the initial Security deposit as per the provisions of
General Conditions of Contract (GCC) in the form of a Bank Guarantee in accordance with
proforma enclosed with General Conditions of Contract.
33.2
Failure of the successful bidder to comply with requirement of clauses 31.0 and 33.1
above shall constitute sufficient grounds for annulment of the award of work and forfeiture
of EMD.
34.0
34.1
CARTEL FORMATION
In case any Bidder is found to be involved in cartel formation, his bid will not be considered
for evaluation/ placement of order. Such bidder will also be debarred from bidding in
future.
FRAUDULENT PRACTICES
The OWNER requires that Bidders/Vendors/Contractors observe the highest standard of
ethics during the award/execution of Contract. Fraudulent Practice means a
misrepresentation of facts in order to influence the award of a Contract to the detriment of
the OWNER, and includes collusive practice among bidders ( prior to or after bid
submission ) designed to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to
deprive the OWNER of the benefits of free and open competition.
35.0
35.1
35.2
The OWNER will reject a bid for award if it determines that the bidder recommended for
award has engaged in fraudulent practices in competing for the Contract in question.
Bidder is required to furnish the complete and correct information/ documents required for
evaluation of their bids, if the information/ documents forming basis of evaluation is found to
be false/ forged, the same shall be considered adequate ground for rejection of bids and
forfeiture of Earnest Money Deposit.
35.3
In case, the information/ document furnished by the Bidder/vendor/Contractor forming

basis of evaluation of his bid is found to be false/ forged after the award of the contract,
OWNER shall have full right to terminate the contract and get the remaining job executed
at the risk & cost of such Bidder/Vendor/ Contractor without any prejudice to other rights
available to OWNER under the contract such as forfeiture of CPBG/Security Deposit,
withholding of payment etc.
35.4
In case, this issue of submission of false document comes to the notice after execution of
Page 28 of 1178

Job Number : A774
A774-TN-8102-ITB
Sheet 16 of 16
work, OWNER shall have full right to forfeit any amount due to the
Bidder/Vendor/Contractor along with forfeiture of CPBG/Security Deposit furnished by the
Bidder/Vendor/Contractor.
Further, such Bidder/Vendor/ Contractor shall be put on Blacklist/ Holiday/Negative List of
OWNER debarring them from future business with OWNER and EIL for a time period, as
per the prevailing policy of OWNER and EIL.

Page 29 of 1178
Annexure 1
E-TENDERING METHODOLOGY
Instructions for Online Bid Submission:
The bidders are required to submit soft copies of their bids electronically on the CPP Portal (URL:
http://eprocure.gov.in) only, using valid Digital Signature Certificates. The instructions given below are
meant to assist the bidders in registering on the CPP Portal, prepare their bids in accordance with the
requirements and submitting their bids online on the CPP Portal.
More detailed information useful for submitting online bids on the CPP Portal may be obtained at:
https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app .
REGISTRATION
1) Bidders are required to enroll on the e-Procurement module of the Central Public
Procurement Portal (URL: https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app) by clicking on the link Click
here to Enroll on the CPP Portal is free of charge.
2) As part of the enrolment process, the bidders will be required to choose a unique username
and assign a password for their accounts.
3) Bidders are advised to register their valid email address and mobile numbers as part of the
registration process and submit in EIL tender portal for updation of records
(http://tenders.eil.co.in) . These details would be used for any communication from the CPP
Portal.
4) Upon enrolment, the bidders will be required to register their valid Digital Signature
Certificate (DSC) (Class II or Class III Certificates with signing key usage) issued by any
Certifying Authority recognized by CCA India (e.g. Sify / TCS / nCode / eMudhra etc.), with
their profile.
5) Foreign Bidders have to refer DSC details for foreign Bidders for Digital signature
Certificates
requirements
which
comes
under
Download
Tab
at
https://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app and the remaining part is same as above and below.
6) Only one valid DSC should be registered by a bidder. Please note that the bidders are
responsible to ensure that they do not lend their DSCs to others which may lead to misuse.
7) Bidder then logs in to the site through the secured log-in by entering their user ID / password
and the password of the DSC / e-Token.
SEARCHING FOR TENDER DOCUMENTS
1) There are various search options built in the CPP Portal, to facilitate bidders to search active
tenders by several parameters. These parameters could include Tender ID, organization
name, location, date, value, etc. There is also an option of advanced search for tenders,
wherein the bidders may combine a number of search parameters such as organization
name, form of contract, location, date, other keywords etc. to search for a tender published
on the CPP Portal.
2) Once the bidders have selected the tenders they are interested in, the same can be moved
to the respective My Tenders folder. This would enable the CPP Portal to intimate the
bidders through SMS / e-mail in case there is any corrigendum issued to the tender
document.
Dated02062014
Page 30 of 1178
Page1
3) The bidder should make a note of the unique Tender ID assigned to each tender, in case
they want to obtain any clarification / help from the Helpdesk.
PREPARATION OF BIDS
1) Bidder should take into account any corrigendum published on the tender document before
submitting their bids.
2) Please go through the tender advertisement and the tender document carefully to
understand the documents required to be submitted as part of the bid. Please note the
number of covers in which the bid documents have to be submitted, the number of
documents - including the names and content of each of the document that need to be
submitted. Any deviations from these may lead to rejection of the bid.
3) Bidder, in advance, should get ready the bid documents to be submitted as indicated in the
tender document and generally, they can be in PDF / XLS / RAR / DWF formats. Bid
documents may be scanned with 100 dpi with black and white option. However, Price
Schedule / SOR shall be strictly in RAR format without altering any contents of the
formats uploaded by EIL in their Bidding Document.
4) To avoid the time and effort required in uploading the same set of standard documents which
are required to be submitted as a part of every bid, a provision of uploading such standard
documents (e.g. PAN card copy, annual reports, auditor certificates etc.) has been provided
to the bidders. Bidders can use My Space area available to them to upload such
documents. These documents may be directly submitted from the My Space area while
submitting a bid, and need not be uploaded again and again. This will lead to a reduction in
the time required for bid submission process.
SUBMISSION OF BIDS
1) Bidder should log into the site well in advance for bid submission so that he/she upload the
bid in time i.e. on or before the bid submission time. Bidder will be responsible for any delay
due to other issues.
2) The bidder has to digitally sign and upload the required bid documents one by one as
indicated in the tender document.
3) Bidder has to select the payment option as offline to pay the tender fee / EMD as
applicable and enter details of the instrument.
4) Bidder should prepare the EMD as per the instructions specified in the tender document. The
original should be posted/couriered/given in person to the Tender Processing Section, with
in 7 calendar days of the date of Unpriced bid opening. The details of the DD/any other
accepted instrument, physically sent, should tally with the details available in the scanned
copy and the data entered during bid submission time. Otherwise the uploaded bid will be
rejected.
5) A Price Bid format has been provided with the tender document to be filled by all the bidders.
Bidders are requested to note that they should necessarily submit their financial bids in the
format provided and no other format is acceptable. Bidders are required to download the
Price Bid file, open it and complete the cells with their respective financial quotes and other
details (such as name of the bidder). No other cells should be changed. Once the details
have been completed, the bidder should save it and submit it online, without changing the
filename. If the Price Bid file is found to be modified by the bidder, the bid will be rejected.
Dated02062014
Page 31 of 1178
Page2
6) The server time (which is displayed on the bidders dashboard) will be considered as the
standard time for referencing the deadlines for submission of the bids by the bidders,
opening of bids etc. The bidders should follow this time during bid submission.
7) All the documents being submitted by the bidders would be encrypted using PKI encryption
techniques to ensure the secrecy of the data. The data entered cannot be viewed by
unauthorized persons until the time of bid opening. The confidentiality of the bids is
maintained using the secured Socket Layer 128 bit encryption technology. Data storage
encryption of sensitive fields is done.
8) The uploaded tender documents become readable only after the tender opening by the
authorized bid openers.
9) Upon the successful and timely submission of bids, the portal will give a successful bid
submission message & a bid summary will be displayed with the bid no. and the date & time
of submission of the bid with all other relevant details.
10) The bid summary has to be printed and kept as an acknowledgement of the submission of
the bid. This acknowledgement may be used as an entry pass for any bid opening meetings.
RETENDER
1) Please note that if Tender has been retendered, than it is mandatory for the bidder to
submit their offer again on CPP Portal.
ASSISTANCE TO BIDDERS
1) Any queries relating to the tender document and the terms and conditions contained therein
should be addressed to the Tender Inviting Authority for a tender or the relevant contact
person indicated in the tender.
2) Any queries relating to the process of online bid submission or queries relating to CPP Portal
in general may be directed to the 24x7 CPP Portal Helpdesk. The contact number for the
helpdesk is 1800 3070 2232.
Dated02062014
Page 32 of 1178
Page3
TENDERS FROM MICRO AND SMALL ENTERPRISES (MSEs):

With reference to Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs)
notified by the Government under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprise
Development Act, 2006, which came into effect from 1st April, 2012. The Ministry of
MSME published an order known as Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small
Enterprises (MSEs) Order 2012 under which Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) shall
be entitled for benefits, subject to terms and conditions as under:
A. Qualifying Criteria for MSEs Bidder:
(i)
MSE bidder must submit Notarized copy of MSE registration document i.e.
Entrepreneurs Memorandum Acknowledgement (Part-II) from any of the following
body (or any other body specified by the Ministry of MSME):
National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC)

District industries Centers( DICs)
Coir Board
Khadi and Village Industries Commission(KVIC)
Khadi and Village Industries Board(KVIB)
Directorate of Handicrafts and Handloom
(ii) The MSE registration shall be valid as on date of placement of order

(iii) The registration must be for the items/category of items/services relevant to the
tendered items/category of items /services.
(iv) The classification and registration as Small Scale Industries has been rescinded,
after implementation of the MSMED Act 2006. The same is also issued vide policy
ref. no. 5(1)/2011-MSME Pol. dtd. 14.06.2011 issued from the Office of the
Development Commissioner, Ministry of MSME, Govt. of India. So, the use of Small
Scale Industries in statutes/ rules/ guidelines/ instructions etc. is to be substituted
by the term Micro and Small Enterprise (MSE) and permanent SSI registration is to
be substituted by Entrepreneurs Memorandum Acknowledgement (Part-II). As such,
certificates with SSI registration shall not be considered eligible for the benefits
under Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) Order
2012.
B. Benefits Under The Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small Enterprises
(MSEs) Order 2012
1. Issue of Tender Sets Free of Cost
Tenders shall be provided free of cost and tender documents are downloadable
from NRL Website www.nrl.co.in, The Indian Government tenders information
system www.tenders.gov.in or Central Public Procurement (CPP) Portal
http://eprocure.gov.in/eprocure/app or can be obtained from the Office of General
Manager (Commercial & Legal).
2. Exemption from payment of EMD (Earnest Money Deposit)
MSE units qualifying as at (A) above shall be exempt from paying EMD if EMD is
applicable against the tender.
Page 33 of 1178
3. Price preference for MSEs Bidder:

For Service Tender
i)
In tender, participating Micro and Small Enterprises quoting price within price band of
L1+15% per cent shall also be allowed to supply a portion of requirement by bringing
down the price to L1 price in a situation where L1 bidder is from someone other than a
Micro and Small Enterprise and such Micro and Small Enterprise shall be allowed to
supply up to 20 percent of total tendered value.
ii) In case of tender item is non-splitable or non-dividable etc. MSE quoting price within
price band L1+15% may be awarded the full/complete supply of the total tendered
value to MSE, considering sprit of policy for enhancing the Government procurement
from MSE, provided they agree to bring down their price to L1 price.
In such cases, the MSE who is lowest within the MSEs and quoting price within the
price band of L1+15% shall be provided the first opportunity to agree to accept and
execute the contract at the L1 price and on his refusal to accept the L1 price,
opportunity shall be provided so on to the other MSEs.
For Procurement Tender
i)
Indemnity Bond (on Rs. 100 Stamp Paper) stating that The Bidder shall offer and
supply the entire tender quantity from the plant (situated at _______Plant Address
_________________), which is having MSE Certification.
Note: Scan copy of Indemnity Bond and Notarized copy of MSE Registration documents (all the
pages of the EM Acknowledgement Part II Certificate to be uploaded by the bidder along with their
un-priced (Techno-Commercial) bid and Original/True copy to be submitted in a sealed envelope
super scribed as - Submission of Original Indemnity Bond & Original Notarized copy of MSE
Registration document against Tender No: ______________ dated _______________ and to be send
to the undersigned at the following address on or before bid submission close date. In absence of
above documents, benefit to MSE will not be passed on to bidders.
ii) In tender, participating Micro and Small Enterprises quoting price within price band of
L1+15% per cent shall also be allowed to supply a portion of requirement by bringing
down the price to L1 price in a situation where L1 bidder is from someone other than a
Micro and Small Enterprise and such Micro and Small Enterprise shall be allowed to
supply up to 20 percent of total tendered value.
iii) In case of tender item is non-splitable or non-dividable etc. MSE quoting price within
price band L1+15% may be awarded the full/complete supply of the total tendered
value to MSE, considering sprit of policy for enhancing the Government procurement
from MSE, provided they agree to bring down their price to L1 price.
In such cases, the MSE who is lowest within the MSEs and quoting price within the
price band of L1+15% shall be provided the first opportunity to agree to supply the item
at the L1 price and on his refusal to accept the L1 price, opportunity shall be provided
so on to the other MSEs.
Page 34 of 1178
PROPOSAL FORMS
Page 35 of 1178
FORM-A1
FORMAT FOR SPECIFIC WORK MEETING THE EXPERIENCE CRITERIA
Bidder shall furnish their Experience for similar work with all details and
documents as mentioned in this Specific Experience Format
which are in
conformity with Bidders Qualification Criteria mentioned in Notice Inviting Tender
(NIT). In case of more than one work, furnish details for all such Works
S.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
DETAILS
Details of similar works executed by bidder (Complying the requirement of NIT)

1.
Name of Project and its location
2.
Description of work
3.
Name of Owner, Postal Address, Phone/ Fax

No./ E-mail Address
4.
Name of Consultant, Postal Address, Phone/

Fax No./ E-mail Address
5.
Contract Value:
(a) Awarded
(b) Final Executed
(c) Component of relevant work experience as
per BQC .
Milestone Dates
Rs.
Rs.
Rs.
Date of award :
Starting date:
Scheduled Completion Date:
Actual Completion Date:
Reasons for delay, if any:
Page 36 of 1178
S.
NO.
6.
DESCRIPTION
Supporting Document for Experience Criteria
DETAILS
Whether copy of Work Order/
Contract Agreement
enclosed
YES
NO
Ref. No.:
Dated
Whether Completion
Certificate enclosed.
YES
NO
Ref. No.:
Dated
Date of Completion
Supporting Document for Financial Criteria
Whether Complete Annual

Audited Financial Report
including P&L account is
enclosed.
YES
NO
If Yes, submitted for the financial
years
1.
2.
3.
Whether Worked as Contractor directly with Client Executed the Work as

or Sub-contractor of Contractor
In case of subcontractor, the relevant

certificates/documents submitted as per NIT
Main Contractor
Sub-contractor
Submitted
Not Submitted
If Submitted then reference

number.
7
7.1
CONFIRMATIONS
Confirm that the above work has been completed
within the qualifying period as mentioned in IFB/NIT.
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms3
Page 37 of 1178
BIDDERS CONFIRMATION
Confirmed
Page 3 of 20
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
Confirm that the above work is not an In-house work

experience.
Confirmed
Confirm that the information/documentation furnished

in this proforma are correct and in case of any
original document is required by Owner/EIL the same
shall be submitted for verification.
Confirmed
Confirm that all information/documentation for the

work to be considered for qualification is furnished in
this proforma along with supporting documents as
detailed IFB/NIT. Non submission of above required
information /documentation may lead to rejection of
bid.
Confirmed
Confirm
the
submission
of
following
Formats/Certificates, as applicable towards fulfillment
of Bidder Qualification Criteria:
If Yes, (Please tick mark the applicable)
Statutory Document
Notarized document along with Affidavit
7.6
Confirm that all documents furnished by the bidder in

support of meeting the experience & financial criteria
of BQC have been duly certified by the Statutory
Auditor of the bidder or a practicing Chartered
Accountant (not being an employee or a Director or
not having any interest in the bidders company/ firm)
where audited accounts are not mandatory as per
law or Notorized by a Public Notary in bidders
Country
Confirmed
Note : Bidder to use separate format for different works.

SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms3
Page 38 of 1178
Page 4 of 20
FORM A2
Page 39 of 1178
PAST EXPERIENCE DETAILS OF SIMILAR WORKS EXECUTED DURING LAST 7 YEARS
SL.
NO.
POSTAL ADDRESS
OF CLIENT & NAME
OF OFFICER IN
CHARGE
DESCRIPTION OF
WORK
CONTRACT
VALUE
STARTING
DATE
SCHEDULED
COMPLETION
DATE
ACTUAL
COMPLETION
DATE
REASONS FOR
DELAY, IF ANY
Note : Details of atleast two similar jobs should be submitted by the Bidder along with the copies of work orders and completion certificate .
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
:
:
:
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
Page 5 of 20
FORM - B
Page 40 of 1178
ANNUAL TURNOVER STATEMENT

The Bidder shall indicate herein his annual turnover during preceding 3 years based on the audited balance sheet/profit & loss account statement.
FINANCIAL YEAR
ANNUAL TURNOVER (RS.)
NET WORTH (RS.)
NOTE:
1. Copies of audited balance sheets with Profit & Loss account statement for last 3 years are enclosed along with the Bid.
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
:
:
:
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
Page 6 of 20
FORM - C
Page 41 of 1178
PRESENT COMMITMENTS
SR.
NO.
FULL POSTAL
ADDRESS OF CLIENT
& NAME OF OFFICERIN- CHARGE
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
DESCRIPTION OF
THE WORK
:
:
:
VALUE OF
CONTRACT
(IN RUPEES)
AS ON ..
(Specify the Date)
DATE OF
COMMENCEMENT OF
WORK
SCHEDULED
COMPLETION
PERIOD
%AGE
COMPLETION
AS ON DATE
EXPECTED
DATE OF
COMPLETION
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
Page 7 of 20
REMARKS
FORM-D
Page 42 of 1178
COMPLIANCE TO BID REQUIREMENT
We M/s ___________________________________hereby agree to fully comply with, abide by and accept without variation, deviation or
reservation all technical, commercial and other conditions whatsoever of the Bidding Documents and Addendum to the Bidding Documents, if any,
for subject work issued by Engineers India Limited.
We hereby further confirm that any terms and conditions if mentioned in our bid (Un-priced as well as Priced Part), shall not be recognised and shall
be treated as null and void.
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
:
:
:
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
Page 8 of 20
FORME (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 43 of 1178
EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS

(FOR COMMERCIAL PART)
SL.
NO
REFERENCE OF BIDDING DOCUMENT

PART NO./
VOLUME
PAGE NO.
SUBJECT
DEVIATIONS
CLAUSE NO.
NOTE : This shall be submitted separately for Commercial & Technical Sections.
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
:
:
:
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
Page 9 of 20
FORME (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 44 of 1178
EXCEPTIONS AND DEVIATIONS

(FOR TECHNICAL PART)
SL.
NO
REFERENCE OF BIDDING DOCUMENT

PART NO./
VOLUME
PAGE NO.
SUBJECT
DEVIATIONS
CLAUSE NO.
NOTE : This shall be submitted separately for Commercial & Technical Sections.
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
:
:
:
_______________________
_______________________
_______________________
Page 10 of 20
FORM-F
CHECK LIST FOR SUBMISSION OF BID
Bidder is requested to fill this check list and ensure that all details/documents have been
furnished as called for in the Bidding Document along with duly filled in, signed & stamped
check list with each copy of the "Unpriced bid (Part I).
Please tick the box and ensure compliance:
(A)
UNDER SECTION I
(A.1)
Bid Forwarding Letter

Submitted
(A.2)
EMD/ BID BOND / BID SECURITY

Bidder to confirm that EMD/ Bid Bond/ Bid Security
has been submitted by them as per Tender Proforma.
Submitted
(1)
BY BANK GUARANTEE
BG No. __________________Dt. ______________ From
Bank _____________________ Branch _____________
For Rs. _______________________________________
Valid till _______________________________________
(2)
BY DEMAND DRAFT
DD No. __________________ Dt. _________________
Drawn on _____________________________________
For Rs. _______________________________________
Original shall be submitted in original Bid and its copy in other copies
of Bid.
(3)
Registration Certificate from NSIC for similar works.

Submitted
(A.3)
Power of Attorney in Favour of the bid signatory.

Submitted
(B)
UNDER SECTION -2
(B.1)
Past Experience details as per FORM-A1 & A2

Submitted
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
Page 45 of 1178
Page 11 of 20
(B.2)
Financial Details as per FORM-B

Submitted
(B.3)
(B.4)
Audited Financial year Statements including Balance Sheet, profit and loss
account and all other schedules submitted for the last three years.
.................
YES
NO
...............
YES
NO
..............
YES
NO
Present Commitments as per FORM-C

Submitted
(B.6) Partnership Deed in case of partnership firm

and Article of Association in case of limited
company. In case of a proprietorship firm, the name and
address of proprietor, and certified copy of `Certificate
of Registration of firm'
Submitted
(B.8)
Declaration regarding PF as per FORM-J.

Submitted
C)
UNDER SECTION - 3
(C.1)
Compliance to Bid Requirement as per FORM-D.

Submitted
(C.2)
Exceptions/ Deviations as per FORM-E separately for technical

and commercial part
Submitted
(C.3)
Reply to commercial questionnaire as per FORM-G with

Bidder's reply/ confirmation for each Sl. No.
Submitted
(C.4) Reply to Technical questionnaire (if enclosed in technical

part) with Bidder's Reply/ Confirmation for each Sl. No.
Submitted
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
Page 46 of 1178
Page 12 of 20
(C.5)
Declaration by Bidder as per FORM-I.

Submitted
(C.6)
Unpriced copy of Summery of Price Part with the word Quoted

Submitted
(C.7)
Integrity Pact duly filled-in Signed & Stamped

Submitted
(C.8)
Solvance Certificate from Nationalized/ scheduled banks

Submitted
(D) UNDER SECTION 4

(D.1)
Technical Details/ Documents (if required) in Technical part.

Submitted
Not Applicable
(E) CONFIRM THE FOLLOWING

(E.1) All pages of the bid have been page numbered in
sequential manner.
YES
(E.2)
Master Index and Copy of Addendum/ Amendment,

if any, has been submitted along with offer, duly
signed and stamped on each page
YES
(E.3)
Blank copy (without price) of Form SP-0

duly signed and stamped has been submitted.
YES
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
Page 47 of 1178
:____________________________
: ____________________________
: ____________________________
Page 13 of 20
FORM-G
COMMERCIAL QUESTIONNAIRE
Bidders reply/ confirmation as furnished in the Commercial Questionnaire (CQ) shall supersede
the stipulations mentioned elsewhere in their bid.
SL.
NO.
EIL'S QUERY
1.0
Confirm that your Bid is valid for 04 (Four) months from

the date of opening of Unpriced Part of Bid.
2.0
Confirm that Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) as per bid

stipulations have been furnished along with bid.
3.0
Confirm your compliance to total Scope of Work

mentioned in the Bidding Document.
4.0
Confirm that the following documents are submitted with

Part-I:
BIDDER'S REPLY/
CONFIRMATION
a) All documents as per CHECK LIST.

b) Master Index as issued is submitted in unpriced part duly
signed and stamped on each page.
c) Compliance letter for Addendum / Amendments as a
token of acceptance (Applicable, if issued).
5.0
Confirm your compliance to critical stipulations of

Bidding Document as mentioned in ITB/NIB
6.0
Confirm that price has been uploaded in NIC e-tender

portal
7.0
Schedule of Rates/Price
a) Confirm that percentage increase/ decrease of Total
estimated price has been quoted.
b) Confirm that deviation / terms & conditions are not
mentioned anywhere in the bid except Form E. In case
any terms and condition is mentioned anywhere in the
bid, same shall not be considered.
c) Confirm that the quoted price is for complete scope of
work, supply of all material, labour, consumables etc.
construction,
erection,
testing,
commissioning,
performance guarantee test run(s) and supply of spare
parts as applicable as per the Scope of Work.
8.0
Confirm that you have studied complete Bidding

Document including Technical and commercial part and
your Bid is in accordance with the requirements of the
Bidding Document.
9.0
Confirm your acceptance for `Scope of Supply'

mentioned in the Bidding Document and confirm that all
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
Page 48 of 1178
Page 14 of 20
SL.
NO.
EIL'S QUERY
BIDDER'S REPLY/
CONFIRMATION
materials shall be supplied as per Standards and

Specification.
10.0
Confirm your acceptance for Time Schedule as

mentioned in Bidding Document.
11.0
Confirm that your quoted price includes all taxes, duties

as applicable for this Work except Service Tax in
accordance with the provision of GCC and SCC.
12.0
Confirm that your quoted price includes all types of

insurance as per the provisions of GCC and SCC.
13.0
Confirm that all costs resulting from safe execution of

Work, such as safety induction, use of protective
clothing, safety glasses and helmet, safety precaution
taken during monsoon, or any other safety measures to
be undertaken by the Contractor for execution of work
are included in the quoted rates.
14.0
Confirm your compliance to the Minimum Construction

Equipments and Manpower, Qualification & Experience
requirement of Key personnel to be deployed as per
SCC.
15.0
Confirm that adequate numbers of construction

equipments, tools, tackles etc. shall be deployed to
complete the work as per the time schedule.
16.0
Confirm that you shall deploy adequate project/site

organisation with qualified supervisory personnel having
requisite experience including personnel responsible for
safety, planning, stores, QA/QC etc.
17.0
Confirm that while submitting your price, you have taken

consideration of scope of supplies, scope of work and
technical requirements mentioned in Bidding Document.
18.0
Confirm that you have your own QA/QC programme for

executing this work. In case of award of work, you will
submit all QA/QC documents as per requirement.
19.0
Confirm that Bidder is not involved in any Litigation/

Arbitration with OWNER. In case of Litigation /
Arbitration, if any, please furnish information about the
same.
20.0
Confirm that Bidder is not under Liquidation, court

receivership or similar proceedings.
21.0
Confirm the following:
a) The planning schedule, S-curves etc, submitted by the

bidder with his Bid, are indicative and shall not be basis
for extra compensation in case actual needs are higher.
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
Page 49 of 1178
Page 15 of 20
SL.
NO.
EIL'S QUERY
BIDDER'S REPLY/
CONFIRMATION
b) Detailed planning schedule developed by Contractor

after contract award may be subject to fluctuations
depending upon actual progress of the project and
available work front.
c) Co-ordination and making available by Contractor of all
staff, manpower, construction equipment, tools, cranes,
etc. and materials as required for a timely completion of
all WORK as per Owner's construction and priority
schedule and in accordance with the available work front
are included in the quoted rates.
22.0
Please confirm that un-priced copy of FORM SP-0 &

SP-2 indicating required details (without prices) have
been submitted in unpriced part of the Bid.
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER :______________

NAME OF BIDDER :_______________________
COMPANY SEAL
:___________________
PROPOSAL FORM
06c-Proposal Forms
Page 50 of 1178
Page 16 of 20
FORMH
Page 51 of 1178
BIDDERS QUERIES
SL.
NO.
BIDDING DOCUMENT
PART /
VOL.
PAGE NO.
SUBJECT
BIDDER'S QUERY
OWNER'S REPLY
CLAUSE NO.
NOTE:
1.
Bidders Queries may be sent by e-mail to singh.sk@eil.co.in/ rohit.singh@eil.co.in
2.
Technical & Commercial queries, if any, must be submitted separately in editable format as per this format.
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
PROPOSAL FORM
:____________________________
: ____________________________
: ____________________________
Page 17 of 20
FORMI
Page 52 of 1178
DECLARATION BY THE BIDDER
We _______________________ (Name of the Bidder) hereby confirm that we have gone through and understood the Bidding Document (which is
in two parts) in Part-I (Commercial Section including schedule of Rates) and Part-II (Technical) and that our Bid has been prepared accordingly in
compliance with the requirement stipulated in the said documents.
We are submitting Master Index of Bidding Document as part of our Bid duly signed and stamped on each page in token of our acceptance. We
undertake that Part-I and Part-II of the Bidding Document shall be deemed to form part of our bid and in the event of award of work to us, the same
shall be considered for constitution of Contract Agreement. Further, we shall sign and stamp each page of this Part-I and Part-II as a token of
Acceptance and as a part of the Contract in the event of award of Contract to us.
We further confirm that we have indicated prices in Schedule of Rates (SP-0) and submitted in Price Bid in separately sealed envelope. We confirm
that rate quoted by us includes price for all works/activities/supply etc. as mentioned in Item Description of the respective SOR Item(s) in Schedule of
Rates (Detailed Description) which has been issued to us.
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
:____________________________
: ____________________________
: ____________________________
NOTE : This declaration should be signed by the Bidders representative who is signing the Bid.
PROPOSAL FORM
Page 18 of 20
FORMJ
Page 53 of 1178
DETAILS OF P.F. REGISTRATION
Bidder to furnish details of Provident Fund Registration :
PF REGISTRATION NO.
DISTRICT & STATE
:
:
We hereby confirm that the above PF Account is under operation presently and shall be used for all PF related activities for the labour engaged by
us in the present work (if awarded to us).
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER
NAME OF BIDDER
COMPANY SEAL
PROPOSAL FORM
:____________________________
: ____________________________
: ____________________________
Page 19 of 20
FORM-K
BIDDERS GENERAL INFORMATION

To
M/s Numaligarh Refinery Limited,
1-1
Bidder Name:
________________________________________
1-2
Number of Years in Operation: ________________________________________
1-3
Address of Registered Office:

________________________________________
City________________ District _________
State _______________ PIN/ZIP__________
1-4
Operation Address
if different from above:
________________________________________
________________________________________
City________________ District _________
State _______________ PIN/ZIP__________
1-5
Telephone Number:
_______________________________________
(Country Code)
(Area Code)
(Telephone Number)
1-6
E-mail address:
________________________________________
1-7
Website:
________________________________________
1-8
Fax Number:
________________________________________
(Country Code)
1-9
ISO Certification, if any
(Area Code)
(Telephone Number)
{If yes, please furnish details}
1-10 Bankers Name :
_____________________________________
1-11 Branch :
_____________________________________
1-12 Branch Code :
_____________________________________
1-13 Bank account number :
_____________________________________
PROPOSAL FORM
Page 54 of 1178
Page 20 of 21
1-14 Excise Registration number :
_____________________________________
1-15 Excise Range :
_____________________________________
1-16 Excise Division :
_____________________________________
1-17 Excise Collectorate :
_____________________________________
1-18 Service Tax Registration No.
_____________________________________
1-19 Local ST No. :
_____________________________________
1-20 CST No. :
_____________________________________
1-21 PAN No. :
_____________________________________
1-22 Whether SSI Registered Or not :
_____________________________________
(SIGNATURE OF BIDDER WITH SEAL)
PROPOSAL FORM
Page 55 of 1178
Page 21 of 21
Page 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

For implementation of Numaligarh Refinery Project.
Page 1 of 128
Page 56 of 1178
Page 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FOR
SL.NO.
(I)
(II)
1.0
2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
3.0
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
TABLE OF CONTENT
SUBMISSION OF TENDER
SECTION-I (GENERAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT)
DEFINITION OF TERMS
SECTION-II (GENERAL INFORMATION)
GENERAL INFORMATION
(I) to (iv)
1
2 to 5
2 to 5
6 to 9
6
(a) LOCATION OF SITE

(b) ACCESS BY ROAD
SCOPE OF WORK
WATER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
LAND FOR CONTRACTORS FIELD OFFICE , GODOWN
6
6
6
6
7&8
& WORKSHOP
8&9
LAND FORSIDENTAL ACCOMMODATION
9
SECTION-III (GENERAL INSTRUCTION TO TENDERERS) 10 to 17
10
DOCUMENTS
10
GENERAL
10 & 11
ALL PAGES TO BE INTIALLED
1
RATES TO BE IN FIGURES AND WORDS
11 & 12
CORRECTION AND ERASURES
12
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER
12
WITNESS
12
DETAILS OF EXPERIENCE
12
TRANSFER OF TENDER DOCUMENTS
12
EARNEST MONEY
12 & 13
VALIDITY
13
ADDENDA/CORRIGENDA
13
Page 2 of 128
Page 57 of 1178
Page 3
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
22.1
22.2
22.3
23.0
24.0
25.0
26.0
26.1
26.2
27.0
28.0
29.0
30.0
31.0
32.0
33.0
34.0
35.0
36.0
37.0
RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCEPT OR REJECT TENDER

13
SECURITY DEPOSIT
14
TIME SCHEDULE
14
COLLECTION OF DATA TENDERERS RESPONSIBILITY 14
RETIRED GOVERNMENT OR COMPANY OFFICERS
14
SIGNING OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT
15
FIELD MANAGEMENT BY ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
15
NOTE TO SCHDULE OF RATES
15
POLICY FOR TENDERERS UNDER CONSIDERATION
15 & 16
AWARD OF CONTRACT
16
CLARIFICATION OF TENDER DOCUMENT
16
LOCAL CONDITION
16 & 17
ABNORMAL RATES
17
SECTION-IV (GENERAL OBLIGATIONS)
18 to34
INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENT
18
GENERAL
18
HEADINGS AND MARGINAL NOTES
18
SINGULAR AND PLURAL
18
SPECIAL CONDITION OF CONTRACT
18 & 19
CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN HIS OWN INFORMATION
19 & 20
SECURITY DEPOSIT
20 & 21
TIME OF PERFORMANCE
21 & 22
TIME FOR MOBILISATION
21
THE SCHDULE OF CONSTRUCTION
21& 22
FORCE MAJEURE
22
EXTENTSION OF TIME
22
COMPENSATION FOR DELAY (LIQUID DAMAGE)
22
SUM PAYABLE BY WAY OF COMPENSATION TO BE CONSIDERED
AS RESPONSIBLE COMPENSATION WITHOUT REFERENCE TO
ACTUAL LOSS
22 & 23
RIGHT OF OWNER TO FORFEIT SECURITY DEPOSIT
23
FAILURE BY THE CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH THE
PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT
23 & 24
CONTRACTOR REMAINS LIABLE TO PAY COMPENSATION
IF ACTION NOT TAKEN UNDER CLAUSE 32.0 ENTITLED FAILURE
BY CONTRACTOR.
24 & 25
CHANGE IN CONSTITUTION
25
TERMINATION OF CONTRACT FOR DEATH
25
MEMBERS OF THE OWNER NOT INDIVIDUALLY LIABLE 25
OWNER NOT BOUND BY PERSONAL REPRESENTATIONS 25
Page 3 of 128
Page 58 of 1178
Page 4
38.0 CONTRACTORS OFFICE AT SITE

25 & 26
39.0 CONTRACTORS SUBORDINATE STAFF AND THEIR CONDUCT
26 & 27
40.0 (I)
SUB-LETTING OF WORDS
27
(II) SUB CONTRACT FOR TEMPORARY WORKS ETC 27
(III) LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS TO BE SUPPLIED
27
(IV) CONTRACTORS LIABILITY NOT LIMITED BY SUB
CONTRACTORS
27
(V) OWNER MAY TERMINATE SUB CONTRACTS
27
(VI) NO REMEDY FOR ACTION TAKEN UNDER THIS CLAUSE
41.0 POWER OF ENTRY
42.0 CONTRACTORS
RESPONSIBILITY
ELECTRICAL
INTERCOMMINUCATION
SYSTEM,
CONTRACTORS
AND OTHER AGENCIES
43.0
44.0
45.0
46.0
47.0
48.0
WITH
28 & 29
MECHANICAL,
AIR
CONDITIONING
OTHER AGENCIES AT SITE

NOTICES
RIGHT OF VARIOUS INTERESTS
PATENTS AND ROYALTIES
LIENS
DELAYS BY OWNER OR HIS AUTHORISED AGENCIES
49.0 PAYMENTS IF THE CONTRACT IS TERMINATED
29
29
29
29 & 30
30 & 31
31
31 & 32
32
50.0 NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS

32
51.0 CERTIFICATE NOT TO AFFECT RIGHT OF OWNER 32
AND LIABILITY
33
OF CONTRACTOR
52.0 LANGUAGES AND MEASURES
33
53.0 TRANSFER OF TITLE
33
54.0 RELEASE OF INFORMATION
33
55.0 BRAND NAME
33
56.0 COMPLETION OF CONTRACT
33
57.0 SPARES
33
34
SECTION-V (PERFOMANCE OF WORK)
35
36
&
&
to
Page 4 of 128
Page 59 of 1178
Page 5
58.0 EXECUTION OF WORK

59.0 COORDINATION AND INSPECTION OF WORK
60.0 ALTERATIONS IN SPECIFICATIONS,DESIGN &
EXTRA WORK
61.0 WORKS ON SUNDAY AND HOLIDAYS
62.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION &
ERECTION WORK
63.0 DRAWINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER
64.0 DRAWINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR
65.0
66.0
67.0
68.0
69.0
70.0
71.0
72.0
73.0
74.0
75.0
76.0
77.0
78.0
79.0
80.0
81.0
82.0
83.0
84.0
35
35
35
37
37
37
38
38
38
39
SETTING OUT WORKS
39
40
RESPONSIBILITY FOR LEVELS AND ALIGNMENT
40
MATERIALS TO BE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR
40
STORES SUPPLIED BY OWNER/SECURITY OF 41
MATERIALS/EQUIPMENTS
CONDITION FOR ISSUE OF MATERIAL
41
43
MATERIALS PROCURED WITH ASSISTANCE OF 43
OWNER/RETURN OF SURPLUS
MATERIALS OBTAIN FROM DISMANILING
43
ARTICLES OF VALUE FOUND
43
DISCREPENCIES BETWEEN INSTRUCTION
43
44
WORK IN MONSOON & DEWATERING
44
ACTION WHERE NO SPECIFICATION IS ISSUED
44
INSPECTION OF WORKS
44
45
ASSISTANCE TO ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
45
TESTS FOR QUALITY OF WORKS/QUALITY 45
ASSURANCE
46
SAMPLES OF APPROVAL
46
ACTION AND COMPENSATION IN CASE OF BAD 46
WORK
SUSPENSION OF WORK
46
47
OWNER MAY DO PART OF WORK
47
POSSESSION PRIOR TO COMPLETION
47
TWELVE MONTHS PERIOD OF LIABILITY FROM THE 47
DATE OF ISSUE OF COMPLETION CERTIFICATE
to
&
&
&
to
&
&
&
&
Page 5 of 128
Page 60 of 1178
Page 6
84.1 FAILURE TO RECTIFY DEFECTS DURING LIABILITY

PERIOD AND VERIATIONS
84.2 EXTENDED
LIABILITY
ON
CONTRACT
PERFOMANCE GUARANTEE
84.3 CARE OF WORKS
84.4 DEFECTS PRIOR TO TAKING OVER
84.5
85.0
86.0
87.0
47
48
48
48
49
DEFECTS AFTER TAKING OVER
49
GUARANTEE / TRANSFER OF GUARANTEE
49
TRAINING OF OWNERS PERSONAL
49
REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE PARIS & MATERIALS 49
50
&
&
Page 6 of 128
Page 61 of 1178
Page 7
From:
M/S
To:
Subject: Tender in response to
Dear Sirs,
We hereby submit our offer in full compliance with the terms and
conditions of the attached tender. Earnest money Deposit in the form of a
for an amount of RS..Valid upto
is enclosed.
Yours truly,
Signature of Tenderer
Full name of the person
Signing the Tender
Title and capacity of the person
Page 7 of 128
Page 62 of 1178
Page 8
CERTIFICATE AS TO CORPORATE PRINCIPAL

I.Certify
that
I
am
..Secretary of the corporation organized under
the laws of.and that
.who signed the above tender is authorized to bind the
corporation company/firm by authority of its governing body /Board of Directors,
etc.
Secretary. /M.D/Director/G.M.
Page 8 of 128
Page 63 of 1178
Page 9
SECTION -1
1.0
DEFINITION OF TERMS:
In the contract documents as herein defined where the context so admits, the
following words and expressions will have the following meanings:
(1)
The Owner means the Numaligarh Refinery Limited company

within the companies act 1956 having its registered office at Tarun
Nagar, 4th Road, Guwahati-781005, Assam.
(2)
The Contractor means the person or persons, firm or company or

corporation whose tender has been accepted by the Owner and
includes the Contractors legal representatives, his successors and
permitted assigns.
(3)
The Managing Director shall mean the Managing Director of the

Numaligarh Refinery
Limited (NRL) or his successor in office as
designated by the Owner.
(4)
The Chief Engineer shall mean the General Manager (project)/

Executive Director (proj.), Numaligarh Refinery Limited, or his
successor in office or his authorized Project Nominee.
(5)
The Engineer-in-charge shall mean the person designated as such

by the owner and shall include those who are expressly authorized by
him to act for an on his behalf of operation of this contract.
(6)
The Work shall mean the works to be executed in accordance with

contract or part there of as the case may be and shall include all extra,
additional, altered or substituted works as required for purpose of the
contract.
(7)
The Permanent Work means and includes works which will be

incorporated in and form a part of the work to be handed over to the
owner by the contractor on completion of the contract.
Page 9 of 128
Page 64 of 1178
Page 10
(8)
Construction Equipment means all appliances/equipment and things

what so ever nature for the use in or for the execution, completion,
operation or maintenance of the work or temporary works (as here-inafter defined) but does not include materials or other things intended
to form or to be incorporated in to the work, or camping facilities.
(9)
Site shall mean the lands and other places on, under, in or through
which the permanent works are to be carried out and any other lands
or places provided by the owner for the purpose of the contract.
(10)
Contract Documents means collectively the tender documents,

Designs, Drawings, Specification, schedule of quantities and Rates,
Letter of Acceptance and agreed variations if any and such other
documents constituting the tender and acceptance thereof.
(11) The Contract shall mean the agreement between the owner and the
contractor for the execution of the works including there in all
Contract documents.
(12) EIL means Engineers India Limited. Who are the consulting
engineers to the owner for this project and having registered office at
I. Bhikaiji Cam place. R.K.Puram . New Delhi-110066.
(13) Manager to project/project Manager/project co-ordinatorshall mean
manager in charge of this project designated by Engineers India
Limited or his successor or his authorized nominee.
(14) The Sub contractor means any person or firm or company (other
than the contractor) to whom any part of the work has been entrusted
by the contractor, with prior written consent of the engineer-inCharge, and the legal personal representatives, successors and
permitted assigns of such person, firm or company.
(15)
The Specification Shall mean all directions. Provisions the various

technical specification, attached and referred to the tender documents
which pertain to the method and manner of performing the work or
works to the quantities and qualities of the work or works and the
materials to be furnished under the contract for the work or works, as
may be exemplified or modified by the owner or Engineer-in-charge
during the performance of contract in order to provide for the
Page 10 of 128
Page 65 of 1178
Page 11
unforeseen conditions or in the best interests of the work or worksheet

shall also include the edition of relevant Indian standard specifications
including all addenda / corrigenda published before entering into
contract .
(16) The Drawings shall include maps, plans and tracings or prints or
sketches thereof with any modifications approved in writing by the
engineer-in-charge and such other drawing as may, from time to
time.be furnished or approved in writing by the engineer-in-charge.
(17)
The Tender means the proposal along with supporting documents

submitted by the contractor for consideration by the owner.
(18)
The Alternation ordermeans an order given in writing by the

engineer-in-charge to effect additions to or deletions from and
alternation in the works.
(19)
Virtual completion means completion of all important/essential

works pending certain small value works kept inabeyance by the
owner to achieve required co-ordinate completion with other inter
linked unavoidable activities.
(20) The Completion certificate shall mean the certificate to be issued by

the engineer-in charge when the works have been completed in
accordance of CONTRACT DOCUMENT to his satisfaction.
Completion certificate shall include completion of works with respect
to virtual completion subject to owners decision to declare virtual
completion with agreed time.
(21) The Final Certificate in relation to a work means the certificate
regarding the satisfactory compliance of various provisions of the
contract by the contractor issued by the engineer-in-charge / owner
after the period of liability is over.
(22) The PEROID OF LIABILITY in relation to a work means the
specified period from the date of COMPLETION CERTIFICATE up
to the date of issue of FINAL CERTIFICATE during which the
contractor stands responsible for rectifying all defects that may appear
in the works executed by the contractor in pursuance of the contract
and
includes
workmanship
defect,
warranties
against
Page 11 of 128
Page 66 of 1178
Page 12
Manufacturing/Fabrication defects covering all materials, plants,

equipments, components and the like supplied by the contractor.
(23) The APPOINTING AUTHORITY for the purpose of arbitration
shall be the managing director or any other person so designated by
the owner.
(24) Temporary Works shall mean all temporary works of every kind
required in or about the execution, completion or maintenance of
works.
(25) Plans shall mean all maps, sketches and layouts as are incorporated
in the contract in order to define broadly the scope and the
specification of the work or works, and all reproductions thereof.
(26) Notice in writing or written notice shall mean a notice in written,
typed or printed characters sent (unless delivered personally or
otherwise provide to have been received by the addressee) by
registered post to the latest known private or business address or
registered office of the addressee and shall to deemed to have been
received in the ordinary course of post it would have been delivered.
(27) Approved shall mean approved in writing including subsequent
written confirmation of previous verbal approval and Approval
means approval in writing including as aforesaid.
(28) Telex/Letter of Intent shall mean an intimation by a Telex /letter to
Tendered (s) that the tender has been accepted in accordance with the
provisions contained in the letter.
(29) Day means a day of 24 hours from midnight to midnight
irrespective of the number of hours worked in that day.
(30) Working Day means any day other than declared to be holiday or
rest day by the owner.
(31) Week means a period of any consecutive seven days.
(32) Metric system all technical documents regarding the construction of
works are given in the metric system and all work in the project
Page 12 of 128
Page 67 of 1178
Page 13
should be carried out according to the metric system. All documents

concerning the work shall also be maintained in the metric system.
(33) Value of contract means the sum accepted or the sum calculated in
accordance with the prices accepted in tender and/or the contract rates
as payable to the contractor for the entire execution and the full
completion of the work.
(34) Language for Drawings and instruction all the drawings, titles,
notes, instruction, dimension, etc. shall be in English language.
(35) Mobilization shall mean establishment of sufficiently adequate
infrastructure by the contractor at site comprising of construction
equipment, aids, tools tackles including setting of site offices at
facilities such as power, water, communication etc. Establishing
manpower organization comprising of resident Engineers, Supervising
personal and adequate strength of skilled, semi-skilled an UN-skilled
workers, who with the so established infrastructure shall be in a
position to commence execution of work at site (s) , in accordance
with the agreed time schedule of completion of work . Mobilization
has been considered to have been unachieved, if the contractor is able
to establish infrastructure as indicated above to begin work at all site
(S)/ location as per the time, schedule, where so warranted in
accordance with agreed schedule of work implementation to the
satisfaction of engineer-in charge/owner.
(36) Commissioning shall mean putting into service .of the system
including the plant (s) equipment (s) , vessel (s), pipeline, machinery
(is), or any other section or sub section of installation (S) per training
to the work of the contractor after successful testing and trial runs of
the same.
Commissioning can be either for a completed system or a part of
system of a combination of system or sub system and can be perform
in any sequence as desired by owner and in a manner established to be
made suited according to availability of prerequisites. Any such
readjustments made by owner in performance of commissioning
activity will not be constructed to be violating contract provisions and
contractor shall be deemed have provided for the same.
Page 13 of 128
Page 68 of 1178
Page 14
Section II
2.0
GENERAL INFORMATION:
2.1
(a)
location of site :
(b)
The proposed location of project site is defined in the special

condition of the contract.
Access by Road :
Contractor if necessary if build other temporary access road to
the actual site of construction for his own work at his owns
cost. The contractor shall be required to permit the use of the
roads so constructed by him for vehicle of any other parties
who may be engaged on the project site. The contractor shall
also facilitate construction of the permanent roads should the
construction there of start while he is engaged on this work. He
shall make due allowance in this tender for any inconvenience
he anticipate on such account.
Non availability of access roads and railway siding the use of
the contractor shall in no case condone any delay in the
execution of works nor be the cause for any claims for
compensation against the owner.
2.2
Scope of work:
The scope of work is defined in the special condition of contract and
specification. The contractor shall provide all necessary materials,
equipment, labour etc. For the execution and maintenance of the work
till completion unless otherwise mentioned in this tender documents.
All materials that go with the work shall be approved by Engineer-inCharge prior to procurement and use.
2.3
Water supply:
Contractor will have to make his own arrangements for supply of
water to his labour camps and for works. All pumping installation,
pipe net wok and distribution system will have to be Carried by the
contractor at his own cost.
Page 14 of 128
Page 69 of 1178
Page 15
Alternatively the owner his direction may endeavor to provide water

to the contractor at the owners source of supply provided the
contractor make his own arrangement For piping net work and
arrangement from source of supply and distribution pipe net Work
shall have the prior approval of the Engineer-In-Charge, so as not to
interfere with the Layout and progress of the other construction
works. In such case, the rate for water shall be Rs.2.99 per kilo litre
which will be deducted from the running account bills.
However, the owner doesnt guarantee the supply of water and this
does not relieve the contractor of his responsibility in making his own
arrangement and for the timely completion of the Various works as
stipulated.
2.4 POWER SUPPLY:
2.4.1 Owner will supply power at 400/440v subject to availability, at the nearest
sub-station from where the contractor will make his own arrangements for
temporary distribution. All the works will be done as per IEA regulations
and passed by the Engineer-In-Charge. The temporary lines will be removed
forthwith after the completion of the work or if there is any hindrance cause
to the other work due to the alignment of these lines, the contractor will
reroute or remove the temporary lines at his own cost. The contractor at his
cost will also provide suitable electric meters (duly tested by state electricity
board), fuses, switches, etc., for purposes of payment to the owner which
should be in the custody and control of the owner. The cost of power supply
shall be payable to the owner every month at Rs.2.53 (rupees two and paise
fifty-three only) per kWh, which would be deducted from the running
accounts bills. The owner shall not, however, guarantee the supply of
electricity and no compensation for failure or short supply of electricity will
be entertained.
2.4.2
It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to provide and maintain

the complete installation of the load side of the supply with due regard to
safety and proper circuit protection requirement at site. All cabling,
equipment, installations etc. shall comply in all respects with the latest
statutory requirement and safety provisions i.e. as per the Central/State
Page 15 of 128
Page 70 of 1178
Page 16
electricity acts and rules etc. The contractor will ensure that his equipment
and electrical wiring etc. are installed and modified, maintained by a
licensed Electrical/Supervisor. A test certificate to be produced to Engineerin-charge for this approval, before power is made available. Non adhere of
safety code shall render the contractor to be penalized as deemed fit by
Engineer-In-Charge.
2.4.3
At all times IEA regulation shall be followed failing which the

owner has a right to disconnect the power supply without any reference to
the contractor. No claim shall be entertained for such disconnection by the
Engineer-In-Charge. Power supply will be reconnected only after production
of fresh certificate from the authorized electrical supervisors.
2.4.4
The owner is not liable for any loss or damage to the contractors
equipment as a result of variation of voltage or frequency or interruption in
power supply or other loss to the contractor arising there from.
2.4.5
The contractor shall ensure that the electrical equipment installed by
him are such that average power factor does not fall bellow 0.90 in any
month, he will reimburse to the Owner for all units consumed during the
month. (On account of low P.F.I)
2.4.6
The power supply required for contractors colony near the plant
site will be determined by the owner and shall be as per State electricity
Board, Rules and other statuary provisions applicable for such installation
from time to time. In case of power supply to contractors colony, the power
will be made single point and the contractor shall make his own arrangement
at his own cost for distribution to the occupants of the colony as per
electricity Rules and acts. The site area and the colony shall] be sufficiently
illuminated to avoid accidents.
2.4.7
The contractor will have to provide and install his own light and
power meters duly tested by the State electricity Board which will be
governed as per Central/State Government Electricity rules. The owner shall
seal the meters.
2.4.8
In case of damage of any of the Owners equipment on account of

fault, intentional or unintentional on the part of the contractor, the Owner
reveres the right to recover the cost of such damage from the contractors
bill. Cost of HRC Fuses replace at the Owners terminals due to any fault in
the contractors installation shall be to contractors account at the rates
decided by the Engineer-in-charge. Ratings of fuses to be provided/use by
the contractor shall not be more than the rating approved by owner.
Page 16 of 128
Page 71 of 1178
Page 17
2.4.9 Only motors up to 3 HP will be allowed be started direct on line. For motors
above 3 HP and upto 100 hp a suitable Starting devices approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge shall be provided by the Contractor. For motors above
100 HP slip ring induction motors with suitable with suitable starting
devices as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be provided by the
contractor.
2.4.10 The contractor shall ensure at his cost that all-electric lines and equipment
and all installation are approved by the state electricity Inspector before
power can be supplied by the owner.
2.4.11 The total requirement of power with equipment wise breakup shall be
indicated by the tenderer along with his tender.
2.5 LAND FOR CONTRACTORS FIELD OFFICE, GODOWN AND
WORKSHOP:
The Owner will at his own discretion and convenience and for the duration
of the execution of the work make available near the site, land for
construction of contractors Field office, godown workshop and assembly
yard required for the execution of the Contract. The contractor shall at his
own cost construct all these temporary buildings and provide suitable water
supply and sanitary arrangement approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
On completion of the works or on getting notice from the owner which ever
is earlier, the contractor shall remove all temporary works, structures erected
by him and have the SITE cleaned as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge .If
the Contractor shall fail to comply with this requirement, the Engineer-inCharge may at the expense of the contractor remove such surplus, and
rubbish materials and dispose off the same as he deems it and get the site
cleared as a foresail , and contractor shall forthwith pay the amount of all
expenses so incurredand shall have no claim in respect of any such surplus
materials disposed off as aforesaid. The owner reserve the right to ask the
contractor any time during the tendency of the contract to vacate the land by
giving 7 days notice on security reasons or on national interest or otherwise.
A token licenses of fee of Rs.100/- per hectare or part or thereof per annum
shall be charge for the land so occupied. If the contractor fails to clear/vacate
the site and clean the debris the same shall be done by the Engineer-in-
Page 17 of 128
Page 72 of 1178
Page 18
charge engaging and agency an the cost incurred for doing so shall be
recovered from bill/S.D or any other works.
2.5.1 PUTTING UP BUILDINGS ON PROJECT SITE:
The contractor shall put up temporary structures as required by them for
their office, fabrication shop and construction stores only in the area
allocated to them on the project site by the owner or his authorised
representative. No tea stalls/canteens should be put up or allowed to be put
up by any contractor in the allotted land complex area without prior written
permission of the owner.
No un authorized buildings, construction or structure s should be put up by
the contractor any where on the project site.
For uninterrupted fabrication of the work, Contractor, shall put up temporary
covered structures at his cost within area (12M&50M or as considered
necessary) in the location allocated to them in the project site by the owner
or his authorized representatives, but after written approval from the owner.
2.6
LAND FOR RESIDENTIAL ACCOMMODATION:

Land on temporary basis for residential accommodation for stuff and labour
will be made available at the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge and rent
for the same will be as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge according to the
location and area taken by the Contractor.
Page 18 of 128
Page 73 of 1178
Page 19
SECTION-III
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO TENDERERS
3.0
SUBMISSION OF TENDER:
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
Tenders must be submitted without making any additions,

alterations, and as per details given in other clauses here under. The
requisite details shall be filled in by the contractor in page 1 of tender
Document.The rates shall be filled in the schedule given in this tender
document.
Addenda/Corrigenda to tender document, if issued, must be
signed and submitted along with the tender document. The tenderer
should write clearly the revised quantities in the schedule of rates of
tender document and should price the work based on revised
quantities when amendments of quantities are issued in addenda.
Covering letter along with its enclosures accompanying the tender
document and all further correspondence shall be submitted in Quadruplicate (FOUR COPIES).
Tenderers are advised to submit quotations based strictly on the
terms and conditions and specifications contained in the tender
documents and not to stipulate any deviations.
Tenders should always be placed in double scaled covers,
superscribing Tender for Numaligarh Refinery Limited (NRL) project,
Tender Notice No. due for opening on.The full
name, address, and telegraphic address of the Tenderers shall be
written on the bottom left hand corner of the sealed cover.
4.0
DOCUMENTS:
4.1
General:
The tenders as submitted, will consist of the following:
(i)
Complete set of tender documents (Original) as duly filled in and
signed by the tenderer as prescribed by in different clause of the
tender document.
(ii) Earnest money in the manner specified in clause 6 hereof.
Page 19 of 128
Page 74 of 1178
Page 20
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
4.2
Power of attorney or a true copy thereof duly attested by a Gazetted

officer in case an authorized representative has signed the tender, as
required by the clause 4.5 hereof.
Income tax clearance certificates (ITCC) and sales tax clearance
certificate in original or true copies duly attested by Gazetted Officer
in the Performa prescribe by the govt. of India should accompany the
tender. The ITCC should be in the name of the firm/individual quoting
for the work .In the absence of ITCC tenderer may not be awarded the
worked tendered for, in light of central government
directive/instructions.
Information regarding Tenderers in the Performa enclosed.
Details of work of similar type and magnitude carried out by the
tenderer in the Performa given at the end of this book let.
Organization chart giving details of field management at site the
tenderer proposes to have for this job.
Details of construction plant and equipments available with the
tenderer for using in this working the Performa enclosed under the
head Information regarding equipments which the tenderer proposes
to use for this work.
Solvency certificate from schedule bank to prove the financial ability
to carry out the work tendered for.
Latest balance sheet and profit and loss account duly audited.
Details of present commitment as per Performa enclosed to tender
document
Data required regarding sub contractor(s) /Suppliers/Manufacturers
and other technical informations the tenderer wish to furnish
List showing all enclosures to tender.
ALL PAGES ARE TO BE INITIALLED:

All signature in tender document shall be dated as well as all the pages of all
section of tender document shall be initialed at the lower right hand corner
and signed wherever required in the tender papers by the tenderer or by a
person holding power of attorney authorizing him to sign on behalf of the
tenderer before submission of tender.
Page 20 of 128
Page 75 of 1178
Page 21
4.3
RATES TO BE IN FIGURES AND WORDS:

The tenderer should quote in English in both in figures as well as in words
the rates and amounts tendered by him for; each item in .the schedule of
rates in such a way that interpolation/Extrapolation is not possible. The
amount for each item should be worked out and entered requisite total given
of all items, both in figures and in words. The tendered amount for the work
shall be entered in the tender and duly signed by the Tenderer.
If some discrepancies are found between the RATES in FIGURES and
WORDS or the AMOUNT shown in the tender, the following procedure
shall be followed:
4.4
(a)
When there is difference between the rates in the figures of words, the
rates which corre sponds to amount worked out by the tenderer shall
be taken as correct.
(b)
When the rate quoted by the tenderer in figures and words tally but
the amount is in correct the rate quoted by the tenderer shall be taken
as correct.
(c)
When it is not possible to ascertain the correct rate by either of above

method, the rate quoted in words shall be taken as correct. (Or the
lowest of the rates written in figure and words.)
CORRECTIONS AND ERASURES:

All corrections and alterations in the entries of the tender paper shall signed
in fully by the tenderer with date. No erasures or over writing are
permissible.
4.5
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER:
4.5.1 The tenderer shall contain the name, residence and place of business of
person or persons making the tender and shall be singed by the TENDERER
Page 21 of 128
Page 76 of 1178
Page 22
4.6
with his usual signature. PATNERSHIP firms shall furnish the full names of
all partners of the tender. It should be signed in the partnerships name by all
the partners or by duly authorized representative followed by the name and
designation of the person signing. Tender by a corporation shall be signed
by an authorized representative and a power of Attorney in that behalf
shall accompany the tender . A copy of constitution of the firm with
names of all partners shall be furnished.
WITNESS:
Witness and sureties shall be persons of status and property and their names,
occupation and address shall be stated bellow their signature.
4.7
DETAILS OF EXPERIENCE:
The tenderer should enclose the documents and furnished details as per
Performa enclosed to show that he has previous experience in having
successfully completed in recent past work of this nature, together with the
names of owners location of sites. Value of contract date of commencement
and completion of works, delays if any reason of delay an other details along
with documentary evidences The information so provided if found partly or
fully false shall render the tender of such Contractor liable to be rejected.
5.0
TRANSFER OF TENDER DOCUMENTS:

Transfer of tender documents purchased by one intending tenderer to
another is not permissible.
6.0
EARNEST MONEY:
6.1
The tenderer must pay earnest money as given in the notice inviting tenders
and attach the official receipt with the tender failing which the tender is
liable to be rejected. The earnest money can be paid in Call Deposit Receipt
(CDR), Demand Draft or Bank Guarantee of state Bank of India or any
schedule A Nationalized Bank in favor of Numaligarh Refinery Limited
Page 22 of 128
Page 77 of 1178
Page 23
(NRL), Guwahati. The Bank guarantee to be furnished in lieu of Earnest

money shall be kept valid for a period of SIX MONTHSfrom the date of
opening of tender.
6.2
The Bank Guarantee so furnished by the tenderer shall be in the proforma

prescribe owner. No interest shall be paid by the owner on the earnest
money deposited by the tenderer. The earnest money of the unsuccessful
tenderer will be refunded within a reasonable period of time.
6.3
The earnest money deposited by successful tenderer will be retained towards

the security deposited for the fulfillment of the contract, but shall be
forfeited if the tenderer fails to deposit the requisite initial security deposit as
per clause 10 hereof and /or fails to start work within a period of 21 days or
fails to execute the agreement within 10 days of the receipt by him of the
notification of acceptance of tender.
7.0
VALIDITY:
Tender Submitted by Tenderers shall remain valid for acceptance for a
period of six months from the date of opening of the tender. The tenderers
shall not be entitled during the said period of six months, without the
consent in writing of the Owner, to revoke or cancel his tenderer to vary the
tender given or any term thereof. In case of tenderer revoking or canceling
his tender or varying any term in regard thereof without the consent of
Owner in writing, the owner shall forfeit the earnest money paid by him
alongwith tender.
8.0
ADDENDA/CORRIGENDA:
8.1
Addenda/Corrigenda to the tender documents may be issued prior to the date

of opening of the tenders to clarify documents or to reflect modification in
design or contract terms.
8.2
Each addendum/corrigendum issued by the project manager will be

distributed in duplicate to each person or organization to whom a set of
Page 23 of 128
Page 78 of 1178
Page 24
tender documents has been issued. Each recipient will retain one copy of
each addendum/corrigendum for submission along with his tender and return
one signed copy to Engineer-in-Charge as acknowledgement of receipt of
the same. All addenda/corrigenda issued by project manager shall become of
part of tender documents.
9.0
RIGHT OF OWNER TO ACCEPT OR REJECT TENDER:
9.1
The right to accept the tender will rest with the owner. The owner however
does not bind himself to accept the lowest tender and reverses to itself, the
authority to reject any or all the tender received without assigning any
reason whatsoever. The whole work may be split up between more than one
contractors or accepted in part (not entirely) if considered expedient. Quoted
rates should hold good for such eventualities.
9.2
Tenders in which any of particulars and prescribe information are missing or

are incomplete in respect and/or the prescribed conditions are not fulfilled
are liable to be rejected.
9.3
Canvassing in connection with tender is strictly prohibited and tender

submitted by the Tenderer who resorts to canvassing will be liable to
rejection. Tender containing uncalled for remarks or any additional
conditions are liable to be rejected.
10.0 SECURITY DEOPOSIT:

The person/ persons whose tender may be accepted (here after called the
contractor) shall within 10 days of the receipt by him of the notification of
the acceptance of the tender, shall remit/deposit the initial security deposit of
2.5% of the accepted value of the tender to Numaligarh Refinery Limited.
11.0 TIME SCHEDULE:
11.1 The work shall be executed strictly as per the time schedule given in
appendix-I in tender document. Period of construction given in time
Page 24 of 128
Page 79 of 1178
Page 25
schedule includes the time required for mobilization as well as testing,

rectification if any, re testing and completion in all respect to the entire
satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
11.2 A joint programmes of execution of the work will be prepared by the
Engineer-in -Charge and Contractor based on priority requirements of
the project. This programme will take into account the time for
completion in 11.1 and the time allowed for the priority works by the
Engineer-In-Charge.
11.3 Monthly/Weekly programmes will drawn up by the Engineer-inCharge jointly with the contractor based on availability of work fronts
and the joint construction program as per 11.2 above. The contractor
shall scrupulously adhere to these targets/programmes by deploying
adequate personal, construction tools and tackles and he shall also
supply himself all materials of his scope of supply on good time to
achieve the target programmes. In all matters concerning the extent of
target setout in the weekly and monthly programmes and the degree of
achievement, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge will be final and
binding on the contractor.
12.0 COLLECTION OF DATA TENDERERS RESPONSIBILITY:
The tenderer shall visit the site and acquaint himself fully of the site and no
claim whatsoever will be entertained on the plea of ignorance or difficulties
involved in execution of work or carriage of materials.
13.0 RETIRED GOVERNMENT OR OWNERS OFFICERS:
No Engineer of Gazetted rank or other gazetted officer, employed in
Engineering or Administrative duties in an Engineering department of the
State/Central Government or of the owner is allowed to work as a contractor
for a period of two years after his retirement or resigning from government
service, or from the employment of the owner without the previous
permission of the owner. The contract, if awarded, is liable to be cancelled if
either the contractor any of his employees found at any time to be such a
person, who had not obtain the permission of the State/Central Government
Page 25 of 128
Page 80 of 1178
Page 26
or of the owner as aforesaid before submission off tender, or engagement in

the contractors service as the case may be.
14.0 SIGNING OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT:
The successful tenderer shall be required to execute an agreement in the
proforma attached with tender document within 10 days of the receipt by
him of the notification of acceptance of tender. In the event of failure on the
part of the successful tenderer to signed the agreement within the above
stipulated period the earnest money or his initial deposit will be forfeited
and the acceptance of the tender shall considered as cancelled.
15.0
FIELD MANAGEMENT BY ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE:
15.1 The field management will be the responsibility of the Engineer-In-Charge,

who will be nominated by the owner. The Engineer-In-Charge may also
authorized his representative to perform his duties and functions.
15.2 Clause 76 of the general conditions of contract shall be referred to in his
connection.
15.3 The Engineer-In-Charge shall coordinate the works of various agencies
engaged at site to ensure minimum disruption of work carried out by
different agencies. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to plan and
execute the work strictly in accordance with site instruction to avoid
hindrance to the work being executed by other agencies.
16.0 NOTE TO SCHEDULE OF RATES:
16.1 The schedule of rates should be read in conjunction with all the other
sections of the tender.
16.2 The tenderer shall be deemed to have studied the drawings, Specification
and details of work to be done within time schedule and to aquatinted
himself of the conditions prevailing at site.
Page 26 of 128
Page 81 of 1178
Page 27
16.3 Rates must be filled in the copies of pages of schedule of rates of original
tender documents. . If quoted in separate typed sheet no variation in item
description or specification shall be accepted. Any exception taken by the
tenderer to the schedule of rates shall be brought out in the terms and
condition of offer, but it does not guarantee acceptance of the same by the
owner.
16.4 The quantities shown against the various items are only approximate. Any
increase or decrease in the quantities shall not from the basis of alteration of
the rates quoted and accepted. However any likely increase in quantity of
any items should be brought to the notice of Engineer-In-Charge well in
advance prior to execution.
16.5 The Owner reserves the right to interpolate the rate for such items of work
falling between similar items of lower and higher magnitude.
17.0 POLICY OF TENDERS UNDER CONSIDERATION:
17.1 Only those tenders which are complete in all respects and are strictly in
accordance with the terms conditions and Technical specifications of tender
document, shall be considered for evaluation. Such tenders shall be deemed
to be under consideration immediately after opening of tender and until
such time of an official intimation of acceptance/rejection of tender s made
by owner to the tenderer.
17.2 Owner/EIL if necessary, will obtain clarifications on the tender by
requesting for such information clarifications from any or all tenderers
either in writing or through other means of communication as may be
necessary, and the tenderers are advise to refrain from contracting by any
means owner/EIL and or their employees(s)/representatives (S) of their
own, on matters related to tenders under consideration. Tenderers will not
be permitted to change the substance of the tenders after opening of tenders.
Page 27 of 128
Page 82 of 1178
Page 28
18.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT:

18.1 The acceptance of tender will be intimated to the successful tenderer by
Owner either by Talax/Telegram/Fax or by letter or likes means defined as
LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER.
18.2 OWNER/EIL will be the sole judge in the matter of award of contract and
the decision of OWNER shall be final and binding, however subject to
fulfillment of clause 17.0 above and other relevant requirements of contract
documents, works shall be awarded to the techno-commercially accepted
lowest tenderer provided accepted rates are within reasonable variation with
approved estimated rates/amount and work able.
19.0
CLARIFICATION OF TENDER DOCUMENT:
19.1 The tenderer is required to carefully examine the technical Specifications,

condition of contract, Drawing and other details relating to work and given
in tender document and fully inform himself as to all condition and matters
which may in any way affect the work or the cost thereof In case the
tenderer is in doubt about the completeness or correctness of any of the
contents of the tender document, he should request in writing for an
interpretation/clarification to OWNER/EIL in triplicate, OWNER/EIL will
than issue interpretation/clarification to Tenderer in writing. Such
clarifications and or interpretations shall from part of the specification and
Documents and shall accompany the tender which shall be submitted by
tenderer within time and date as specified in invitations to tender.
19.2 Verbal clarification and information given by OWNER/EIL or its
employee(s) or its representatives shall not in any way be binding on owner.
20.0 LOCAL CONDITIONS:
20.1 It will be imperative on such tenderer to inform himself of local conditions
and factors which may have any effect on the execution of WORK covered
under the tender document. In their own interest, the tenderer are requested
to familiarizes themselves with the Indian Income Tax Act 1961, Indian
Companies Act 1956. Indian Custom Act 1962 and other related acts and
laws and regulations of Indian including provident fund; Act, Indian
disputes act, contract labour Act and such like legislation & rules with their
such latest amendments, as applicable. Owner shall not entertain any
request for clarifications from the tenderer regarding such local conditions.
Page 28 of 128
Page 83 of 1178
Page 29
20.2 It must be understood and agreed that such factors have properly been
investigated and considered while submitting the tender. No claim for
financial or any other adjustments due to lake of clarifications of such
factors shall be entertained.
21.0 ABNORMAL RATES:
21.1 The tenderer are expected to quote rate for each item after careful analysis of
coast involved for the performance of the completed item considering all
specifications and condition of contract. This will avoid loss of profit or gain
in case of curtailment or change of specification for any item. In case it is
noticed that the rates quoted by the tender for any item or unusually high or
unusually low, it will be sufficient cause for rejection of the tender unless
the owner is convinced about the reasonableness after security of the
analysis for such rates to be furnished by the tenderer (on demand).
Page 29 of 128
Page 84 of 1178
Page 30
SECTION-IV
GENERAL OBLIGATIONS
22.0 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
22.1 GENERAL
Except for and to the extent otherwise provided by the contract, the
provisions of the general condition of contract and special conditions shall
prevail over those of any other documents forming part of contract. Several
documents forming the contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory.
Should there be any discrepancy, inconsistency, error or omission in the
contract documents. The matter may be refereed to Engineer-In-Charge who
shall give his decisions and issue to the contractor instructions directing in
what manner the work is to be carried out. The decision of Engineer-InCharge shall be final and conclusive and the contractor shall carry out work
in accordance with this decision.
Works shown in the drawing but not mentioned in the specifications or
describe in the specifications without being shown in the drawing shall
nevertheless be deemed to be included in the same manner as if they had
been shown on the drawings and describe in the specifications.
22.2 HEADINGS AND MARGINAL NOTES:
All headings and marginal notes to the clauses of these general conditions of
contract or to the specification or to any other tender documents are solely
for the purpose of giving a concise indication or not a summary of the
contents thereof and they shall never be deemed to be part thereof or to be
used in the interpretation or construction of the contract.
22.3 SINGULR AND PLURAL:
In contract documents unless otherwise stated specifically, the singular
shall include the plural and vice versa wherever the context so requires.
Works implying person shall include relevant Corporate
Page 30 of 128
Page 85 of 1178
Page 31
Companies/Registered
partnership.
23.0
Association/
Body
of
individuals/Firm
of
SPECIAL CONDITIONS 0F CONTRACT:
23.1 Special condition of contract shall be read in conjunction with the general
conditions of contract, specification of work, Drawings and any other
documents forming part of this contract wherever the contract so requires.
23.2 Not withstanding the sub-division of the document in to these separate
section and volumes every part of the document shall be deemed to be
supplementary to and complementary of every other part and shall be read
with and into the contract so far as it may be practicable to do so.
23.3 Where any portion of the general condition of contract is repugnant to or at
variance with any provision of the special conditions of contract then, unless
a different intention appears the provisions of the special conditions of
contract shall be deemed to over ride the provisions of the general conditions
of contract and shall to the extents of such repugnancy, or variations, prevail.
23.4 Wherever it is mention in the specification that the contractor shall perform
certain work or provide certain facilities, it is understood the contractor shall
do so at his cost.
23.5 The materials design and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant Indian
standards, the job specifications contained herein and codes referred to.
Where the job specifications stipulates requirements in addition to those
contained in the standard code and specifications, these additional
requirements shall also be satisfied.
24.0 CONTRACTOR TO OBTAIN HIS OWN INFORMATION
Page 31 of 128
Page 86 of 1178
Page 32
The contractor in fixing his prices, shall for all purposes whatsoever, shall be
deemed to have himself independently obtain all necessary information for
the purpose of preparing his tender and his tender as accepted shall be
deemed to have taken into account all contingencies as may arise due to such
information or lake of same. The correctness of the details given in the
tenderer document, to help the contractor to make up the tender is not
guaranteed.
The contractor shall be deemed to have examined in the contract documents,
to have generally obtain his own information in all matters whatsoever that
might affect the carrying out of the works at the scheduled rates and have
satisfied himself as to the sufficiency of his tender. Any error in description
of quantity or omission there from shall not vitiate the contract or release the
contractor from the executing the work comprised in the contract according
to drawings and specification at the schedule rates. His deemed to have
known the scope, nature and magnitude of the works and the requirements of
materials and labour involved etc., and as to what all works he has to
completed in accordance in the contract document whatever the defects,
omissions or error that may be found in contract documents. The contractor
shall be deemed to have visited surroundings, to have satisfied himself as to
the nature of all existing structures, if any and also as to the nature and the
condition of the railways, Roads, Bridges and culverts, means of transport
and communication, whether by land , water or air and as to possible
interruptions there to and the access and egress from the site, to have made
enquiries, examined and satisfied himself as to the site for obtaining sand
stones, bricks and other materials, the site for disposal for surplus materials,
the available accommodation as to whether required, depots and such other
buildings as may be necessary for executing and completing the works, to
have made local independent enquiries as to the sub-soil, sub-soil water and
variations thereof, storms, prevailing winds, climatic conditions and all other
similar matters affecting these works. He is deemed to have aquatinted
himself as to his liability for payment of government Taxes, Custom duties
and other charges, levies etc.
Any neglect or omission or failure on the part of the contractor in obtaining
necessary and reliable information upon the forgoing or any other matter
affecting the contract shall not relieve him from any risks or liabilities or
entire responsibility from the completion of the works at the schedule rates
and times in strict accordance with the contract.
Page 32 of 128
Page 87 of 1178
Page 33
It is therefore, expected that should the contractor has any doubt as to

the meaning of any portion of the contract DOCUMENT he shall set forth
the particulars thereof in writing the owner in duplicate, before signing the
contract. The owner will provide such clarification as may be necessary in
writing the contractor, such clarification as provide by owner shall from part
of contract documents.
No verbal agreement or interference from conversion with any
employee of the owner either before, during or after the execution of the
contract agreement shall in any way affect or modify any of the terms or
obligations herein contained.
Any change layout due to side condition or technological requirement
shall be binding on the contractor and no extra claim. On this account shall
be entertained.
25.0
SECURITY DEPOSIT:
25.1
A sum of 10% of the accepted value of the tender or the actual value
of work done whichever is applicable due to any additional work or any other
reasons shall be deposited by the person/ persons (herein after called the
contractor) as security deposit with the owner. This may be deposited initially at
two and one half percent (2-1/2 %) of the value of contract (referred as initial
security deposit) within 10 days of receipt by him of the notification of
acceptance of tender and the balance seven and one half percent (7-1/2%) will
be recovered in installments through deduction at the rate of ten percent of the
value of each running account bill till the total security deposit amount 10% of
value of contract /actual value of work done is collected, after which no further
deductions from bills will be made on this account , subject to Clause 25.3
below.
The earnest money deposited with the tender shall be adjusted towards
security deposit, provided it is furnished in case or demand draft only.
Alternatively the contractor may, at his option, deposit the full amount of
10% of the accepted value of the tender towards the security deposit within
10 days of receipt by him of the notification of acceptance of tender.
Page 33 of 128
Page 88 of 1178
Page 34
25.2 Contractor can furnish the initial or total security deposit amount (a) in case
or (b) Government security or fixed deposit receipt of any schedule A
Bank of duly endorsed in favour of NRL or (c) through the Bank of
guarantee from any schedule A Bank in the form prescribed but in favour
of NRL Transfer of Government securities should be endorsed by the public
debt office of the Reserve Bank of India and enfaced for payment at a
treasury office nearest to the place of work. Security deposit, if paid
recovered in cash, may be latter on converted at the request of the contractor
to either interest bearing Government securities or F.D.R of a schedule A
Bank duly endorsed in favour of NRL and hypothecated with the owner or
may be converted to a Bank guarantee as stated above only after recovery of
full 10% security deposit.
25.3
If the contractor /sub contractor or their employees shall damage,break

deface or destroy any property belonging to the owner or others during the
execution of the contract, the same shall be made good by the contractor at
his own expense and in default therof, the Engineer-In-Charge may cause
the same to be made good by other agencies and recover expenses from the
contractor (for which the certificate of the Engineer-In-Charge shall be
final).
25.4 All compensation or other sums of money payable by the contractor to the
owner under terms of this contract may be deducted from or paid by the
encashement or sale of a sufficient part of his security deposit or from any
sums which may be due or may become due to the contractor by the owner
on any account whatsoever and in the event of his security deposit being
reduced by reasons of any such deductions or a sale of said, the aforesaid
contractor shall within ten days thereafter make good in cash or Bank drafts
or Government Securities endorsed, as aforesaid any sum or sums which
may have been deducted from or realized by sale of his security deposit, or
any part thereof. No interest shall be payable by the owner for sum deposited
as security deposit.
26.0 TIME FOR PERFORMANCE:

26.1 TIME FOR MOBILISATION:
Page 34 of 128
Page 89 of 1178
Page 35
The work covered by this contract shall be commenced within twenty-one

days after the receipt of the LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER and
the completed in stage or on or before the dates as mentioned in the time
schedule of completion of work. The contractor should bear in mined that
time is the essence of this agreement. Request for revision of time schedule
after tenders are opened will not receive consideration. The above period of
twenty-one days is included within the overall completion schedule, not over
and above the completion time to any additional work or any other reasons.
26.2 TIME SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION:
26.2.1 The general time schedule of construction is given in the tender document.
Contractor should prepare a detailed weekly or monthly or weekly
programmed jointly with the Engineer-In-Charge within one month of
receipt of LETTER OF INTENT or ACCEPTANCE of tender. The work
shall be executed strictly as per the time schedule given in the contract
document which required includes the time required for mobilization,
testing, rectifications if any, retesting and completion in all respects in
accordance with Contract document to the entire satisfaction of the
Engineer-In-Charge.
26.2.2 The contractor shall submit a detail PERT net work within the time frame
agreed above consisting of adequate number of activities covering various
key phases of the work such as design, procurement, manufacturing,
shipment and field erection activities within 15 days from the of LETTER
OF ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER. This network shall indicate the interface
facilities to be provided by the owner and the dates by which such facilities
are needed.
26.2.3 Contractor shall discuss the network so submitted with the owner and the
agreed net work which may be in the form as submitted with the owner or in
revised form in line with the out come of discussions shall form part of the
contract, to be signed within thirty (30) days from the date of LETTER OF
ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER. During the performance of the contract, if in
the opinion of the owner proper progress is not maintained suitable change
shall be made in the contractors operation to ensure proper progress. If
however owner feels that progress is not as per pre agreed progress which
Page 35 of 128
Page 90 of 1178
Page 36
will have re persuasion on timely completion of the contract owner will have
liberty either to terminate the contract or impose suitable penalty for delay.
The above PERT network shall be reviewed periodically and report shall be
submitted by the Contractor as directed by Owner/EIL.
27.0 FORCE MAJEURE:
Any delays in or failure of the performance of either perty hereto shall not
constitute default hereunder gives rise to any claims for damages, if any to
the extent such delays or failure of performance is caused by occurrence of
events such as Acts of God or the public enemy expropriation or
confiscation of facilities by government authorities, acts of war, rebellion,
sabotage of fires, floods, explosions & riots.
28.0 EXTENSION OF TIME:
If the contractor desire an extension of the time for completion of the work
on the grounds of his having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or
any other grounds he shall apply in writing to the Engineer-In-Charge within
ten days of the date of hindrance on account of which he desires such
extension as aforesaid, and the Engineer-In-Charge shall, if in his opinion
(which shall be final) reasonable grounds have been shown therefore,
authorized such extension of time as may, in his opinion be necessary or
proper without any extra cost/liability of the owners.
29.0 COMPENSATION FOR DELAY(LIQUIDATED DAMAGES):
29.1 The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall be
strictly observed by the contractor. The work shall throughout the stipulated
period of the contract be proceeded with all the diligence (time being
deemed to be essence of the contract) and the contractor shall pay to the
owner as compensation an amount equal to 1% or such smaller amount as
the Engineer-In-Charge (whose decision in writing shall be final), may
decide on the amount of the contract value for every week that the work may
Page 36 of 128
Page 91 of 1178
Page 37
remain incomplete as per the time schedule, subject to a maximum

compensation of 15% of the contract value after which period action will be
taken by the Engineer-In-Charge under the provisions of the contract.
29.2 To ensure good progress during the execution of the work, the contractor
shall be bound, in all cases in which the time allowed for any work exceed
one month, to complete one fifth of the work before one fourth of time
allowed under the CONTRACT. In the event of the contractor failing to
comply with this condition he shall be liable to pay as compensation at
amount as stipulated above. The compensation so paid shall not relieve the
contractor from his obligations to complete the work or from any other
obligations and liabilities under this contract.
30.0 SUM PAYABLE BY WAY OF COMPENSATION TO BE
CONSIDERED AS REASONABLE COMPENSATION WITHOUT
REFERENCE TO ACTUAL LOSS:
30.1 All sums payable by way of compensation under any of the conditions shall
be genuine pre estimate of damages and shall be considered as reasonable
compensatation without reference to the actual loss or damage, which shall
have been sustained.
31.0 RIGHTS OF THE OWNER TO FORFEIT SECURITY DEPOSIT:
Whenever any claim against the contractor for the any payment of a sum of
money arises out of or tender the contract, the owner shall be entitled to
recover such sum by appropriating in part or whole the security deposit of
the contractor. In the event of security deposit being in sufficient or if no
security deposit has been taken from the contractor, then the balance or the
total sum recoverable, as the case may be shall be deducted from any sum
then due or which, at any time there after may become due to the contractor,.
The contractor shall pay to the owner on demand any balance remaining due.
32.0 FAILURE BY THE CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH THE
PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT :
Page 37 of 128
Page 92 of 1178
Page 38
32.1 If the contractor refuses or fails to execute the WORK or any part thereof
with such diligence as will ensure its completion within the time specified in
the contract or extension thereof or fails to perform any of his obligation
under the contract or in any manner commits a breach of any of the
provisions of the contract, it shall be open to the owner at its option by
written notice to the contractor.
(a)
TO DETERMINE THE CONTRACT In which event the contract

shall stand terminated and shall cease to be in force and effect on and
from the date appointed by the owner on that behalf, where upon the
contractor shall stop forthwith any of the contractors work then in
progress, except such work as the owner may, in writing require to be
done to safeguard any property or work, or installation from damage,
and the owner, for its part may take over the work remaining
unfinished by the contractor and complete the same through a fresh
contractor or by other means, at the risk and cost of the contractor,
and the contractor or any of his sureties if any, shall be liable to the
owner for any excess cost occasioned by such work having to be so
taken over and completed by the owner over and above the cost at
rates specified in the schedule of quantities and rate /prices.
(b)
WITHOUT DETERMINE THE CONTRACT to take over the work

of the contractor or any part thereof and complete the same through a
fresh contractor or by other means at the risk and cost of the
contractor. The contractor and any of his sureties are liable to the
Owner for any excess cost over and above the cost as worked out in
terms of the contract, occasioned by such works having been taken
over and completed by owner.
32.2 IN SUCH EVENTS AND ABOVE:

(a)
The whole or part of the security deposit furnished by the contractor is

liable to be forfeited without prejudice to the right of the owner to
recover from the contractor the excess cost referred to on the sub
clause aforesaid, the owner shall also have the right of taking
possession and utilizing in completing the works or any part thereof,
such materials, equipment and plants available at work site belonging
to the contractor as may be necessary and the contractor shall not be
Page 38 of 128
Page 93 of 1178
Page 39
entitled for any compensation for use or damage to such materials,

equipment and plant.
(b)
The amount that may have become due to the contractor on account of
work already executed by himself not be payable to him until after the
expiry of six calendar month reckoned from the date of termination of
contract or from the taking over of the work or part thereof by the
owner as the case may be, during which period the responsibility for
faulty materials or workmanship in respect of such work shall under
the contract, rest exclusively with the Contractor. This amount shall
be subject to deduction of any amounts due from the contractor to the
owner under the terms of the contract authorized or required to be
reserved or retained by the owner.
32.3 Before determining the contract, provided in the judgement of the owner, the
default or defaults committed by the contractor is /are curable and can be
cured by the contractor if an opportunity given to hi, then the owner may
issue notice in writing calling the contractor to cure the default within such
time specified In the notice.
32.4 The Owner also have the right to proceed or take action as per above, in the
event that the Contractor becomes Bankrupt, insolvent, compounds with his
creditors, assigns the contract in favour of his creditors or any other person
or persons, or being a company or a cooperation goes in to voluntary
liquidation, provided that in the said event it shall not be necessary for the
owner to give any prior notice to the contractor.
32.5 Termination of the contract as provided for in sub clause 32.1 (a) above shall
not prejudice or affect the rights of the owner which may have accrued up
the date of such termination.
33.0 CONTRACTOR REMAINS LIABLE TO PAY COMPENSATION IF

ACTION NOT TAKEN AFTER CLAUSE 32.0 ENTITLED FAILURE
BY CONTRACTOR :
Page 39 of 128
Page 94 of 1178
Page 40
In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the owner by clause
32.0 hereof shall have become excisable and the same had not been
exercised, the non exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the
condition hereof and such powers shall be notwithstanding be exercisable in
the event of any further case of default by the contractor for which by any
clause or clauses hereof he is declared liable to pay compensation amounting
to the whole of his security deposit, and the liability of the contractor for
past and future COMPENSATION shall remain unaffected. In the event of
the owner putting in force the powers under sub clause 32.1, 32.2, 32.3, 32.4
and 32.5 above vested in him under the proceeding clause he may, if he so
desires, take possession of all or any tools, and plans, materials and stores in
or upon the works or the site. Thereof belonging to the contractor or
procured by him and intended to be used for the execution of the work or
any part thereof paying or allowing for the same in account at the contract
prices or in case of these not being applicable at current market prices to be
certified by the Engineer-In-Charge whose certificate thereof shall be final,
otherwise the Engineer-In-Charge may give notice in writing to the
contractor to his clerk of works, foreman or other authorized agencies,
requiring him to remove such tools, plant, materials or stores from the
premises (within a time to be specified in such notice).And in the event of
the contractor failing to comply with any .such requisition, the Engineer-InCharge may remove them at the contractors expense or sell them by auction
or private sale on account of the contractor and at his risk in all respect
without any further notice as to the date, time or place of sale and certificate
of the Engineer-In-Charge as to the expenses of any such removal and the
amount of the proceeds and expenses of any such sale shall be final and
conclusive against the contractor.
34.0 CHANGE IN CONSTITUTION:
Where the Contractor is a partnership firm the prior approval, in writing, of
the owner shall be obtain before any changes made in the constitution of the
firm. Where the contractor is an individual or a Hindu undivided family
business concern, such approval as aforesaid shall, like wise be obtained
before such contractor enters in any agreement with other parties, where
under the reconstituted firm would have the right to carry out the work
hereby undertaken by the contractor. In either case if prior approval as
aforesaid is not obtained, the contract shall be deemed to have been allotted
in contravention of clause 40 (I) works hereof and the same action may be
Taken and the same consequence shall ensure as provided in the said clause.
Page 40 of 128
Page 95 of 1178
Page 41
35.0 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT FOR DEATH:

If the contractor is an individual or a proprietary concern and the individual
or the proprietor dies or if the contractor is a partnership concerned and one
of the partner dies then unless, the owner is satisfied that the legal
representative of the individual or the proprietary concern or the surviving
partners are capable of carrying out and completing Contract, he (the owner)
is entitled to cancel the CONTRACT for the uncompleted part without being
in any way liable for any compensation payment of the estate of the
deceased Contract and /or to the surviving partners of the contractors firm on
account of the cancellation of the contract. The decision of the owner in such
assessment shall be final and binding on the parties.
36.0 MEMBERS OF THE OWNER NOT INDIVIDUALLY LIABLE:
No director or official or employee of the OWNER/EIL Engineer shall in
any way be personally bound or liable for the acts or obligations of the
owner under the Contract or answerable for any default or omission in the
observance or performance of any of the acts , matters or things which
are herein contained.
37.0 OWNER NOT BOUND BY PERSONAL REPRESENTATIONS:
The contractor shall not be entitled to any increase on the contract prices or
any other right or claim whatsoever by reason of any representation,
explanation, statement or alleged representation, promise or guarantees
given or alleged to have been given to him by any person.
38.0 CONTRACTORS OFFICE AT SITE:
The contractor shall provide and maintain an office at the site for the
accommodation of his agent and staff and such office shall be open at all
reasonable hours to receive instructions, notice or other communications.
The Contractor at all time shall maintain a site instruction book and
compliance of these shall be communicated to the Engineer-In-Charge from
time to time and the whole document shall be preserved and handed over
after completion of works.
39.0 CONTRACTORS SUBORDINATE STAFF AND THEIR CONDUCT:
Page 41 of 128
Page 96 of 1178
Page 42
39.1 The contractor, on or after award of the work shall name and depute a
qualified Engineer having sufficient experience in carrying out work of
similar nature, to whom the equipments, materials, if any, shall be issued
and instructions for works given. The contractor shall also provide to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge sufficient and qualified staff to
superintend the execution of the works, competent sub agent, foreman and
leading hands including those specially qualified by previous experience to
supervise the types of work comprised in the contract in such manner as will
ensure work of the best quality, expeditious working. Whenever the opinion
of the Engineer-In-Charge additional properly qualified supervisory staff is
considered necessary, the shall be employed by the contractor without
additional charge on accounts thereof. The contract shall ensure to the;
satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge that sub contractors, if any, shall
provide competent and efficient supervision, over the work entrusted to
them.
39.2 If and whenever any of the contractors or sub contractors agents, subagents, assistants, foreman, or other employees shall in the opinion of
Engineer-In-Charge be guilty of any miss conduct or found indulging in
theft or be incompetent or insufficiently qualified or negligent in the
performance of their duties or that in the opinion of the owner or the
Engineer-In-Charge, it is undesirable for administrative or any other reason
for such person or persons to be employed in the works, the contractor, if so
directed by the Engineer-In-Charge, shall at once removed such person or
persons from employment thereon. Any person or persons so removed from
the works shall not again be employed in connection with the works
without the written permission of the Engineer In Charge. Any person so
removed from the works shall be immediately replaced at the expense of
the contractor of a qualified and competent substitute. Should the contractor
be requested to repatriate any person removed from the works he shall do so
and shall bear all costs in connection therewith.
39.3 The contractor shall be responsible for the proper behavior of all staff,
foremen, workmen, and others, and shall exercise a proper degree of control
over them and in particular and without prejudice to the said generality, the
contractor shall be bound to prohibit and prevent any employees from
trespassing or acting in any way detrimental or prejudicial to the interest of
the community or of the properties or occupiers of land and properties of the
neighborhood and in the event of such employee so trespassing, the
Page 42 of 128
Page 97 of 1178
Page 43
contractor shall be responsible therefore and relieve the owner of all

consequent claims or action for damages or injury or any other ground
whatsoever. The decision of the Engineer-In-Charge upon any matter arising
under this clause shall be final. The contractor shall be liable for any liability
to owner on account of deployment of contractor staff etc. incident at on
arising out of the execution of contract.
39.4 If and when required by the Owner the contractors personal entering upon
the Owners premises shall be properly identified by badges of a type
acceptable to the Owner which must be worn at all times on Owners
premises. Contractor may be required to obtain daily entry passes for his
staff/employees from Owner to work within operating areas. These being
safety requirements, no relaxations on any account shall be given to the
contractor.
40.0 SUB-LETTING OF WORK:
i)
No part of the contract nor any share or interest therein shall in any manner
or degree be transferred, assigned or sublet by the contractor directly or
indirectly to any person, firm or corporation whosoever without prior
consent in writing, of the Owner.
ii)
SUB-CONTRACTS FOR TEMPORARY WORKS ETC:

The Owner may give written consent to sub-contract for the execution of
any part of the works at the site, being entered in to by contractor provided
each individual sub-contract is submitted to the Engineer-In-Charge before
being entered into and is approved by him.
iii)
LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS TO BE SUPPLIED:

At the commencement of survey of every month the contractor shall furnish
to the Engineer-In-Charge, list of all sub-contractors or other persons or
firms engaged by the contractor and working at the site during the previous
month with particulars of the general nature of the sub-contract or work
done by them.
iv)
CONTRACTORS
CONTRACTORS:
LIABILITY
NOT
LIMITED
BY
SUB-
Page 43 of 128
Page 98 of 1178
Page 44
Notwithstanding any sub-contracting with such approval as aforesaid and

notwithstanding that the Engineer-In-Charge shall have received copies of
any sub-contracts, the contractor shall be and shall remain solely responsible
for the quality, proper and expeditious execution of the works and the
performance of all conditions of the contract in all respects as if such subcontracting had not taken place, and as if such work had been done directly
by the contractor.
v)
OWNER MAY DIRECT TO TERMINATE SUB-CONTRACTS:

If any sub-contractor engaged upon the works at the site execute any works
which in the opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge is not in accordance with the
contract documents, the owner may by written notice to the contractor ask
him to terminate such sub contract and dismiss the sub-contractors and the
latter shall forthwith leave the works, failing which the owner shall have the
right to remove such sub-contractors from the site.
vi)
NO REMEDY FOR ACTION TAKEN UNDER THIS CLAUSE:

No action taken by the owner under this clause shall relieve the contractor of
any of his liabilities under the contract or give rise to any right or
compensation, extension of time or otherwise, failing which the owner shall
have the right to remove such sub-contractors from the site.
41.0 POWER OF ENTRY:

If the contractor shall not commence the work in the manner previously
describe in the CONTRACT documents or if he shall at any time in the
opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge.
i)
fail to carry out the works in conformity with the contract documents,
or
ii)
fail to carry out the works in accordance with the time schedule, or
Page 44 of 128
Page 99 of 1178
Page 45
iii)
substantially suspend works for a period of fourteen days without

authority from the Engineer-In-Charge, or
iv)
fail to carry out and execute the works to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-In-Charge, or
v)
fail to supply sufficient or suitable construction plant, temporary

works, labour, mate, rails or things, or
vi)
Commit, suffer, or permit any other breach of any other of provisions

of the contract on his part to be performed or observed or persist in
any of the above mentioned breaches of the contract for fourteen days,
after notice in writing shall have been given to the Contractor by the
Engineer-In-Charge requiring such breach to be remedied, or
vii)
If the Contractor shall abandon the works or
viii) If the contractor during the continuance of the contract shall become
bankrupt, make any arrangement to composition with his creditors, or
permit any execution to be levied or go into liquidation whether
compulsory or voluntary (not being merely a voluntary liquidation for
the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction), then in any such case,
the owner shall have the power to enter upon the works and take
possession thereof and of the materials, temporary work,
constructional plant, and stock thereon, and to revoke the contractors
license to use the same, and to complete the works by his agents,
other contractors or workmen or to re-let the same upon any terms and
to such other person, firm or corporation as the owner in his absolute
discretion may think proper to employ and for the purpose aforesaid
to use or authorized the use of any materials, temporary work,
constructional plant, and stock as aforesaid, without making payment
or allowance to the contractor for the said materials other than such as
may to be certified in writing by the Engineer-In-Charge to be
reasonable, and without making any payment or allowance to the
contractor for the use of the temporary said works constructional plant
and stock or being liable for any loss or damage thereto, and if the
owner shall by reason of his taking procession of the works or of the
works or of the works being completed by other contractor (due
account being taken of any such extra work or works which may be
Page 45 of 128
Page 100 of 1178
Page 46
omitted) then the amount of such excess as certify by Engineer-InCharge shall be deducted from any money which may be due for work
done by contractor under the Contract and not paid for . Any
deficiency shall forthwith may good and paid to the owner by the
contractor and the owner shall have the power to sell in such manner
and for such prices as he may think fit all or any of the constructional
plant, materials etc. constructed by or belonging to the contractor and
to recoup and retain the said deficiency or any part thereof out of
proceeds of the sale.
42.0 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILTY WITH THE MECHANICAL,
ELECTRICAL
INTERCOMMUNICATION
SYSTEM,
AIR
CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS AND OTHER AGENCIES:
Without repugnance to any other condition, it shall be the responsibility to
the contractor executing the work of civil construction to work in close co
operation and coordinate the works with the civil and structural,
mechanical, electrical, air conditioning, instrumentations, insulation,
painting Contractors and other agencies or their authorized representatives,
in providing the necessary grooves, recess, cuts and opening etc. in wall,
slabs, beams and columns etc. and making good ;of the same to the desired
finish as per specification, for the replacement of electrical,
intercommunication cables, conduits air-conditioning inlets and other out
lets grills and equipments etc., where required. For the above said
requirements in the false ceiling and other partitions, the contractor before
starting up the works shall in consultation with the electrical, mechanical,
intercommunication, air conditioning contractor and other agencies prepare
and put up a joint scheme, showing the necessary openings, grooves,
recesses, cuts, the method of fixing required for the works of the aforesaid,
and the finishes therein, to the Engineer-In-Charge and get the approval.
The contractor before finally submitting the scheme to the Engineer-InCharge, shall have the written agreement of all the other agencies. The
Engineer-In-Charge before communicating his approval to the scheme, with
any required modifications, shall get the final agreement of the agencies,
which shall be binding. No claim shall be entertained on account .of the
above.
The contractor shall conform in all respects with provisions of any statuary
regulations, ordinances or bye laws of .any local or duly constituted
Page 46 of 128
Page 101 of 1178
Page 47
authorities or public bodies which may .be applicable from time to time to
the works or any temporary works. The contractor shall keep the owner
indemnified against all penalties and liabilities of every kind, arising out of
non-adherence to such statutes, ordinances, laws, rules, regulations etc.
43.0
44.0
OTHER AGENCIES AT SITE:

The Contractor shall have to execute the work in such place and conditions
where other agencies will also be engaged for other works. No claim shall be
entertained due to work being executed in the above circumstances.
NOTICE:
Any notice hereunder may be served on the contractor or his duly authorized
representative at the job site or may be served by registered mail direct to the
address furnished by the contractor. Proof of issue of any such notice could
be conclusive of the contractor having been duly in formed of all contents
therein.
45.0
46.0
RIGHT OF VARIOUS INTERESTS:

i)
The owner reserves the right to distribute the work between more than
one agencies. The contractor shall be cooperate and afford other
agencies reasonable opportunity for access to the works for the
carriage and stores of materials and execution of their works.
ii)
Wherever the work being done by any department of the owner or by

other contractors employed by the owner is contingent upon work
covered by this CONTRACT, the respective right s of the various
interests involved shall be determined by the Engineer-In-Charge to
secure the completion of the various portions of the work in general
harmony.
PATENTS AND ROYALTIES:
46.1 The contractor, if licensed under any patent covering equipment, machinery,
materials or compositions of matter to be used or supplied or methods and
Page 47 of 128
Page 102 of 1178
Page 48
process to be practiced or employed in the performance of this contract,

agrees to pay all royalties and license fees which may be due with respect
thereto. If any equipment, machinery, materials, composition of matters, be
used or supplied or method or processes to be practiced or employed in the
performance of this contract, so covered by a patent under which the
Contractor is not licensed then the contractor before supplying or using the
equipment, machinery materials, composition method or processes shall
obtain such licenses and pay such royalties and license fees as may be
necessary for performance of this contract. In the event of the contractor
fails to pay any such royalty or obtain any such license, any suit for
infringement of such patents which is brought against the contractor or the
owner /as a result of such failure will be defended by the contractor at his
own expense and the contractor will pay any damages and costs awarded in
such suit. The contractor shall promptly notify the owner if the contractor
has acquired knowledge of any plant under which a suit for infringement
could be reasonably brought because of the use by the Owner of any
equipment, machinery, materials, process, methods to be supplied hereunder.
The contractor agrees to and does hereby grant to Owner, together with the
right to extend the same to any of the subsidiaries of the owner and
irrevocable, royalty free license to use in any country any invention made by
contractor or his employee in or as result of the performance of the work
under the CONTRACT
.
46.2 All charges on account of royalty, tollage, rent, octroi, terminal or sales tax
and/or other duties or any other levy on materials obtained for the work or
temporary work or part thereof (excluding materials provided by the owner)
shall be done by the contractor.
46.3 The contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of or remove except for the
purpose of this contract, the sand, stone, clay, ballast, earth, rock or other
substances, or materials obtained from any excavation made for the purpose
of the work or any building or produce upon the site at the time of delivery
of the possession thereof, but all substance, materials, buildings and produce
shall be the property of the owner provided that the contractor may. With the
permission of the. Engineer-In-Charge, use the same for the purpose of the.
Work by payment of cost .of the same as such as rate may be determined by
the. Engineer-In-Charge.
46.4 The owner shall indemnify and save harmless the contractor from any loss
on account of claims against the contractor for the contributory infringement
Page 48 of 128
Page 103 of 1178
Page 49
of patent right arising out and based upon the claim that the use by the owner
of the process included in the designed prepared by the owner and used in
the operation of the plant infringes on any patent right. With respect to any
sub contract entered into by contractor pursuant to the provisions of the
relevant clause hereof. The contractor shall obtain from the sub contractor an
undertaking to provide the owner with the same patent protection that
contractor is required to provide under the provisions of clause, 46.1
47.0 LIENS:
47.1 If at any time there should be evidence or any lien or claim for which the
Owner might have become liable at which is chargeable to the contractor,
the owner shall have the right to retain out of any payment then due or
thereafter to become due an amount sufficient to completely indemnify the
owner against such lien or claim and if such lien or claim be valid, the
owner may pay and discharge the same and deduct the amount so paid from
any money which may be or may become due and payable .to the
contractor. If any lien or claim remain unsettled after all payments are
made, the contractor shall refund or pay .the owner all money that the latter
may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien or claim including all
costs and reasonable expenses. Owner reserves the right to the same.
47.2 The owner shall have lien on all materials, equipments, including those
brought by the contractor for the purpose of erection, testing and
commissioning of work.
.
47.3 The final payment shall not become due until the contractor delivers to the
Engineer-In-Charge a complete release or waiver of all lien arising or which
may arise out of his agreement or receipt in full certification by the
contractor in a form approved by Engineer-In-Charge that all invoices for
labour, materials, services have been paid in lien thereof and if required by
the Engineer-In-Charge in any case an affidavit that so far as the contractor
has knowledge or information the releases and receipts include ;all the
labour and material for which a lien could be filled.
47.4 Contractor will indemnify and hold the owner harmless, for a period of two
year after the issue of final Certificate, forms all liens and other
encumbrances against the owner on account of debts or claims alleged to be
due from the contractor or his sub contractor to any person including sub
contractor and on behalf of owner will defend at his own expense, any claim
Page 49 of 128
Page 104 of 1178
Page 50
or litigation in connection therewith. Contractor shall defend or contest at his

own expense any fresh claim or litigation brought against, the owner or the
contractor by any persons including his sub contractor, till its satisfactory
settlement even after the expiry of two years from the date of issue of final
Certificate.
48.0 DELAYS BY OWNER OR HIS AUTHORISED AGENTS:
48.1 In case the Contractors performance is delayed due to any act or omission
on the part of the owner or his authorized agents, then the contractor shall be
given due extension of time for the completion of the work, to the extent
such omission on the part of the Owner has caused delay in the contractors
performance of his work.
48.2 No adjustment in contract price shall be allowed for reasons of such delays
and extensions granted, except as provided in tender, where in the owner
reserves the right to seek indulgence of contractor to maintain the agreed
time schedule of completion. In such an event the contractor shall be obliged
to arrange for working by contractors person for additional time beyond
stipulated working hours as also on Sundays and holidays and achieve the
completion date interim targets.
49.0 PAYMENT IF THE CONTRACT IS TERMINATED:
49.1 If the Contract shall be terminated, the contractor shall be paid by the Owner
in so far as such amounts or items shall not have already been covered by
payments of amounts made to the contractor for the works executed and
accepted by Engineer-In-Charge prior to the date of termination .at the rates
and prices provided of in the contract and in addition to the following:
a)
The amount payable in respect of any preliminary items, so far as the

work or service comprised therein has been carried out or performed
and an appropriate portion as certified by Engineer-In-Charge of any
such items of the work or service comprised in which has been
partially carried out or performed.
b)
Any other expense which the contractor has expended for performing
the works under the contract subject to being duly recommended by
Page 50 of 128
Page 105 of 1178
Page 51
Engineer-In-Charge and approved by owner for payment, based on

documentary evidence of his having incurred such expenses.
49.2 The contractor will be further required to transfer the title and provide the
following in the manner and as directed by the Owner.
50.0
a)
Any and all completed works
b)
Such partially completed works including drawings, information and

Contract rights as the contractor has specially performed, produced for
the performance of the contractor.
NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS:
Neither the inspection by the owner or any of their officials, employees, or

agent nor any order by the owner or EIL for payment of money or any
payment for or acceptance of the whole or any part of the work by the owner
nor any extension of time, nor any possession taken by owner shall operate
as a waiver of any provisions of the contract, of any power herein reserved
to the Owner, Or any right to damages herein provided, nor shall any.
Waiver of any breach in the contract be hold to be a waiver of any other or
subsequent breach.
51.0
CERTIFICATE NOT TO AFFECT RIGHT OF OWNER AND
LIABILITY OF CONTRACTOR:
No interim payment certificates of the Owner, nor any sum paid on account
by the Owner, or any extension of time for execution of the work granted by
Owner shall affect or prejudice the rights of the Owner against the contractor
or relieve the contractor of his obligations for the due performance of the
CONTRACT, or be interpreted as approval of the /works done or of the
equipment supplied and no certificate shall create liability for the owner to
pay for alterations, amendments, variation or additional works not ordered,
in writing, by Owner or discharge the liability of the Contractor for the
payment .of damages whether due ascertained, or certified or not or any sum
against the /payment .of which he is bound to indemnify the OWNER.
52.0
LANGUAGE AND MEASURES:
Page 51 of 128
Page 106 of 1178
Page 52
All documents pertaining to the contract including specification, schedules,

Notices, correspondence, Operating, and maintenance, instructions,
drawings, or any other writings shall be written in English language. The
metric system of measurement shall be used in the contract unless otherwise
specified.
53.0
TRANSFER OF TITLE:
53.1 The title of Ownership of supplies furnished by the contractor shall not pass
on to the Owner for all supplies till the same are finally accepted by the
Owner after the successful completion of PERFORMANCE TEST and
GUARANTEE TEST and issue of final certificate.
53.2 However the Owner shall have the lien on all such works, performed as soon
as any advance or progressive payment is made by the Owner to the
contractor and the Contractor shall not subject these works for use other than
those intended under this contract.
54.0
RELEASE OF INFORMATION:
The contractor shall not communicate or use in advertising, publicity sales
releases or in any other medium, photograph, or other reproduction of the
work under this CONTRACT or description of the site dimensions, quantity,
quality or other information, concerning .the work unless prior written
permission has been obtained from the Owner.
55.0
BRAND NAMES:
The specific reference in the specifications and documents to any material
by trade name, make or catalogue number shall be construed as establishing
standard or quality and performance and not as limited competition.
However tenderer may offer other similar equipments provided it meets the
specified standard design and performance requirements.
56.0
COMPLETION OF CONTRACT:
Unless otherwise terminated under the provisions of any other relevant
clause, this contract shall be deemed to have been completed at the
expiration of the period of liability as provided for under the contract.
Page 52 of 128
Page 107 of 1178
Page 53
57.0
SPARES:
57.1 The contractor shall furnish to the Owner all spares required for
commissioning of the plants, recommendatory an /or mandatory spares,
which are required/considered essential by the manufacturer/supplier. The
same shall be /delivered at SITE-3 (three) month before
COMMISSIONING.
Also the Contractor should furnish the manufacturing drawing for fast
wearing spares.
57.2 The contractors guarantees the owner that before the manufacturers of the
equipments. Plants and machinaries go out of production of spare parts for
the equipment furnished and erected by him, he shall give at least twelve
(12) months, advance notice to the owner, so that the latter may order his
requirement of spares in one lot, if he so desires.
Page 53 of 128
Page 108 of 1178
Page 54
SECTION-V
PERFORMANCE OF WORK:
58.0
EXECUTION OF WORK:
All the works shall be executed in strict conformity with the provisions of
the. Contract documents and with such explanatory detailed drawings,
specification and instructions as may be furnished from time to time to the
contractor by the Engineer-In-Charge whether mentioned in the contract or
and. The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that works through out
are executed in the most substantial, proper and workmanlike manner with
the quality material or workmanship in strict accordance with the
specification and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge.
The contractor shall provide all necessary materials, equipments labour etc.
for execution and maintenance of work till completion unless otherwise
mentioned in the contract.
59.0
CO-ORDINATION AND INSPECTION OF WORKS:

The coordination and inspection of the day to day work under contract shall
be the responsibility of the Engineer-In-Charge. The written instruction
regarding any particular job will normally be passed by the Engineer-InCharge or his authorized representative. A work order book will be
maintained by the contractor for each sector in which the aforesaid written
instruction will /be entered. These will signed by the Contractor or his
authorized representative by way of acknowledgement within 12 hours.
60.0 ALTERATIONS IN SPECIFICATIONS, DESIGNS AND EXTRA

WORKS:
60.1
The work covered under this contract having to be executed by the

contractor on a lumpsum firm price/item rate quoted by him, the owner will
not accept any proposals for changes in value of contract or extension in
time on account of any such changes which may arise to the contractors
Page 54 of 128
Page 109 of 1178
Page 55
scope of work as a result of detailed Engineering and thereafter during the

execution of work. The only exception to this will be a case where the
owner requests in writing to the contractor to up grade the specifications or
the size of any major pieces of equipments, plant or machinery beyond
what is normally required to meet the scope of work as defined in the
contract document.
In such cases a change order will be initiated by the contractor at the
appropriate time for the Owners prior approval giving the full back up data
for their review and for final settlement of any impact on price within
30(Thirty) days thereafter.
60.2 The Engineer-In-Charge have power to make any alteration in, omission
from, additions to or substitution for, the schedule of rates, the original
specifications, drawings, designs and instruction that may appear to him to
be necessary or advisable during the progress of the work and the contractor
shall be bound to carry out such altered/extra/new items of works in
accordance with any instructions which may be given to him writing signed
by the Engineer-In-Charge, and such alteration, omissions, additions, or
substitution shall not invalidate the contract and any altered, additional or
substituted work which the contractor may be directed to do in the manner
above specified as part of the work shall be carried out by the contractor on
the same condition in all respects on which he agreed to do the main work.
The time of completion of work may be extended for the part of the
particular job of at the discretion of the Engineer-In-Charge, for only such
alterations, additions or substitutions of the work, as he may considered as
just and reasonable. The rates for such addition, altered or substituted work
under this clause shall be worked out in accordance with the following
provisions.
I.
FOR ITEM RATE CONTRACT:
a)
If the rates for the additional, altered or substituted work are specified in the
contract for the work, the Contractor is bound to carry out the additional,
altered or substituted work at the same rates as; per specified in the contract.
b)
If the rates for additional, altered or substituted work are not specially
provided in the contract for the work, the rates will be derived in from the
rates for similar class of work as per specified in the contract for the work.
Page 55 of 128
Page 110 of 1178
Page 56
The opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge, as to whether or not the rates can

reasonably so derived from the items in this contract will be final and
c)
If the rates for the altered, additional or substituted work cannot be

determine in the manner specified in sub clause (a) and (b) above, then the
contractor shall, within 7 days of the date of receipt of order to carry .out the
work, inform the Engineer-In-Charge of the rates which it is his intention to
charge for such class of work, supported by the analysis of the rate or rates
claimed, and the Engineer-In-Charge shall determine the rate or rates on the
basis of the prevailing market rates, labour cost at schedule of labor rates
plus 15% Material Components only to cover contractors supervision,
overheads and profit and pay to the contractor accordingly. The opinion of
the Engineer-In-Charge as to current market rates of materials and the
quantum of labour involved per unit of measurement will be final and
d)
Where the items of work will; be execute through nominated specialist

agency as approved by the Engineer-In-Charge, then the actual amount paid
to such nominated agency supported by the documentary evidence and as
certified by Engineer-In-Charge shall be considered plus 10% (Ten percent)
to cover all contingencies, overhead, profits to arrive at the rates.
e)
Provision contained in sub clauses (a) to (d) above shall, however, not apply
to the following:
Where the value of additions of new items together with the value of
alterations, additions/deletions or substitutions is within the range of plus
minus () 25% of the Value of Contract. The item rates in the schedule of
rates shall hold good for all such variations between the above mentioned
limits, in respective of any increase/decrease of the quantities of individual
items of schedule of rates.
Where the value of addition of new items together with the value of
alterations, additions/deletion/substitution exceed by more than plus minus
() 25% of contract value but is within the following limits to the tenderer
shall be paid compensation for increase/decrease in the value of wok as
followed:
Page 56 of 128
Page 111 of 1178
Page 57
SL.NO. RANGE OF VARIATION
a)
PERCENTAGE
COMPENSATION
FOR
DECREASE IN THE VALUE
OF WORK
IN
THE
RESPECTIVE
RANGE.
Beyond (+) 25% upto & No increase or decrease shall be applicable

inclusive of (+) 50%
for the schedule of rates (The rates quoted for
this increase shall be valid)
b) Beyond (-) 25% upto & 5% (five percent) increase shall be applicable
inclusive of (-) 50%
for the difference in value of work between
(-) 25% and (-) 50% of the Contract value.
This will be worked out as follows:
5% of (75% of the awarded value of contract
minus actually executed value of contract,
inclusive of extra item, if any)
II.
FOR LUMPSUM CONTRACTS:

Contract shall, within 7 days of the date of recopy of order to carry out the
work, inform the Engineer-In-Charge of the rates which it is his intention to
charge for such class of work, supported by analysis of the rate or rates
claimed, and the Engineer-In-Charge shall determine the rate or rates on the
basis of the prevailing market rates, labour cost at schedule of labour rates
plus 15% to cover contractor supervision, overheads and profit and pay the
contractor accordingly. The opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge as to current
market rates of materials and the quantum of labour involved per unit of
measurement will be final and binding of the Contractor.
61.0 WORK ON SUNDAYS AND HOLIDAYS:

For carrying out of work on Sundays, and holidays, and the contractor will
approach the Engineer-In-Charge or his representative at least two days in
advance and obtain permission in writing.
Page 57 of 128
Page 112 of 1178
Page 58
The contractor shall observed all labour laws and other statutory
rules and regulation in force.In case of any violation of such laws, rules and
regulations, consequence if any including the cost thereto shall be
exclusively done by the contractor and owner shall have the no liability
whatsoever on this account.
62.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION
WORK:
62.1 The working time at the time of work is 48 hours per week. Over timework
is permitted in case of need and the owners will not compensate the same.
Shift working at 2 or 3 shifts per day will become necessary and the
contractor should take this aspect into consideration for formulating his
rates for quotation. No extra claim to be entertained by the owner on .his
account
For carrying out work beyond working hours the contractor will approach
the Engineer-In-Charge or his authorized representative and obtain the prior
written permission.
62.2 The Contractor must arrange for the placement of workers in such a way
that the delayed completion of the work or any part thereof for any reason
whatsoever will not affect their proper employment. The owner will not
entertain any claim for idle time payment whatsoever.
62.3 The contractor shall submit to the owner reports at regular intervals
regarding the state and progress of work. The details and proforma of the
report will mutually be agreed after the award of contract.
The contractor shall provide display boards showing progress and labour
strength at work site, as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.
63.0 DRAWINGS TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER:
63.1 The drawings accompanying the tender document are indicative of nature of
work and issued for tendering purpose only. Purpose of this drawing is to
enable the tenderer to make an offer in line with requirements of the owner.
However no extra claim whatsoever shall be entertained for any variation in
Page 58 of 128
Page 113 of 1178
Page 59
the Approved for Construction and Tender Drawings regarding any

change /units. Construction shall be as per drawings /specifications
issued/approved by the Engineer-In-Charge during the course of execution
of work. Detailed construction Drawings on the basis of which actual
execution of work is to proceed will be furnished the contractor
progressively based on the detailed construction program evolved after the
award of work and also based on construction progressed achieved.
63.2 Detailed working drawings on the basis of which actual execution of the
works is to proceed, will be furnished from time to time during the progress
/of the work. The contractor shall be deemed to have gone through the
drawings and bring to the notice of the Engineer-In-Charge discrepancies if
any, therein before actually carrying out of the work.
63.3 Copies of all detailed working Drawings relating to the works shall be kept
at the contractors office on the site and shall be made available to the
Engineer-In-Charge at any time during execution of the contract. The
drawings and other documents issued by the owner shall be return to the
owner on completion of the works.
64.0 DRAWING TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR:
64.1 The drawings/data which are to be furnished by the contractor are
enumerated in the special condition of contract, and shall be furnished
within the specified time.
64.2 Where
approval
/review
of
drawings
before
manufacturer/construction/fabrication has been specified,it
shall be
contractors responsibility to have this drawings prepared as per the direction
of Engineer-In-Charge and got approved before proceeding
with
manufacture/construction/fabrication as the case may be. Any change that
may have become necessary in this drawing during the execution of the
work shall have to be carried out by the contractor to the satisfaction of
Engineer-In-Charge at no extra cost. All final drawings shall bear the
certification stamp as indicated below duly signed by both the contractor and
Engineer-In-Charge.
Certificate true for
______________________________Project
Page 59 of 128
Page 114 of 1178
Page 60
Agreement No._______________________
Signed _____________________________
(Contractor)
__________________________
(Engineer-In-Charge)
64.3 The drawings submitted by the contractor shall be reviewed by the EngineerIn-Charge as far as practiciable within 3(three) weeks and shall be modified
by the contractor if any modifications and/or corrections are required by the
Engineer-In-Charge. The contractor shall incorporate such modifications
and/or corrections and submit the final drawings for approval. Any delays
arising out of failure by the contractor rectify the drawing in good time shall
not alter the contract completion time.
64.4 It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to furnish the manufacturers
drawings whereever supply of equipment is in the scope of contractor in
order to facilitate the inspection or erection of equipment supplied by them.
64.5 A built drawings showing all corrections, adjustments etc. shall be furnished
by the Contractor six copies and one transparent for record purpose of the
Owner.
64.6 The Contractor will furnish drawings/manufacturers catalogue operating
manual for items manufactured or procured by the contractor in properly
bound form. In case the contractor fails to submit these document in time a
suitable amount at the desecration of the owner would be with held or
recovered from the bills.
65.0 SETTING OUT WORKS:
65.1 The Engineer-In-Charge shall furnish the contractor with only the four
corners of the works site and a level bench mark and the contractor shall be
set out the works and shall provide an efficient staff for the purpose and
shall be solely responsible for the accuracy of such setting out.
65.2 The Contractor shall provide, fix and be responsible for the maintenance of
all stakes, templates, level marks, profile and other similar things and shall
take all necessary precautions to prevent their removal or disturbance and
Page 60 of 128
Page 115 of 1178
Page 61
shall be responsible for the consequence of such removal or disturbance

should the same take place and for their efficient and timely reinstatement.
The contractor shall also be responsible for the maintenance of all-existing
survey marks, boundary marks distance marks and centerline marks, either
existing or supplied and fix by the contractor. The work shall be set out to
the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge. The approval thereof or joining
with the contractor by .the Engineer-In-Charge in setting .out the work, the
work shall /not relieve the .contractor of any of his responsibilities
65.3 Before beginning the works the Contractor shall at his own cost, provide all
necessary reference and level posts, pegs, bamboos, flags, ranging rods,
string and other materials for proper layout the work in accordance with the
scheme for bearing marks acceptable to the Engineer-In-Charge. The center
longitudinal or face lines and cross lines shall be marks by means of small
masonry pillars. Each pillar shall have distinct mark at the center to enable
theodolite to be set over it , No work shall be started unit all these points are
checked and approved by the Engineer-In-Charge in writing but such
approval shall not relieve the contractor of any of this responsibilities. The
contractor shall also provide all labour, materials and other facilities, as
necessary, for the proper checking of layout and inspection of the points
during Construction.
65.4 Pillars bearing geodetic marks located at the sites of unit of works under
construction should be protected and fenced by the Contractor.
65.5 On completion of works, the Contractor must submit the geodetic documents
according to which the work was carried out.
66.0 RESPONSIBILITY FOR LEVEL AND ALIGNMENT:
66.1 The contractor shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for the
horizontal and vertical alignment, the level and correctness of every part of
the work and shall rectify effectively any errors or imperfections therein,
such rectification shall be carried out by the Contractor, at his own cost,
when instructions are issued to that effect by the Engineer-In-Charge.
67.0 MATERIALS TO BE SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR:
67.1 The CONTRACTOR shall procure and provide the whole of the materials
required for the construction including M.S.Rods, Cement and other
Page 61 of 128
Page 116 of 1178
Page 62
building materials, tools, tackles construction plant and equipment for the
completion and maintenance of the work except the materials which will be
ieeued by the owner and shall make his own arrangement for procuring such
materials and for the transport there of. The owner may give necessary
recommendation to the respective authority if so desired by the contractor
but assumes no further responsibility of any nature. The owner will insist on
the procurement of the materials, which bear ISI stamp and /or which are
supplied by the reputed suppliers.
67.2 The Contractor shall properly store all materials either issued to him brought
by him to the site to /prevent damages due to rain, wind, direct exposure to
sun, etc. as also from theft, pilferage etc. for proper and speedy execution, of
his works. The contractor shall maintain sufficient stocks of all materials
required by him.
67.3 No material /shall be dispatched from the contractors stores before
obtaining the approval, in writing, of Engineer-In-Charge.
68.0 STORES
SUPPLIED
BY
MATERIALS/EQUIPMENTS:
THE
OWNER/SECURITY
OF
68.1 If the specification of the work provides for the use of any material of
special description to be supplied for the owners stores or it is the required
that the Contractor shall use certain stores to be provided by the EngineerIn-Charge, such materials and store, and price to be charge therefore as
herein after mentioned being so far as practicable for the convenience of the
Contractor, but no so as in any way to control the meaning or effect of the
contract, the Contractor shall be bound to purchase and shall be supplied
such materials and stores as are from time to time required to used by him
for the purpose of the contract only. The sums due from the Contractor for
the. Value of materials supplied by the owner will be recovered from the
running account bill on the basis of the actual consumption of materials in
the works covered and which the running account bill has been prepared.
After the completion of the Work however, the Contractor has to account for
the full quantity of materials supplied to him as per relevant clauses in this
document.
68.2 The value of the stores/ materials as may be supplied to the Contractor by
the owner will be debited to the Contractors account at the rates shown in
Page 62 of 128
Page 117 of 1178
Page 63
the schedule of materials and if they are not entered in the schedule, they
will be debited at cost price, which for purpose of the contract shall include
the cost of carriage and all other expenses whatsoever such as normal
storage supervision charges which shall have been incurred in obtaining the
same at the Owners stores. All materials so /supplied to the Contractor shall
remain the absolute property of the owner and shall not be removed on any
account from the site of the work, and shall be at all times open for
inspection to the Engineer-In-Charge.Any such materials remaining unused
at the. time of the completion or termination of the contract shall be returns
to the owners stores or at a place as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge in
/perfectly good condition at Contractors cost.
69.0 CONDITIONS FOR ISSUE OF MATERIALS:
i)
Materials specified as to be issued by the Owner will be supplied to

the contractor by the Owner from his stores. It shall be responsibility
of the Contractor to take delivery of the materials and arrange for its
loading, transport and unloading at the SITE of work this own cost.
The materials shall be issued between the working hours and as per
the rule of the Owner .as framed from time to time.
ii)
The Contractor shall be all incidental charges for the storage and safe
custody of materials at site after these have been issued to him.
iii)
Materials specified as to be issued by the owner shall be issued in

standard sizes as obtain from the manufacturers.
iv)
The Contractor shall construct suitable Gowdowns at the SITE of

work for the storing the materials safe against damage by rain
dampness fire, theft etc. He shall also, employ necessary watch and
ward establishment for the purpose.
v)
It shall be the duty of the Contractor to inspect the materials supplied

to him at the time of taking delivery /and satisfy himself that they are
in good condition. After the materials have been delivered by the
owner, it shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to keep
them in good condition and if the materials are damaged or lost, at any
time, they shall be repaired and / or replaced by him at his own cost
according to the instructions of the ENGINEER IN- CHARGE.
Page 63 of 128
Page 118 of 1178
Page 64
vi)
The OWNER shall not be liable for delay in supply or non-supply of

any materials which the OWNER has undertaken to supply where
such failure or delay is due to natural calamities, act of enemies,
transport and procurement difficulties and any circumstances beyond
the control of the OWNER. In no case, the CONTRACTOR shall be
entitled to claim any compensation or loss suffered by him on this
account.
vii)
It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to arrange in a time all

materials required for the work other than those to be supplied by the
owner. If, however, in the opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge the
execution of the work is likely to be delayed due to the Contractors
inability to make arrangement for supply of materials which normally
he has to arrange for the Engineer-In-Charge shall have to the right at
his own discretion to issue such materials, if available with the Owner
or to procure the materials from the market or else where and the
contractor will be bound to take such materials at the rates decided by
the Engineer-In-Charge . This, however, doesnt in any way absolve
the. CONTRACTOR from responsibility of making arrangement for
the supply of such materials in part or in full, should such a situation
occur nor shall this constitute a reason for .the delay in execution of
the work.
viii) None of the materials supply to the Contractor to be utilized by the

Contractor for manufacturing item which can be obtain a supplied
from standard manufacturer in finished form.
ix)
The Contractor shall, if desired by the Engineer-In-Charge, be

required to execute an Indemnity Bond in the prescribed from the safe
custody and accounting of all materials issued by the OWNER.
x)
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer-In-Charge sufficiently

in advance a statement showing his requirement of the quantities of
the materials to be supplied by the Owner and the time when .the
same will be required by him for the works, so as to enable the
Engineer-In-Charge make to necessary arrangements for procurement
and supply of the material.
xi)
Account of the materials issued by the owner shall be maintained by

Contractor indicating the daily receipt, consumption and balance in
Page 64 of 128
Page 119 of 1178
Page 65
the hand. This account shall be maintained in a manner prescribed by

the Engineer-In-Charge along with all connected papers are. Viz.
requisitions, issues, etc and shall be always available for inspection in
the Contractors office at SITE.
xii)
The Contractor should see that only the required quantities of

materials are got issued. The Contractor shall not be entitled to cartage
and incidental charges for returning the surplus materials, if any to the
stores wherefrom they were issued or to the place as directed by the
Engineer-In-Charge.
xiii) Materials equipments (s) supplied by the owner shall not be utilize
for any purpose (s) than issued for.
70.0 MATERIAL PROCURED

RETURN OF SURPLUS:
WITH
ASSISTANCE
OF
OWNER
Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in or all the clauses of

this contract where any materials for the execution of the contract are
procured with the assistance of the owner either by issue from Owner stock
or purchases made under order or permits or licensed issued by
Government., the Contractor shall hold the said materials as trustee for the
owner and use such materials economically and solely for the purpose of the
contract and not dispose them off without the permission of the owner and
return, if required by the Engineer-In-Chare, all surplus or unserviceable
materials that may be left with him after the completion of the contract or as
it termination for any reason whatsoever on his being paid or credited such
price as the Engineer-In-Charge, shall determine having due regard to the
condition of materials. The price allowed to the Contractor however shall
not exceed the amount charged to him excluding the storage charges, if any
.The decision of the Engineer-In-Charge shall be final and conclusive in
such matters. In the event of breach of the aforesaid condition, the
Contractor shall, In terms of the licenses or permits and/ or criminal breach
of trust, be liable to compensate the owner at double rte or any higher rate, in
the event of those materials at that time having higher rate or not being
available in the market then any other rate to be determine by the Engineerin-Charge and his decision shall be final and conclusive.
Page 65 of 128
Page 120 of 1178
Page 66
71.0 MATERIALS OBTAINED FROM DISMANTLING:

If the Contractor in the course of execution of the work is called upon to
dismantle any part for reason other than those stipulated in clause 76 and 80
hereunder the materials obtain in the work of dismantling etc.,will be
considered as the owners property and will be disposed off to the best
advantage of the owner .
72.0 ARTICLES OF VALUE FOUND:
All gold, silver and other minerals of any description and all precious stones,
coins, treasure relics, antiquities and other similar things which shall be
found in, under or upon the SITE, shall be the property of the owner and the
contractor shall duly preserve the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer-InCharge and shall from time to time deliver the same to such person or peson
indicated by the OWNER.
73.0 DESCRIPANCIES BETWEEN INSTRUCTIONS:
Should any discrepancy occur between the various instructions furnished to
the Contractor, his agent or staff or any doubt arise as to the meaning of any
such instructions or should there be any misunderstanding between the
Contractor staff and the Engineer-In-Charge staff. The Contractor shall refer
the matter immediately in writing to the Engineer-In-Charge whose decision
thereon shall be final and conclusive and no claim for losses alleged to have
been caused by such discrepancies between instruction, doubts, or
misunderstanding shall in any event be admissible.
74.0 WORK IN MONSOON AND DEWATERING:
74.1 The execution of the work may entail working in the monsoon also. The
Contractor must maintain a minimum labour force as may be required for
the job and plan and execute the construction and erection according to the
prescribe schedule. No extra rate will be considered for such work in
monsoon.
74.2 During the monsoon and other period, it shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to keep the construction work site free from water at his own
cost.
Page 66 of 128
Page 121 of 1178
Page 67
75.0 ACTION WHERE NO SPECIFICATION IS ISSUED:

In case of any class of work for which there is no SPECIFICATION
supplied by the owner as mention in the tender documents such works shall
be carried out in accordance with the Indian Standard Specifications dont
cover to the same, the work should be carried out as per standard
Engineering practice subject to the approval of the Engineer-In-Charge.
76.0 INSPECTION OF WORKS:
76.1 The Engineer-In-Charge will have full power and authority to inspect the
work at any time wherever in progress either on Site or at the Contractors
premises/workshop wherever situated, premises/workshop of any person,
firm for corporation where work in connection with contract ma be in hand
or where materials are being or are to be supplied, and the contractor shall
afford or procure for the Engineer-In-Charge every facility and assistance
carry out such inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall, at all time during the
usual workings hours and at all other time at which reasonable notice of the
intention of the Engineer-In-Charge or his representative to visit the work
shall have been given to the Contractor, either himself be present to receive
orders and instructions, or have a responsible agent duly accredited in
writing, present for the purpose. Orders given to the Contractors agent shall
be considered to have the same force as if they had been given to the
Contractor himself. The Contractor shall give not less than seven days notice
in writing to the Engineer-In-Charge before covering up and otherwise
placing beyond reach of inspection and measurement of any work in order
that the same may be inspected and measured. In the event of breach of
above the same shall be uncovered at Contractors expense for carrying out
such measurement or inspection.
76.2 No material shall be dispatched from the contractors stores before obtaining
the approval in writing of the Engineer-In-Charge. The Contractor is to
provide at all time during the progress of the work and the maintenance
period, proper means of access with ladders, gangways etc. and the
necessary attendance to move and adopt as directed for inspection or
measurements of the work by the Engineer-In-Charge.
77.0 ASSISTANCE TO THE ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE :
Page 67 of 128
Page 122 of 1178
Page 68
The Contractor shall make available to the Engineer-In-Charge free of cost

all necessary instruments and assistance in checking and setting out of works
and in the checking of any works made by the contractor for the purpose of
setting .out and taking measurements of work.
78.0 TESTS FOR QUALITY OF WORK/QUALITY ASSURANCE:
78.1 All workmanship shall be the respective kinds described in the contract
document and in accordance with the instructions of the Engineer-In-Charge
and shall be subjected from time to time to such test at Contractors cost as
the Engineer-In-Charge may direct at ,the place of manufacture or fabrication
or on the site or at all or any such places. The Contractor shall provide
assistance, instruments, labour and materials as are normally required for
examining, measuring and testing any workmanship as may be selected and
required by the Engineer-In-Charge
78.2 All the tests that will be necessary connection with the execution of the work
as decided by the Engineer-In-Charge shall be carried out at the field testing
laboratory of the owner by paying the charges as directed by the owner from
time to time .In case of non availability of testing facility with the Owner the
required test shall be carried out at the cost of contractor at Government or
any other testing laboratory as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.
78.3 If any tests are required to be the carried out in conjunction with the work or
materials or workmanship not supplied by the contractor, such tests shall be
carried out by the Contractor as per instructions of Engineer-In-Charge and
cost of such tests shall be reimbursed by the Owner.
78.4 Bidder shall include in his offer the quality Assurance program containing
the over all quality management and procedures which is required to be
adhered on during the execution of contract or after the award of the contract
detailed quality assurance program to be followed for the execution of the
contract under various divisions of work will be mutually discussed and
agreed to.
The Contractor shall establish document and maintain an effective quality
assurance system as outlined in recognized codes. Quality assurance System
Plans/Procedure of the contractor shall be furnished in the form of a QA
manual. This document should cover details of the personnel responsible for
the quality assurance, plans or procedures to be followed for quality control
Page 68 of 128
Page 123 of 1178
Page 69
in respect of design, Engineering, Procurement, supply, installation, testing

and commissioning. The quality assurance system should indicate
organizational approach for quality control and quality assurance of the
construction activities, at all stages of workout at site as well as at
manufacturers works and dispatch of materials. The Owner/EIL or their
representative reserve the right to inspect/witness, review any or all stages of
work at shop/site as deemed necessary for quality assurance.
79.0
SAMPLES FOR APPROVAL:

The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer-In-Charge for approval, when
requested or if required by the specifications, adequate samples of all
materials and finished to be used in the Work. Such samples shall be
submitted before the work is commenced and in sample time to permit tests
and examinations thereof. All materials furnished and finishes applied in
actual Work shall be fully equal to the approved samples.
80.0 ACTION AND COMPENSATION IN CASE OF BAD WORK:

If it shall appear to the Engineer-In-Charge that any work Has been executed
with unsound, imperfect or unskilled workmanship, or with materials of
inferior description, or that any materials or articles provided by the
Contractor for the execution of works are unsound, or of a quality inferior to
that contracted for, or otherwise not in accordance with the contract, the
Contractor shall on deemed in writing for the Engineer-In-Charge or his
authorized representative specifying the work, materials or articles
complained of notwithstanding that the same may have been inadvertently
passed, certified and paid for , forthwith rectify or remove and reconstruct
the work so specified and provide other proper and suitable materials or
articles at his own cost and in the event of failure to do so within the period
specified by the Engineer-In-Charge in his demand aforesaid ., The
Contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of 1%(one percent
) of the estimated cost of the whole work, for every week limited to a
maximum of 10%(ten percent) of the value of the whole work , while his
failure to do so shall continue in the case of any such failure the EngineerIn-Charge may on expiry of noticed period rectify or remove and re execute
the work or removed or replaced with others , the materials or articles
complained of to as the case may be at the risk and expense in all respect of
the Contractor. The decision of the Engineer-In-Charge as to any question
arising under this .clause shall be final and conclusive.
Page 69 of 128
Page 124 of 1178
Page 70
81.0 SUSPENSION OF WORKS:
82.0
i)
Subject to the provisions of sub par (ii) of this clause, the Contractor
shall if ordered in writing by the Engineer-In-Charge, or his
representative, temporarily suspend .the works or any part thereof for
such period and such time and so ordered and shall not after receiving
such written order, proceed with the work therein ordered to be
suspended until, he shall have, received a written order to proceed
therewith. The Contractor, shall not be, entitled to claim compensation
for any loss or damage sustained by him .by reason of temporary
suspension of the work aforesaid. An extension of time for
completion, corresponding with the delay caused by any such,
Suspension of the works as aforesaid will be grant to the Contractor
should be apply for the same provided that the suspension was not
consequent to any default or failure in the part of the
CONTRACTOR.
ii)
In case of suspensions of entire work, ordered in writing by EngineerIn-Charge for a period of more than three months, the
CONTRACTOR shall have the option to terminate the CONTRACT.
OWNER MAY DO PART OF WORK:

Upon failure of the contractor to comply with any instructions given in
accordance with the provisions of this contract the owner has the alternative
right, instead of assuming charge of entire work, to place additional labour
force, tools, equipment's and materials on such parts of the work, as Owner
may designate or also engage another contractor to carry out the work, In
such cases, the Owner shall deduct from the amount which the otherwise
might become due to the Contractor, the cost of such ,work and materials
with fifteen percent (15%) added to cover all departmental charges and
should the total amount thereof exceed the amount due to the
CONTRACTOR , the ,Contractor shall pay the difference to the OWNER.
83.0 POSSESSION PRIOR TO COMPLETION :
Page 70 of 128
Page 125 of 1178
Page 71
The Engineer-In-Charge shall have right to take possession of or use

any completed or partially completed work or part of the work. Such
possession or use shall not be deemed to be an acceptance of any work. or
completed in accordance with the contract agreement. If such prior
possession or use by the Engineer-In-Charge delays the progress of work,
equitable adjustment, of the time of completion will be made and the,
contract agreement shall; be deemed to be modified accordingly.
84.0 TWELVE MONTHS PERIOD OF LIABILITY FROM THE DATE OF
ISSUE OF COMPLETION CERTIFICATE:
The Contractor shall guarantee the installation/work for a period of m12
months from the date of issue of completion certificate. Any damage or
defect that may arise or lie undiscovered at the time of issue of completion
certificate, connected in any way with the equipment or materials supplied
by him or in the workmanship, shall be rectified or replaced by the
Contractor at his own expense as deemed necessary by the Engineer-InCharge or in default, the, Engineer-In-Charge may cause the same to be
made good by the other Workmen and deduct expense (of which the
certificate of Engineer-In-Charge shall be final) from any sums that may be
then or at any time thereafter, become due to the Contractor or from his
security deposit or the proceed of sale thereof or a sufficient part thereof.
84.1 FAILURE TO RECTIFY DEFECTS DURING LIABILITY PERIOD
AND VARIATIONS:
If the Contractor fails to make good the defect noticed during, the liability
period, the Owner shall carry out such works and recover the actual cost
incurred towards labour, supervision, materials, and consumables or
otherwise plus 100%(hundred percent) towards overhead from any pending
bill/security deposit of the contractor.
If the contractor feels that any variations in work or any quality of materials
or proportions would be beneficial or necessary to fulfill the guarantees
called for, he shall bring this to the notice of the Engineer-In-Charge in
writing.
84.2 EXTENDED LIABILITY
GUARANTEE:
ON
CONTRACT
PERFORMANCE
Page 71 of 128
Page 126 of 1178
Page 72
If during the period of liability any, portion of the work/equipment, is found

defective and is rectified/replaced, the period of liability or such
equipment/portion of work shall be operative from the date of such
rectification/ replacement are carried out and contract performance
guarantee shall be furnished separately for the extended period of liability
for the portion of work/equipment only. Notwithstanding the above
provisions the suppliers, guarantees/warrantees for the replaced equipment
shall also be passed on to the Owner.
84.3 CARE OF WORKS:
From the commencement to completion of the work, the Contractor shall
take full responsibility for the care of all works including all temporary
works and in case any damages, loss or injury shall happen to the work or to
any part thereof or to any cause. Whatsoever, shall at his own cost repair and
make good the same so that t at completion the work shall be in good order
and in conformity in every respect with the requirement of the contract and
the Engineer-In-Charges instructions.
84.4 DEFECTS PRIOR TO TAKING OVER:
If at any time, before the work is taken over, the Engineer-In-Charge shall:
a)
Decide that any work done or materials used by the contractor or by

any sub-Contractor is defective or not in accordance with the
CONTRACT, or that the works or any portion thereof are defective,
or don't fulfill the requirements of contract (all such matter being
herein after , called DEFECTs in this clause), and
b)
As soon as reasonably practicable, gives to the Contractor notice in

writing of the said decision, specifying particulars of the defect
alleged to exist or to have occurred that the Contractor shall at his
own expenses and with all speed make good the defect so specified.
In case contractor shall fail to do so , the owner may take , at the cost of the
Contractor, such step as may in all circumstances, be reasonable to make
good such defects. The expenditure so incurred by the Owner will be
recovered from the amount due to the Contractor. The decision of the
Engineer-In-Charge with regard to the amount to be recovered from the
Contractor will be final and binding on the Contractor. As soon as the work
Page 72 of 128
Page 127 of 1178
Page 73
have been completed in accordance with the contract (except in minor

respects that don't affect their use for the purpose for which they are
intended and except for maintenance there of provided in clause 84.1 of
General Condition of Contract) and have passed the tests on completion, the
Engineer-In-Charge shall issue a certificate (hereinafter called completion
Certificate) in which he shall certify the date on which the work have been
so completed and have passed the said tests and the owner shall be deemed
to have taken over the work on the date so certified . If the work have been
divided into various groups in the CONTRACT, the OWNER shall be
entitled to take over any group or groups before the other or others and there
upon the Engineer-In-Charge shall issue a completion certificate which will,
however, be for such group or groups so taken over only. In such an event if
the group /section /part. so taken over is related to the integrated system of
the work , not withstanding date of grant of completion certificate for
group/section/part. The period of liability in respect of such
group/section/part shall extend 12 (twelve) month from the date of
completion of work.
84.5 DEFECTS AFTER TAKING OVER:
In order that the CONTRACTOR could obtain a COMPLETION
CERTIFICATE he shall make good, with all possible speed, any defect
arising from, the defective materials supplied by the CONTRACTOR or
workmanship or any act or omission of the CONTRACTOR workmanship
or any act or omission of the CONTRACT or that may have been noticed or
developed, after the works or groups of the works has been taken over the
period allowed for carrying out such work will be normally one month. If
any defect be not remedied within a reasonable time, the OWNER may
proceed to do the WORK at CONTRATORS risk and expense and deduct
from the final bill such amount as may be decided by the OWNER.
If by reason of any default on the part of the CONTRACTOR a
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE has not been issued in respect of any
portion of the work within one month after the date of fixed, by the
CONTRACT for the completion of the work , the Owner shall be at liberty
to use the work or any portion thereof in respect of within a completion
certificate has not been, provided that the work or the portion thereof so used
as aforesaid shall be reasonably capable of being used that the
CONTRACTOR shall be afforded reasonable opportunity for completing
these works for the issue of Completion Certificate.
Page 73 of 128
Page 128 of 1178
Page 74
85.0 GUARANTEE / TRANSFER OF GUARANTEE:

For work like water-proofing, acid and alkali resisting materials, preconstruction soil treatment against termite or any other specialized works
etc. the CONTACTOR shall invariably engage SUB-CONTRACTORS who
are specialists in the field and firms of repute and such a SUBCONTRACTOR shall furnish guarantees for their workmanship to the
Owner, through the Contractor . In case such a SUB-CONTRACTOR
/FIRM is not prepared to furnish a guarantee to the OWNER, the Contractor
shall give that guarantee to the OWNER directly.
86.0 TRAINING OF OWNERS PERSONNEL:
86.1 The Contractor undertakes to provide training without any cost to
Engineering personnel selected and sent by the Owner at the works of the
Contractor without any cost to the Owner. The period and the nature of
training for the individual personnel shall be agreed upon mutually between
the Contractor and the Owner. These Engineering personnel shall be given
special training at the shops, where the equipment will be manufactured
and/or in their collaborators works and where possible, in any other plant
where equipment manufactured by the CONTRACTOR or his collaborators
is under installation or test to enable those personnel to become familiar with
the equipment being furnished by the CONTRACTOR. OWNER shall bear
only the to and fro fare of the said Engineering personnel
87.0 REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE PARTS AND MATERIALS :
87.1 If during the progress of the work, OWNER /EIL shall decide and inform in
writing to the Contractor, that the unsound or imperfect or has furnished
plant inferior to the quality specified, the Contractor on receiving details of
such defects or deficiencies shall at his own expenses within (7) seven days
of his receiving the notice, or otherwise within such time as may be
reasonably necessary for making it good, proceed to alter, re-construct or
remove such work and furnished fresh equipment's up to the standards of the
specifications . In case the contractor fails to do so , Owner may on giving
the Contractor 7 (seven) days notice in writing of his intentions to do so,
proceed to remove the portion of the work so complained of and at the cost
Page 74 of 128
Page 129 of 1178
Page 75
of Contractor perform all such works or furnish all such equipment's

provided that nothing in the clause shall be deemed to deprive the owner of
or affect any right under the contract, the owner may otherwise have in
respect of such defects and deficiencies.
Contractor, that the unsound or imperfect or has furnished plant inferior
to the quality specified, the Contractor on receiving details of such defects
or deficiencies shall at his own expenses within (7) seven days of his
receiving the notice, or otherwise within such time as may be reasonably
necessary for making it good, proceed to alter, re-construct or remove
such work and furnished fresh equipment's up to the standards of the
specifications . In case the contractor fails to do so , Owner may on giving
the Contractor 7 (seven) days notice in writing of his intentions to do so,
proceed to remove the portion of the work so complained of and at the cost
of Contractor perform all such works or furnish all such equipment's
provided that nothing in the clause shall be deemed to deprive the owner
of or affect any right under the contract, the owner may otherwise have in
respect of such defects and deficiencies.
87.2 The Contractors full and extreme liability under his clause shall be satisfied
by the payments to the OWNER of the extra cost .of such replacements
procured including erection/installation as provided for in the contract, such
extra cause being the ascertained difference between the price paid by the
Owner for the such replacements and the contract price portion for such
defective plants and repayments of any sum paid by the owner to the
Contractor in respect of such defective plant. Should the Owner not so
replace the defective plant the Contractors extreme liability under this clause
shall be limited to the repayment of all such sums paid by the Owner under
the contract for such defective plant.
88.0 DEFENCE OF SUITS:
If any action in any court is brought against the Owner and consultant or an
officer an agent of the Owner , for the failure , omission or neglect on the
part of the Contractor to perform any acts , matters, convenience or things
under the contract, or damaged or injury caused by the alleged omission or
negligence on the part of the Contractor, his agents, representatives or his
sub-Contractors, or in connection with any claimed based on lawful
demands of sub-contractors workmen suppliers or employees , the
.Contractor , shall in such cases indemnify and keep the Owner, and
Page 75 of 128
Page 130 of 1178
Page 76
consultant and / or their representatives fully indemnified and hold harmless

from all losses, damages, expenses decrees arising out of such action .
89.0 CONSTRUCTION AIDS, EQUIPMENT'S, TOOLS & TACKLES:
89.1 Contractor shall be solely responsible for making available for executing the
work, all requisite CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT'S, Special aids, barges,
cranes and the like, all tools, trackless and testing EQUIPMENT'S and
appliance, including imports of such equipment's etc. as required In case of
import of the same the rates Applicable for levying of custom duty on such
Equipment, Tools, & Tackles and the duty drawback applicable there on
shall be ascertained by the Contractor from the concerned authorities of
Government of India. It shall be clearly understood that owner shall not in
any way be responsible for arranging to obtain custom clearance and/or
payment of any duties. and /or duty draw backs etc. for such equipment's so
imported by the Contractor and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for
all taxes, duties and documentation with regard to the same . Tendeer, in his
own interest may contract, for any clarifications in the matter, the office of
chief Controller or imports and exports, Ministry of Commerce, Govt. of
India Udyog Bhawan, Maolana Azad Road, New Delhi-110001. All
clarification so obtained and interpretations thereof shall be solely the
responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.
Page 76 of 128
Page 131 of 1178
Page 77
SECTION -VI
CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS
90.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES AND PAYMENTS:
i)
CONTRACTORS REMUNERATION:
ii)
The price to be paid by the OWNER to Contractor for the whole of the work
to be done and for the performance of all the obligations undertaken by the
Contractor under the contract documents shall be ascertained by the
application of the respective schedule of rates (the inclusive nature of which
is more particularly define by way of application but not of limitation, with
the succeeding sub-clause of this clause) and payment to be made
accordingly for the work actually executed and approved by the EngineerIn-Charge . The sum so ascertained shall (excepting only as and to the extent
expressly provided herein) constitute the sole and inclusive remuneration of
the Contractor under the contract and no further or other payment
whatsoever shall be or become due or payable on the Contractor under the
Contract.
SCHEDULE OF RATES TO BE INCLUSIVE:
The price /rates quoted ( i ) CONTRACT price by the Contractor shall
remain firm till the issue of final completion certificate and shall not be
subject to escalation. Schedule of rates shall be deemed to include and cover
all costs, expenses and liabilities of every description and all risks of every
kind to be taken in executing, completing and handing over the work to the
OWNER by the CONTRACTOR . The Contractor shall be deemed to have
known the nature, scope, magnitude and the extent of the works and
materials required through the contract document may not fully and
precisely furnish them. He shall make such provision in the schedule of
rates, as he may consider necessary to cover the cost of such items of work
and materials as may be reasonable and necessary to complete the works.
The opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge as to the items of work which are
necessary and reasonable for completion of work shall be final and binding
on the CONTRACTOR, although the same may not be shown on or
described specifically in contract documents.
Page 77 of 128
Page 132 of 1178
Page 78
Generality of this present provision shall not be deemed to cut down or

limited in any way because in certain cases it may and in other cases it may
not be expressly stated that the contractor shall do or perform a work or
supply articles or perform services at his own cost or without addition
payment or without extra charge or words to the same effect or that it may
be stated or not stated that the same are included in and covered by the
schedule of rates.
iii)
SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER

EQUIPMENT'S, MATERIALS, LABOUR ETC.
CONSTRUCTION
Without in any way limiting the provisions proceeding sub-clause the

schedule of rates shall be deemed to include and cover the cost of all
constructional plant temporary work ( except as provided for herein)
,pumps,materials,labour, insurance, fuel, consumables, stores, and
appliances to be supplied by the contractor and all other matters in
connection with each item in the schedule of rates and the execution of the
works or any portion thereof furnished, complete in every respect and
maintained as shown or described in the contract documents or as may be
ordered in writing during the continuance of the contract .
iv)
SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER ROYALITIES, RENTS, AND

CLAIMS:
The schedule of rates (i.e. CONTRACT price) shall be deemed to include
and cover the cost of all royalties and fees for the articles and processes,
protected by letters, patent or otherwise in corporate in or used in connection
with the works, also all royalties, rents and other payment in connection with
obtaining materials of whatsoever kind for the works and shall include an in
demnmity to the Owner which the Contractor hereby gives against all
actions, proceedings, claims, damages, costs and expenses arising from the
incorporation in or used on the works of any such articles , processes or
materials,. Octoroi or other municipal or local Board Charges, if levied on
materials, equipment or machinerys to be brought to site for use on works
shall be borne by the Contractor
v)
SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER TAXES AND DUTIES:
Page 78 of 128
Page 133 of 1178
Page 79
No exemption or reduction of customs duties, excise duties, sales tax on

works contract quay or any port dues, transport charges, stamp duties or
central or state Government or Local Body or Municipal Taxes or duties,
taxes or charges (from or of any other body), whatsoever, either prevailing as
on date and/or as may be levied in future will be granted or obtain, all of
which expenses shall be deemed to be included in and covered by the
schedule of rates. The Contractor shall also obtain and pay for all permits or
other privileges necessary to complete the work.
vi)
SCHEDULE OF RATES TO COVER RISKS OF DELAY:

The schedule of rates shall be deemed to include and cover the risk of all
possibilities of delay and interference with the Contractors conduct of
works which occur from any clause including orders of the owner in the
exercise of his power and on account of extension of time granted due to
various reason and for all other possible or probable causes of delay.
vii)
SCHEDULE OF RATES CANNOT BE ALTERED:

For work under unit basis, no alteration will be allowed in the schedule of
rates by reason of works or any part of them being modified altered,
extended, diminished or committed. The schedule of rates are fully inclusive
of rates which have been fixed by the Contractor and agreed to by the Owner
and cannot be altered.
For lumpsums Contracts, the payment will be made according to the work
actually carried out , for which purpose an items wise , or work wise
schedule of rates shall be furnished suitable for evaluating the value of work
done and preparing running account bill .
91.0 PROCEDURE FOR MEASUREMENT AND BILLING OF WORK IN

PROGRESS:
91.1 BILLING PROCEDURE:
Following procedures shall be adopted for billing of works executed by the
Contractor.
Page 79 of 128
Page 134 of 1178
Page 80
91.1.1 All measurements shall be recorded in Quadruplicate on standard

measurement sheets/ books supplied by the owner and submitted toEIL for
scrutiny and passing.
91.1.2 Consultant shall scrutinise check the measurements recorded on the sheets/
books and shall certify correctness of the same on the measurement
sheets/books
The Contractor will be allowed to prepare and submit the bills in a month in
following manner.
Only one payment in month would be released either or measured or of
unmeasured.
In exceptional cases more than one payment can be released provided
the terms of the contract so envisage.
Alternate bill must be a measured bill
Measured bill, as certified by Engineer-In-Charge after recovering the
amount paid towards
Unmeasured
Bill/SD/MA/SA and other recoveries as per provision of the contract
agreement.
91.1.3
Consultant shall pass on the bills after carry out the comprehensive
checks in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract, to the
Owner.
91.1.4 Measurements shall be recorded as per the methods of measurement spelt

out in specifications/Contract document. Consultant shall be fully
responsible for checking the measurements quantitatively as recorded in the
measurement Books/Bills.
91.1.5. While preparing the final bills overall measurements will not be taken
again. Only volume of work executed since the last measured bill alongwith
Page 80 of 128
Page 135 of 1178
Page 81
summary of final measurements will be considered for the final bill.

However, a detailed check shall be made as to missing items, or
measurements the same shall; be recorded.
91.2 SECURED ADVANCE ON MATERIALS:
In case of tenders for completed item of work, Contractor may be allowed
Secured Advance, on the security of materials brought to site for execution
of the Contracted item of work to the extent of 75% of the value of materials
as assessed by the Engineer-In-Charge provided that the materials are of an
imperishable nature and that a formal agreement is drawn-up with the
Contractor under which the Owner secures a lien on the materials and so is
safeguarded against losses due to the Contractor postponing the execution of
the work or to the storage or misuse of the materials and against the expense
entitled for their proper watch and safe custody. Recoveries of advances so
made would not be postponed until the whole of the work entrusted to the
Contractor is completed. They should be adjusted from his bills for work
done as the materials are used, the neccessary deductions being made
whenever the items of work in which they are used are billed for.
91.3 DISPUTE IN MODE OF MEASUREMENT:
In case or any dispute as to the mode of measurement not covered by the
contract to be adopted for any item of work, mode of measurement as per
latest Indian Standard Specifications shall be followed
91.4 ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS:
In calculating the amount of each item to the Contractor in every certificate
prepared for payment, sum of less than 50 paise shall be omitted and the
total amount on each certificate shall be round off to the nearest rupees, i e.
Sum of less than 50 paise shall be omitted and sum of 50 paise and more
uppto one rupee shall be reckoned as one rupee.
92.0 LUMP-SUMS IN TENDER:
For the item in tender where it includes lump-sum in respect of parts of
work, the Contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items at
the same rates as repayable under this contract for such items, or if the part
Page 81 of 128
Page 136 of 1178
Page 82
of the work in question is not, in the opinion of the Engineer-In-Charge

capable of measurement or determination, the Owner may at his discretion
pay the lump-sum amount entered in the tender or a percentage thereof and
the certificate in writing of the Engineer-In-Charge shall be final and
conclusive against the Contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to
him under the provision of this clause.
93.0 RUNNING ACCOUNT PAYMENTS
ADVANCES:
TO BE REGARDED AS
All running accounts payment shall be regarded as payments by way, of

advance against the final payment only and not payments for work actually
done and completed and shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and
imperfect or unskilled work to be removed and taken away are reconstructed
or re-erected or be considered as an admission of the due performance of the
Contract, or any part thereof, in his respect, or of the accuring of any claim
by the Contractor, nor shall it conclude, determine or affect in anyway the
powers of the Owner under these conditions or any of them as to the final
settlement and adjustment of the accounts or otherwise, or in any other way
vary or affect the Contract . The final bill shall be submitted by the
Contractor within one month of the date of physical completion of the work,
otherwise, the Engineer-In-Charges certificate of the measurement and of
total amount payable for the work accordingly shall be final and binding on
all parties.
94.0 NOTICE OF CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS:
94.1(a) Should the Contractor consider that he is entitled to any extra payment or
compensation or to make any claim whatsoever in respect of the works he
shall forthwith give notice in writing to the Engineer-In-Charge that he
claims extra payment and /or compensation. Such notice shall be given to
the Engineer-In-Charge within ten days from the ordering of any work or
happening of any event upon which the contractor bases such claim and such
notice shall contain full particulars of the nature of such claim with full
details and amount claimed. Failure on the part of the Contractor to put
forward any claim with the necessary particulars as above within the time
above specified shall be and absolute waiver thereof. No omission by the
Owner to reject any such claim and no delay in dealing therewith shall be by
the owner of any rights in respect thereof.
Page 82 of 128
Page 137 of 1178
Page 83
94.1(b) The Contractors agrees, and undertakes, that if the claims are not raised
within the said period of 10 days as above mentioned, then he shall be
stopped and debarred from raising such claims latter on in arbitration
proceeding or before any Court of Law. Such claims if presented before
arbitrator shall be deemed to be rejected by the Arbitrator and shall be liable
to be summarily dismissed forth with.
94.2 Owner shall review such claims within a reasonable period of time and
cause to discharge these in a manner considered appropriate after due
deliberations thereon. However, Contractor shall be obliged to carry on with
the work during the period in which his claims are under consideration by
the Owner, irrespective of the outcome of such claims.
Where additional payments for works considered extra are justifiable in
accordance with the Contract provisions, Owner shall arrange to release the
same in the same manner as for normal work payments. Such of extra works
so admitted by Owner shall be governed by all the terms, conditions,
stipulations and specifications as are applicable for the contract. The rates
for extra work shall generally be the unit rates provided for in the Contract.
In the event unit rates for extra works so executed are not available as per
Contract, payments may either be released on day work basis for which
daily/hourly rates for workmen and hourly rates for equipment rental shall
apply, or on the unit rate for work executed shall be derived by interpolation
of unit rates already existing in the Contract. In all the matters pertaining to
applicability rate and admittance or otherwise of an extra work claim of
Contractor the decision of Engineer-In-Charge shall be final and binding.
95.0 PAYMENT OF CONTRACTORS BILL:
No payment shall be made for works estimated to cost less than RS. 20,000/till the whole of the work shall have been completed and a certificate of
completion given. But in case of works estimated to cost more than RS.
20,000/- that contractor no submitting the bill thereof be entitled to receive a
monthly payment proportionate to the part thereof approved and passed by
the Engineer-In-Charge, whole certificate of such approval and passing of
the same so payable shall be final and conclusive against the Contractor.
This payment will be made after making necessary deduction as stipulated
else where in the contract document for materials, security deposit etc.
Page 83 of 128
Page 138 of 1178
Page 84
Payments due to the contractor shall be made by the Owner if so directed by

the Owner by Account Payee check forwarding the same to registered office
or the notified office of the contractor. In no case will Owner be responsible
if the check is mislaid or misappropriated by unauthorised person/persons. In
all cases, the contractor shall present his bill duly pre-receipted on proper
revenue stamp.
All payments shall be made in Indian currency.
96.0 RECEIPT FOR PAYMENT:
Receipt for payment made on account of work when executed by a firm,
must be signed by a person holding the power of attorney in his respect on
behalf of Contractor, except when the Contractors are described in their
tender as a Limited Company, in which case the receipt must be signed in
the name of by Company by one of its principal officers or by some other
person having authority to give effectual receipt for Contractor.
97.0 COMPLETION CERTIFICATE:
97.1 APPLICATION FOR COMPLETION CERTIFICATE:
When the fulfills his obligations under 84.4 he shall be eligible to apply for
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE,. The Contractor may apply for separate
completion certificate in respect of each such portion of the work by
submitting the completion document along with such application for
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE,
The Engineer-In-Charge shall normally issue to the Contractor the
COMPLETION CERTIFICATE within one month after receiving an
application therefor from the Contractor after verifying from the completion
documents and satisfying himself that the work has been complete in
accordance with and as set out in the construction and extension drawings
and the Contractor Documents.
The Contractor after obtaining the COMPLETION CERTIFICATE is
eligible to present the final bill for the work executed by him under the terms
of CONTRACT.
Page 84 of 128
Page 139 of 1178
Page 85
97.2 COMPLETION CERTIFICATE:

Within one month of the completion of the work in all respects, the
CONTRACTOR shall be furnished with a certificate by the Engineer-inCharge of such completion, but no completion certificate shall be given nor
shall the work be deemed to have been executed until all the scaffolding,
surplus materials and rubbish is cleared off the site completely nor until the
work shall have been measured by the Engineer-In-Charge, whose
measurement shall be binding and conclusive. The work will not be
considered as complete and taken over by the Engineer-in-Charge, until all
the TEMPORARY WORK, labour and staff colonies etc. Constructed are
removed and work site cleared to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge.
If the contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this clause on
or before the date fix for the completion of the work., the Engineer-InCharge may the expense of the Contractor remove such scaffolding, surplus
materials and rubbish and dispose of the same as the thinks fit, and clean of
such dirt as aforesaid, and the Contractor shall forthwith pay the amount of
all expense so incurred and shall have no claim in respect of any such
scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid except for any sum actually
realized by the sale thereof.
97.3 COMPLETION CERTIFICATE DOCUMENTS:
For the purpose of clause 97.0 the following documents will be deemed to
form the completion documents.
i)
The technical documents according to which the work was carried out
.
ii)
Six sets of construction drawings showing therein the modification

and correction made during the course of execution duly signed by the
Engineer-In-Charge.
iii)
Completion certificates for the embedded: and covered up works.
iv)
Certificate of final levels as set out for various works.
v)
Certificate of tests performed for various works.

Page 85 of 128
Page 140 of 1178
Page 86
vi)
Materials appropriation Statement for the materials issue by OWNER

for the work and list of surplus materials returned to Owners stores
duly supported by necessary documents.
98.0 FINAL DECISION AND FINAL CERTIFICATE:

Upon the expiration of the period of the ability and such subject of the
Engineer-In-Charge being satisfied the work has been duly maintained by
the Contractor during the monsoon or such period as here in before provided
in clause 84.1 and that the Contractor has in all respects duly made up any
subsidence and performed all his obligations under the contract, the
Engineer-In-Charge shall (without prejudice to the rights of the Owner to
retain the provisions of relevant clause thereof) otherwise give a certificate
herein refereed to as the FINAL CERTIFICATE to that efficient on the
Contractor shall be not considered to have fulfill the whole of his obligations
under the contract until FINAL CERTIFICATE shall have given by the
Engineer-In-Charge notwithstanding any previous entry upon the work
taking procession, working or using of the same or any part thereof by the
OWNER.
99.0 CERTIFICATE
COMPLETION:
AND
PAYMENTS
NO
EVIDENCE
OF
Except final certificates or payment against a certificate or on general

account shall be taken to be an admission by the Owner on due performance
of the contract or any part thereof or of occupancy or validity of any claim
by the contractor.
100.0 DEDUCTIONS FROM THE CONNTRACT PRICE:
All costs, damages or expenses which Owner may have paid or incurred,
which under the provision of the contract, the contractor is liable, will be
claimed by the Owner. All such claims be billed by the Owner to the
Contractor regularly as and when they fall due. Such bills shall be supported
by appropriate and certified vouchers or explanations to enable the
contractor to properly identify such claims. Such claims shall be paid by the
contractor within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of the corresponding bills
and if not paid by the Contractor within the said period, the owner may then
deduct the amount for many moneys due or becoming due to the contractor
Page 86 of 128
Page 141 of 1178
Page 87
under the contract or maybe recovered by actions of law or otherwise, if the

contractor fails to satisfy the Owner of such claims.
Page 87 of 128
Page 142 of 1178
Page 88
SECTION VII
TAXES AND INSURANCE
101.0 TAXES DUTIES, OCTROLETC:
101.1 The Contractor agrees to and does hereby accept full and exclusive liability
for the payment of any and all taxes , duties, including,excise duty , Octoris
etc. now or hereafter imposed, increased or modified , and all the sales taxes,
duties , octoris etc. now in force and hereafter increased, imposed, or
modified, from time to time in respect of works and materials and all
contributions and taxes for unemployment compensation, insurance and old
age pensions or annuities now or hereafter impose by any Central or State
Government authorise which are imposed with respect to or covered by the
wages, salaries, or other compensations paid to the person employed by the
Contractor and the contractor shall be responsible for the compliance with
all obligations and restrictions imposed by the Labour Law or any other law
affecting employer-employee relationship and the contractor further agrees
to comply , and to secure the compliance of all sub-contractors , with all
applicable Central, State, Municipal and local law and regulation and
requirement of any Central, State or local Government agency or authority
.Contractor futher agrees to defend, indemnify and hold OWNER harmless
from any liability or penalty which may be imposed by the Central, State or
Local authorities by reasons of any violation by the Contractor or SubContractor of such law, regulations or requirements and also from all claims,
suits for proceedings that may be brought against the OWNER arising under,
growing out of , or by reason of the work provided for by this CONTRACT,
by third parties, or by Central or State Government authority or any
administrative sub-division thereof.
Tax deducting will be made as per the rules and regulation and force, in
accordance with acts prevailing from time to time.
102.0 SALES TAX/TURN OVER TAX:
Tenderer should quote all inclusive prices including the liability of Sales
Tax/ Turn Over Tax whether on the works contracts a whole or in the
respect of brought out components used by the Contractor in execution of
the Contract. Owner shall not be responsible for any such liability of the
contractor in respect of this contract.
Page 88 of 128
Page 143 of 1178
Page 89
103.0 EXCISE DUTY (ON WORKS CONTRACT ONLY ):

Excise duty on items fabricated at site, if applicable at a latter that will be
paid by OWNER at actual s, on production of documentary evidence(s).
Tendered should quote prices inclusive of excise duty applicable on
furnished product. However, in variations in excise duty of finished product
shall be , to the Owners account and contractor will furnish documentary
evidence(s) in support of their claims to Owner.
104.0 INSURANCE:
104.1 GENERAL:
`
Contractor shall at his own expense arrange secure and maintain insurance
with reputable insurance companies to the satisfaction of the owner as
follows:
Contractor at his cost shall arrange secure and maintain insurance as may be
necessary and to its full value for all such amount to protect the works in
progress from time to time and the interest of owner against all as detailed
herein. The form and the limit of such insurance, s defined here in together
with the under works thereof in each case should be as acceptable to the
Owner. However, irrespective of work acceptance the responsibility to
maintain adequate insurance coverage at all times during the period, of
contract shall be that of Contractor alone. Contractor failure in this regard
shall not relieve him of any of his responsibilities and obligations under
contract.
Any loss or damage to the equipment, during ocean transportation, port
/custom clearance, in land and port handling, inland transportation, storage,
erection and commissioning till such time the work is taken over by
OWNER, shall be to the account of CONTRACTOR.
Statutory clearances, if any, in respect of foreign supply required for the
purpose of replacement of equipment lost in transit and /or during erection,
shall be made available by the Owner.
CONTRACTOR as far as possible shall cover insurance with Indian
Insurance Companies, including marine Insurance during ocean
transportation.
Page 89 of 128
Page 144 of 1178
Page 90
i)
EMPLOYEES STATE INSURANCE ACT:

The Contractor agrees to and does hereby accept full and exclusive liability
for the compliance with all obligations imposed by the employee State
Insurance Act 1948 and the Contractor further agrees to defend, indemnify
and hold Owner harmless for any liability or penalty which may be imposed
by the Central, State or Local authority by reason of any asserted violation
by contractor or Sub-Contractor of the employees, State Insurance Act,
1948, and also all claims, suits or proceeding that may be brought against the
owner arising under growing out of or by reasons of the work provided by
this contractor whether brought by employees of the Contractor, by third
parties or by Central or
State Government authority or any political sub-division thereof.
The Contractor agrees to fill in with the Employees State Insurance
Corporation, the declaration Forms, and all forms which may be required in
respect of the Contractors or Sub Contractors employees, who are
employed in the work provided for or those covered by ESI from time to
time under the agreement.
The Contractor shall deduct and secure the agreement of the sub-Contractor
to deduct the employees contribution as per the first schedule of the
Employees State Insurance Act from wages and affix the employees
contribution Card at wages payment intervals. The Contractor shall remit
and secure the agreement of the sub-contractor to remit to the State bank of
India, Employees State Insurance Corporation Account, the Employees
contribution as required by the act. The contractor agrees to maintain all
cards and records as required under the Act in respect of employees and
payments and the contractor shall secure the agreement of the subContractor to maintain such records. Any expenses incurred for the
contributions, making contribution or maintaining records shall be to the
Contractors or Sub-Contractors account.
Owner shall retain such sum as may be necessary from the total VALUE OF
CONTRACT until the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory proof that all
contributions as required by the Employees State Insurance Act, 1948, have
been paid. This will be pending on the CONTRACTOR when the ESI Act is
extended to the place of work.
ii)
WORKSMENS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY

INSURANCE:
Page 90 of 128
Page 145 of 1178
Page 91
Insurance shall be effected for all the Contractors employees engaged in the
performance of this Contract. If any of the work is sublet, the Contractor
shall require the Sub-Contractor to provide workmans compensation and
employers liability insurance for the latters employees if such employees
are not covered under the Contractors Insurance.
iii)
ANY OTHER INSURANCE REQUIRED

REGULATIONS OR BY OWNER:
UNDER
LAW
OR
Contractor shall also carry or maintain any and all other insurance (s), which
he may be required under any law or regulation from time to time without
any extra cost to OWNER. He shall also carry and maintain any other which
may be required by the OWNER.
iv)
ACCIDENT OR INJURY TO WORKMEN:

Owner shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages or compensation
payable at law in respect or in consequence of any accident or injury to any
workman or other person in the Employment in the CONTRACTOR or any
sub Contractor save and except an accident or injury resulting from any act
or default of the owner, his agents or servants and the Contractor shall
indemnify and keep indemnified the owner against all such damages and
compensation (save and except and aforesaid) and against all claims,
demands, proceeding, costs, charges and expenses, whatsoever in respect or
in relation thereto.
v)
TRANSIT INSURANCE:
In respect of all items to be transported by the Contractor to the site of work,
the costs of transit insurance should be borne by the Contractor and the
quoted price shall be inclusive of this cost.
105.0 DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR ANY PERSON OR ANY THIRD

PARTY:
i)
Contractor shall be responsible for making good to the satisfaction of the

owner any loss or any damage to structures and properties belonging to the
OWNER or being executed or procured or being procured by the OWNER
or of other agencies with in the premises of all the work of the OWNER, if
Page 91 of 128
Page 146 of 1178
Page 92
such loss or damage is due to fault and/or the negligence or willful acts or
omission of the Contractor, his employees, agents, representatives or SUBCONTRACTORs.
ii)
The Contractor shall take sufficient care in moving his plants, equipment's
and materials from one place to another so that they don't cause any damage
to any person or to the property of the owner or any third party including
overhead and underground cables and in the event of any damage resulting
to the property of the OWNER or of a third party during the movement of
the aforesaid plant, equipment or materials the cost of such damages
including eventual loss of production, operation or services in any plant or
establishment as estimated by the OWNER or ascertained or demanded by
the third party shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Third party liability
risk shall be Rupees Two Lakh for single accident and limited to Rupees Ten
Lakhs.
iii)
The Contractor shall indemnify and keep the OWNER harmless of all claims
for damage to property other than the OWNERs property arising under or
by reason of this agreement, if such claims result from the fault and /or
negligence or with full acts or omission of the Contractor, his employees,
agents, representative of SUB-CONTRACTOR.
iv)
The agency should consider within his quoted rates, the third party liability
insurance.
DAMAGE TO PROPERTY:
i)
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for making good to the satisfaction of

the OWNER any loss or any damage to structures and properties belonging
to the OWNER or being executed or procured or being procured by the
OWNER or of other agencies with in the premises of all the work of the
OWNER, if such loss or damage is due to fault and /or the negligence or
willful acts or omission of the Contractor, his employees, agents,
representatives or Sub-Contractor.
ii)
Contractor shall indemnify and keep the OWNER harmless of all claims for
damage to property other then the OWNERs property arising under or by
reason of this Contract, if such claims result from the fault and /or
negligence or willful acts or omission of the CONTRACTOR, his
employees, agents, representative of Sub-Contractors.
Page 92 of 128
Page 147 of 1178
Page 93
SECTION- VIII
LABOUR LAWS AND ARBITRATION
106.0 LABOUR LAWS:
i)
No labour below the age of 18 (eighteen) years shall be employed on

the work.
ii)
The Contractor shall not pay less than what is provided under law to
laborers engaged by him on the work.
iii)
The Contractor shall at his expense comply with all labour laws and
keep the OWNER indemnified respect thereof.
iv)
The Contractor shall pay equal wages for men and women in
accordance with applicable labour laws.
v)
If the Contractor is covered under the Contractor labour (Regulation

and Abolition)Act, he shall obtain a license from a licensing authority
( i.e. office of the labour commissioner) by the payment of necessary
prescribed fee and the deposit, if any, before starting the work under
the Contract. Such fee deposit shall be borne by the Contractor
v) (a) Contractors labour shall no privity with owner nor any EmployerEmployee relationship with the OWNER nor shall Owner be
constructed as principal employer vis--vis such Contractors Labour
for whom the principal Employer for purpose of contract Labour
(Abolition & Regulation) Act be the contractor.
vi)
The contractor shall employ labour in sufficient numbers directly or

through Sub-Contractors to maintain the required rate for progress and
of quality to ensure workmanship of the degree specified in the
Contract and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge.
vii)
The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer-In-Charge the distribution

return of the number and description, by trades of the workpeople
employed on the works. The contractor shall also submit on the 4Th
and 19Th of every month to the Engineer-In-Charge a true statement
showing in respect of the second half of the preceding month and the
Page 93 of 128
Page 148 of 1178
Page 94
1st half of the current month (1) the accident that occurred during the
said fortnight showing the circumstances under which they happened
and the extent of damage and injury caused by them and (2) the
number of female workers who have been allowed Maternity Benefit
as provided in the Maternity Benefit Act 1961 or rules made there
under and the amount paid to them.
viii) The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the payment of
Wages Act1936, Minimum Wages Act 1948, Employers Liability Act
1938, Workmens compensation Act 1923, Industrial Disputes Act
1947, the Maternity Benefit Act 1961 and Contract Labour regulation
and abolition Act 1970, Employment of children Act1938 or any
modifications thereof or any other law relating thereto and rules made
there under from time to time.
ix)
The Engineer-In-Charge shall on a report having been made by an

Inspecting officer as defined in Contract Labour ( Regulation and
Abolition)Act 1970 have the power to deduct from the money due to
the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for
making good the loss suffered by a worker or workers by reason of
non fulfillment of the conditions the Contract for benefit of workers
nonpayment of wages or of deductions made from his or their wages
which are no justified by the terms of the Contract or non observance
of the said regulations
x)
The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner against any payments to be

made under and for the observance of the provisions of the aforesaid
Acts without prejudice to his right to obtain indemnity from his SubContractors. In the event of the Contractor committing a default or
breach of any of the provisions of the aforesaid Acts as amended from
time to time , of furnishing any information or submitting or filling
and Form/Register/Slip under the provisions of these Acts which is
materially incorrect then on the report of inspecting Officers, the
Contractor shall without prejudice to any other liability pay to the
Owner a sum not exceeding RS.50.00 as liquidated damages for every
default, breach or furnishing, making, submitting, filling materially
incorrect statement as may be fixed by the Engineer-In-Charge and in
the event of the Contractors default continuing in this respect, the
liquidated damages may be enhanced to RS.50.00 per day for each
day of default subject to a maximum of one percent of this estimated
Page 94 of 128
Page 149 of 1178
Page 95
cost of the Works put to tender. The Engineer-In-Charge shall deduct

such amount from bills or security deposit of the Contractor and credit
the same to the Welfare Fund constituted under these Acts. The
decision of the Engineer-In-Charge in this respect shall be final and
binding.
107.0 IMPLEMENTATION OF APPRENTICES ACT,1961 / PROVIDENT
FUND ACT:
107.1 The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act
1961 and the rules and orders issued thereunder from time to time. If he fails
to do so, his failure will be a breach of the Contract and the Engineer-InCharge may, at his discretion, cancel the Contract.The Contractor shall also
be liable for any pecuniary liability arising on account of any violation by
him of the provisions of the Act.
107.2 The Contractor should strictly comply with the provisions of the Employees
provident Fund Act.
It is to be noted that the subject contract would be awarded only to those
agencies who have fulfilled the following requirements:
a)
Obtained License under Labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act

1970and submitted to EIL
b)
P.F. Registration number allotted to them by RPFC and submitted to

EIL.
c)
The agencies should promptly deposit PF. Deduction of the eligible

contract employees plus the employers contribution to the R.P.F.C.
For this purpose agency must submit a certificate in their bill that PF
amount has been deducted from the eligible employees and alongwith
employers contribution has been deposited with R.P.F.C. In support
of this, the agency must furnish the challan/receipt for the payment to
R.P.F.C for the earlier months.
d)
If the certificate and the challan/receipt referred to in clause 107.2 (c)

above are not furnished, the Finance and Accounts deptt of NRL will
deduct 16% (sixteen percent) of the amount of the Contractors bill
Page 95 of 128
Page 150 of 1178
Page 96
and retain it as deposits may only be refunded to the Contractor on

production of the Chalan/Receipt.
108.0 CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY THE OWNER:
i)
The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner and every member office
and employee of the Owner, also the Engineer-In-Charge and his staff
against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands, costs and expenses
whatsoever arising out of or in connection with the matters referred to
in clause 105.0 and elsewhere and all actions, proceedings, claims,
demands, costs and expenses which may be made against the
OWNER for or in respect of or arising out of any failure by the
CONTRACTOR in the performance of his obligations under the
Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be liable for or in respect
of any demand or compensation payable by law in respect or in
consequence of any accident or injury to any workmen or other
person. In the employment of the Contractor or his Sub-Contractor the
Contractor shall indemnify and keep indemnified the Owner against
all such damages and compensations and against all claims, damages,
proceedings, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect
thereof or in relation thereto.
ii)
PAYMENT OF CLAIMS AND DAMAGES:

Should the OWNER have to pay any money in respect of such claims
or demands as aforesaid the amount so paid and the costs incurred by
the OWNER shall be charged to and paid by the CONTRACTOR and
the Contractor shall not be at liberty to dispute or question the right of
the OWNER to make such payments notwithstanding the same may
have been made without the consent or authority or in law or
otherwise to the contrary.
iii)
In every case in which by virtue of provisions of Section 12, Subsection (i) of workmens compensation Act,1923 or other applicable
provision of Workmen Compensation Act or any other Act, the
OWNER is obliged to pay compensation to a workman employed by
the.Contractor in execution of the work, the OWNER will recover
from the Contractor the amount of the compensation so paid, and
without prejudice to the rights of Owner under section 12 subsection 2
of the said Act, OWNER shall be at liberty to recover such amount or
Page 96 of 128
Page 151 of 1178
Page 97
any part thereof by deducting it from the security deposit or from any
sum due to the Contractor whether under this Contractor otherwise.
The Owner shall not be bound to contest any claim made under
section 12, Sub-Section (i ) of the said Act , except on the written
request of the Contractor and upon his giving to the OWNER full
security for all costs for which the Owner might become liable in
consequence of contesting such claim.
109.0 HEALTH AND SANTARY ARRANGEMENTS FOR WORKERS:
In respect of all labour directly employed in the works for the performance
of the Contractors part of his agreement, the Contractor shall comply with
or cause to be complied with all the rules and regulations of the local
sanitary and other authorities or as framed by the Owner from time to time
for the protection of health and sanitary arrangements for all workers.
The Contractor shall provide in the labour colony all amenities such as
electricity, water and other sanitary and health arrangements. The Contractor
shall also provide necessary surface transportation to the place of work and
back to the colony for their personnel accommodated in the labour colony.
110.0 ARBITRATION: clause 110.1 has been modified . Please refer to
Annexure-7 for the same.
110.1 All disputes of difference whatsoever which shall at any time arise between
the parties hereto touching or concerning the works or the execution or
maintenance thereof of this contract or the rights touching or concerning the
works or the execution effect thereof or to be rights or liabilities or the
construction meaning operation or effect thereof or to the rights or liabilities
of the parties or arising out of or in relation thereto whether during or after
completion of the Contract or whether before or after determination,
foreclosure or breach of the contract ( other than those in respect of which
the decision of any person is by the contract express to be final and binding)
shall be endeavor to be amicably settled by the parties in the following
manner:
a)
At the first instance by the Engineer-In-Charge.
b)
At the second instance by the chief Executive of NRL and

Page 97 of 128
Page 152 of 1178
Page 98
c)
In case party is not satisfied matter will be referred to Indian Council

of Arbitration(ICA) with the following arbitration clause:
All disputes or deference whatsoever arising between the parties out of or

relating to the construction, meaning and operation or effect of this Contract
or the breach thereof shall be settle by arbitration in accordance with the
rules of arbitration of the Indian Council of Arbitration and the award made
in pursuance thereof shall be binding on the parties
110.2 FOR
THE
SETTLEMENT
OF
DISPUTES
BETWEEN
GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT AND ANOTHER AND ONE
GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT AND PUBLIC ENTERPRISE AND
ONE PUBLIC ENTERPRISE AND ANOTHER THE ARBITRATION
SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
In the event of any dispute or difference between the parties hereto, such
dispute or difference shall be resolved amicably by mutual consultation or
through the good offices of empowered agencies of the Government. If such
resolution is not possible, then, the unresolved dispute or difference shall be
referred to arbitration of an arbitrator to be nominated by secretary,
department of Legal Affairs (Law Secretary) in terms of the office
Memorandum No. 55/3/1/75-CF,. Dated of 19Th December1975 issued by
the Cabinet Secretariat (Department of Cabinet Affairs), as modified from
the time to time. The Arbitration Act 1940 (10 of 1940) shall not be
applicable to the arbitration under this clause. The award of the Arbitration
shall be binding upon parties to the dispute. Provided, however, any party
aggrieved by such award may make a further reference for setting aside or
revision of the award, to Law Secretary whose decision shall bind the parties
finally and conclusively.
111.0 JURISDICTION: Clause 111 has been modified . please refer to para
(h) of Annexure 7 for the same.
The Contract shall be governed by and construed according to the laws in
force in India. The Contractor hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the
situated at Guwahati for the purpose of disputes, actions and proceedings
arising out of the Contract and the courts at Guwahati only will have the
jurisdiction to hear and decide such disputes, action and proceedings.
Page 98 of 128
Page 153 of 1178
Page 99
SECTION-IX
SAFETY CODE
112.0 GENERAL:
CONTRACTOR shall adhere to safe construction practice and guard against
hazardous, and un safe working conditions and shall comply with the
owners safety rules as set forth herein. Prior to start of construction,
CONTRACTOR will be furnished copies of Owners safety code for
information and guidance, if it has been prepared.
112.1 FIRST AID AND INDUSTRIAL INJURIES:
i)
CONTRACTOR shall maintain first aid facilities for its employees

and those of its SUB-CONTRACTOR.
ii)
CONTRACTOR shall make outside arrangement for ambulance

service and for the treatment of industrial injuries. Names of those
providing these services shall be furnished to OWNER prior to start of
construction and their telephone numbers shall be prominently posted
in CONTRACTORS field office.
iii)
All critical industrial injuries shall be reported promptly to owner, and

a copy of CONTRACTORS report covering each personal injury
requiring the attention of a physician shall be furnished to the
OWNER.
113.0 SAFETY REGULATIONS:

i)
In respect of all labour, directly or indirectly employed in the work for

the performance of Contractors part of this agreement, the Contractor
shall at his own expense arrange for all the safety provisions as per
safety codes of C.P.W.D. Indian Standards Institution, The Electricity
Act, The Mines Act and such other acts as applicable.
ii)
The Contractor shall observe and abide by all fire and safety
regulations of the OWNER, Before starting construction work
CONTRACTOR shall consult with OWNERs safety Engineers or
Page 99 of 128
Page 154 of 1178
Page 100
Engineer-In-Charge and must make good to the satisfaction of the

OWNER any loss or damage due to fire to any portion of the work
done or to be done under this agreement or to any of the OWNERs
existing property.
114.0 GENERALS RULES:
Smoking within the battery area, tank farm or dock limits is strictly
prohibited. Violators of the no smoking rules shall be discharged
immediately.
115.0 CONTRACTORS BARRICADES:
i)
a)
CONTRACTOR shall erect and maintain barricades required in

connection with his operation to guard or protect
Excavations.
b)
Hoisting Areas.
c)
Areas adjudged hazardous by CONTRACTORs or OWNERs

inspections.
d)
OWNERs existing property

CONTRACTORs operations.
e)
Rail road unloading spots
ii)
CONTRACTORs employees and those of his SUBCONTRACTORs shall become acquainted with Owners barricading
practice and shall respect the provisions thereof.
Barricades and hazardous areas adjacent to but not located in normal
routes of travel shall be marked by red flasher lanterns at nights.
iii)
subjected
to
damage
by
116.0 SCAFFOLDING:
i)
Suitable scaffoldings should be provided for workmen for all works

that cannot safely be done from the ground or from solid construction
except such short period work as can be done safely from the ladders.
Page 100 of 128
Page 155 of 1178
Page 101
When a ladder is used and extra Majdoor shall be engaged for holding
the ladder and if the ladder is used for carrying material as well,
suitable footholds and handholds shall be provided on the ladder and
the ladder shall be given an inclination not steeper than 1 in 4 (1
horizontal 4 vertical)
ii)
Scaffolding or staging more than 4 meters above the ground or floor,

swing suspended from and overhead support or erected with
stationary support shall have a guard rail properly attached, bolted,
braced and otherwise retarded at least one meter high above the floor
or platform of such scaffolding or staging and extending along the
entire length of the outside and ends thereof with only such opening as
may be necessary for the delivery of materials. Such scaffolding or
staging shall be so fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the
building or structure.
iii)
Working platform, gangways and stairways should be so constructed

that they should not sag unduly or un equally and if the height of the
platform of the gangway or the stairway is more than 4 meters above
ground-level or floor level, they should be closely boarded, should
have adequate width and should be suitably fastened as describe in (ii)
above.
iv)
Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall

be provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or
materials by providing suitable fencing or railing whose minimum
height shall be one meter.
v)
Safe-means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and

other working places, every ladder shall be securely fixed. No
portable single ladder shall be over 9 meters in length in while the
width between side rails in rung ladder shall no case be less than 30
cms for ladder upto and including 3 meters in length. For longer
ladder this width should be increased atleast 5mm for each additional
foot of length. Uniform steps spacing shall not exceeding
30cms.Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from
electrical equipment. No materials on any of the sites of work shall be
so stacked or place to cause danger or inconvenience to any person of
public. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide all necessary fencing
and light to protect the workers and staff from accidents and shall be
Page 101 of 128
Page 156 of 1178
Page 102
bound to bear the expenses of defense to every suit, action or other

proceeding of law that may be brought by any person for injury
sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions and pay any
damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit or action
or proceeding to any such person or which may with the consent of
the CONTRACTOR be paid to compromise any claim by any such
person.
117.0 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING:
All trenches 1.2 meters or more in depth shall at all times be supplied with at
least one ladder for each 50 meters length or fraction thereof.
Ladder shall be extended from bottom of the trench to atleast 1 meter above
the surface of the ground. The sides of the trenches which are 1.5 meter s in
depth shall be stepped back to give suitable slope or securely held by timber
bracing, so as to avoid the danger of sides to collapse. The excavated
materials shall not be placed within .1.5 meters of the edge of the trench or
half of the trench width whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top to
bottom. Under no circumstances
Undermining or undercutting shall be done.
118.0 DEMOLITION/GENERAL SAFETY:
i)
Before any demolition worked is commenced and also during the

progress of the demolishing work.
a)
All roads and open areas adjacent to the work sites shall either be
closed or suitably protected.
b)
No electric cables or apparatus which is liable to be a source of danger

shall remain electrically charged.
c)
All practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons

employed from risk of fire or explosion or flooding. No floor, roof or
other part of the building shall be so overloaded with debris or
materials as to render it unsafe.
Page 102 of 128

Page 157 of 1178
Page 103
ii)
All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by

the Engineer-In-Charge should be kept available for the use of the
persons employed on the site and maintained in condition suitable for
immediate use, and the contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure
proper use of equipment by those concerned.
a)
Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials, cement and lime

mortars shall be provided with protective footwear and protective
gloves.
b)
Those engaged in white washing and mixing or stacking of cement

begs or any materials which are injurious to the eyes shall be provided
with protective goggles
c)
Those engaged in welding and cutting works shall be provided with

protective face and eye-shields, hand gloves etc.
d)
Stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and

protective clothing, and seated at sufficiently safe intervals.
e)
When workers are employed in sewers and manholes, which are in

use, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the manhole covers are
opened and are ventilated atleast for an hour before the workers are
allowed to get into the manholes, and the manholes so opened shall be
cordoned off with suitable railing and provide with warning signals or
board to prevent accident to the public.
f)
The Contractor shall not employ men below the age of 18 years and
women on the work on painting with products containing lead in any
form. Wherever men above the age of 18 years are employed on the
work of lead painting, the following precautions should be taken.
1)
No paint containing lead or lead product shall be used except in the

form of paste or readymade paint.
2)
Suitable face masks should be supplied for used by the workers when
paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry
rubbed and scrapped.
Page 103 of 128

Page 158 of 1178
Page 104
3)
Overalls shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR to the workmen

and adequate facilities shall be provided to enable the working
painters to wash them during and on cessation of WORK.
iii)
When the work is done near any place where there is a risks of
drawing, all necessary safety equipment's should be provided and kept
ready for use and all necessary steps taken for prompt rescue of any
person in danger and adequate provisions should made for prompt
first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the
course of the WORK.
iv)
Use of hoisting machines and tackles including their attachments,

anchorage and supports shall confirm to the following standards or
conditions:
a)
These shall be of good mechanical construction, should materials and

adequate strength and free from patent defect and shall be kept in
good working order.
b)
Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as means of

suspension shall be of durable quality and adequate strength and free
from patent defects.
c)
Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly

qualified and no person under the age of 21 years should be in charge
of any hoisting machine including any scaffolding, which or give
signal to the operation for.
d)
In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook,

shackle, swivel., and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as
means of suspension, the safe working load shall be ascertained by
adequate means. Every hoisting machine and all gears referred to
above shall be plainly marked with the safe working load of the
conditions under which it is applicable which shall be clearly
indicated. No part of any machine or any gear referred to above in this
paragraph shall be load beyond safe working load except for the
purpose of testing.
Page 104 of 128

Page 159 of 1178
Page 105
e)
In case of departmental machine, the safe working load shall be

notified
by
the
ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE.
As
regards
CONTRACTORS machines, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the
safe working load of the machine to the ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE
whenever be brings any machinery to SITE of work and get it verified
by the ENGINEER-IN CHARGE.
v)
Motors, gears, transmission lines, electric writing and other dangerous

parts of hoisting appliances should be provided with the efficient
safeguards. Hoisting appliances should be provided with such means
as to reduce to minimum the accidental descent of the load, adequate
precautions should be taken to reduce the minimum risk of any part or
parts of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced. When
workers are employed on electrical installations which are already
energised, insulating mats, wearing apparel, such as gloves, sleeves,
and boots as may be necessary should be provided. The workers shall
not wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other materials, which
are good conductors of electricity.
v)
All scaffolds ladders and other safety devices mentioned or described

herein shall be maintained in safe conditions and no scaffolds, ladder
or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is in use. Adequate
washing facilities should be provided at or near places of work.
vii)
These safety provisions should be brought to the notice of all

concerned by displaying on a notice board at a prominent place at the
work- spot, the person responsible for compliance of the safety code
shall be named therein by the CONTRACTOR.
viii) To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating

to safety precautions, the arrangements made by the CONTRACTOR
shall to be open to inspection by the Welfare Officer, ENGINEER-INCHARGE or safety Engineer of the Administration or their
representatives.
ix)
Notwithstanding the above clauses there is nothing in these to exempt

the CONTRACTOR for the operation of any other Act or rules in
force in the Republic of India. The WORK though out including any
temporary WORKS shall be carried out in such a manner as not to
interfere in any way whatsoever with the traffic on any roads or
Page 105 of 128
Page 160 of 1178
Page 106
footpaths at the site or in the vicinity thereto or any existing works

whether the property of the Administration or of a third party.
In addition of the above, the CONTRACTOR shall abide by the safety code
provision as per C.P.W.D. safety code and Indian Standard Safety Code
from time to time.
119.0 CARE IN HANDLING INFLAMMABLE GAS:
The Contractor has to ensure all precautionary measures and exercise utmost
care in handling the inflammable gas cylinder/inflammable liquids/paints
etc. as required under the law and/or as advised by the fire authorities of the
OWNER.
120.0 TEMPORARY COMBUSTIBLE STRUCTURES:
Temporary combustible structures will not be built near or around work site.
121.0 PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FIRE:
The CONTRACTOR will have to provide fire Extinguishers/Fire Buckets
and drums at work site as recommended by ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE.
They will have to ensure all precautionary measures and exercise utmost
care in handling the inflammable gas cylinders/inflammable liquid/ paints
etc. as advised by the ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE. Temporary combustible
structures will not be built near or around the work site.
122.0 EXPLOSIVES:
Explosives shall not be stored or used on the works or on the site by the
CONTRACTOR for without the permission of the ENGINEER-IN
CHARGE in writing and then only in the manner and to the extent to which
such permission is given. When explosives are required for the works they
will be stored in a special magazine to be provided at the cost of the
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Explosives Rules. The
CONTRACTOR shall obtain the necessary license for the storage and the
use of explosives and all operation in which or for which explosives are
employed shall be at sole risk and responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and
the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify the OWNER against any loss or
damage resulting directly or in directly therefrom.
Page 106 of 128
Page 161 of 1178
Page 107
123.0 MINES ACT:

123.1 Safety code the CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense arrange for the
safety provisions as required by the ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE in respect of
all labour directly employed for performance of the works and shall provide
all facilities in connection therewith. In case the CONTRACTOR fails to
make arrangements and provide necessary facilities as aforesaid, the
ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE shall be entitled to do so and recover the costs
thereof from the CONTRACTOR.
123.2 Failure to comply with safety Code or the provisions relating to report on
accidents and to grant of maternity benefits to female workers shall make the
CONTRACTOR liable to pay company liquidated damages an amount not
exceeding RS. 50/- for each default or materially incorrect Statement. The
decision of the Engineer-in-charge in such matters based on reports from the
Inspecting Officer or representative of ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE shall be
final and binding and deduction for recovery of such liquidated damages
may be made from any amount payable to the CONTRACTOR from all
provisions of Mines Act, 1952 or any statutory modifications or reenactment thereof the time being in force and any Rules & Regulation made
thereunder in respect of all the persons employed by him under this
CONTRACT and shall indemnify the OWNER from and against any claim
under the Mines Act or the rules and regulations frame thereunder by or on
behalf of any persons employed by him or otherwise.
124.0 PRESERVATION OF PLACES:
The CONTRACTOR shall take requisite precautions and use at his best
endeavors to prevent any riotous or unlawful behavior by or amongst his
workmen and others employed on the works and for the preservation of
peace and protection of the inhabitants and Security of property the
neighborhood of the work. In the event of the OWNER requiring the
maintenance of a special police force at or in the vicinity of the site during
the tenture of works, the expenses thereof shall be borne by the
CONTRACTOR and if paid by the OWNER shall be recoverable from the
CONTRACTOR.
125.0 OUT BREAK OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES:
Page 107 of 128

Page 162 of 1178
Page 108
The CONTRACTOR shall remove from his camp such labour and their
families as refuse protective in occultation and vaccination when called upon
to do so by the ENGINEER-IN- CHARGEs Representative. Should
Cholera, Plague or other infectious diseases break out the CONTRACTOR
shall burn the huts, bedding, clothes and other belongings used by the
infected parties and promptly erect new huts on healthily sites as required by
the ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE failing which within the time specified in the
Engineers requisition, the work may be done by the OWNER and the cost
thereof recovered from the CONTRACTOR.
126.0 USE OF INTOXICANTS:
The unauthorised sale of spirits or other intoxicating beverages upon the
work in any of the buildings, encampments or tenements owned, occupied
by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR or any of his employee is
forbidden on the CONTRACTOR shall exercise his influenced and authority
to the utmost extent to secure strict compliance with this condition.
Page 108 of 128

Page 163 of 1178
Page 109
ANNEXURE - I
PROFORMA OF AGREEMENT
(ON NON JUDICIAL PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE)
CONTRACT AGREEMENT FOR THE WORK OF _____________________

________________________________________________________________________
_____________________ DTD_________________ 200(Two Thousand.)
Between________________________ ________________________ in the town of
____________________, hereinafter called the "CONTRACTOR" (which term shall unless
excluded by or repugnant to the subject or context include its successors and permitted
assignees) of the one part and the Numaligarh Refinery Limited hereinafter called the "OWNER"
(which term shall, unless excluded by or repugnant to the subject or context include its
successors and assignees) of the other part.
WHEREAS
A. The OWNER being desirous of having provided and executed certain works mentioned,
enumerated or referred to in the tender documents including Letter Inviting Tender General
Tender Notice, General Conditions of CONTRACT, Special Conditions of CONTRACT,
Specifications, Drawings, Plans, Time Schedule of Completion of Jobs, Schedule of Rates,
Agreed Variations, other documents has called for Tender.
B. The CONTRACTOR has inspected the site and surroundings of the works specified in the
tender documents and has satisfied himself by careful examination before submitting his
tender as to the nature of surface, strata, soil, sub - soil and ground, the from and nature of
site and local conditions, the quantities, nature and magnitude of the work, the availability of
labour and materials necessary for the execution of work, the means of access to site, the
supply of power and water there to and the accommodation he may require and has made
local and independent enquiries and obtained complete information as to the matters and
things referred to, or implied in the tender documents or having any connection therewith,
and has considered the nature and extent of all probable and possible situations, delays,
hindrances or interferences to or with the execution and completion of the work to be carried
out under the contract, and has examined and considered all other matters, conditions and
things and probable and possible contingencies, and generally all matters incidental thereto
and ancillary thereof affecting the execution and completion of the work and which might
have influenced him in making his tender.
C. The tender documents including the notice letter, inviting tender, General Conditions of
CONTRACT, Special Conditions of CONTRACT, Schedule of Rates, General obligation,
Specifications, Drawings, Plans, Time schedule of completion of jobs, Letter of Acceptance
of tender and any statement of agreed variations with its enclosures copies of which are
hereto annexed form part of this CONTRACT though separately set out herein and are
included in the expression " CONTRACT" wherever herein used.
Page 109 of 128

Page 164 of 1178
Page 110
AND WHEREAS
The OWNER accepted the Tender of the CONTRACTOR for the provision and the execution of
the said work at the rates stated in the Schedule of Quantities of work and finally approved by
OWNER (hereinafter called the " Schedule of Rates") upon the terms and subjects to the
conditions of CONTRACT.
NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH & IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED
AS FOLLOWS :
1. In consideration of the payment to be made to the CONTRACTOR for the work to be
executed by him, the CONTRACTOR hereby covenants with the OWNER that, the
CONTRACTOR shall and will duly provide, execute and complete the said works and shall
do and perform all other acts and things in the CONTRACT mentioned or described or which
are to be implied there from or may be reasonably necessary for the completion of the said
works and at the said times and in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions or
stipulations mentioned in the CONTRACT.
2. In consideration of the due provision execution and completion of the said works, the
OWNER does hereby agree with the CONTRACTOR that the OWNER will pay to the
CONTRACTOR the respective amounts for the work actually done by him and approved by
the OWNER at the Schedule of Rates and such other sum payable to the CONTRACTOR
under provision of CONTRACT, such payment to be made at such time in such manner as
provided for in the CONTRACT.
AND
3. In consideration of the provision, execution and completion of the said works the
CONTRACTOR does hereby agree to pay such sums as may be due to the OWNER for the
services rendered by the OWNER TO THE CONTRACTOR, such as power supply, water
supply and other as set for in the said CONTRACT and such other sums as may become
payable to the OWNER towards the controlled items of consumable materials or towards
loss, damage to the OWNER's equipment, materials construction plant and machinery, such
payments to be made at such time and in such manner as is provided in the CONTRACT.
It is specifically and distinctly understood and agreed between the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR that the CONTRACTOR shall have no right, title or interest in the site made
available by the OWNER for execution of the works or in the building, structures or works
executed on the said site by the CONTRACTOR or in the goods, articles, materials, etc. brought
on the said site (unless the same specifically belongs to the CONTRACTOR) and the
CONTRACTOR shall not have or deemed to have any lien whatever charge for unpaid bills will
not be entitled to assume or retain possession or control of the site or structures and the OWNER
shall have an absolute and unfetted right to take full possession of site and to remove the
CONTRACTOR, their servants, agents and materials belonging to the CONTRACTOR and
lying on the site.
Page 110 of 128

Page 165 of 1178
Page 111
The CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to enter upon the site for execution of the works only as a
licensee simpliciter and shall not have any claim, right, title or interest in the site or the structures
erected there on and the OWNER shall be entitled to terminate such licence at any time without
assigning any reason.
The materials including sand, gravel, stone loose earth, rock, etc. dug up or excavated from the
said site shall, unless otherwise expressly agreed under this CONTRACT, exclusively belong to
the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall have no right to claim over the same and such
excavation and materials should be disposed off on account of the OWNER according to the
instruction in writing issued from time to time by the ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE.
In Witness whereof the parties have executed these presents in the day and the year first above
written.
Signed and Delivered for and on behalf
of OWNER Numaligarh Refinery Ltd.
Signed and Delivered for and on

behalf of CONTRACTORS.
____________________________
____________________________
__________________________
__________________________
Date _______________________
Place _______________________
Date ______________________
Place ______________________
IN PRESENCE OF TWO WITNESSES

1.
2.
Page 111 of 128

Page 166 of 1178
Page 112
ANNEXURE-II
PROFORMA FOR BANK GUARANTEE FOR EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT
(To be stamped in accordance with the stamp Act)

Ref..
Bank Guarantee No.
To,
Numaligarh Refinery Ltd.
Tarun Nagar, 4 Th Road,
Guwahati 781005
Dear Sir (s)
In
accordance
with
letter
inviting
Tender
under
reference
NoM/S
having
their
Registered
/
Head
office
at.(hereinafter called the Tenderer)
wish
to
participate
in
the
side
tender
for.
As an irrevocable bank Guarantee against Earnest Money Deposit for an amount of
.is required to be submitted by the Tenderer as a condition precedent for
participation in the said Tender which amount is liable to be forfeited on the happening of any
contingencies mentioned in the Tender Document.
We, theBank at ..
Having our Head office
(Local Address) guarantees and undertakes to pay immediately on demand by Numaligarh
Refinery Ltd. The
amount..Without any reservation, protest, demur and
recourse. Any such demand made by Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. shall be conclusive and binding
on us irrespective of any dispute or difference raised by the Tendered.
This
guarantee
shall
be
irrevocable
and
shall
remain
valid
up
to
(this date should be 180 days after the date finally set out for closing of tender) If any further
extension of this guarantee is required, the same shall be extended to such required period on
receiving instructions from M/Son
whose behalf this guarantee is issued.
In witness where of the Bank, through its authorized officer, has set its hand stamp on
thisDay of.19at
Page 112 of 128
Page 167 of 1178
Page 113
WITNESS:
(SIGNATURE NAME)
(SIGNATURE NAME)
Designation with Bank Stamp

Attorney as per
(OFFICIAL ADDRESS)
Power of Attorney No..

Date
***********************************
Page 113 of 128

Page 168 of 1178
Page 114
ANNEXURE-III
PROFORMA OF BANK GURANTEE FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT
To
Lotus Tower, GS Road, Ganeshguri
Guwahati 781005
Dear Sirs:
M/s .. Have taken tender for the work of
..... for Numaligarh Refinery Limited, Lotus Tower, GS Road, Ghy-5.
The tender conditions of contract provide that the Contractor shall pay a sum of
Rs. (Rupees ) as initial/full security Deposit in
the form there in mentioned. The form of payment of security deposit includes guarantee
executed by Nationalized Schedule A Bank, undertaking full responsibility to
indemnify Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. in case of default.
The said . has approached us and at their request and in
consideration of the premises we having our office at . have agreed to give
such guarantee as hereinafter mentioned.
1.
We hereby undertake and agree with you that if default shall be made by
M/s in performing any of the terms and condition of the tender or in
payment of any money payable to Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. We shall on demand
pay to you in such manner as you direct the said amount of Rupees only or
such portion thereof not exceeding the said sum as you from time to time require.
2.
You will have the full liberty without reference to us and without affecting this
guarantee postpone for any time or from time to time the exercise of any of the
powers and rights conferred on you under the contract with the said
. and to enforce or to forebear from endorsing any powers
or rights or by reason of time being given to said which under law
relating to the sureties would but for provision have the effect of releasing us.
Page 114 of 128

Page 169 of 1178
Page 115
3.
Your right to recover the said sum of Rs. .. (Rupees

.) from us in manner aforesaid will not be affected or
suspended by reason of the fact that any dispute or disputes have been raised by
the said M/s . and /or that any dispute or disputes are pending
before any officer, tribunal or court.
4.
The guarantee herein contained shall not be determined or affected by the

liquidation or winding up dissolution or changes of constitution or insolvency of
the said, but shall in all respects and for all purposes be binding and operative until
payment of all money due to you in respect of such liabilities is paid.
5.
Our liability under this guarantee is restricted to (Rupees. ).

Our guarantee shall remain in force until .. unless a
suit or action to enforce a claim under Guarantee is filled against us within six
months from (Which is date of expiry of guarantee) all your rights
under the said guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be relived and discharged
from all liabilities thereunder.
6.
We have power to issue this guarantee in your favour under Memorandum and
Articles of Association and the undersigned has full power to do under the power
of Attorney dated . granted to him by the Bank.
Yours faithfully,
_____________ Bank
By its Constituted Attorney
Signature of a person duly

Authorized to sign on behalf
Of the Bank.
Page 115 of 128

Page 170 of 1178
Page 116
ANNEXURE-IV
GUARANTEE AGAINST ADVANCE PAYMENT
This deed of guarantee made this day of . ..
between .. and wherever the context so required includes its
successors and assignees hereinafter called "the surety" and Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. an
existing company within the companies Act 1956, having its Registered office at Lotus Tower,
Ganesguri, Guwahati- 781005 and wherever the context so required includes its successors and
assignees, herein after called "the Owner".
Whereas M/s ..a company registered under the
companies
Act
0f
1956
having
its
registered
office
at
(wherever applicable) and wherever the
context so requires includes its successors and assignees, hereinafter called "The Contractor"
has undertaken to .. .. on the terms and conditions mentioned
in the
(a)
Letter of Intent No .dated ...

OR/AND
(b)
Agreement No dated . Referred to as

"the said contract".
And whereas the Owner has agreed to make an advance of Rs (Rupees

) being ..% value of the contract on
......................................... as provided in the contract as the said advance to the contractor
carrying no interest.
AND WHEREAS the contractor has agreed with the owner authorizing him to deduct the said
advance under the terms of the said contract from the amount that becomes due and payable to
contractor as per the terms and conditions described under the clause "Terms and Conditions of
payment" of the contract on proper execution of the contract.
Now this deed witness that in consideration of the said advance or any balance thereof made by
the owner to the contractor, the surety hereby GUARANIEES the payment of the said advance
by the contractor, and undertakes to pay the owner on demand the said sum of RS.
.. subject to the following condition.
(a)
"Surety hereby gives an irrevocable guarantee and declares that its liability under this
bond shall extend to the payment of the whole of amount viz. RS. paid
as advance as provided for the contract as the said advance."
(b)
This Guarantee shall remain in force and effect so long as the said advance of any part
thereof remains outstanding and shall expire and become ineffectual only after the
Page 116 of 128

Page 171 of 1178
Page 117
recovery of the entire sum of Rs. . covered by the Guarantee and upon
intimation thereof being given by the owner to the surety in which event, the surety shall
be discharged by the owner.
(c)
The surety shall not be discharged or released from the guarantee by any arrangement
made between the owner and the contractor with or without the consent of the surety or
by any alternation in the obligation of the parties or by any indulgence, forbearance,
whether as to payment, time performance of otherwise.
(d)
The Guarantee shall come into force from the date contractor receives from the owner the
said advance.
(e)
Notwithstanding anything stated above, the liability of the surety under the guarantee is
restricted to Rs. (Rupees. . .)
and this guarantee will remain in force up to in the first instance. Further unless a claim
or Demand is made against the Surety within six months from the date of expiry of this
guarantee viz. . .. all rights of the owner under this guarantee shall be
forfeited and the surety shall be released and discharged from all liability hereunder
unless this guarantee shall have been previously extended. However if the contract for
which this guarantee is given is not completed or fully performed, the surety (Bank)
hereby agrees to further extend the Guarantee till such time as is required to fulfil the
contract.
Page 117 of 128

Page 172 of 1178
Page 118
ANNEXURE-V
INDENTURE FOR SECURED ADVANCES
THIS
INDENTURE
made
the...........................................
day
of.............199
between.......................................................................................(hereinafter called the contractor
which expression shall where the context so admits or implies be deemed to include his
executors, administrator and the assignees) of one part and Numaligarh Refinery Ltd,
(hereinafter called the Numaligarh Refinery Limited which expression shall where the context so
admits or implies be deemed to include its successors in office and assignees) of other part.
WHEREAS
BY
an
Agreement
No..................................................
dated............................(hereinafter called the said agreement) the contractor has
agreed............................................ and WHEREAS the contractor has applied to the Numaligarh
Refinery Limited that he may be allowed advances on the security of materials absolutely
belonging to him and brought by him to site of the works, the subject of the said agreement for
use in the construction of such of the works as he has undertaken to execute at rates fixed for the
finished work (inclusive of the cost of materials and labour and other charges) and whereas the
Numaligarh Refinery Limited has agreed to advance to the contractor an amount upto
Rs......................(Rupees..................................................only) on the security of the quantities and
other particulars of the materials on the security of which the advance or advances are made as
detailed in the secured advance account forming account bill preferred from time to time and
signed by the contractor for the said works.
NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESS that in pursuance of the said agreement and in
consideration
of
amounts
aggregating
to
the
sum
of
Rs.......................(Rupees...................................................................................only) on or after the
execution of these presents paid to the Numaligarh Refinery Limited. (The receipt where of the
Contractor hereby acknowledge) contractor both hereby covenent and agreewith the Numaligarh
Refinery Limited and declare as follows:
1.
That the said sum aggregating.................(Rupees................................only) so advanced

by the Numaligarh Refinery Limited to Contractor as aforesaid shall be employed by the
Contractor in or towards expediting the execution of the said works and for no other
purpose whatsoever.
2.
That the materials detailed in the said Running Account Bills which have been offered to
and accepted by the Numaligarh Refinery Limited as Security are absolutely the
Contractors own property, and free from encumbrances of any kinds and the contractor
hereby agrees to indemnify the Numaligarh Refinery Limited against all claims to any
materials in respect of which an advance has been made to him as aforesaid.
3.
That the materials detailed in the said Running Account Bills (hereinafter called the said
materials) shall be used by the Contractor solely for the execution of the said works in
accordance with the directions of the Engineer-in-charge and in terms of the said
agreement.
Page 118 of 128

Page 173 of 1178
Page 119
4.
That the contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate arrangements
for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all risk of the said materials and
that until used in construction as aforesaid the said materials shall remain at the site of the
said works in the Contractors custody and on his own responsibility and shall at all times
be open to inspection by the event of the said materials or any part thereof being stolen,
destroyed or damaged the contractor will forthwith replace the same with other materials
of like quality or repair and make good the same as required by the Engineer- in charge.
5.
That the said materials shall not on any account be removed from the site of the said
works except with the written permission of the Engineer- in charge or an officer
authorised by him on that behalf.
6.
That the advanced shall be repayable in full when or before the Contractor receives
payment from the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. of the price payable of him or the said works
under the terms and the provision of the said agreement provided that if any intermediate
payments are made to the contractor on account of work done then the occasion of each
such payments the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. will be at liberty to make recovery from the
contractors bill for such payment by deducting there from the value of the said materials
then actually used in the conclusion and in respect of which recovery has not been made
previously the value for this purpose being determined in respect of each description of
materials at the rates at which the amounts of the advances made under these presents
were calculated.
7.
That if the contractor shall at any time make any default in the performance or
observance in any of the terms and provision of the said agreement the total amount of
the advance or advances that may still be owing in the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. together
with the interest thereon at eighteen(18) percent per annum from the date or respective
dates of such advance or advances to the dates of repayment will with all costs, charges,
damages and expenses incurred by the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. in the recovery thereof
the security or otherwise by reason of the default of the contractor hereby convenants and
agrees with the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. to repay and pay the same respectively to him
accordingly.
8.
That the contractor hereby gives charge of all the said materials for the repayment to the
Numaligarh
Refinery
Ltd.
of
the
said
sum
aggregating
to
Rs(Rupees.. only) and
all costs, charges, damages and expenses payable under these presents PROVIDED
ALLWAYS AND it is hereby agreed and declared that notwithstanding anything in the
said agreement and without prejudice to the powers contained therein if and when ever
the money owing shall not be paid in accordance herewith, the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd.
may at any time thereafter adopt all or any of the following courses as it may deem best.
a) Seize and utilise the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of the
said works on behalf of the contractor is accordance with the provision in that
behalf contained in the said agreement debiting the contractor with the actual
Page 119 of 128
Page 174 of 1178
Page 120
cost of effecting such completion and the amount due in respect of advances
under these presents and crediting the contractor with the value of work done
as if he had carried it out in accordance with the said agreement and the rates
thereby provided. If the balance is against the Contractor he is to pay the same
to Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. on demand.
b) Remove and sell by the public auction the seized materials or any part thereof
and out of the money arising from the sales retain all the sums aforesaid
repayble to the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. under these presents and pay over
the surplus (if any) to the contractor.
c) Deduct all or any part of the money owing out of the security deposits or any
due sum to the Contractor under the said agreement.
9.
That in event of any conflict between the provisions of these presents and the said
agreement the provisions of the said agreement shall prevail and in the event of any
dispute or difference arising over the construction or effect of these presents the
settlement of which has not been herein before expressly provided for, the same shall be
referred to arbitration as provided in the said agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF ........................................ and

Numaligarh Refinery Ltd by the order and under the directions of the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd
have herein to set their respective hands the day and year first above written.
Signed, scaled and delivered

By the said Contractor in the
Presence of
Signature
Name
Address
Signature
Name
Witness:
Signed by the order and direction
Of the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd
In the presence of
Page 120 of 128

Page 175 of 1178
Page 121
Address
Witeness:
Page 121 of 128

Page 176 of 1178
Page 122
ANNEXURE-VI
TO,
4th Road, Tarun Nagar,
Guwahati- 781005.
Sub : COMPOSITE BANK GUARANTEE FOR
ADVANCE AND SECURITY DEPOSIT.
THIS UNDERTAKING made this day of
. by . (herein after called the Bank which expression shall
include its successors and assigns) in favour in NUMALIGARH REFINERY LTD. 4 th ROAD, TARUN NAGAR,
GUWAHATI 781005, ASSAM (herein after called the OWNER which expression shall include its successors
and assigns).
WHEREAS NUMALIGARH REFINERY LIMITED a Govt. of India Enterprise,

, 4 th Road, Tarun Nagar, Guwahati 781005,Assam (hereinafter called the
OWNER which expression shall include its/ his/ their successors and assigns / executors,
administrators, representatives and assigns) has been awarded in contract in terms, inter-alia, of
the Owners letter of Work order Number . Dtd
..for executing the (job) for .. at a total
value of Rs . To M/S (herein after called the Said
Contract which expression shall include any formal contract entered into subsequence thereto or
in suppression thereof and all modifications to an amendments in the said contract):
AND WHEREAS the Owner agreed to advanced the Contractor a
(Rupees . only) for utilization for the
performance of the work covered by the said contract (Hereinafter referred to as the said
advance which expression shall include any and all further advance made by the Owner to the
Contractor with reference to the said contract) on production of an undertaking from a Bank in
respect of the said advance shall without prejudice to any other mode of recovery available to the
Corporation be recoverable by deduction from the gross accepted value of the Running Account
Bills and Final Bill of the Contractor Commencing with the First Running Account Bill.
AND WHEREAS the Contractor is also required to furnish an undertaking from a Bank
in lieu of deposit of 10 % of the value of the Contract towards security deposit (hereinafter
referred to as the Security Deposit) valid till the end of the defect liability period as specified
in the said contract.
AND WHEREAS the Owner has agreed to accept the single undertaking from a Bank to cover
both the said advance and the Security Deposit in the name & style of Composite Bank
guarantee.
Page 122 of 128

Page 177 of 1178
Page 123
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of premises a foregoing and at the request of the

Contractor, the Bank hereby irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the owner at
Guwahati forthwith on first demand without protest or demur or proof or condition any and all
amounts demanded by the owner in writing from the Bank with reference to this undertaking up
to an aggregate limit of Rs (Rupees ..
only).
And the bank doth hereby further agree as follows :I.
The owner shall have the fullest liberty without reference to the Bank and without
affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under this undertaking, at any time and / or
from time to time to anywise vary the said contract and / or any of the terms and
conditions thereof the said advance and / or to extend time for performance of the said
contract and /or payment of the said advance in whole or part or to postpone for any time
and /or from time to time any of the said obligations of the contractor and either to
enforce or for bear from enforcing any of the terms and conditions of or governing the
said contract and / or the said Advance, or the securities, if any, or any of them available
to the Owner and the bank shall not be released from its liability under this presents and
the liability of the Bank shall remain in full force and effect with notwithstanding any
exercise by the Owner of the liberty with reference to any or all the matters aforesaid or
by reason of time being given to the contractor or any other forbearance or omission on
the part of the owner or any indulgence, by the owner to the contractor or of any other act
, matter or thing whatsoever which under any law could (but for this provision) have the
effect of releasing the Bank from its liability hereunder or any part thereof.
II.
It shall not be necessary for the Owner to proceed against the Contractor before
proceeding against the Bank and the undertaking herein contain shall be enforceable
against the bank as Principal debtor notwithstanding the existence of any security for any
indebtedness of the Contractor to the Owner (including relative to the said advance or for
the Security Deposit) and not with standing that any such security shall at the time when
claims is made against the Bank or Proceedings taken against the Bank hereunder, be
outstanding or unrealised.
III.
As between the Bank and the Owner for the purpose of this undertaking the amount
claimed or demanded by the Owner from the Bank with reference to this undertaking
shall be final and binding upon the bank as to the amount payable by the Bank to the
Owner hereunder.
IV.
The liability of the Bank to the Owner under this undertaking shall remain in full force
and effect notwithstanding the existence of difference or dispute between the Contractor
and the Owner, The Contractor and the Bank and / or the Bank and the Owner or
otherwise howsoever touching or affecting these presents or the liability of the Contractor
to the Owner, and notwithstanding the existence of any instructions or purported
instructions by the contractor or any other person to the Bank not to pay or for any cause
with hold or defer payment to the Corporation under these presents, with the intent that
notwithstanding the existence of such difference, dispute or instruction, the Bank shall be
and remain liable to make payment to the Owner in terms hereof.
Page 123 of 128

Page 178 of 1178
Page 124
V.
This undertaking shall not be affected by any change in our constitution or that of the
Contractor or the Owner or any irregularity in the exercise of borrowing powers by or on
behalf of the Contractor.
VI.
This undertaking shall be valid for all claims / demands made by the Owner to or upon us
upto .. provided that the Bank shall upon the written
request of the Contractor extended this guarantee by a further period.
VII.
The bank doth hereby declare that Shri .. who is the

(designation) of the Bank is authorised to sign this undertaking on behalf of the Bank and
to bind the Bank thereby.
VIII.
The Bank hereby agrees not to revoke the Bank guarantee during its currency except with
the previous consent of the Owner, in writing.
IX.
The Bank Guarantee is enforceable in the courts having jurisdiction over Guwahati,
(Assam) only.
X.
Not withstanding anything contained herein above our liability under this Guarantee is
restricted to Rs.. (Rupees ) only and it shall
remain inforce upto & including .. (date) unless a claim under this
guarantee is made on or before . (date). All your rights under the said
guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be released & discharged from all liability there
under, our undertaking shall commence from the date of execution.
Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of the Bank
Name
Designation ..
Seal
Page 124 of 128

Page 179 of 1178
Page 125
ANNEXURE - VII
MODIFICATION OF GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
The following clauses of GCC are modified to the extent as mentioned below :
Sl. No
Clause No
Item
Modification
1.
(Clause no. 2.3)
The Clause is modified to the extent as mentioned belo
Water Supply
Water shall be Free Issue.
2.
(Clause no. 2.4.1)
Power Supply
Power / Electricity Charges: Rs. 4.95 (Rupees fou
KWH.
3.
(Clause no. 6.1)
Earnest Money The Clause is modified to the extent as mentioned belo
The Earnest Money Deposit shall be in favour of
Deposit
Numaligarh.
4.
(Clause no. 21.0)
Force Majeure The following sentence shall be added to the clause

The CONTRACTOR shall keep records of the
Clause
failure of performance and bring this to the notic
immediately on such occurrences.
5.
(Clause no. 24.0)
6.
(Clause no. 25.0)
CONTRACTOR The following para shall be added to the clause

to obtain his own The CONTRACTORs attention is drawn towards var
for use of Forest Products like sand, stone, timber etc
information
the Government of Assam. The CONTRACTOR wil
from the local District Forest Officer after payment of
owner shall facilitate the CONTRACTOR by way
Government Agencies in order to enable the CONTRA
payment of royalty.
Security Deposit The following para shall be added to the clause :
Mobilisation advance may be paid against a
equivalent amount to cover Mobilisation advanc
7.5% against security deposit, provided initia
amount of the contract value is furnished. Such
per format enclosed as Annexure -6 to GCC.
7.
(Clause no. 28.0)
Extension
Time
of The Clause is modified to the extent as mentioned belo

Until a final decision is taken by the ow
CONTRACTOR for extension of time on any gr
may be given by Engineer-in-charge in order t
prejudice towards the rights, claims, contentions
the CONTRACTOR as per terms of the contract.
decided by the engineer-in-charge) for delay sha
extension period and the amount shall be recov
Bills and other bills & dues of the CONTRACTO
Page 125 of 128

Page 180 of 1178
Page 126
8.
Clause no. 29.1)
Compensation
for Delay

Liquidated damage for delay in completion shal
thereof on the amount of the contract value for e
10% of the contract value.
9.
Clause no. 106.0)
Labour Laws
The following para shall be added to the clause :

The CONTRACTOR will comply with the pr
indemnify the company against all claims, whi
Acts, & Rules framed thereunder:
i)
The Contract Labour (Regulation and Abo
ii)
The Minimum Wages Act.
iii)
The Workman's Compensation Act.
iv)
The Payment of Wages Act,
v)
The Payment of Bonus Act,
vi)
The Employees Provident Fund & Misc. P
vii)
Family Pension Scheme,
viii) Inter State Migrant Workmen (Regulation
Condition of Service) Act,
or any other acts or statute not hereinabove specifical
engagement of workers directly or indirectly for exec
10.
(Clause no. 110.0 )
Arbitration
Clause
The Arbitration clause as appearing in the GCC shall b

a) Any dispute or difference of any nature w
counter-claim or set off of the Company
regarding any right, liability, act, omission
hereto arising out of or in relation to his agr
Arbitration of the Managing Director of the
Company who shall be nominated by
CONTRACTOR will not be entitled to
arbitrator on the ground that the arbitrator i
he has dealt with the matters to which the c
of his duties as an Officer of the Company
any other matters in dispute or difference
whom the matter is originally referred, bein
or being unable to act for any reason, the M
time of such transfer, vacation of office or i
of the Managing Director designate anot
accordance with the terms of the agreem
original Arbitrator shall be entitled to conti
withstanding his transfer or vacation or offi
the Managing Director does not designate a
such transfer, vacation of office or inab
persons shall be entitled to proceed with th
it was left by his predecessor. It is also a t
other than the Managing Director or a per
Director of the Company as aforesaid shal
Page 126 of 128

Page 181 of 1178
Page 127
b)
c)
award of the arbitrator so appointed shall be

parties to the agreement subject to the prov
or any statutory modification or re-enact
thereunder for the time being in force shall
under this clause.
The award shall be made in writing and pub
years after entering upon the reference o
exceeding further twelve months as to sole
his own hands appoint. The parties hereto s
given their consent to the Arbitrator to mak
period referred to hereinabove and shall no
or protest thereto under any circumstances w
The arbitrator shall have power to order and

by, observe and perform all such directio
having regard to the matters in differen
arbitrator shall have all summary powers an
/ or documentary, as the arbitrator in his ab
be entitled to exercise all powers under th
admission of any affidavit as evidence conc
dispute before him.
d) The parties against whom the arbitration proc

to say, the Respondents in the proceedings,
claim, counter-claim or set off before the Ar
issue arising out of or in relation to the Ag
reference of arbitration to the Managing Dir
or set off before the Arbitrator shall be ent
same as if the matters arising therefrom has
deemed to form part of the reference made b
e) The arbitrator shall be at liberty to appoin

engineering or other technical person to assis
taken.
f) The arbitrator shall have power to make one

otherwise in respect of the dispute and di
entitled to make separate awards in respect
parties.
d) The arbitrator shall be entitled to direct any o

the other party in such manner and to such
discretion determine and shall also be entitled
deposit funds in such proportion to meet the ar
upon to do so.
Page 127 of 128

Page 182 of 1178
Page 128
h) The parties hereby agree that the courts in the

jurisdiction to entertain any application or
anything arising under this agreement and any
Arbitrator hereunder shall be filed in the conc
only.
All disputes, actions and proceedings arising out
jurisdictions of the courts in the city of Golaghat
11.
Clause no. 111.0)
Jurisdiction
12.
Annexure 2,3,4&6
Proforma
for The Annexures are modified to the extent as mentioned
Bank Guarantee
The addressee of the Bank Guarantee shall be
Numaligarh Refinery Limited,

Numaligarh Refinery Complex,
Dist. : Golaghat,
Assam,
Pin 785 699
The address of the Registered Office of Numa
as follows :
147, Udayan, RG Baruah Road
Guwahati 781 005
Page 128 of 128

Page 183 of 1178
MODIFICATION OF GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
ANNEXURE - 7
The following clauses of GCC are modified to the extent as mentioned below :
Sl. No
Clause No
Item
Modification
1.
(Clause no. 2.3)
Water Supply
The Clause is modified to the extent as mentioned below :
Water shall be Free Issue.
2.
(Clause no. 2.4.1)
Power Supply
Power / Electricity Charges: Rs. 4.95 (Rupees four and paise ninety five only)
per KWH.
3.
(Clause no. 6.1)
Earnest Money The Clause is modified to the extent as mentioned below :
The Earnest Money Deposit shall be in favour of Numaligarh Refinery Limited,
Deposit
Numaligarh.
4.
(Clause no. 21.0)
Force Majeure The following sentence shall be added to the clause

The CONTRACTOR shall keep records of the circumstances leading to delays
Clause
or failure of performance and bring this to the notice of Engineer-in-Charge in
writing immediately on such occurrences.
5.
(Clause no. 24.0)
CONTRACTOR
to obtain his
own
information
6.
(Clause no. 25.0)
Security
Deposit
Page 184 of 1178
The following para shall be added to the clause

The CONTRACTORs attention is drawn towards various notifications and laws in
force for use of Forest Products like sand, stone, timber etc. regarding payment of
Royalty to the Government of Assam. The CONTRACTOR will have to obtain
necessary permit from the local District Forest Officer after payment of royalty
applicable at that time. The owner shall facilitate the CONTRACTOR by way of issue
of letters to the various Government Agencies in order to enable the CONTRACTOR
to get the Forest Produce on payment of royalty.
Mobilisation advance may be paid against a composite bank guarantee of an
equivalent amount to cover Mobilisation advance as well as retention amount
of 7.5% against security deposit, provided initial security deposit of 2.5% on
the amount of the contract value is furnished. Such bank guarantee should be
issued as per format enclosed as Annexure -6 to GCC.
7.
(Clause no. 28.0)
Extension
Time
8.
Clause no. 29.1)
Compensation
for Delay
The Clause is modified to the extent as mentioned below

Liquidated damage for delay in completion shall be charged equal to 1 % or
part thereof on the amount of the contract value for every week subject to
maximum of 10% of the contract value.
9.
Clause no. 106.0)
Labour Laws

The CONTRACTOR will comply with the provisions of the following act and
indemnify the company against all claims, which may arise out of the
following Acts, & Rules framed thereunder:
i)
The Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act,
ii)
The Minimum Wages Act.
iii)
The Workman's Compensation Act.
iv)
The Payment of Wages Act,
v)
The Payment of Bonus Act,
vi)
The Employees Provident Fund & Misc. Provisions Act,
vii)
Family Pension Scheme,
viii) Inter State Migrant Workmen (Regulation of Employment &
Condition of Service) Act,
or any other acts or statute not hereinabove specifically mentioned having bearing
over engagement of workers directly or indirectly for execution of work.
10.
(Clause no. 110.0 )
Arbitration
The Arbitration clause as appearing in the GCC shall be amended as follows :
Page 185 of 1178
of The Clause is modified to the extent as mentioned below :

Until a final decision is taken by the owner on the application of the
CONTRACTOR for extension of time on any ground, a provisional time
extension may be given by Engineer-in-charge in order to keep the contract
alive without prejudice towards the rights, claims, contentions of the owner to
take action against the CONTRACTOR as per terms of the contract.
Provisional penalty (percentage as decided by the engineer-in-charge) for
delay shall be levied during provisional time extension period and the amount
shall be recovered from the subsequent Running Bills and other bills & dues of
the CONTRACTOR.
Clause
a)
b)
Page 186 of 1178
Any dispute or difference of any nature whatsoever, any claim, crossclaim, counter-claim or set off of the Company against the CONTRACTOR
or regarding any right, liability, act, omission on account of any of the
parties hereto arising out of or in relation to his agreement shall be
referred to the sole Arbitration of the Managing Director of the Company
or of some officer of the Company who shall be nominated by the
Managing Director. The CONTRACTOR will not be entitled to raise any
objection to any such arbitrator on the ground that the arbitrator is an
Officer of the Company or that he has dealt with the matters to which the
contract relates or that in the course of his duties as an Officer of the
Company he had expressed views on all or any other matters in dispute or
difference. In the event of the arbitrator to whom the matter is originally
referred, being transferred or vacating his office or being unable to act for
any reason, the Managing Director as aforesaid at the time of such
transfer, vacation of office or inability to act may in the discretion of the
Managing Director designate another person to act as arbitrator in
accordance with the terms of the agreement to the end and intent that the
original Arbitrator shall be entitled to continue the arbitration proceedings
not withstanding his transfer or vacation or office as an Officer of the
Company if the Managing Director does not designate another person to
act as arbitrator on such transfer, vacation of office or inability of original
arbitrator. Such persons shall be entitled to proceed with the reference
from the point at which it was left by his predecessor. It is also a term of
this contract that no person other than the Managing Director or a person
nominated by such Managing Director of the Company as aforesaid shall
act as arbitrator, hereunder. The award of the arbitrator so appointed
shall be final conclusive and binding on all parties to the agreement
subject to the provisions of the Arbitration Act, 1940 or any statutory
modification or re-enactment thereof and the rules made thereunder for
the time being in force shall apply to the arbitration proceedings under this
clause.
The award shall be made in writing and published by the Arbitrator within
two years after entering upon the reference or within such extended time
not exceeding further twelve months as to sole Arbitrator shall by a writing
under his own hands appoint. The parties hereto shall be deemed to have
irrevocably given their consent to the Arbitrator to make and publish the
award within the period referred to hereinabove and shall not be entitled to
raise any objection or protest thereto under any circumstances
whatsoever.
c)
The arbitrator shall have power to order and direct either of the parties to
abide by, observe and perform all such directions as the arbitrator may
think fit having regard to the matters in difference i.e. dispute before him.
The arbitrator shall have all summary powers and may take such evidence
oral and / or documentary, as the arbitrator in his absolute discretion
thinks fit and shall be entitled to exercise all powers under the Arbitration
Act, 1940 including admission of any affidavit as evidence concerning the
matter in difference i.e. dispute before him.
d) The parties against whom the arbitration proceedings have been initiated,
that is to say, the Respondents in the proceedings, shall be entitled to
prefer a cross-claim, counter-claim or set off before the Arbitrator in
respect of any matter an issue arising out of or in relation to the Agreement
without seeking a formal reference of arbitration to the Managing Director
for such counter-claim, cross or set off before the Arbitrator shall be
entitled to consider and deal with the same as if the matters arising
therefrom has been referred to him originally and deemed to form part of
the reference made by the Managing Director.
e) The arbitrator shall be at liberty to appoint, if necessary any accountant or
engineering or other technical person to assist him and to act by the opinion
so taken.
f) The arbitrator shall have power to make one or more awards whether
interim or otherwise in respect of the dispute and difference and in
parti cular will be entitled to make separate awards in respect of claims or
cross-claims of the parties.
Page 187 of 1178
d) The arbitrator shall be entitled to direct any one of the parties to pay the
costs of the other party in such manner and to such extent as the arbitrator
may in his discretion determine and shall also be entitled to require one or
both the parties to deposit funds in such proportion to meet the arbitrators
expenses whenever called upon to do so.
11.
Clause no. 111.0)
Jurisdiction
12.
Annexure 2,3,4&6
Proforma
Bank
Guarantee
h) The parties hereby agree that the courts in the city of Golaghat alone shall
have jurisdiction to entertain any application or other proceedings in respect
of anything arising under this agreement and any award or awards made by
the Sole Arbitrator hereunder shall be filed in the concerned courts in the city
of Golaghat only.
All disputes, actions and proceedings arising out of this contract shall be under
the jurisdictions of the courts in the city of Golaghat only.
for The Annexures are modified to the extent as mentioned below :
The addressee of the Bank Guarantee shall be as follows :
Numaligarh Refinery Complex,
Dist. : Golaghat,
Assam,
Pin 785 699
The address of the Registered Office of Numaligarh refinery shall be
amended as follows :
147, Udayan, RG Baruah Road
Guwahati 781 005
Page 188 of 1178
ANNUXERE-1
PROFORMA OF AGREEMENT
A G R E E M E N T
CONTRACT
AGREEMENT
FOR
THE WORK OF
..
. . .. Dtd.., 2006 (Two
Thousand Six) BETWEEN M/s .., in the town of
hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR (which term shall unless excluded by or repugnant to
the subject or context include its successors and permitted assignees) of the one part and the NUMALIGARH REFINERY
LIMITED, hereinafter called the OWNER (which term shall, unless excluded by or repugnant to the subject or context include its
successors and assignees) of the other part.
WHEREAS
The OWNER being desirous of having provided and executed certain works mentioned, enumerated or referred to in the tender
documents including Letter Inviting Tender General Tender Notice, General Conditions of CONTRACT, Special Conditions of
CONTRACT, Specifications, Drawings, Plans, Time Schedule of Completion of Jobs, Schedule of Rates, Agreed Variations, other
documents has called for Tender.
The CONTRACTOR has inspected the site and surroundings of the works specified in the tender documents and has satisfied
himself by careful examination before submitting his tender as to the nature of the surface, strata, soil, sub-soil and ground, the form
and nature of site and local conditions, the quantities, nature and magnitude of the work, the availability of labour and materials
necessary for the execution of work, the means of access to site, the supply of power and water thereto and the accommodation he
may require and has made local and independent enquiries and obtained complete information as to the matters and things
referred to, or implied in the tender documents or having any connection therewith, and has considered the nature and extent of all
probable and possible situations, delays, hindrances or interference to or with the execution and completion of the work to be
carried out under the CONTRACT, and has examined and considered all other matters, conditions and things and probable and
possible contingencies, and generally all matters incidental thereto and ancillary thereof affecting the execution and completion of
the work and which might have influenced him in making his tender.
The tender documents including the notice letter inviting tender, general conditions of CONTRACT, special conditions of
CONTRACT, schedule of rates, general obligations, specifications, drawings, plans, time schedule of completion of jobs, letter of
acceptance of tender and any statement of agreed variations with its enclosures copies of which are hereto annexed form part of
this CONTRACT though separately set out herein and are included in the expression CONTRACT wherever herein used.
AND WHEREAS
The OWNER accepted the Tender of the CONTRACTOR for the provision and the execution of the said work at the rates stated in
the Schedule of Quantities of work and finally approved by OWNER (hereinafter called the Schedule of Rates) upon the terms and
subject to the conditions of CONTRACT.
NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSTH & IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED AS FOLLOWS :
In consideration of the payment to be made to the CONTRACTOR for the work to be executed by him, the CONTRACTOR hereby
covenants with the OWNER that, the CONTRACTOR shall and will duly provide, execute and complete the said works and shall do
and perform all other acts and things in the CONTRACT mentioned or described or which are to be implied there from or may be
reasonably necessary for the completion of the said works and at the said times and in the manner and subject to the terms and
conditions or stipulations mentioned in the CONTRACT.
In consideration of the due provision execution and completion of the said works, the OWNER does hereby agree with the
CONTRACTOR that the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the respective amounts for the work actually done by him and
Page 189 of 1178
approved by the OWNER at the Schedule of Rates and such other sum payable to the CONTRACTOR under provision of
CONTRACT, such payment to be made at such time in such manner as provided for in the CONTRACT.
AND
In consideration of the due provision, execution and completion of the said works the CONTRACTOR does hereby agree to pay
such sums as may be due to the OWNER for the services rendered by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR, such as power supply,
water supply and others as set for in the said CONTRACT and such other sums as may become payable to the OWNER towards
the controlled items of consumable materials or towards loss, damage to the OWNERs equipment, materials construction plant and
machinery, such payments to be made at such time and in such manner as is provided in the CONTRACT.
It is specifically and distinctly understood and agreed between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR that the CONTRACTOR shall
have no right, title or interest in the site made available by the OWNER for execution of the works or in the building, structures or
works executed on the said site by the CONTRACTOR or in the goods, articles, materials etc. brought on the said site (unless the
same specifically belongs to the CONTRACTOR) and the CONTRACTOR shall not have or deemed to have any lien whatever
charge for unpaid bills will not be entitled to assume or retain possession or control of the site or structures and the OWNER shall
have an absolute and unfettered right to take full possession of site and to remove the CONTRACTOR, their servants, agents and
materials belonging to the CONTRACTOR and lying on the site.
The CONTRACTOR shall be allowed to enter upon the site for execution of the works only as a licensee simpliciter and shall not
have any claim, right, title or interest in the site or the structures erected thereon and the OWNER shall be entitled to terminate such
licence at any time without assigning any reason.
The materials including sand, gravel, stone, loose earth, rock etc., dug up or excavated from the said site shall, unless otherwise
expressly agreed under this CONTRACT, exclusively belong to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall have no right to claim
over the same and such excavation and materials should be disposed off on account of the OWNER according to the instruction in
writing issued from time to time by the ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE.
In Witness whereof the parties have executed these presents in the day and the year first above written.
Signed and Delivered for &
on behalf of OWNER,
Signed and Delivered for &

on behalf of CONTRACTOR,
M/s
Date :
Place : NUMALIGARH
IN PRESENCE OF TWO WITNESSES
.
.
Date :
Place : NUMALIGARH
Page 190 of 1178
ANNEXURE-2
PROFORMA FOR BANK GUARANTEE FOR EAENEST MONEY DEPOSIT
Ref
Bank Gurantee No.
To,
Tarun Nagar, 4th Road,
Guwahati-781005
Dear Sir (s)
In accordance with letter inviting Tender under your reference No
M/s
having their Registered/Head office at .
..(hereinafter called the Tender) wish to participate in the said tender for ..
As an irrevocable bank Gurantee against Earnest Money Deposit for an amount of .. is required to be submitted
by the Tenderer as a condition precedent for participation in the said Tender which amount is liable to be forfeited on
the happening of any contingencies mentioned in the Tender Document.
We, the .Bank at having our Head office
. (Local Address) guarantee and undertake to pay
immediately on demand by Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. the amount without any
reservation, protest, demur and recourse. Any such demand made by Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. shall be conclusive
and binding on us irrespective of any dispute or difference raised by the Tenderer.
This gurantee shall be irrevocable and shall remain valid up to ... (this date should be 180 days
( One hundred & eighty days ) after the date finally set out for closing of tender.) If any further extension of this
guarantee is required, the same shall be extended to such required period on receiving instructions from M/s
on whose behalf this guarantee is issued.
In witness where of the Bank, through its authorized officer, has set its hand stamp on this .day of
. ..20at
WITNESS:
(SIGNATURE)
(NAME)
(OFFICAL ADDRESS)
Page 191 of 1178
(SIGNATURE)
(NAME)
Designation with Bank Stamp
Attorney as per
Power of Attorney No
Date. .
Annexure -3
PROFORMA OF BANK GURANTEE FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT
To
Lotus Tower, GS Road, Ganeshguri
Guwahati 781005
Dear Sirs:
M/s .. Have taken tender for the work of ..... for Numaligarh Refinery
Limited, Lotus Tower, GS Road, Ghy-5.
The tender conditions of contract provide that the Contractor shall pay a sum of Rs. (Rupees
) as initial/full security Deposit in the form there in mentioned. The form of payment of
security deposit includes guarantee executed by Nationalized Schedule A Bank, undertaking full responsibility to
indemnify Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. in case of default.
The said . has approached us and at their request and in consideration of the premises we
having our office at . have agreed to give such guarantee as hereinafter mentioned.
1.
We hereby undertake and agree with you that if default shall be made by M/s in performing any of
the terms and condition of the tender or in payment of any money payable to Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. We
shall on demand pay to you in such manner as you direct the said amount of Rupees only or such
portion thereof not exceeding the said sum as you from time to time require.
2.
You will have the full liberty without reference to us and without affecting this guarantee postpone for any time
or from time to time the exercise of any of the powers and rights conferred on you under the contract with the
said . and to enforce or to forebear from endorsing any powers or rights or by reason
of time being given to said which under law relating to the sureties would but for provision have the
effect of releasing us.
3.
Your right to recover the said sum of Rs. .. (Rupees .) from us

in manner aforesaid will not be affected or suspended by reason of the fact that any dispute or disputes have
been raised by the said M/s . and /or that any dispute or disputes are pending before any
officer, tribunal or court.
4.
The guarantee herein contained shall not be determined or affected by the liquidation or winding up
dissolution or changes of constitution or insolvency of the said, but shall in all respects and for all purposes
be binding and operative until payment of all money due to you in respect of such liabilities is paid.
Page 192 of 1178
5.
Our liability under this guarantee is restricted to (Rupees. ). Our guarantee shall remain
in force until .. unless a suit or action to enforce a claim under Guarantee is filled
against us within six months from (Which is date of expiry of guarantee) all your rights under the
said guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be relived and discharged from all liabilities thereunder.
6.
We have power to issue this guarantee in your favour under Memorandum and Articles of Association and
the undersigned has full power to do under the power of Attorney dated . granted to him by the
Bank.
Yours faithfully,
_____________ Bank
By its Constituted Attorney
Signature of a person duly

Authorized to sign on behalf
of the Bank.
Page 193 of 1178
ANNEXURE-4
GUARANTEE AGAINST ADVANCE PAYMENT
This Deed of Guarantee made this ________ day of __________ between _______________________
_________________________and wherever the context so required includes its successors and assignees
hereinafter called the Surety and M/s Numaligarh Refinery Limited an existing company within the companies Act,
1956, having its Registered Office at Lotus Tower, G.S. Road, Guwahati 781 005, Assam and wherever the context
so required includes its successors and assignees, hereinafter called the Owner.
Whereas M/s ________________________________a company Registered under the companies Act,1956 having
its Registered Office at ______________________ _________________(wherever applicable) and wherever the
context so requires includes its successors and assignees, hereinafter called the Contractor has undertaken to
.on the terms and conditions mentioned in the
a)
Letter of Intent No. ... dated ...

AND
b)
Agreement No. .dated ..referred to as the said contract.
And whereas the Owner has agreed to make an advance of Rs. ____________ (Rupees ____________
___________________________________) being ___% (percent) value of the order on _______________ as
provided in the contract as the said advance to the Contractor carrying no interest.
AND WHEREAS the Contractor has agreed with the Owner authorising him to deduct the said advance under the
terms of the said contract from the amount that becomes due and payable to the contractor as per the terms and
conditions described under the clause Terms and Conditions of payment of the Contract on proper execution of the
Contract.
Now this deed witnessth that in consideration of the said advance or any balance thereof made by the Owner to the
Contractor, the surety hereby GUARANTEES the payment of the said advance by the Contractor and undertakes to
pay the Owner on demand the said sum of Rs. .. subject to the following conditions.
a)
Surety hereby gives an irrevocable guarantee and declares that its liability under this bond shall extend to
the payment of the whole amount viz. Rs. _____________paid as advance as provided for the contract as
the said advance.
b)
This guarantee shall remain in force and effect so long as the said advance or any part thereof remains
outstanding and shall expire and become ineffectual only after the recovery of entire sum of Rs.
..covered by the Guarantee and upon intimation thereof being given by the Owner to the Surety,
in which event, the surety shall be discharged by the Owner.
c)
The Surety shall not be discharged or released from the Guarantee by any arrangement made between the
Owner and the Contractor with or without the consent of the Surety or by any alteration in the obligations of
the parties or by any indulgence forbearance, whether as to payment, performance or otherwise.
Page 194 of 1178
d)
The guarantee shall come into force the date of contract receives from the Owner the said advance.
e)
Notwithstanding anything stated above, the liability of the Surety under the Guarantee is restricted to Rs.
..(Rupees ..) and this guarantee will remain in force up to
.in the first instance. Further unless a claim or demand is made against the Surety within six
months from the date of expiry of this guarantee viz. all rights of the Owner under this guarantee shall
be forefited and the surety shall be released and discharged from all liability hereunder unless this guarantee
shall have been previously extended. However, if the contract for which this guarantee is given is not
completed or fully performed, the Surety (Bank) hereby agrees to further extend the Guarantee till such time
as is required to fulfill the contract.
Place :
Date :
Page 195 of 1178
Authorised Signatory of Banker
INDENTURE FOR SECURED ADVANCES
ANXURE -5
THIS INDENTURE made the .day of ..20

between . (hereinafter called
the Contractor which expression shall where the context so admits or implies be deemed to include his executors,
administrator and the assignees) of one part and Numaligarh Refinery Ltd, (hereinafter called the Numaligarh
Refinery Ltd. which expression shall where the context so admits or implies be deemed to include its successors in
office and assignees) of other part.
WHEREAS by an Agreement No .. dated .
(hereinafter .called the said agreement) the contractor' has agreed and WHEREAS the
Contractor has applied to the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. that he may be allowed advances on the security of materials
absolutely belonging to him and brought by him to site of the works, the subject of the said agreement for use in the
construction of such of the works as he has undertaken to execute at rates fixed for the finished work (inclusive of the
cost of materials and labour and other charges) and whereas the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd has agreed to advance to
the Contractor an amount upto Rs. .. (Rupees .
only)
on the security of the quantities and other particulars of the materials on the Security of which the . advance or
advances are made as detailed in the secured advance account forming account bill preferred from time to time and
signed by the Contractor for the said works.
NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESSTH that in pursuance of the said agreement and in consideration of amounts
aggregating to the sum of Rs. (Rupees
) only on or after the execution of these presents paid to the 'contractor
by the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. (The receipt where of the Contractor hereby acknowledge) Contractor both hereby
covenent and agreewith the Numaligarh Refmery Ltd and declare as follows:
1.
That the said sum aggregating to Rs. (Rupees ... only) so advanced by the
Numaligarh Refmery Ltd. to Contractor as aforesaid shall be employed by the Contractor in or towards
expediting the execution of the said work and for no other purpose whatsoever.
2. That the materials detailed in the said Running Account Bills which have been offered to and accepted by the
Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. as Security are absolutely the Contractor's own property, and free from
encumbrances of any kinds and the Contractor will not make any application for or receive a further advance on
the security of materials which are not absolutely his own property and free from encumbrances of any kind and
the Contractor hereby agrees to indemnify the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. against all claims to any materials in
respect of which an advance has been made to him as aforesaid.
3.
That the materials detailed in the said Running Account Bills (hereinafter called the said mate rials) shall be
used by the Contractor soley for the execution of the said works in accordance which the directions of the
Engineer-in-charge and in terms of the said agreement.
4.
That the contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate arrangements for the proper watch,
safe custody and protection against all risk of the said materials and that until used in construction as aforesaid
the said materials shall remain at the site of the said works in the Contractor's custody and on his own
responsibility and shall at all times be open to inspection, by the event of the said materials or any part thereof
Page 196 of 1178
being stolen, destroyed or damaged the Contractor will forthwith replace the same with other materials of like
quality or repair and make good the same as required by the Engineer-in-charge.
5.
That the said materials shall not on any account be removed from the site of the said works except with the
written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge or an officer authorised by him on that behalf.
6.
That the advance shall be repayble in full when or before the Contractor receives payment from the
Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. of the price payble of him or the said works under the terms and the provision of the
said agreement provided that if any intermediate payments are made to the Contractor on account of work
done then on the occasion of each such payments the Numa1igarh Refinery Ltd. will be at liberty to make
recovery from the Contractor's bill for such payment by deducting there from the value of the said materials
then actually used in the conclusion and in respect of which recovery has not been made previously the value
for this purpose being determined in respect of each description of materials at the rates at which the amounts
of the advances made under these presents were calculated.
7.
That if the Contractor shall at any time make any default in the performance or observance in any of the terms
and provisions of the said agreement the total amount of the advance or advances that may still be owing in
the-Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. together with the interest theron at Eighteen (18) percent per annum from the date
or repective dates of such advance or advances to the dates of repayment will with all costs, charges, damages
and expences incurred by the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. in the recovery thereof the security or otherwise by
reason of the default of the Contractor and the Contractor hereby covenants and agrees with the Numaligarh
Refinery Ltd. to repay and pay the same respectiveley to him accordingly.
8.
That the Contractor hereby gives charge of all the said materials for the repayment to the Numaligarh Refinery
Ltd. of the said sum aggregating to Rs. (Rupees only) and all costs, charges, damages and expenses
payble under these presents PROVIDED ALWAYS AND it is, hereby agreed and declared that notwithstanding
anything in the said agreement and without prejudice to the powers contained therein if and when ever the
money owing shall not be paid in accordance herewith, the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd may at any time thereafter
adopt all or any of the following courses as it may deem best.
(a)
Seize and utilise the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of the said works on behalf of the
Contractor is accordance with the Provisions in that behalf Contained in the said agreement debiting the
Contractor with the actual cost of effecting such completion and the amount due in respect of advances
under these presents and crediting the Contractor with the value of
work done as if he had carried it out in accordance with the said agreement and the rates thereby
provided. If the balance is against the Contractor he is to pay the same to Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. on
demand.
(b)
(c )
Remove and sell by the public auction the seized materials or any part thereof and out of the money
arising from the sales retain all the sums aforesaid repayable to the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd Under these
presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to the Contractor.
Deduct all or any part of the money owing out of the security deposits or any due sum to the Contractor
under the said agreement.
Page 197 of 1178
(9)
That in event of any conflict between the provisions of these presents and the said agreement the provisions of
the said agreement shall prevail and in the event of any dispute or difference arising over the construction or
effect of these presents the settlement of which has not been herein before expressly provide for, the same
shall be referred to arbitration as provide in the said agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF .. and Numaligarh Refinery Ltd. by the

order and under the directions of the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd have herein to set their respective hands the day and
year first above written.
Sined, sealed and delivered

By the said Contractor in the
Presence of
Witness:
Signed by the order and direction
Of the Numaligarh Refinery Ltd.
In the presence of
Signature :
Name
Address :
Signature :
Name
Address :
Witness:
Page 198 of 1178
ANNEXURE-6
TO,
4th Road, Tarun Nagar,
Guwahati- 781005.
Sub : COMPOSITE BANK GUARANTEE FOR
ADVANCE AND SECURITY DEPOSIT.
THIS UNDERTAKING made this day of .
by . (herein after called the Bank which expression shall include its successors and
assigns) in favour in NUMALIGARH REFINERY LTD. 4 th ROAD, TARUN NAGAR, GUWAHATI 781005, ASSAM
(herein after called the OWNER which expression shall include its successors and assigns).
WHEREAS NUMALIGARH REFINERY LIMITED a Govt. of India Enterprise, , 4 th Road,
Tarun Nagar, Guwahati 781005,Assam (hereinafter called the OWNER which expression shall include its/ his/
their successors and assigns / executors, administrators, representatives and assigns) has been awarded in contract
in terms, inter-alia, of the Owners letter of Work order Number . Dtd ..
for executing the (job) for .. at a total value of Rs . To M/S
(herein after called the Said Contract which expression shall include any formal contract
entered into subsequence thereto or in suppression thereof and all modifications to an amendments in the said
contract):
AND WHEREAS the Owner agreed to advanced the Contractor a
(Rupees . only) for utilization for the performance of the work covered by the said contract
(Hereinafter referred to as the said advance which expression shall include any and all further advance made by the
Owner to the Contractor with reference to the said contract) on production of an undertaking from a Bank in respect of
the said advance shall without prejudice to any other mode of recovery available to the Corporation be recoverable by
deduction from the gross accepted value of the Running Account Bills and Final Bill of the Contractor Commencing
with the First Running Account Bill.
AND WHEREAS the Contractor is also required to furnish an undertaking from a Bank in lieu of deposit of 10
% of the value of the Contract towards security deposit (hereinafter referred to as the Security Deposit) valid till the
end of the defect liability period as specified in the said contract.
AND WHEREAS the Owner has agreed to accept the single undertaking from a Bank to cover both the said advance
and the Security Deposit in the name & style of Composite Bank guarantee.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of premises a foregoing and at the request of the Contractor, the Bank hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the owner at Guwahati forthwith on first demand without protest
or demur or proof or condition any and all amounts demanded by the owner in writing from the Bank with reference to
this undertaking up to an aggregate limit of Rs (Rupees .. only).
And the bank doth hereby further agree as follows :I.
The owner shall have the fullest liberty without reference to the Bank and without affecting in any way the
liability of the Bank under this undertaking, at any time and / or from time to time to anywise vary the said
contract and / or any of the terms and conditions thereof the said advance and / or to extend time for
performance of the said contract and /or payment of the said advance in whole or part or to postpone for any
time and /or from time to time any of the said obligations of the contractor and either to enforce or for bear
Page 199 of 1178
II.
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
IX.
X.
from enforcing any of the terms and conditions of or governing the said contract and / or the said Advance, or
the securities, if any, or any of them available to the Owner and the bank shall not be released from its liability
under this presents and the liability of the Bank shall remain in full force and effect with notwithstanding any
exercise by the Owner of the liberty with reference to any or all the matters aforesaid or by reason of time
being given to the contractor or any other forbearance or omission on the part of the owner or any
indulgence, by the owner to the contractor or of any other act , matter or thing whatsoever which under any
law could (but for this provision) have the effect of releasing the Bank from its liability hereunder or any part
thereof.
It shall not be necessary for the Owner to proceed against the Contractor before proceeding against the Bank
and the undertaking herein contain shall be enforceable against the bank as Principal debtor notwithstanding
the existence of any security for any indebtedness of the Contractor to the Owner (including relative to the
said advance or for the Security Deposit) and not with standing that any such security shall at the time when
claims is made against the Bank or Proceedings taken against the Bank hereunder, be outstanding or
unrealised.
As between the Bank and the Owner for the purpose of this undertaking the amount claimed or demanded by
the Owner from the Bank with reference to this undertaking shall be final and binding upon the bank as to the
amount payable by the Bank to the Owner hereunder.
The liability of the Bank to the Owner under this undertaking shall remain in full force and effect
notwithstanding the existence of difference or dispute between the Contractor and the Owner, The Contractor
and the Bank and / or the Bank and the Owner or otherwise howsoever touching or affecting these presents
or the liability of the Contractor to the Owner, and notwithstanding the existence of any instructions or
purported instructions by the contractor or any other person to the Bank not to pay or for any cause with hold
or defer payment to the Corporation under these presents, with the intent that notwithstanding the existence
of such difference, dispute or instruction, the Bank shall be and remain liable to make payment to the Owner
in terms hereof.
This undertaking shall not be affected by any change in our constitution or that of the Contractor or the Owner
or any irregularity in the exercise of borrowing powers by or on behalf of the Contractor.
This undertaking shall be valid for all claims / demands made by the Owner to or upon us upto
.. provided that the Bank shall upon the written request of the Contractor
extended this guarantee by a further period.
The bank doth hereby declare that Shri .. who is the (designation) of the
Bank is authorised to sign this undertaking on behalf of the Bank and to bind the Bank thereby.
The Bank hereby agrees not to revoke the Bank guarantee during its currency except with the previous
consent of the Owner, in writing.
The Bank Guarantee is enforceable in the courts having jurisdiction over Guwahati, (Assam) only.
Not withstanding anything contained herein above our liability under this Guarantee is restricted to
Rs.. (Rupees ) only and it shall remain inforce upto & including
.. (date) unless a claim under this guarantee is made on or before . (date). All
your rights under the said guarantee shall be forfeited and we shall be released & discharged from all liability
there under, our undertaking shall commence from the date of execution.
Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of the Bank
Name
Designation ..
Seal
Page 200 of 1178

ASSAM, INDIA
SAFETY & SECURITY REGULATION

(GCC annexure no. 8)

Page 201 of 1178
INTRODUCTION
Safety in Hydrocarbon Industry such as Refineries, Marketing Installations and LPG

Bottling Plants like our s deserves utmost attention, as these are inherently hazardous. A
good number of contractor workmen are deployed in these sectors to carry out
maintenance, construction and other jobs and these are widely recognized as accident
prone activities. The analysis of the incidents / accidents in the Petroleum Sector reveals
that a large number of such incidents involve contractor workforce which in turn have
resulted in either causality, injury or property damage to owner or and contractor
personnel & property besides leading to operational interruptions and environmental
degradation.
The reasons for accidents are mainly due to unsafe act, unsafe working condition, lack
of training and awareness, inadequate safety management, equipment failure and poor
house keeping. It is seen that unsafe acts and unsafe conditions contribute approximately
88% and 10% of all accidents respectively. It is also said that a safe and alert worker is
safer in unsafe condition than an unsafe and un-alert worker in a safe condition. Most of
the accidents are caused due to inadequate safety management system; same needs to be
prevented.
In order to improve the safety levels in our Refinery Premises, the contractor safety is of
paramount and utmost importance and therefore a good contractor safety management
system must be in place. The Contractors management, supervisor, safety officers
therefore must ensure that all these rules and regulations of this Safety management
system are strictly enforced and monitored with the help and guidance of Owners
Engineer in charge / Safety officers so that precious lives and costly properties can be
saved.

Page 202 of 1178
CONTENTS
1.0
DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES
2.0
SAFETY MANAGEMENT
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
3.0
SAFETYY PRACTICES AT WORK PLACES

3.1
3.2
3.3
4.0
SAFE PRACTICES FOR INDIVIDUALS

HOUSE KEEPING
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
MAINTENANCE / CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
5.0
JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS

GATE ENTRY / EXIT PROCEDURE
WORK PERMIT SYSTEM
USE OF PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
INSPECTION / AUDIT
PENALTY FOR NON-COMPLIANCE
REPORTING FIRE / INCIDENT / ACCIDENT
SAFETY COMMITTEE MEETING
SAFETY TRAINING
EXCAVATION OF WORK
LADDERS AND SCAFFOLDS
VEHICLE MOVEMENT
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
WORK OVERHEAD / HOSTING EQUIPMENT
DEMOLITION
HANDLING & LIFTING EQUIPMENT
USE OF OWNERS EQUIPMENT
TEMPORARY OFFICE / SHED
STATUTORY / OISD GUIDELINES

Page 203 of 1178
1.0
DUTIES & RESPOSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTOR
Contractor should:
Make themselves and their employees aware of all the hazards; provide means and
organization to comply with the safety & health measures required at the workplace before
commencement of any job inside Refinery. Educate workmen about their duties at the
workplaces.
Implement safe methods and practices; deploy appropriate machinery, tools & tackles,
experienced supervisory personnel and skilled work force etc. required for execution.
Ensure inspection and certification of all tools being used. Remove defective tools
immediately.
Prepare a comprehensive and documented plan for implementation, monitoring and

reporting of Health, Safety & Environment (HSE) and implement after its approval.
Nominate / engaged qualified & trained Safety Engineers / Officers reporting to the Site
Incharge for supervision, co-ordination and liaison for the implementation of the safety
plans & procedures.
Ensure that only PPEs of the Owner approved type is used at work site. Arrange suitable
facilities in liaison with the Owner for drinking water, toilets, lighting, etc applicable as per
Laws / Legislation at site.
Ensure strict compliance with work permit system after ensuring that all safety precautions
/ conditions in the permit are complied with and closing the same after job completion.
Arrange for fire protection equipment as per the advice of owner.
Ensure that its employees have completed appropriate health and safety training as required
by the statute / regulation and also as per requirements of the Owner / Consultant. The
documentation of such training imparted to all its employees should be maintained and
produced for verification as required.
Ensure that workers have proper training for their job assignments, including use of
appropriate PPE and first aid fire fighting equipment.
Report each incident and / or injury in accordance with established procedures and assist in
investigation. To maintain accident & nearmiss record in a register
Conduct daily inspections to ensure compliance with safety standards, codes, regulations,
rules and orders applicable to the work concerned. Arrange daily toolbox meeting and
regular site safety meetings and maintain records.
Attend training and ensure participation of his workers for training as per schedule arranged
by the Owner / Consultant and keeps himself updated.

Page 204 of 1178
Keep records of number of persons working at the site. Also keep a constant liaison with
EIC / Owners representative on safety issues.
2.0
SAFETY MANAGEMENT
2.1
JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS
Job safety analysis provides the Contractor, Safety Officer or Supervsior a mechanism to
take a detailed look at the individual task how it is performed and what are its inherent hazards
and then take prevntive actions accordingly. Contractor must do the exercise for all critical
activities and submit it to Owners EIC for approval before taking up a Job. A job safety analysis
includes the following five steps:
Select a Job
Break the Job down into sequence of steps
Indentify the hazards against each step
Apply the Control to the hazards
Evaluate the controls
2.2
GATE ENTRY / EXIT PROCEDURE & TRAINING
Being a major chemical hazard industry restriction of men and materials to Refinery and
Terminal operations are very essential both for safety and security point of view. Therefore on
award of a contract and prior to commencement of work the contractor must do all the formalities
to get entry pass and must show identity/gate pass at entry point. All the persons must carry gate
pass all the time while in Factory premises which may be checked by Owners representatives or
CISF at any time.
The present gate pass system for Contractor / Supervisors / Workmen / Vendors / Visitors
has been divided in following groups:
1.
Permanent Photo Gate Pass :
a.
b.
Modality : Issued to those workmen, who have been deployed for one month or more.
Validity : Initial for a maximum period of 03 month, which may then be extended further
on recommendation from NRL EIC.
Format : Printed format available with CISF.
Signatories (in sequence) : Signature by holder, Contractor, NRL EIC, P&A, CISF.
Necessary documents :
c.
d.
e.
Completely filled up format along with sign and seal of all signatories
Two copies of recent passport photographs.
Residential Proof
Proof of Fire Training taken in NRL F&S Deptt.

Page 205 of 1178
f.
Documents considered as Residential Proof :
2.
Temporary Gate Pass :
a.
b.
Modality : Issued to those workmen, who have been deployed for less than one month.
Validity : Initial for a maximum period of 15 days, which may then be extended further
for maximum 15 days on recommendation from NRL EIC.
Format : Soft Copy of format available in NRL P&A.
Signatories (in sequence) : Signature by holder, Contractor, NRL EIC, P&A, CISF.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
c.
d.
e.
4.
PRC (issued by District / Sub Division Authority.

Certificate issued by Village Head / Municipality Board Head, verified by Police Authority.
Pass Port / Pan Card / Driving License / Voter Identity Card
a.
b.
Completely filled up format (both gate pass format and bio-data format) along with sign
and seal of all signatories
Two copies of recent passport photographs.
Residential Proof
Proof of Fire Training taken in NRL F&S Deptt.
3.
PRC (issued by District / Sub Division Authority).

Certificate issued by Village Head / Municipality Board Head, verified by Police Authority.
Pass Port / Pan Card / Driving License / Voter Identity Card
All documents applicable in Permanent Pass.

Village / Town Head certification
Special Temporary Pass :
Modality : Issued to Executives of outside agency who visit NRL on temporary assignment.
Validity : Initial for a maximum period of 15 days, which may then be extended further for
maximum 15 days on recommendation from NRL EIC.
Format : Soft Copy of format available in NRL P&A.
Signatories (in sequence) : Signature by NRL EIC, P&A, CISF.
Completely filled up format along with sign and seal of all signatories.
Photocopy of Identity Card from concerned organization attested by NRL EIC, or recent
Pass port size Photograph.
Temporary Group Pass :

Page 206 of 1178
a.
Modality : Group passes are issued whenever larger number of contractors workers are
required for plant overhaul and other short duration big jobs like mass concreting.
Validity : for 2 / 3 days on recommendation from NRL EIC.
Requirement : (i) List of all workmen along with their address (permanent and present
address) and recent photographs (ii) undertaking from contractor (forwarded by NRL EIC),
taking all responsibility of activities of the workmen.
Signatories (in sequence) : Signature by Contractors representative, NRL EIC, P&A &
CISF.
b.
c.
d.
5.
Vehicle Pass for Contractors: Refer clause 4.3.1
6.
Special permission for holidays / Sundays / Night:
Modality: Special permission is required for working on holidays / Sunday / nights. For
this, request letter, routed through NRL EIC & P&A, is to be initiated by the concerned
contractor to CISF.
7.
Material / Equipment Entry and exit:
Entry / Exit of material or equipment brought by the Contractor will be allowed through the
designated Gate as per procedure and policy of the company. In general, for any material /
equipments brought inside the Refinery by the Contractors the challan must be endorsed at the
designated Gate by Security Staff (CISF) and then taken to the authorized Representative of the
Owner for checking before it is taken to site or put to use. While taking out the materials out of
the Refinery, the same has to be certified by the same authorized Representative of Owner and
the material gate pass along with stamped challan indicating cross reference to the gate pass will
be handed over to security person at the designated Gate. Security Section will keep a record of
Contractors men who enter the Refinery and keep P&A informed. The Security Staff will check
Contractors vehicles including cars at the Gate.
2.3
WORK PERMIT SYSTEM
The Work Permit System is an important tool for ensuring safety in Hydrocarbon
Processing & Handling Installations like Refinery, Marketing Terminals, LPG Bottling Plant, etc.
For the safety of the personnel, machineries & plants, a safe and user friendly Work Permit
System has been formulated in line with OISD & other statutory guidelines. If a work has to be
performed by any person other than the operating personnel of that area, a duly authorized written
permit shall be obtained by the executing agency before commencement of work. Such Permit is
valid only for a specific job for a specific period. Every Contractor must comply with this Work
Permit System without fail. If a work has to be performed by any person other than the operating
personnel in that area, a duly authorized written Permit must be obtained by the person / agency
executing the job before commencement of work. Since several maintenance & construction jobs
are carried out with assistance from Contractors, it is essential to provide sufficient exposure to
contractors, their supervisor and workmen about this Permit System. Work Permits are normally
not issued directly to any Contractor.
In generals NRL has the following system of permits.
a)
Hot Work Permit: Combined for hot job and confined space entry

Page 207 of 1178
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
Cold work permit

Excavation permits
Working at height
Radiography permits
Electrical lock out permit
Road excavation permits
Mobile material handling equipment permit
If required contractor has to prepare and submit job safety plan for special nature of job
along with the permit which are to be approved by EIC and Fire and Safety deptt. It is normally
the contractors responsibility to fulfill the conditions of permit like keeping/wearing PPEs,
Harness and life lines , gas detector , Portable fire extinguishers, spray nozzles, Fire hoses etc.,
however owner may also supply the same and if feel necessary may be charged also.
For the entire jobs, permits are to be taken as per owners prescribed format and procedure
and must be initiated & get it signed by Owners designated representatives and other depts. as
per procedure. Contractors working within Refinery without valid work permit or violating
condition of permit may be panelized and shall be removed from the approved list of company
contractors.
2.3.1
Special notes:
Before starting any work, contractor must obtained work permit.
Extension of permit must be taken in advance if job is to be executed further.
The conditions of permit must be satisfied at all the time.
For obtaining permit contractor must send qualifie d person/supervisor for taking permit
who has sufficient knowledge about the job.
The work permit is to be kept in the actual work site during execution.
The Owner representative may any time check the permit and permit conditions and has the
authority to stop the job.
All the jobs must be stopped on hearing the siren, which are mentioned in the other clauses
as per emergency procedure. And in such cases again fresh permissions are to be taken for
restarting the job after normalcy.
Electricity driven appliances such as drills, grinders, etc. require a permit before they are to
be used in plants, refinery roads, etc.
In case of diesel generating sets are required to be used for any particular work, the
contractor shall arrange for necessary, certificate for uses from Govt. Elect. Inspector. The
wiring of DG set shall be with Double earthling ELCB and approved by NRL EIC.
2.4
USE OF PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS:

Page 208 of 1178
The Personal Protective Equipments (PPE) are used at work site to reduce risk of
dangerous occurrences and provide a physical barrier between the user and the hazard. It is of
course of primary importance that Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) are carefully selected
before procurement and then maintained. Improper selection, use and maintenance can only cause
danger to the life of the user. All personnel using PPEs should be thoroughly trained about the
right use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), its upkeepment and maintenance by the
Contractor. If required, guidance from Owners representatives should be taken. PPEs are two
types - Non-respiratory Personal Protective Equipment & Respiratory Personal Protective
Equipment. The Contractor should follow the following guidelines.
It is the prime responsibility of the Contractor to supply all PPEs to his workmen and strict
adherence of the compliance of the same at the work place. He cannot allow his worker to
perform job without using the requisite PPE for the job. Owner may issue any of these
PPEs to Contractor, if available, on chargeable basis.
All the PPE should be of BIS Standard or equivalent International standard. All PPEs like
Safety Helmet, Safety Shoe, Boiler Suit, Safety Belt, Harness, Gloves, Chemical suit,
Mask, Welding goggles, Eye shield, Ear plug, Ear muff, BA apparatus, Life line, Mask for
Toxic Gases should be procured as per this standard and supplied to his worker.
Contactor should also ensure that these PPEs are replaced as per guidelines.
A register for issue of PPEs to the workers is to be maintained by the contractor at site
which may be checked by owners representatives.
Certain PPE like helmet, Safety Shoe and Boiler suit will be checked at Main Entry and
Owner will stop entry of such persons who are not having these PPEs.
Contractor should take advice from owner the probable requirement of PPE s for a specific
job before quoting or submitting his tender.
The contractor has to train his persons about the usage of PPEs.
Owner may check the quality of the PPEs supplied by the contractor to his workers through
competent persons. Owner may also stop work and impose penalty to the Contractor for not
using PPEs by their employees.
2.5
INSPECTION / AUDIT
Inspection / Audit is a tool to evaluate compliance of all safety requirements inside our
Refinery Premises. Most of the relevant information can be gathered through site inspection using
ready-made checklists to ensure that the Contractors are following the rules and regulations at
work site. Contractors are therefore required to develop checklists in consultation with Owners
EIC & Safety Officers. Before starting a job and at regular interval thereafter, Contractors
supervisor and Owners representative should inspect as per the checklist and take appropriate
action in case of non-compliance.
2.6
PENALTY FOR NON-COMPLIANCE

Page 209 of 1178
In order to ensure 100% compliance of safety related regulations and procedures and nonuse of PPE, penalty will be imposed on the Contractors or their Workmen not adhering to permit
conditions / safety rules & regulations. The Contractors must endeavour to avoid penalty by
encouraging, motivating and making their employees aware about all the Safety regulations.
Remember that the purpose of this scheme is to ensure safety of the personnel & property. A few
of the non-compliances are as under:
Non-usage of PPEs / Safety Belt

Violation of safety permit conditions
Non-barricading of area
Working without valid work permit
Unauthorized road closure
The Penalties on the Contractor or their workmen may be in the form of:
Warning
Seizure of Gate Pass
Denying Entry / Entry Pass renewal

Compulsory Training at Contractors cost
Delisting
2.
Owners authorized representatives will report such violations to the concerned

departmental head for imposing necessary penalty.
The above penalties shall be double in case of violations more than 3 times during
the contractual period for a particular contract.
8.
Imposing any penalties for violation of HSE norms does not absolve the
Contractors from their contractual obligation / responsibility.
9.
Contractors shall own full responsibility for any accident and injury to any of their
employees or property due to violation of HSE norms.
10.
All such financial Penalties imposed on Contractors shall be considered for

evaluation of Contractors performance for tendering.
2.6.1
Sl
1
2
3
4
5
ANNEXURE - I - FINANCIAL DETERRENCE FOR NON-COMPLIANCE

Non-compliance Safety Regulations
Non-use of PPE like Helmet / Safety shoes / Etc.
Working without valid work permit (Cold work)
Hot work without proper permit / clearance
Non-use ELCB, Use of non-standard socket, poor cable joint,
laying wire / cables on roads, electrical jobs by incompetent
person, use of more than 24V power in confined space.
Working at height without safety belt, using non-standard
scaffolding and not arranging fall protection arrangement.
Penalty
Rs. 100/day/ item / person
Rs. 500/ per occasion
Rs 1000/ per occasion
Rs.500/ per item per day
Rs. 300/ per case per day

Page 210 of 1178
Handling of compressed gas cylinders without trolley, jubilee

clips, double gauge regulator & improper storage & handling.
Non fencing / barricading of excavated areas
Use of domestic LPG for cutting purpose
Not providing shoring / strutting / proper slope and dumping
at a place other than designated ones.
Over speeding / rash driving, (> 25Km/Hr) or wrong parking.
Non-provision of fire fighting eqpt as per permit conditions.
Unauthorized Road closure/ blockage.
Non-deployment of safety supervisor / supervisor responsible
for safety at work site.
Poor Housekeeping
Failure to comply any safety conditions as per job safety plan.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
2.6.2
ANNEXURE II : FORM FOR INTIMATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
TO
NAME OF THE CONTRACTOR
DATE & TIME OF VIOLATION
AREA / LOCATION / UNIT
DETAILS OF VOILATION
5.
Sl
Description of violation (Pl indicate the

penalty clause no)
Rs. 200/ per item per day

Rs. 500/ per occasion
Rs. 500/- per occasion
Rs. 500/- per item per day
Rs. 500/-per week
Rs. 500/- per day
: EIC / HOD
:
:
:
:
Penalty
Remarks
1
2
Name:
2.7
Signature:
Date:
REPORTING UNSAFE ACTS/CONDITIONS/FIRE/

ACCIDENT / INJURIES / HAZARDS ETC
INCIDENT
If the Contractors employee notices any oil leak, fire or hazard or any other abnormal
situation including unsafe acts and conditions he should immediately report to owners
representatives.
Also Refer emergency procedure clauses 3.3
2.7.1
Hazard communication including fire reporting and control:
Contractor must familiarize themselves about all probable sources of hazards like Fire,
Explosion or Toxic release inside the Refinery & Marketing Terminal. He in turn will also ensure
that the same information has been passed to his supervisor and workmen. Proper record of such
dissemination of information must be kept by the Contractor and submit to the Engineer In charge
on demand.
2.7.2
Action by person noticing Fire / Emergency situation are as under:

Page 211 of 1178
1.
Attempt to extinguish fire with equipment available.
2.
Inform NRL personnel immediately available in the job / unit.
3.
Operate Fire Alarm (MCP) and / or inform Fire Station on telephone No.333/444 giving
specific information like identity of caller, location of fire/incident, other site information
like road blocked, etc. for ensuring earliest arrival of fire crew & equipment.
2.7.3
Reporting Accident / Injuries and Records :
According to the Factory & Other Acts, any workman sustaining an injury in the Refinery
and then absenting himself from work from more than 48hours, his accident report is to be
sent to the Government authorities. To comply with this regulation, it is the responsibility
of the Contractor to inform immediately to Owners representative regarding the accident,
which may occur to his employee while working in the Refinery premises.
If any Contractor employee is referred to an outside hospital as a result of an injury

suffered by him and whether hospitalization is required or not, the Contractor will keep
Owner posted on day to day basis about the condition of the injured person. Contractors to
maintain proper records of Accidents of his personnel.
Any injury must be reported to the Occupational Health Centre (OHC) and EIC
immediately. Also Contractor must fill in the First Information Report (FIR) within 4 hours
from the incident and the accident investigation Report (AIR) within 24 hours of the
incident.
Contractors are also required to submit the safety statistics like accident / incident /
injuries for the last 3 consecutive years for the various jobs executed by them in
various work sites along with tender.
2.7.4
FIRST AID / TREATMENT OF INJURIES:
In the event of any injury sustained by any of Contractors employees within Refinery &
Marketing Terminal Premises, it should be informed in 222/3700. The Contractor should
ensure that FIRST- Aid should be immediately made available to the victim.
Facilities for treatment of injuries (FIRST AID) are available at all times at the company
Occupational Health Center. Injuries should be treated with a minimum of delay.
Contractors are to follow the advice given by the Occupational Health Centre for the
subsequent treatment.
Contractor shall arrange expenses for Medical treatment including charges during
hospitalization of Contractors Personnel.
2.8
SAFETY COMMITTEE MEETING:
To maintain awareness, update training, convey important safety and health information,
Safety Meetings should be held at a periodic interval. The Contractor, their Supervisors & Safety
supervisors, should attend such meetings. The Owners Supervisor / EIC and Safety Officers may

Page 212 of 1178
also attend these meetings at random basis. The Contractors should maintain record of these
meetings. Following three types of safety meetings should be held.
2.8.1
2.8.2
2.8.3
Tool Box Meeting

Site Safety Committee Meeting
Periodic Safety Review Meeting
2.8.1
Toolbox meeting
To maintain awareness, update training and convey important safety and health
information, contractor supervisors should conduct toolbox meetings at site prior to start of work.
All Contractor workmen should attend this meeting. The Owners Supervisor / EIC & Safety
Officers may also attend this meeting. The frequency of Toolbox meeting is to be decided based
on the circumstances.
2.8.2
The Safety Committee should include representatives from Owner, Consultant &
Contractor and it should be headed by EIC. The purpose of this Committee is to enable Owner &
Contractor to monitor Site safety to prevent accidents and improve working condition. Its size &
membership will depend on the size and nature of job. Owners EIC / Safety Officer will guide in
this matter.
The Safety Committee should have monthly meeting and the outcome of these meetings should
be documented. The functions carried out by safety committee should include:
i.
ii.
iii.
2.8.3
Review compliance status of pending items of last Safety meetings.

Discussion on incident / accident / near-miss reports to make appropriate recommendation
for prevention. Examination / evaluation of suggestions made by workmen.
Forward recommendation to Apex Body for consideration / approval.
Safety Review Meeting
This meeting is generally be headed by the Location head and attended by Owners
Supervisor / EIC / Safety Officer and may be by all concerned department heads. Prime purpose
of this review is to ensure that all the recommendations of various committees are being complied
with. The frequency of the meeting is at least once in every quarter. All the investigation reports /
audit findings with status of implementation shall be discussed.
2.9
SAFETY TRAINING
F&S Training is mandatory for all Contractor employees for getting a entry pass and also
before start of any work inside the Refinery Premises.
a
Training of Contractors Proprietor, Partners, Directors, etc:
The Proprietors, Partners, Directors of the Contractors who have ultimate responsibility to
carry out the work must undergo a comprehensive safety familiarization programme.

Page 213 of 1178
This programme would be conducted once in a quarter by Fire & Safety / Training &
Development Section the schedule of which will normally be notified in advance.
On complete ion of the programme a certificate of Attendance / Safety training card will be
issued to each participants which will be required for issue of Entry pass.
Supe rvisors Training:
Contractors supervisor will have to undergo 2 days training on Health, Safety and
Environment (HSE) in Refinery followed by one day training on Work Permit Systems.
On 3rd day a test will be held which may be consisting of written exam, viva or both.
HSE training card would be issued on the last day of the month to the supervisors who
successfully qualify these tests. Training card issued would be valid for 1 year.
Workmens Training:
Contractors workmen will have to undergo one days classroom and practical training on
Safety in operation before commencement of the job.
On completion of Training, Certificate of Attendance would be issued by F&S Section.
The Certificate of Attendance would remain valid for a period of one year. However, the
same may be required for rectification with the same procedure if the workman is found
violating any safety norms or indulging any unsafe act.
Entry pass would be issued on production of valid certificate only.
Refresher Training:
Supervisors / workmen will be required to undergo refresher training from time to time as
decided by Fire & Safety Section. The coverage & methodology of Refresher Training would be
same as the initial training.
2.10 MEDICAL CERTIFICATE

Contractor will ensure that workers including Supervisors are medically examined by a
certified surgeon / Occupational Health Physician having qualification of MBBS+AFIH as per
Assam Factories Rule, 1960 or any competent physician before deployment on the job. Only
medically sound person as certified by above medical practitioner would be allowed to do the job.
Workmen deployed on high risk jobs like working in confined space, working at height, working
under water, etc. must also be additionally certified for such jobs.
The medical certificates older than more than 6 months will not be accepted.
Health Assurance certificates submitted by the Contractors would be checked at random by the
Refinery medical officers.
3.0
SAFETY PRACTICES AT WORK PLACES:
3.1
SAFE PRACTICES FOR INDIVIDUALS

Page 214 of 1178
Refinery being a highly hazardous industry it is mandatory that the Contractors employees
follow all applicable safe practices and confine to the work place only and neither move from
their job site nor loiter around the Refinery operating and other Units. They will not be allowed to
relax or sleep in the operating units even in the period of work breaks. It is Contractors
responsibility to explain all the safety regulations / instructions to his employees. All the
Contractors and their employees must ensure the following.
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
General Loss Control Rules

Hazard Communication
Movement Inside Refinery
Dos & Donts
3.1.1
General Loss Control Rules:
Numaligarh Refinery have some general Loss control rules, which will be reviewed after a
periodic interval. All concerned should obey these Loss Control Rules.
1.
Every employee / visitor / contractor / contractor employee must observe safety rules /
precautions and insist on its observance by others also.
2.
Smoking is strictly prohibited inside Refinery & Marketing Terminal Premises.
3.
Carrying of matches or any other means of ignition source is strictly prohibited in Refinery
& Marketing Terminal Premises. Before entering the Refinery & Marketing Terminal
Premises, matches and lighters must be deposited at the Security Main Gate.
4.
Do not wear loose clothing like Dhoti, Tie, etc in plant area as it is dangerous near running
machinery.
5.
Wear cotton protective suits. Synthetic cloths may generate static electricity, which can be
source of ignition in hydrocarbon processing plant.
7.
In case of any accident / fire incident / dangerous occurrence, immediately report to your
supervisor / guide and telephone Fire & Safety dept at Tel: 333/444. Get first aid promptly
at Occupational Health Centre.
8.
Dont touch any item inside the Refinery and carry out any job / operation without proper
authorization.
9.
Before the start of any job be sure you know how to do it safely. If in doubt, ask your
supervisor and do not start the activity till you are fully aware of the job safety plan.
10.
Fire fighting and safety equipments must be kept in designated places and access to be kept
unobstructed.
11.
Only Diesel driven vehicles fitted with approved spark arrestor are allowed in designated
roads inside the Refinery & Marketing Terminal Premises.
12.
All stairways, platforms and walkways must be kept clear at all times.

Page 215 of 1178
13.
If working in an isolated place, keep in touch with the person designated by your
supervisor.
13.
15.
Ensure conspicuous display of activities in progress or updated job status suitably at the
entry point of isolated and confined work place eg. Opening of vessel, column, etc.
Mobile phones / Cameras are strictly prohibited inside the refinery complex.
16.
Non-sparking tools must be used in Hydrogen / LPG handling areas.
3.1.2
Movement inside Refinery / Marketing Terminal Premises
1.
Always use walkways instead of short cuts. No one should walk through or across any
operative units unless their duties require them to do so.
2.
Walking on or over any rolling item, mechanical roller or conveyor is prohibited. Avoid
walking on railroad tracks. Passing under railway wagon as a short cut is dangerous and
strictly prohibited.
3.1.3
Dos & Donts
1.
NO WORK is to be started until permits are obtained.
2.
When work is completed, all le ft over junk and tools are to be removed to the proper /
designated places.
3.
A guard may not be removed or adjusted while machinery is not operation. Guards must be
replaced before machinery is put back into operation.
4.
All the tools to be used on job should be of good quality and good condition. Defective
tools are dangerous. Dont leave tool or material from where it may accidentally drop on
persons below.
5.
During unit shutdown if ladders, grating or handrails are removed safety ropes must be
placed around the opening to eliminate the danger of fall.
Before starting excavation inside the refinery approval must first be obtained to avoid any
possible damage of electrical cables or pipelines. The excavation more than 1.5 m deep
must be properly shored up before any employee is permitted to work on it.
Goggles or shields must be used when working on emery wheels, brushes, chipping etc., or
any other circumstances where there are possible eye hazards.
14
No clothing or any inflammable material is to be dried out on steam lines or any other hot
equipment.
15
Personnel handling corrosive chemicals such acid, caustic soda etc must wear Protective
clothing & equipment. Gas masks, if required, can be obtained from the F&S.
18.
Drums, full or empty may not be used as worked benches or supports for any job, or in
place of ladders.

Page 216 of 1178
21.
When a person is working in any vessel in the immediate vicinity of operating units, one
person must be stationed at the opening of the vessel as a watchman.
22.
Acetylene, Oxygen Cylinders must not be taken inside a Closed Vessel under any
circumstances. Torches always be taken outside the vessel for lighting & when not in use.
It is strictly prohibited to use any grade of petrol or any other inflammable liquid or
corrosive chemicals such as caustic soda or acid for cleaning purposes.
24.
25.
Transporting or storing of petrol / diesel or light products or corrosive chemicals etc. in any
open container is strictly prohibited.
27.
Do not transport samples by cycles, which are not equipped with special carriers.
28.
Walking on pipelines is prohibited for both insulated and un-insulated Pipeline and shall be
considered as major violation of safety norms.
29.
Use of Owners Facilities : Because of limited facilities Contractors employees are not
normally permitted to use the Refinery locker rooms, mobile canteen or sanitary facilities
provided for Owners employees.
30.
Lost and Found : Enquiries pertaining to lost and found property may be made at the
Security Section. Article found by an individual are to deposit in the Security Section.
3.2
HOUSEKEEPING
3.2.1 Housekeeping is an important aspect towards maintaining a healthy & safe work
environment inside any Industry. If proper housekeeping can be maintained, lots of proble ms are
automatically resolved. The Contractor therefore must ensure for removal of scrap, inflammable
material, waste and debris at appropriate interval including proper storage of materials and
equipment. The debris, scrap and other unwanted materials generated out of the activities carried
out by the Contractors must be removed from site and shifted to the designated location or as
instructed by EIC. The Contractor may ensure the following.
Ensure proper storage of both Owners / Contractors materials & equipment at site used
for carrying out the maintenance or construction job.
Remove the loose materials, which are not required for use. Accumulation of these at the
site can obstruct means of access to workplaces and passageways. Scrap generated out of
the maintenance job should also be removed.
Workplaces and passageways, that are slippery owing to oil, grease or other causes, should
be cleaned up or strewn with sand, sawdust, ash etc.
The workplace to be kept clean on continuous basis. Even for continued nature of work the
work place must be cleaned not later than every four hour basis, non compliance of which
shall be treated as major violation of safety norms.

Page 217 of 1178
Before offering a completed job for final inspection/acceptance Contractor must ensure that
all maintanance waste, scrap and other disposable items are removed from the workplace.
Failing the same will call for rejection of inspection call and the contractor shall be
penalised for the wastage of inspectors time through necessary recovery from their bill.
All disposable material and scrap shall be dumped in the specified location only and panel
recovery shall be made if found dumped in other location. It may be noted that in all the
item rate contarct housekeeping is a part of the activities and as such deduction will be
made in case of non-compliance.
3.2.2. Worksite Inspection Claerance Report

The following report to be attaeched with the final bill. The report should be filled up and signed
after joint inspection after completion of work. Inspection should be carried out joinly by the
represenataives of EIC, production deptt or area in charge and contractor represenataive.
i
Formate for worksite Inspection Clearance report
Inspection Date
Time
LOA no Name of the Work / Cleaning Status

Worksite
Workable Material
Stacked properly
: Yes / No
Left scattered
: Yes / No
Scrap Material
Transported to scrap yard : Yes / No
Left out at site
: Yes / No
Waste Material
Transported to waste yard : Yes / No
Left out at site
Name of Representative
: Yes / No
Signature
Site I/C - Contractor

EIC - Maintenance
Area I/C - Operation

Page 218 of 1178
3.3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
Emergencies like fires, explosion, leakages or accidents may occur at any time and in any
case if contractors personnel notice such abnormality he should immediately inform nearby NRL
employees or Fire Station. He may use any of the following modes of communication to intimate
Fire Station / Occupational Health Centre about the incident / accident.
i
ii
iii
iv
v
Intercom telephone to Fire Control room 333/444

Breaking MCP (Manual call point)
VHF Channel-8
PA system
Occupational Health Centre ( Ph 222) in case of injury
However, as a responsible person he should use portable Fire Fighting media in case of Fire
and inform immediately the nearby Owners representative / Fire Station.
3.3.1
Siren Code: To communicate during emergency, NRL has following siren code:
i Minor fire
ii Major Fire
iii Emergency
Iv All clear
3.3.2
: No siren
: Waling sound for 2 minutes
: In case disaster wailing siren will be sounded for 2 minutes thrice
at a gap of 2 minutes in subsequent blowing.
: 2 minutes straight siren
Important Procedures to be observed during Emergency
If the Contractors employees notice any oil leak or fire, he should immediately report to
Owners representatives or Fire Station by using any one of the communication mode
mentioned above and stop all the jobs.
On hearing siren immediately work should be stopped, shut off the engines, such as
welding machines and take advise from owners representatives.
Those who are using firewater for any purpose must immediately stop using the same and
must shut off the hydrant valve from which water being taken.
Only when the all-clear siren is blown work should be resumed. Fresh permits should be
taken before commencing work in such cases.
Assist owner personnel in mitigating emergency situation as per advice.
Any contractor who is driving vehicle when the Fire Siren Sounds should park his vehicle
at a suitable location away from the site of Fire.
4.0
MAINTENANCE / CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
4.1
EXCAVATION

Page 219 of 1178
Any excavation work inside the Refinery & Marketing Terminal Premises may affect
underground sewers / telephone lines / cables / pipelines as a result of which there may be Fire &
Explosion Accident or shutdown of the Plant. Any excavation within the limits of the refinery
whether carried out by earth moving equipment or hands tools, requires an excavation clearance
permit. It must be initiated & signed by Owners representative and other depts. as per procedure.
The basic guidelines for excavation is as under:
4.1.1
General Provisions:
Entire requirements as per IS-3764 & OISD 192 & 207 guidelines should be followed. All
excavation work should be planned. The method of excavation and type of support work
required should be decided considering the stability of the ground & affect on adjoining
buildings, roads, underground pipes, cables or any other structures.
All excavation work should be supervised and inspected for any defect regularly.
Safe angle of repose while excavating trenches exceeding 1.5m-depth upto 3.0m should be
maintained. Based on site conditions, provide proper slope, usually 450 ,and suitable bench
of 0.5m width at every 1.5m depth of excavation in all soils except hard rock or provide
proper shoring and strutting to prevent cave-in or slides.
Don't allow vehicles to operate too close to excavated area. Barricade should be provided.
Contractor shall not make any underground road crossing without the specific prior
approval of the Owners representative. The Owners representatives shall make alternate
arrangement for emergency movement of fire tenders. Area drug-up will be kept with
Road closed barrier. Side berm of Road should invariably be excavated manually.
Dumping of excavated earth should be done at the designated area only. Penalty
will be imposed in case of non-compliance. Checklist to be prepared and to be
submitted to EICs before commencement of any excavation.
4.1.2
Checklist for Excavation Clearance
Sl
i.
ii.
ITEM
----
----
iii.
Whether barricading with glowing caution board is provided?
iv.
Condition of the area where excavated earth is to be dumped.
v.
Others
Signature of Contractors Site In charge
4.2
REMARKS
Whether excavation hot work permit is taken?

Compliance status of precautions suggested in the permit.
Signature of EIC
LADDERS AND SCAFFOLDS

Page 220 of 1178
Accidents are also caused by the ladders falling or the climber losing his balance or failure
of scaffolds. As such, utmost care should be taken for these two items normally used extensively
for maintenance and construction purpose inside the Refinery. Some of the safe practices as listed
below are to be observed before commencement of work.
i
Make sure that ladder is not defective or broken and is not a repaired one. All ladders used
must be sound construction and the right length for the job in hand. The free length must
extend by 1.5 meters above the point of landing but should not be more than 1/4th of the
ladder length. No portable single ladder shall be over 9 meter in length.
iii.
Short ladder must not be tied together to give greater lengths. All ladders of 6 m or above
should be tied to the structure on which they are resting to prevent from slipping. If they
cannot be fixed with reasonable security, a worker must be stationed at the base of the
ladder to foot it to prevent slipping. Ensure that the ladder is placed at a safe angle to
prevent slip or fall back.
iv
Metal ladders may not be used for electrical work.
Every member of scaffolding must be of sound construction. Steel planks used in scaffolds
should be carefully inspected and should be tied on both sides with suitable fixing
arrangements to the pipes. Scaffolding must not be overloaded.
ii
The Steel pipe & clamp to be used must be of good quality. The spacing between the
vertical & horizontal members of the scaffolding should not be more than 1.5m and 1 meter
respectively. The scaffolding should be further strengthened with cross bracing and stays.
iii
The scaffolds should be provided with short climbs ladders for safe ascending / descending
of workmen in the job. Only those men who are well trained / experienced in erecting
scaffolding should be engaged for scaffolding work. The men working in the actual
erection / dismantling of the scaffolding and all persons using the scaffolding must use
suitable PPEs.
iv
Bamboo or other flammable material is not allowed inside refinery for any type of
scaffolding work other than specific purposes.
Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with
suitable means to prevent the fall of persons of materials by providing suitable fencing or
railing.
vii
The Contractor or his representative shall check the approach platform to scaffolding for
correctness and shall put a tag with signature that it is checked by them and found as per
standard scaffolding norms. If required, necessary certificates regarding stability of such
arrangement should be taken from the competent person before it is put to use.
4.3
VEHICLE MOVEMENT
Vehicles are always a probable source of ignition and as such it is considered as a hazard.
In petroleum refining installation, presence of hydrocarbon or other inflammable vapour
cant be ruled out. A minor source of ignition may cause fire & explosion and as such
Page 221 of 1178
movement of vehicle inside the Refinery is to be controlled. With this in mind vehicles
shall normally be kept outside the Main gate and a limited number of vehicles will be
allowed to ply. No petrol engine driven vehicle is allowed to ply inside the Refinery.
Motorcycles & Cycles should also be parked in the designated area outside the Main
Gate.
However, some vehicles / mobile equipment, etc required for carrying out operation,
maintenance & project activities may be allowed to ply inside the Refinery after
certification with suitable justifications by the Engineer In-charge.
Vehicle Owner & Driver of the vehicles, which are allowed to ply inside the Refinery
Premises, must ensure to comply the following regulations. All relevant documents like
RC, Insurance, License, PUC, Road tax clearances etc should be kept in the vehicle.
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
4.3.7
4.3.8
Permit for Vehicle & Driver

Dress code for Driver & Licensee
Fire & Safety Training
Diesel Vehicle / Spark Arrestor
Designated Parking Place
Speed Limit
Designated Route / No Entry
Precautions / Regulations for Heavy Vehicles
4.3.1
Permit for Vehicle & Driver:
Vehicle Pass for contractors:

a.
Modality: Vehicle pass is not issued to personal cars used by contractors for their outside
movement. However, if used for site activities (truck, dumper, maintenance van, etc), gate
pass is issued for such vehicles on recommendation from NRL EIC. Only Diesel driven
vehicles fitted with CCOE approved spark arrestors will be given gate pass.
Validity: Initial for a maximum period of 03 month, which may then be extended further on
recommendation from NRL Engineer In-Charge.
Format: Printed format available with CISF.
Gate pass of driver will be as per procedure for contractors workmen, based on application
along with all relevant documents. However few specific requirements are also shown here.
Signatories (in sequence): Signatures of Contractor, NRL EIC, P&A, CISF.
Necessary documents:
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Completely filled up format along with sign and seal of all signatories.
Copy of RC, Insurance, PUC Certificate, Fitness Certificate.
Copy of valid Driving License of the driver.
The owner must apply for entry pass both for vehicle and driver to CISF through P&A in
the prescribed format attaching all necessary documents.
All vehicles used inside the Refinery must be mechanically sound and having a current
vehicle registration applicable as per Motor Vehicle Act. No unauthorized person other
than the authorized driver of that vehicle is permitted to drive the vehicle. Action may be
taken against the owner in case it is violated.

Page 222 of 1178
4.3.2
Dress Code for Driver & Licensee:

The driver must have valid driving license and must wear uniform.
4.3.3
Fire & Safety Training:

Training on Fire & Safety is imparted to all Drivers / Helpers and after the training
program, Safety Training Card is issued to the Drivers. The Drivers must keep this Safety
training card with them. The Training card will be ceased if any Driver is found violating
the safety instructions. Drivers having the formal permit must ensure to comply the
following:
Adherence to speed limit

Actions in case of emergency siren
Safety precautions to be exercised while driving the vehicle inside Refinery.
Regular Safety briefing is also normally carried out for the Drivers / Helpers by the
Company employees.
4.3.4
Diesel Vehicle / Spark Arrestor:
Only diesel engine driven vehicle having CCOE (PESO) approved spark arrester is
allowed to ply inside the operational area. The Spark arrestor will be checked at Entry by
CISF. Permit of the Vehicle plying without proper spark arrester may be ceased. NRL
may provide the spark arrester, if available, on chargeable basis.
4.3.5
Designated Parking Place:
Contractors and their employees should not park motor vehicles or other mobile
equipment in any manner that will block Fire Hydrants, Fire Fighting / Protection
Equipment & Alarm system and access to Building, Walkway. Etc. Vehicles may not be
parked where they are likely to impede the movements of other vehicles in the Refinery
and care must be taken when parking near railway tracks to see that sufficient clearance
is allowed between vehicles and locomotive / trucks.
The driver should be near to the vehicle always when parked inside and in no case
he should take out the key of the vehicle with him so that in case of emergency vehicle
can be moved to safe place. Bus should stop only in the designated location / Bus Stop.
4.3.6
Speed Limit:
All vehicles entering or leaving the Refinery must come to complete halt at the
Security Gate for checking by the Security Staff. The maximum speed limit of any
vehicle inside Refinery is 25 KM /Hr.

Page 223 of 1178
4.3.7
Designated Route / No Entry:
Roads close to the Critical Units are not permitted to use by any type of vehicles.
Contractor / Driver must make themselves aware of these traffic rules.
4.3.9
Precautions / Regulations for Heavy Vehicles:
While carrying out various operation, maintenance & project related activities
inside the Refinery Premises, Contractors are required to use truck, tractor, trailer,
damper, etc. In order to prevent any untoward incident out of the operation of these
vehicles, Contractor must follow the following guidelines.
Contractors trucks and other mobile equipments should be built / constructed so as

to prevent material from falling off the mobile equipment on the Refinery roads. If
the material does fall from contractors equipment, the contractor shall remove
material from the road immediately. These equipments like must be maintained in
good conditions.
Hanging load on sides and at rear of vehicle is prohibited. If at all it is unavoidable,

permission is to be obtained from EIC.
Contractors must not refuel gasoline or diesel engine driven vehicles. When
refueling is to be done inside the unit during turnaround, a special permission
should be obtained from the EIC / F&S Section.
No vehicle shall be loaded beyond its Safe Working Load (SWL) capacity.
In case of any fire, all roads should be cleared for the movement of Fire Tenders &
Rescue Vehicles. Over taking is strictly prohibited inside the Refinery Premises.
Incident on violations of traffic rule within the Refinery premises if noticed will be
strictly dealt with.
4.4
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
Numaligarh Refinery Limited deals with product like Naphtha, SKO, Diesel and Hydrogen,
which are very hazardous in nature in regard to flammability. The ignition point is so low that
huge fire may occur with slightest of spark. Hence while dealing with electrical equipment /
installation extreme care needs to be taken in terms of installation as well as operation. Hence
ELECTRICAL SAFETY is prime requirement while executing any works inside the refinery.
The subsequent clauses and sub clauses will give a brief idea about the system and procedure
needs to be followed for operation of electrical equipment or running a electrical system.
4.4.1
Safety Standard: Applicable standards for Electrical Safety are:

i. OISD standard
ii. Indian Electricity Rule 1956
Page 224 of 1178
iii. IS standard
4.4.2
Electrical License:
Only persons having valid licenses should be allowed to work on electrical facilities. The
person who had undertaken contract for electrical installation work must possess
Electrical contractor license. The person who supervises any electrical installation work
must posses Electrical supervisor license based on the voltage level. The person who
performs electrical power connection must possess Electrician work permit. The
document must be furnished before commencement of any such job.
4.4.3
Procedure for Temporary Electrical Power Connection:
Owner may supply power to the Contractor from the nearest substation at one point.
The Contractor have to make his own temporary installation including temporary cable as
per guideline stated below following the Indian Electricity Rule 1956 and OISD GN 192
for Construction Safety. The Contractor shall dismantle at his own cost the installation
including temporary cabling etc. after completion of job failing which penal recovery, as
deemed fit by the owner will be imposed.
The following are the minimum requirement for the Contractor electrical
installation without which power connection will not be provided. Once completed, the
Installation checked & certified by licensed supervisor.
The installation to be protected with proper shed to prevent ingress of water.
The SFU, bus bar chamber must be in metallic structure. The SFU must be provided
with HRC fuse.
The metallic stand / chamber must be earthed by using 2 nos of 3 meter long 65 mm
dia GI earth electrode using minimum 25x3 mm G I strip. All non-current carrying
metallic part needs to be connected to earth.
Static energy meter alo ng calibration certificate needs to be installed. Required

numbers of Fire bucket & Fire extinguisher is to be installed wherever required.
The danger board must be displayed prominently. Authorization chart mentioning

the name of authorized person to be displayed. Artificial respiration chart to be
displayed.
All Isolation switches are well accessible. And the entire Installation area to be well
illuminated. All spare holes of the switchboard to be plugged. Wiring in the
installation to be neatly dressed and all cable must be armored with proper size
glands and lug.

Page 225 of 1178
i.
After completion of installation, the Contractor must submit the application for
temporary electrical connection along with test report as per the prescribed format.
ii. The Owner will designate engineer for inspection of the said installation and power
supply will be provided only after compliance of all safety requirements. Any delay
on this account is attributable to the Contractor.
iii The addition of any load beyond the approved load must be intimated to in same
format of application along with test report. The same needs to be inspected by
owners Engineer. Violation of above procedure may liable for power disconnection.
iv The Owner from time to time will designate Engineer for checking of the
installation and any non compliance found must be complied within a week failing
for which power will be disconnected.
v
4.4.4
The Contractor will maintain checking of the Installation every fortnightly and
record the same in a register. Owners Engineer will review the register.
General Safety Precautions:
No person should be allowed to work on live circuit.
For power connection from Existing Refinery Electrical system, permit to be

obtained from Electrical SIC and job needs to be carried out as per his written
instructions. Before obtaining permit, Insulation Resistance test to be carried out
and report to be furnished to Electrical Shift In charge .The Contractor must furnish
all the document as per QAQC procedure of the Electrical works.
All temporary switchboards put up at work site should be suitably protected from
rain and the level of it should be enough to avoid contact with water due to water
logging.
Use only proper rated HRC fuses. Dont overload any equipment or system.
Overloading of equipment may create overheating which ultimately led to fire
hazard. ELCB for all temporary connections must be provided. Use insulated 3-pin
plug tops.
Industrial type extension boards and Plug sockets are only to be used.
Use spark-proof / flame proof type electrical fittings in Fire Hazard zones as per
area classification under OISD-STD-113.
All temporary cables should be laid at least 750 mm below ground and cable
markers should be provided. Proper sleeves should be provided at road crossings.
Termination should be done using glands and lugs of proper size and adequately
crimped.

Page 226 of 1178
Illuminate suitably all the work areas. Hand lamps should be of 24V rating.
All switchboards should be of steel only. Incoming source should be marked.
Fire extinguishers (DCP/CO2 /Sand buckets) should be kept near switchboards used
for construction purposes. Don't use water for fighting electrical fires.
Electricians should be provided with approved and tested tools, and personal
protective equipment such as rubber gloves, mats etc.
RCCB or ELCB should be provided as per Indian Electricity Rules used wherever
required. A Residual Current Operated Circuit Breaker (RCCB) or Earth Leakage
Circuit Breaker (ELCB) protects a human being to the widest extent.
Notices displaying important electrical safety information should be kept exhibited

at suitable places:
4.6
DEMOLITION
Demolition of any building or structure might cause accident or damage property. As such,
all necessary precautions, methods and procedures should be adopted for demolition and disposal
of waste or residues. The work should be planned and undertaken only under the supervision of a
competent person after obtaining necessary permit. All hazards and risks involved in the process
must be identified. A duly approved job safety plan must be available with the Contractor before
commencement of any demolition job.
Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the progress of the work, all
roads and open areas adjacent to the work site shall either be closed suitably protected.
All electric, hydrocarbon and utility service lines near the site should be shut off or
adequately protected against damage before work commences.
As far as practicable, the danger zone round the site should be adequately fenced off.
Demolition activities should not be continued under adverse climatic conditions such as
high winds, which could cause the collapse of already weakened structures.
Structures should not be left in a condition in which they could be brought down by wind
pressure or vibration.
4.5
WORK OVERHEAD / HOSTING EQUIPMENT
Accidents do happen while working overhead or due to failure or unsafe use of hoisting
equipment. As such, adequate care must be taken to prevent it. The following are some of the
precautions to ensure safety of the workmen engaged by the Contractor.

Page 227 of 1178
Contractors involved in handling of any material overhead must install necessary

barricades, warning signs or take any other steps necessary to prevent others from walking /
standing beneath the load.
ii.
All equipments like crane, chain blocks, sling, rope including all other material handling
equipments must have valid load test certificates.
iii.
If handrails are temporarily removed from platforms, stairways, etc., the resulting opening
should be protected by extending rope line or by any other suitable device.
iv
Contractors must safeguard their workmen on all overhead work by ensuring suitable
construction and erection of ladders & scaffolding. Contractors must also take measures to
safeguard person on ground against objects falling from the work above.
Hoisting machines, tackles including their attachments, anchorage & supports must
conform to the good mechanical construction, sound materials and adequate strength and
free from patent defect and shall be preserved in good condition.
vi
Every crane driver or hoisting appliances operator shall be properly qualified and no person
below the age 21 years should be in charge of any hoisting machine.
vii
Every hoisting machine and all gears shall be plainly marked with the safe working load.
No part of any machine or gear shall be loaded beyond the safe working load.
viii
In case of owners machine, the safe working load shall be notified by EIC. For
Contractors machines, the Contractor shall notify the safe working load to EIC.
vi
Motors, gearing transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting
appliances should be provided with safe guards.
ix
Permission must be obtained from EIC before any person is allowed to work on an asbestos
roof with all fall arresting appliances. When working on asbestos covered roofs, proper
boards must be used to support your weight-crawling boards or cat ladders.
4.8
USE OF OWNERS EQUIPMENT & MACHINERY
4.8.1
Use of Owners Equipment:
i.
Owners equipment must not be handled or tampered with by the Contractor &
Contractors employees. Owner may grant permission to Contractor to operate his
equipment, if so require, but Contractor shall not use Owners equipment and tools without
obtaining permission from Owners representative.
ii.
Contractor shall assume full responsibility for proper care of Owners equipment and tools,
which are made available to them for the execution of their work and ensure to return such
equipment and tools in good working order. Owner will recover from Contractors full cost
of repairs to or replacement of equipment or tools in the event some damage is occurred
due to improper use while in Contractors custody.

Page 228 of 1178
iii.
Contractor is not permitted to make use of the Companys transport, unless special
permission is obtained from competent authority.
iv.
Work of private nature using Companys or Contractors equipment and / or materials is

not to be performed in the Refinery site.
Tie -in to Owners Equipment / System : Contractor shall not open or tie -in their work
into Owners existing pipeline, equipment, sewer systems, electrical power circuits, and
other process equipment without specific approval from the Owners representative.
vi
Safety Equipment :
All Contractors must return the safety equipment loaned to them as soon as the work is
completed. Loss or damage to this equipment will be charged.
Safety equipment, barricade ribbon, no entry sign board, etc given during any job as per job
safety plan must be removed immediately once job is over. Continuing with such
equipment even after completion of work shall also be treated as violation of safety norms.
4.9
TEMPORARY OFFICE / SHED
Temporary construction inside Refinery / Marketing Terminal Premises is normally not

permitted. However, for a specific period if such shed is required for any construction /
maintenance job, it may be permitted provided it meets some specific requirements apart from
meeting the requirement of IS 8758. Therefore temporary construction should be done once it is
approved by the EIC. In general temporary construction should have access, exit & entry and fire
protection facilities. Normally temporary sheds will be allowed only in the hillock east of Fire
Station. The following are to be followed for getting permission.
i
The Contractor should submit formal application for making temporary shed inside
Refinery / Marketing Terminal to EIC who in turn take approval from Maintenance
Planning. MP will route it Civil Maint, Electrical Maint and F&S for comments. The details
like work order reference, purpose, size & shape, materials of construction, duration,
location, power requirement & single line diagrams, etc should be submitted to EIC in the
format indicated below.
ii
The shed so constructed should not be at the cost of safety, security or aesthetics. Torn /
rusted / repaired items should not be used for construction. The Contractor must ensure
housekeeping aspect.
iii.
Power connection should be done only after approval by Electrical Maintenance Section.
4.9.1
Sl.
1
2
3
4
6
Format / Checklist for applying for Temporary shed Construction:

Description
Name of the Contractor / Contact person / Contact details
Description of the Job
Name of the Department / Name of EIC
Purpose for which the shed is required.
Location should be made in a plot plan showing distances from all
Remarks

Page 229 of 1178
7
8
9
10
11
12
5.0
major structures, hazardous units etc.

Size & materials of construction of the shed. (enclose sketch)
Single line diagram. (enclose sketch)
Duration / timing of work inside the shed.
Approximate duration for which the shed is required.
Fire Protection Measure, if any.
An undertaking to the owner that the temporary office shall not be used
for any other purposes other than execution or managing execution of
specific work as per agreed contractual terms with the owner.
STATUTORY / OISD GUIDELINES:
Contractors and their supervisors must acquaint themselves with all the relevant statutory
guidelines like Factories Act and Assam Factories Rule, Indian Explosives Acts and Rules,
Petroleum Acts and Rule, Indian Electricity Acts and rules, relevant IS codes, etc. relating to
safety while working inside a hazardous industry like Refinery, Marketing Terminal & LPG
Bottling plants. Copies of such statutory guidelines must be available with the Contractor as
ready reference. Copies of OISD guidelines 105, 113,155, 192, 207, etc may be made available as
and when required for reference by the Contractors.
--------------------------- x ---------------------------

Page 230 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774
Special Conditions of Contract

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 1 of 24
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
OF
CONTRACT

New Delhi
Page 231 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 2 of 24
INDEX
1.0
GENERAL ..................................................................................................................... 5
2.0
SCOPE OF WORK & SCOPE OF SUPPLY ................................................................ 5
3.0
SUPPLY OF WATER, POWER & OTHER UTILITIES ............................................. 5
4.0
TIME OF COMPLETION ............................................................................................. 6
5.0
DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS .............................................................................. 6
6.0
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS ...................................................................................... 6
7.0
WORKS CONTRACT................................................................................................... 7
8.0
TAXES, DUTIES AND LEVIES .................................................................................. 7
9.0
CENVAT BENEFITS .................................................................................................... 8
10.0
INCOME TAX & CORPORATE TAX ........................................................................ 8
11.0
FIRM PRICE ................................................................................................................. 8
12.0
PROVIDENT FUND ..................................................................................................... 8
13.0
MOBILISATION ADVANCE ...................................................................................... 8
14.0
CHANGE ORDERS ...................................................................................................... 8
15.0
STATUTORY APPROVALS ....................................................................................... 9
16.0
DISTINCTION BETWEEN FOUNDATION AND SUPERSTRUCTURE .............. 10
17.0
TESTS AND INSPECTION ........................................................................................ 10
18.0
INSPECTION OF SUPPLY ITEMS / MATERIALS ................................................. 10
19.0
FINAL INSPECTION ................................................................................................. 11
20.0
SITE CLEANING ........................................................................................................ 11
21.0
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND ORGANIZATION ..................................... 11
22.0
MEASUREMENT OF WORKS.................................................................................. 13
23.0
TERMS OF PAYMENT .............................................................................................. 13
24.0
ROUNDING OFF ........................................................................................................ 13
25.0
QUALITY ASSURANCE/ QUALITY CONTROL ................................................... 13
26.0
HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT .................... 13
27.0
ENTRY PASSES, GATE PASSES, WORK PERMITS AND SAFETY

REGULATIONS.......................................................................................................... 13
28.0
COMPUTERIZED CONTRACTORS BILLING SYSTEM....................................... 16
29.0
COMPLETION DOCUMENTS .................................................................................. 16
30.0
COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES ........................................................ 16
31.0
UNDERGROUND AND OVERHEAD STRUCTURES ........................................... 16
32.0
EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL LABOUR .................................................................... 17
33.0
CONTRACTOR'S LABOURERS TO LEAVE SITE ON COMPLETION OF THE

New Delhi
Page 232 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 3 of 24
WORK ......................................................................................................................... 17
34.0
ROYALTY .................................................................................................................. 17
35.0
EXCAVATION BY BLASTING ................................................................................ 17
36.0
EXECUTION OF ELECTRICAL WORKS ................................................................ 17
37.0
MAKE OF MATERIALS ............................................................................................ 17
38.0
RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR ................................................................... 17
39.0
MECHANISED CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................... 18
40.0
CHECKING OF LEVELS ........................................................................................... 18
41.0
CONSTRUCTION ....................................................................................................... 18
42.0
GENERAL GUIDELINES DURING AND BEFORE ERECTION ........................... 19
43.0
ERECTION OF EQUIPMENT.................................................................................... 19
44.0
REGISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT WITH STATUTORY AUTHORITIES ... 19
45.0
TEST CERTIFICATES ............................................................................................... 19
46.0
ADDITIONAL WORKS/ EXTRA WORKS .............................................................. 19
47.0
GUARANTEE ............................................................................................................. 20
48.0
LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES ................................................................................ 20
49.0
PRICE VARIATION ................................................................................................... 20
50.0
SECURED ADVANCE ON MATERIALS ................................................................ 21
51.0
ISSUE OF MATERIALS ............................................................................................ 21
52.0
FUEL REQUIREMENT OF WORKERS ................................................................... 21
53.0
CONDITIONS FOR ISSUE AND RECONCILIATION OF MATERIALS .............. 21
54.0
SETTING OUT OF WORK ........................................................................................ 22
55.0
LEADS ......................................................................................................................... 22
56.0
SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTE BETWEEN GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT/

PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS....................................................................... 22
57.0
COORDINATION WITH PMC .................................................................................. 22
58.0
INTEGRITY PACT ..................................................................................................... 22
59.0
ERRANT BIDDER ...................................................................................................... 23
60.0
CORRUPT AND FRAUDULENT PRACTICES ....................................................... 23
61.0
VENDOR LIST FOR CEMENT & STEEL .............................................................. 24
62.0
SUB-CONTRACTING ............................................................................................... 24
63.0
LIABILITY OF GOVERNMENT OF INDIA ............................................................ 24
APPENDIXES TO SCC
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
MEASEUREMENT OF WORKS
TERMS OF PAYMENT
QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
LIST OF MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

New Delhi
Page 233 of 1178
APPENDIX - I
APPENDIX - II
APPENDIX III
APPENDIX IV
APPENDIX V

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 4 of 24
QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT OF KEY PERSONNEL & PENALTY FOR NONMOBILISATION
APPENDIX VI
LIST OF MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION MANPOWER REQUIREDAPPENDIX VII
TIME SCHEDULE
APPENDIX - VIII
VENDOR LIST FOR CEMENT AND STEEL
APPENDIX - IX
PENAL RECOVERY FOR NON-MOBILISATION OF EQUIPMENTS - APPENDIX X
CONDITIONS FOR ISSUE AND RECONCILIATION OF MATERIALS - APPENDIX - XI
OISD-192 AND OISD- 207
APPENDIX-XII
INTEGRITY PACT
APPENDIX-XIII
MATERIAL FOR SECURED ADVANCE
APPENDIX-XIV
APPROVAL OF SUB-CONTRACTOR
APPENDIX-XV

New Delhi
Page 234 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 5 of 24
1.0
GENERAL
1.1
Special Conditions of Contract shall be read in Conjunction with the General conditions of
Contract, specification of work, Drawings and any other documents forming part of this
Contract wherever the context so requires.
1.2
Notwithstanding the sub-division of the documents into these separate sections and
volumes every part of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to and complementary
of every other part and shall be read with and into the Contract so far as it may be
practicable to do so.
1.3
Where any portion of the General Condition of Contract is repugnant to or at variance

with any provisions of the Special Conditions of Contract, unless a different intention
appears, the provisions of the special Conditions of Contract shall be deemed to over-ride
the provisions of the General Conditions of Contract and shall to the extent of such
repugnancy, or variations, prevail.
1.4
Wherever it is mentioned in the specifications that the Contractor shall perform certain
Work or provide certain facilities, it is understood that the Contractor shall do so at his
cost and the Value of Contract shall be deemed to have included cost of such
performance and provisions, so mentioned.
1.5
The materials, design, and workmanship shall satisfy the relevant Indian Standards, the
Job Specifications contained herein and Codes referred to. Where the job specification
stipulate requirements in addition to those contained in the standard codes and
specifications, these additional requirements shall also be satisfied.
1.6
In case of an irreconcilable conflict between Indian or other applicable standards, General

Conditions of Contract, Special Conditions of Contract, Specifications, Drawings or
Schedule of Rates and any other portion of Bidding Document the following shall prevail
to the extent of such irreconcilable conflict in order of precedence.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
Letter / Fax of Acceptance along with enclosures.

Schedule of Price/ Schedule of Rates as enclosures to Letter of Acceptance.
Job / Particular Specifications.
Scope of Work.
Drawings
Technical / Material Specifications.
General Conditions of Contract.
Indian Standards
Other applicable Standards
1.7
It will be the Contractor's responsibility to bring to the notice of Engineer-in-Charge any

irreconcilable conflict in the contract documents, before starting the work (s) or making
the supply with reference, which the conflict exists.
1.8
In the absence of any Specifications covering any material, design of work (s) the same
shall be performed / supplies / executed in accordance with Standard Engineering
Practice as per the instructions / directions of the Engineer-in-Charge, which will be
binding on the Contractor.
2.0
SCOPE OF WORK & SCOPE OF SUPPLY
2.1
2.2
Scope of work and supply shall be as specified in Technical Section of the bidding
document.
All service contractors to set up portable cabins instead of building sheds.
3.0
SUPPLY OF WATER, POWER & OTHER UTILITIES
3.1
Construction power & water shall be provided by owner to the contractor free of cost at
one point near the battery limit of each location/plant. Contractor shall make their own
arrangement for further distribution of the same at their own cost.
3.2
The CONTRACTOR shall remove all temporary buildings / facilities etc. before leaving
the site after completion of works in all respect.

New Delhi
Page 235 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 6 of 24
4.0
TIME OF COMPLETION
4.1
The work shall be executed strictly as per time Schedule mentioned in the Bidding
Document. The period of completion given includes the time required for mobilization as
well as testing, rectifications, if any, retesting and completion in all respects to the entire
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.2
The Engineer-in-Charge and Contractor will prepare a joint programme of execution of

work. This programme will take into account the time of completion mentioned above.
4.3
Monthly/ weekly construction programme will be drawn up by Engineer-in-Charge jointly

with the Contractor based on availability of work fronts and the joint construction
programmes as 4.2 above. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to this Targets/
Programme.
4.4
Contractor shall give every day report on category wise labour and equipment deployed
along with the progress of work done on previous day in the proforma prescribed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
5.0
DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS
5.1
The drawings accompanying the bid document (if any) are of indicative nature and issued
for bidding purpose only. Purpose of these drawing is to enable the bidder to make an
offer in line with the requirements of the Owner/EIL. However no extra claim whatsoever
shall be entertained for variation in the "Approved for Construction" and Bid document
drawings" regarding any changes/units.
Construction shall be as per
drawings/specifications issued / approved by the Engineer-in-Charge during the course of
execution of work. Detailed construction drawings (wherever required) on the basis of
which actual execution of work is to proceed will be prepared by the contractor.
5.2
The drawings and documents to be submitted by the Contractor to Owner/EIL after award
of the work as per the requirements enlisted in the bidding document shall be for
Owner/EIL's review, information and record. The Contractor shall ensure that drawings
and documents submitted to Owner/EIL are accompanied by relevant calculations, data
as required and essential for review of the document/ drawings. EIL shall review the
drawings/ documents within two weeks from the date of submission provided the same
are accompanied by relevant calculations, data as required and essential for review.
5.3
All documents and drawings including those of Contractors sub-vendor's manufacturer's

etc. shall be submitted to Owner/EIL after having been fully vetted in detail, approved and
co-opted by the Contractor & shall bear Contractor seal/ certifications to this effect. All
documents/drawings & submissions made to Owner/EIL without compliance to this
requirement will not be acceptable and the delay & liability owing to this shall be to the
Contractor's account.
5.4
The review of documents and drawings by Owner/EIL shall not absolve Contractor from
his responsibility to meet the requirements of specifications, drawings etc. and liabilities
for mistakes and deviations. Upon receiving the comments on the drawing/documents
reviewed by Employer/Consultant, Contractor shall incorporate the comments as required
and ensure their compliance.
5.5
Copies of all detailed working drawing relating to the works shall be kept at the
contractors office at the site and shall be made available to the Engineer-in-charge/
Employer/Consultant at any time during execution of the contract. However no extra claim
what so ever shall be entertained for any variation in the approved/issued for
construction drawings and tender drawings regarding any changes/units unless
otherwise agreed.
5.6
The Contractor shall rectify any inaccuracies, errors and non-compliance to contractual
requirements. Any delay occurring on this shall not construe a reason for delay/
extension.
6.0
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
6.1
The Contractor shall abide by all applicable rules, regulations, statutes, laws governing
the performance of works in India, including but not limited to the following:

New Delhi
Page 236 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774
i)

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 7 of 24
Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970 & the centre rules1971 framed
there under.
Payment of Wages Act.
Minimum Wages Act.
Employers Liability Act.
Factory Act.
Apprentices Act.
Workmans Compensation Act.
Industrial Dispute Act.
Environment Protection Act.
Wild life Act.
Maritime Act.
Any other Statute, Act, Law as may be applicable.
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
xi)
xii)
7.0
WORKS CONTRACT
7.1
The entire work covered under this contract shall be treated as "Works Contract".
8.0
TAXES, DUTIES AND LEVIES
8.1
The Contract prices shall be deemed to be inclusive of all taxes including Sales Tax,
Excise Duty, Works Contract Tax and other levies etc.
8.2
Unit rates/ Lumpsum prices in the Schedule of Rates shall be exclusive of Service Tax
(including cess) on such portion of Services against which input credit is available to
Owner. Bidder shall quote Service Tax in FORM SP-2 (Option for Service Tax) of the
Price Part.
8.3
Service Tax (including cess) shall be payable to the CONTRACTOR at actuals against
submission of invoice issued in accordance with Service Tax Rules.
8.4
After award of job, Service Tax (including cess) shall be paid by OWNER to the Bidder as
per the option indicated by them in the FORM SP-2 of the Price Part against invoices
issued in accordance with the provisions of Rule 4A of the Service Tax Rules 1994 which
state that the each invoice shall be serially numbered and shall contain the following
detailsi.
The name, address and service tax registration of the bidder;
ii.
The name, address of the person receiving the taxable service;
iii.
The description, classification and value of taxable service provided or to be

provided;
iv.
The service tax payable there on.
8.5
Owner shall make from Contractor's bills such tax deductions as are required as per rules
and regulations in force from time to time.
8.6
Statutory variations shall be applicable within the Contractual completion period only and
will be to Owner's account. If there is delay beyond contractual completion period, any
increase in taxes & duties will be borne by the Contractor and any decrease shall be
passed on to Owner.
8.7
It is for the Bidder to assess and ascertain the rate of above taxes & duties applicable on
quoted items except service tax (including cess) on such portion of Services against
which input credit is available to Owner. It is clearly understood that Owner will not have
any additional liability towards payment of above taxes & duties which are based on
Bidders wrong assessment / interpretation of applicability of said taxes & duties.
8.8
C-Form and road permit will not be issued by Owner.
8.9
Bidders should have valid PF/ VAT/Service Tax Registrations and PAN.
8.10
Bidder has to register for Composite Scheme for Work Contract under Assam Value

New Delhi
Page 237 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 8 of 24
Added Tax Act, 2003 for WC2 Registration. If this is not done full amount of VAT i.e
14.5% (present rate) will be recovered from bill else it will be 5% (present rate).
9.0
CENVAT BENEFITS
9.1
OWNER shall avail benefit of Cenvat Credit for the amount of service tax paid for
various input services provided by the contractor (Service Provider).
10.0
INCOME TAX & CORPORATE TAX
10.1
Income Tax deductions shall be made from all payments made to the Contractor as per
the rules and regulations in force in accordance with the Income Tax Act prevailing from
time to time.
10.2
Corporate Tax Liability if any shall be to Contractors account.
11.0
FIRM PRICE
11.1
The contracted prices shall be firm and fixed except statutory variation in taxes & duties
till the completion of the works in all respects and variation in prices on account of supply
of structural / reinforcement steel, as mentioned in the bidding document.
12.0
PROVIDENT FUND
12.1
The Contractor shall strictly comply with the provisions of Employees Provident Fund Act
and register themselves with RPFC before commencing work. The Contractor shall
deposit Employees and Employers contributions to the RPFC every month. The
Contractor shall furnish along with each running bill, the challan/ receipt for the payment
made to the RPFC for the preceding months.
13.0
MOBILISATION ADVANCE
13.1
No Mobilisation advance shall be paid for this contract.
14.0
CHANGE ORDERS
14.1
A change order will be initiated in case:

i)
The Owner directs the Contractor to include any addition to the scope of work not
covered under this contract or deletes any part of the scope of the work under the
contract.
ii)
Contractor requests to delete any part of the work which will not adversely affect
the operational capabilities of the project and if agreed by the Owner and for which
cost and time benefits shall be passed on to the Owner.
14.2
Any changes required by the Owner before giving their approval to detailed procedure or
any other document relating to material procurement, layout plans etc for complying with
the requirements of bidding document shall not be construed to be a change in the scope
of work under the contract.
14.3
Any change order as above comprising an alteration which involves a change in the cost
of the works (which sort of alteration is hereinafter called a Variation") shall be the
subject of an amendment to the contract by way of an increase or decrease in the
contract price and adjustment of the Construction Schedule if any.
14.4
If the contract provides applicable rates for the valuation of the variation in question, the
contract price shall be increased or decreased in accordance with those rates. If the
parties agree that the contract does not contain applicable rates then the parties
shall negotiate a revision of the contract price which shall represent the change in cost
of the works caused by the variations. Any change order must be duly approved by the
Owner in writing.
14.5
If there is a difference of opinion between Contractor and Owner whether a particular

work constitutes a change order or not, the matter shall be handled in accordance with
the procedures set forth in para below.
14.6
Within 10(Ten) working days of receiving the comments from the Owner on the
documents submitted by the Contractor for approval, the Contractors response in writing
stating which item(s) is/are potential change (s), if applicable, will be submitted to the

New Delhi
Page 238 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 9 of 24
Owner.
14.7
Procedure
14.7.1
During execution of work if the Contractor observes that any new requirements which is
not specific or intended in the bidding document has been indicated by Owner, they shall
discuss the matter with Owner's representatives.
14.7.2
In case such requirement arises from the side of the Contractor they would also discuss
the matter with Owner's Representative.
14.7.3
In either of the two cases above, the representatives of both the parties shall discuss the
project requirement and mutually decide whether the project requirement constitutes a
change order.
14.7.4
If it is mutually agreed that the project requirement/Inquiry constitutes a "Change Order"

then a joint memorandum will be prepared to confirm a Change Order" and basic ideas
of necessary agreed modifications.
14.7.5
Contractor will study the work required in accordance with the Joint memorandum and
assess subsequent schedule and cost effect if any.
14.7.6
The results of this study would be discussed mutually to enable Owner to give a final
decision whether Contractor should proceed with the Change Order or not, in the best
interest of the Project.
14.7.7
If Owner's representative accepts the change order in writing then Contractor shall
proceed with the work stipulated in the Change order. Time worked by all workmen
employed and a statement showing the description and quantity of all materials and plant
utilised for extra work shall be submitted to Owner. The Owners representative shall sign
and return to the Contractor the statement, as agreed. At the end of each month the
Contractor shall deliver to the Owners representative a priced statement of the labour,
materials and plant used. Whenever any dispute arises as to cost allocation between the
Contractor and the Owner, the voucher shall nevertheless be signed by the Owner as a
record of time worked and materials used. List and vouchers so signed will be the subject
of negotiations between the Owner and the Contractor regarding their costs allocation.
14.7.8
In case, mutual agreement as above that is whether Project Requirement constitutes a

Change order or not, is not reached, then Contractor, in the interest of the project, shall
take up the implementation of the work, if advised in writing to do so by Owner's
representative pending settlement between the two parties to the effect whether the
Project Requirement constitutes a change order or not as per the terms and conditions of
Contract Documents.
14.7.9
The time and cost effect in such a case shall be mutually verified for the purpose of
record. Should it be established that the said work constitutes a Change Order, the same
shall be compensated taking into account the records kept and in accordance with the
contract.
14.7.10
Should the amount of extra work/ change order, if any, which the Contractor may be
required to perform by the Owner, fairly entitles the Contractor to extensions of time
beyond the scheduled completion date for completion of either the whole of the works or
for such extra work only, the Owner and the Contractor shall mutually discuss and decide
the extension of time, if any to be granted to the Contractor.
15.0
STATUTORY APPROVALS
15.1
The approval from any authority required as per statutory rules and regulations of
Central/State Government/Local Bodies shall be the contractor's responsibility unless
otherwise specified in the bid document. The application on behalf of the Owner for
submission to relevant authorities along with copies of required certificates complete in all
respects shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor well ahead of time so that the
actual construction/ commissioning of the work is not delayed for want of the
approval/inspection by concerned authorities.
15.2
The Contractor shall arrange the inspection of the works by the authorities and necessary
co-ordination and liaison work in this respect shall be the responsibility of the contractor.
However statutory fees paid, if any, for all inspections and approvals to such authorities

New Delhi
Page 239 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 10 of 24
shall be reimbursed at actual by the Owner to the contractor on production of

documentary evidence.
15.3
Any change/ addition required to be made to meet the requirements of the statutory
authorities shall be carried out by the contractor without additional cost to Owner. The
inspection and acceptance of the work by statutory authorities shall however, not absolve
the contractor from any of his responsibilities under this contract.
16.0
DISTINCTION BETWEEN FOUNDATION AND SUPERSTRUCTURE
16.1
To distinguish between work in foundations and superstructures, the following criteria

shall apply:
16.2
For all Equipment pedestals, pipe racks, other foundation and R.C.C. Structures, work
done upto 300 mm level above finished grade level will be taken as work in foundations
and work above this level will be treated as work in superstructures and payments would
be made accordingly.
16.3
For Buildings only, all works upto level corresponding to finished floor level shall be
treated as `Work in foundation' and all works above the finished floor level shall be
treated as "Work in superstructure".
16.4
Irrespective of what has been stated above, all pavements, R.C.C. Retaining wall, all pipe
sleepers and any similar item would be taken as work done in foundations irrespective of
locations, nomenclature and levels given anywhere.
16.5
Where not specifically pointed out all works in Cellars / sumps, Tank Pads, Cable
trenches, or such similar item would be taken as work in foundation.
17.0
TESTS AND INSPECTION
17.1
The Contractor shall carry out the various tests as enumerated in the technical
specifications of this bidding document and the technical documents that will be furnished
to him during the performance of the work.
17.2
All the tests either on the field or at outside laboratories concerning the execution of the
work and supply of materials by the Contractor shall be carried out by Contractor at his
own cost.
17.3
The work is subject to inspection at all times by the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor
shall carry out all instructions given during inspection and shall ensure that the work is
being carried out according to the technical specifications of this bid document, the
technical documents and the relevant codes of practice will be furnished to him during the
performance of the work.
17.4
The Contractor shall provide for purposes of inspection access ladders, lighting and
necessary instruments at his own cost.
17.5
Any work not conforming to execution drawings, specifications or codes shall be rejected
forthwith and the Contractor shall carryout the rectifications at his own cost.
17.6
All results of inspection and tests will be recorded in the inspection reports, proforma of
which will be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. These reports shall form part of the
completion documents.
17.7
For materials supplied by Owner, Contractor shall carryout the tests, if required by the
Engineer-in- Charge, and the Owner shall reimburse the cost of such tests at actual to the
Contractor on production of documentary evidence.
17.8
Statutory fees paid to IBR authorities and for repeat tests and inspection due to failures,
repairs etc. such reasons attributable to the Contractor shall be borne by the Contractor.
17.9
Inspection and acceptance of work shall not relieve the Contractor from any of his
responsibilities under this Contract.
18.0
INSPECTION OF SUPPLY ITEMS / MATERIALS
18.1
All inspection and tests on bought out items/ materials shall be made as per the
specifications forming part of this contract. Various stages of inspection and testing shall
be identified after receipt of Quality Assurance Programme from the

New Delhi
Page 240 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 11 of 24
Contractor/Manufacturer.
18.2
Inspection calls shall be given for associations of Owner /EILs representative as per
mutually agreed programme in prescribed proforma with 15 days margin, giving details of
equipment and attaching relevant test certificates and internal inspection report of the
Contractor.
All drawings, General arrangement and other contract drawings,
specifications, catalogues etc. pertaining to equipment offered for inspection shall be got
approved from Owner /EIL and copies shall be made available to Owner/EIL before hand
for undertaking inspection.
18.3
The Contractor shall ensure full and free access to the inspection engineer of Owner/EIL
at the Contractors or their sub-contractors premises at any time during contract period to
facilitate him to carry out inspection and testing assignments.
18.4
The Contractor/sub-contractor shall provide all instruments, tools, necessary testing and
other inspection facilities to inspection engineer of Owner/EIL free of cost for carrying out
inspection.
18.5
Where facilities for testing do not exist in the Contractors/sub-contractors laboratories,

samples and test pieces shall be drawn by the Contractor/Sub-Contractor in presence of
Inspection Engineer of Owner /EIL and duly sealed by the later and sent for testing in
Government approved Test House or any other testing laboratories approved by the
Inspection Engineer at the Contractors cost.
19.0
FINAL INSPECTION
19.1
After completion of all tests as per specification the whole work will be subject to a final
inspection to ensure that job has been completed as per requirement. If any defects
noticed in the work attributable to Contractor, the Contractor at his own cost shall attend
these, as and when the owner brings them to his notice. The Owner shall have the right
to have these defects rectified at the risk and cost of the contractor if he fails to attend to
these defects immediately
20.0
SITE CLEANING
20.1
The Contractor shall clean and keep clean the work site from time to time to the
satisfaction of the Engineer- in-Charge for easy access to work site and to ensure safe
passage, movement and working.
20.2
If the work involves dismantling of any existing structure in whole or part, care shall be
taken to limit the dismantling up to the exact point and/or lines as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge and any damage caused to the existing structure beyond the said
line or point shall be repaired and restored to the original condition at the Contractor's
cost and risks to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge, whose decision shall be final
and binding upon the Contractor.
20.3
The Contractor shall be the custodian

Engineer-in-Charge takes charge thereof.
20.4
The Contractor shall dispose off the unserviceable materials, debris etc. to any area as
decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
20.5
The Contractor shall sort out, clear and stack the serviceable materials obtained from the
dismantling/renewal at places as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
20.6
20.7
No extra payment shall be paid on this account.

The surplus material / scrap out of contractor supplied materials shall be taken away by
contractor.
21.0
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND ORGANIZATION
21.1
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
21.1.1
The Contractor shall without prejudice to his overall responsibility to execute and
complete the work as per specifications and time schedule, progressively deploy
minimum construction equipments as specified in Appendix-V to this SCC as and
when required augment the same as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge depending on
the exigencies of the work so as to complete all works within the contracted time
of

New Delhi
Page 241 of 1178
the
dismantled
materials
till
the

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 12 of 24
schedule and without any additional cost to Owner. No construction equipment shall be
supplied by the Owner.
21.2
SITE ORGANISATION
21.2.1
Subject to the provisions in the contract document and without prejudice to Contractors
liabilities and responsibilities to provide adequate qualified skilled, semi skilled and
unskilled personnel on the work, contractor shall deploy minimum construction man
power as specified in Appendix-VII to this SCC and augment the same as decided by
the Engineer-in-Charge depending upon the site requirement & the exigencies of work so
as to complete all works within the contracted time schedule and without any additional
cost to OWNER.
21.2.2
Qualification and experience of Key Supervisory Personnel to be deployed for this work
shall be as per Appendix-VI to this SCC.
21.2.3
Contractor should maintain manpower engagement register (including skilled and

unskilled labour) / Hindrance register as per format given by E.I.C at site and should
present the same to Owner / EIL representatives whenever asked for.
21.3
Price adjustment due to delayed mobilization or shortfall in mobilization of

minimum equipment and manpower
21.3.1
Contractor shall mobilize and deploy all the equipments in good working condition
indicated in Minimum Construction Equipments to be Deployed at Site by
Contractor(MCEDS) enclosed as Appendix-V to SCC for the complete duration of the
project till completion of work as per schedule. The equipments as mentioned in
Appendix-V to SCC shall be mobilized within 15 days of written instructions for
mobilization given during Kick-off-meeting or by Engineer-in-charge based on front
availability at site.
21.3.2
Wherever Contractor deploys certain equipments which are approved by Engineer-incharge as technically equivalent, to the required equipment as per MCEDS, the same
shall also be considered as deployed while finding out the shortfall.
21.3.3
If required, the Contractor shall mobilize early or additional Construction equipments over
& above the minimum equipments listed in MCEDS to fulfill the obligation as per the
Contractors Scope of work and to meet the Contractual work completion dates. Such
mobilisation shall be deem to be part of the Contract and shall not entail any extra
compensation.
21.3.4
The Contractor, upon receipt of such written instruction (as per cl.20.3.1) shall mobilise
the machineries/equipments as mentioned at Appendix-V to SCC of requisite capacities
within 15 days (Fifteen) from the date of written instruction at the construction site. In
case of delay in mobilization or shortfall in mobilization of major equipments and Key
personnel manpower (Appendix-VII to SCC), penal recovery shall be levied per diem rate
from 16th day onwards as per the recovery rates specified in Appendix-X to SCC and
Appendix-V to SCC respectively, till the date of mobilization of major equipments and
Key personnel at site.
21.3.5
Equipments may be demobilized by the contractor on completion of its requirement at

site after written consent and clearance of Engineer-in-charge based on the request
made by the Contractor. Unilateral withdrawal of any major equipments by the Contractor
will attract cost recovery as per the recovery rates specified under schedule of rates from
the date of demobilization till completion of physical work at site. The decision of
Engineer-in charge is final and binding upon by the Contractor in this regard.
21.3.6
Deduction under this clause is in addition to Compensation for Delay applicable pursuant
to GCC clause no. 29. The provisions of GCC clause no. 29 shall have no bearing on this
clause.
21.3.7
Penalty for non-mobilization of specified manpower & equipment shall be limited to 3% of

the total executed value

New Delhi
Page 242 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 13 of 24
22.0
22.1
MEASUREMENT OF WORKS
In addition to the provisions of relevant clause of General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
and associated provisions thereof, the provisions of Appendix-I to SCC shall also apply.
23.0
TERMS OF PAYMENT
23.1
Basis and terms of payment for making On Account Payment shall be as set out in
Appendix-II to SCC. All payments will be made through EFT.
24.0
ROUNDING OFF
24.1
All payments to and recoveries from the bill of CONTRACTOR shall be rounded off to the
nearest Rupee. Wherever the amount to be paid/ recovered consists of a fraction of a
Rupee (Paise), the amount shall be rounded off to the next higher rupee if the fraction
consists of 50 (fifty) paise or more and if the fraction of a Rupee is less then 50 (fifty)
paise, the same shall be ignored.
25.0
QUALITY ASSURANCE/ QUALITY CONTROL
25.1
Bidder shall include in his offer the Quality Assurance Programme containing the overall
quality management and procedures, which is required to be adhered to during the
execution of contract. After the award of the contract detailed quality assurance
programme shall be prepared by the contractor for the execution of contract for various
works, which will be mutually discussed and agreed to.
25.2
The Contractor shall establish document and maintain an effective quality assurance
system outlined in recognised codes.
25.3
Quality Assurance System plans/procedures of the Contractor shall be furnished in the

form of a QA manual. This document should cover details of the personnel responsible
for the Quality Assurance, plans or procedures to be followed for quality control in respect
of Design, Engineering, Procurement, Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning.
The quality assurance system should indicate organizational approach for quality control
and quality assurance of the construction activities, at all stages of work at site as well as
at manufacture's works and dispatch of materials.
25.4
The
Owner/Consultant
or their representative shall reserve the right to
inspect/witness, review any or all stages of work at shop/site as deemed necessary
for quality assurance.
25.5
The contractor has to ensure the deployment of quality Assurance and Quality Control
Engineer(s) depending upon the quantum of work. This QA/QC group shall be fully
responsible to carryout the work as per standards and all code requirements. In case
Engineer-in-charge feels that contractor's QA/QC Engineer(s) are
incompetent
or
insufficient, contractor has to deploy other experienced Engineer(s) as per site
requirement and to the full satisfaction of Engineer-In-Charge.
25.6
In case contractor fails to follow the instructions of Engineer-in-charge with respect to

above clauses, next payment due to him shall not be released unless until he complies
with the instructions to the full satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge.
25.7
The Contractor shall adhere to the quality assurance system as per Specification given in
the Bidding Document enclosed as Appendix-III.
26.0
HEALTH SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT
26.1
The Contractor, during entire duration of the Contract, shall adhere to HSE requirement
as given in the Bidding Document attached as Appendix-IV herewith.
27.0
ENTRY PASSES, GATE PASSES, WORK PERMITS AND SAFETY REGULATIONS
27.1
The works under this contract are to be carried out in areas within the plant limits
adjacent or adjoining to an existing operating Refinery. As such, the CONTRACTOR and
its SUB-CONTRACTOR and their employees and agents are required to abide by safety
and security regulations of the OWNER in force from time to time.
27.2
Entry Passes

New Delhi
Page 243 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 14 of 24
27.2.1
The CONTRACTOR has to apply for photo Entry Passes for its workers and staff and the
workers and staff of its SUB-CONTRACTOR in a prescribed proforma provided by the
OWNER.
27.2.2
Unutilised/ expired Entry Passes/ Identity Cards shall have to be immediately surrendered
to the OWNER.
27.2.3
In case of the loss of an Entry Pass/Identity Card the CONTRACTOR shall immediately
lodge an FIR with the local police station and inform the Engineer-in-Charge of the loss.
The CONTRACTOR is required to keep an account and track of all Entry Passes issued
and surrendered.
27.2.4
Employees of the CONTRACTOR or SUB-CONTRACTOR while working inside the Plant

should always display gate Passes/Identity Cards issued by the Security Section.
27.3
Gate Passes
27.3.1
To bring materials, equipment, tools and tackle and other things inside the Refinery for
construction work, the CONTRACTOR has to produce proper documents of title or
authority relative thereto for inspection by personnel of the OWNER at gate. These shall
be checked thoroughly by personnel of the OWNER at the Gate and recorded in their
Register before permitting the same to be brought inside the Refinery limits. It is the
responsibility of CONTRACTOR to see that the entry is duly recorded in the Register with
proper Entry Number, date and signature of authorised representative of OWNER and
that the supporting challans/ documents are stamped and signed by personnel of
OWNER at the gate at the time of entry.
27.4
Work Permit
27.4.1
In order to keep the OWNER informed of the various jobs being undertaken within the
Refinery and to enable the OWNER to regulate the same to ensure the observance of
safety regulations relative thereto. When work is to be carried out in hazardous areas, a
Hot Work Permit is to be obtained by the CONTRACTOR from the OWNER before start
of work on jobs which are capable of generating a flame, spark or heat eg., gas cutting,
grinding, welding, use of any electrical, diesel, petrol or battery operated prime mover,
machine, tool or equipment or generator set, mixer machine, drilling machine, pump,
crane, fort lift or hand truck or trailer or chipping or breaking of rocks or concrete or
hacksaw cutting and drilling. Similarly the CONTRACTOR is to be obtain a Cold Work
Permit from the OWNER for jobs which do not come under the category of hot work and
in respect of which there is no risk of fire eg., transportation, backfilling of ordinary soil by
manual process, pile testing, hydro-testing, shuttering, fixing of reinforcement, hand
mixed concreting, plastering and brick work.
27.4.2
Depending on the nature of the work and the equipments and tools involved, the
CONTRACTOR shall apply for Cold/Hot Permit in a prescribed format at least 7 (seven)
days before the work is planned to start. No Work Permit shall be issued by OWNER
unless proper arrangement is made by the CONTRACTOR to ensure safe performance
of the work inside the Refinery limit. Job-wise and area-wise permits shall be issued to
the CONTRACTOR and for work against each permit the CONTRACTOR shall post at
site at least one Construction Supervisor and one Safety Supervisor of required level to
ensure the due observance of all safety requirements.
27.4.3
Contractor should follow the Work Permit (HOT permit/ Cold permit/ excavation clearance
etc.) system of the Owner.

New Delhi
Page 244 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 15 of 24
27.5
Vehicle Permit
27.5.1
Permits are to be obtained separately for entry/use of vehicles/trailers and other mobile
equipments inside the Refinery limits. All the vehicles of CONTRACTOR should have a
valid PUC certificates. The following requirements are to be met to obtain vehicle permit:
i)
ii)
iii)
27.5.2
Vehicle/Equipment shall be in good condition and fitted with spark arrestor.

Vehicles should carry, wherever applicable, Valid Road tax certificate and fitness
certificate from the Competent authority and insurance policy.
Valid operating/driving license of driver/operator.
Validity of the Permit

i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Any Hot or Cold Work Permit issued is valid only for 24 hours.
Thereafter the validity of the Permit must be renewed for each shift (Morning &
Evening) by the shift in-charge/shift representative of the OWNER.
The permit may be renewed for a maximum period of one month from the date of
issue and if extension is required, the CONTRACTOR has to apply for a fresh
permit.
A permit is not valid for work on holidays unless special permission of the
OWNER is obtained for the purpose.
27.6
Safety Regulations
27.6.1
Regarding Work Permit

i)
The work shall be carried out inside the Refinery limits to conform to the
OWNERS safety section and in accordance with any instructions of Engineer-inCharge issued from time to time. Sometimes working hours may be drastically
reduced or increased to satisfy safety requirements and the CONTRACTOR shall
meet these requirements without any time and cost implications. No claim for
idling of machinery, plant, manpower or equipment shall be entertained for
reason of delay in the issue of a Work Permit and it shall be the exclusive
responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to apply for, pursue and obtain the requisite
Work Permit(s) well in advance of the relative requirement(s).
ii)
27.6.2
The CONTRACTOR shall abide by all safety regulations of the plant and ensure
that safety equipment for specific jobs as stipulated in the Factories Act Safety
Handbook is issued to all employees during the execution of work, failing which
all the works at site shall be suspended.
Regarding Hot Work

i)
When doing hot work inside the plant the CONTRACTOR must ensure that the
fire hose is hooked up with a fire water system and extended to the work spot. In
addition, at least one fire extinguisher must be kept near the working spot. The
area around and below the place of hot work must be adequately protected from
sparks and hot metals by a booth made of asbestos, cloth/sheet and by wetting
with water. In addition, depending on the location and hazard of the work, the
CONTRACTOR shall at its own cost arrange sufficient number of additional fire
hoses and such fire fighting equipment of approved quality as may be required at
his own cost to carry out hot job inside the plant.
ii)
Welding & electrical cables should be of approved quality and no jointing or loose
connection shall be permitted.

New Delhi
Page 245 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774
27.6.3

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 16 of 24
iii)
At the end of the working day the CONTRACTOR must inform the electrical
section to switch off power at sub-station end.
iv)
The CONTRACTOR must provide cotton clothes, safety shoe, safety helmet,
safety belt, and hand gloves of approved quality to his workers to meet the safety
requirement of various jobs to be carried out inside the Plant.
Regarding use of Vehicle

i)
Vehicle must not ply on any road within the Refinery limit at a speed exceeding
20 KM/hr.
Mobile cranes, loaded trucks and trailers must not exceed speed limit of 15 KM/hr
inside the plant.
No crane is allowed to move inside the plant with load.
No vehicle is allowed to be parked inside the plant.
ii)
iii)
iv)
28.0
COMPUTERIZED CONTRACTORS BILLING SYSTEM
28.1
Without prejudice to stipulation in Terms and Conditions of Works Contract, Contractor

should follow following billing system.
28.2
The bills will be prepared by the Contractor on their own PCs as per the standard formats
and codification scheme proposed by Owner/EIL. The Contractor will be provided with
data entry software, if required, to capture the relevant billing data for subsequent
processing. Contractor will submit these data to Owner/EIL in an electronic media along
with the hard copy of the bill, necessary enclosures and documents. The Contractor will
also ensure the correctness and consistency of data so entered with the hard copy of the
bill submitted for payment.
28.3
Owner/EIL will utilize these data for processing and verification of the contractor's bill and
payment."
29.0
COMPLETION DOCUMENTS
29.1
a) The following documents shall be submitted in soft copy and hard binder by
the Contractor in 6 (Six) sets, as a part of completion documents:
i)
Test Certificate, Warantee /Guarantee certificates and copies of Purchase

Order with Prices blank from manufacturers for all supply material.
ii)
All other requirements as specified in the respective specifications.
iii)
As built drawings.
iv)
Any other drawing/document/report specified elsewhere in the bidding

document
b) One set of reproducible on polyester film of construction drawings showing therein

the execution of the work duly approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
30.0
COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES
30.1
Work shall be carried out in such a manner that the work of other agencies operating at
the site is not hampered due to any action of the Contractor. Proper coordination with
other agencies will be Contractor's responsibility. In case of any dispute, the decision of
Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
31.0
UNDERGROUND AND OVERHEAD STRUCTURES
31.1
The information to possible extent regarding existing structures/ overhead lines, existing
pipelines and utilities are already indicated on alignment sheets. Over and above
Contractor may encounter other structures/ pipelines/ OFC etc. that may not be appearing
on alignment sheet, the Contractor is required to collect such information on his own
before commencing the work. The Contractor shall execute the work in such a manner
that the said structures, utilities, pipelines etc. are not disturbed or damaged, and shall

New Delhi
Page 246 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 17 of 24
indemnify and keep indemnified the Owner from and against any destruction thereof or
damages thereto.
32.0
EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL LABOUR
32.1
The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that local labour, skilled and/or unskilled, to the extent
available shall be employed in this work. In case of non-availability of suitable labour in
any category out of the above persons, labour from outside may be employed.
32.2
The CONTRACTOR shall not recruit personnel of any category from among those who
are already employed by the other agencies working at site but shall make maximum use
of local labour available.
33.0
CONTRACTOR'S LABOURERS TO LEAVE SITE ON COMPLETION OF THE WORK
33.1
The labourers of CONTRACTOR must leave the location of the refinery/township/project

site after the work is tapered off/ completed. .
34.0
ROYALTY
34.1
Contractor's quoted rate should include the royalty on different applicable items as per the
prevailing Government rates. In case, owner is able to obtain the exemption of Royalty
from the State Government, the Contractor shall pass on the same to owner for all the
items involving Royalty. Any increase in prevailing rate of Royalty shall be borne by the
Contractor at no extra cost to the owner.
35.0
EXCAVATION BY BLASTING
35.1
The Contractor shall obtain licence from the District authorities for undertaking blasting
work as well as for obtaining and storing the explosive as per Explosive Rules 1940,
corrected up to date. He shall purchase the Explosives, fuses, detonators etc. Only from
a licensed dealer. He shall be responsible for the safe custody and proper accounting of
the explosive materials. The Engineer-in-Charge and his authorised representative shall
have the access to check the Contractor's store of explosives and his accounts. In case
where the explosive are required to be transported and stored at site, relevant clauses of
the Explosive rules 1940 as amended subsequently shall apply. The Contractor shall be
responsible for any accident to workman, public or property, due to blasting operations.
36.0
EXECUTION OF ELECTRICAL WORKS
36.1
The Contractor shall engage an approved electrical agency for execution of electrical
works, holding valid electrical Contractor licence. In case Contractor himself executes
electrical works then he shall arrange valid electrical Contractor licence before start of
electrical works at site.
37.0
MAKE OF MATERIALS
37.1
The materials required to be supplied by the Contractor under this contract shall be
procured only from Owner / EIL approved vendors. Where the makes of materials are not
indicated in the Bidding document Contractor shall furnish the details of makes and shall
obtain prior approval of Engineer-in-Charge of vendors/sub-vendors before placing order.
38.0
RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR
38.1
The entire work as per scope of work covered under this contract shall be awarded on
single point responsibility basis.
38.2
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the approval for any revision
and/or modifications decided by the Contractor from the Owner/ Engineer-in-charge
before implementation. Also such revisions and/or modifications if accepted/approved by
the Owner/Engineer-in-charge shall be carried out at no extra cost to the Owner. Any
changes required during and/or after approval for detailed construction drawings due to
functional requirements or for efficient running of system keeping the basic parameters
unchanged and which has not been indicated by the Contractor in the data/drawings
furnished along with the offer will be carried out by the Contractor at no extra cost to the
Owner.

New Delhi
Page 247 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 18 of 24
38.3
All expenses towards mobilisation at site and demobilisation including bringing in

equipment, clearing the site etc. shall be deemed to be included in the prices quoted and
no separate payments on account of such expenses shall be entertained.
38.4
It shall be entirely the Contractor's responsibility to provide, operate and maintain all
necessary construction equipments, scaffoldings and safety gadgets, cranes and other
lifting tackles, tools and appliances to perform the work in a workman like and efficient
manner and complete all the jobs as per time schedules.
38.5
Preparing approaches and working areas for the movement and operation of the cranes,
levelling the areas for assembly and erection shall also be the responsibility of the
Contractor. The Contractor shall acquaint himself with access availability, facilities such
as railway siding, local labour etc. to provide suitable allowances in his quotation. The
Contractor may have to build temporary access roads to aid his own work, which shall
also be taken care while quoting for the work.
38.6
The procurement and supply in sequence and at the appropriate time of all materials and
consumables shall be entirely the Contractor's responsibility and his rates for execution of
work will be inclusive of supply of all these items.
39.0
MECHANISED CONSTRUCTION
39.1
Contractor shall without prejudice to his overall responsibility to execute and complete the
work as per specifications and time schedule adopt as far as practicable, mechanised
construction techniques for major site activities. Contractor agrees that he will deploy the
required numbers and types of the plant & machinery applicable for different activities in
consultation with the Engineer-in-charge during execution of works.
39.2
Contractor further agrees that Contract price is inclusive of all the associated costs, which
he may incur for actual mobilization, required in respect of use of mechanised
construction techniques and that the Owner/Consultant in this regard shall entertain no
claim whatsoever.
40.0
CHECKING OF LEVELS
40.1
The Contractor shall be responsible for checking levels, orientation plan of all
foundations, foundation bolts, etc., well in advance of taking up the actual erection work
and bring to the notice of Engineer-in-Charge discrepancies, if any. In case of minor
variations in levels etc. the Contractor shall carry out the necessary rectifications to the
foundations within his quoted price.
40.2
The Contractor shall also be responsible for checking with templates, wherever
necessary, the disposition of foundation bolts with the corresponding bases of structure
and shall effect rectifications, as directed, within his quoted rate.
41.0
CONSTRUCTION
41.1
The CONTRACTOR shall within the scope of work observe in addition to specifications,
all national and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulation and requirements pertaining
to the work.
41.2
Various procedures and methods to be adopted by CONTRACTOR during the

construction as required in the respective specifications shall be submitted to OWNER in
due time and well in advance of the specific work for approval.
41.3
The CONTRACTOR shall carry out required supervision as per Quality Assurance Plan
and furnish all assistance required by the OWNER in carrying out inspection work. The
OWNER will have authorised representatives present who shall have free access to the
work at all times. If an OWNERs representative notifies the CONTRACTORS
representative of any deficiency in any work or in the supervision thereof, the
CONTRACTOR shall make every effort to carry out such instructions consistent with best
industry practice.
41.4
Contractor shall carry out pre-fabrication/ fabrication activities of work out side the
Refinery premises and the quoted price of contractor shall be deemed to include all costs
for this purpose.

New Delhi
Page 248 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 19 of 24
42.0
GENERAL GUIDELINES DURING AND BEFORE ERECTION
42.1
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for organising the lifting of the equipment in the
proper sequence for orderly progress of the work and to ensure that access routes for
erecting the other equipments are kept open.
42.2
Orientation of all foundations, elevations, lengths and disposition of anchor bolts and
diameter of holes in the supports and saddles shall be checked by the CONTRACTOR
well in advance of the installation. Rectifications, including chipping of foundations, shall
be carried out where necessary in consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge. If a
structural member needs to be dismantled to facilitate the equipment erection, this shall
be done by the CONTRACTOR after ensuring proper stability of the main structure in
consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge. All such dismantled members shall be put
back in position to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge after the completion of the
equipment erection.
42.3
During the performance of the work the CONTRACTOR shall at his own cost keep
structures, materials and equipment adequately braced by guys, struts or other approved
means which shall be supplied and installed by the CONTRACTOR as required till the
installation work is satisfactorily completed. Such guys, shoring, bracing, strutting,
planking supports etc. shall not interfere with the work of other agencies and shall not
damage or cause distortion to other works executed by the CONTRACTOR or other
agencies.
42.4
The CONTRACTOR shall duly comply with manufacturer(s) recommendations and

detailed specifications for the installation of the various equipment and machines.
42.5
Various tolerances required as marked on the drawings and/or in accordance with the
specifications and/or instructions of the Engineer-in-charge shall be maintained.
Verticality shall be verified with the Theodolite and shall be maintained.
43.0
ERECTION OF EQUIPMENT
43.1
All erection shall be carried out by deploying a crane(s) of suitable capacity. Erection by
derrick shall not be permissible. The CONTRACTOR shall submit erection schemes for
erection of critical equipments to Engineer-in-Charge for his approval. No equipment
shall be erected in the absence of an approved erection scheme for such equipment.
43.2
The quoted rates of the CONTRACTOR shall be deemed to include load testing of the
crane as required to establish the lifting capacity of the crane.
44.0
44.1
REGISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT WITH STATUTORY AUTHORITIES

Before submission their first invoice for Running payment, the Contractor shall register
themselves and the contract at their own cost with the, Income Tax, Sales Tax and such
other statutory authorities, as may be required under the rules and regulations governing
in India. The Contract Price shall be deemed to include all costs towards the same. A
copy of all documents related to all such registration shall be submitted to Owner for
record.
44.2
All statutory documents/certificates (like-Insurances, CAR policy, Workmen

compensation, labour license etc) to be furnished before the start of the job at site.
45.0
TEST CERTIFICATES
45.1
Bidder shall be required to submit recent test certificates for the material being used in
works from the recognised laboratories. These certificates should indicate all properties
of the materials as required in relevant IS Standards or International Standards.
45.2
Contractor shall also submit the test certificate with every batch of material supplied
which will be approved by Engineer-in-Charge. No secured advance will be given for the
materials not having test certificate. In case any test is to be carried out, the same shall
be got done in the approved laboratory at the cost of contractor.
46.0
ADDITIONAL WORKS/ EXTRA WORKS
46.1
Owner reserves their right to execute any additional works/ extra works, during the
execution of work, either by themselves or by appointing any other agency, even though

New Delhi
Page 249 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 20 of 24
such works are incidental to and necessary for the completion of works awarded to the
Contractor. In the event of such decisions taken by Owner Contractor is required to
extend necessary cooperation, and act as per the instructions of Engineer-in-Charge. No
extra time/cost compensation will be made by Owner/EIL.
47.0
GUARANTEE
47.1
Contractor needs to replace/repair or reinstall free of cost any material/equipment

supplied by him in case it fails to operate due to defective materials or workmanship as
per requirements of this specification upto twelve (12) months from the date of issue of
completion certificate and acceptance of the entire system by Owner
47.2
Contractor shall replace at his own cost if any item found defective or missed before
handing over the system to Owner. The decision of Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and
binding in this regard. The guarantee for such rectified/replaced item shall be for a period
of 12 months from completion of such rectification/replacement.
48.0
LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES
48.1
The final payment by the Owner in pursuance of the contract terms shall not mean
release of the Contractor from all his liabilities under the contract. The Contractor will be
liable and committed under this contract to fulfil all his liabilities and responsibilities, till
such time the Owner releases Security deposit.
49.0
PRICE VARIATION
The price variation shall be applicable on supply price of structural steel and
reinforcement steel only.
If the supply price of MS Plates, structural steel and reinforcement steel varies
during the execution of work, the CONTRACTOR shall be compensated for the
increase of price or recovery effected for decrease of price as per the formula
given below:a.
Structural steel / Reinforcement steel:
Vm = Mc x IR x Q x (M Mo)/ Mo
Where
Vm = Variation in price
Mc = Material component of item (Refer Annexure IIA)
IR = The Item Rate quoted by Bidder
Q = Qty. of structural steel/Reinforcement steel supplied during the month
Mo = All India Wholesale Monthly Price Index for STEEL: LONG released by
Office of Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Commerce and
Industry on the due date of submission of last priced bid.
M = All India Wholesale Price Index for STEEL: LONG released by Office of
Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Commerce and Industry
one month prior to the month in which the Structural Steel is received at
designated site.
Note:
1. Price variation for materials shall be valid only upto maximum of measured and
certified quantity separately.
2. Escalation towards materials shall be granted provided the Contractor brings in
the material to site within 90% of Contractual completion or extended completion
period, if extended due to reasons not attributable to the Contractor.

New Delhi
Page 250 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 21 of 24
50.0
50.1
SECURED ADVANCE ON MATERIALS

No secured advance will be paid other than specified in NRL GCC.
50.2
CONTRACTOR may be allowed Secured Advance on the materials brought to site for
execution of contracted items of work to the extent of 75% of the value of materials
against documentary evidence with test & inspection certificate and after furnishing an
Indemnity Bond in the format prescribed in GCC, on non-judicial stamp paper of
appropriate value and shall provide the Owner satisfactory evidence of insurance of
insurable materials specified in APPENDIX-XIV TO SCC for full value of the material
during storage and erection against all insurable risks (including explosion) in the joint
names of Owner and the CONTRACTOR. Items qualifying for Secured Advance are
listed in APPENDIX-XIV to SCC. However, Secured Advance shall not be payable for
such items against which payment on supply is released as per the Payment Terms.
50.3
Decision of Engineer-in-Charge regarding the extent of materials required for

incorporation in permanent works as well as the cost of materials, shall be final and
binding on the CONTRACTOR.
50.4
The Secured Advance so paid shall be recovered from CONTRACTORs R.A. Bills
proportionately to the extent that the concerned materials are incorporated in the works
and billed for. Balance amount, if any, will be recovered in full from the pre final bill of the
CONTRACTOR / any other dues or shall be recovered completely when 90% of the
Contract Value gets paid, whichever is earlier.
51.0
51.1
ISSUE OF MATERIALS
No material shall be issued to the contractors which are otherwise to be brought by the
contractors as part of his own supply. However in exceptional cases, in the interest of
work, material can be supplied to contractor (after taking prior security deposit) even
though it is not required to be supplied in accordance with the terms & condition of the
contract. In this case Engineer-in-charge will forward recommendation to owner recording
reasons for supply of materials from owners store on chargeable/loan basis. The rates
charged shall be at Landed cost or market price plus 15% to cover overheads whichever
is higher
52.0
FUEL REQUIREMENT OF WORKERS
52.1
The Contractor & their Sub-Contractor shall be responsible to arrange for the fuel
requirement of his workers and staff without resorting to cutting of trees and
shrubs. Cutting of trees and shrubs is strictly prohibited for this purpose.
53.0
CONDITIONS FOR ISSUE AND RECONCILIATION OF MATERIALS
53.1
Conditions for issue and reconciliation of free issue materials by NRL shall be as
per enclosed APPENDIX-XII to this SCC, as applicable.
53.2
53.3
Modifications to Conditions for Issue and Reconciliation of Materials

Following are the modifications to Condition for Issue and Reconciliation of
Materials:
Contractor appearing in the conditions for issue and reconciliation of material
shall be read as CONTRACTOR.
Owner appearing anywhere in the conditions for issue and reconciliation of
material shall be read as NRL
The existing para of clause no.4.2 stands replaced by the following:
The scrap allowance for pipes issued by NRL shall be total 2% (1.5%
accountable + 0.5% non-accountable) of the actual consumption as incorporated
in the works.

New Delhi
Page 251 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 22 of 24
54.0
SETTING OUT OF WORK
54.1
OWNER/EIL shall furnish the relevant existing grid point with Bench Mark, on the
land. It shall be CONTRACTOR responsibility to set out the necessary control
points in and to set out the alignment of the various works. The CONTRACTOR
shall employ an efficient survey team for this purpose and the accuracy of such
setting out works shall be the CONTRACTOR responsibility.
54.2
The CONTRACTOR shall give the Engineer-in-Charge not less than 24 (Twenty
four) hours notice in writing of his intention to set out or give levels for any part of
the work so that arrangements may be made for checking the same.
54.3
Work shall be scheduled so as to enable checking lines and levels on any part of
the work.
54.4
The CONTRACTOR shall within the scope of work provide all assistance, tools,
gauges and instruments required to enable the Engineer-in-Charge to check the
setting out of works.
55.0
LEADS
55.1
For the various works, in case of contradiction, leads mentioned in the Schedule
of Rates shall prevail over those indicated in the Technical specifications.
56.0
SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTE BETWEEN GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT/

PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS
56.1
In the event of any disputes or differences between the CONTRACTOR and

Owner, if the CONTRACTOR is a Government department, a Government
company or an undertaking in the public sector, then in suppression of the
provisions of Section 9 of the General Conditions of Contract, the following
provisions shall apply, namely; such disputes or differences shall be resolved
amicably by mutual consultation or through the good offices or empowered
agencies of the Government. If such resolution is not possible, then the
unresolved disputes or differences shall be referred to arbitration of an arbitrator
to be nominated by the Secretary, Department of legal affairs (Law Secretary) in
terms of the Office Memorandum No. 55/3/1/75-CF dated 19th December, 1975
issued by the Cabinet Secretariat (Deptt. of Cabinet Affairs) as modified from
time to time. The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 shall not be applicable to
the arbitrator under this clause. The award of the arbitrator shall be binding upon
parties to the dispute, provided, however any party aggrieved by such award may
make a further reference for setting aside or revision of the award to Law
Secretary whose decision shall bind the parties finally and conclusively.
57.0
COORDINATION WITH PMC
57.1
CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with PMC for his day-to-day activities and
provide free access and assistance during the inspections and other activities to
be carried out by PMC. CONTRACTOR shall comply to the requirements of
PMC and obtain all the clearances from PMC for his work.
58.0
INTEGRITY PACT
58.1
Pro-forma of Integrity Pact (IP) shall be as per Appendix-XIII to SCC returned by

the bidder along with the unpriced bid, duly signed on all pages by the same
signatory who is authorized to sign the bid documents. Bidders failure to submit

New Delhi
Page 252 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 23 of 24
the Integrity Pact duly signed shall result in the bid not being considered for
further evaluation.
59.0
ERRANT BIDDER
59.1
In case after price bid opening the lowest evaluated bidder (L1) is not awarded
the job for any mistake committed by him in bidding or withdrawal of bid or
varying any term in regard thereof leading to re-tendering, OWNER shall forfeit
Earnest Money paid by the bidder and such bidders shall be debarred from
participation in re-tendering of the same job(s)/item(s).
60.0
CORRUPT AND FRAUDULENT PRACTICES
a)
b)
c)
d)
Bidders are required to furnish the complete and correct information/

documents required for evaluation of their bids. If the information/
documents forming basis of evaluation is found to be false/ fake/ forged,
the same shall be considered adequate ground for rejection of the bids
and forfeiture of earnest money deposit.
OWNER requires that the CONTRACTOR observes the highest standard
of ethics during the execution of Contract. In pursuance of this policy,
OWNER defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth
below as follows:
Corrupt Practice means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of
anything of value to influence the action of public official in contract execution;
and
Fraudulent Practice means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence
the execution of a Contract to the detriment of OWNER, and includes
collusive practice among bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to
establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive OWNER
of the benefits of free and open competition.
False/Fake means to make or construct falsely. Faked alibi is a made,
manufactured, or false alibi. Something that is not what is purports to be;
counterfeit, an imposter.
Forgery means the false making or the material altering of a document with
the intent to defraud. A signature of a person that is made without the
persons consent and without the person otherwise authorizing it. A person is
guilty of forgery if, with the purpose to defraud or injure anyone or with
knowledge that he is facilitating a fraud or injury to be perpetrated by anyone,
the actor (i) alters any writing of another without his authority (ii) makes,
completes, authenticates, executes, issues or transfers any writing, so that it
purports to be the act of another who did not authorize that act or to have
been executed at a time or place or in a numbered sequence other than was
in fact the case, or to, be a copy of an original when no such original exists.
Utters any writing which he knows to be false in a manner specified in (i) & (ii)
above.
OWNER may terminate the Contract if it discovers subsequently that the
Contractor had engaged in Corrupt Practices or Fraudulent Practices in
competing for the Contract.
The Contractor is required to execute the Integrity Pact if specified in the
Bidding Document.
In case, the information/ document furnished by the Contractor forming
New Delhi
Page 253 of 1178

DHDT Project
Job Number : A774

A774-TN-8102-SCC
Sheet 24 of 24
basis of evaluation of its Bid is found to be false / fake/ forged after the
award of the Contract, OWNER shall have the right to terminate the
Contract and get the remaining Works executed by a third party at the risk
& Cost of the Contractor and without any prejudice to other rights available
to OWNER under the Contract such as forfeiture of the Contract
Performance Bank Guarantee, withholding of payment etc.
In case, this issue of submission of false/fake documents comes to the
notice after execution of the Works, OWNER shall have full right to forfeit
any amount due to the Contractor along with forfeiture of the Contract
Performance Bank Guarantee furnished by the Contractor.
Further, any Contractor which is found guilty of any Corrupt or Fraudulent
Practice or submission of false/fake /forged documents, shall be put on the
negative/ holiday list of OWNER debarring them from future business with
OWNER
61.0
VENDOR LIST FOR CEMENT & STEEL
61.1
The contractor shall purchase Steel and Cement from the approved manufacturer
or their stockiest as mentioned in Annexure-IX to SCC.
62.0
SUB-CONTRACTING
62.1
If the CONTRACTOR is required to engage a Sub-Contractor for any part of

work, then such Sub-Contractors shall have prior proven experience of similar
work and shall require specific approval by OWNER/EIL after award of work.
62.2
Following the notification of Acceptance of Bid, the CONTRACTOR will submit to

the OWNER for approval the details of Sub-Contractors. CONTRACTOR shall
ensure that very competent and resourceful agencies with proven track record
and performance should be proposed for the work to be sub-contracted as per
format attached in Appendix XV to SCC
63.0
LIABILITY OF GOVERNMENT OF INDIA
63.1
It is expressly understood that Govt. of India is not a party to this Contract and
has no liability, obligations or rights hereunder. It is expressly understood
that NRL is an independent legal entity with power and authority to enter into
the Contract solely on its behalf under the Applicable Laws and general
principles of contract law.
63.2
The Contractor expressly agrees and acknowledges and understands that NRL
is not an agent, representative or delegatee of Government of India.

New Delhi
Page 254 of 1178
SCC : Annexure-I : Measurement of Work

Civil /Structural Works
Sheet 1 of 2
DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE

Job Number: A774
MEASUREMENT OF WORK
[ANNEXURE - I TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]

New Delhi
Page 255 of 1178
SCC : Annexure-I : Measurement of Work

Civil /Structural Works
Sheet 2 of 2
DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE

Job Number: A774
MEASUREMENT OF WORK
1.0
GENERAL
1.1
The mode of measurement shall be as mentioned in relevant standard specification

incorporated in the Bidding Document. Any other mode of measurements not
covered in above specifications shall be followed in accordance with relevant BIS
codes /Schedule of Rates/ Specifications etc. and/or as decided by Engineer-inCharge.Only the relevant mode(s) of measurement as detailed in this Section shall
be applicable for the items covered in the scope of work / Schedule of Rates of the
Bidding Document.
1.2
Payment will be made on the basis of joint measurements taken by Contractor and
certified by Engineer-In-Charge. Measurement shall be based on "Approved for
Construction" drawings, to the extent that the work conforms to the drawings and
details are adequate.
1.3
Wherever work is executed based on instructions of Engineer-In-Charge or details

are not adequate in the drawings, physical measurements shall be taken by
Contractor in the presence of Engineer-In-Charge.
1.4
Measurements of weights shall be in metric tonnes corrected to the nearest

Kilogram. Linear measurements shall be in meters corrected to the nearest
centimetres.
1.5
The weights mentioned in the drawing or shipping list shall be the basis for payment.
If mountings for panels etc. are packed separately, their erection weights shall
include all mountings.
1.6
No other payment either for temporary works connected with this Contract or for
any other item such as weld, shims, packing plates etc. shall be made. Such items
shall be deemed to have been included for in the rates quoted.
1.7
Measurements will be made for various items under schedule of rates on the
following basis as indicated in the unit column
i) Weights
ii) Length
iii) Number
iv) Volume
v) Area
MT or Kg
M (Metre)
No.
Cu.M
Sq.M
1.8
Wherever the unit of items has been indicated as lumpsum, the payment shall be
made on lumpsum basis on completion & no mode of measurement shall be
applicable.
1.9
The measurement for cable laying shall be made on the basis of length actually laid
from lug to lug including length of loops provided.

New Delhi
Page 256 of 1178
TERMS OF PAYMENT
[APPENDIX-II TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]

New Delhi
Page 257 of 1178
1.0
MOBILIZATION ADVANCE
No Mobilization advance shall be paid for this contract.
2.0
ON ACCOUNT PAYMENTS
Progress Payments shall be released to Contractor against monthly running account
bills duly certified by Engineer-in-charge after affecting the necessary deductions. The
basis for payment against various items shall be as below:
S.
NO.
NATURE OF
WORK
PAYMENT TERMS
1.
1.1 Civil, Structural
and
Architectural
Works
1.2 Structural
Steel Works
95% on completion of works on prorata basis as certified in

monthly progress bill.
5% on completion of all works in all respects and issuance of

completion certificate.
FABRICATION AT SITE
-
5% on finalisation of quantity, plan and submission of approved

fabrication drawings.
55% on receipt and acceptance of material at site.
20% on fabrication, surface preparation and application of

primer coat.
15% on erection, alignment, welding, grouting etc.
5% on completion of all works in all respect and issuance of

FABRICATION AT YARD OUTSIDE PROJECT PREMISES

-
5% on finalisation of quantity, plan and submission of approved

55% on receipt and acceptance of material AT CONTRACTOR

FABRICATION YARD OUTSIDE THE Project premises against
Rolling Bank Guarantee for an equivalent amount of material at
contractors shop with a validity till receipt of materials at project
premises plus 03 months claim period.
20% on fabrication, surface preparation and application of

primer and receipt of fabricated structures at site.
15% on erection, alignment, welding etc.
5% on completion of all work in all respect and issuance of

At issue rates (chargeable basis)

-
5% on finalisation of quantity, plan and submission of

75% on transportation of material from storage yard / stores

points to fabrication yard and fabrication surface preparation
and application of primer coat.
Page 258 of 1178
S.
NO.
NATURE OF
WORK
1.3 Electrical Work
PAYMENT TERMS
15% on erection, alignment, welding/grouting etc.
5% on completion of all work in all respect and issuance of

For Supply Items

-

For Erection Items

-
80% on completion of erection / installation.
15% on testing and acceptance.

For Items involving both Supply & Erection
1.4 Miscellaneous
Works
20% after erection /installation.
10% after testing and acceptance.

95% on completion of work as certified in monthly progress bill.

NOTE:
1) Payments shall be made after necessary deductions on account of income tax, secured advance,
Security deposit and other deductions as per the provisions of the Contract and as required under the
law. The Payment shall be made after necessary deductions on account of Security Deposit (if entire
Security Deposit amounting to 10% of Contract Value is not submitted initially)
Other terms of payment, if any, may be mutually discussed and agreed upon in consultation with
OWNER/ EIL after Award of Work.
3.0
Price
The prices shall be firm during the entire contract period including all extensions granted on whatsoever
ground may be. No escalation on any account shall be admissible.
4.0
Predetermined agreed damages for delay
Compensation for Delay shall be applicable @ 0.5% of the Contract Value per week of delay or part
thereof subject to maximum of 5% of Contract Value.
5.0
Provision of Extra/Additional Items
If the altered/additional work required to be executed as per Owners/Consultants equirement for which
there are no established rates in schedule of rates, the same shall be payable as per provision led down
at clause no. 60 of GCC.
Page 259 of 1178
[APPENDIX - III TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 260 of 1178
Page 261 of 1178
Page 262 of 1178
Page 263 of 1178
Page 264 of 1178
Page 265 of 1178
Page 266 of 1178
Page 267 of 1178
Page 268 of 1178
Page 269 of 1178
[APPENDIX - IV TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 270 of 1178
aarn 122
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
51
IA Govt of India Undertak.ng)
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR

HEALTH, SAFETY &
ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
AT CONSTRUCTION SITES
STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 1 of 87
1-11-1 ul -f-zffl 'zr{

1141<ui
WkcIT
3T4tT9' irq

HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT
(HSE) MANAGEMENT
26/02/2014
REVISED & UPDATED
SM
RKD
SC
19/12/2012
REVISED & UPDATED
SM
SM
RKD
DM
13/02/2008
REVISED & UPDATED
AS
RK
SCB
VC
17/07/2007
REVISED & UPDATED
AS
MPJ
VNP
VC
11/08/2005
REVISED & UPDATED
MPJ
MPJ
VNP
VJN
Checked by
Standards
Comm ittee
Convenor
Rev
Date
Purpose
Prepared by
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Page 271 of 1178
Copyright EIL All rights reserved

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 2 of 87
Abbreviations:
AERB
ANSI
BARC
BS
EIL
ELCB
EPC
EPCC
ESI
GCC
GM
GTAW
HOD
HSE
HV
IS
IE
JSA
LOTO
LPG
LSTK
MV
PPE
RCM
ROW
SCC
SLI
TBM
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Atomic Energy Regulatory Board

American National Standards Institute
Bhabha Atomic Research Centre
British Standard
Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
Engineering, Procurement and Construction
Engineering, Procurement, Construction and Commissioning
Employee State Insurance
General Conditions of Contract
General Manager
Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
Head of Department
Health, Safety & Environment
High Voltage
Indian Standard
Indian Electricity
Job Safety Analysis
Lock Out & Tag Out
Liquefied Petroleum Gas
Lump Sum Turn Key
Medium Voltage
Personal Protective Equipment
Resident Construction Manager or Site-in-Charge, as applicable
Right of Way
Safe Load Indicator
Tool Box Talks
Construction Standards Committee

Convenor :
Sh. RK Das, ED(Construction)
Members :
Sh. M.Deshpande, GM (C)

Sh. M. Natarajan, GM (C&P)
Sh Rakesh Nanda, DGM (Piping)
Sh. S Mukherjee, DGM (Construction)
Sh. Janak Kishore, DGM (Projects)
Sh. D. Jana, AGM (Construction)

Page 272 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 3 of 87
CONTENTS
CLAUSE
TITLE
PAGE NO.
1.0
2.0
Scope
References
5
5
3.0
Requirement of Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Management

System to be complied by Bidders
3.1
Management Responsibility
3.1.1
HSE Policy & Objective
3.1.2
Management System
3.2
3.3

Page 273 of 1178
5
5
5
3.1.3
Indemnification
3.1.4
3.1.5
Deployment & Qualification of Safety

Personnel
Implementation, Inspection & Monitoring
3.1.6
Behavior Based Safety
3.1.7
3.1.8
Awareness
Fire prevention & First-Aid
9
9
3.1.9
3.1.10
3.1.11
Documentation
Audit
Meetings
9
10
10
3.1.12
Intoxicating drinks & drugs and smoking
11
3.1.13
Penalty
11
3.1.14
Accident/Incident investigation
14
House Keeping
HSE Measures
3.3.1
Construction Hazards
3.3.2
Accessibility
14
15
15
16
3.3.3
Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs)
16
3.3.4
Working at height
17
3.3.5
Scaffoldings
18
3.3.6
Electrical installations
19
3.3.7
Welding/Gas cutting
21
3.3.8
Ergonomics and tools & tackles
22
3.3.9
3.3.10
Occupational Health
Hazardous substances
22
23
3.3.11
Slips, trips & falls
23
3.3.12
3.3.13
3.3.14
3.3.15
3.3.16
3.3.17
3.3.18
Radiation exposure
Explosives/Blasting operations
Demolition/Dismantling
Road Safety
Welfare measures
Environment Protection
Rules & Regulations
23
24
24
24
25
25
26
Contd to page 4

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 4 of 87
CONTENTS (contd. from page 3)
4.0
3.3.19
Weather Protection
3.3.20
Communication
3.3.21
Confined Space Entry
3.3.22
Heavy Lifts
3.3.23
Key performance indicators
3.3.24
Unsuitable Land Conditions
3.3.25
Under Water Inspection
3.3.26
Excavation
3.4
Tool Box talks
3.5
Training & Induction Programme
3.6
Additional safety requirements for working Inside a running
3.7
Self Assessment and Enhancement
3.8
HSE Promotion
3.9
LOTO for isolation of energy source
Details of HSE Management System by Contractor
4.1
On Award of Contract
4.2
During Job Execution
4.3
During short listing of the sub-contractors
Records
5.0
Appendices
1.
Standards/Codes on HSE
2.
Details of First AID Box
3.
Types of Fire Extinguishers & their Appln.
4.
Indicative List of statutory Acts & Rules
5.
Construction Hazards and their mitigation
6.
Training subjects / topics
7.
Construction Power Board ( typ)
8.
List of HSE procedures
Attachments (Reporting Formats)
I.
Safety Walk through Report
II.
Accident/Incident Report
III.
Suppl. Accident/Incident Investigation Report
IV.
Near Miss Incident Report/Dangerous occurrence
V.
Monthly HSE Report
VI.
Permit for Working at height
VII.
Permit for Working in Confined Space
VIII.
Permit for Radiation work
IX.
Permit for Demolishing/ Dismantling
X
Daily Safety Checklist
XI
Housekeeping assessment & compliance
XII
Inspection of temporary electrical booth / installation
XIII
Inspection for scaffolding
XIV
Permit for erection / modification & dismantling of
scaffolding
XV
Permit for heavy lift/critical erection
XVI
Permit Energy Isolation & De-Isolation
XVI
Permit for Excavation

Page 274 of 1178
26
26
27
27
27
28
28
28
29
30
31
32
32
32
33
33
34
35
Appendix-A
Appendix-B
Appendix-C
Appendix-D
Appendix-E
Appendix-F
Appendix-G
Appendix-H
HSE-1 Rev.0
HSE-2 Rev.0
HSE-3 Rev.0
HSE-4 Rev.0
HSE-5 Rev.0
HSE-6 Rev.0
HSE-7 Rev.0
HSE-8 Rev.0
HSE-9 Rev.0
HSE-10 Rev.0
HSE-11 Rev.0
HSE-12 Rev.0
HSE-13 Rev.0
HSE-14 Rev.0
HSE-15 Rev.0
HSE-16 Rev 0
HSE-17 Rev 0

HEALTH, SAFETY &
1.0
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 5 of 87
SCOPE
This specification establishes the Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) management
requirement to be complied by Contractors/Vendors including their sub-contractors/sub vendors
during construction.
This specification is not intended to replace the necessary professional judgment needed to
design & implement an effective HSE system for construction activities and the contractor is
expected to fulfill HSE requirements in this specification as a minimum. It is expected that
contractor shall implement best HSE practices beyond whatever are mentioned in this
specification.
Requirements stipulated in this specification shall supplement the requirements of HSE
Management given in relevant Act(s)/legislations, General Conditions of Contract (GCC),
Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) and Job (Technical) Specifications. Where different
documents stipulate different requirements, the most stringent shall apply.
2.0
REFERENCES
The document should be read in conjunction with following:
-
General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)
Building and other construction workers Act,
Indian Factories Act
Job (Technical) specifications
Relevant International / National Codes (refer Appendix-A for standards/codes on HSE)
Relevant State & National Statutory requirements.
Operating Manuals Recommendation of Manufacturer of various construction Machineries
3.0
REQUIREMENTS OF HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) MANAGEMENT

SYSTEM TO BE COMPLIED BY BIDDERS
3.1
Management Responsibility
3.1.1
HSE Policy & Objectives

The Contractor should have a documented HSE policy duly & objectives to demonstrate
commitment of their organization to ensure health, safety and environment aspects in their line
of operations.
HSE Policy of the contractor shall be made available to Owner / EIL at the place of execution of
specific contract works, as a valid document.
3.1.2
Management System
The HSE management system of the Contractor shall cover the HSE requirements &
commitments to fulfill them, including but not limited to what are specified under clause 1.0
and 2.0 above. The Contractor shall obtain the approval of its site specific HSE Plan from EIL /
Owner prior to commencement of any site works. Corporate as well as Site management of the
Contractor shall ensure compliance of their HSE Plan at work sites in its entirety & in true
spirit.

Page 275 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
3.1.3
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 6 of 87
Indemnification
Contractor shall indemnify & hold harmless, Owner/EIL & their representatives, free from any
and all liabilities arising out of non-fulfillment of HSE requirements or its consequences.
3.1.4
Deployment & qualifications of Safety personnel

The Contractor shall designate/deploy various categories of HSE personnel at site as indicated
below in sufficient number. In no case, deployment of safety Supervisor / Safety Steward shall
substitute deployment of Safety Officer / Safety Engr what is indicated in relevant statute of
BOCW Act i.e deployment of safety officer/Safety Engineer is compulsory at project site. The
Safety supervisors, Safety stewards etc. would facilitate the HSE tasks at grass root level for
construction sites and shall assist Safety Officer / Engineers.
a)
Safety Steward
For every 250 workmen, one safety steward shall be deployed.
As a minimum, he shall preferably possess School leaving Certificate (of Class XII with
Physics & Chemistry etc.) and trained in fire-fighting as well as in safety/occupational
health related subjects, with minimum two year of practical experience in construction
work environment and preferably have adequate knowledge of the language spoken by
majority of the workers at the construction site.
b)
Safety Supervisor
For every 500workmen, one safety Supervisor shall be deployed.
As a minimum, he shall possess a recognized Degree in Science (with Physics &
Chemistry) or a diploma in Engg. or Tech. with minimum Two years of practical
experience in construction work environment and should possess requisite skills to deal
with construction safety & fire related day-to-day issues.
c)
Safety Officer / Safety Engineer

One for every 1000 workers or part thereof shall be deployed.
Safety officer/Engineer Should Possess following Qualification & Experience :
(i)
Recognized degree in any branch of Engg. or Tech. or Architecture with practical

experience of working in a building or other construction work in supervisory
capacity for a period of not less than two years, or possessing recognized diploma in
any branch of Engg. or Tech with practical experience of building or other
construction work in supervisory capacity for a period of not less than five years.
(ii)
Recognized degree or diploma in Industrial safety with one paper in Construction

Safety
(iii)
Preferably have adequate knowledge of the language spoken by majority of the

workers at the construction site.
Alternately
(i)
Person possessing Graduation Degree in Science with Physics & Chemistry and
degree or diploma in Industrial Safety (from any Indian institutes recognized by

Page 276 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 7 of 87
AICTE or State Council of Tech. Education of any Indian State) with practical
experience of working in a building, plant or other construction works (as Safety
Officer, in line with Indian Factories Act, 1958) for a period of not less than five
years, may be considered as Safety Officer, in case Owner/Client of the project
agrees for /approves the same.
d)
HSE In-Charge
In case there is more than one Safety Officer at any project construction site, one of them,
who is senior most by experience (in HSE discipline), may be designated as HSE InCharge. Duties & responsibilities of such person shall be commensurate with that of
relevant statute and primarily to coordinate with top management of Client and contractors.
In case the statutory requirements i.e. State or Central Acts and / or Rules as applicable like
the Building and Other Construction Workers Regulation of Employment and Conditions
of Service- Act,1996 or State Rules (wherever notified), the Factories Act, 1948 or Rules
(wherever notified), etc. are more stringent than above clarifications, the same shall be
followed.
Contractors shall ensure physical availability of safety personnel at the place of specific
work location, where Hot Work Permit is required / granted. No work shall be started at
any of the project sites until above safety personnel & concerned Site Engineer of
Contractor are physically deployed at site. The Contractor shall submit a HSE organogram
clearly indicating the lines of responsibility and reporting system and elaborate the
responsibilities of safety personnel in their HSE Plan.
The Contractor shall verify & authenticate credentials of such safety personnel and furnish
Bio-Data/ Resume/ Curriculum Vitae of the safety personnel as above for EIL/Owners
approval, at least 1 month before the mobilization. The Contractor, whenever required,
shall arrange submission of original testimonials/certificates of their Safety personnel, to
EIL/Owner (for verification/scrutiny, etc.)
Imposition / Realization of penalty shall not absolve the Contractor from his/her
responsibility of deploying competent safety officer at site.
Adequate planning and deployment of safety personnel shall be ensured by the Contractor
so that field activities do not get affected because of non-deployment of competent &
qualified safety people in appropriate numbers.
3.1.5
Implementation, Inspection/Monitoring
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for planning, reporting, implementing and
monitoring all HSE requirements and compliance of all laws & statutory requirements.
The Contractor shall also ensure that the HSE requirements are clearly understood &
implemented conscientiously by their site personnel at all levels at site.
The Contractor shall ensure physical presence of their field engineers / supervisors, during
the continuation of their contract works / site activities including all material transportation
activities. Physical absence of experienced field engineers / supervisors of Contractor at
critical work spot during the course of work, may invite severe penalization as per the
discretion of EIC, including halting / stoppage of work.
Contractor shall furnish their annual Inspection Plan, with regard to project issues /subjects,
frequency and performers to EIL/Owner.
The Contractor shall regularly review inspection report internally and implement all
practical steps / actions for improving the status continuously.

Page 277 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
3.1.6
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 8 of 87
The Contractor shall ensure important safety checks right from beginning of works at every
work site locations and to this effect format No: HSE-10 Daily Safety Check List shall
be prepared by field engineer & duly checked by safety personnel for conformance.
The Contractor shall carry out inspection to identify various unsafe conditions of work
sites/machinery/equipments as well as unsafe acts
on the part of
workmen/supervisor/engineer while carrying out different project related works.
Adequate records for all inspections shall be maintained by the Contractor and the same
shall be furnished to EIL/Owner, whenever sought.
The Contractor shall not carry-out work by engaging single worker anywhere without any
supervisor anytime during day or night.
To demonstrate involvement/commitment of site management of Contractor, at least one
Safety Walk through in a month shall be carried out by Contractors head of site (along
with his area manager/field engineers) and a report shall be furnished to EIL/Owner as per
format No: HSE-1 Safety walk through report followed by compliance for unsatisfactory
remarks.
As a general practice lifting tools/tackles, machinery, accessories etc. shall be inspected,
tested and examined by competent people (approved by concerned State authorities) before
being used at site and also at periodical interval (e.g. during replacement,extension,
modification, elongation/reduction of machine/parts, etc.) as per relevant statutes. Hydra,
cranes, lifting machinery, mobile equipments / machinery / vehicles, etc. shall be inspected
regularly by only competent / experienced personnel at site and requisite records for such
inspections shall be maintained by every contractor. Contractor shall also maintain records
of maintenance of all other site machinery (e.g. generators, rectifiers, compressors, cutters,
etc.) & portable tools/equipments being used at project related works (e.g. drills, abrasive
wheels, punches, chisels, spanners, etc.). The Contractor shall not make use of arbitrarily
fabricated derricks at project site for lifting / lowering of construction materials.
Site facilities /temporary. installations, e.g. batching plant, cement godown, DG-room,
temporary electrical panels/distribution boards, shot-blasting booth, fabrication yards, etc.
and site welfare facilities, like labour colonies, canteen/pantry, rest-shelters, motor
cycle/bicycle-shed, site washing facilities, First-aid centers, urinals/toilets, etc. should be
periodically inspected by Contractor (preferably utilizing HR/Admn. personnel to inspect
site welfare facilities) and records to be maintained.
Behaviour Based Safety
The contractor shall develop a system to implement Behaviour-Based Safety (BBS)

through which work groups can identify, measure and change the behaviours of employees
and workers
The BBS process shall include the following:
Identify the behaviours critical to obtaining required safety performance.
Communicate the behaviours and how they are performed correctly to all
Observe the work force and record safe/at risk behaviours. Intervene with workers
to give positive reinforcement when safe behaviours are observed. Provide
coaching/correction when at risk behaviours are observed
Collect and record observation data
Summarize and analyze observation data
Communicate observation data and analysis results to all employees
Provide recognition or celebrate when safe behaviour improvements occur
Change behaviours to be observed or change activators or change consequences as
appropriate.
Communicate any changes to workforce
Contractor through its own HSE committee shall implement the above process.
The necessary procedures and reporting formats shall be developed by the contractor for
approval by EIL/Owner.

Page 278 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
3.1.7
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 9 of 87
The HSE committee of contractor shall observe individuals behavior for safe practices
adapted for utilization/execution of work for following as a minimum:PPE
Tools & equipment
Hazard Identification & control
House keeping
Confined space entry
Hot works
Excavation
Loading & unloading
Work At height
Stacking & storage
Ergonomics
Procedures
Awareness and Motivation
3.1.8
The Contractor shall promote and develop awareness on Health, Safety and Environment
protection among all personnel working for the Contractor.
Regular awareness programs and fabrication shop / work site meetings at least on monthly
basis shall be arranged on HSE activities to cover hazards/risks involved in various
operations during construction.
Contractor to motivate & encourage the workmen & supervisory staff by issuing /
awarding them with tokens/ gifts/ mementos/ monetary incentives / certificates, etc.
Contractor shall assess & recognize the behavioral change of its site engineers / supervisors
periodically and constantly motivate / encourage them to implement HSE practices at
project works
Fire prevention & First-Aid
3.1.9
The Contractor shall arrange suitable First-aid measures such as First Aid Box (Refer
Appendix-B for details), trained personnel/nurse (male) to administer First Aid, stand-by
Ambulance vehicle and
The Contractor shall arrange installation of fire protection measures such as adequate
number of steel buckets with sand & water and adequate number of appropriate portable
fire extinguishers (Refer Appendix-C for details) to the satisfaction of EIL/Owner.
The Contractor shall deploy trained supervisory personnel / field engineers to cater to any
emergency situation.
In case the number of workers exceeds 500, the Contractor shall position an Ambulance /
vehicle and nurse on round the clock basis very close to the worksite.
The Contractor shall arrange FIRE DRILL at each site at least once in three months,
involving site workmen and site supervisory personnel & engineers. The Contractor shall
maintain adequate record of such fire drills at project site
Documentation
The Contractor shall evolve a comprehensive, planned and documented system covering the
following as a minimum for implementation and monitoring of the HSE requirements and the
same shall be submitted for approval by owner/EIL.
HSE Organogram
Site specific HSE Plan
Safety Procedures, forms and Checklist. Indicative list of HSE procedures is attached as
Appendix :H
Inspections and Test Plan
Risk Assessment & Job Safety Analysis for critical works.

Page 279 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 10 of 87
The monitoring for implementation shall be done by regular inspections and compliance of
the observations thereof. The Contractor shall get similar HSE requirements implemented
at his sub-contractor(s) work site/office. However, compliance of HSE requirements shall
be the responsibility of the Contractor. Any review/approval by EIL/Owner shall not
absolve contractor of his responsibility/liability in relation to fulfilling all HSE
requirements.
3.1.10 Audit
The Contractor shall submit an Audit Plan to EIL/Owner indicating the type of audits and
covering following as minimum:
Internal HSE audits regularly at least on quarterly basis by engaging internal qualified
auditors (viz safety officers/Construction personnel having 5 years experience in
construction safety and Lead Auditor Course :OSHA 18001certification).
External HSE audits regularly at least on every six months by engaging qualified external
auditors (viz safety officers/Construction personnel having 10 years experience in
construction safety and Lead Auditor Course :OSHA 18001certification).
All HSE shortfalls/ non-conformances on HSE matters brought out during review/audit, shall be
resolved forthwith ( generally within a week) by Contractor & compliance report shall be
submitted to EIL/Owner.
In addition to above audits by contractor, the contractors work shall be subjected to HSE audit
by EIL/Owner at any point of time during the pendency of contract. The CONTRACTOR shall
take all actions required to comply with the findings of the Audit Report and issue regular
Compliance Reports for the same to OWNER/ EIL till all the findings of the Audit Report are
fully complied.
Failure to carry-out HSE Audits & its compliance (internal & external) by Contractor, shall
invite penalization.
3.1.11 Meetings
The Contractor shall ensure participation of his top most executive at site (viz. Resident
Construction Manager / Resident Engineer / Project Manager / Site-in-Charge) in Safety
Committee / HSE Committee meetings arranged by EIL/Owner usually on monthly basis
or as and when called for. In case Contractors top most executive at site is not in a
position to attend such meeting, he shall inform EIL/Owner in writing before the
commencement of such meeting indicating reasons of his absence and nominate his
representative failure to do so may invite very stringent penalization against the specific
Contractor, as deemed fit in Contract. The obligation of compliance of any observations
during the meeting shall be always time bound. The Contractor shall always assist
EIL/Owner to achieve the targets set by them on HSE management during the project
implementation.
In addition, the Contractor shall also arrange internal HSE meetings chaired by his top most
executive at site on weekly basis and maintain records. Such internal HSE meetings shall
essentially be attended by field engineers / supervisors (& not by safety personnel only) of
the Contractor and its associates. Records of such internal HSE meetings shall be
maintained by the Contractor for review by EIL/Owner or for any HSE Audits.
Agenda of internal HSE meeting should broadly cover: -

Page 280 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 11 of 87
Confirmation of record notes / minutes of previous meeting

Discussion on outstanding subjects of previous points / subjects, if any
Incidents / Accidents (of all types) at project site, if any
Current topics related to site activities / subjects of discussion
House keeping
Behavioral Safety
Information / views / deliberations of members / site sub Contractors
Report from Owner / Client
Status of Safety awareness, Induction programs & Training programs
The time frame for such HSE meeting shall be religiously maintained by one and all.
3.1.12 Intoxicating drinks & drugs and Smoking
The Contractor shall ensure that his staff members & workers (permanent as well casual)
shall not be in a state of intoxication during working hours and shall abide by any law
relating to consumption & possession of intoxicating drinks or drugs in force.
The Contractor shall not allow any workman to commence any work at any locations of
project activity who is/are influenced / effected with the intake of alcohol, drugs or any
other intoxicating items being consumed prior to start of work or working day.
Awareness about local laws on this issue shall form part of the Induction Training and
compulsory work-site discipline.
The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working for him comply with No-Smoking
requirements of the Owner as notified from time to time. Cigarettes, lighters, auto ignition
tools or appliances as well as intoxicating drugs, dry tobacco powder, etc. shall not be
allowed inside the project / plant complex.
Smoking shall be permitted only inside smoking booths exclusively designated &
authorized by the Owner/EIL.
3.1.13 Penalty
The Contractor shall adhere consistently to all provisions of HSE requirements. In case of noncompliances and also for repeated failure in implementation of any of the HSE provisions,
EIL/Owner may impose stoppage of work without any cost & time implication to the Owner
and/or impose a suitable penalty.
The amount of penalty to be levied against defaulted Contractor shall be up to a cumulative
limit of
2.0% (Two percent) of the contract value for Item Rate or Composite contracts with an overall
ceiling of 1, 00, 00, 000 (Rupees One crore)
0.5% (Zero decimal five percent) of the contract value for LSTK, OBE, EPC, EPCC or Package
contracts with an overall ceiling of 10, 00.00.000 (Rupees ten crores)
This penalty shall be in addition to all other penalties specified elsewhere in the contract. The
decision of imposing stop-work-instruction and imposition of penalty shall rest with
EIL/Owner. The same shall be binding on the Contractor. Imposition of penalty does not make
the Contractor eligible to continue the work in unsafe manner.
The amount of penalty applicable for the Contractor on different types of HSE violations is
specified below:

Page 281 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
Sl.
No.
1.
2.
3
4.
Violation of HSE norms
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 12 of 87
Penalty Amount
For not using personal protective equipment

Rs 500/- per day/ Item / Person.
(Helmet, Shoes, Goggles, Gloves, Full body harness,
Face shield, Boiler suit, etc.)
Working without Work Permit/Clearance
Rs 20000/- per occasion
Execution of work without deployment of requisite Rs. 5000/- per violation per day
field engineer / supervisor at work spot
Unsafe electrical practices (not installing ELCB,
Rs 10000/- per item per day.
using poor joints of cables, using naked wire without
top plug into socket, laying wire/cables on the roads,
electrical jobs by incompetent person, etc.)
5.
Working at height without full body harness, using

Rs. 10000/- per case per day.
non-standard/ rejected scaffolding and not arranging
fall protection arrangement as required, like handrails, life-lines, Safety Nets etc.
6.
Unsafe handling of compressed gas cylinders (No

trolley, jubilee clips double gauge regulator, and not
keeping cylinders vertical during storage/handling,
not using safety cap of cylinder).
Use of domestic LPG for cutting purpose / not using
flash back arresters on both the hoses/tubes on both
ends.
No fencing/barricading of excavated areas /
trenches.
Not providing shoring/strutting/proper slope and not
keeping the excavated earth at least 1.5M away from
excavated area.
Non display of scaffold tags, caution boards, list of
hospitals, emergency services available at work
locations.
Traffic rules violations like over speeding of
vehicles, rash driving, talking on mobile phones
during vehicle driving, wrong parking, not using seat
belts, vehicles not fitted with reverse horn / warning
alarms / flicker lamps during foggy weather.
Absence of Contractors RCM/SIC or his
nominated representative (prior approval must be
taken for each meeting for nomination) from site
HSE meetings whenever called by EIL/Owner &
failure to nominate his immediate deputy (in the siteorganogram) for such HSE meetings.
Failure to maintain HSE records by Contractor
Safety personnel, in line with approved HSE
Plan/Procedures/Contract specifications..
Failure to conduct daily site safety inspection (by
Contractors safety engineers/safety officers),
internal HSE meeting, internal HSE
Awareness/Motivation Program, Site HSE Training
and HSE audit at predefined frequencies (as
approved in HSE Plan).
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Page 282 of 1178
Rs 500/- per item per day.
Rs. 3000/- per occasion.

Rs. 3000/- per occasion.
Rs.5, 000/- per occasion.
Rs.1000/- per occasion per day

Rs. 2000/- per occasion per day
Rs10000/- per meeting.
Rs 10000/- per month.

Rs.10000/- per occasion.

HEALTH, SAFETY &
Sl.
No.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Violation of HSE norms
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 13 of 87
Penalty Amount
th
Failure to submit the monthly HSE report by 5 of

Rs. 10000/- per occasion and Rs.
subsequent month to Projects Engineer-in-Charge / 1000/- per day of further delay.
Owner
Poor House Keeping
Rs. 5000/- per occasion per subject
Failure to report & follow up accident (including
Near Miss) reporting system within specific timeframe.
Degradation of environment (not confining toxic
spills, spilling oil/lubricants onto ground)
Not medically examining the workers before

allowing them to work at height / to work in
confined space / to work in shot-blasting / to work
for painting / to work in bitumen or asphalt works,
not providing ear muffs while allowing them to work
in noise polluted areas, made them to work in air
polluted areas without respiratory protective devices,
etc.
Violation of any other safety condition as per job
HSE plan / work permit and HSE conditions of
contract (e.g. using crowbar on cable trenches,
improper welding booth, not keeping fire
extinguisher ready at hot work site, unsafe rigging
practices, non-availability of First-Aid box at site,
not using hood with respiratory devices by blaster
for shot//grit blasting, etc.)
Failure to carry-out Safety audit in time (internal &
external), close-out of identified shortfalls of
Observations of Safety Aspects(OSA),etc
Carrying out sand blasting instead of grit/shot
blasting
Failure to deploy adequately qualified and
competent Safety Officer
Utilization of hydra/ back-hoe loader for material
shifting or any other unauthorized /unsafe lifting
works
Any incident / accident at project site has been
caused because of willful negligence or gross
violation of safety measures / provisions on the part
of the Contractor or any of its sub-agencies
Any violation not covered above
Rs 5000/- per occasion per worker
Rs10000/- per occasion
Rs. 20,000/- per occasion

Rs. 50,000/- per day
Rs. 10000/- per day per Officer
Rs 25,000/- per occasion
Rs 10,00,000/-per occasion
To be decided by EIL/Owner.
The Contractor shall make his field engineers/supervisors fully aware of the fact that they
keep track with the site workmen for their behavior and compliance of various HSE
requirements. Safety lapses / defects of project construction site shall be attributable to the
concerned job supervisor / engineer of the Contractor, (who remains directly responsible
for safely executing field works). For repeated HSE violations, concerned job supervisor /
engineer shall be reprimanded or appropriate action, as deemed fit, shall be initiated (with
an information to EIL & Owner) by the concerned Contractor.

Page 283 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 14 of 87
Contractor shall initiate verbal warning shall be given to the worker/employee during his first
HSE violation. A written warning shall be issued on second violation and specific training shall
be arranged / provided by the Contractor to enhance HSE awareness/skill including feedback on
the mistakes/ flaws. Any further violation of HSE stipulations by the erring individuals shall
call for his forthright debar from the specific construction site. A record of warnings for each
worker/employee shall be maintained by the Contractor, like by punching their cards / Gate
passes or by displaying their names at the Project entry gate. Warnings, penalizations,
appreciations etc. shall be discussed in HSE Committee meetings by site Head of the
Contractor.
3.1.14 Accident/ Incident investigation
All accidents / incidents shall be informed to EIL/Owner at least telephonically by Contractor
immediately and in writing within 24 hours on Format No. HSE-2 as applicable , by Contractor.
Thereafter, a Supplementary Accident / Incident investigation Report on Format No. HSE-3
shall be submitted to EIL/Owner within 72 hours. Near Miss incident(s),Dangerous
accidents/incident shall also be reported on Format No. HSE-4 within 24 hours. The accident/
incident shall be investigated by a team of Contractors senior Site personnel (involving Site-inCharge or at least by his deputy) for establishing root-cause and recommending corrective &
preventive actions. Findings shall be documented and suitable actions taken to avoid
recurrences shall be communicated to EIL/Owner. Owner/EIL shall have the liberty to
independently investigate such occurrences and the Contractor shall extend all necessary help
and cooperation in this regard. EIL/Owner shall have the right to share the content of this report
with the outside world.
3.2
House Keeping
The Contractor shall ensure that a high degree of house keeping is maintained and shall ensure
inter alia; the followings:
a)
All surplus earth and debris are removed/disposed off from the working areas to designated
location(s).
b) Unused/surplus cables, steel items and steel scrap lying scattered at different places within
the working areas are removed to identify location(s).
c) All wooden scrap, empty wooden cable drums and other combustible packing materials,
shall be removed from work place to identified location(s).
d) Roads shall be kept clear and materials like pipes, steel, sand, boulders, concrete, chips and
bricks etc shall not be allowed on the roads to obstruct free movement of men &
machineries.
e) Fabricated steel structural, pipes & piping materials shall be stacked properly for erection.
f) Water logging on roads shall not be allowed.
g) No parking of trucks/trolleys, cranes and trailers etc shall be allowed on roads, which may
obstruct the traffic movement.
h) Utmost care shall be taken to ensure over all cleanliness and proper upkeep of the working
areas.
i) Trucks carrying sand, earth and pulverized materials etc. shall be covered while moving
within the plant area/ or these materials shall be transported with top surface wet.
j) The contractor shall ensure that the atmosphere in plant area and on roads is free from
particulate matter like dust, sand, etc. by keeping the top surface wet for ease in breathing.
k) At least two exits for any unit area shall be assured at all times same arrangement is
preferable for digging pits / trench excavation / elevated work platforms / confined spaces
etc.
l) Welding cables and the power cable must be segregated and properly stored and used .The
same shall be laid away from the area of movement and shall be free from obstruction.
m) Schedule for upkeep/cleaning of site to be firmed up and implemented on regular basis

Page 284 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 15 of 87
The Contractor shall carry-out regular checks (minimum one per fortnight) as per format No:
HSE-11 for maintaining high standard of housekeeping and maintain records for the same.
3.3
HSE Measures
3.3.1
Construction Hazards
The Contractor shall ensure identification of all Occupational Health, Safety & Environmental
hazards in the type of work he is going to undertake and enlist mitigation measures. Contractor
shall carry out Job Safety Analysis (JSA)/Risk Analysis specifically for high risk jobs/crtical
jobs like
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
p)
q)
r)
s)
t)
u)
v)
w)
x)
y)
z)
aa)
bb)
cc)
dd)
ee)
ff)
Working at height (+2.0 Mts height) for cold (incl. colour washing, painting, insulation
etc.) & hot works.
Work in confined space,
Deep excavations & trench cutting (depth > 2.0 mts.)
Operation & Maintenance of Batching Plant.
Shuttering / concreting (in single or multiple pour) for columns, parapets & roofs.
Erection & maintenance of Tower Crane.
Erection of structural steel members / roof-trusses / pipes at height more than 2.0 Mts. with
or without crane.
Erection of pipes (full length or fabricated) at height more than 2.0 Mts. height with Crane
of 100T capacity.
All lifts using 100T Crane plus mechanical pulling.
All lifts using two cranes in unison (Tandem Lifting).
Any lift exceeding 80% capacity of the lifting equipments (hydra, crane etc.).
Laying of pipes (isolated or fabricated) in deep narrow trenches manually or
mechanically.
Maintenance of crane / extension or reduction of crane-boom on roads or in yards.
Erection of any item at >2.0 Mts. height using 100T crane or of higher capacity
Hydrostatic test of pipes, vessels & columns and water-flushing.
Radiography jobs (in-plant & open field)
Work in Live Electrical installations / circuits
Handling of explosives & Blasting operations
Demolishing / dismantling activities
Welding / gas cutting jobs at height (+2.0 Mts.)
Lifting / placing roof-girders at height (+2.0 Mts.)
Lifting & laying of metallic / non-metallic sheet over roof/structures.
Lifting of pipes, gratings, equipments/vessels at heights (+2.0 Mts) with & without using
cranes
Calibration of equipment, instruments and functional tests at yards / work-sites.
Operability test of Pump, Motors (after coupling) & Compressors.
Cold or Hot works inside Confined Space.
Transportation & shifting of ODC consignments into project areas.
Working in charged/Live elect. Panels
Stress Relieving works (Electrically or by Gas-burners).
Pneumatic Tests
Card board blasting
Chemical cleaning
and take feedback from EIL/Owner. The necessary HSE measures devised shall be put in to
place, prior to start of an activity & also shall be maintained during the course of works, by the
Contractor. Copies of such JSAs shall be kept available at work sites by the Contractor to enable
all concerned carrying out checks / verification.
Page 285 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 16 of 87
A list of typical construction hazards along with their effects & preventive measures is given in
Appendix-E.
3.3.2
Accessibility
The Contractor shall provide safe means of access(in sufficient numbers) & efficient exit to
any working place including provisions of suitable and sufficient scaffolding at various
stages during all operations of the work for the safety of his workmen and EIL/Owner.
The Contractor shall implement use of all measures including use of life line, fallarresters, retractable fall arresters , safety nets etc. during the course of using all safe
accesses & exits, so that in no case any individual remains at risk of slip & fall during their
travel.
The access to operating plant / project complex shall be strictly regulated. Any person or
vehicle entering such complex shall undergo identification check, as per the procedures in
force / requirement of EIL/Owner.
Accessibility to confined space shall be governed by specific system / regulation, as
established at project site.
3.3.3
Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs)
The Contractor shall ensure that all their staff, workers and visitors including their subcontractor(s) have been issued (records to be kept) & wear appropriate PPEs like nape strap
type safety helmets preferably with head & sweat band with cotton chin strap
(made of industrial HDPE), safety shoes with steel toe cap and antiskid sole, full body
harness (C marked and conforming to EN361), protective goggles, gloves, ear muffs,
respiratory protective devices, etc. All these gadgets shall conform to applicable IS
Specifications/CE or other applicable international standards. The Contractor shall
implement a regular regime of inspecting physical conditions of the PPEs being issued /
used by the workmen of their own & also its sub-agencies and the damaged / unserviceable
PPEs shall be replaced forthwith.
Owner/EIL may issue a comprehensive color scheme for helmets to be used by various
agencies. The Contractor shall follow the scheme issued by the owner/EIL and shall choose
any colour other than white (for Owner) or blue (for EIL) All HSE personnel shall
preferably wear dark green band on their helmet so that workmen can approach them for
guidance during emergencies. HSE personnel shall preferably wear such dresses with
fluorescent stripes, which are noticeable during night, when light falls on them.
For shot blasting, the usage of protective face shield and helmets, gauntlet and protective
clothing is mandatory. Such protective clothing should conform relevant IS Specification.
For off-shore jobs/contracts, contractor shall provide PPEs (new) of all types to EIL &
Owner's personnel, at his (contractor's) cost. All personnel shall wear life jacket at all time.
An indicative list of HSE standards/codes is given under Appendix-A.
Contractor shall ensure procurement & usage of following safety equipments/ accessories
(conforming to applicable IS mark / CE standard) by their staff, workmen & visitors
including their subcontractors all through the span of project construction / precommissioning/ Commissioning:-

Page 286 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
3.3.4
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 17 of 87
PPEs (Helmet, Spectacle, Ear-muff, Face shield, Hand gloves, Safety Shoes, Gum
boot)
Barricading tape / warning signs
Rechargeable Safety torch (flame-proof)
Safety nets (with tie-chords)
Fall arresters
Portable ladders (varying lengths)
Life-lines (steel wire-rope, dia not less than 8.0 mm)
Full body harness (double lanyard)
Lanyard
Karabiner
Retractable fall arresters (various length)
Portable fire extinguishers (DCP type) 5 kg capacity
Portable Multi Gas detector
Sound level meter
Digital Lux meter
Fire hoses & flow nozzles
Fire blankets / Fire retardant cloth (with eyelets)
Working at height
The Contractor shall issue permit for working (PFW) at height after verifying and
certifying the checkpoints as specified in the attached permit (Format No. HSE-6). He
shall also undertake to ensure compliance to the conditions of the permit during the
currency of the permit including adherence of personal protective equipments. Contractors
Safety Officer shall verify compliance status of the items of permit document after
implementation of action is completed by Contractors execution / field engineers at work
site. Job Safety Analysis (JSA) for specific works at height duly commented by
EIL/Owner, shall be kept attached with particular Permit for Work (PFW) at site for ready
reference & follow-up.
Such PFW shall be initially issued for one single shift or expected duration of normal work
and extended further for balance duration, if required. EIL/Owner can devise block-permit
system at any specific area, in consultation with project specific HSE Committee to specify
the time-period of validity of such PFW or its renewal. This permit shall be applicable in
areas where specific clearance from Owners operation Deptt. /Safety Deptt. is not
required. EIL / Owners field Engineers/Safety Officers/Area Coordinators may verify and
counter sign this permit (as an evidence of verification) during the execution of the job.
All personnel shall be medically examined & certified by registered doctor, confirming
their medical fitness for working at height. The fitness examination shall be done once in
six months.
In case work is undertaken without taking sufficient precautions as given in the permit, EIL
/Owner Engineers may exercise their authority to cancel such permit and stop the work till
satisfactory compliance/rectification is arranged made. Contractors are expected to
maintain a register for issuance of permit and extensions thereof including preserving the
used permits for verification during audits etc.
The Contractor shall arrange (at his cost) and ensure use of Fall Arrester Systems by his
workers. Fall arresters are to be used while climbing/descending tall structures or vessels /
columns etc. These arresters should lock automatically against the anchorage line,
restricting free fall of the user. The device is to be provided with a double security opening
system to ensure safe attachment or release of the user at any point of rope. In order to

Page 287 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 18 of 87
avoid shock, the system should be capable of keeping the person in vertical position in case
of a fall.
3.3.5
The Contractor shall ensure that Full body harnesses conforming EN361 and having
authorized C marking is used by all personnel while working at height. The lanyards and
life lines should have enough tensile strength to take the load of the worker in case of a fall.
One end of the lanyard shall be firmly tied with the harnesses and the other end with life
line. The harness should be capable of keeping the workman vertical in case of a fall,
enabling him to rescue himself.
The Contractor shall provide Roof Top Walk Ladders for carrying out activities on sloping
roofs in order to reduce the chances of slippages and falls.
The Contractor shall ensure that a proper Safety Net System is used wherever the hazard of
fall from height is present. The safety net, preferably a knotted one with mesh ropes
conforming to IS 5175/ ISO 1140 shall have a border rope & tie cord of minimum 12mm
dia. The Safety Net shall be located not more than 6.0 meters below the working surface
extending on either side up to sufficient margin to arrest fall of persons working at different
heights.
In case of accidental fall of person on such Safety Net, the bottom most portion of Safety
Net should not touch any structure, object or ground.
The Contractor shall ensure positive isolation while working at different levels like in the
pipe rack areas. The working platforms with toe boards & hand rails shall be sufficiently
strong & shall have sufficient space to hold the workmen and tools & tackles including the
equipments required for executing the job. Such working platforms shall have mid-rails, to
enable people work safely in sitting posture.
Scaffoldings & Barricading
Suitable scaffoldings shall be provided to workmen for all works that cannot be safely done
from the ground or from solid construction except such short period work that can be safely
done using ladders or certified (by 3rd party competent person) man-basket. When a ladder
is used, an extra workman shall always be engaged for holding the ladder.
The Contractor shall ensure that the scaffolds used during construction activities shall be
strong enough to take the designed load. Main Contractor shall always furnish duly
approved construction-design details of scaffold & SWL (from competent designers) free
of charge, before they are being installed / constructed at site. Owner/EIL reserves the right
to ask the Contractor to submit certification and or design calculations from his Head office
/ Design/ Engineering expert regarding load carrying capacity of the scaffoldings.
All scaffolds shall be inspected by a competent Scaffolding Inspector of the Contractor. He

shall paste a GREEN tag (duly signed by competent Scaffolding Inspector) on each
scaffold found safe and a RED tag (duly signed by competent Scaffolding Inspector) on
each scaffold found unsafe. Scaffolds with GREEN tag only shall be permitted to be used
and Scaffolds with RED ones shall immediately be made inaccessible. Work being found
continuing on scaffolds with RED tag shall be considered unauthorized work by Contractor
and may invite penalization from EIL/Owner. For every 120-125 m2 /m3 area / volume or
its parts thereof minimum one TAG shall be provided.
The Contractor shall ensure positive barricading (indicative as well as protective) of the
excavated, radiography, heavy lift, high pressure hydrostatic & pneumatic testing and other
such areas. Sufficient warning signs shall be displayed along the barricading areas.

Page 288 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
3.3.6
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 19 of 87
Scaffolding shall be constructed using foot seals or base plates only.
Electrical installations
All electrical installations/ connections shall be carried out as per the provisions of latest
revision of following codes/standards, in addition to the requirements of Statutory
Authorities and IE/applicable international rules & regulations:
-
OISD STD 173

SP 30 (BIS)
: Fire prevention & protection system for electrical installations

: National Electric Code
All electrical installations shall be approved by the concerned statutory authorities.
All temporary electrical installations / facilities shall be regularly checked by the

licensed/competent electricians of the Contractor and appropriate records shall be
maintained in format no: HSE-12 Inspection of temporary electrical booth/installation at
project construction site. Such inspection records are to be made available to EIL/Owner,
whenever asked for.
3.3.6.1 The Contractor shall meet the following requirements:

a.
Shall make Single Line Diagram (SLD) for providing connection to each equipments &
machinery and the same (duly approved by EIL/Owner) shall be pasted on the front face of
DBs (distribution boards) or JBs (Junction boxes) at every site. ( A typical Switch Board
Sketch is attached as Appendix -G )
b.
Ensure that electrical systems and equipment including tools & tackles used during
construction phase are properly selected, installed, used and maintained as per provisions
of the latest revision of the Indian Electrical/ applicable international regulations.
c.
Shall deploy qualified & licensed electricians for proper & safe installation and for regular
inspection of construction power distribution system/points including their earthing. A
copy of the license shall be submitted to EIL / Owner for records. Availability of at least
one competent (ITI qualified) / licensed electrician (by State Elec. authorities) shall be
ensured at site round the clock to attend to the normal/emergency jobs.
d.
All switchboards / welding machines shall be kept in well-ventilated & covered shed/ with
rain shed protection. The shed shall be elevated from the existing ground level to avoid
water logging inside the shed . Installation of electrical switch board must be done taking
care of the prevention of shock and safety of machine.
e.
No flammable materials shall be used for constructing the shed. Also flammable materials
shall not be stored in and around electrical equipment / switchboard. Adequate clearances
and operational space shall be provided around the equipment.
f.
Fire extinguishers and insulating mats shall be provided in all power distribution centers.
g.
Temporary electrical equipment shall not be employed in hazardous area without obtaining
safety permit.
h.
Proper housekeeping shall be done around the electrical installations.
i.
All temporary installations shall be tested before energizing, to ensure proper earthing,
bonding, suitability of protection system, adequacy of feeders/cables etc.

Page 289 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 20 of 87
j.
All welders shall use hand gloves irrespective of holder voltage.
k.
Multilingual (Hindi, English and local language) caution boards, shock treatment charts and
instruction plate containing location of isolation point for incoming supply, name &
telephone No. of contact person in emergency shall be provided in substations and near all
distribution boards / local panels.
l.
Operation of earth leakage device shall be checked regularly by temporarily connecting

series test lamp (2 bulbs of equal rating connected in series) between phase and earth.
ELCB tester /test meter shall be used for testing ELCBs
m. Regular inspection of all installations at least once in a month. (Ref. Format HSE-12).
3.3.6.2 The following features shall also be ensured for all electrical installations during construction
phase by the contractor:
Each installation shall have a main switch with a protective device, installed in an
enclosure adjacent to the metering point. The operating height of the main switch shall not
exceed 1.5 M. The main switch shall be connected to the point of supply by means of
armoured cable.
The outgoing feeders shall be double or triple pole switches with fuses / MCBs. Loads in a
three phase circuit shall be balanced as far as possible and load on neutral should not
exceed 20% of load in the phase.
The installation shall be adequately protected against overload, short circuit and earth
leakage by the use of suitable protective devices. Fuses wherever used shall be HRC type.
Use of rewirable fuses shall be strictly prohibited. The earth leakage device shall have an
operating current not exceeding 30 mA.
All connections to the hand tools / welding receptacles shall be taken through proper
switches, sockets and plugs.
All single phase sockets shall be minimum 3 pin type only. All unused sockets shall be
provided with socket caps.
Only 3 core (P+N+E) overall sheathed flexible cables with minimum conductor size of 1.5
mm2 copper shall be used for all single phase hand tools.
Only metallic distribution boxes with double earthing shall be used at site. No wooden
boxes shall be used.
All power cables shall be terminated with compression type cable glands. Tinned copper
lugs shall be used for multi-strand wires / cables.
Cables shall be free from any insulation damage.
Minimum depth of cable trench shall be 750 mm for MV & control cables and 900 mm for
HV cables. These cables shall be laid over a sand layer and covered with sand, brick & soil
for ensuring mechanical protection. Cables shall not be laid in waterlogged area as far as
practicable. Cable route markers shall be provided at every 25 M of buried trench route.
When laid above ground, cables shall be properly cleated or supported on rigid poles of at
least 2.1 M high. Minimum head clearance of 6 meters shall be provided at road crossings.

Page 290 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
3.3.7
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 21 of 87
Under ground road crossings for cables shall be avoided to the extent feasible. In any case
no under ground power cable shall be allowed to cross the roads without pipe sleeve.
All cable joints shall be done with proper jointing kit. No taped/ temporary joints shall be
used.
An independent earthing facility should preferably be established within the temporary

installation premises. All appliances and equipment shall be adequately earthed. In case of
armoured cables, the armour shall be bonded to the earthing system.
All cables and wire rope used for earth connections shall be terminated through tinned
copper lugs.
In case of local earthing, earth electrodes shall be buried near the supply point and earth
continuity wire shall be connected to local earth plate for further distribution to various
appliances. All insulated wires for earth connection shall have insulation of green colour.
Separate core shall be provided for neutral. Earth / Structures shall not be used as a neutral
in any case.
ON/OFF position of all switches shall be clearly designated / painted for easy isolation in
emergency.
Welding/ Gas cutting
Contractor shall ensure that flash back arrestors conforming to BS: 6158 or equivalent are
installed on all gas cylinders as well as at the torch end of the gas hose, while in use.
All cylinders shall be mounted on trolleys and provided with a closing key. Empty &
filled-up gas cylinders shall be stored separately with TAG, protecting them from direct
sun or rain. Minimum 2 nos. of Portable DCP type fire extinguishers (10 kg) shall be
maintained at the gas cylinder stores. Stacking & storing of compressed gas cylinders shall
be arranged away from DG set, hot works, Elect. Panels / Elec. boards, etc
The burner and the hose placed downstream of pressure reducer shall be equipped with
Flash Back Arrester/Non Return Valve device.
The hoses for acetylene and oxygen cylinders must be of different colours. Their
connections to cylinders and burners shall be made with a safety collar.
At end of work, the cylinders in use shall be closed and hoses depressurized.
Cutting of metals using gases, other than oxygen & acetylene, shall require written
concurrence from Owner.
All welding machines shall have effective earthing at least at distinctly isolated two points.
In order to help maintain good housekeeping, and to reduce fire hazard, live electrode bits
shall be contained safely and shall not be thrown directly on the ground.
The hoses of Acetylene and Oxygen shall be kept free from entanglement & away from
common pathways / walkways and preferably be hanged overhead in such a manner which
can avoid contact with cranes, hydra or other mobile construction machinery.
Hot spatters shall be contained / restricted appropriately (by making use of effective fireretardant cloth/fabric) and their flying-off as well as chance of contact with near-by
flammable materials shall be stopped.
The Contractor shall arrange adequate systems & practices for accumulation / collection of
metal & other scraps and remnant electrodes and their safe disposal at regular interval so as
to maintain the fabrication and other areas satisfactorily clean & tidy.
All gas cylinders must have a cylinder cap on at all times when not in use.

Page 291 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
3.3.8
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 22 of 87
Ergonomics and tools & tackles
3.3.9
The Contractor shall assign to his workmen, tasks commensurate with their qualification,
experience and state of health.
All lifting tools, tackles, equipment, accessories including cranes shall be tested
periodically by statutory/competent authority for their condition and load carrying capacity.
Valid test & fitness certificates from the applicable authority shall be submitted to
Owner/EIL for their review/acceptance before the lifting tools, tackles, equipment,
accessories and cranes are used.
The contractor shall not be allowed to use defective equipment or tools not adhering to
safety norms.
Contractor shall arrange non-sparking tools for project construction works in operating
plant areas / hydrocarbon prone areas.
Wherever required the Contractor shall make use of Elevated Work Platforms (EWP) or
Aerial Work Platforms (mobile or stationary) to avoid ergonomical risks and workmen
shall be debarred to board such elevated platform during the course of their shifting /
transportation.
Contractor shall ensure installation of Safe Load Indicator (SLI) on all cranes (while in use)
to minimize overloading risk. SLI shall have capability to continuously monitor and
display the load on the hook, and automatically compare it with the rated crane capacity at
the operating condition of the crane. The system shall also provide visual and audible
warnings at set capacity levels to alert the operator in case of violations.
The contractor shall be responsible for safe operations of different equipments mobilized
and used by him at the workplace like transport vehicles, engines, cranes, mobile ladders,
scaffoldings, work tools, etc.
The Contractor shall arrange periodical training for the operators of hydra, crane,
excavator, mobile machinery, etc. at site by utilizing services from renowned
manufacturers
Occupational Health
The contractor shall identify all operations that can adversely affect the health of its
workers and issue & implement mitigation measures.
For surface cleaning operations, sand blasting shall not be permitted even if not explicitly
stated elsewhere in the contract.
To eliminate radiation hazard, Tungsten electrodes used for Gas Tungsten Arc Welding
shall not contain Thorium.
Appropriate respiratory protective devices(hood with respiratory devices) shall be used to

protect workmen from inhalation of air borne contaminants like silica, asbestos, gases,
fumes, etc.
Workmen shall be made aware of correct methods for lifting, carrying, pushing & pulling
of heavy loads. Wherever possible, manual handling shall be replaced by mechanical lifting
equipments.
For jobs like drilling/demolishing/dismantling where noise pollution exceeds the specified
limit of 85 decibels, ear muffs shall be provided to the workers.
To avoid work related upper limb disorders (WRULD) and backaches, Display Screen
Equipments' workplace stations shall be carefully designed & used with proper sitting
postures. Power driven hand-held tools shall be maintained in good working condition to

Page 292 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 23 of 87
minimize their vibrating effects and personnel using these tools shall be taught how to
operate them safely & how to maintain good blood circulation in hands.
The Contractor shall arrange health check up (by registered medical practitioner) for all the
workers at the time of induction. Health check may have to be repeated if the nature of duty
assigned to him is changed necessitating health check or doubt arises about his wellness.
EIL/Owner reserves the right to ask the contractor to submit medical test reports. Regular
health check-ups are mandatory for the workers assigned with Welding, Radiography,
Blasting, Painting, Heavy Lift and Height (>2m) jobs. All the health check-ups shall be
conducted by registered Medical practitioner and records are to be maintained by the
Contractor.
The Contractor shall ensure vaccination of all the workers including their families, during
the course of entire project span.
3.3.10 Hazardous substances
Hazardous, inflammable and/or toxic materials such as solvent coating, thinners, antitermite solutions, water proofing materials shall be stored in appropriate containers
preferably with lids having spillage catchment trays and shall be stored in a good ventilated
area. These containers shall be labeled with the name of the materials highlighting the
hazards associated with its use and necessary precautions to be taken. Respective MSDS
(Material Safety Data Sheet) shall be made available at site & may be referred whenever
problem arises.
Where contact or exposure of hazardous materials are likely to exceed the specified limit or
otherwise have harmful effects, appropriate personal protective equipments such as gloves,
goggles/face-shields, aprons, chemical resistant clothing, respirator, etc. shall be used.
The work place shall be checked prior to start of activities to identify the location, type and
condition of any asbestos materials which could be disturbed during the work. In case
asbestos material is detected, usage of appropriate PPEs by all personnel shall be ensured
and the matter shall be reported immediately to EIL/ Owner.
3.3.11 Slips, trips & falls

The contractor shall establish a regular cleaning and basic housekeeping programme that covers
all aspects of the workplace to help minimize the risk of slips, trips & falls. The contractor shall
take positive measures like keeping the work area tidy, storing waste in suitable containers &
harmful items separately, keeping passages, stairways, entrances & exits especially emergency
ones clear, cleaning up spillages immediately and replacing damaged carpet/ floor tiles, mats &
rugs at once to avoid slips, trips & falls.
3.3.12 Radiation exposure
All personnel exposed to physical agents such as ionizing & non-ionizing radiation,
including ultraviolet rays or similar other physical agents shall be provided with adequate
shielding or protection commensurate with the type of exposure involved.
For Open Field Radiography works , requirements of Bhabha Atomic Research Centre
(BARC)/ Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB) shall be followed.
The Contractor shall implement an effective system of control (as described in the AERB
regulations) at site for handling radiography-sources & for avoiding its misuse & theft.

Page 293 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 24 of 87
The contractor shall generate the Format No: HSE-8 Permit for radiation work before
start of work.
In case the radiography work has to be carried out at day time, suitable methodology to be
used so that other works, people are not affected.
3.3.13 Explosives/Blasting operations
Blasting operations shall be carried out as per latest Explosive Rules (Indian / International)
with prior permission. The Contractor shall obtain license from Chief Controller of
Explosives (CCoE) for collection, transportation, storage of explosives as well as for
carrying out blasting operations.
The Contractor shall prepare exclusive method statement (in cognizance with statutory
requirements) for diffusing unfired explosives, if any, at project site before carrying out
actual task. Nowhere blasting shall be carried out by the Contractor or its agency without
the involvement of competent supervisor and licensed blaster / shot blaster.
3.3.14 Demolition/ Dismantling
The contractor shall adhere to safe demolishing/ dismantling practices at all stages of work
to guard against unsafe working practices.
The contractor shall disconnect service lines (power, gas supply, water, etc.)/ make
alternate arrangements prior to start of work and restore them, if required as directed by
EIL/ Owner at no extra cost.
Before carrying out any demolition/ dismantling work, the contractor shall take prior
approval of EIL/Owner and generate the Format No.HSE-9. For revamp jobs in operating
plants where location of underground utilities is not known with certainty, the contractor
shall depute an experienced engineer for supervision and shall make adequate arrangements
for Fire fighting & First-Aid during the execution of these activities.
The Contractor shall arrange approved Job Safety Analysis (JSA) / Method Statement for
the specific demolition / dismantling task and corresponding action plan commensurate
with hazards / risks associated therein. In no case any activity related to demolition /
dismantling shall be carried out by the Contractor without engaging own supervision / field
engineer.
3.3.15 Road Safety
The Contractor shall ensure adequately planned road transport safety management system.
The vehicles shall be fitted with reverse warning alarms & flashing lights / fog-lights and
usage of seat belts shall be ensured.
The Contractor shall also ensure a separate pedestrian route for safety of the workers and
comply with all traffic rules & regulations, including maintaining speed limit of 20 kmph
or indicated by owner for all types of vehicles / mobile machinery. The maximum
allowable speed shall be adhered to.
In case of an alert or emergency, the Contractor must arrange clearance of all the routes,
roads, access. The Contractor shall deploy sufficient number of traffic controllers at project
site routes / roads/ accesses, to alert reversing movement of vehicles & machinery as well
as pedestrians.
Dumpers, Tippers, etc. shall not be allowed to carry workers within the plant area and also
to & from the labour colony to & from project sites.
Hydras shall only be allowed for handling the materials at fabrication/ storage yards and in
no case shall be allowed to transport the materials over project / plant roads.

Page 294 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 25 of 87
The Contractor shall not deploy any such mobile machinery / equipments, which do not
have competent operator and / or experienced banks-man / signal-man. Such machinery /
equipments shall have effective limit-switches, reverse-alarm, front & rear-end lights etc.
and shall be maintained in good working order.
The Contractor shall not carry-out maintenance of vehicles / mobile machinery occupying
space on project / plant roads and shall always arrange close supervision for such works.
For pipeline jobs, the contractor shall submit a comprehensive plan covering transportation,
loading / unloading of pipes, movement of side booms, movement of vehicles on the ROW,
etc.
Contractors shall arrange /install visible road signs, diversion boards, caution boards, etc
on project roads for safe movement of men and machinery.
3.3.16 Welfare measures

Contractor shall, at the minimum, ensure the following facilities at work sites:
A crche at site where 10 or more female workers are having children below the age of 6
years.
Adequately ventilated / illuminated rooms at labour camps & its hygienic up-keeping.
Reasonable canteen facilities at site and in labour camps at appropriate location depending
upon site conditions. Contractor shall make use of industrial variety of LPG cylinder &
satisfactory illumination at the canteens. Necessary arrangement for efficient disposal of
wastes from canteens & urinals /toilets shall also be made and regular review shall be made
to maintain the ambience satisfactorily hygienic & shall also comply with all applicable
statutory requirements.
Adequately lighted & ventilated Rest rooms at site (separate for male workers and female
workers).
Urinals, Toilets, drinking water, washing facilities, adequate lighting at site and labour
camps, commensurate with applicable Laws / Legislation.
3.3.17 Environment Protection

Contractor shall ensure proper storage and utilization methodology of materials that are
detrimental to the environment. Where required, Contractor shall ensure that only the
environment friendly materials are selected and emphasize on recycling of waste materials,
such as metals, plastics, glass, paper, oil & solvents. The waste that cannot be minimized,
reused or recovered shall be stored and disposed of safely. In no way, toxic spills shall be
allowed to percolate into the ground. The contractor shall not use the empty areas for dumping
the wastes.
The contractor shall strive to conserve energy and water wherever feasible.
The contractor shall ensure dust free environment at workplace by sprinkling water on the
ground at frequent intervals. The air quality parameters for dust, poisonous gases, toxic releases,
harmful radiations, etc. shall be checked by the contractor on daily basis and whenever need
arises.
The contractor shall not be allowed to discharge chemicals, oil, silt, sewage, sullage and other
waste materials directly into the controlled waters like surface drains, streams, rivers, ponds. A
discharge plan suggesting the methods of treating the waste before discharging shall be
submitted to EIL/Owner for approval.

Page 295 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 26 of 87
For pipeline jobs, top soil shall be stacked separately while making ROW through fields. This
fertile soil shall be placed back on top after backfilling.
For offshore construction barges, arrangements shall be made for safe disposal of human, food
& other wastes and applicable laws in this regard shall be followed.
3.3.18 Rules & Regulations
All persons deployed at site shall be knowledgeable of and comply with the environmental laws,
rules & regulations relating to the hazardous materials, substances and wastes. Contractor shall
not dump, release or otherwise discharge or disposes off any such materials without the express
authorization of EIL/Owner. An indicative list of Statutory Acts & Rules relating to HSE is
given under Appendix-D.
3.3.19 Weather Protection
Contractor shall take appropriate measures to protect workers from severe storms, rain, solar
radiations, poisonous gases, dust, etc. by ensuring proper usage of PPEs like Sun glasses, Sun
screen lotions, respirators, dust masks, etc. and rearranging/ planning the construction activities
to suit the weather conditions. Effective arrangement (without creating inconvenience to project
facilities & permanent installations) for protecting workmen from hailstorm, drizzle in the form
of temporary shelter shall be made at site.
3.3.20 Communication
All persons deployed at the work site shall have access to effective means of communication so
that any untoward incident can be reported immediately and assistance sought by them.
All health & safety information shall be communicated in a simple & clear language easily
understood by the local workforce.
For information to all, typical subjects that should be communicated are: Inside the company (Top to down)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
Quality Policy
HSE Policy contents
Environment Policy
HSE Objectives
Safety Cardinal Rules
HSE Target reached or missed
Praises & Warnings to personnel for HSE Management
Safety Walk Through Reports and safety defects / shortfalls (by management)
HSE Audit results
Revised Statutory Health & Safety provisions, if any
H & S publicity
Suggestions
Inside the Company (Bottom to up)

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Complaints
Compliances on safety defects / shortfalls
Suggestions
Proposals for changes & improvements
HSE Reports (including near-miss reports)

Page 296 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 27 of 87
3.3.21 Confined Space Entry

The contractor shall generate a work permit (Format No. HSE -7) before entering a confined
space. People, who are permitted to enter into confined space, must be medically examined &
certified by registered doctor, confirming their medical fitness for working in confined space.
All necessary precautions mentioned therein shall be adhered to. An attendant shall be
positioned outside a confined space for extending help during an emergency. All appropriate
PPEs and air quality parameters shall be checked before entering a confined space. It shall be
ensured that the piping of the equipment which has to be opened is pressure- free by checking
that blinds are in place, vents are open and volume is drained. Inside confined space works, only
electrical facilities / installations of 24V shall be permitted. Contactor shall ensure usage of safe
& suitable arrangement of oxygen supply for individual workmen (during the course of work in
confined space), if oxygen concentration is found to be less than 19.5% (v/v) there.
3.3.22 Heavy Lifts
The contractor shall submit detailed rigging studies plan for EIL/ Owner approval prior to
lifting equipment which cannot be erected with a crane of approx. 100 MT capacity due to
constraints of its dimensions, location of foundation height, approach & weight.
Contractor shall generate the format no:HSE-15 Permit for heavy lift/critical erection
Prior to actual lifting activities, contractor shall check the validity of the crane inspection
certificate issued by statutory/ competent authority. This requirement shall also apply to all
rigging equipments utilized for the job.
The contractor shall, at all times, be responsible for all rigging activities.
The Contractor shall ensure medical fitness of all workmen who are engaged / involved in
erection of equipments, vessels etc. and such fitness checks shall be carried-out every six
months interval with the help of a registered medical practitioner & record shall be
maintained
Adequate safety measures such as positive barricading, usage of appropriate PPEs, permit
to work, etc. shall be taken during all heavy or critical lifts.
For lifting any material (irrespective of shape, size or volume), at any height, it is always
advisable to prepare a Plan of Erection (PoE) taking into consideration hazards & risks
associated therein this can enable people to put their own experiences of various natures
& side-by-side establish a practical method for risk-free erection / lifts. The contractor shall
prepare PoE & shall document the same, when risks are identified as medium or high
and the same shall be approved by its competent / qualified engineer.
3.3.23 Key Performance Indicators

The contractor shall measure an activity in both leading & trailing indicators for statistical and
performance measurement. The activities pertaining to key performance indicators are covered
in Monthly HSE Report (Format No. HSE-5). The contractor shall try to achieve a statistically
fair record and strive for its continual improvement.
Leading Indicators viz:-:
-
Number of Safety Inductions carried-out at site (for workmen & staff members)
Number of HSE inspections carried out
Number of Safety Walk Through carried-out by site-head.

Page 297 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 28 of 87
Number of HSE shortfalls / lapses identified per contractor & closed-out in time.
Number of Safety Meetings conducted (in-house / with contractors)
Number of HSE Audits made (internal & external) vis--vis non conformances raised
Number of HSE Awareness / Motivational program conducted by contractors
Number of HSE Trainings conducted at site for supervisors & workmen
Study of Near miss case reported
Encouragements / Awards / Recognitions to workmen, job supervisors & field engineers.
Suggestions for improvement
Trailing Indicators viz:-:

-
Calculation of HSE statistics viz frequency rate, severity rate, LTA free manhours,etc
Analysis of incidents / accidents (nature, severity, types etc.)
Study of Incident / Accident with respect to :
Variety
Period of the year / project span
Timings of the incident / accident
Age profile of victims
Body parts involved
Penalty levied for causing incident / accident
3.3.24 Unsuitable Land Conditions

Contractor shall take appropriate measures and necessary work permits/clearances if work is to
be done in or around marshy areas, river crossings, mountains, monuments, etc. The Contractor
shall make right assessment and take all necessary action for developing work areas to make
them safe & suitable for crane operations or other vehicular movement before carrying out any
project related activity / operation. Contractor shall take all necessary actions to make the
surroundings of its site establishments (site office, stores, lay-down area etc.) work-worthy
safe and secure.
3.3.25 Under Water Inspection
Contractor shall ensure that boats and other means used for transportation, surveying &
investigation works shall be certified seaworthy by a recognized classification society. It shall
be equipped with all life saving devices like life jackets, adequate fire protection arrangements
and shall posses communication facilities like cellular phones, wireless, walkie-talkie. All
divers used for seabed surveys, underwater inspections shall have required authorized license,
suitable life saving kit. Number of hours of work by divers shall be limited as per regulations.
EIL/ Owner shall have the right to inspect the boat and scrutinize documents in this regard.
3.3.26 Excavation
The Contractor shall obtain permission from competent authorities prior to excavation wherever
required.
The Contractor shall locate the position of buried utilities (water line, cable route, etc.) by
referring to project / plant drawing / in consultation with EIL/Owner. The Contractor shall start
digging manually to locate the exact position of buried utilities & thereafter use mechanical
means.
The Contractor shall keep soil heaps at least 1.5 M away from edge or a distance equal to depth
of pit (whichever is more)

Page 298 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 29 of 87
The Contractor shall maintain sufficient angle of repose during excavation shall also
provide slope or suitable bench as decided by EIL / Owner.
The Contractor shall arrange battering or benching wherever required for preventing
collapse of edge of excavations.
The Contractor shall identify & arrange de-watering pump or well-point system to prevent earth
collapse due to heavy rain / influx of underground water.
The Contractor shall arrange protective fencing / barricading with warning signal around
excavated pits, trenches, etc. along with minimum 2 (two) entries, exits / escape ladders.
The Contractor must avoid underpinning / under-cutting to prevent collapse of chunk of earth
during excavation
The Contractor shall use stoppers to prevent over-run of vehicle wheels at the edge of
excavated pits / trenches.
The Contractor shall arrange strengthening of shoring & strutting proactively to avoid
collapse of earth / edges due to vehicular movement in close proximity of excavated areas / pits
/ trenches, etc.
3.4
Tool Box Talks (TBT)

Contractor shall conduct daily TBT with workers prior to start of work and shall maintain
proper record of the meeting. A suggested format is given below. The TBT is to be conducted
by the immediate supervisor of the workers
The Contractor shall conduct TBT before start of every morning or evening shift or night shift
activities, for alerting the workers on specific hazards and their appropriate dos & donts. The
Contractor shall provide sufficient rests to the site workmen and their foremen to avert fatigue
& thereby endangering their lives during the course of site works.
TOOL BOX TALK RECORDING SHEET
Date & Time
Work Location
Subject (Nature of work)
Presenter
Hazards involved
Precautions to be taken
Worker's Name
Signature
Section
Remarks, in any
The topics during TBT shall include
-
Hazards related to work assigned on that day and precautions to be taken.

Any forthcoming HSE hazards/events/instruction/orders, etc.
The above record can be kept in local language, which workers can read. These records shall be
made available to EIL/ Owner whenever demanded.

Page 299 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
3.5
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 30 of 87
Training & Induction Programme
Initial induction of workers into Construction oriented activities and appraising them about
the methodology of works and how to carry-out safely and the same should not be inter
mixed with Tool Box Talks or HSE Training. In this regard careful action should be made
& maintained for imparting HSE induction to every individual, irrespective of his
task/designation/level of employment, whereas, HSE Training should be imparted to
specific person/group of people who are to carry-out that specific task more than once for
example, Riggers must be trained for working at heights, welders must be trained for work
in confined space, fitters/carpenters, mesons must be trained for work at heights, etc.
Contractor shall conduct Safety induction programme on HSE for all his workers and
maintain records. The Gate Pass shall be issued only to those workers who successfully
qualify the Safety induction programme.
The Contractor shall brief the visitors about the HSE precautions which are required to be
taken before their proceeding to site and make necessary arrangements to issue appropriate
PPEs like Aprons, hard hats, ear-plugs, goggles & safety shoes etc., to his visitors. The
Contractor shall always maintain relevant acknowledgement from visitor on providing him
brief information on HSE actions.
Contractor shall ensure that all his personnel possess appropriate training to carry out the
assigned job safely. The training should be imparted in a language understood by them and
should specifically be trained about
-
Potential hazards to which they may be exposed at their workplace

Measures available for prevention and elimination of these hazards
The topics during training shall cover, at the minimum: -
Why safety should be considered during work - explanation

Education about hazards and precautions required
Employees duties & responsibilities
Emergency and evacuation plan
HSE requirements during project activities
Fire fighting and First-Aid
Use of PPEs
Occupational health issues dos & donts
Local laws on intoxicating drinks, drugs, smoking in force
Common environmental subjects lighting, ventilation, vibration, smoke/fumes etc.
Records of the training shall be kept and submitted to EIL/ Owner.
The Contractor shall make regular program for conducting Safety Training on various
topics related to various activities & their safe-guarding utilizing experienced persons /
outside agency / faculty. A program for Safety Training (indicative list as per Appendix F)
shall be furnished by the Contractor in its HSE Plan .
For offshore and jetty jobs, contractor shall ensure that all personnel deployed have
undergone a structured sea survival training including use of lifeboats, basket landing, use
of radio communication etc. from an agency acceptable to Owner/EIL.

Page 300 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
3.6
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 31 of 87
ADDITIONAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR WORKING INSIDE A RUNNING

PLANT
As a minimum, the contractor shall ensure adherence to following safety requirements while
working in or in the close vicinity of an operating plant:
a)
Contractor shall obtain permits for Hot work, Cold work, Excavation and Confined Space
from Owner in the prescribed format.
b)
The contractor shall monitor record and compile list of his workers entering the operational
plant/unit each day and ensure & record their return after completing the job.
c)
Contractors workers and staff members shall use designated entrances and proceed by
designated routes to work areas only assigned to them. The workers shall not be allowed to
enter units' area, tanks area, pump rooms, etc. without work authorization permit.
d)
Work activities shall be planned in such a way so as to minimize the disruption of other
activities being carried out in an operational plant/unit and activities of other contractors.
e)
The contractor shall submit a list of all chemicals/toxic substances that are intended to be
used at site and shall take prior approval of the Owner.
f)
Specific training on working in a hydrocarbon plant shall be imparted to the work force and
mock drills shall be carried out for Rescue operations/First-Aid measures.
g)
Proper barricading/cordoning of the operational units/plants shall be done before starting

the construction activities. No unauthorized person shall be allowed to trespass. The height
and overall design of the barricading structure shall be finalized in consultation with the
Owner and shall be got approved from the Owner.
h)
Care shall be taken to prevent hitting underground facilities such as electrical cables,
hydrocarbon piping during execution of work.
i)
Barricading with water curtain shall be arranged in specific/critical areas where

hydrocarbon vapors are likely to be present such as near horton spheres or tanks.
Positioning of fire tenders (from owner) shall also be ensured during execution of critical
activities.
j)
Emergency evacuation plan shall be worked out and all workmen shall be apprised about
evacuation routes. Mock drill operations may also be conducted.
k)
Flammable gas test shall be conducted prior to any hot work using appropriate measuring
instruments. Sewers, drains, vents or any other gas escaping points shall be covered with
flame retardant tarpaulin.
l)
Respiratory devices shall be kept handy while working in confined zones where there is a
danger of inhalation of poisonous gases. Constant monitoring of presence of Gas/
Hydrocarbon shall be done.
m) Clearance shall be obtained from all parties before starting hot tapping, patchwork on live
lines and work on corroded tank roof.
n)
Positive isolation of line/equipment by blinding for welding/cutting/grinding shall be done.

Closing of valve will not be considered sufficient for isolation.

Page 301 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
3.7
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 32 of 87
o)
Welding spatters shall be contained properly and in no case shall be allowed to fall on the
ground containing oil. Similar care shall be taken during cutting operations.
p)
The vehicles, cranes, engines, etc. shall be fitted with spark arresters on the exhaust pipe
and got it approved from Safety Department of the Owner.
q)
Plant air should not be used to clean any part of the body or clothing or use to blow off dirt
on the floor.
r)
Gas detectors should be installed in gas leakage prone areas as per requirement of Owner's
plant operation personnel.
s)
Experienced full time safety personnel shall be exclusively deployed to monitor safety
aspects in running plants.
Self Assessment And Enhancement

The contractor shall develop a method of check & balance through self assessment &
enhancement techniques and shall explore the opportunities for continual improvement in the
HSE system.
3.8
HSE Promotion
The contractor shall encourage his workforce to promote HSE efforts at workplace by way of
organizing workshops/seminars/training programmes, celebrating HSE awareness weeks &
National Safety Day, conducting quizzes & essay competitions, distributing pamphlets, posters
& material on HSE, providing incentives for maintaining good HSE practices and granting
incentives / bonus for completing the job without any lost time accident.
3.9
Lock Out and Tag Out (LOTO) for isolation of energy source
Contractor shall follow the LOTO/Isolation procedure of owner for all energy source
isolations installed/under purview by /of owner ie. Brown field
For all the other energy source (not under purview of client/owner) i.e Green field
Contractor shall develop a system to ensure the isolation of equipments, pipelines, Vessel,
electrical panels from the energy source covering following as minimum:-
Identification of all energy source viz electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, pneumatic,

chemical, thermal, gravitational, radiation and other forms of stored or kinetic
energy.
Establishing the energy isolation devices viz: manually operated electrical circuit
breakers, disconnection switches, blind flanges, etc
Installation of Lock Out devices for preventing the inadvertent release of stored
energy and Tag Out devices ( Danger, Do Not operate or Do not Remove tags)
to indicate that testing, maintenance or servicing is underway and the device cannot
be operated until the tag out device is removed.
Lock Out and Tag out log book
Permit for isolation and de-isolation of energy source as per format NO: HSE-16
Availability of competent persons like experienced operators at substations, pump
house, units, etc, ; supervisors,etc.
Contractor shall ensure that all the sources are locked out and tagged properly before giving
clearance to start the job.
After the completion of job, contractor shall ensure all tools and tackles are removed
and nobody is present in the working area and signing on LOTO log book.

Page 302 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 33 of 87
Only on confirmation of above the contractor will remove their lock and tag from the
isolation points and give instructions for energizing the same. Only the person carrying out
the task shall himself carry the key for the lock in /Lock out.
4.0
DETAILS OF HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BY CONTRACTOR
4.1
On Award Of Contract
The Contractor shall submit a comprehensive Health, Safety and Environment Plan or
programme for approval by EIL/Owner prior to start of work. The Contractor shall participate in
the pre-start meeting with EIL/Owner to finalize HSE Plans which shall including the
following:
-
4.2
HSE policy & Objectives

Job procedure to be followed by the Contractor for construction activities including
handling of equipments, scaffolding, electric installations, etc. describing the risks
involved, actions to be taken and methodology for monitoring each activity. Indicative list
of procedures is enclosed as Annexure-H
EIL/Owner review/audit requirement.
Organization structure along with responsibility and authority, on HSE activities.
Administrative & disciplinary steps involving implementation of HSE requirements
Emergency evacuation plan/ procedures for site and labour camps
Job Safety Analysis for high risk jobs
Procedures for reporting & investigation of accidents and near misses.
HSE Inspection
HSE Training programmes at project site
HSE Awareness programmes, at project site
Reference to Rules, Regulations and statutory requirements.
HSE documentation viz reporting, analysis & record keeping.
During Job Execution

Contractor shall implement approved Health, Safety and Environment management programme
including but not limited to as brought out under para 3.0. Contractor shall also ensure:
to arrange workmen compensation insurance, registration under ESI Act, third party
liability insurance, registration under BOCW Act, etc, as applicable.
to arrange all HSE permits before start of activities (as applicable), like permits for hot
work, working at heights (Refer Format No. HSE-6), confined space (Refer Format No.
HSE-7), Radiation Work Permit (Refer Format No. HSE-8), Demolishing/ Dismantling
Work Permit (Refer Format No. HSE-9),Permit for erection/modification & dismantling of
scaffolding(Refer Format No:HSE-14), Permit for heavy lift/critical erection (Refer Format
No:HSE-15) ,Permit for energy Isolation & De-isolation (HSE-16) ,storage of chemical /
explosive materials & its use and implement all precautions mentioned therein. In this
regard, requirements of Oil industry Safety Directorate Standard No. Std -105 "Work
Permit Systems shall be complied with while working in existing Oil or Gas processing
plants. List of the persons involved shall be maintained as annexure to the work permit
issued for a particular activity.
to submit, timely, the completed checklist on HSE activities in Format No.HSE-1, Monthly
HSE report in Format No.HSE-5 (use of web based package (www.eil.co.in/conthse) is
compulsory wherever the facility is available else a hard copy is to be submitted), accident/
incident reports, investigation reports etc. as per EIL/Owner requirements. Compliance of
instructions on HSE shall be done by Contractor and informed urgently to EIL/Owner.

Page 303 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
4.3
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 34 of 87
that his top most executive at site attends all the Safety Committee/HSE meetings arranged
by EIL/Owner and carries out safety walk through regularly. Only in case of his absence
from site that a second senior most person shall be nominated by him, in advance, and
communicated to EIL/Owner for performing the above tasks.
display at site office and at prominent locations HSE Policy, caution boards, list of
hospitals, emergency services available, safety signs like Men at work, Speed Limits,
Hazardous Area, various dos & donts, etc.
provide posters, banners for safe working to promote safety consciousness.
identify, assess, analyze & mitigate the construction hazards & incorporate relevant control
measures before actually executing site works. (HIRAC = Hazard Identification, Risk
Analysis and Control).
arrange testing, examination, inspection of own as well as borrowed construction

equipments / machinery (stationary & mobile) before being used at site and also at
periodical interval, through own resources and also by 3rd party competent agencies (as
deemed fit in statutes). Records of such test, examination etc. shall be maintained & shall
be submitted to EIL/Owner as & when asked for.
carryout audits/inspection (internal & external) at his works as well as sub contractor works
as per approved HSE plan/procedure/programme & submit the compliance reports of
identified shortfalls for EIL/Owner review.
arranging HSE training for site workmen (of his own & sub contractors) through internal or
external faculty at periodical intervals.
assistance & cooperate during HSE audits by EIL/Owner or any other 3rd party and submit
compliance report.
generate & submit of HSE records/report as per this specification.
apprise EIL/Owner on HSE activities at site regularly.
carry-out all dismantling activities safely, with prior approval of EIL/Owner representative.
The Contractor shall ensure that Hot works and painting works do not continue at the
same place / location at project site for which chance or probability of fire incident
exists.
During Short Listing Of The Sub-Contractors

The contractor shall review the HSE management system of the sub-contractors in line with the
requirements given in this specification. The contractor shall be held responsible for the
shortcomings observed in the HSE management system of the sub-contractor(s) during
execution of the job.

Page 304 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
5.0
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 35 of 87
RECORDS
At the minimum, the contractor shall maintain/ submit HSE records in the following reporting
formats/:
Safety Walk Through Report
Accident/ Incident Report
Supplementary Accident/ Incident Investigation report
Near Miss Incident Report
Monthly HSE Report
Permit for working at height
Permit for working in confined space
Permit for radiation work
Permit for demolishing/ dismantling
Daily Safety checklist
House keeping Assessment & compliance
Inspection of temporary electrical booth/installation
Inspection for scaffolding
Permit for erection/modification &dismantling of scaffolding
Permit for heavy lift/critical erection.
Permit for Energy isolation and de-isolation.
Permit for Excavation
Inspection reports of Equipment/tools/tackles
Report of Toolbox talks
PPE issue report/register
Site inspection reports
Training records
HSE-1
HSE-2
HSE-3
HSE-4
HSE-5
HSE-5
HSE-7
HSE-8
HSE-9
HSE-10
HSE-11
HSE-12
HSE-13
HSE-14
HSE-15
HSE-16
HSE-17
*
As indicated in
specification
*
*
*
(*) The formats shall be developed in consultation with EIL/Owner

Page 305 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 36 of 87
APPENDIX-A
(Sheet 1 of 2)
A.
IS CODES ON HSE
SP: 53
Safety code for the use, Care and protection of hand operated tools.
IS: 838
Code of practice for safety & health requirements in electric and gas welding
and cutting operations
IS: 1179
Eye & Face precautions during welding, equipment etc.
IS: 1860
Safety requirements for use, care and protection of abrasive grinding wheels.
IS: 1989 (Pt -II) Leather safety boots and shoes

IS: 2925
Industrial Safety Helmets
IS: 3016
Code of practice for fire safety precautions in welding & cutting operation.
IS: 3043
Code of practice for earthing
IS: 3764
Code of safety for excavation work
IS: 3786
Methods for computation of frequency and severity rates for industrial injuries
and classification of industrial accidents
IS: 3696
Safety Code of scaffolds and ladders
IS: 4083
Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction materials and

components at site
IS: 4770
Rubber gloves for electrical purposes
IS: 5121
Safety code for piling and other deep foundations
IS: 5216 (Pt-I) Recommendations on Safety procedures and practices in electrical works
IS: 5557
Industrial and Safety rubber lined boots
IS: 5983
Eye protectors
IS: 6519
Selection, care and repair of Safety footwear
IS: 6994 (Pt-I) Industrial Safety Gloves (Leather & Cotton Gloves)
IS: 7293
Safety Code for working with construction Machinery
IS: 8519
Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for body protection
IS: 9167
Ear protectors
IS: 11006
Flash back arrestor (Flame arrestor)
IS: 11016
General and safety requirements for machine tools and their operation
IS: 11057
Specification for Industrial safety nets
IS: 11226
Leather safety footwear having direct moulded rubber sole
IS: 11972
Code of practice for safety precaution to be taken when entering a sewerage

system
IS: 13367
Code of practice-safe use of cranes
IS: 13416
Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at working place

Page 306 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 37 of 87
APPENDIX-A
(Sheet 2 of 2)
B.
Safety Glasses
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ON HSE
ANSI Z 87.1, ANSI ZZ 87.1, AS 1337, BS 2092,

BS 1542, BS 679, DIN 4646/ 58311
Safety Shoes
ANSI Z 41.1, AS 2210, EN 345
Hand Gloves
BS 1651
Ear Muffs
BS 6344, ANSI S 31.9
Hard Hat
ANSI Z 89.1/89.2, AS 1808 , BS 5240, DIN 4840
Goggles
ANSI Z 87.1
Face Shield
ANSI Z 89.1
Breathing Apparatus
BS 4667, NIOSH
Welding & Cutting
ANSI Z 49.1
Safe handling of compressed: P-1
(Compressed Gas Association Gases in cylinders 1235

Jefferson Davis Highway,
Arlington VA 22202 - USA)
Full body harness
EN-361
Lanyard
EN-354
Karabiner
EN-362 and EN-12275

Page 307 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 38 of 87
APPENDIX-B
DETAILS OF FIRST AID BOX
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------SL.
DESCRIPTION
QUANTITY
NO.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
Small size Roller Bandages, 1 Inch Wide

Medium size Roller Bandages, 2 Inches Wide
Large size Roller Bandages, 4 Inches Wide
Large size Burn Dressing
Cotton Wool
Antiseptic Solution Dettol (100 ml.) or Savlon
Mercurochrome Solution (100 ml.) 2% in water
Ammonia Solution (20 ml.)
A Pair of Scissors
Adhesive Plaster (1.25 cm X 5 m)
Eye pads in Separate Sealed Pkt.
Tourniqut
Safety Pins
Tinc. Iodine/ Betadin (100 ml.)
Polythene Wash cup for washing eyes
Potassium Permanganate (20 gms.)
Tinc. Benzoine (100 ml.)
Triangular Bandages
Band Aid Dressing
Iodex/Moov (25 gms.)
Tongue Depressor
Boric Acid Powder (20 gms.)
Sodium Bicarbonate (20 gms.)
Dressing Powder (Nebasulf) (10 gms.)
Medicinal Glass
Duster
Booklet (English & Local Language)
Soap
Toothache Solution
Vicks (22 gms.)
Forceps
Note Book
Splints
Lock
Life Saving/Emergency/Over-the counter Drugs
(Finger Dressing small)

(Hand & Foot Dressing)
(Body Dressing Large)
(Burn Dressing Large)
(20 gms packing)
6 Pcs.
6 Pcs.
6 Pcs.
4 Pkts.
4 Pkts.
1 Bottle
1 Bottle
1 Bottle
1 Piece
1 Spool
4 pcs.
1 No.
1 Dozen
1 Bottle
1 No.
1 Pkt.
1 Bottle
2 Nos.
5 Pcs.
1 Bottle
1 No.
2 Pkt.
1 Pkt.
1 Bottle
1 No.
1 No.
1 No. each
1 No.
1 No.
1 Bottle
1 No.
1 No.
4 Nos.
1 Piece
As decided at site
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Box size: 14" x 12" x 4"

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Note : The medicines prescribed above are only indicative. Equivalent medicines can also be used.
A prescription, in this regard, shall be required from a qualified Physician.

Page 308 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 39 of 87
APPENDIX-C
TYPE OF FIRES VIS--VIS FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Fire
Extinguisher
Water
Fire
Foam
Originated
from
paper, clothes, wood
Inflammable liquids
like alcohol, diesel,
petrol, edible oils,
bitumen
Originated
from
gases like LPG,
CNG, H2
Electrical fires
LEGEND :
Dry Powder
can control
minor surface
fires
can control
minor surface
fires
Multi purpose
(ABC)
CO2
: CAN BE USED
: NOT TO BE USED
Note: Fire extinguishing equipment must be checked at least once a year and after every use by an
authorized person. The equipment must have an inspection label on which the next inspection date is
given. Type of extinguisher shall clearly be marked on it.

Page 309 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 40 of 87
APPENDIX-D
List of Statutory Acts & Rules Relating to HSE
-
The Indian Explosives Act and Rules
The Motor Vehicle Act and Central Motor Vehicle Rules
The Factories Act and concerned Factory Rules
The Petroleum Act and Petroleum Rules
The Workmen Compensation Act
The Gas Cylinder Rules and the Static & Mobile Pressure Vessels Rules
The Indian Electricity Act and Rules
The Indian Boiler Act and Regulations
The Water (Prevention & Control & Pollution) Act
The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Cess Act
The Mines & Minerals (Regulation & Development) Act
The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act
The Atomic Energy Act
The Radiation Protection Rules
The Indian Fisheries Act
The Indian Forest Act
The Wild Life (Protection) Act
The Environment (Protection) Act and Rules
The Hazardous Wastes (Management & Handling) Rules
The Manufacturing, Storage & import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules
The Public Liability Act
The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Condition of service)
Act
Other statutory acts Like EPF, ESIS, Minimum Wage Act.

Page 310 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 41 of 87
APPENDIX-E (Sheet 1 of 12)

CONSTRUCTION HAZARDS, THEIR EFFECTS & PREVENTIVE MEASURES
ACTIVITY
(A)
EXCAVATION
Pit Excavation
upto 3.0m
TYPE OF
HAZARD
Falling into pit
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
Personal injury
Earth Collapse
Suffocation/
Breathlessness
Buried
Contact with
buried electric
cables
Gas/ Oil
Electrocution
Explosion
Pipelines
Pit Excavation
beyond 3.0m
Same as above
plus
Flooding due to
excessive rain/
underground
water
Digging in the
vicinity of
existing Building/
Structure
Movement of
vehicles/
equipments close
to the edge of cut.

Page 311 of 1178
Can cause
drowning situation
Building/Structure
may collapse
Loss of health &
wealth
May cause cave-in
or slides.
Persons may get
buried.
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Provide guard rails/ barricade with warning
signal
Provide at least two entries/ exits.
Provide escape ladders.
Provide suitable size of shoring and strutting, if
required.
Keep soil heaps away from the edge equivalent to
1.5m or depth of pit whichever is more.
Don't allow vehicles to operate too close to
excavated areas. Maintain at least 2m distance
from edge of cut.
Maintain sufficient angle of repose. Provide
slope not less than 1:1 and suitable bench of 0.5m
width at every 1.5m depth of excavation in all
soils except hard rock.
Battering/benching the sides.
Obtain permission from competent authorities,
prior to excavation, if required.
Locate the position of buried utilities by referring
to plant drawings.
Start digging manually to locate the exact
position of buried utilities and thereafter use
mechanical means.
Prevent ingress of water
Provide ring buoys
Identify and provide suitable size dewatering
pump or well point system
Obtain prior approval of excavation method from
local authorities.
Use under-pining method
Construct retaining wall side by side.
Barricade the excavated area with proper lighting
arrangements
Maintain at least 2m distance from edge of cut
and use stop blocks to prevent over-run
Strengthen shoring and strutting

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 42 of 87
APPENDIX-E: (Sheet 2 of 12)

CONSTRUCTION HAZARDS, THEIR EFFECTS & PREVENTIVE MEASURES (Contd.)
ACTIVITY
Narrow deep
excavations for
pipelines, etc.
Rock by
excavation
blasting
TYPE OF
HAZARD
Same as above
plus
Frequent cave-in
or slides
Flooding due to
Hydro- static
testing
Improper
handling of
explosives
Uncontrolled
explosion
Rock excavation
by blasting
(Contd)
Scattering of
stone pieces in
atmosphere
Entrapping of
persons/ animals.
Misfire
Piling Work
Failure of piledriving
equipment
Noise pollution
Extruding
rods/casing
Working in the
vicinity of 'LiveElectricity'
(B)
CONCRETING
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
May cause severe
injuries or prove
fatal
Battering/benching of sides
Provide escape ladders
May arise drowning Same as above plus

situation
Bail out accumulated water
Maintain adequate ventilation.
May prove fatal
Ensure proper storage, handling & carrying of
explosives by trained personnel.
Comply with the applicable explosive acts &
rules.
May cause severe
Allow only authorized persons to perform
injuries or prove
blasting operations.
fatal
Smoking and open flames are to be strictly
prohibited
Can hurt people
Use PPE like goggles, face mask, helmets etc.
May cause severe
injuries or prove
fatal
May explode
suddenly
Can hurt people
Can cause deafness
and psychological
imbalance.
Can hurt people
Can cause
electrocution/
Asphyxiation
Air pollution by
cement
Handling of
ingredients
May affect
Respiratory System
Hands may get
injured
Protruding
reinforcement
rods.
Feet may get

injured

Page 312 of 1178
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Barricade the area with red flags and blow siren

before blasting.
Do not return to site for at least 20 minutes or
unless announced safe by designated person.
Inspect Piling rigs and pulley blocks before the
beginning of each shift.
Use personal protective equipments like ear
plugs, muffs, etc.
Barricade the area and install sign boards
Provide first-aid
Keep sufficient distance from Live-Electricity as
per IS code.
Shut off the supply, if possible
Provide artificial/rescue breathing to the injured
Wear respirators or cover mouth and nose with
wet cloth.
Use gloves & other PPE.
Use Provide platform above reinforcement for
movement of workers.

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 43 of 87
APPENDIX-E : (Sheet 3 of 12)

ACTIVITY
Super-structure
(C)
REINFORCEMENT
TYPE OF
HAZARD
Earthing of
electrical
mixers,
vibrators, etc.
not done.
Falling of
materials from
height
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
Can cause
electrocution/
asphyxiation
Continuous
pouring by same
gang
Revolving of
concrete mixer/
vibrators
Same as above
plus
Deflection in
props or
shuttering
material
Passage to work
place
Cause tiredness of
workers and may
lead to accident.
Parts of body or
clothes may get
entrapped.
Shuttering/props
may collapse and
prove fatal
Curtailment and
binding of rods
Carrying of rods
for short
distances/at
heights
Checking of
clear distance/
cover with hands
Hitting projected
rods and
standing on
cantilever rods.

Page 313 of 1178
Persons may get

injured
Improperly tied and

designed
props/planks may
collapse
Persons may get
injured
Workers may get
injured their hands
and shoulders.
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Ensure earthing of equipments and proper
functioning of electrical circuit before
commencement of work.
Use hard hats
Remove surplus material immediately from work
place.
Ensure lighting arrangements during night hours
Insist on shift pattern
Provide adequate rest to workers between
subsequent pours.
Allow only mixers with hopper
Provide safety cages around moving motors
Ensure proper mechanical locking of vibrator
Avoid excessive stacking on shuttering material
Check the design and strength of shuttering
material before commencement of work
Rectify immediately the deflection noted during
concreting.
Ensure the stability and strength of passage
before commencement of work.
Do not overload and stand under the passage.
Rods may cut or

injure the fingers
Use PPE like gloves, shoes, helmets, etc.

Avoid usage of shift tools
Provide suitable pads on shoulders and use safety
gloves.
Tie up rods in easily liftable bundles
Ensure proper staging.
Use measuring devices like tape, measuring rods,
etc.
Persons may get

injured and fell
down
Use safety shoes and avoid standing

unnecessarily on cantilever rods
Avoid wearing of loose clothes

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 44 of 87

ACTIVITY
(D)WELDING
AND GAS
CUTTING
TYPE OF
HAZARD
Falling of material
from height
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
May prove fatal
Transportation of
rods by trucks/
trailers
Protruded rods may

hit the persons
Welding radiates
invisible
ultraviolet and
infra-red rays
Improper
placement of
oxygen and
acetylene cylinders
Radiation can
damage eyes and
skin.
Leakage/ cuts in
hoses
Opening-up of
cylinder
Welding of tanks,
container or pipes
storing flammable
liquids

Page 314 of 1178
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Use helmets
Provide safety nets
Use red flags/lights at the ends
Do not protrude the rods in front of or by the side
of driver's cabin.
Do not extend the rods 1/3rd of deck length or
1.5m whichever is less
Use specified shielding devices and other PPE of
correct specifications.
Avoid thoriated tungsten electrodes for GTAW
Explosion may occur Move out any leaking cylinder

Keep cylinders in vertical position
Use trolley for transportation of cylinders and
chain them
Use flashback arrestors
May cause fire
Purge regulators immediately and then turn off
Never use grease or oil on oxygen line
connections and copper fittings on acetylene lines
Inspect regularly gas carrying hoses
Always use red hose for acetylene & other
fuel gases and black for oxygen
Cylinder may burst
Always stand back from the regulator while
opening the cylinder
Turn valve slowly to avoid bursting
Cover the lug terminals to prevent short
circuiting
Explosion may occur Empty & purge them before welding
Never attach the ground cable to tanks, container
or pipe storing flammable liquids
Never use LPG for gas cutting

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 45 of 87

ACTIVITY
(E)
RADIOGRAPHY
(F) ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION
AND USAGE
(*)
TYPE OF
HAZARD
Ionizing
radiation
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
Radiations may react
with the skin and can
cause cancer, skin
irritation, dermatitis,
etc.
Transpor-tation
and Storage of
Radiog-raphy
source
Same as above
Loss of Radio
isotope
Short circuiting
Same as above
Can cause
Electrocution or Fire
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Ensure Safety regulations as per BARC/AERB
before commencement of job.
Cordon off the area and install Radiation warning
symbols
Restrict the entry of unauthorized persons
Wear appropriate PPE and film badges issued by
BARC/AERB
Never touch or handle radiography source with
hands
Store radiography source inside a pit in an
exclusive isolated storage room with lock and
key arrangement. The pit should be approved by
BARC/AERB.
Radiography source should never be carried
either in passenger bus or in a passenger
compartment of trains.
BARC/AERB has to be informed before source
movement.
Permission from Director General of Civil
Aviation is required for booking radio isotopes
with airlines.
Try to locate with the help of Survey Meter.
Inform BARC/AERB (*)
Use rubberized hand gloves and other PPE
Don't lay wires under carpets, mats or door ways.
Allow only licensed electricians to perform on
electrical facilities
Use one socket for one appliance
Ensure usage of only fully insulated wires or
cables
Don't place bare wire ends in a socket
Ensure earthing of machineries and equipments
Do not use damaged cords and avoid temporary
connections
Use spark-proof/flame proof type field
distribution boxes.
Atomic Energy Regulatory Board (AERB),

Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC)
Anushaktinagar, Mumbai 400 094

Page 315 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 46 of 87

ACTIVITY
(G) FIRE
PREVENTION
AND
PROTECTION
TYPE OF
HAZARD
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
Overloading of
Electrical
System
Bursting of system
can occur which
leads to fire
Improper laying
of overhead and
underground
transmission
lines/cables
Can cause
electrocution and
prove fatal
Small fires can

become big ones
and may spread
to the
surrounding
areas
Cause burn injuries

and may prove fatal

Page 316 of 1178
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Do not allow open/bare connections
Provide all connections through ELCB
Protect electrical cables/equipment's from water
and naked flames
Check all connections before energizing
Display voltage and current ratings prominently
with 'Danger' signs.
Ensure approved cable size, voltage grade and
type
Switch off the electrical utilities when not in use
Do not allow unauthorized connections.
Ensure proper grid wise distribution of Power
Do not lay unarmoured cable directly on ground,
wall, roof of trees
Maintain at least 3m distance from HT cables
All temporary cables should be laid at least 750
mm below ground on 100 mm fine sand
overlying by brick soling
Provide proper sleeves at crossings/ intersections
Provide cable route markers indicating the type
and depth of cables at intervals not exceeding
30m and at the diversions/termination
In case a fire breaks out, press fire alarm system
and shout "Fire, Fire"
Keep buckets full of sand & water/ fire
extinguishing equipment near hazardous
locations
Confine smoking to 'Smoking Zones' only.
Train people for using specific type of fire
fighting equipments under different classes of fire
Keep fire doors/shutters, passages and exit doors
unobstructed
Maintain good housekeeping and first-aid boxes
(for details refer Appendix-B)
Don't obstruct assess to Fire extinguishers.
Do not use elevators for evacuation during fire.
Maintain lightening arrestors for elevated
structures
Stop all electrical motors with internal
combustion

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 47 of 87

ACTIVITY
TYPE OF
HAZARD
Improper
selection of Fire
extinguisher
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
It may not
extinguish the fire
Improper storage Same as above

of highly
inflammable
substances
(H)
VEHICULAR
MOVEMENT
Short circuiting
of electrical
system
Same as above
Can cause
Electrocution
Crossing the
Speed Limits
(Rash driving)
Personal injury
Adverse weather
condition
Same as Above

Page 317 of 1178
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Move the vehicles from dangerous locations
Remove the load hanging from the crane booms
Remain out of the danger areas.
Ensure usage of correct fire extinguisher meant
for the specified fire (for details refer AppendixC).
Do not attempt to extinguish Oil and electric
fires with water. Use foam cylinders/CO2/sand
or earth.
Maintain safe distance of flammable substances
from source of ignition
Restrict the distribution of flammable materials
to only min. necessary amount
Construct specifically designed fuel storage
facilities
Keep chemicals in cool and dry place away from
heat. Ensure adequate ventilation
Before welding operation, remove or shield the
flammable material properly
Store flammable materials in stable racks,
correctly labeled preferably with catchment
trays.
Wipe off the spills immediately
Don't lay wires under carpets, mats or door ways
Use one socket for one appliance.
Use only fully insulated wires or cables
Do not allow open/bare connections
Provide all connections through ELCB
Ensure earthing of machineries and equipments
Obey speed limits and traffic rules strictly
Always expect the unexpected and be a
defensive driver
Use seat belts/helmets
Blow horn at intersections and during
overtaking operations.
Maintain the vehicle in good condition
Do not overtake on curves, bridges and slopes
Read the road ahead and ride to the left
Keep the wind screen and lights clean
Do not turn at speed.
Recognize the hazard, understand the defense
and act correctly in time.

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 48 of 87

ACTIVITY
(I)
PROOF
TESTING
(HYDROSTATI
C /PNEUMATIC
TESTING)
TYPE OF
HAZARD
Consuming
alcohol before
and during the
driving
operation
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
Same as above
Falling objects/
Mechanical
failure
May prove fatal
Bursting of
piping
Collapse of
tanks
Tanks flying off
May cause injury

and prove fatal

Page 318 of 1178
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Alcohol and driving do not mix well. Either
choose alcohol or driving.
If you have a choice between hitting a fixed
object or an on-coming vehicle, hit the fixed
object
Quit the steering at once and become a passenger.
Otherwise take sufficient rest and then drive.
Do not force the driver to drive fast and round the
clock.
Do not day dream while driving
Ensure effective braking system, adequate
visibility for the drives, reverse warning alarm..
Proper maintenance of the vehicle as per
manufacturer instructions
Prepare test procedure & obtain EIL/owner's
approval
Provide separate gauge for pressurizing pump
and piping/equipment
Check the calibration status of all pressure
gauges, dead weight testers and temperature
recorders
Take dial readings at suitable defined intervals
and ensure most of them fall between 40-60% of
the gauge scale range
Provide safety relief valve (set at pressure
slightly higher than test pressure) while testing
with air/ nitrogen
Ensure necessary precautions, stepwise increase
in pressure, tightening of bolts/nuts, grouting, etc.
before and during testing
Keep the vents open before opening any valve
while draining out of water used for hydro-testing
of tanks.
Pneumatic testing involves the hazard of released
energy stored in compressed gas. Specific care
must therefore be taken to minimize the chance
of brittle failure during a pneumatic leak test.
Test temperature is important in this regard and
must be considered when the designer chooses
the material of construction.

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 49 of 87

ACTIVITY
(J)
WORKING AT
HEIGHTS
TYPE OF
HAZARD
Person can fall

down
Material can fall

down
(K) CONFINED
SPACES
Suffocation/
drowning

Page 319 of 1178
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
May sustain severe

injuries or prove
fatal
May hit the

scrap/material
stacked at the
ground or in
between
May hit the workers
working at lower
levels and prove
fatal
Unconsciousness,
death
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
A pressure relief device shall be provided, having
a set pressure not higher than the test pressure
plus the lesser of 345 KPa (50 psi) or 10% of the
test pressure.
The gas used as test fluid, if not air, shall be
nonflammable and nontoxic.
Provide guard rails/barricade at the work place
Use PPE like full body harness, life line, helmets,
safety shoes, etc.
Obtain a permit before starting the work at height
above 3 meters
Fall arrest and safety nets, etc. must be installed
Provide adequate working space (min. 0.6 m)
Tie/weld working platform with fixed support
Use roof top walk ladder while working on a
slopping roofs
Avoid movement on beams
Keep the work place neat and clean
Remove the scrap immediately
Same as above plus

Do not throw or drop materials or equipment
from height. I.e. do not bomb materials
All tools to be carried in a tool-kit
Bag or on working uniform
Remove scrap from the planks
Ensure wearing of helmet by the workers
working at lower levels
Use respiratory devices, if reqd.
Avoid over crowding inside a confined space
Provide Exhaust fans for ventilation
Do not wear loose clothes, neck ties, etc
Fulfill conditions of the permit

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 50 of 87

ACTIVITY
TYPE OF
HAZARD
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Check for presence of hydrocarbons, O2 level
Obtain work permit before entering a confined
space
Ensure that the connected piping of the
equipment which is to be opened is pressure
free, fluid has been drained, vents are open and
piping is positively isolated by a blind flange
(L)
HANDLING
AND
LIFTING
EQUIPMENTS
Presence of
foul smell and
toxic
substances
Inhalation can pose

threat to life
Ignition/ flame
can cause fire
Person may sustain

burn injuries or
explosion may occur
Failure of load
lifting and
moving
equipments
Can cause accident

and prove fatal

Page 320 of 1178
Same as above plus

Check for hydrocarbon and Aromatic compounds
before entering a confined space
Depute one person outside the confined space for
continuous monitoring and for extending help in
case of an emergency
Keep fire extinguishers at a hand distance
Remove surplus material and scrap immediately
Do not smoke inside a confined space
Do not allow gas cylinders inside a confined
space
Use low voltage (24V) lamps for lighting
Use tools with air motors or electric tools with
max. voltage of 24V
Remove all equipments at the end of the day
Avoid standing under the lifted load and within
the operating radius of cranes
Check periodically oil, brakes, gears, horns and
tyre pressure of all moving machinery
Check quality, size and condition of all chain
pulley blocks, slings, U-clamps, D-shackles, wire
ropes, etc.
Allow crane to move only on hard, firm and
leveled ground.
Allow lifting slings as short as possible and
check gunny packings at the friction points
Do not allow crane to tilt its boom while moving
Install Safe Load Indicator
Ensure certification by applicable authority

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 51 of 87

ACTIVITY
(M)
SCAFFOLDI
NG,
FORMWOR
K
AND
LADDERS
TYPE OF
HAZARD
Overloading of
lifting
equipments
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
Same as above
Overhead
electrical wires
Can cause
electrocution and
fire
Person can fall

down
Person May sustain

severe injuries and
prove fatal
Failure of
scaffolding
material
Same as above
Material can
fall down
Persons working at
lower level gets
injured

Page 321 of 1178
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Safe lifting capacity of derricks and winches
written on them shall be got verified
The max. safe working load shall be marked on
all lifting equipments
Check the weight of columns and other heavy
items painted on them and accordingly decide
about the crane capacity, boom and angle of
erection
Allow only trained operators and riggers during
crane operation.
Do not allow boom or other parts of crane to
come within 3m reach of overhead HT cables
Hook and load being lifted shall preferably
remain in full visibility of crane operators.
Provide guard rails for working at height
Face ladder while climbing and use both hands.
Ladders shall extend about 1m above landing for
easy access and tying up purpose
Do not place ladders against movable objects and
maintain base at 1/4 unit of the working length of
the ladder.
Suspended scaffolds shall not be less than 500
mm wide and tied properly with ropes
No loose planks shall be allowed
Use PPE, like helmets, safety shoes,etc
Inspect visually all scaffolding materials for
stability and anchoring with permanent
structures.
Design scaffolding for max. load carrying
capacity.
Scaffolding planks shall not be less than 50X250
mm full thickness lumber or equivalent. These
shall be cleated or secured and must extend over
the end supports by at least 150mm and not more
than 300mm
Don't overload the scaffolds
Do not splice short ladders to make a longer one.
Vertical ladders shall not exceed 6m.
Remove excess material and scrap immediately
Carry the tools in a tool-kit bag only
Provide safety nets

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 52 of 87

TYPE OF
HAZARD
(N)
Personal
STRUCTUR negligence and
AL WORKS danger of fall
ACTIVITY
(O)
PIPELINE
WORKS
(P)
GRIT
BLASTING
EFFECT OF
HAZARD
Can cause injury or
casualty
Lifting/ slipping
of material
Same as above
Erection/
lowering failure
Can cause injury
Other
Same as above
Pollution in
neighboring
area, hit by grits
and high
pressure air
Can cause personal

injury

Page 322 of 1178
PREVENTIVE MEASURES
Do not take rest inside rooms built for welding
machines or electrical distribution system.
Avoid walking on beams at height
Wear helmet with chin strap and full body
harness while working at height.
Use hand gloves and goggles during grinding
operations
Cover or mark the sharp and projected edges
Do not stand within the operating radius of
cranes
Do not stand under the lifted load
Stack properly all the materials. Avoid slippage
during handling
Control longer pieces lifted up by cranes from
both ends
Remove loose materials from height
Ensure tightening of all nuts & bolts
Do not stand under the lifted load
Do not allow any person to come within the
radii of the side boom handling pipes
Check the load carrying capacity of the lifting
tools & tackles
Use safe Load Indicators
Use appropriate PPEs
Wear gum boots in marshy areas
Allow only one person to perform signaling
operations while lowering of pipes
Provide night caps on pipes
Provide end covers on pipes for stoppage of pigs
while testing/ cleaning operations
Ensure the blasting is done in enclosed shed.
Keep safe distance while blasting operations.
Wear positive pressure blast hood or helmet
with view window, ear-muff/plug, gloves,
overall or leather coat /apron, rubber shoes.

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 53 of 87
APPENDIX-F
TRAINING SUBJECTS / TOPICS
(For contractors personnel)

1.
The Law & Safety Statutory Requirement / Applicable statutes / Duties of employer / employee
2.
Policy & Administration Why HSE? / Duties & Responsibilities of Safety Personnel at project
site / Effect of incentive on accident prevention
3.
HSE & Supervision Duties of Supervisor / HSE integrated supervision /

responsible for site accidents?
4.
Safety Budget / Cost of Accidents Direct costs / Indirect costs
5.
Hazard Identification / Type of hazards / HIRAC
6.
Behavioural Safety & Motivation
7.
Housekeeping Storage / Stacking / Handling of materials / Hydra handling
8.
Occupational Health in Construction sector
9.
Personal Protective Equipments Respiratory & Non- respiratory
10.
Electricity & Safety ELCB / Fuse / Powered tools / Project illumination
11.
Handling of Compressed Gas Transportation / Storage / FBAs / Fire prevention
12.
Machine Safety Machine guarding / Maintenance
13.
Transportation Hazards & risks in transp. of materials / ODC consignments
14.
Cranes & Other Lifting machinery Legal requirements vis--vis essential safety requirements.
15.
Communication HSE Induction / TBTs / Safety Committee / Safety meeting /

propaganda / Publicity.
16.
Excavation Risks & Dangers / Safety measures
17.
Working at Heights Use of ladder / Work on roofs / Scaffolds / Double harness

line / Fall arrester / Safety Nets / Floor openings
18.
Hazards in Welding & important safety precautions
19.
Gas Cutting Hazards & safety measures
20.
Fire prevention & fire protection

Page 323 of 1178
Who should be held
Safety
lanyards / Life-

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 54 of 87
APPENDIX - G
CONSTRUCTION POWER BOARD( typ)

Page 324 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 55 of 87
APPENDIX-H
LIST OF PROCEDURES (MINIMUM) TO BE FORMING PART OF HSE PLAN:A.
HSE Management Procedures:
B.
HSE Risk Management (including JSA/HIRA)

HSE Legal Compliance and Other Requirements
HSE Objectives & Performance
HSE Training and Competence (including Induction)
HSE Motivation & Award Scheme
HSE Audits
HSE Meetings
HSE Sub Contractor Management
HSE Emergency Management
HSE Incidents Reporting and Management
HSE Reports
HSE Management System Review
HSE Change Management
HSE procedure for Behaviour based Safety
First Aid & Management
Roles, Responsibility, accountabilities and Authorities
Job procedures/Safe Operating procedures
Setting Up Site & Signages

Handling of Electrical Appliances
Working at Height
Confined Space Entry
Permit to Work (including hot works)
Housekeeping
Lifting Operations
Transportation of materials including Manual Handling
Compressed Air Tools and Units
Earthmoving Operations & excavation
Scaffolding
Fire Prevention/Protection
Hazardous Substance handling & Storage
Radiation Hazard
Personal Protective Equipment

Page 325 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 56 of 87
HSE-1 REV 0
(Sheet 1 of 6)
SAFETY WALK-THROUGH REPORT
(Name & signature of walk through performer to be inserted at the bottom of each page)
Project
: _____________
Report no.
: ___________
Date
: _____________
Contractor
: ___________
Inspection by
:_____________
Owner
: ___________
Frequency
: Monthly
Job no.
: ___________
Note : Write NA wherever the item is not applicable

SL.
NO.
ITEM
1.
a)
HOUSEKEEPING
Waste containers provided and used
b)
Sanitary facilities adequate and Clean
c)
Passageways and Walkways Clear
d)
General neatness of working areas
e)
Other
2.
PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
a)
b)
Goggles; Shields
Face protection
Satisafctory
/ Yes
Non
satisfactory/
No
Remarks
Action
Hearing protection
Foot protection
e)
Hand protection
f)
Respiratory Masks etc.
g)
Full body harness conforming to C, EN 361
h)
Hard hat (HDPE)
i)
Other
3.
EXCAVATIONS/OPENINGS
a)
b)
Openings properly covered or barricaded

Excavations shored
c)
Excavations barricaded
d)
Overnight lighting provided
e)
Other
Safety walk-through performer (Name & Signature)..

Page 326 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 57 of 87
HSE-1 REV 0
(Sheet 2 of 6)
SL.
NO.
ITEM
4.
WELDING & GAS CUTTING
a)
Gas cylinders chained upright
b)
Cables and hoses not obstructing
c)
Screens or shields used
d)
Flammable materials protected
e)
Live electrode bits contained properly
f)
Fire extinguisher (s) accessible
g)
Other
5.
SCAFFOLDING & BARRICADING
a)
Fully decked platforms
b)
Guard and intermediate rails in place
c)
Toe boards in place
d)
Adequate shoring
e)
Adequate access
f)
Positive barricading for critical activities
g)
Installation of warning signs
h)
Other
6.
LADDERS
a)
Extension side rails 1 m above
b)
Top of landing
c)
Properly secured
d)
Angle + 700 from horizontal
e)
Other
Satisafctory
/ Yes
Non
satisfactory/
No
Remarks
Action
Safety walk-through performer (Name & Signature)..

Page 327 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 58 of 87
HSE-1 REV 0
(Sheet 3 of 6)
SL.
NO.
ITEM
7.
HOISTS, CRANES AND DERRICKS
a)
Condition of cables and sheaves OK
b)
Condition of slings, chains, hooks and eyes

O.K.
Inspection and maintenance log-books
maintained
Outriggers used
c)
d)
e)
f)
Reverse horn installed / active / coupled with

gear
Signs/barricades provided
g)
Signals observed and understood
h)
Qualified operators
i)
Other
8.
MACHINERY, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
a)
Proper instruction
b)
Safety devices
c)
Proper cords
d)
Inspection and maintenance
e)
Other
9.
VEHICLE AND TRAFFIC
a)
Rules and regulations observed
b)
Inspection and maintenance
c)
Licensed drivers
d)
Other
Satisafctory
/ Yes
Non
satisfactory
/No
Remarks
Action
Safety walk-through performer (Name & Signature)

Page 328 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 59 of 87
HSE-1 REV 0
(Sheet 4 of 6)
SL.
NO.
ITEM
10.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
a)
Emergency instructions posted
b)
Fire extinguishers provided
c)
Fire-aid equipment available
d)
Secured against storm damage
e)
General neatness
f)
In accordance with electrical requirements
g)
Other
11.
FIRE PREVENTION
a)
c)
Personnel trained & instructed to make use

of facility
Fire extinguishers checked periodically &
record maintained
No smoking in Prohibited areas.
d)
Fire Hydrants not obstructed Clear
e)
Other Regular fire drill conducted
12.
ELECTRICAL
a)
Use of 3-core armored cables everywhere
b)
Usage of 'All insulated' or 'double-insulated'

electrical tools
All electrical connection are routed through
ELCB
Natural Earthing at the source of power
(Main DB)
Continuity and tightness of earth conductor
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Effective covering of junction boxes, panels

and other energized wiring places
Ground fault circuit interrupters provided
h)
Prevention of tripping hazards maintained
f)
DCP extinguishers arranged & licensed

electrician engaged at site
Satisafctory
/ Yes
Non
satisfactory
/No
Remarks
Action

Page 329 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 60 of 87
HSE-1 REV 0
(Sheet 5 of 6)
SL.
NO.
14.
a)
b)
c)
15.
a)
b)
c)
d)
16.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
17.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
18.
a)
b)
ITEM
Satisafctory
/ Yes
Non
satisfactory
/No
Remarks
Action
HANDLING AND STORAGE OF

MATERIALS
Safely stored or stacked
Passageways clear / free from obstructions
Fire fighting facility in place
FLAMMABLE GASES AND LIQUIDS
Containers clearly identified / protected from
fire
Safe storage & transportation arrangement
made
Fire extinguishers positioned nearby
Facilities kept away from electric spark, hot
spatters & ignition source.
WORKING AT HEIGHT
Approved Erection plan and work permit in
place
Safe access, Safe work platform & Safety
nets provided
Life lines, Fall arrester, Full body harness
and with double lanyards used;
Health Check record available for workers
going up?
Protective handrails arranged around floor
openings
CONFINED SPACE
Work Permit obtained from requisite
authority
Test for toxic gas and sufficient availability
of oxygen conducted & status
Supervisor present at site & at least one
person outside the confined space for
monitoring deputed
Availability of safe means of entry, exit and
ventilation (register for entry & exit
maintained)
Fire extinguisher and first-aid facility
ensured
Lighting provision made by using 24V Lamp
Proper usage of PPEs ensured
RADIOGRAPHY
Proper storage and handling of source as per
BARC/ AERB guidelines (authorized
radiographer available)
Work permit obtained

Page 330 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 61 of 87
HSE-1 REV 0
(Sheet 6 of 6)
SL.
NO.
ITEM
c)
Cordoning of the area done
d)
Use of appropriate PPE's ensured
e)
f)
HSE training to workers/supervisors

imparted during the fortnight (indicate topic)
Minimum occupancy of workplace ensured
19.
HEALTH CHECKS
a)
All Workers medically examined and found

be fit for working at heights (slinging,
rigging, painting etc.)
in confined space
in excavation / trenching
in shot blasting
Availability of First Aid box with contents
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
20.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Satisafctory
/ Yes
Non
satisfactory
/No
Remarks
Action
Proper sanitation at site, office and labour

camps
Arrangement of medical facilities.
Measures for dealing with illness at site &
labour camps.
Availability of Potable drinking water for
workmen & staff.
Provision of crches for children.
Stand by vehicle / ambulance available for
evacuation of injured
ENVIRONMENT
Chemical and Other Effluents properly
disposed
Cleaning liquid of pipes disposed off
properly
Seawater used for hydro-testing disposed off
as per agreed procedure
Lubricant Waste/Engine oils properly
disposed
Waste from Canteen, offices, sanitation etc
disposed properly
Disposal of surplus earth, stripping materials,
Oily rags and combustible materials done
properly
Green belt protection

Page 331 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 62 of 87
HSE-2 REV 0
(Sheet 1 of 3)
ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORT
(To be submitted by Contractor after every Incident / Accident within 24 hours to EIL/ Owner)
Report No.: ____________________________
Date:
______________________
Project site: ____________________________ Name of work: _______________________

Contractors name: ________________
Non-disabling injury (NonLTA)
Disabling injury (other LTA)
Fatal (LTA):
First Aid case (non LTA)
Contractors Job Engineer (name) ________
Hospitalized but resumed duty before end of 48 hrs

Hospitalized & failed to resume duty within next 48 hrs
Death / Expiry
Resume duty after first aid
Name of the injured: _______________________ Father's name of victim: _________________

Sub Contractors Name: .
Gate Pass No.:.. Age: _____Yrs. Victims medical fitness exam. (Pre-empl.) date: - ______
Date & time of Accident / Incident: _______________________________________________
Names of Witnesses: (1________________ (2)___________________ (3) ________________
Profession of victim:
Bar bender
Carpenter
Meson
Fitter
Helper
Gas cutter
Grinder
Welder
Electrician
Driver
Rigger
M/c.operator
Engineer
Manager
Other/specify
No formal education
Non-Matriculate
Matriculate
Graduate
Post- grad
Other/specify
NIL
Less than 2 yrs
2-5 yrs
5-10 yrs
11-15 yrs
15 years and above
Qualification
Job Experience
Location where the incident happened: ___________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Page 332 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 63 of 87
HSE-2 REV 0
(Sheet 2 of 3)
Activity / Works that was continuing during incident / accident: Excavation
Demolition
Concrete carrying
Concrete pouring
Transportation of materials
Transportation
(manually)
materials (mechanically)
Work on or adjacent to water
Work at height (+2.0 mts)
Scaffold preparation
Scaffold dismantling
Piling works
Welding
Grinding
Gas-cutting
Pipe fit-ups & fabrication
Structural fabrications
Machine works
Hydro-testing works
Electrical works
Erection activities
Other/specify
of
What exactly the victim was doing just before the incident / accident? ....................................
.
.
Nature of injury:
Bruise or Contusion
Abrasion (superficial wound)
Sprains or strains
Cut or Laceration
Puncture or Open wound
Burn
Absorption
Amputation
Inhalation
of
toxic
Poisonous fumes or gases
Fracture
or
Other/specify
Parts of body involved in incident / accident

Head
Face
Eyes
Throat
Arm (above wrist)
Hand (including wrist)
Fingers
Truck (Abdomen / Back /
Throat
Chest / Shoulder)
Leg (above ankle)
Foot (incl. ankle)
Multiple
Toes
Other/specify
Accident type:
Struck against
Struck by
Fall from Elevation
Fall on same level
caught in
caught under
caught in between
Rubbed or abraded
Contact with (Electricity)
Contact with chemicals or

oils
Vehicle accident
Contact
with
extremes)
Other/specify
(Temp./

Page 333 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 64 of 87
HSE-2 REV 0
(Sheet 3 of 3)
Medical Aid provided: - (indicate specific aids / treatment etc.).

..
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Actions taken to prevent recurrence of similar incident / accident:
.
.
.
.
...
_____________________________________________________________________________
Intimation to local authorities (Dist Collector / Local Police Station / ESI authority): Yes / No / NA.
If yes, to whom ..
Safety Officer
Site Head / Resident Construction Manager
(Signature and Name)

Stamp of
To
:
:
Contractor
Owner
RCM/Site-in-charge EIL (3 copies)
Divisional Head (Constn) through RCM
Project Manager, EIL, through RCM

Page 334 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 65 of 87
HSE-3 REV 0
(Sheet 1 of 5)
SUPPLEMENTARY INCIDENT / ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION REPORT

TICK THE APPROPRIATE ONE AS APPLICABLE (furnish within 72 hours)
Supplementary to Incident / Accident Report No: ______ (Copy enclosed)
Report No.: ____________________________
Date: ______________________
Project site: ____________________________ Name of work: _______________________
Contractors name: ________________
Non-disabling injury (NonLTA)
Disabling injury (other LTA)
Fatal (LTA):
First Aid case (non LTA)
Contractors Job Engineer (name) ________
Hospitalized but resumed duty before end of 48 hrs

Hospitalized & failed to resume duty within next 48 hrs
Death / Expiry
Resume duty after first aid
Name of the injured: _______________________ Father's name of victim: _________________

Sub Contractors Name: .
Gate Pass No.:.. Age: _____Yrs. Victims medical fitness exam. (Pre-empl.) date: - ______
Date & time of Accident / Incident: _______________________________________________
Names of Witnesses: (1________________ (2)___________________ (3) ________________
Profession of victim:
Bar bender
Carpenter
Meson
Fitter
Helper
Gas cutter
Grinder
Welder
Electrician
Driver
Rigger
M/c.operator
Engineer
Manager
Other/specify
No formal education
Non-Matriculate
Matriculate
Graduate
Post- grad
Other/specify
NIL
Less than 2 yrs
2-5 yrs
5-10 yrs
11-15 yrs
15 years and above
Qualification
Job Experience
Location where the incident happened: ___________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________

Page 335 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 66 of 87
HSE-3 REV 0
(Sheet 2 of 5)
Activity / Works that was continuing during incident / accident: Excavation
Demolition
Concrete carrying
Concrete pouring
Transportation of materials
Transportation
(manually)
materials (mechanically)
Work on or adjacent to water
Work at height (+2.0 mts)
Scaffold preparation
Scaffold dismantling
Piling works
Welding
Grinding
Gas-cutting
Pipe fit-ups & fabrication
Structural fabrications
Machine works
Hydro-testing works
Electrical works
Erection activities
Other/specify
of
What exactly the victim was doing just before the incident / accident? ....................................
.
.
Particular of tools & tackles being used and condition of the same after incident/accident:
.........................................
Description
of
Incident/Accident
(How
the
incident
was
caused):
.
Nature of injury:
Bruise or Contusion
Abrasion (superficial wound)
Sprains or strains
Cut or Laceration
Puncture or Open wound
Burn
Absorption
Amputation
Inhalation
of
toxic
Poisonous fumes or gases
Fracture
or
Other/specify
Parts of body involved in incident / accident

Head
Face
Eyes
Throat
Arm (above wrist)
Hand (including wrist)
Fingers
Truck (Abdomen / Back /
Throat
Chest / Shoulder)
Leg (above ankle)
Multiple

Page 336 of 1178
Foot (incl. ankle)
Toes
Other/specify

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 67 of 87
HSE-3 REV 0
(Sheet 3 of 5)
Accident type:
Struck against
Struck by
Fall from Elevation
Fall on same level
caught in
caught under
caught in between
Rubbed or abraded
Contact with (Electricity)
Contact with chemicals or

oils
Vehicle accident
Contact
with
extremes)
Other/specify
(Temp./
Name & Designation of person who provided First-Aid to the victim: --------------------------------------Name & Telephone number of Hospital where the victim was treated_________________________
Mode of transport used for transporting victim Ambulance / Private car / Tempo / Truck / Others
How much time taken to shift the injured person to Hospital________________________________
In case of FATAL incident, indicate clearly the BOCW Registration No. of the victim
/Company
Comments of Medical Practitioner, who treated / attended the victim/injured (attached / described
here)_____________________________________________________________________
What actions are taken for investigation of the incident, please indicate clearly (Video film /
Photography / Measurements taken etc..)
Immediate cause (Please tick the right applicable)

Hazardous
methods
or
procedures
inadequately
guarded
Environmental
hazards
(excess
noise/
space
constraint/
inadequate
ventilation

Page 337 of 1178
Poor housekeeping
Inadequate or improper
PPE
improper
illumination/Moving on oval
surface
Working on dangerous
equipment

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 68 of 87
HSE-3 REV 0
(Sheet 4 of 5)
Failure to secure
Horse-play
Failure to use PPE
Inattention to surroundings
Improper use of hands &

body-parts
Bypassing
standard
procedures
Improper use of equipment
or tools & tackles
Others(specify)
By-passing safety devices
Unsafe mixing or placement

of tools & tackles
Operating without authority
excessive haste
Failure in communication
drug
or
influence
alcoholic
Basic cause
Over confidence
Impulsiveness
over-exertion
Faulty judgement or poor

understanding
Fatigue
Failing to keep attention

constantly
Defective vision
Nervousness & Fear
Slow reaction
Others(specify)
Ill health or sickness
Root cause
Inadequate Engg
Improper Design
Inadequate knowledge
Inadequate skill
Inadequate supervision
Improper work procedure
Substandard performance
Inadequate maintenance
Inadequate Planning &

organization
Inadequate training
Inadequate
compliance
with standard
Improper inspection
Others(specify)
Loss of man days and impact on site works, (if any)
Remarks from Contractors Safety Officer / Engineer

Was the victim performing relevant tasks for which he was engaged /employed?
Yes / No
Was the Supervisor present on work-site during the incident?
Yes / No
Have the causes of incident rightly identified?
Yes / No
Cause of Accident was_____________________________________________________________

Page 338 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 69 of 87
HSE-3 REV 0
(Sheet 5 of 5)
Remedial measures recommended by Safety Officer of Contractor for avoiding similar incident in
future
:
.
.
.
.
...
Intimation to local authorities (Dist Collector / Local Police Station / ESI authority): Yes / No / NA.
If yes, to whom ..
_____________________________________________________________________________
Safety Officer
Site Head / Resident Construction Manager

Stamp of
To :
:
Contractor
Owner
RCM// Site-in-charge of EIL (3 copies)
Project Manager EIL, through RCM

Page 339 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 70 of 87
HSE-4 REV 0
NEAR MISS INCIDENT/ DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE SUGGESTED PROFORMA

(to be submitted within 24 hours)
Near Miss : Human injury escaped & no damage to property, equipment

or interruption to work.
Dangerous Occurrence: Damage to property, equipment or interruption of work, but not

resulting in personal injury/illness, e.g. Fire incident, collapse of structure, crane failure,
etc
Report No.: _________________
Name of Site: _________________________
Date: ______________________
Name of work: __________________________
Contractor: __________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Incident reported by
Date & Time of Incident
Location
__________________________________________________________________________________
Brief description of incident
__________________________________________________________________________________
Probable cause of incident
__________________________________________________________________________________
Suggested corrective action
__________________________________________________________________________________
Steps taken to avoid recurrence
To
:
:
Yes
No
Owner
RCM/Site-in-charge EIL (3 copies)
Project Manager EIL, through RCM

Page 340 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 71 of 87
FORMAT NO.
:
HSE-5 REV 0
MONTHLY HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT (HSE) REPORT
(To be submitted by each Contractor)
Actual work start Date: _______________

Project: ____________________________
Name of the Contractor: ______________
Name of Work : _____________________
(Contractor in consultation with EIL
package(www.eil.co.in/conthse) only.
shall
For the Month of: __________________

Report No: ________________________
Status as on : ______________________
Job No : __________________________
generate the reports through web based
UPTO
PREVIOUS
MONTH
ITEM
THIS
MONTH
CUMULATIVE
1) Average number of Staff & Workmen

(average daily headcount, not man days)
2) Man-hours worked
3) Number of Induction programmes conducted
4) Number of HSE meetings organized at site
5) Number of HSE awareness programmes conducted at site
6) Number of Tool Box Talks conducted
7) Number of Lost Time Accidents (LTA)
8) Number of Loss Time Injuries (LTI)
Fatal
Other LTA
Fatalities
Other LTI
9) Number of Non-Loss Time Accidents

10) Number of First Aid Cases
11) Number of Near Miss Incidents
12) No. of unsafe acts/ practices detected
13) No. of disciplinary actions taken against staff/ workmen
14) Man-days lost due to accidents
15) LTA Free man-hours i.e. LTA free man-hours counted from the
Last LTA (enter date: .)
16) Frequency Rate (No. of LTA per 2 lacs man-hours worked)
17) Severity Rate (No. of man days lost per 2 lacs man-hours
worked)
18) Loss Time Injury Frequency (No. of LTI per 2 lacs man-hours
worked)
19) No. of activities for which Job Safety Analysis (JSA) completed
20) No. of incentives/ awards given
21) No. of occasions on which penalty imposed by EIL/ Owner
22) No. of Audits conducted
23) No. of pending NCs in above Audits
24) Compensation cases raised with Insurance
25) Compensation cases resolved and paid to workmen
26) Whether workmen compensation policy taken
27) Whether workmen compensation policy is valid
28) Whether workmen registered under ESI Act, as applicable
Remarks, if any
Date:
Prepared by Safety Officer
To : - OWNER
- RCM EIL (2 copies)
Page 341 of 1178
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Approved by Site Head / Resident Construction Manager


HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 72 of 87
:
HSE-6 REV 0
PERMIT FOR WORKING AT HEIGHTS (ABOVE 2.0 METER)
(In duplicate to be issued daily for site and for office)
Permit No..
Name of Main Contractor
Name of work executing agency / sub agency / vendor:...
Date
Exact Location of work
Nature of work ..Duration of work (from) (to) .......
Number of workers covered within this permit
(List enclosed with name & gate pass numbers.)
Sl.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Status of compliance
(Yes / No)
Items / Subjects
Work areas / Equipments inspected
Work area cordoned off
Adequate lighting is provided
Precautions against public traffic taken
Concerned persons in & around have been alerted & cautioned
Hazards / risks involved in routine / non-routine task assessed and control
measures have been implemented at specific task
ELCB provided for electrical connection & found working
Ladder safely attached / fixed
Scaffoldings are checked and TAGs are found used correctly
Working platforms are provided and are found sound /safe for use
Safe access & egress arrangements (e.g. ladders, fall arresters, life-lines etc.)
are satisfactorily incorporated
a.
Openings on platform / floors are effectively cordoned / covered
b.
Safety Nets are provided wherever required
Use of following safety gadgets by people working at area under this permit, is
checked and found satisfactory Safety helmet
Safety harness (full body) with double lanyard
Safety Shoes
Safety gloves
Safety goggles
Housekeeping of work area found satisfactorily tidy / clean & clear
Adequate measures have been taken for works being continued at the ground
level, when simultaneous works are permitted overhead at that very location.
Materials are not thrown from heights on to ground
Medical examination of workers are made & found satisfactory
Responsible job engineer / supervisor found physically present at work spot for
overall administration of work as well as safety of people.
Above items have been checked & compliance has been found in place. Hence work is permitted to
start / continue at the above-mentioned location. Work shall not start till identified lapses are rectified.
Additional Precautions, if any .
..
Work Permit issued by
Contractor Engineer/RCM
Verification By
Contractor Safety Officer
AT THE END OF THE DAY/WORK:

All works at height are completed & workmen have returned safely from work location at
(time).. (date)
(Sig. Contractor Engineer)

Page 342 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 73 of 87
HSE-7 REV 0
CONFINED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT

Project site ___________________________
Sr.No. _________________________
Name of the work ______________________
Date ___________________________
Name of Contractor ____________________
Nature of work ___________________
Exact location of work _____________
Safety Requirements POSITIVE ISOLATION OF THE VESSEL IS MANDATORY
(A) Has the equipment been ?
Y NR

Isolated
from
power/steam/air

isolated from liquid or
gases

depressurized
&/or
drained

blanked/
blinded/
disconnected
(B) Expected Residual Hazards

lack of O2

corrosive chemicals

heat/ steam / frost

(C) Protection Measures

gloves

protective clothing

grounded air duct/blower
/AC

Fire fighting arrangements

Y NR

water
flushed
&/or
steamed
Man ways open &
ventilated
cont. inert gas flow
arranged
adequately cooled
Y NR

sources
lighting
combustible gas/ liquid

pyrophoric iron / scales
high humidity
ear plug / muff

dust / gas / air line mask
attendant with SCBA/air
mask
safety harness & lifeline
radiation
removed
proper
provided
H2S / toxic gases

electricity / static
ionizing radiation
goggles / face shield

personal gas alarm
rescue
equipment/team
communication
equipment
Authorization / Renewal (It is safe to enter the confined space)

No.
of
persons
Name of persons allowed
allowed
Signature
Contractor's
Supervisor
Contractor's
Safety Officer
Time
From
To
Signature
Workman
Permit Closure :
was closed
stopped
will continue on ...
(A)
Entry
(B)
Site left in a safe condition
(C)
Multilock
removed
key transferred
Ensured all men have come out Man-ways barricaded
Housekeeping done
Remarks, if any:

Page 343 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 74 of 87
HSE-8 REV 0
RADIATION WORK PERMIT
Project
:
Name of the work
:
Name of site contractor :
Location of work
Source strength
Sr.No. :
Date :
Job No. :
Cordoned distance (m) :

Name of Radiography agency
No. of workers engaged
Approved by Owner/EIL
The following items have been checked &compliance shall be ensured during currency of the
permit:
S. No.
Item description
Safety regulations as per BARC/AERB ensured while source in use/in transit & during
storage
Area cordoned off / safe working platform provided
Lighting arrangements for working during nights ensured
Warning signs/ flash lights installed
Cold work permit taken (if applicable)
PPEs like film badges, dosimeters used
Done
Additional precautions, if any ______________________________________________________

(Radiography Agencys BARC/AERB authorized Supervisor)
Permission is granted.
Permit is valid from ___________ AM/PM ____________ Date to ___________ AM/PM _________
Date
(Signature of permit issuing authority of site contractor)
Name
Permit renewal:
:Designation:
Permit extended up to
Date
Additional precautions required, if any
Date:
Sign of issuing authority with
date (of site contractor)
Time
Work completed/ stopped/ area cleared at ________ Hrs of Date ______________

(Sign. of permit issuing authority)
Name & Signature of site contractor:
Page 344 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
Project
Name of the work
Name of contractor
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 75 of 87
:
HSE-9 REV 0
DEMOLISHING/DISMANTLING WORK PERMIT
:
Sr.No. :
:
Date :
:
Job No. :
Name of sub-contractor :
No. of workers to be engaged:

Line No./ Equipment No./ Structure to be dismantled

Location details of dismantling/ demolition with sketch : (clearly indicate the area)
The following items have been checked &compliance shall be ensured during currency of the
permit:
S.
No.
Item description
Done
Not
Applicable
Services like power, gas supply, water, etc. disconnected

Dismantling/ Demolishing method reviewed & approved
Usage of appropriate PPEs ensured
Precautions taken for neighbouring structures
First-Aid arrangements made
Fire fighting arrangements ensured
Precautions taken for blasting
(Contractors Supervisor)
(Contractors Safety Officer)
Permission is granted.
(Permit issuing authority)
Name
Date
:
:
Completion report :
Dismantling/ Demolishing is completed on _____________ Date at ____________ Hrs.
Materials/ debris transported to identified location
Tagging completed (as applicable)
Services like power, gas supply, water, etc. restored

(Permit issuing authority)
CONTRACTORs NAME
Page 345 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 76 of 87
HSE-10 REV 0
DAILY SAFETY CHECKLIST
(To make use of before start of days work)
Project
Name of the work
Name of contractor
:
:
:
Sr.No. :
Date :
Job No. :
Description of Job decided to perform : -
Use of PPE / Safety Gadgets
Sl.
No
1
2
3
4
Safety Helmets
Safety Shoes
Hand Gloves
Dust Musk
Sl.
No
6
7
8
9
Safety Goggles
10
PPEs
Compliance
(Yes / No)
PPEs
Compliance (Yes
/ No)
Face Shield
Full body harness
Fall Arrest System
Safety net
Horizontal life-line made
of steel wire, (dia not
less than 8.0 mm.)
(Serial No. 1 & 2 are compulsory for everyone. Specify & ensure use of other safety gadgets as required for the job)
Sl. No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Identify following important unsafe conditions: -
Conditions
Access to work site / emergency escape clear
Soil / Loose earth kept away from excavated pit / slope / ladder provided
Electrical wire / welding lead lying entangled on ground / welding m/c. booth
accessible
Elevated work platform / open ends are protected
Ground area cordoned off before lifting works or erection at height / ground
area checked & cordoned-off before start of height works
Structural members / erected pipes / wooden boards/pieces etc. are safely
anchored at heights and are not likely to fall down on people when working
beneath
Rope ladders tied-up on tall steel structures, long before are removed to get
rid of their use
Any Other
Yes / No
Indicate actions taken, if status of any of the above items is found No
Specific Safety guidelines / precautions, if any (communicated thro TBT)
Above conditions and PPE compliances are checked by undersigned and correct status are indicated after
verification
Inspected by
Contractor Engineer

Page 346 of 1178
Verification By

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 77 of 87
HSE-11 REV 0
(Sheet 1 of 2)
HOUSEKEEPING ASSESSMENT & COMPLIANCE

Project
Name of the work
Name of contractor
Name of contractor
Sl
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
:
:
:
: Fortnightly
Subjects of Review
Sr.No. :
Date :
Job No. :
Satisafctory/
Yes
Non
satisfactory/No
Remarks
Action
Cleanliness at the Main entry / access of site

Ground condition / floor areas free from waterlogging / oil spillage
Ground & elevated floors free from rubbish /
wastes / accumulated debris / scraps.
Manholes / openings are covered / fenced
Trenches are barricaded / walkways are in place
Drains are cleaned / not choked / not occupied
by dumped materials
Sufficient CAUTION boards / instructions
displayed
Construction machinery are maintained &
parked in orderly manner.
Movement of site people are not obstructed
because of dumping / storing of construction
materials
Access / egress to Electrical Distribution Boards
/ Panels clear from wires / cables / earth-strips
etc.
Electrical panel rooms / sheds / MCC / Control
rooms / Substations etc. are clean & tidy and not
used for storing dress / clothes, tiffin-box or
bicycles.
Passage behind Elec. panels are free for access
Fire extinguishers / fire-buckets are accessible
without any difficulty.
Stair-steps, platforms & landings are clear & tidy
Sheds / rooms & work areas have got sufficient
illumination as well as ventilation
Cables / Wires / welding leads are routed /
hanged appropriately & are not creating unsafe
condition.
Stacking / storing of insulation materials or their
packing.
Removal or cleanliness of left-over sand,
concrete, brick-bats, insulation-materials, excess
earth, wastes etc.
Storing / stacking of sand, metal chips, re-bars,
steel pipes, valves, fittings etc.
One escape route at ground & minimum two
escape routes at elevation available,

Page 347 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 78 of 87
HSE-11 REV 0
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Sl
No.
Subjects of Review
Satisafctory/
Yes
Non
satisfactory/No
Remarks
Action
21. Captions / Posters / Slogans on various safety

instructions are displayed legibly in local
language
22. Cable trenches are water-free or regular
arrangement for taking out accumulated water
exists.
23. Windows of rooms / offices are regularly
cleaned
24. Facilities for cycle sheds, drinking water,
washing, rest-rooms etc. are maintained in tidy
manner.
25. Toilet, Urinals, Canteen / kitchen / pantry etc.
are maintained & free from obnoxious smell.
26. Construction tools / tackles are stored
systematically - the items are tagged / tested /
certified by competent third party.
27. Sufficient numbers of Dust-bins / Waste-bins
found at site and are regularly emptied.
Additional remarks, if any
Inspected by
Contractor Engineer

Page 348 of 1178
Verification By

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 79 of 87
HSE-12 REV 0
INSPECTION OF TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL BOOTH / INSTALLATION

Project
:
Name of the work
:
Name of contractor
:
Sub Station No:/Booth No
SL
NO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
SUBJECTS
Sr.No. :
Date :
Job No. :
Location:
OBSERVATION (YES /NO)
ACTION TAKEN
Switchboards installed properly are in order and

protected from rain & water-logging.
Adequate illumination provided for switchboard
operation during night hours & the lamps are protected
from direct human contact.
Voltage ratings, DANGER signs, Shock-TreatmentChart displayed in the installation / booth
Fire extinguisher (DCP or CO2) & Sand Bucket kept in
close vicinity of Switchboards
Valid License & Competent Electrician / Wireman
available & name/ license no. displayed at booth /
installation.
General housekeeping in & around booth / installation
found in order.
Cable-route-markers for U/G cables provided.
Monthly inspection report of Electrical hand tools
available in booth / installation.
Insulated Mat provided in front of Elec. Panels.
Rubber hand gloves available/ used by Electricians
Availability of CAUTION boards for shutdown & / or
repairing works.
All incoming & outgoing feeders have proper MCCB /
HRC fuses / Switches.
Switchboards earthed at two distinctly isolated
locations.
Switchboards have adequate operating space at the front
face & at the rear face too.
All connections provided through 30mA ELCB.
Testing records of all ELCBs available at site
Only industrial type plugs & sockets are used.
Temporary connections are 3-core double insulated &
free from cuts & joints and 3rd core is earthed at both
ends
Socket boards are properly mounted on stand &
protected from water ingress.
Electrical equipments operating above 250V have two
earthing / double earthing.
All incoming / outgoing cables are properly glanded &
terminated with lugs.
Switch-boards are of industrial variety / type.
Sketch for installation / connection (SLD) made &
pasted & other safety labels/display boards
Labeling of incoming / outgoing feeders made.
All hand lamps are protected from direct contact.
All electrical cable / joints are in safe condition
Inspected by
Contractor Engineer

Page 349 of 1178
Verification By

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 80 of 87
HSE-13 REV 0
(Sheet 1 of 2)
INSPECTION FOR SCAFFOLDING
Project
Name of the work
Name of contractor
Sl.
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
:
:
:
Sr.No. :
Date :
Job No. :
Description
Yes
No
N.A
Actions
taken
Whether work permit is obtained to take up work at height above 1.5 Mts?
Whether atmospheric condition is stormy or raining and works at
heights have been permitted?
Whether steel pipes scaffoldings are used for units /off-site areas?
Whether scaffolding has been erected on rigid/firm/leveled surfaces /
ground? Whether foot-seals or base-plates are used beneath the uprights (vertical steel pipes)
Whether scaffold construction is as per IS specification with toe-board and
hand-rails (top-rail as well as mid-rail)?
Whether distance between two successive up-rights are less than 2.5 Mts
(height of scaffold & load carrying capacity governs the distance between
two uprights)
Whether all uprights are extended at least 900 mm above the top most
working platform (to enable fitting of handrails)?
Whether vertical distance of two successive ledgers is satisfactory?
(varying between 1.3 Mts. To 2.1 Mts)
Whether the peripheral areas of working at height are cordoned-off? (for
avoiding accident to people arising out of dropped / deflected materials)
Whether platform is provided? Is it safely approachable?
Whether end of scaffold platform / board are extended beyond transoms?
(125mm to 150 mm)
Whether CE / IS approved quality and worthy conditioned full-body safety
harness (with double lanyard & karabiners) are used while working at
heights?
Whether life-line of safety harness is anchored to an independent secured
support capable of withstanding load of a falling person?
Whether the area around the scaffold is cordoned off to prohibit the entry of
unauthorized person / vehicle?
Whether clamps used are of good condition, of adequate strength and free
from defects?
Whether ladder is placed at secured and leveled surface?
Whether water-pass and oil-spills are avoided around the scaffold structure?
Whether ladder is extended 1.5mts. above the landing point at height?
Whether more than one access/egress provided to the scaffold?
Whether ladder used are of adequate length and overlapping of short
ladders avoided?
Whether metallic ladders are placed much away from near-by electrical
transmission line?
Whether rungs of ladder are inspected and found in good order?
Whether fall-arresters provided on both the access/egress routes?
Whether diagonal (cross) bracings are provided at regular interval on the
scaffold?
Whether working platform on the scaffold has been made free from jolt
or gap?
Whether tools or materials are removed after completion of the days job at
heights?
Whether a valid Permit for Work (PFW) is obtained before taking up work
over asbestos or fragile roof?
Whether sufficient precaution is taken while working on fragile roof?

Page 350 of 1178

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 81 of 87
HSE-13 REV 0
(Sheet 2 of 2)
Sl.
No
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
Description
Yes
No
N. A
Actions
taken
Whether provision is made to arrange duck ladder, crawling board for

working on fragile roof?
Whether scaffold has been inspected by qualified civil engineers prior to
their use?
Whether the scaffolding has been designed for the load to be borne by the
same?
Whether the erection and dismantling of the scaffolding is being done by
trained persons and under adequate supervision?
Whether safety net with proper working arrangement and life-line has
been provided?
Whether TAGS (Green for acceptable and Red for incomplete/unsafe
scaffolds) are used on scaffolds?
Whether sufficient illumination is provided in and around the scaffold
and access?
Whether emergency rescue / response arrangements are made in place
Inspected by
Contractor Engineer

Page 351 of 1178
Verification By

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 82 of 87
HSE-14 REV 0
(sheet 1 of 2)
PERMIT FOR ERECTION / MODIFICATION & DISMANTLING OF SCAFFOLDING
Project
:
Sr.No. :
Name of the work
:
Date :
Name of contractor
:
Job No. :
Nature of activities
:
Duration: FromTo
SL.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
SUBJECTS / ITEMS
DONE
NOT
DONE
Specific task of Erection / Modification / Dismantling of scaffolds,

identified & TAGGED accordingly (before as well as after carryingout jobs).
People engaged in doing the job are identified & are certified by Job
Engineer of Main Contractor as experienced / trained.
Concerned persons are alerted by the Job Engineer of Main Contractor
in connection with possible hazards & what the workmen MUST do /
MUST not do.
Verification by Job Engineer of Main Contractor made for confirming
that all persons permitted to carry-out the jobs are making use of
Helmet, Safety Shoes, Goggles, Gloves & Double lanyard safety
harness and other relevant PPEs.
Area of work is effectively cordoned-off / barricaded / illuminated.
For taking-up / lowering down Scaffolding members / clamps /
couplings etc. appropriate ropes / pulleys/ chains etc. have been
arranged for use (not to throw any item) & the same have been
verified as fit for purpose.
Items / members of scaffold, being lowered are removed from the area
& stacked correctly.
Ropes, chains, pulley blocks etc. being used for lifting or lowering
scaffold items, are inspected by the Job Engineer & their certifications
as well as physical conditions have been found O.K, before signing
this PERMIT.
Safety Net / Life-line / Fall Arresters etc. are arranged in position and
Job Engineer has found working conditions favourable for activities to
start.
Scaffold erection or dismantling tasks are being supervised by
Experienced Engineer / Competent person.
Only competent & experienced people have been selected / engaged in
Scaffolding erection, modification or dismantling tasks.
Adequate & effective actions for traffic and movement of people
around the cordoned-off area taken to avoid inadvertent incident
Working platforms are protected with handrails & toe-boards.
Access & Exit (for reach & escape) are safe for use by people.
Tools, tackles to be used for above jobs are verified by job Engineers
of Main contractor as genuinely good and tied-up at height (to prevent
their fall).
Site important Telephone Nos. are made known to everyone
SOP (Safe Operating Procedure) for the specific task is made &
followed too.
Emergency vehicle has been arranged at work locations.
REMARKS
Names to be
noted
This permit for work shall be available at specific work location all the time.
After completion of work, permit shall be returned to safety cell of main contractor, without fail.
This Permit shall be issued maximum upto (Monday to Sunday).
Additional Precautions, if any
ACCORD OF PERMISSION (to be ticked) - YES ( ) / NO (

)
Inspected by
Contractor Engineer
Page 352 of 1178
Verification By
Contractor Safety Officer]

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 83 of 87
HSE-14 REV 0
(sheet 2of 2)
Everyday Site working conditions & performance of workmen shall be assessed / checked by Contractor
Site Engr. and Safety Officer shall verify the same .
Name / Sign.
MONDAY
TUESDAY
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
FRIDAY
SATURDAY
Site
Engr.
Safety
Off.

Page 353 of 1178
SUNDAY

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 84 of 87
HSE-15 REV 0
PERMIT FOR HEAVY LIFT/CRITCAL ERECTION

Project
Name of the work
Name of contractor
Nature of activities
:
:
:
:
Location of work
:
Equipment/Structure to be erected:
SL.
NO.
1)
Sr.No. :
Date :
Job No. :
Duration: FromTo
Name /Type of crane
:
Wt. of equipment/ structure to be erected :
Description of Item
Yes
8)
Is the crane type suitable for lift or as per erection

procedure?
Is the crane have the correct number of counterweights
fitted?
Availability of Load Certification of crane from
authorized agency.
Is the load chart of crane available in carne cabin/or with
Crane operator?
Is the device to check the Wind speed in crane is working?
Is the safety features in crane are working?
Availability of Load certification of slings and other
accessories from authorized agency
Availability of Licensee/certificate for crane operator from
authorized agency.
Availability of approved JSA for the subject activities.
9)
Availability of approved erection/rigging procedures.
10)
Availability of temporary gratings/ platforms for critical

lifting(as applicable)
Tool Box conducted before erection?
Has the area been cordoned off?
Are the authorized persons during erection are identified?
Does each person identified for erection understand their
roles and responsibilities?
Is the ground on which crane will rest or outrigger support
are correct?
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
16)
Is hard stand requirement (if any) complied?
17)
Is the communication system (viz walkie talkies,etc are

working properly?
If more than one crane is lifting the load, is an
Intermediate rigger will supervise the lift?
If there is other obstruction within the operating radius of
the crane, have correct precautions been taken to prevent
collision?
18)
19)
20)
COMPLIANCE STATUS
No
Not applicable
Remarks
All the persons are wearing the requisite PPE?
Inspected & Issued by

Contractor Engineer/RCM
Page 354 of 1178
Verification By

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 85 of 87
HSE-16 REV 0
PERMIT FOR ENERGY ISOLATION & DE-ISOLATION

Project
Name of the work
Name of contractor
:
:
:
Sr.No. :
Date :
Job No. :
ENERGY ISOLATION PERMIT

Clearance required from:..Hrs Date
To . ..Hrs .Date
Name of equipment/ energy source etc
.
Nature of job to be done: .
Area.Location:..
PERMIT VALIDATION
PERFORMING AUTHORITY
I hereby authorize the ..personnel(performer) The work and precautions will be carried out under my
to isolate the above equipment/energy source from all overall responsibility.(Testing/execution engineer)
sources of power and handover the equipment/energy
source for maintenance/repair.
Signature:
Date:
Issuing authority
Name:
Area Incharge/RCM
Signature:
Date:
Name:
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR CLEARANCE
1. Notify workers of intent to de- energize
2. Obtain lock,tag or locking/tagging devices
3. Shut down ,de energize, dissipate any
residual energies.
4. Apply lock ,tag and locking and/or tagging
devices
5. *Any other job specific precautions
6. Verify effectiveness of lockout by
attempting to restart.
7. Proper PPE is ensured
NORMALISING AFTER CLEARANCE

1. Notify workers of intent to re- energize
2. Conduct visual inspection to confirm that the
danger zone is clear of workers
3. Conduct visual inspection to confirm that tools
,equipments danger zone is clear of workers
4. Reposition the safety devices(interlocks,
valves, guards, covers ,sensors, as applicable, etc)
5. *Any other job specific normalizing details
6. Remove lock, tag and locking and/or tagging
devices.
7. Re energize.
I certify that the energy source mentioned above is 8. Confirm system is operating properly& safely
I certify that the energy source mentioned above is
isolated from all sources and is safe to start the work.
isolated from all sources and is safe to start the work.
Tag No:
Lock No:.
Tag No:
Lock No:.
Issuing authority
Issuing authority
Area Incharge/RCM
Area Incharge/RCM
Signature:
Date:
Signature:
Date:
Name:
Name:
(*to be included by contractor in consultation with (*to be included by contractor in consultation with
EIL/owner)
EIL/owner)
ENERGY DE-ISOLATION PERMIT
PERMIT VALIDATION
PERFORMING AUTHORITY
I hereby authorize the ..personnel(performer) I herby certify that the equipment/energy source
to de- isolate the above equipment/energy source from mentioned above has been de-isolated and is ready for
all sources of power and handover the equipment/energy normal operation.(Testing/execution engineer)
source for normal operation..
Issuing authority
Area Incharge/RCM
Signature:
Name:

Page 355 of 1178
Signature:
Name:
Date:
Date:
Countersigned by Issuing authority

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 86 of 87
HSE-17 REV 0
PERMIT FOR EXCAVATION
(depth 2m and above)

(Sheet 1of 2)
Project
Name of the work
Name of contractor
:
:
:
Sr.No. :
Date :
Job No. :
Job Description
Size of excavation
:
:
Location:
COMPLIANCE STATUS
Yes
No
Not
applicable
SL.
Description of Item
NO.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
16)
Remarks
Suitable and sufficient risk assessments and method statements

has been carried to ensure that the work shall be undertaken in
accordance with specification and standard.
Are plans/details of underground services available and the
same has been reviewed?
Has survey done to locate the services/obstacles, etc.
Has the live services (electrical, water line, air line, telephone
line,etc) has been disabled for carrying out the job.
Is adequate barriers/fences to protect the excavation are in
place?
Is Adequate warning signs are in place?
Is Assessment of ground conditions done and remedial action (if
any) taken?
Safe access / egress (e.g. ramp / steps / ladders etc.) provided for
site workmen & supervisors.
Is the excavation work being undertaken in proximity of
structure, etc ? If Yes, its effect is considered?
Availability of competent person for supervising the excavation
work?
Adequate safe arrangement to prevent collapse of edges (e.g.
shoring / strutting / benching / sloping etc.) made at site.
Hard barricades (at least 1.0M away from edge & for excavation
near site access roads) with warning signs/caution boards are
provided
Accumulation / passage-ways of water at periphery of
excavation / trench stopped/ restricted.
Is the equipment being used for excavation has been checked for
adequacy and is in good working condition having all the safety
features?
Age & fitness of workmen ensured by medical test before
engagement in job ?
Arrangement of Monitoring of possible oxygen deficiency or
obnoxious gases done & action taken?
PERMIT GRANTED -
Yes /
No

Name & Signature of Site Engr
Contractor (Initiator)

Page 356 of 1178
Name & Signature of Safety Officer

Contractor
(Issuing authority)

HEALTH, SAFETY &
FORMAT NO.
6-82-0001 Rev. 6
Page 87 of 87
HSE-17 REV 0
PERMIT FOR EXCAVATION
(Sheet 2of 2)
NOTES: 1. Slopes or benches for excavation beyond 2.0M depth shall be designed & approved by Contractors site
head.
2. Excavated earth to be kept at least 1.5M away from edges
3. Safety helmets, Safety shoes or gum-boots, gloves, goggles, Face shield, Safety Harness shall be essential
PPEs.
4. Permit shall be made in duplicate and original shall be available at site of work.
5. Permit shall be issued for maximum one week only (Monday to Sunday)
6. After completion of works, permit shall be closed & preserved for record purpose
GRANT OF PERMIT AND EXTENSIONS

Sl.
No.
Validity period
From ____To ____
Working Time
From _____To _____
Initiator (site
Engr. of Main
Contractor)
Issuing authority
(Safety Officer
of Main
Contractor)
Review by EIL /
Owner (Remarks
with date
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Additional safety instructions if any: 1.

2.
3.

Page 357 of 1178
MINIMUM REQUIREMENT OF EQUIPMENT TO BE

MOBILIZED BY THE CONTRACTOR
[APPENDIX - V TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 358 of 1178
KEY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENTS TO BE MOBILIZED BY THE CONTRACTOR

DURING EXECUTION OF WORKS FOR CIVIL, STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR
DHDT,SRU &OFFSITE FOR DHDT PROJECT OF M/s NRL, NUMALIGARH
(BIDDING DOC. NO. A774-000-81-41-CF-T-8102)
SL.
NO.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION
CRANE
CRANE
HYDRAULIC CRANE (MODEL NO: TRX Series- K10,F15
TRX 1651, TRXS 2319 , MAC 1214, FX 120, FX150, 15XWE,
15XWF Rhino110 FC) WITH AUDIO-VISUAL SIGNALLING
DEVICES AND LIMIT SWITHES
HYDRAILIC EXCAVATOR WITH REVERSE HORN AND
REAR LIGHT/MIRROR (INCLUDING ROCK BREAKING
ATTACHMENT)
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR WITH REVERSE HORN AND
REAR LIGHT/MIRROR
DUMPER
TRACTOR (WITH HYDRALIC UNLOADING FACILITIES)
LOW BED TRAILER
MINI BATCHING PLANT
HOT MIX PLANT/ SUPPLIER
PAVER/ SUPPLIER
BAR CUTTING AND BENDING MACHINE
MIXER MACHINE WITH WEIGH BATCHER
NEEDLE VIBRATORS
WATER TANKERS
THEODOLITE/TOTAL STATION
AUTO LEVEL
WELDING MACHINE
GRINDING MACHINE
GAS CUTTING SET
DG SET
ROAD ROLLER/VIBRO ROLLER
CONCRETE PUMP
HYDRAULIC/ PNEUMATIC PILE HEAD BREAKER
AIR COMPRESSOR
BLAST CLEANING EQPT.
SPRAY PAINTING M/C (AIRLESS)
ELCO METER
JACK HAMMER
WATER FILLING PUMP
PLATE COMPACTOR
DEWATERING PUMPS
TOOLS AND TACKLES FOR FIXING ANCHOR FASTNER /
CHEMICAL ANCHOR FASTNER
TOOLS AND TACKLES FOR GI PIPING
TOOLS & TACKLES FOR RCC PRECAST AS PER SOQ
TOOLS AND TACKLES FOR SHORING AND STRUTTING
AS PER SOQ
TOOLS AND TACKLES FOR CENTERING AND
SHUTTERING AS PER SOQ
TOOLS AND TACKLES FOR FIXING REBARS AS PER SOQ
TOOLS AND TACKLES FOR ROOFING/ CLADDING
WORKS AS PER SOQ
CAPACITY
75-100 MT
30-50 MT
10-18 MT
REQUIREMENT
DURING CONSTN
1
2
4
0.7-1.2 M3
0.3 M3
6- 8 M3/ HR
1 SEC
25-65 KVA
8-10 TON
250-300 CFM
0-10 KG/CM2
5 HP
4
4
2
2
1
1
4
2
4
2
1
1
18
10
10
AS REQUIRED
1
AS REQUIRED
1
2
2
4
2
2
1
2
2
AS REQUIRED
AS REQUIRED
AS REQUIRED
AS REQUIRED
AS REQUIRED
AS REQUIRED
AS REQUIRED
Page 1 of 2
Page 359 of 1178
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
TOOLS AND TACKLES FOR BARRICADING WORKS AS

PER SOQ
3 TERMINAL EARTH TESTER
DIGITAL MULTIMETER
PORTABLE DRILL M/C & HOLE CUTTER
MEGGER
ELECTRICIAN TOOL KIT
LABORATORY EQPTS
AS REQUIRED
500V, 1000V
1
2
1
1 EACH
AS REQUIRED
AS REQUIRED
NOTES:
1. The details are of key construction equipments in good working condition, required to be mobilized by
the Contractor, to complete the work within the schedule. The actual deployment schedule of
Construction Equipments shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge. Contractor shall augment the above
list with additional numbers/categories of equipments, tools & tackles, as required and directed by
Engineer-In charge to complete the work within the completion time schedule and quoted price.
2. Contractor to confirm that the above key equipments are available with him in good working condition
and shall be timely mobilized on this project site. Contractor has the option to hire some of these
equipments form equipment-hiring agencies also.
3. Owner/EIL reserves the right to physically check & verify the availability of these equipments prior to
award of work.
4. Contractor shall replace any defective/damaged equipment promptly to complete the work without any
time & cost implication to the Owner/EIL.
5. Instruments (as applicable) to be made available with valid calibration certificate, issued by NABL
accredited laboratory.
(STAMP & SIGNATURE OF BIDDER)
Page 2 of 2
Page 360 of 1178
QUALIFICATION & EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT OF

KEY CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL AND PENALTY
FOR THEIR NON-MOBILIZATION
[APPENDIX - VI TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 361 of 1178
fry
NGINEERS
INDIAA LIMITED
(A Govt of India Undertaking)
QUALIFICATION & EXPERIENCE

REQUIREMENT OF KEY CONSTRUCTION
PERSONNEL AND PENALTY FOR THEIR
NON-MOBILIZATION
Infer Wgrur chliA4

d vi 3Tra 311-{
STANDARD No.
7-82-0003 Rev. 0
Page 1 of 5
31-4Wa
rr-{
amit-n

PERSONNEL AND PENALTY FOR THEIR NONMOBILIZATION
0
Rev.
No
12.06.2015
Date
Issued as Standard
Purpose
RK
MD
Prepared Checked
by
by
SC
Standards Standards
Committee
Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by

Page 362 of 1178
'=1 ENGINEERS
Og aiElf5reg INDIA LIMITED
k31
(viwn rirave maJoura)
(A Govt. India Undertaking)

NON-MOBILIZATION
STANDARD No.
7-82-0003 Rev. 0
Page 2 of 5
Abbreviations:
CV
Curriculum Vitae
EPC :
Engineering, Procurement & Construction
EPCC :
Engineering, Procurement, Construction & Commissioning
ISO
International Organization for Standardization
NDT :
Non Destructive Testing
QA/QC :
Quality Assurance /Quality Control
RT
Radiography Testing
UT
Ultrasonic Testing

Convenor:
Sh. M Deshpande, ED (Construction)
Members:
Sh. S N Bhatnagar, GM (Construction)

Sh. Rakesh Nanda, GM (Piping)
Sh. Rajeev Jain, DGM, (C&P)
Sh. Janak Kishore , DGM (Projects)
Sh. Ravindra Kumar, AGM (Construction)
Sh. D Jana, AGM (Construction)
Page 363 of 1178
t31
9-ae..1e-IMENGINEERS
III ttileg 4110"; INDIA LIMITED

GON of Intim undertaking)

NON-MOBILIZATION
STANDARD No.
7-82-0003 Rev. 0
Page 3 of 5
CONTENTS
1.
QUALIFICATION & EXPERIENCE (POST QUALIFICATION)
2.
PENALTY FOR NON - MOBILIZATION OF KEY CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL
Page 364 of 1178
0
-11aeleiffAH ENGINEERS
Et5leg 1410 INDIA LIMITED
-

NON-MOBILIZATION
STANDARD No.
7-82-0003 Rev. 0
Page 4 of 5
1. QUALIFICATION & EXPERIENCE (POST QUALIFICATION)

CATEGORY
QUALIFICATION & EXPERIENCE (POST QUALIFICATION) REQUIRED

Degree or Diploma in Engineering with minimum following relevant experience in
construction:
Resident Construction
Manager/ Resident
Engineer/Site-In-Charge
Contract value (Rs)
< 5 Cr. works
5-20 Cr. works
> 20 Cr. works
Degree holders
5 yrs
10 yrs
15 yrs
Diploma holders
8 yrs
13 yrs
20 yrs
--
Degree or Diploma in relevant Engineering discipline with following minimum experience in

Construction:
Lead Discipline Engineer
(Mechanical, Civil, Electrical,
Instrumentation)
Lead Welding/
NDT Engineer
Contract value (Rs)
< 20 Cr. works
> 20 Cr. works
Degree holders
5 yrs
10 yrs
Diploma holders
8 yrs
13 yrs
Degree or Diploma in Mechanical Engineering/ Metallurgy with the following experience in

Welding & NDT (Non Destructive Testing) and possessing valid Level-II certificate in the
relevant NDT methodology (RT/UT)
Contract value (Rs)
< 20 Cr. Works
> 20 Cr. Works
Degree holders
5 yrs
10 yrs
Diploma holders
8 yrs
13 yrs
Degree in Engineering with following experience (refer Note

Contract value (Rs)
lo
< 20 Cr. Works
also):
> 20 Cr. Works
Lead QA/QC Engineer

5 yrs of construction
experience of which 2 years in
QA/QC
Experience
10 yrs of construction
experience of which 3 years
in QA/QC.
Degree in Engineering with following experience in Planning & Scheduling:

Lead Planning Engineer
Contract value (Rs)

Experience
Safety Officer/ Supervisor
Warehouse- In- Charge/

Materials Manager
< 20 Cr. works

_
> 20 Cr. works
5 yrs.
8 yrs.
As per specification for HSE Management at construction sites enclosed elsewhere in the bid.
Diploma in Engineering or Diploma in Materials Management or Graduate in any stream with
min. following experience in Warehousing/ Stores Management:
Contract value (Rs)
Experience
< 20 Cr. works

_
> 20 Cr. works
5 yrs.
10 yrs.
Degree or Diploma in Engineering with minimum following experience in quantity

estimation, field measuremen , rate analysis, bill preparation etc. in Construction field:
Quantity Surveyor
Discipline Engineer (Including

welding/ NDT, QA/QC and
Planning)

Page 365 of 1178
Contract value (Rs)
< 20 Cr. works
> 20 Cr. works
Degree holders
2 yrs.
5 yrs.
Diploma holders
5 yrs.
10 yrs.
Degree in relevant Engineering Discipline with minimum 2 years of relevant experience in

construction or Diploma in relevant Engineering Discipline with minimum 4 years of relevant
experience in Construction. Welding /NDT engineer shall possess valid Level-II certificate in
the relevant NDT methodology (RT/UT)
1f
kit
Sift!' kiltift
1.1P,1 eircnie ANOITA)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt of lode Undertaking)

NON-MOBILIZATION
STANDARD No.
7-82-0003 Rev. 0
Page 5 of 5
Notes: (for Table on previous page)

1. For Mechanical, Composite, EPC or EPCC Contracts of value more than Rupees 20 crores, the
Lead QA/QC Engineer shall be a qualified internal auditor for ISO 9001.
2. CVs of key construction personnel proposed to be deployed shall be submitted to
Owner/Engineer-in-Charge prior to their mobilization at site. The mobilization of key
personnel shall be done at site subject to prior approval of their CVs by Owner/Engineer-inCharge.
2. PENALTY FOR NON - MOBILIZATION OF KEY CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL
Penalty for non-mobilization per day per person after the contractual mobilisation period /
mobilisation schedule agreed during Kick off Meeting / jointly agreed between contractor
and PMC / owner based on front availability etc.
-
Rs. 5000/- for Resident Construction Manager/ Resident Engineer/ Site-in-Charge;
Rs. 3000/- for Lead QA/QC Engineer, Lead Planning Engineer, Warehouse In-charge Lead
Discipline Engineer, Lead Welding/ NDT Engineer and the Quantity Surveyor
Safety Officer (As per HSE Specification)
Notes: (for Penalty clauses)

a) All intervening off days (Sundays etc.) and holidays will be counted for levy of penalty
b) Mobilised personnel shall not be demobilised till contractual completion or based on consent
of Engineer-in-Charge else penalties as above shall be applied.
c) Total of above penalties shall not exceed 3% of the contract value.
d) The above penalties are over & above all other contractual provisions with respect to
penalties.
Page 366 of 1178
KEY CONSTRUCTION MANPOWER TO BE

DEPLOYED BY THE CONTRACTOR
[APPENDIX - VII TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 367 of 1178
KEY CONSTRUCTION MANPOWER TO BE DEPLOYED BY THE CONTRACTOR

DURING EXECUTION OF WORKS FOR CIVIL, STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR
DHDT,SRU &OFFSITE FOR DHDT PROJECT OF M/s NRL, NUMALIGARH
(BIDDING DOC. NO. A774-000-81-41-CF-T-8102)
S.
NO.
1.
DESCRIPTION
RCM/ SITE-IN-CHARGE
2.
LEAD DISCIPLINE ENGINEER
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
- CIVIL & STRUCTURAL

- ELECTRICAL
LEAD QA/QC ENGINEER
LEAD PLANNING ENGINEER
SAFETY OFFICER, SUPERVISOR, ETC
W/H IN-CHARGE/ MATERIALS MANAGER
QUANTITY SURVEYOR
DISCIPLINE ENGINEERS/ SUPERVISORS
- CIVIL & STRUCTURAL
- WELDING & NDT ENGINEER
- ELECTRICAL
NOS.
1
1
1
1
1
AS PER HSE SPEC (6-82-0001)
1
1
4+8
2
1+1
NOTES:
1) The details are of key construction manpower required to be mobilized by the contractor to
complete the work within schedule. Contractor is required to augment the above list with
additional numbers/categories of personnel as required and directed by Engineer-In charge to
complete the work within the completion time schedule and quoted price.
2) The Key Construction Personnel identified above shall be well qualified & having adequate
relevant experience, as specified in document No. 7-82-0003 enclosed elsewhere in the bidding
document. The other manpower shall also be qualified and experienced with their assigned work.
3) CVs of key persons proposed to be deployed shall be submitted to Owner/Engineer-In-charge
prior to their mobilization at site. The mobilization of key personnel shall be done at site subject
to prior approval of their CVs by Owner/Engineer-In-charge.
Page 1 of 1
Page 368 of 1178
TIME SCHEDULE
[APPENDIX - VIII TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 369 of 1178

New Delhi
TIME SCHEDULE
NAME OF WORK
TIME OF COMPLETION
Civil/Structural Works For DHDT, SRU &

OFFSITE
15 (Fifteen) Months from date of issue of Fax of

Acceptance
Note:
1. The time of completion shall be reckoned from the date of award of Contract, which
shall be the date of issue of Fax of Acceptance (FOA)
2. The time indicated is for completing all the works in all respects as per specifications,
codes, drawings and instructions of Engineer-in-Charge.
3. It should be noted that the period of completion of all works given above includes
time required for mobilisation at Site, carrying out the works as per the requirements
of Contract documents, demobilisation, preparation of all reports in requisite
quantities as mentioned in the Bidding Document, rectifications, if any, rework, etc.
complete in all respects to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
(SIGNATURE OF BIDDER)
Page 370 of 1178

New Delhi
VENDOR LIST FOR CEMENT & STEEL

[APPENDIX - IX TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 371 of 1178
Page 372 of 1178
Page 373 of 1178
Page 374 of 1178
Page 375 of 1178
PENALTY RATES FOR NON DEPLOYMENT OF

EQUIPMENTS
[APPENDIX - X TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 376 of 1178
PENALTY RATES FOR NON DEPLOYMENT OF EQUIPMENTS
1. Rig and Relevant Accessories for Bored piles=(2500 Rs Per day)

2. Hydra (10-18 MT) =(10500 Rs Per day)
3. JCB=(12500 Rs Per day)
4. Mini Batching Plant (8-10 M3/ HR) . =(15000 Rs Per day)
Page 377 of 1178
CONDITIONS FOR
ISSUE AND RECONCILIATION
OF MATERIALS
[ANNEXURE - XI TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 378 of 1178
Page 379 of 1178
Page 380 of 1178
Page 381 of 1178
Page 382 of 1178
Page 383 of 1178
Page 384 of 1178
Page 385 of 1178
Page 386 of 1178
Page 387 of 1178
OISD 192 & OISD-207

[APPENDIX - XII TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 388 of 1178
SAFETY PRACTICES DURING CONSTRUCTION
OISD-GDN-192
Oil Industry Safety Directorate

Government of India
Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas
OISD-192
Page 389 of 1178
CONTENTS
SECTION
Page No.
1.0
2.0
3.0
Introduction
Scope
Definitions
1
1
1
4.0
4.1
4.2
General Duties
General Duties Of Execution Agencies
General Duties Of Owners
2
2
3
5.0
5.1
5.2
Safety Practices At Work Places

General Provisions
Means Of Access And Egress
3
3
4
5.3
5.4
Housekeeping
Precautions Against The Fall Of Materials And Persons,
And Collapse Of Structures
4
4
5.5
5.6
5.7
Prevention Of Unauthorised Entry

Fire Prevention And Fire Fighting
Lighting
4
4
5
5.8
6.0
6.1
Plant, Machinery, Equipment and Hand Tools

Construction Activities
Excavation
5
6
6
6.2
6.3
6.4
Scaffolding, Platforms & Ladders

Structural Work, Laying Of Reinforcement & Concreting
Road Work
8
10
13
6.5
6.6
6.7
Cutting/Welding
Working In Confined Spaces
Proof/Pressure Testing
13
14
15
6.8
6.9
6.10
Working At Heights
Handling And Lifting Equipment
Vehicle Movement
16
17
21
6.11
6.12
6.13
Electrical
Offshore
Demolition
22
24
27
6.14
Radiography
28
6.15
Sand/Shot Blasting / Spray Painting
28
6.16
Work above Water
29
7.0
8.0
9.0
Additional Safety Precaution for Units with Hydrocarbons

First Aid
Documentation
29
30
31
10.0
11.0
Safety Awareness & Training

References
Annexure I
31
32
33
OISD-192
Page 390 of 1178
SAFETY PRACTICES DURING CONSTRUCTION

1.0
INTRODUCTION
Safety
in
Construction
Management
deserves utmost attention especially in the
hydrocarbon industry, such as Exploration,
Refineries,
Pipelines
and
Marketing
installations, Gas Processing units etc.
Construction is widely recognised as one of
the accident prone activities. Most of the
accidents are caused by inadequate
planning, failure during the construction
process
and/or
because
of
design
deficiencies.
Besides
property
loss,
accidents also result in injuries and fatalities
to the personnel; same needs to be
prevented.
The
reasons
for
accidents
during
construction activities are related to unique
nature of the industry, human behaviour,
difficult work-site conditions, extended odd
duty hours, lack of training & awareness and
inadequate safety management. Unsafe
working methods, equipment failure and
improper housekeeping also tend to
increase the accident rate in construction.
Ensuring
good
quality
of
materials,
equipment and competent supervision along
with compliance of standard engineering
practices shall go a long way to in built
safety into the system.
The objective of this standard is to provide
practical guidance on technical and educational framework for safety and health in
construction with a view to:
(a)
(b)
(c)
2.0
prevent accidents
and harmful
effects on the health of workers
arising
from
employment
in
construction;
ensure appropriate safety during
implementation of construction;
provide safety practice guidelines
for
appropriate
measures
of
planning, control and enforcement.
SCOPE
This document specifies broad guidelines on

safe practices to be adhered to during
construction activities in oil industry.
However, before commencing any job,
specific hazards and its effects should be
assessed
and
necessary
corrective/preventive actions should be
taken by all concerned. The document is
intended only to supplement and not to
OISD-192
Page 391 of 1178
replace or supersede the prevailing statutory

requirements, which shall also be followed
as applicable. For Personal Protective
Equipment, OISD-STD-155 (Part I&II) shall
be referred to. The scope of this document
does not include the design aspects and
quality checks during construction.
3.0
DEFINITIONS
Definitions of various terminology are given

below:
Adequate, appropriate or suitable are

used to describe qualitatively or
quantitatively the means or method
used to protect the worker.
Brace: A structural member that holds
one point in a fixed position with respect
to another point; bracing is a system of
structural members designed to prevent
distortion of a structure.
By hand: The work is done without the
help of a mechanised tool.
Competent Authority: A stautory agency
having the power to issue regulations,
orders or other instructions having the
force of law.
Competent
person:
A
person
possessing
adequate
qualifications,
such as suitable training and sufficient
knowledge, experience and skill for the
safe performance of the specific work.
The competent authorities may define
appropriate criteria for the designation
of such persons and may determine the
duties to be assigned to them.
Execution agency:
Any physical or legal person, having
contractual obligation with the owner,
and who employs one or more workers
on a construction site
Owner:
Any physical or legal person for whom
construction job is carried out.
It shall also include owner's designated
representative/consultant/nominee/agent
, authorised from time to time to act for
and on its behalf, for supervising/
coordinating the
execution agency.
activities
of
the
construction work so that, there is

no risk of accident or injury to health
of
workers.
In
particular,
construction
work
should
be
planned, prepared and undertaken
so that:
Hazard: Danger or potential danger.
Guard-rail: An adequately secured rail

erected along an exposed edge to
prevent persons from falling.
(a)
(b)
Hoist: A machine, which lifts materials

or persons by means of a platform,
which runs on guides.
(c)
Lifting gear: Any gear or tackle by

means of which a load can be attached
to a lifting appliance but which does not
form an integral part of the appliance or
load.
(d)
(e)
Lifting appliance: Any stationary or

mobile appliance used for raising or
lowering persons or loads.
iii)
establish committees with representatives

of
workers
and
management
or
make
other
arrangement for the participation of
workers in ensuring safe working
conditions.
iv)
arrange for periodic safety inspections by competent persons of all

buildings, plant, equipment, tools,
machinery, workplaces and review
of systems of work, regulations,
standards or codes of practice. The
competent person should examine
and
ascertain
the
safety
of
construction
machinery
and
equipment.
v)
provide such supervision to ensure

that workers perform their work with
due regard to safety and health of
theirs as well as that of others.
vi)
Employ only those workers who are

qualified, trained and suited by their
age, physique, state of health and
skill.
OF
vii)
provide means and organisation to

comply with the safety and health
measures required at the workplace.
satisfy themselves that all workers

are informed and instructed in the
hazards connected with their work
and environment and trained in the
precautions necessary to avoid
accidents and injury to health.
viii)
Ensure
that
buildings,
plant,
equipment, tools, machinery or
workplaces in which a dangerous
defect has been found should not be
used until the defect has been
rectified.
Means
of
access
or
egress:
Passageways, corridors, stairs, platforms, ladders and any other means for
entering or leaving the workplace or for
escaping in case of danger.
Scaffold: Any fixed, suspended or

mobile temporary structure supporting
workers and material or to gain access
to any such structure and which is not a
lifting appliance as defined above.
Toe-board: A barrier placed along the

edge of a scaffold platform, runway,
etc., and secured there to guard against
the slipping of persons or the falling of
material.
Worker: Any person

construction activity.
engaged
in
Workplace: All places where workers

need to be or to go by reason of their
work.
4.0
GENERAL DUTIES
4.1
GENERAL
DUTIES
EXECUTION AGENCIES
4.1.1
Execution agency should:
i)
ii)
dangers, liable to arise at the

workplace, are prevented;
excessively
or
unnecessarily
strenuous work positions and
movements are avoided;
organisation of work takes into
account the safety and health of
workers;
materials and products used are
suitable from a safety and health
point of view;
working methods are adopted to
safeguard workers against the
harmful
effects
of
chemical,
physical and biological agents.
provide and maintain workplaces,

plant,
equipment,
tools
and
machinery
and
organise
OISD-192
Page 392 of 1178
ix)
Organise for and remain always

prepared to take immediate steps to
stop the operation and evacuate
workers as appropriate, where there
is an imminent danger to the safety
of workers.
x)
establish a checking system by

which it can be ascertained that all
the members of a shift, including
operators of mobile equipment, have
returned to the camp or base at the
close of work on dispersed sites and
where small groups of workers
operate in isolation.
xi)
provide appropriate first aid, training

and welfare facilities to workers as
per various statutes like the
Factories Act, 1948 etc. and,
whenever collective measures are
not feasible or are insufficient,
provide and maintain personal
protective equipment and clothing in
line with the requirement as per
OISD-STD-155 (Vol. I& II) on
Personnel Protective Equipment.
They should also provide access to
workers to occupational health
services.
xii)
Educate workers about their right

and the duty at any workplace to
participate in ensuring safe working
conditions to the extent of their
control over the equipment and
methods of work and to express
views
on
working
procedures
adopted as may affect safety and
health.
xiii)
Ensure
that
except
in
an
emergency, workers, unless duly
authorised, should not interfere with,
remove, alter or displace any safety
device or other appliance furnished
for their protection or the protection
of others, or interfere with any
method or process adopted with a
view to avoiding accidents and injury
to health.
xiv)
Ensure that workers do not operate

or interfere with plant and equipment
that they have not been duly
authorised to operate, maintain or
use.
xv)
Ensure that workers do not sleep,

rest or cook etc in dangerous places
such as scaffolds, railway tracks,
garages, confined spaces or in the
vicinity of fires, dangerous or toxic
OISD-192
Page 393 of 1178
substances, running machines or

vehicles and heavy equipment etc.
xvii)
Obtain
the
necessary
clearance/permits as required and
specified by owner
xviii)
As per the Govt. circular as

amended from time to time all
contractors who employ more than
50 workers or where the contract
value exceeds Rs. 50 crores, the
following facilities are to be provided
by contractor at site :
Arrangement for drinking water

Toilet facilities
A creche where 10 or more women
workers are having children below
the age of 6 years
Transport arrangement for attending
to emergencies
xix)
should deploy a safety officer at site
4.2
GENERAL DUTIES OF OWNERS
4.2.1
Owners should:
i)
co-ordinate
or
nominate
a
competent person to co-ordinate all
activities relating to safety and
health on their construction projects;
ii) inform all contractors on the project
of special risks to health and safety;
iii) Ensure that executing agency is
aware of the owner's requirements
and
the
executing
agency's
responsibilities with respect to
safetry practices before starting the
job.
5.0
SAFETY
PRACTICES
WORK PLACES
AT
5.1.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
5.1.1
All openings and other areas likely to

pose danger to workers should be
clearly indicated.
5.1.2
Workers & Supervisors should use

the safety helmet and other requisite
Personal
Protective
Equipment
according to job & site requirement.
They should be trained to use
personal protective equipment.
5.1.3
Never use solvents, alkalis

other oils to clean the skin.
5.1.4
Lift the load with back straight and

knees bent as far as possible. Seek
the help in case of heavy load.
and
5.1.5
Ensure the usage of correct and

tested tools and tackles. Don't allow
the make shift tools and tackles.
5.1.6
No loose clothing should be allowed

while
working
near
rotating
equipment or working at heights.
5.2
MEANS
EGRESS
effectively covered or fenced and

displayed prominently.
5.4.4
As far as practicable, guardrails and

toe-boards should be provided to
protect workers from falling from
elevated workplaces.
5.5
PREVENTION
UNAUTHORISED ENTRY
Adequate and safe means of access

(atleast two, differently located) to
and egress from all workplaces
should be provided. Same should be
displayed and maintained.
5.5.1
Construction sites located in built-up

areas and alongside vehicular and
pedestrian traffic routes should be
fenced to prevent the entry of
unauthorised persons.
5.3
HOUSEKEEPING
5.5.2
5.3.1
Ensure:
Visitors should not be allowed

access to construction sites unless
accompanied by or authorised by a
competent person and provided with
the
appropriate
protective
equipment.
5.6
FIRE PREVENTION
FIGHTING
5.6.1
All necessary measures should be

taken by the executing agency and
owner to:
OF
ACCESS
AND
i) proper storage of materials and

equipment;
ii) removal of scrap, inflammable
material, waste and debris at
appropriate intervals.
5.3.2
Removal of loose materials, which

are not required for use, to be
ensured. Accumulation of these at
the site can obstruct means of
access to and egress from
workplaces and passageways.
5.3.3
Workplaces and passageways, that

are slippery owing to oil, grease or
other causes, should be cleaned up
or strewn with sand, sawdust, ash
etc.
5.4
PRECAUTIONS
AGAINST
THE
FALL
OF
MATERIALS
&
PERSONS AND COLLAPSE OF
STRUCTURES
5.4.1
5.4.2
5.4.3
Precautions should be taken such as

the provision of fencing, look-out
men or barriers to protect any
person against injury by the fall of
materials, or tools or equipment
being raised or lowered.
OISD-192
Page 394 of 1178
FIRE
i)
ii)
avoid the risk of fire;

control quickly and efficiently
any outbreak of fire;
iii) bring out a quick and safe
evacuation of persons.
iv) Inform unit/fire station control
room, where construction work
is carried out within existing
operating area.
5.6.2
Combustible materials such us

packing
materials,
sawdust,
greasy/oily waste and scrap wood or
plastics should not be allowed to
accumulate in workplaces but
should be kept in closed metal
containers in a safe place.
5.6.3
Places where workers are employed

should, if necessary to prevent the
danger of fire, be provided with:
Where necessary to prevent danger,

guys, stays or supports should be
used or other effective precautions
should be taken to prevent the
collapse of structures or parts of
structures that are being erected,
maintained, repaired, dismantled or
demolished.
All openings through which workers
are liable to fall should be kept
AND
OF
i)
suitable and sufficient fireextinguishing equipment, which

should be easily visible and
accessible;
ii) an adequate water supply at
sufficient pressure meeting the
requirements of various OISD
standards.
5.6.4
To guard against danger at places

having
combustible
material,
workers should be trained in the

action to be taken in the event of
fire, including the use of means of
escape.
5.6.5
At
sites
having
combustible
material, suitable visual signs
should be provided to indicate
clearly the direction of escape in
case of fire.
5.6.6
Means of escape should be kept

clear at all times. Escape routes
should be frequently inspected
particularly in high structures and
where access is restricted.
5.7
LIGHTING
5.7.1
Where natural lighting is not

adequate, working light fittings or
portable hand-lamps should be
provided at workplace on the
construction site where a worker will
do a job.
5.7.2
Emergency
lighting
should
be
provided for personnel safety during
night time to facilitate standby
lighting source, if normal system
fails.
5.7.2
Artificial lighting should not produce

glare or disturbing shadows.
5.7.3
Lamps should be protected by

guards against accidental breakage.
5.7.4
The cables of portable electrical

lighting equipment should be of
adequate size & characteristics for
the power requirements and of
adequate mechanical strength to
withstand severe conditions in
construction operations.
d)
e)
be operated only by workers who

have been authorised and given
appropriate training.
be
provided
with protective
guards, shields or other devices
as required.
ii)
Adequate instructions for safe use

should be provided.
iii)
Safe operating procedures should

be established and used for all
plant, machinery and equipment.
iv)
Operators of plant, machinery and

equipment should not be distracted
while work is in progress.
v)
Plant, machinery and equipment

should be switched off when not in
use and isolated before any
adjustment, clearing or maintenance
is done.
vi)
Where trailing cables or hose pipes

are used they should be kept as
short as practicable and not allowed
to create a hazard.
vii)
All moving parts of machinery and

equipment should be enclosed or
adequately guarded.
viii)
Every power-driven machine and

equipment should be provided with
adequate
means,
immediately
accessible and readily identifiable to
the operator, of stopping it quickly
and preventing it from being started
again inadvertently.
ix)
Operators of plant, machinery,

equipment and tools should be
provided with PPEs, including where
necessary, suitable ear protection.
5.8.2
Hand tools
5.8
PLANT,
MACHINERY,
EQUIPMENT AND HAND TOOLS
i)
Hand tools should be repaired by

competent persons.
5.8.1
General Provisions
ii)
Heads of hammers and other shock

tools should be dressed or ground to
a suitable radius on the edge as
soon as they begin to mushroom or
crack.
iii)
When not in use and while being

carried or transported sharp tools
should be kept in sheaths, shields,
chests or other suitable containers.
iv)
Only insulated or nonconducting

tools should be used on or near live
electrical installations.
i)
Plant, machinery and equipment

including hand tools, both manual
and power driven, should:
a) be
of
proper
design
and
construction, taking into account
health,
Safety
and
ergonomic
principles.
b) be maintained in good working
order;
c) be used only for work for which they
have been designed.
OISD-192
Page 395 of 1178
Only non-sparking tools should be

used near or in the presence of
flammable or explosive dusts or
vapours.
v)
5.8.3
Pneumatic Tools
i)
Operating triggers on portable

pneumatic tools should be:
so placed as to minimise the risk of
accidental starting of the machine.
so arranged as to close the air inlet
valve
automatically
when
the
pressure of the operator's hand is
removed.
a)
b)
ii)
Hose and hose connections for

compressed air supply to portable
pneumatic tools should be:
a)
b)
iii)
designed
and tested for
the
pressure and service for which they
are intended;
fastened securely on the pipe outlet
and equipped with the safety chain,
as appropriate.
c)
ii)
IC engines should not be run in

confined spaces unless adequate
exhaust ventilation is provided.
iii)
When IC engines are being fuelled:
a)
b)
c)
d)
Secondary fuel reservoir should be

placed outside the engine room.
6.0
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
The various common activities in
construction are as under:
Pneumatic
tools
should
be
disconnected from power and the
pressure in hose lines released
before any adjustment or repair is
made.
5.8.4
Electrical Tools
i)
Low voltage portable electrical tools

should generally be used.
All electrical tools should be
earthed, unless they are "all
insulated" or "double insulated" tools
which do not require earthing.
ii)
All electrical tools should get

inspected and maintained on a
regular basis by a competent
electrician and complete records
kept.
iii)
5.8.5
Engines
i)
Engines should:
a)
b)
be installed so that they can be

started safely and the maximum
safe speed cannot be exceeded.
have controls for limiting speed.
OISD-192
Page 396 of 1178
the engine should be shut off.

care should be taken to avoid
spilling fuel;
no person should smoke or have an
naked light in the vicinity.
a fire extinguisher should be kept
readily available.
iv)
Pneumatic shock tools should be

equipped with safety clips or
retainers to prevent dies and tools
from being accidentally expelled
from the barrel.
iv)
have devices to stop them from a

safe place in an emergency.
Excavation
Scaffolding, Platforms & Ladders
Structural
Work,
Laying
Reinforcement & Concreting
of
Road Work (Laying of roads)

Cutting /Welding
Working in Confined Space
Proof/Pressure Testing
Working at Heights
Handling & Lifting Equipments
Vehicle Movement
Electrical
Offshore
Demolition
Radiography
Sand/shot
painting
blasting/
spray
Work above water
The safe practices to be followed

during the implementation of above
construction activities are given
below:
6.1
EXCAVATION
6.1.1
All excavation work should be

planned
and
the
method
of
excavation and the type of support
work required should be decided

considering the following:
the stability of the ground;
the excavation will not affect
adjoining buildings, structures or
roadways;
iii) to prevent hazard, the gas, water,
electrical and other public utilities
should
be
shut
off
or
disconnected, if necessary;
iv) presence of underground pipes,
cable conductors, etc.,
v) the position of culvert/bridges,
temporary roads and spoil heaps
should be determined;
its collapse and thereby endanger

any person unless precautions such
as the provision of shoring or piling
are taken to prevent the sides from
collapsing.
i)
ii)
6.1.2
Before digging begins on site, all

excavation work should be planned
and the method of excavation and
the type of support work required
decided.
6.1.3
All excavation
supervised.
work
6.1.4
Sites of excavations
thoroughly inspected:
should
be
should be
i)
daily, prior to each shift and after

interruption in work of more than
one day;
ii) after every blasting operation;
iii) after an unexpected fall of
ground;
iv) after substantial damage to
supports;
v) after a heavy rain, frost or snow;
vi) when boulder formations are
encountered.
6.1.5
Safe
angle
of
repose
while
excavating
trenches
exceeding
1.5m depth upto 3.0m should be
maintained.
Based
on
site
conditions, provide proper slope,
0
usually 45 ,and suitable bench of
0.5m width at every 1.5m depth of
excavation in all soils except hard
rock or provide proper shoring and
strutting to prevent cave-in or slides.
6.1.6
As far as possible, excavated earth

should not be placed within one
meter of the edge of the trench or
depth of trench whichever is greater.
6.1.7
Don't allow vehicles to operate too

close to excavated area. Maintain
atleast 2m distance from edge of
excavation. No load, plant or
equipment should be placed or
moved near the edge of any
excavation where it is likely to cause
OISD-192
Page 397 of 1178
6.1.8
Adequately anchored stop blocks

and barriers should be provided to
prevent vehicles being driven into
the excavation. Heavy vehicles
should not be allowed near the
excavation unless the support work
has been specially designed to
permit it.
6.1.9
If an excavation is likely to affect the

security of a structure on which
persons are working, precautions
should be taken to protect the
structure from collapse.
6.1.10 Barricade at 1m height (with red &

white band/self glowing caution
board) should be provided for
excavations beyond 1.5m depth.
Provide two entries/exits for such
excavation.
6.1.11 Necessary precautions should be
taken for underground utility lines
like cables, sewers etc. and
necessary
approvals/clearances
from the concerned authorities shall
be obtained before commencement
of the excavation job.
6.1.12 Water shall be pumped/bailed out, if
any accumulates in the trench.
Necessary precautions should be
taken to prevent entry of surface
water in trenches.
6.1.13 During rains, the soil becomes
loose. Take additional precaution
against collapse of side wall.
6.1.14 In hazardous areas, air should be
tested to ascertain its quality. No
one should be allowed entry till it is
suitable for breathing.
6.1.15 In case of mechanised excavation,
precaution shall be taken to not to
allow anybody to come within one
meter of extreme reach of the
mechanical shovel. The mechanised
excavator shall be operated by a
well-trained experienced operator.
When not in operation, the machine
shall be kept on firm leveled ground
with mechanical shovel resting on
ground. Wheel or belt shall be
suitably jammed to prevent any
accidental
movement
of
the
machine. Suitable precautions as

per manufacturer guidelines should
be taken for dozers, graders and
other heavy machines.
6.1.16 In case of blasting, follow strictly
IS:4081-1986 & Indian Explosive
Act and rules for storage, handling
and carrying of explosive materials
and execution of blasting operation.
6.2
SCAFFOLDING,
LADDERS
6.2.1
Metal as material of construction
i)
PLATFORMS
ii)
Scaffolds should be provided with

safe means of access, such as
stairs, ladders or ramps. Ladders
should
be
secured
against
inadvertent movement.
iii)
Every
scaffold
should
be
constructed, erected and maintained
so as to prevent collapse or
accidental displacement when in
use.
Every scaffold and part
should be constructed :
(a)
(c)
v)
Boards and planks used for scaffolds should be protected against

splitting.
vi)
Materials used in the construction of

scaffolds should be stored under
good conditions and apart from any
material unsuitable for scaffolds.
vii)
Couplers
should
not
cause
deformation in tubes. Couplers
should be made of drop forged steel
or equivalent material.
OISD-192
Page 398 of 1178
ix)
Scaffolds should be designed for

their maximum load as per relevant
code.
x)
Scaffolds
braced.
xi)
Scaffolds which are not designed to

be independent should be rigidly
connected to the building at
designated vertical and horizontal
places.
xii)
A scaffold should never extend

above the highest anchorage to an
extent which might endanger its
stability and strength.
xiii)
Loose bricks, drainpipes,

pots or other unsuitable
should not be used
construction or support of
of a scaffold.
xiv)
Scaffolds should be inspected and

certified:
(a)
(b)
thereof
in such a way so as not to cause

hazards for workers during erection and dismantling;
in such a way so as guard rails
and other protective devices,
platforms, ladders, stairs or
ramps can be easily put together;
with sound material and of
requisite size and strength for the
purpose for which it is to be used
and maintained in a proper
condition.
(b)
Tubes should be free from cracks,

splits and excessive corrosion and
be straight to the eye, and tube ends
cut cleanly square with the tube
axis.
&
A scaffold should be provided and

maintained or other equally safe and
suitable provision should be made
where work cannot safely be done
on or from the ground or from part of
a building or other permanent
structure.
iv)
viii)
(c)
xv)
should
be
adequately
chimneymaterial
for the
any part
before being taken into use;

at periodic intervals thereafter as
prescribed for different types of
scaffolds;
after any alteration, interruption in
use, exposure to weather or
seismic conditions or any other
occurrence likely to have affected
their strength or stability.
Inspection should more particularly
ascertain that:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
the scaffold is of suitable type

and adequate for the job;
materials used in its construction
are sound and of sufficient
strength;
it is of sound construction and
stable;
that the required safeguards are
in position.
xvi)
A scaffold should not be erected,

substantially altered or dismantled
except by or under the supervision.
xvii)
Every scaffold should be maintained

in good and proper condition, and
every part should be kept fixed or
secured so that no part can be
displaced in consequence of normal

use.
xviii)
6.2.2
i)
If out-rigger scaffolding is to be
used, it should be specifically
designed and inspected before
putting in use.
(a)
the parts of the scaffold should

be
carefully
inspected
to
determine
the
additional
strengthening and other safety
measures required;
any movement of the scaffold
members should be prevented;
if practicable, the uprights should
be rigidly connected to a solid
part of the building at the place
where the lifting appliance is
erected.
(b)
(c)
i)
x)
Platform plank shall not project

beyond its end support to a distance
exceeding 4 times the thickness of
plank, unless it is effectively secured
to prevent tipping. Cantilever planks
should be avoided.
xi)
The platform edges shall be

provided with 150mm high toe board
to eliminate hazards of tools or other
objects falling from platform.
xii)
Erect ladders in the four up-one out

position
xiii)
Lash ladder
structure.
xiv)
Using non-slip devices, such as,

rubber shoes or pointed steel ferules
at the ladder foot, rubber wheels at
ladder top, fixing wooden battens,
cleats etc.
xv)
When ladder is used for climbing

over a platform, the ladder must be
of sufficient length, to extend at least
one meter above the platform, when
erected against the platform in four
up-one out position.
xvi)
Portable ladders shall be used for

heights not more than 4mt. Above
4mt flights, fixed ladders shall be
provided with at least 600 mm
landings at every 6mt or less.
xvii)
The width of ladder shall not be less

than 300mm and rungs shall be
spaced not more than 300mm.
xviii)
Every platform and means of access

shall be kept free from obstruction.
xix)
If grease, mud, gravel, mortar etc.,

fall on platform or scaffolds, these
shall be removed immediately to
avoid slippage.
xx)
Workers shall not be allowed to

work on scaffolds during storms or
high wind.
After heavy rain or
storms, scaffolds shall be inspected
before reuse.
Lifting appliances on scaffolds

When a lifting appliance is to be
used on a scaffold:
6.2.3
more than 100mm apart, to give

support to each plank.
Prefabricated scaffolds
In the case of prefabricated scaffold
systems, the instructions provided
by the manufacturers or suppliers
should be strictly adhered to.
Prefabricated scaffolds should have
adequate arrangements for fixing
bracing.
ii)
Frames of different types should not

be intermingled in a single scaffold.
iii)
Scaffolding shall be erected on firm

and level ground.
iv)
All members of metal scaffolding

shall be checked periodically to
screen out defective / rusted
members.
All joints should be
properly
lubricated
for
easy
tightening.
be
the
Entry to
restricted.
vi)
Erection, alteration and removal

shall be done under supervision of
experienced personnel.
vii)
Use of barrels, boxes, loose bricks

etc., for supporting platform shall not
be permitted.
xxi)
Each supporting member of platform

shall be securely fastened and
braced
Don't overload the scaffolding.

Remove excess material and scrap
immediately.
xxii)
Dismantling of scaffolds shall be

done in a pre-planned sequential
manner.
ix)
should
with
v)
viii)
scaffolding
securely
Where planks are butt-joined, two

parallel putlogs shall be used, not
OISD-192
Page 399 of 1178
6.2.4
Suspended
chair
i)
scaffolds/boatwain's
In addition to the requirements for

scaffolds in general as regards
soundness, stability and protection
against the risk of falls, suspended
scaffolds should meet the following
specific requirements.
(a)
platforms should be designed

and built with dimensions that are
compatible with the stability of
the structure as a whole,
especially the length;
the number or anchorage should
be
compatible
with
the
dimensions of the platform;
the safety of workers should be
safeguarded by an extra rope
having a point of attachment
independent of the anchorage
arrangements of the scaffold;
the
anchorage
and
other
elements of support of the
scaffold should be designed and
built in such a way as to ensure
sufficient strength;
the ropes, winches, pulleys or
pulley
blocks
should
be
designed, assembled, used and
maintained according to the
requirements
established
for
lifting gear adapted to the lifting
of persons according to national
laws and regulations;
Before use, the whole structure
should be checked by a
competent person.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
6.2.5
i)
For construction and maintenance of

residential and office buildings,
situated outside explosive licensed
area, bamboo scaffold, if used,
should conform to provisions given
in lS-3696 (Part 1)-1987.
6.3
STRUCTURAL WORK, LAYING

OF
REINFORCEMENT
&
CONCRETING
6.3.1
General provisions
i)
ii)
Precautions should be taken to

guard against danger to workers
arising from any temporary state of
weakness or instability of a
structure.
iii)
Formwork, falsework and shoring

should be so designed, constructed
and maintained that it will safely
support all loads that may be
imposed on it.
iv)
Formwork should be so designed

and erected that working platforms,
means of access, bracing and
means of handling and stabilising
are easily fixed to the formwork
structure.
6.3.2.
Erection and dismantling of steel

and prefabricated structures
i)
The erection or dismantling of

buildings,
structures,
civil
OISD-192
Page 400 of 1178
The safety of workers employed on

the erection and dismantling of steel
and prefabricated structures should
be ensured by appropriate means,
such as provision and use of:
(a)
(b)
(c)
Bamboo Scaffolding
In general, it should be avoided as
far as possible. It should not be
used in the unit/off-site areas and
where hot work is to be done.
ii)
engineering
works,
formwork,
falsework and shoring should be
carried out by trained workers only
under
the
supervision
of
a
competent person.
(d)
ladders, gangways or fixed

platforms;
platforms, buckets, boatswain's
chairs
or
other
appropriate
means suspended from lifting
appliances;
safety harnesses and lifelines,
catch nets or catch platforms;
Power-operated mobile working
platforms.
ii)
Steel and prefabricated structures

should be so designed and made
that they can be safely transported
and erected.
iii)
In addition to the need for the

stability of the part when erected,
the design should explicitly take
following into account:
(a)
(b)
the conditions and methods of

attachment in the operations of
transport, storing and temporary
support
during
erection
or
dismantling as applicable;
Methods for the provision of
safeguards such as railings and
working platforms, and, when
necessary, for mounting them
easily on the structural steel or

prefabricated parts.
iv)
The hooks and other devices built in

or provided on the structural steel or
prefabricated parts that are required
for lifting and transporting them
should be so shaped, dimensioned
and positioned as:
(a)
to withstand with a sufficient

margin the stresses to which they
are subjected;
Not to set up stresses in the part
that could cause failures, or
stresses in the structure itself not
provided for in the plans, and be
designed to permit easy release
from the lifting appliance. Lifting
points for floor and staircase
units should be located (recessed
if necessary) so that they do not
protrude above the surface;
To avoid imbalance or distortion
of the lifted load.
(b)
(c)
v)
Storeplaces
should
constructed that:
(a)
be
(c)
vi)
While they are being stored,

transported, raised or set down,
structural steel or prefabricated
parts should not be subjected to
stresses prejudicial to their stability.
vii)
Every lifting appliance should:

(a)
be suitable for the operations and

not be capable of accidental
disconnection;
be approved or tested as per
statutory requirement.
(b)
viii)
ix)
Lifting hooks should be of the selfclosing type or of a safety type and

should
have
the
maximum
permissible load marked on them.
Tongs, clamps and other appliances
for lifting structural steel and
prefabricated parts should:
OISD-192
Page 401 of 1178
(b)
be of such shape and dimensions

as to ensure a secure grip
without damaging the part;
be marked with the maximum
permissible load in the most
unfavourable lifting conditions.
x)
Structural steel or prefabricated

parts should be lifted by methods or
appliances that prevent them from
spinning accidentally.
xi)
When necessary to prevent danger,

before they are raised from the
ground,
structural
steel
or
prefabricated
parts
should
be
provided with safety devices such as
railings and working platforms to
prevent falls of persons.
xii)
While
structural
steel
or
prefabricated
parts
are
being
erected, the workers should be
provided with appliances for guiding
them as they are being lifted and set
down, so as to avoid crushing of
hands
and
to
facilitate
the
operations. Use of such appliances
should be ensured.
xiii)
A
raised
structural
steel
or
prefabricated part should be so
secured and wall units so propped
that their stability cannot be
imperiled, even by external agencies
such as wind and passing loads
before its release from the lifting
appliance.
xiv)
At work places, instruction should be

given to the workers on the
methods, arrangements and means
required for the storage, transport,
lifting and erection of structural steel
or prefabricated parts, and, before
erection starts, a meeting of all
those responsible should be held to
discuss
and
confirm
the
requirements for safe erection.
xv)
During transportation within the

construction area, attachments such
as slings and stirrups mounted on
structural steel or prefabricated
parts should be securely fastened to
the parts.
xvi)
Structural steel or prefabricated

parts should be so transported that
the conditions do not affect the
stability of the parts or the means of
transport result in jolting, vibration or
stresses due to blows, or loads of
material or persons.
so
there is no risk of structural steel

or prefabricated parts falling or
overturning;
storage
conditions
generally
ensure
stability
and
avoid
damage having regard to the
method of storage and atmospheric conditions;
racks are set on firm ground and
designed so that units cannot
move accidentally.
(b)
(a)
xvii)
xviii)
xix)
xx)
xxi)
When the method of erection does

not permit the provision of other
means of protection against fall of
persons, the workplaces should be
protected by guardrails, and if
appropriate by toe-boards.
When adverse weather conditions
such as snow, ice and wind or
reduced visibility entail risks of
accidents, the work should be
carried on with particular care, or, if
necessary, interrupted.
Structures should not be worked on
during violent storms or high winds,
or when they are covered with ice or
snow, or are slippery from other
causes.
If necessary, to prevent danger,
structural steel parts should be
equipped with attachments for
suspended scaffolds, lifelines or
safety harnesses and other means
of protection.
The risks of falling, to which workers
moving on high or sloping girders
are exposed, should be limited by all
means
of
adequate
collective
protection or, where this is impossible, by the use of a safety harness
that is well secured to a strong
support.
xxii)
Structural steel parts that are to be

erected at a great height should as
far as practicable be assembled on
the ground.
xxiii)
When
structural
steel
or
prefabricated
parts
are
being
erected, a sufficiently extended area
underneath the workplace should be
barricaded or guarded
placed in position
against dislodgment.
6.3.3
and
secured
Reinforcement
i)
Ensure that workers use Personnel

Protective equipment like safety
helmet, safety shoes, gloves etc.
ii)
Don't place the hand below the rods

for checking clear distance. Use
measuring devices.
iii)
Don't wear loose

checking the rods.
iv)
Don't
stand
cantilever rods.
v)
To carry out welding/cutting of rods,

safety procedures/precautions as
mentioned in Item No. 6.5 to be
followed.
vi)
For supplying of rods at heights,

proper staging and/or bundling to be
provided.
vii)
Ensure barricading and staging for

supplying and fixing of rods at
height.
viii)
For short distance carrying of

materials on shoulders, suitable
pads to be provided.
ix)
While transporting material by

trucks/trailers, the rods shall not
protrude in front of or by the sides of
driver's cabin. In case such
protrusion cannot be avoided behind
the deck, then it should not extend
rd
1/3 of deck length or 1.5M which
ever is less and tied with red
flags/lights.
6.3.4
clothes
unnecessarily
while
on
Concreting
Steel trusses that are being erected

should
be
adequately
shored,
braced or guyed until they are
permanently secured in position.
i)
Ensure stability of shuttering work

before allowing concreting.
ii)
Barricade the concreting area while

pouring at height/depths.
xxv)
Load-bearing
structural
member
should
not
be
dangerously
weakened by cutting, holing or other
means.
iii)
Keep vibrator hoses, pumping

concrete accessories in healthy
conditions and mechanically locked.
iv)
xxvi)
Structural members should not be

forced into place by the hoisting
machine while any worker is in such
a position that he could be injured
by the operation.
Pipelines in concrete pumping

system shall not be attached to
temporary
structures
such
as
scaffolds and formwork support as
the forces and movements may
effect their integrity.
xxiv)
xxvii) Open-web steel joists that are

hoisted singly should be directly
OISD-192
Page 402 of 1178
v)
Check safety cages & guards

around moving motors/parts etc.
provided in concreting mixers.
vi)
Use Personal Protective Equipment

like gloves, safety shoes etc. while
dealing with concrete and wear
respirators for dealing with cement.
6.4.6
At the end of day's work, surplus hot

bitumen in tar boiler shall be
properly covered by a metal sheet,
to prevent anything falling in it,
vii)
Earthing
of
electrical
mixers,
vibrators, etc. should be done and
verified.
6.4.7
viii)
Cleaning of rotating drums of

concrete mixers shall be done from
outside. Lockout devices shall be
provided where workers need to
enter.
If bitumen accidentally falls on

ground, it shall be immediately
covered by sprinkling sand, to
prevent anybody stepping on it.
Then it shall be removed with the
help of spade.
6.4.8
For cement concrete roads, besides

site barricading and installation of
warning signs for traffic diversion,
safe practices mentioned in the
chapter on "Concreting", shall also
be applicable.
6.5
CUTTING/WELDING
6.5.1
Common
hazards
involved
in
welding/cutting are sparks, molten
metal, flying particles, harmful light
rays, electric shocks etc. Following
precautions should be taken: -
ix)
Where concrete mixers are driven

by internal combustion engine,
exhaust points shall be located
away from the worker's workstation
so as to eliminate their exposure to
obnoxious fumes.
x)
Don't allow unauthorised person to

stand under the concreting area.
xi)
Ensure
adequate
lighting
arrangements
for
carrying
out
concrete work during night.
xii)
Don't allow the same workers to

pour concrete round the clock. Insist
on shift pattern.
xiii)
During pouring, shuttering and its

supports should be continuously
watched for defects.
6.4
ROAD WORK
6.4.1
Site shall be barricaded and

provided
with
warning
signs,
including night warning lamps at
appropriate locations for traffic
diversion.
6.4.2
Filled and empty bitumen drums

shall be stacked separately at
designated places.
6.4.3
Mixing aggregate with bitumen shall

preferably be done with the help of
bitumen batch mixing plant, unless
operationally non-feasible.
6.4.4
Road rollers, Bitumen sprayers,

Pavement finishers shall be driven
by experienced drivers with valid
driving license.
6.4.5
Workers handling hot bitumen

sprayers or spreading bitumen
aggregate mix or mixing bitumen
OISD-192
Page 403 of 1178
with aggregate, shall be provided

with PVC hand gloves and rubber
shoes with legging up to knee joints.
i)
A dry chemical type fire extinguisher

shall be made available in the work
area.
ii)
Adequate
ventilation
shall
be
ensured by opening manholes and
fixing a shield or forced circulation of
air etc, while doing a job in confined
space.
iii)
Ensure that only approved and wellmaintained apparatus, such as

torches, manifolds, regulators or
pressure reducing valves, and
acetylene generators, be used.
iv)
All covers and panels shall be kept

in place, when operating an electric
Arc welding machine.
v)
The
work
piece
should
be
connected directly to Power supply,
and
not
indirectly
through
pipelines/structures/equipments etc.
vi)
The welding receptacles shall be

rated for 63 A suitable for 415V, 3Phase system with a scraping earth.
Receptacles shall have necessary
mechanical interlocks and earthing
facilities.
vii)
All cables, including welding and

ground cables, shall be checked for
any worn out or cracked insulation

before starting the job. Ground cable
should be separate without any
loose joints.
viii)
Cable coiling shall be maintained at

minimum level, if not avoidable.
ix)
An energised electrode shall not be

left unattended.
x)
The power source shall be turned off

at the end of job.
xi)
All gas cylinders shall be properly

secured in upright position.
xii)
Acetylene cylinder shall be turned

and kept in such a way that the
valve outlet points away from
oxygen cylinder.
xiii)
Acetylene cylinder key for opening

valve shall be kept on valve stem,
while cylinder is in use, so that the
acetylene cylinder could be quickly
turned off in case of emergency.
Use flash back arrestors to prevent
back-fire
in
acetylene/oxygen
cylinder.
xiv)
When not in use, valves of all

cylinders shall be kept closed.
xv)
All types of cylinders, whether full or

empty, shall be stored at cool, dry
place under shed.
xvi)
Forced opening of any cylinder

valve should not be attempted.
xvii)
Lighted gas torch shall never be left

unattended.
xviii)
Store
acetylene
and
cylinders separately.
xix)
Store full
separately.
xx)
Avoid cylinders coming into contact

with heat.
xxi)
Cylinders that are heavy or difficult

to carry by hand may be rolled on
their bottom edge but never
dragged.
and
empty
oxygen
cylinders
xxiv)
Do not use matches to light torches,

use a friction lighter.
xxv)
Move out any

immediately.
xxvi)
Use trolleys for oxygen & acetylene

cylinder and chain them.
leaking
cylinder
xxvii) Always use Red hose for acetylene

and other fuel gases and Black for
oxygen, and ensure that both are in
equal length.
xxviii) Ensure that hoses are free from
burns, cuts and cracks and properly
clamped.
xxix)
Avoid dragging hoses over sharp

edges and objects
xxx)
Do not wrap hoses around cylinders

when in use or stored.
xxxi)
Protect hoses from flying sparks, hot

slag, and other hot objects.
xxxii) Lubricants shall not be used on Oxfuel gas equipment.

xxxiii) During cutting/welding, use proper
type goggles/face shields.
6.6
WORKING IN CONFINED SPACES
6.6.1
Following
safety
practices
for
working in confined space like
towers, columns, tanks and other
vessels should be followed in
addition to the safety guidelines for
specific
jobs
like
scaffolding,
cutting/welding etc.
i)
Shut down, isolate, depressurise

and purge the vessel as per laid
down procedures.
ii)
Entry inside the vessel and to carry

out any job should be done after
issuance of valid permit only in line
with the requirement of OISD-STD105.
iii)
Ensure proper and accessible

means of exit before entry inside a
confined space.
xxii)
If cylinders have to be moved, be

sure that the cylinder valves are
shut off.
iv)
The number of persons allowed

inside the vessel should be limited
to avoid overcrowding.
xxiii)
Before changing torches, shut off

the gas at the pressure reducing
regulators and not by crimping the
hose.
v)
When the work is going on in the

confined space, there should always
be one man standby at the nearby
manway.
OISD-192
Page 404 of 1178
vi)
Before entering inside the vessels

underground or located at lower
elevation,
probability
of
dense
vapours
accumulating
nearby
should also be considered in
addition to inside the vessel.
vii)
Ensure requisite O2 level before

entry in the confined space and
monitor level periodically or other
wise use respiratory devices.
viii)
Check for no Hydrocarbon or toxic

substances before entry and monitor
level periodically or use requisite
Personal Protective Equipment.
ix)
Ensure adequate ventilation or use

respiratory devices.
x)
Depending upon need, necessary

respirator system, gas masks and
suit shall be worn by everyone
entering confined space. In case of
sewer, OWS or in the confined area
where there is a possibility of toxic
or inert gas, gas masks shall be
used by everyone while entering.
xi)
Barricade the confined spaces

during
hoisting,
radiography,
blasting, pressure testing etc.
xii)
Use 24V flameproof lamp fittings

only for illumination.
xiii)
Use tools with air motors or electric

tools with maximum voltage of 24V.
xiv)
House keeping
maintained.
shall
be
xv)
Safety helmet, safety shoes and

safety belt shall be worn by
everyone entering the confined
space.
Don't wear loose clothing
working in a confined space.
xvii)
In case of the vessels which are

likely
to
contain
pyropheric
substances (like Iron Sulphide),
special care need to be taken before
opening the vessel. Attempt should
be made to remove the pyropheric
substances.
Otherwise,
these
should be always kept wet by
suitable means.
Page 405 of 1178
xx)
All
cables,
hoses,
welding
equipment etc., shall be removed
from confined space at end of each
work day, even if the work is to be
resumed in the same space the next
day.
xxi)
To the extent possible sludge shall

be cleared and removed from
outside before entering.
xxii)
No naked light or flame or hot work

such as welding, cutting and
soldering should be permitted inside
a confined space or area unless it
has been made completely free of
the flammable atmosphere, tested
and found safe by a competent
person. Only non-sparking tools and
flameproof hand lamps protected
with guard and safety torches
should be used inside such confined
space or area for initial inspection,
cleaning or other work required to
be done for making the area safe.
xxiii)
Communication should be always

maintained between the worker and
the attendant.
used
for
be
kept
6.7
PROOF/PRESSURE TESTING
6.7.1
Review
test
procedure
before
allowing testing with water or air or
any other fluid.
6.7.2
Provide relief valves of adequate

size while testing with air or other
gases.
6.7.3
Ensure compliance of necessary

precautions, step wise loading,
tightening of fasteners, grouting etc.
before and during testing.
6.7.4
Inform all concerned in advance of

the testing.
6.7.5
Keep the vents open before opening

any valve for filling/draining of liquid
used
for
hydrotesting.
The
filling/draining should not exceed the
designed rate for pressure testing.
6.7.6
Provide separate gauges of suitable

range for pressurising pump and the
equipment to be tested.
6.7.7
Provide
gauges
locations
for
pressures.
while
The cutting torches should also be

kept outside the vessel immediately
after the cutting.
OISD-192
The
gas
cylinders
cutting/welding
shall
outside.
well
xvi)
xviii)
xix)
at
designated
monitoring
of
6.7.8
Check
the
calibration
of
all
pressurising
equipment
and
accessories and maintain records.
6.7.9
Take
readings
intervals.
6.8
WORKING AT HEIGHTS
6.8.1
General Provision
at
While working at a height of more

than 3 meters, ISI approved safety
belt shall be used.
ii)
While working at a height of more

than 3 meters, permit should be
issued by competent person before
commencement of the job.
Worker should be well trained on
usage of safety belt including its
proper usage at the time of
ascending/descending.
iv)
All tools should be carried in tool kits

to avoid their falling.
v)
If the job is on fragile/sloping roof,

roof walk ladders shall be used.
vi)
Provide lifeline wherever required.
vii)
Additional safety measures like

providing Fall Arrestor type Safety
belt, safety net should be provided
depending upon site conditions, job
requirements.
viii)
Keep working area neat and clean.

Remove scrap material immediately.
ix)
Don't
throw
or
drop
material/equipment from height.
x)
Avoid jumping from one member to

another. Use proper passageway.
xi)
Keep both hands free while

climbing. Don't try to bypass the
steps of the ladder.
xii)
Try to maintain calm at height. Avoid

over exertion.
xiii)
Avoid movements on beam.
xiv)
Elevated workplaces including roofs

should be provided with safe means
of access and egress such as stairs,
ramps or ladders.
6.8.2
i)
Roof Work
All roof-work operations should be
pre-planned
and
properly
supervised.
OISD-192
Page 406 of 1178
Roof
work
should
only
be
undertaken by workers who are
physically and psychologically fit
and have the necessary knowledge
and experience for such work.
iii)
Work on roofs shouldn't be carried

on in weather conditions that
threaten the safety of workers.
iv)
Crawling boards, walkways and roof

ladders should be securely fastened
to a firm structure.
v)
Roofing brackets should fit the slope

of the roof and be securely
supported.
vi)
Where it is necessary for a person

to kneel or crouch near the edge of
the roof, necessary precautions
should be taken.
vii)
On a large roof where work have to

be carried out at or near the edge, a
simple barrier consisting of crossed
scaffold tubes supporting a tubing
guardrail may be provided.
viii)
All covers for openings in roofs

should be of substantial construction
and be secured in position.
ix)
Roofs with a pitch of more than 10

should be treated as sloping.
x)
When work is being carried out on

sloping roofs, sufficient and suitable
crawling boards or roof ladders
should be provided and firmly
secured in position.
xi)
During extensive work on the roof,

strong barriers or guardrails and toeboards should be provided to stop a
person from falling off the roof.
xii)
Where workers are required to work

on or near roofs or other places
covered
with
fragile
material,
through which they are liable to fall,
they should be provided with
suitable roof ladders or crawling
boards strong enough and when
spanning across the supports for the
roof covering to support those
workers.
xiii)
A minimum of two boards should be

provided so that it is not necessary
for a person to stand on a fragile
roof to move a board or a ladder, or
for any other reason.
pre-defined
i)
iii)
ii)
6.8.3
i)
Work on tall chimneys
c)
For the erection and repair of tall

chimneys, scaffolding should be
provided. A safety net should be
maintained at a suitable distance
below the scaffold.
d)
e)
f)
haul
heavy
materials
or
equipment up and down by hand
to or from the workplace on the
chimney;
fasten pulleys or scaffolding to
reinforcing rings without first
verifying their stability;
work alone;
climb a chimney that is not
provided with securely anchored
ladders or rungs;
Work on chimneys in use unless
the necessary precautions to
avoid danger from smoke and
gases have been taken.
ii)
The scaffold floor should always be

at least 65 cm below the top of the
chimney.
iii)
Under the working floor of the

scaffolding the next lower floor
should be left in position as a catch
platform.
iv)
The distance between the inside

edge of the scaffold and the wall of
the chimney should not exceed 20
cm at any point.
x)
v)
Catch platforms should be erected

over:
6.9
HANDLING
EQUIPMENT:
6.9.1
General Provisions
(a)
(b)
vi)
the entrance to the chimney;

Passageways
and
working
places where workers could be
endangered by falling objects.
g)
stairs or ladders;
a column of iron rungs securely
embedded in the chimney wall;
Other appropriate means.
(c)
vii)
When workers use the outside rungs

to climb the chimney, a securely
fastened steel core rope looped at
the free end and hanging down at
least 3 m should be provided at the
top to help the workers to climb on
to the chimney.
viii)
While work is being done on

independent chimneys the area
surrounding the chimney should be
enclosed by fencing at a safe
distance.
ix)
Workers
employed
on
the
construction,
alteration,
maintenance or repair of tall
chimneys should not:
a)
b)
work on the outside without a

safety harness attached by a
lifeline to a rung, ring or other
secure anchorage;
put tools between the safety
harness and the body or in
pockets not intended for the
purpose;
OISD-192
Page 407 of 1178
AND
LIFTING
Following are the general guidelines

to be followed with regard to all
types of handling and lifting
equipment in addition to the
guidelines for specific type of
equipments dealt later on.
For climbing tall chimneys, access

should be provided by:
(a)
(b)
Work on independent chimneys

should not be carried on in high
winds, icy conditions, fog or during
electrical storms.
i)
There should be a well-planned

safety programme to ensure that all
the lifting appliances and lifting gear
are selected, installed, examined,
tested, maintained, operated and
dismantled with a view to preventing
the occurrence of any accident;
ii)
All lifting appliances shall be

examined by competent persons at
frequencies as specified in "The
Factories act".
iii)
Check thoroughly quality, size and

condition of all lifting tools like chain
pulley blocks, slings, U-clamps, Dshackles etc. before putting them in
use.
iv)
Safe lifting capacity of all lifting &

handling equipment, tools and
shackles should be got verified and
certificates obtained from competent
authorities before its use. The safe
working load shall be marked on
them.
v)
Check periodically the oil, brakes,

gears, horns and tyre pressure of all
moving equipments like cranes,
forklifts,
trailers
etc
as
per
manufacturer's recommendations.
vi)
Check the weights to be lifted and

accordingly decide about the crane
capacity, boom length and angle of
erection.
vii)
Allow lifting slings as short as

possible and check packing at the
friction points.
viii)
While lifting/placing of the load, no

unauthorised person shall remain
within the radius of the boom and
underneath the load.
ix)
While
loading,
unloading
and
stacking of pipes, proper wedges
shall be placed to prevent rolling
down of the pipes.
x)
Control longer jobs being lifted up

from both ends.
xi)
Only trained operators and riggers

should carry out the job. While the
crane is moving or lifting the load,
the trained rigger should be there for
keeping a vigil against hitting any
other object.
xii)
During high wind conditions and

nights, lifting of heavy equipments
should be avoided. If unavoidable to
do erection in night, operator and
rigger should be fully trained for
night
signaling.
Also
proper
illumination should be there.
xiii)
Allow crane to move on hard, firm

and leveled ground.
xiv)
When crane is in idle condition for

long periods or unattended, crane
boom should either be lowered or
locked
as
per
manufacturer's
guidelines.
xv)
xvi)
xvii)
6.9.2
i)
Hook and load being lifted shall

remain in full visibility of crane
operators, while lifting, to the extent
possible.
Don't allow booms or other parts of
crane to come within 3 meters reach
of overhead electrical cables.
No structural alterations or repairs
should be made to any part of a
lifting appliance, which may affect
the safety of the appliance without
the permission and supervision of
the competent person.
Hoists
OISD-192
Page 408 of 1178
Hoist shafts should be enclosed with

rigid panels or other adequate
fencing at:
(a)
(b)
(c)
ground level on all sides;

all other levels at all points at
which access is provided;
all points at which persons are
liable to be struck by any moving
part.
ii)
The enclosure of hoist shafts,

except at approaches should extend
where practicable at least 2mt
above the floor, platform or other
place to which access is provided
except where a lesser height is
sufficient to prevent any person
falling down the hoistway and there
is no risk of any person coming into
contact with any moving part of the
hoist, but in no case should the
enclosure be less than 1mt in
height.
iii)
The guides of hoist platforms should

offer sufficient resistance to bending
and, in the case of jamming by a
safety catch, to buckling.
iv)
Where necessary to prevent danger,

adequate
covering
should
be
provided above the top of hoist
shafts to prevent material falling
down them.
v)
Outdoor hoist towers should be

erected on firm foundations, and
securely
braced,
guyed
and
anchored.
vi)
A ladderway should extend from the

bottom to the top of outdoor hoist
towers, if no other ladderway exists
within easy reach.
vii)
Hoisting engines should be of ample

capacity to control the heaviest load
that they will have to move.
viii)
Hoists should be provided with

devices that stop the hoisting engine
as soon as the platform reaches its
highest stopping place.
ix)
Winches should be so constructed

that the brake is applied when the
control handle is not held in the
operating position.
x)
It should not be possible to set in

motion from the platform a hoist,
which is not designed for the
conveyance of persons.
xi)
Winches should not be fitted with

pawl and ratchet gears on which the
pawl must be disengaged before the
platform is lowered.
xii)
Hoist platforms should be capable of

supporting the maximum load that
they will have to carry with a safety
factor.
xiii)
Hoist platforms should be equipped

with safety gear that will hold the
platform with the maximum load if
the hoisting rope breaks.
xiv)
If workers have to enter the cage or

go on the platform at landings there
should be a locking arrangement
preventing the cage or platform from
moving while any worker is in or on
it.
xv)
On sides not used for loading and

unloading, hoist platforms should be
provided
with
toe-boards
and
enclosures of wire mesh or other
suitable material to prevent the fall
of parts of loads.
xvi)
Where necessary to prevent danger

from falling objects, hoist platforms
should be provided with adequate
covering.
xvii)
Counterweights consisting of an
assemblage of several parts should
be made of specially constructed
parts rigidly connected together.
xviii)
Counterweights
guides.
xix)
Platforms should be provided at all

landings used by workers.
xx)
should
run
(c)
(b)
on the platform: the carrying

capacity in kilograms or other
appropriate standard unit of
weight;
on the hoisting engine: the
lifting capacity in kilograms or
other appropriate standard
unit of weight;
Hoists intended for the carriage of

persons should be provided with a
cage so constructed as to prevent
any person from falling out or being
trapped between the cage and any
fixed part of the structure when the
cage gate is shut, or from being
struck by the counterbalance weight
or by articles or materials tailing
down the hoistway.
xxii)
On each side in which access is

provided, the cage should have a
gate fitted with devices which
ensure that the gate cannot be
opened except when the cage is at
a landing and that the gate must be
closed before the cage can move
away from the landing.
xxiii)
Every gate in the enclosure of the

hoist shaft which gives access from
a landing place to the cage should
be fitted with devices to ensure that
the gate cannot be opened except
when the cage is at that landing
place, and that the cage cannot be
moved away from that landing place
until the gate is closed.
6.9.3
Page 409 of 1178
Derricks
Stiff-leg derricks
i)
Derricks should be erected on a firm

base
capable
of
taking
the
combined weight of the crane
structure and maximum rated load.
ii)
Devices should be used to prevent

masts from lifting out of their
seating.
iii)
Electrically operated derricks should

be effectively earthed from the sole
plate or framework.
iv)
Counterweights
should
be
so
arranged that they do not subject
the backstays, sleepers or pivots to
excessive strain.
v)
When derricks
wheels:
on hoists authorised or certified for

the conveyance of persons:
OISD-192
on every approach to the hoist

and on the platform: prohibition of use by persons.
xxi)
on all hoists:
on the platform or cage: the

maximum number of persons
to be carried at one time;
on hoists for goods only:
in
Following notices should be posted

up conspicuously and in very legible
characters:
(a)
are
mounted
on
a)
a rigid member should be used to

maintain the correct distance
between the wheels;
they should be equipped with
struts to prevent them from
dropping if a wheel breaks or the
derrick is derailed.
b)
vi)
The length of a derrick jib should not

be altered without consulting the
manufacturer.
vii)
The jib of a scotch derrick crane

should not be erected within the
backstays of the crane.
iii)
Gin poles should be fastened at

their feet to prevent displacement in
operation.
iv)
Gin poles, which are moved from

place to place and re-erected,
should not be taken into use again
before the pole, lifting ropes, guys,
blocks and other parts have been
inspected, and the whole appliance
has been tested under load.
v)
When platforms or skips are hoisted

by gin poles, precautions should be
taken to prevent them from spinning
and to provide for proper landing.
Guy derricks
6.9.5
i)
The restraint of the guy ropes

should be ensured by fitting stirrups
or anchor plates in concrete
foundations.
ii)
The mast of guy derricks should be

supported by six top guys spaced
approximately equally.
iii)
The spread of the guys of a guy

derrick crane from the mast should
0
not be more than 45 from the
horizontal.
iv)
Guy ropes of derricks should be

equipped with a stretching screw or
turnbuckle or other device to
regulate the tension.
v)
Gudgeon pins, sheave pins and fool

bearings
should
be
lubricated
frequently.
vi)
When a derrick is not in use, the

boom should be anchored to
prevent it from swinging.
6.9.4
i)
(a)
(b)
be straight;
consist of steel or other suitable
metal;
be
adequately
guyed
and
anchored;
be vertical or raked slightly
towards the load;
be of adequate strength for the
loads that they will be required to
lift/move.
(c)
(d)
(e)
ii)
i)
Where tower cranes have cabs at

high level, persons, capable and
trained to work at heights, should
only be employed as crane
operators.
ii)
The characteristics of the various

machines
available
should
be
considered against the operating
requirements and the surroundings
in which the crane will operate
before a particular type of crane is
selected.
iii)
Care should be taken in the

assessment of wind loads both
during operations and out of service.
Account should also be taken of the
effects of high structures on wind
forces in the vicinity of the crane.
iv)
The ground on which the tower

crane stands should have the
requisite bearing capacity. Account
should be taken of seasonal
variations in ground conditions.
v)
Bases for tower cranes and tracks

for rail-mounted tower cranes should
be firm and level. Tower cranes
should only operate on gradients
within limits specified by the
manufacturer. Tower cranes should
only be erected at a safe distance
from excavations and ditches.
vi)
Tower cranes should be sited where

there is clear space available for
erection, operation and dismantling.
As far as possible, cranes should be
sited so that loads do not have to be
handled over occupied premises,
over public thoroughfares, other
construction works and railways or
near power cables.
Gin poles
Gin poles should:
Gin poles should not be spliced and

if a gin pole is composed of different
elements, they should be assembled
in conformity with their intrinsic
material strength.
OISD-192
Page 410 of 1178
Tower cranes
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
Where two or more tower cranes are

sited in positions where their jibs
could touch any part of the other
crane, there should be direct means
of communication between them
and a distinct warning system
operated from the cab so that one
driver may alert the other of
impending danger.
The manufacturers' instructions on
the methods and sequence of
erection and dismantling should be
followed. The crane should be
tested before being taken into use.
The climbing operation of climbing
tower cranes should be carried out
in accordance with manufacturers'
instructions.
The
free-standing
height of the tower crane should not
extend beyond what is safe and
permissible in the manufacturers'
instructions.
When the tower crane is left
unattended,
loads
should
be
removed from the hook, the hook
raised, the power switched off and
the boom brought to the horizontal.
For longer periods or at times when
adverse weather conditions are
expected, out of service procedures
should be followed. The main jib
should be slewed to the side of the
tower away from the wind, put into
free slew and the crane immobilised.
xi)
A windspeed measuring device

should be provided at an elevated
position on the tower crane with the
indicator fitted in the drivers' cab.
xii)
Devices should be provided to

prevent loads being moved to a
point where the corresponding safe
working load of the crane would be
exceeded. Name boards or other
items liable to catch the wind should
not be mounted on a tower crane
other than in accordance with the
manufacturers' instructions.
xiii)
6.9.6
Tower cranes should not be used for

magnet, or demolition ball service,
piling operations or other duties,
which could impose excessive
loading on the crane structure.
Lifting ropes
i)
Only ropes with a known safe

working capacity should be used as
lifting ropes.
ii)
Lifting ropes should be installed,

maintained
and
inspected
in
accordance
with
manufacturers'
instructions.
iii)
Repaired steel ropes should not be

used on hoists.
iv)
Where multiple independent ropes

are used, for the purpose of stability,
to lift a work platform, each rope
should be capable of carrying the
load independently.
6.10
VEHICLE MOVEMENT
6.10.1 Park vehicles only at designated

places. Don't block roads to create
hindrance for other vehicles.
6.10.2 Don't overload the vehicle.
6.10.3 Obey speed limits and traffic rules.
6.10.4 Always expect the unexpected and
be a defensive driver.
6.10.5 Drive
carefully
during
adverse
weather and road conditions.
6.10.6 Read the road ahead and ride to the
left.
6.10.7 Be extra cautious at nights. Keep
wind screens clean and lights in
working condition.
6.10.8 All vehicles used for carrying
workers and construction materials
must undergo predictive/preventive
maintenance and daily checks
6.10.9 Driver with proper valid driving
license shall only be allowed to drive
the vehicle
6.10.10 Routes shall be leveled, marked and
planned in such a way so as to
avoid potential hazards such as
overhead power lines and sloping
ground etc.
6.10.11 While reversing the vehicles, help of
another worker should be ensured
at all times
6.10.12 An unattended vehicle should have
the engine switched off
6.10.13 Wherever possible one-way system
shall be followed
6.10.14 Barriers/fixed stops should be
provided for excavation/openings to
prevent fall of vehicle
OISD-192
Page 411 of 1178
6.10.15 Load should be properly secured
xiv)
6.10.16 The body of the tipper lorry should

always be lowered before driving
the vehicle off.
ELCB for all temporary connections

must be provided. Use insulated 3pin plug tops.
xv)
All power supply cables should be

laid properly and neatly so that they
don't cause hindrance to persons
working and no physical damage
also takes place to the cables during
various construction activities.
xvi)
All Power cables to be properly

terminated using glands and lugs of
proper size and adequately crimped.
xvii)
Use spark-proof/flame proof type

electrical fittings in Fire Hazard
zones as per area classification
under OISD-STD-113.
xviii)
Check
installations
of
steel
plates/pipes to protect underground
cables at crossings.
xix)
Don't lay unarmored cable directly

on ground, wall, roof or trees. All
temporary cables should be laid at
least 750 mm below ground and
cable markers should be provided.
Proper sleeves should be provided
at road crossings. In case temporary
cables are to be laid on wooden
poles/steel poles, the minimum
cable heights should be 4.5 M.
xx)
Maintain safe overhead distance of

HT cables as per Indian Electricity
Rules and relevant acts.
xxi)
Don't connect any earthing wire to

the pipelines/structures.
xxii)
Don't make any unsafe temporary

connections, naked joints/wiring etc.
xxiii)
Ensure that temporary cables are

free from cuts, damaged insulation,
kinks or improper insulated joints.
xxiv)
Check at periodic intervals that pins

of sockets and joints are not loose.
xxv)
Protect electrical wires/equipments

from water and naked flames.
xxvi)
Illuminate
areas.
6.10.17 Signs/signals/caution boards

should be provided on routes .
6.11
etc.
ELECTRICAL
6.11.1 General Provisions

i)
Only persons having valid licenses

should be allowed to work on
electrical facilities.
ii)
No person should be allowed to

work on live circuit. The same, if
unavoidable,
special
care
and
authorisation need to be taken.
iii)
Treat all circuits as "LIVE" unless

ensured otherwise.
iv)
Electrical "Tag Out" procedure

"MUST" be followed for carrying out
maintenance jobs.
v)
Display voltage ratings prominently

with "Danger" signs.
vi)
Put caution/notice signs

starting the repair works.
vii)
All electrical equipment operating

above 250V shall have separate and
distinct connections to earth grid.
viii)
ix)
before
Proper grounding to be ensured for

all switch boards and equipment
including Portable ones prior to
taking into service.
Make sure that electrical switch
boards, portable tools, equipments
(like grinding machine etc.) don't get
wet during their usage. If it happens,
stop the main supply, make the tools
dry and then only use them. Check
proper earthing.
All
temporary
switch
boards/
KIOSKS put up at work site should
be suitably protected from rain and
the level of same should be high
enough to avoid contact with water
due to water logging.
x)
Don't work wet on electrical system.
xi)
Don't overload the electrical system.
xii)
Use only proper rated HRC fuses.
xiii)
Industrial type extension boards and

Plug sockets are only to be used.
OISD-192
Page 412 of 1178
suitably
all
the
work
xxvii) All switchboards should be of MS

structure only and incoming source
should be marked.
xxviii) Hand lamps should not be of more
than 24V rating.
xxix)
Fire extinguishers (DCP/CO2/Sand

buckets) should be kept near
temporary switch boards being used

for construction purposes. Don't use
water for fighting electrical fires.
xxx)
Insulating mats shall be provided in

the front and back end of switch
boards.
xxxi)
All parts of electrical installations

should be so constructed, installed
and maintained as to prevent
danger of electric shock, fire and
external explosion.
Periodic checking/certification of
electrical safety appliances such as
gloves, insulating mats, hoods etc.
to be done/witnessed along with
maintaining a register at site signed
by competent authority.
ensure suitability for its proposed

use.
ii)
At the beginning of every shift, the

person
using
the
electrical
equipment should make a careful
external
examination
of
the
equipment
and
conductors,
especially the flexible cables.
iii)
Apart from some exceptional cases,

work on or near live parts of
electrical equipment should be
forbidden.
iv)
Before any work is begun on

conductors or equipment that do not
have to remain live:
a)
xxxii) A notice displaying following, should

be kept exhibited at suitable places:
a)
prohibiting unauthorised persons

from
entering
electrical
equipment
rooms
or
from
handling or interfering with electrical apparatus;
containing
directions
as
to
procedures in case of fire, rescue
of persons in contact with live
conductors and the restoration of
persons suffering from electric
shock;
specifying the person to be
notified in case of electrical
accident
or
dangerous
occurrence, and indicating how to
communicate with him.
b)
c)
xxxiii) No other cables/pipes to be laid n

i
trench used for electrical cables.
xxxiv) Utmost care should be taken while
excavating Earth from cable trench
to avoid damage or any accident.
xxxv) Sub-station floor cut-outs meant for
switch board installations to be
covered wherever installation is
incomplete.
NOTE: A Residual Current Operated Circuit
Breaker (RCCB) or Earth Leakage
Circuit
Breaker
(ELCB),
when
installed, protects a human being to
the widest extent. RCCB or ELCB
should be provided as per Indian
Electricity Rules.
6.11.2 Inspection and maintenance
i)
All electrical equipment should be

inspected before taking into use to
OISD-192
Page 413 of 1178
b)
c)
d)
e)
the current should be switched

off by a responsible authorised
person;
precautions should be taken to
prevent the current from being
switched on again;
the conductors or the equipment
should be tested to ascertain that
they are dead;
the conductors and equipment
should be earthed and shortcircuited;
neighbouring live parts should be
adequately
protected
against
accidental contact.
v)
After work has been done on

conductors and equipment, the
current should only be switched on
again on the orders of a competent
person after the earthing and shortcircuiting have been removed and
the workplace reported safe.
vi)
Electricians should be provided with

approved and tested tools, and
personal protective equipment such
as rubber gloves, mats etc.
vii)
All conductors and equipment

should be considered to be live
unless there is a proof of the
contrary.
viii)
When work has to be done in

dangerous proximity to live parts the
current should be cut off. If for
operational reasons this is not
possible, the live parts should be
fenced off or enclosed by qualified
staff from the sub-station concerned.
6.11.3.
Testing
i)
Electrical installations should be

inspected and tested and the results
recorded.
ii)
Periodic testing of the efficiency of

the earth leakage protective devices
should be carried out.
iii)
Particular attention should be paid to

the earthing of apparatus, the
continuity of protective conductors,
polarity and insulation resistance,
protection
against
mechanical
damage
and
condition
of
connections at points of entry.
6.12
OFFSHORE
6.12.2 Drilling Rigs

i)
Location of jack up rigs should not

be less than 5 Kms from shipping
route. Orientation of the rig, wind
direction etc are required for safe
landing of helicopter. Information
w.r.t. sea currents, wind speed, Hilo tide etc are required for mooring
of supply vessels.
ii)
Sea bed condition at every location

should be ensured for safety of rig.
iii)
Radio and other communication

facilities should be such to maintain
contact with base all times.
iv)
During toeing of rig, the rig deck

should be clear of load, toeing lines
should be in good condition and
tensions in various toeing lines
should be constantly monitored.
v)
Few steps during toeing are:
6.12.1 General
The isolated nature of offshore installations
are hazardous. They call for greater need for
safety and survival at offshore. Safety at
offshore is safety of installations and safety
of personnel. Safety problems and accidents
at offshore have high risks due to limited
space, helicopter operation, sea transport
etc. Following are the general safety
guidelines to be followed in addition to the
safety guidelines stipulated for specific jobs
dealt later on:
i)
Workers should be well trained to

do their job independently with high
degree of self-control and selfdiscipline.
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
On arrival at offshore, everyone

should be briefed about the safety
rules to be followed at offshore,
evacuation
system
etc.
All
personnel should wear overall
(dangri), helmet and shoes for
personnel protection.
In case of emergency, workers
should follow instruction of Field
Production Superintendent (F.P.S.)
In certain cases instructions may be
given to abandon the offshore
installation
and
evacuate
the
persons to safe location.
To overcome above problems,
offshore personnel must receive
training for using life saving
appliances and other personal
survival techniques.
Any person working at offshore
should have one person as standby
for any eventuality.
OISD-192
Page 414 of 1178
a)
b)
c)
d)
crane
booms
should
be
secured to their vesta,
all hatches and water tight
doors should be closed,
number of personnel on board
should be restricted,
evacuate in case of emergency
and
operation
should
be
completed preferably in day
light.
6.12.3 Drilling
i)
In view of CO2 and H2S gas cut from

well, effective ventilation should be
provided
where
drilling
is
in
progress.
ii)
Safety alarm shall be checked in

advance in view of failure of
ventilation system.
iii)
Suitable sensors for H2S and

Methane should be function tested
time to time and suitable colour
code should be given.
iv)
Working areas of the crane should

be illuminated during night to avoid
accident.
v)
Clear space should be available for

despatch and receipt of load and, in
particular,
basket
transfer
of
passengers. Persons engaged in
loading/unloading
of
materials
should be protected from falling into
the sea.
vi)
Signal light should be fitted at the

top of the jib.
vii)
Crane hook should be fitted with

safety latches.
viii)
ix)
iii)
Experienced person should be

engaged in operation of specific
equipment like winches, cranes etc.
Surface safety valve or SDV should

be checked for no gas leakage from
bleed port / flange etc., in the well
head area. It should not be in
"mechanical override" or bypassed
from panel.
iv)
At least three cable turns shall

always be there on the winch drum.
High pressure gas lift lines

blowdown system should be O.K.
v)
Auto actuation of SDVs in the inlet

of pressure vessels should be O.K.
and in "normal position" from
shutdown panels. A record of status
of switches normal/bypassed in
auto-con* panels (PSH, PSL, LSL,
ILSL) should be maintained.
x)
Adequate communication like walkie

talkie, round robin phone should be
available
between
the
crane
operator, supervisor and helper.
xi)
Crane
operation
should
be
completely
stopped
during
helicopter landing/taking off.
xii)
Except for helicopter landing deck,

all
decks,
platforms,
bridges,
ladders should have rigid and fixed
guard rails atleast one meter high
and should have one intermediate
rail midway between the handrail
and 100 mm toe board.
xiii)
Wooden ladders shall not be used

at offshore.
xiv)
Flow sensor in the flow line should

be ensured for safe working and to
avoid blow out.
xv)
Hydrogen sulphuide gas In offshore

is of great risk and at 10 ppm
(0.001%) concentration in air, a
person should not be exposed for
more than 8 hours, If concentration
is more, then breathing apparatus
should be used. Corrosion of
equipment is also caused by H2S.
xvi)
Portable H2S gas detector should

be continously used.
In case hydrocarbon Is released due

to overpressure, leak, overflow, gas
blow etc., shut down process to stop
flow of hydrocarbon. Prevent ignition
of released hydrocarbon and in case
of fire shut in the process complex
and follow emergency contigency
plan.
ii)
Sub surface safetv valve (SSSV))

below the well head should be
actuated during uncontrolled well flow and they should be regularly
checked.
OISD-192
Page 415 of 1178
Shut Down Panels
vi)
Welders rectifier set and electrical

connections to it should be checked
and
approved
by
electrical-incharge for proper electrical safely.
vii)
SCADA" telementry system if

available should be operational for
remote opening and closing of wells
at unmanned platforms (through
RPMC).
viii)
Local ESD/FSD (near the work site)

should be provided for jobs of very
critical nature, so that the persons
working can access it immediately in
emergency for safety. Safety officer
should judge the requirement &
inform FPS for the same.
ix)
Railings and Gratings etc. in and

around work area should be O.K.
and inspected to avoid slippage of
man into sea.
x)
Emergency
shut
down
(ESD)
system is initiated when an
abnormal condition is detected.
ESD should be checked once in six
months.
xi)
Platform should be manned round

the clock.
xii)
Welding and cutting work should be

regulated by hot work permit.
xiii)
All detectors should be calibrated as

per
recommendation
of
the
manufacturer.
xiv)
No system should be by-passed

which affects the system of platform.
6.12.4 Production Platforms

i)
xv)
In H2S field platforms, due care shall

be taken as per recommendations.
xvi)
Follow the instructions of F.P.S.

during stay at platform
accommodate twice the number of

persons onboard installation.
iii)
Launching appliances and life boat

equipment should be checked every
week.
iv)
Boat landing areas

adequately illuminated.
v)
Life raft has no power and they rely

on drift.
vi)
Life jacket lifts the wearer after

entering water.
vii)
Life buoys are used to rescue

persons if any person accidentally
falls in the sea.
viii)
All life saving appliances should be

inspected by the MMD surveyor /sr.
officials once a year.
ix)
Every life boat shall be inspected

once a week.
x)
Every life boat and life raft should

be serviced once a year by a
competent authority,
6.12.5 Fire Prevention And Control

i)
Provision be made for safe handling

and storage of dirty rags, trash, and
waste oil. Flammable liquids and
chemicals applied on platform
should be immediately cleaned.
ii)
Paint containers and hydrocarbon

samples, gas cylinders for welding
and cutting should be stored
properly.
Cylinders
should
be
transported in hand-cart.
iii)
Smoking should be restricted and

no smoking area should be
identified.
iv)
Special attention should be given to

crude oil pump seals, diesel and
gas engines which are potential
source of ignition in the event of
failure.
v)
Fire and smoke detectors i.e.

ultraviolet heat, thermal and smoke
detector should be function tested
once in three months.
vi)
Fire is controlled in offshore by

water
spraying,
Halon,
CO2
flooding, DCP and sprinkler system.
vii)
Foaming agent is applied for

controlling fire in liquid hydrocarbon.
The system is not effective in gas
fire.
viii)
Light weight breathing

should be used.
ix)
The fire control plan at offshore

should reveal control station, fire
alarms and fire detectors, deluge
valves
and
sprinkler,
fire
extinguishing appliances, fireman
outfit and ventilation system.
x)
6.12.6 Life Saving Appliances

i)
Life boats with a speed of 6 knots

and carrying capacity upto 50
persons are used in offshore.
ii)
No. of life boats on one installation

should
have
a
capacity
to
OISD-192
Page 416 of 1178
6.12.7 Safety
Precautions
Helicopter Transportation
be
during
i)
Passenger briefing regarding safety

rules while travelling in helicopter
should be carried out before
boarding the helicopter.
ii)
Emergency procedure should be

briefed to all the passenger In case
helicopter is to ditch into the sea.
iii)
Heli-pad should have a non-skid

surface. Nylon rope net should be
stretched on the deck.
iv)
Proper drainage should be available

on helideck.
v)
There should be no obstruction on

the helideck itself and within 3
meters of its parameter. Closest
super structure above the helideck
should have red obstruction light.
vi)
While landing fire crew of two

persons should be standby adjacent
to helideck.
vii)
Heli-deck
should
be
properly
illuminated for night landing.
viii)
During switching off helicopter,

persons should not be allowed to go
out/ towards helicopter
system
Fire fighting equipment should be

maintained
in
ready
to
use
condition.
should
6.13
DEMOLITION
posted. To protect the public a fence

2m
high
should
be
erected
enclosing the demolition operations
and the access gates should be
secured outside working hours.
6.13.1. General provisions

i)
When the demolition of any building

or structure might present danger to
workers or to the public:
(a)
necessary precautions, methods

and
procedures
should
be
adopted, including those for the
disposal of waste or residues;
the work should be planned and
undertaken
only
under
the
supervision of a competent
person.
(b)
ii)
structural details and builders'

drawings should be obtained
wherever possible;
details of the previous use should
be obtained to identify any
possible
contamination
and
hazards
from
chemicals,
flammables, etc.;
an initial survey should be carried
out to identify any structural
problems and risks associated
with flammable substances and
substances hazardous to health.
The survey should note the type
of ground on which the structure
is erected, the condition of the
roof trusses, the type of framing
used in framed structures and the
load-bearing walls;
a method of demolition should be
formulated after the survey and
recorded in a method statement
having taken all the various
considerations into account and
identifying the problems and their
solutions;
(b)
(c)
(d)
iv)
v)
The fabric of buildings contaminated

with substances hazardous to health
should
be
decontaminated.
Protective clothing and respiratory
devices should be provided and
worn.
vii)
Where
plant
has
flammable
materials,
precautions should be
avoid fire and explosion.
viii)
The plant to be demolished should

be isolated from all other plant that
may contain flammable materials.
Any residual flammable material in
the plant should be rendered safe by
cleaning, purging or the application
of
an
inert
atmosphere
as
appropriate.
ix)
Care should be taken not to

demolish any parts, which would
destroy the stability of other parts.
x)
Demolition activities should not be

continued under adverse climatic
conditions such as high winds,
which could cause the collapse of
already weakened structures.
xi)
To prevent hazards parts of structures should be adequately shored,

braced or otherwise supported.
xii)
Structures should not be left in a

condition in which they could be
brought down by wind pressure or
vibration.
xiii)
Where
a
deliberate
controlled
collapse technique is to be used,
expert engineering advice should be
obtained, and:
Before demolition operations begin:

(a)
iii)
vi)
All electric, gas, water and steam

service lines should be shut off and,
as necessary, capped or otherwise
controlled
at
or
outside
the
construction
site
before
work
commences.
If it is necessary to maintain any
electric power, water or other
services
during
demolition
operations,
they
should
be
adequately
protected
against
damage.
As far as practicable, the danger
zone round the building should be
adequately fenced off and sign
OISD-192
Page 417 of 1178
(a)
(b)
xiv)
contained
special
taken to
it should only be used where the

whole structure is to come down
because it relies on the removal
of key structural members to
effect a total collapse;
it should only be used on sites
that are fairly level and where
there is enough surrounding
space for all operatives and
equipment to be withdrawn to a
safe distance.
When equipment such as power
shovels and bulldozers are used for
demolition, due consideration should

be given to the nature of the building
or structure, its dimensions, as well
as to the power of the equipment
being used.
xv)
If a swinging weight is used for

demolition, a safety zone having a
width of at least one-and-a-half
times the height of the building or
structure should be maintained
around the points of impact.
6.13.2. Demolition of structural steelwork

i)
All precautions should be taken to

prevent danger from any sudden
twist,
spring
or
collapse
of
steelwork, ironwork or reinforced
concrete when it is cut or released.
ii)
Steel
construction
should
demolished tier by tier.
iii)
Structural steel parts should be

lowered and not dropped from a
height.
6.14
be
RADIOGRAPHY
6.14.1 All radiography jobs shall be carried

out as per BARC Safety Regulations
6.14.2 During field radiography, nearby
area around the radiation source
should be cordoned off.
6.14.3 If the field radiography is to be done
at the same location repeatedly, it is
advisable to provide either a wire
fencing around or a temporary brick
enclosure.
6.14.4 Special permission/permit should be
taken for radiography from area-incharge.
6.14.5 As far as possible, field radiography
should be done only during night
time when there is little or no
occupancy there.
6.14.6 Radiation warning signals should be
pasted all along the cordoned off
area.
6.14.7 Entry into the restricted area by
unauthorised persons should be
strictly prohibited during exposure.
6.14.8 The radiation level alongwith the
cordon should be monitored by a
suitable and well-calibrated radiation
survey meter.
OISD-192
Page 418 of 1178
6.14.9 All
personnel
working
with
radiography sources should wear
appropriate protective equipment
and film badges issued by BARC.
6.14.10 Protection
facilities
such
as
manipulator rod, remote handling
tongs, lead pots, radiation hazard
placards and means of cordon off
shall be available at each site.
6.14.11 The radiography source shall never
be touched or handled directly with
hands.
6.14.12 The package containing radiography
cameras and sources should never
be carried by public transport like
bus, train etc.
6.14.13 Radiography sources and cameras,
when not in use, should be stored
inside a source pit with lock and key
arrangement as approved by BARC.
The storage room should preferably
be located in an isolated area of
minimum occupancy and radiation
level outside the storage room
should not exceed 0.25 mR/hr as
per BARC Regulations.
6.14.14 In case of an accident (due to loss
or of damage to radiography
source), action should be taken in
line
with
BARC
Safety
Rules/Guidelines.
6.15
SAND/SHOT BLASTING/ SPRAY

PAINTING
6.15.1 Sand blasting should be used only

after approval from competent
person.
6.15.2 Air Compressor used for sand/shot
blasting/painting should have guard
and positioned away from the work
place.
6.15.3 Exhaust of the prime mover, if IC
engine is used, should be directed
away from the work place.
6.15.4 In case of motor driven compressor,
the body of the motor as well as the
compressor to be properly earthed.
6.15.5 The hoses used for compressed air
should be of proper quality, and
health of the same to be ensured
through regular check/ test.
6.15.6 The
operator
of
sand/shot
blasting/painting
should
wear
suitable PPE's including mask.
6.15.7 Adequate measures to be taken to
suppress dust/spray particle.
iv)
All deck openings including those for

buckets should be fenced.
6.16.2 Rescue & Emergency procedures

i)
Persons who work over water

should be provided with some form
of buoyancy aid. Life jackets should
provided
sufficient
freedom
of
movement, have sufficient buoyancy
to bring persons to the surface and
keep them afloat face upwards, be
easily secured to the body, be
readily visible by way of self
luminous paint/strip.
Nobody should work alone on or
above water.
Each worker should be trained in the
procedure to be followed in the
event of an emergency.
6.15.8 Sand used for sand blasting should

be suitably covered & protected
from to rain/moisture.
6.15.9 When these activities are done in
confined places, adequate measure
to be taken for proper ventilation.
6.16
WORK ABOVE WATER
6.16.1 General Provisions

i)
Where work is done over or in close
proximity
to
water
&
where
possibility
of
drowning
exists,
provision should be made for:
a)
Preventing workers from falling into
water;
b)
The rescue of workers in danger
of drowning;
c)
Safe and sufficient transport.
ii)
ii)
iii)
7.0
ADDITIONAL
SAFETY
PRECAUTION FOR UNITS
WITH HYDROCARBONS
In addition to general safety
precautions as outlined above for
the activities in Clause 6.0, following
additional safety precautions need
to be taken for the sites within the
operating area or nearby, where
presence of Hydrocarbons cannot
be ruled out.
Provisions for the safe performance

of work over or in close proximity to
water
should
include,
where
appropriate, the provision and use of
suitable and adequate:
a)
b)
c)
iii)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
fencing, safety nets and

safety
harnesses;
lifebuoys, life jackets and manned
boats;
protection against such hazards
as reptiles and other animals.
Gangways,
pontoons,
bridges,
footbridges and other walkways or
work places over water should:
possess
adequate strength and
stability;
be sufficiently wide to allow safe
movement of workers;
have level surfaces free from
tripping hazards;
be
adequately
lit when natural
light is insufficient;
where practicable and necessary, to
prevent danger, be provided with
toe-boards, guard rails, hand ropes
etc.
be
secured
to prevent
dislodgment by rising water or high
winds;
if necessary, be equipped with
ladders which should be sound, of
sufficient strength and length and be
securely lashed to prevent slipping.
OISD-192
Page 419 of 1178
i)
No job shall be carried out without a

valid permit. Permit should be in
line with OISD-STD-105 "Work
Permit System".
ii)
Smoking should be prohibited in all

places
containing
readily
combustible or flammable materials
and
"No Smoking" notices be
prominently displayed.
iii)
In confined spaces and other places

where flammable gases, vapours or
dusts can cause danger, following
measures should be taken:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
only approved type electrical

installations and equipment,
including portable lamps, should
be used;
there should be no naked
flames or source of ignition;
oily rags, waste and clothes or
other substances liable to
spontaneous ignition should be
removed without delay to a safe
place;
ventilation should be provided.
iv)
Regular inspections should be made

of places where there are fire risks.
These include the vicinity of heating
appliances, electrical installations
and conductors, stores of flammable
and combustible materials, welding
and cutting operations.
v)
Welding, flame cutting and other hot

work should only be done after
issuance of work permit in line with
the requirement of OISD-STD-105
after appropriate precautions, as
required, are taken to reduce the
risk of fire. For carrying out other
jobs also, OISD-STD-105 should be
followed strictly.
vi)
Fire-extinguishing equipment should

be well maintained and inspected at
suitable intervals by a competent
person. Access to fire-extinguishing
equipment
such
as
hydrants,
portable
extinguishers
and
connections for hoses should be
kept clear at all times.
vii)
All supervisors and a sufficient

number of workers should be trained
in the use of fire-extinguishing
equipment, so that adequate trained
personnel are readily available
during all working periods.
viii)
Audio means to give warning in

case of fire should be provided
where this is necessary to prevent
danger. Such warning should be
clearly audible in all parts of the site
where persons are liable to work.
There should be an effective
evacuation plan so that all persons
are evacuated speedily without
panic and accounted for and all
plant and processes shut down.
ix)
Notices should be posted

conspicuous places indicating:
(a)
(b)
x)
at
xi)
A dry chemical type fire extinguisher

shall be made available in the work
area. Also fire protection facilities
like running hoses etc. as per permit
should be complied with.
xii)
Wherever required, welding screens

shall be put up to protect other
equipment
in
adjoining
areas
against flying sparks. Material used
should
be
metal/asbestos/water
curtain.
xiii)
Welding or cutting of vessels/

equipments used in Hydrocarbon/
hazardous chemicals shall be done
after proper gas freeing and
verifying
the
same
with
the
explosive-meter.
xiv)
The confined space/equipment shall

be gas freed and cleaned.
xv)
Absence of any toxic gas and any

flammable gas above explosion limit
shall be ensured with the help of
gas
detection
instrument
and
explosive meter respectively.
xvi)
Used and hot electrode stubs shall

be discarded in a metal bucket.
xvii)
Use approved and certified flame

arrestors for vehicles.
xviii)
Work permit to be obtained, if

construction work is carried out
within existing operating area.
8.0
FIRST AID
First aid facilities should be provided
in line with various statutory
regulations like factory act etc.
However following care should be
taken:
i)
First aid, including the provision of

trained personnel should be ensured
at work sites. Arrangement should
be made for ensuring the medical
attention of the injured workers. First
aid box should be as per the Factory
rules.
ii)
Suitable rescue equipment, like

stretchers should be kept readily
available at the construction site.
iii)
First-aid
kits
or
boxes,
as
appropriate and as per statutory
requirements, should be provided at
workplaces
and
be
protected
against contamination by dust,
moisture etc.
the nearest fire alarm;

the
telephone
number
and
address
of
the
nearest
emergency services.
The work site shall be cleared of all
combustible materials, as Sparks
and molten metal coming from the
welding job can easily ignite
combustible materials near or below
the welding site. If the combustible
materials cannot be removed from
the area, the same shall be properly
shielded.
OISD-192
Page 420 of 1178
iv)
First-aid kit or boxes should not

keep anything besides material for
first aid in emergencies.
v)
First-aid kits and boxes should

contain simple and clear instructions
to be followed, be kept under the
charge of a responsible person
qualified to render the first aid and
be regularly inspected and stocked.
vi)
Where the work involves risk of

drowning, asphyxiation or electric
shock, first-aid personnel should be
proficient in the use of resuscitation
and other life saving techniques and
in rescue procedures.
vii)
Emergency telephone numbers of

nearby Hospitals, Police, Fire
Station and Administration should
be prominently displayed.
9.0
Poster: Posters with safety slogan

in
humorous,
gruesome
demonstrating manner may be used
to discourage bad habits attributable
to accidents by appealing to the
workers' pride, self-love, affection
curiosity or human aspects. These
should be displayed in prominent
location(s).
ii)
Safety Sign Boards: Different type

of message of cautioning, attention,
notice etc. should be displayed at
the appropriate places for learning/
awareness of the workmen while
working at site.
iii)
Films & Slides: Film(s) narrating

the accident including the causes
and possible remedial ways of
preventing the recurrence of a
similar accident should be displayed
at regular intervals. Slides consisting
main points of the film show may
also be shown to workers.
iv)
Talks, lectures & conferences:

The success of these events would
depend
much
on
audiences
understandings of the speaker (s).
The
speakers
are
to
be
knowledgeable and good presenter.
Speakers should know to hold the
attention and to influence the
audiences.
v)
Competitions:
Organise
competition(s) between the different
deptts/categories of workers. The
sense of reward/recognition also will
improve safety awareness and
result in enhancing safety levels.
vi)
Exhibitions: Exhibitions also make

the workers acquainted with hazards
and means of preventive measures.
vii)
Safety
Publication:
Safety
publications including pocket books
dealing with ways of investigation
and prevention in the field of safety
and so on, may be distributed to
workers to promote the safety
awareness.
viii)
Safety Drives: From time to time,

an intensive safety drive by
organising a safety day or a safety
week etc. should be launched.
ix)
Training: Training for covering the

hazards for different trade should be
imparted. Training should also
include the specific hazards related
DOCUMENTATION
The
intention
of
keeping
documentation of all types of
accident(s) is to prevent recurrence
of similar accident(s). All accidents
should be reported as per OISD
Guidelines
(OISD-GDN-107) and
Factories act, 1948.
All accidents (major, minor or near
miss)
should
be
investigated,
analysed
and
recommendations
should be documented along with
implementation status.
All related data should be welldocumented and further analysis
highlighting the major cause(s) of
accidents be done. This will help in
identifying thrust areas and training
needs for prevention of accidents.
10.0
i)
SAFETY
AWARENESS
TRAINING
&
Safety awareness to all section of

personnel ranging from site-incharge to workmen helps not only
preventing the risk but also build up
the
confidence.
Time
and
expenditures also get saved as a
result.
Safety awareness basically seeks to
persuade/inform people on safety
besides supplementing skill also.
Awareness programme may include
followings:
OISD-192
Page 421 of 1178
to a job in addition to the general

safety training as has been dealt in
various chapters and should include
all workers. Reference may be
drawn from OISD-STD-154.
11.0
REFERRENCES
i)
Factory Act, 1948
ii)
Indian Electricity Rules
OISD-192
Page 422 of 1178
iii)
Safety & Health in Construction by

ILO
iv)
The Building & Other Construction

Workers (Regulation, Employment
and Conditions of Service) Act 1996
ANNEXURE I
LIST OF SAFETY CODES FOR CIVIL WORKS PUBLISHED BY BUREAU OF
INDIAN STANDARDS
Sr.no
01. IS :
Code No.
818
Title
Code of Practice for Safety and Health Requirements in Electric
and Gas Welding and Cutting Operations First Revision.
02. IS : 875
Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Masonry walls
03. IS :
933
Specification for Portable Chemical Fire Extinguisher, Foam

Type Second Revision.
04. IS : 1179
Specification for Equipment for Eye and Face Protection during

Welding First Revision.
05. IS : 1904
Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Shallow

foundations
06. IS : 1905
Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Masonry walls
07. IS : 2171
Specification for Portable Fire Extinguishers, Dry Powder Type

Second Revision.
08. IS : 2361
Specification for Building Grips First Revision.
09. IS : 2750
Specification for Steel Scaffoldings.
10. IS : 2925
Specification for Industrial Safety Helmets First Revision.
11. IS : 3016
Code of Practice for Fires Precautions in Welding and Cutting

Operations First Revision.
12. IS : 3521
Industrial safety belts and harnesses
13. IS : 3696 Part I
Safety Code for Scaffolds and Ladders : Part I Scaffolds.
14. IS : 3696 Part II
Safety Code for Scaffolds and Ladders : Part II Ladders.
15. IS : 3764
Safety Code for Excavation Work.
16. IS : 4014 -Part I & II
Code of practice for Steel tubular scaffolding
17. IS : 4081
Safety Code for Blasting and Related Drilling Operations.
18. IS : 4082
Recommendations on staking and storage of construction

materials at site
19. IS : 4130
Safety Code for Demolition of Buildings First Revision.
20. IS : 4138
Safety Code Working in Compressed Air-First Revision
21. IS : 4756
Safety code for Tunneling works
22. IS : 4912
Safety requirements for Floor and Wall Openings, Railings and

toe Boards First Revision.
23. IS : 5121
Safety Code for Piling and other Deep Foundations.
24. IS : 5916
Safety Code for Construction involving use of Hot Bituminous

Materials.
25. IS : 5983
Specification for Eye Protectors First Revision.
26. IS : 6922
Structures subject to underground blasts, criteria for safety and

design of
27. IS : 7155
Code of recommended practices for conveyor safety
28. IS : 7205
Safety Code for Erection on Structural Steel Works.
OISD-192
Page 423 of 1178
Sr.no
Code No.
Title
29. IS : 7069
Safety Code for Handling and Storage of Building Materials.
30. IS : 7293
Safety Code for Working with Construction Machinery.
31. IS : 7323
Guidelines for operation of Reservoirs
32. IS : 7969
Safety code for handling and storage of building material
33. IS : 8758
Recommendation
for
Fire
Precautionary
Measures
construction of Temporary Structures and Pandals.
34. IS : 8989
Safety Code for Erection of Concrete Framed Structures.
35. IS : 9706
Code of Practices for construction of Arial ropeways for

transportation of material
36. IS : 9759
Guidelines for de-watering during construction
37. IS : 9944
Recommendations on safe working load for natural and manmade fibre roap slings
38. IS : 10291
Safety code for dress divers in civil engineering works
39. IS :10386 Part I
Safety Code for Construction, Operation and

River Valley Projects.
40. IS :10386 Part II
Safety Code for Construction, Operation and Maintenance of

River Valley Projects.
41. IS : 11057
Code of practice for Industrial safety nets
42. IS : 13415
Code of Practice on safety for Protective barriers in and around

building
43. IS : 13416
Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at

working places
OISD-192
Page 424 of 1178
in
Maintenance for
OISD GDN 207

FOR RESTRICTED
CIRCULATION ONLY
OCTOBER 2002
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
OISD GUIDELINES 207

Government of India
Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas
Page 425 of 1178
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
1.0
INTRODUCTION
2.0
SCOPE
3.0
DEFINITIONS
4.0
DUTIES / RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1
Owner
4.2
Contractor
4.3
Consultant
4.5
Designer
5.0
SAFETY MANAGEMENT
5.1
Job Safety Analysis (JSA)
5.2
Criteria of a Selection of a Contractor
5.3
Site Planning and Layout
5.4
Gate Entry Procedure
5.5
Training
5.6
Inspection / Audit
5.7
Penalties for non-compliance
5.8
Incident Reporting and Investigation System
5.9
Safety Committee Meetings
5.10
Safety Equipment / Personnel Protective Equipment
6.0
REFERENCES
Page 426 of 1178
ANNEXURE I
List of BIS codes / Statutory Regulations
ANNEXURE II
Checklist for Safety Inspection / Audit
CONTRACTOR SAFETY
1.0
INTRODUCTION
Oil and Gas operations like Drilling,

Production, Refining, Transportation and
Distribution are inherently hazardous. A
large number of contractor workforce is
deployed to carry out construction,
maintenance and other jobs. The analysis of
the incidents in the Petroleum Sector
indicates that a large number of incidents
involved contractor workforce and have
resulted in either casualty or injury besides
leading to property damage and operational
interruptions and environmental degradation.
In order to improve the safety levels of oil
installations, the contractor safety is of
utmost importance and there is a need to
institute a good contractor safety system.
on its behalf, for supervising / co-ordinating

the activities of the contractor/execution
agency.
Contractor / Executing Agency
A physical or legal person/entity having
contractual obligation with the owner, and
who deploys one or more worker on the site.
Contractor Worker
It covers all workmen who are either selfemployed or employed through contractor,
the casual workers and includes contractors
supervisor, working at a location / site
employed directly by Owner or through their
contractor.
Incident
2.0
SCOPE
This standard covers broadly the guidelines

on the management system for enhancing
the safety levels of the contractor workforce
deployed in construction, maintenance and
operation activities in the hydrocarbon
industry.
The safety precautions to be taken while
carrying out different activities during
construction / maintenance have separately
been covered in OISD-GDN-192 on "Safety
Practices during Construction".
3.0
DEFINITIONS
Work station/Work site

A place/unit where the job is carried out by
contractor/executing agency in specified
manner with safety, during construction
phase or in operation phase.
Owner
Any physical or legal person/entity for whom
prescribed job is carried out.
It shall also include owner's designated
representative / consultant /nominee / agent,
authorised from time to time to act for and
Page 427 of 1178
An incident is an unplanned, uncontrolled,

unintended or unforeseen event, caused by
unsafe acts and / or unsafe conditions,
resulting in or having the potential to result in
personal injury and/or property damage.
Consultant
Consultant is a physical or legal
person/entity engaged by owner to provide
the consultancy services to owner for
management of the contract on their behalf
or as specified.
Designer
Designer is a physical or legal person / entity
engaged by owner to provide design
services of a work site.
Owner's Representative / Engineer In
Charge
The Owners representative/Engineer-incharge is the one, who has been designated
by the owner to manage the contract.
Owner's Safety Officer
A properly trained person designated by
owner who ensures safety at work site.
viii)
To specify the requirements of

Health, Safety and Environment (HSE)
(commensurate with the nature of job)
in Pre- Qualification criteria.
ix)
To designate Engineer-in-charge
and safety officer.
The commitment to safety has to be

emphasised by the owner by practice by its
own management and employees at all
levels. The duties and responsibilities of
owner should include:
x)
To
arrange
for
a
multidisciplinary safety audit team to
conduct surprise / regular safety
audits and monitor the implementation
of the recommendations.
i)
xi)
To introduce suitable schemes

for motivation of the contractor worker
to adhere to safety guidelines.
xii)
To review safety practices & their

implementation
through
periodic
surprise visit of the work sites and
monthly review meeting.
xiii)
To develop the HSE plans and

incorporate the same in the tender
document.
xiv)
To liaise with external agencies

like press, public etc and with law
enforcement, regulatory, statutory
agencies etc.
xv)
To report to statutory agencies

on safety compliance and accidents, if
any.
4.0
DUTIES/ RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1
OWNER
4.1.1
Owners Management
To institute a mechanism for

identification and compliance of all
applicable
statutory
rules
&
regulations (Refer Annexure I for a list
of few important Bureau of Indian
Standards & statutory regulations).
ii)
To provide specific information to

contractors and make workers aware
on the hazards associated with job
assigned.
iii)
iv)
v)
To provide information about

Risk Mitigation measures available at
the place of work.
To provide the contractor with
information on Owners Safety Plan &
Regulations, Emergency Management
Plan, lockout/ tag out procedure,
confined space entry, work permit
system,
excavation/trench
permit
system etc.
To specify rules (e.g. for security
including access arrangements) and
safety rules such as fire protection,
first aid arrangements, Work Permit
systems etc.
vi)
vii)
To provide comprehensive list of

statutory regulations / standards and
specification, to be complied with
during execution of contract, in the
tender document itself.
To ensure training of the
contractor
workforce,
medical
examination, and proper usage of
safety equipment.
Page 428 of 1178
4.1.2
Owner's Representative/Engineerin-charge
The duties & responsibilities of engineer-incharge should include:

i) To
ensure
that
all
Contract
requirements including Health, Safety,
Environment & Security are complied
with.
ii) To ensure that contractor workforce
deployed is adequately qualified,
trained and in state of health to
commensurate with the requirements
of the job.
iii) To ensure that the Tools / Tackles and
Machinery being used are properly
tested and are in sound working

conditions and necessary resources
proposed for providing safe place of
work and necessary PPE are being
used.
iv) To take the required necessary
corrective action immediately upon
noticing or receipt of a report on
noncompliance or any such condition
which poses a threat to health, safety
or environment. If during the course of
execution of the contract, any
situation of non-compliance with the
contractor's safety and health plan are
noticed / reported, the same will be
taken up with the contractor for
correction. In the event of repeated
non compliance, suitable action to be
initiated as per the contract.
v) To ensure that the incidents are
reported to all concerned within
stipulated timeframe.
vi) To ensure submission of a plan for
safe working (Method Statement)
from contractor and approval of the
same by competent person /
department.
vii)
To ensure that Work Permit

System in line with OISD-STD-105 is
adhered to.
viii)
To ensure availability of all the
documentation
needed for the
execution of contract.
ix) To ensure that the quality controls
have
been
maintained
during
fabrication/erection and all jobs
required for safe commissioning have
been carried out.
x) To ensure safe dismantling of all
temporary facilities/connections put
up by the contractor, after completion
of work.
xi) To compile a report on the safety
performance (at the conclusion of
each contract or periodically such as
annually for renewable and long-term
Page 429 of 1178
contracts), which is to be considered

in future when selecting contractors.
xii)
4.1.3
To ensure that the Consultant,

contractor and sub-contractor employ
/ designate qualified & trained Safety
Engineer / Officer commensurate with
requirement of the job.
Owner's Safety Officer
The duties & responsibilities of the Owner's

Safety Officer should include:
i) To assess the hazards associated
with jobs in consultation with all
concerned and establish safe working
procedure including identification of
the escape routes.
ii) To establish a written record of factors
which can cause injuries and
illnesses.
iii) To
undertake
routine/surprise
inspections of all work sites and
identify unsafe conditions & practices,
if any. Check for compliance of the
safety practices being followed with
approved HSE Plan.
iv) To investigate promptly the incidents
(including near-miss) in order to
advise corrective and/or preventive
action.
v) To maintain statistical information for
use in analyzing all phases of
incidents
and
events involving
contract personnel.
vi) To provide the means for complying
with the reporting requirements for
occupational injuries and illnesses.
vii)
To check whether the proposed

working arrangements are safe and
satisfactory,
particularly
at
the
interface between the contractor's
planned work and owners existing
facilities.
viii)
To
communicate
to
the
Contractor the imposed restrictions
which may affect the work/personnel
such as the temporary closure of a
corridor or electrical isolation of
equipment.
ix) To review and monitor the contractor's

adherence to approved HSE plan and
all applicable environmental, health,
and safety requirements.
x) To
ensure
that
Consultant,
Contractors Managers, Supervisors
and workmen at all levels (who will
plan, monitor, oversee and carry out
the work) undergo Health, Safety and
Environmental
training
in
their
respective
responsibilities
with
respect to conducting work safely and
with due regard for the protection of
the environment.
xi) To identify areas of operations where
specialized training is required to deal
with potential dangers.
xii)
To document and to bring to the

attention of the Owner's Supervisor
and
Contractor
any
noncompliance/violation of the safety
norms against approved safety and
health plan or safety and health
requirements and also raise these
issues in the Safety Committee
Meetings.
xiii)
To take part in Tool Box
Meetings at random and to ensure
maintenance of records.
4.2
CONTRACTOR
4.2.1
Contractor's Management
iii) To nominate qualified & trained Safety

Engineers / Officers reporting to the
Site in charge, for supervision, coordination and, liaison for the
implementation of the safety plan.
Similar HSE Plan should be
implemented at the sub- contractors
or suppliers site /office. However the
compliance with the HSE Plan is to be
the sole responsibility of the
Contractor.
iv) To arrange suitable facilities in liaison
with the owner for drinking water,
toilets, lighting, canteen, crche etc as
applicable as per Laws/ Legislation at
site and also arrange for workmen
compensation insurance, third party
liability insurance, registration under
ESI / PF act etc as applicable.
v) To arrange for fire protection
equipment as per the advice of owner.
vi) To ensure that its employees have
completed appropriate health and
safety training as required by the
statute / regulation and also as per
requirements of the Owner /
Consultant. The documentation of
such training imparted to all its
employees should be maintained and
produced for verification as required.
vii)
Duties & responsibilities of the contractor

should include the following:
i) To implement safe methods and
practices,
deploy
appropriate
machinery,
tools
&
tackles,
experienced supervisory personnel
and skilled work force etc. required for
execution.
ii) To prepare a comprehensive and
documented plan for implementation,
monitoring and reporting of Health,
Safety and Environment (HSE) and
implement the same after its approval.
Page 430 of 1178
To comply with all the security

arrangements of owner.
viii)
To ensure that the plant and
equipment used on-site by him / his
employees is correctly registered,
controlled and maintained in sound
working condition.
ix) To ensure availability of First Aid
boxes and First Aid trained attendant.
x) To ensure that all incidents including
near misses are reported to all
concerned immediately.
In construction projects where subcontractors are engaged, the contractor
should set out the responsibilities, duties
and safety measures that are expected of
the sub-contractors workforce. These

measures should include the provision and
use of specific safety equipment, methods of
carrying out specific tasks on safety and the
inspection and appropriate use of tools.
The responsibilities indicated separately
under contractors Supervisor, Safety Officer
and contract worker are contractually that of
the Contractor and legally binding on the
Contractor only. However the specific
detailing as above has been given
separately for guidance and operational
convenience.
The selection of sub contractors, if
employed, should be approved by the
owner. Sub-contractor should comply fully
with all safety rules and conditions
applicable to the main contractor.
4.2.2
Contractors Supervisor / Safety

Officer
Duties & responsibilities of the Contractors

supervisor/Safety Officer should include the
following:
i) To ensure strict compliance with work
permit system by carrying out work
only with appropriate work permits
and after ensuring that all safety
precautions / conditions in the permit
are complied with and closing the
same after job completion.
vi) To take immediate action to correct

any violation of safety rules observed
or reported.
vii)
To ensure that the workers likely

to be exposed to hazardous
chemicals/materials have access to
appropriate Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS), wherever applicable,
and provide necessary mitigation
measures.
viii)
To ensure inspection and
certification of all tools (hand operated
as well as mechanically operated)
being used. Defective tools shall be
immediately removed.
ix) To ensure that appropriate warning
signboards or tags are displayed.
x) To ensure that workers have proper
training for their job assignments,
including use of appropriate PPE and
first aid fire fighting equipment.
xi) To comply with all applicable safety
and
health
standards,
rules,
regulations and orders issued by
competent authority pertaining to the
assigned activities.
xii)
To ensure that sick and/or

injured workers receive appropriate
first aid and/or medical attention.
ii) To ensure that required guards and

protective equipment are provided,
used, and properly maintained.
xiii)
To report each incident and/or
injury in accordance with established
procedures and assist in investigation.
iii) To ensure that tools and equipment

are properly maintained and tested.
xiv)
To take necessary action for
correction of any unsafe act /
condition at the workplace. However,
in case the same is outside the limits
of authority, it should be reported to
Owners
Engineer-in-charge
immediately.
iv) To plan the workload and assign

workers to jobs in commensuration
with their qualification, experience and
state of health.
v) To
ensure
that
the
workers
understand the work to be done, the
hazards that may be encountered,
and the proper precautions/procedure
for carrying out the work safely.
Page 431 of 1178
xv)
To conduct daily inspections to

ensure compliance with safety
standards, codes, regulations, rules
and orders applicable to the work
concerned.
iii) To wear PPE as stipulated and

necessary for the job.
xvi)
To ensure that workers under
their supervision are aware of their
responsibilities.
iv) To inform promptly to their supervisor

regarding all work related incidents
resulting in personal injury, illness
and/or property damage.
xvii)
To arrange daily tool box
meeting and regular site safety
meetings and maintain records in the
required formats. (Refer Clause 5.9.1)
v) To take all necessary and appropriate

safety
precautions
to
protect
themselves, other personnel and the
environment.
xviii)
To arrange stand-by supervisor/
worker where situations so demand.
xix)
To develop methods and display
banners/posters to inculcate safety
consciousness.
xx)
To attend training and ensure

participation of his workers for training
as per schedule arranged by the
Owner / Consultant and keeps himself
updated.
xxi)
To keep records of number of
persons working at the site.
xxii)
To keep a constant liaison with
Engg-in-charge
/
owners
representative on safety issues.
xxiii)
To maintain accident & nearmiss
record in a register.
xxiv)
To ensure that only PPE of the
approved type by owner is used at
site.
A separate Safety Officer should
assigned, where more than 100 workers
employed at site. For smaller jobs,
supervisor should assume the role of
safety officer also.
4.2.3
be
are
the
the
the
the
i) To perform work safely as per the job

requirement and instructions.
The activities and responsibilities covered

under the scope of the Owner may be
delegated to the consultant in those cases
as applicable, based on the respective
contract
conditions.
The
primary
responsibility of Consultant is to ensure
compliance with agreed HSE plan for the
contract by the Contractor. However those
responsibilities conferred on Owner as
Principal employer cannot be delegated to
consultant.
Where the consultants scope involves
Engineering and Design, those factors under
Designer should also be applicable.
In all cases, the Consultant's scope should
include submission of latest HSE plans for
work under his and Contractor's purview and
implementing the same till job completion. It
should conform to owner's overall HSE plan.
This should include Guidelines and
Implementation and Reporting Methodology
to be followed with required report formats.
The Consultant shall review the documents

submitted by the contractor and advise
owner on acceptance as well as advise
suitability and number of Contractor's safety
officers / supervisors.
4.4
ii) To inform all concerned regarding

unsafe conditions/acts.
Page 432 of 1178
CONSULTANT
Adequate number of Safety Officers shall be

provided by the Consultant with necessary
skills required for the work to be performed.
Contract workers
The duties & responsibilities of

contractor worker should include
following:
4.3
DESIGNER
The Process Designer should identify all

hazards and risks likely to be encountered
during
fabrication,
erection
including
dismantling,
Pre-commissioning,
commissioning and Performance run to
meet the Guarantees and advise the risk
mitigation measures.
All the hazards and safety measures to be
adopted
while
handling
Dangerous
chemicals and Catalysts should be detailed
by the Process Licensor and the same
should be again included in the scope of the
suppliers. Specific write ups/MSDS should
be obtained from Patented single source
suppliers also.
Designs should recognize, include and apply
safe
practice
during
preparation,
construction and subsequent operational
use and maintenance after completion of the
Project.
All documents including drawings and
calculations are to be originated, checked
and approved in accordance with latest
international
codes,
standards,
specifications and design basis philosophy.
Preferred use of low risk materials, policy
on hazardous substances, preferred use
of low noise and dust-suppressed
equipment etc. should be encouraged.
5.0
SAFETY MANAGEMENT
5.1
JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS (JSA)
Job safety analysis (JSA) provides a

mechanism by which the contractor, safety
officer or supervisor take a detailed look at
how an individual task is performed and its
inherent hazards and preventive measures.
This procedure helps in integrating accepted
safety and health principles and practices
into a particular operation. In a JSA, each
step of the job is examined to identify
potential hazards and to determine the
safest way to do the job.
A job safety analysis includes five steps as
below:
Select a job
Break the job down into a sequence of
steps
Identify the hazards against each of
these steps (based on knowledge of
Page 433 of 1178
5.2
accident, causes of injuries and personal

experience)
and
determine
the
preventive measures to overcome these
hazards
Apply the controls to the hazards
Evaluate the controls
CRITERIA OF SELECTION OF A
CONTRACTOR
Contractor Safety can be ensured to a

large extent if competent agency for
execution of assignment or job, based on
HSE system agreed upon by owner, is
selected. It is necessary to assess his
capabilities and competencies to perform
work safely.
A databank should be developed for all the
contractors for their past performance on
HSE aspects. An attempt should also be
made to get similar data from other similar
industries.
The data required will depend upon
complexity involved in the job and type / size
of resources required. Format needs to be
suitably developed depending upon size,
nature of the job & hazard associated
therein. The format designed should also
take care of the skill required to carry out the
job.
Performance review is essential for all type
of contractors. It helps in recording actual
performance/experience with contractors
while the contract is in progress. It is
essential that resources agreed as per the
contract are reviewed at mobilization stage
for ensuring compliance from the day one
and thorough effective supervision /
monitoring system are at place.
This activity also helps in taking timely action
in case of unsatisfactory performance to
correct the situation and ensure safe work
during execution period and deciding about
suitability of the contractor for future jobs.
The periodicity of such performance review
will depend upon size/type/complexity of
contract. However, the performance should
be reviewed at least at mobilisation stage
and at the end of the contract.
5.3
vii)
SITE PLANNING AND LAYOUT
Before starting the construction/maintenance

job at existing workplace in operation or
green field locations, following should be
ensured: i) Details
regarding
location
of
workshop/ fabrication yard, site office,
stores,
laboratory,
electrical
installations,
placement
of
construction machinery, medical and
welfare facilities, lighting underground
and above ground piping route, cable
route etc. should be decided prior to
commencement of the work in
consultation with owner / Consultants
and
implementation should be
ensured. Layout should be displayed
at strategic locations.
ii) The resources required to meet any
emergency situations like fire fighting,
first aid etc. should be planned and
mobilized as per the job requirement.
iii) The sequence or order in which work
to be done and any hazardous
operations or processes should be
identified.
iv) Free access to site shall be provided
with clear roads, passage, gangways,
staircases etc. Access to construction
site should be leveled, open and free
from
any
obstructions
like
construction material or scrap/waste,
exposure to hazards such as falling
materials,
material
handling
equipment and vehicles. Any pit or
ditch shall be covered or barricaded.
v) Arrangements should be made to
maintain good housekeeping at site.
Scrap and debris generated out of
construction
work
should
be
removed/disposed off at a regular
interval as directed. Emergency exit
should be provided in case of
blockade of primary exit.
vi) Suitable warning notices and also the
routes to and from welfare facilities
should be displayed prominently.
Page 434 of 1178
Pedestrian pathways and routes

for vehicular traffic (light/heavy
vehicles including material handling
equipment) should be earmarked.
viii)
Artificial lighting to be provided at
places where work continues or
workers pass by after sunset or in
case natural light is insufficient like
confined spaces.
ix) Keep all equipment /machines under
cover to prevent them from dust,
rain/flood water, heat etc. and follow
storage instructions as applicable for
each of them.
5.4
GATE ENTRY PROCEDURE
Gate entry at any site / workplace / unit is to

be restricted to ensure entry of only
authorised persons / vehicles.
5.4.1 Entry procedure for all contractor
worker should be as follows:
A. Issuance of Pass
i) The passes are to be issued after the
owners
representative/engineer-incharge forwards the application of the
contractor providing complete details
of the workers being engaged. The
contractor may be asked to submit
Character & Antecedents (C&A)
verification of individual worker from
concerned authorities.
ii) With regard to issuance of passes for
all
vehicles
including
material
handling
equipment,
owners
representative / engineer-in-charge
should forward the application only
after ensuring that all documents
pertaining to the fitness of the
vehicle/equipment and valid driving
license of the driver etc. are available.
iii) The passes should be serially
numbered with address, contractor
name, identification mark, signature of
the worker etc.
iv) Special colour code for passes should
be used for persons entering different
taken with two copies (one for

preparing the pass and other for
attachment with gate register).
Specific advice and recommendation
of User Department may be given due
cognizance. Relevant details are to
be written. The pass should be
collected back at the gate after days
work.
areas like Administrative Block, Unit

area,
Project
Area
(wherever
applicable).
v) Contractor workers engaged on
routine basis for long periods should
be provided with monthly photo pass.
vi) Special permit is required separately
for working beyond normal working
hours and holidays.
5.4.2
Tank
Truck
Operation :
Loading
(TTL)
B. Gate Entry
i) Entry of the contractors employees
should be permitted with valid gate
passes only.
At the loading / unloading location, a large

no. of Tank Trucks of petroleum products
enter the installation. Crew members are
generally not regular entrants.
The
procedure should be as follows:
ii) Entry of contractors workers should

be allowed in presence of authorized
representative of contractor.
i)
The gate pass should be issued to the

individual crew members on written
request
of
the
transporter
mentioning TT registration nos.,
License and certificate of training as
per MV rule 9.
ii)
Character & Antecedent (C & A)

verification of the TTL crew through
local police is to be done preferably
and record maintained.
iii)
For
loading/unloading
purpose,
register entry at security gate is
made before allowing entry into the
premises with recording of names of
crew members, time of entry, pass
Sr. No., TT no. etc.
iv)
For loading/unloading, crew is allowed

entry alongwith TT only, after
checking
of
TT
from
explosive/security point of view.
v)
Out time, invoice no., Destination etc.,

are recorded while TTs go out of the
security gate.
iii) Records of persons at the time of

entry/exit should be maintained.
iv) At the entry gate of the location, a
physical checking for non-carrying of
lighter, matchboxes, explosives etc.
should be carried out.
v) Gate passes/Identity Cards should be
displayed on persons at all the times.
vi) For Mega-projects at existing /
operating installations, it is preferable
to have a separate gate for entry of
contractor workers and also the
project areas should be segregated
fencing from operational area by
fencing / other physical means.
vii)
No vehicle should be allowed to

enter in an operational area without
proper flame arrestor.
viii)
Awareness on Safety through
training / posters etc. highlighting Do's
and Don'ts should be spread within
entire
contractor
workforce.
Video/Audio tapes on Safety Topics
should be played preferably.
ix) For occasionally engaged labourers
such as for material handling etc.,
spot photograph may be preferably
Page 435 of 1178
5.5
TRAINING
Training is to educate contractor workforce

on various hazards associated with the
job/workplace and on the respective
preventive / mitigation measures to avoid
untoward incidents.
equipment
and
protective
clothing provided to the worker;
i) Workers should be adequately and

suitably:
(a)
informed of potential safety and

health hazards to which they may
be exposed to at their workplace;
(b)
instructed and trained in the

measures available for the
prevention, control and protection
against those hazards.
ii) No person should be employed in any

work at a workplace unless that
person has received the necessary
information, instruction and training so
as to be able to do the work
competently and safely.
The
competent authority should, in
collaboration with employers, promote
training programs to enable all the
workers to read and understand the
information / instructions related to
safety and health matters.
iii) The information, instruction and
training should be given in a language
understood by the worker and written,
Oral,
visual
and
participative
approaches should be used to ensure
that the worker has assimilated the
information.
iv) Every
worker
should
receive
instruction and training regarding the
general safety and health measures
common to the workplace.
This
should include:
(f)
general measures for personal

hygiene and health protection;
(g)
fire precautions to be taken;
(h)
action to be taken in case of an

emergency;
(i)
requirements of relevant safety

and health rules and regulations.
Copies of the relevant safety and health

rules, regulations and procedures should be
available
to
workers
upon
the
commencement of and upon any change of
employment.
5.5.1
Training Techniques
a)
Lectures
This technique should be applied when it is

required to transfer information in local
language to a large contractor workforce
with controlled content and time.
b)
Case Study
This is an effective technique based on the

presentation of case of real events by
Trainer to highlight probable causes like
Human Error, ignorance about the job etc.
c) Videos
(a)
general rights and duties of

workers at the workplace;
(b)
means of access and egress

both during normal working and
in an emergency;
(c)
measures
housekeeping;
(d)
location and proper use of

welfare amenities and first aid
facilities provided;
(e)
proper use and care of the items

of
personnel
protective
Page 436 of 1178
for
good
Videos,
an
effective
technique
of
communication, should be used to display
the right techniques of performing a task in a
safe manner and hazards associated with a
job.
d)
Demonstration at site
Right way to do a job should invariably be

demonstrated to workers at the site itself.
The right way is also a safe way. Hazards
due to wrong procedures, short cuts and
their adverse effects etc. should also be
highlighted.
5.5.2
A.
Training/Awareness Module and

Frequency
General Safety Training to all
categories of contractor employees
should be imparted before induction
and annually thereafter. No person
should be allowed to enter the
installation without undergoing this
training. This training program may
cover:
i)
Mandatory uses of PPE like Cotton

clothes, Helmet, Safety Shoes, Safety
Belts etc.
ii)
Probable Hazards
iii)
Important Telephone No / Escape

route
iv)
First Aid
v)
Use of Fire extinguisher
Contractor Supervisor
Contractor Supervisor should

accordance with the provision
5.1.1.2, 5.2.7, 5.3.10, 5.6.12
OISD-STD-154 on 'Safety
Functional Training'
C.
be trained in
of clause no.
and 5.7.8 of
Aspects in
D.
Yearly training programme should be carried

out for contractor worker and the records
should be maintained.
The training
programme should cover at least the
following:
ii)
Worker responsibility for safety

of himself and work area.
Associated hazards with the job
and job
area including
electrical shock hazards.
Page 437 of 1178
iv)
Communication system at the

installation
v)
Fire / Accident
procedure
vi)
General Safety rules
vii)
Safety
Measures
during
execution of job such as:
Welding / Cutting / Grinding

Working at height
X ray / radiation
Erection / Dismantling of
scaffolding
Tank construction and repairs
Handling of chemicals etc.
Reporting
viii)
Importance & use of PPE
ix)
Emergency Routes
x)
Assembly Points
xi)
Job Specific Training

Consultant / Contractor
Awareness program should be carried out

for Consultant / Contractor at the time of
induction. This program should cover at
least the following:
i)
Responsibility of contractor for safety

of their personnel and work area
ii)
Hazardous property of Petroleum

products and chemical used
iii)
Communication system
iv)
Fire / Accident Reporting procedure
v)
Medical facility available
vi)
Statutory requirements
Contractor Worker
i)
Importance of First Aid fire

fighting equipment, their use &
operations
The contractor workers, if engaged in

operation of the plants/facilities, should be
trained in line with Clause No. 4.6 of OISDGDN-206 on Safety Management System.
For other categories of contractor workers,
training modules for different category
employees are as follows:
B.
iii)
vii)
Importance of First Aid equipment and

required at the site
viii)
Work Permit system
ix)
Direct/ Indirect losses due to accident
x)
Safety Measures while executing the

jobs such as:
-
xi)
Welding / Cutting / Grinding

Working at height
X ray / radiation
Erection / Dismantling of
scaffolding
Tank construction and repairs
Handling of chemicals etc.
electrical jobs
Safety training needs

supervisors and workers
of
their
xii)
Importance & Use of PPE at the site
xiii)
General Safety rules at the installation
through site inspection using ready-made

check lists to ensure that contractors /
agencies abide by the safety rules and
norms while working at operating /
construction sites.
A checklist, while carrying out different type
of jobs, should be developed based on
hazards associated with the job being
performed and requirements as per OISDGDN-192 on "Safety Practices during
Construction". Typical format is enclosed at
Annexure II, which should be modified to suit
the requirement of the site / job to be done.
Before starting the work and at regular
intervals
thereafter,
Contractors
Supervisor/safety Officer and Owner's
representative / Engineer-in charge/safety
Officer should inspect as per the checklist so
prepared to ensure that contractor has
prepared to start the work with all safety
precaution required for safe execution of job.
5.7
Security Personnel
Training program should be carried out for

Security personnel at the time of induction
and annually thereafter and the records
should be maintained. The training program
should cover at least the following:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
5.6
Layout of Plant and Facilities

Vulnerable locations
Safety regulations (Statutory and in
company)
Fire
Protection
Facilities
and
Locations
Role in case of Fire / Disaster
Emergency Procedure and Drills
Industrial First Aid
Use
of
Personnel
Protective
Equipment
Disaster Management Plan
INSPECTION / AUDIT
Inspection / Audit is a tool to evaluate

compliance of all safety requirements. Most
of the information could be gathered
Page 438 of 1178
PENALTIES
COMPLIANCE
FOR
NON-
Financial or other type of penalties like

seizure of gate passes, stoppage of work for
a limited period etc. may be levied on the
contractors or their workers for noncompliance of safety rules. A provision of
suitable accident severity based penalty
clause for contractor may be incorporated to
ensure adherence of systems and
procedures.
A few of the usual noncompliance are as follows:
-- Non-usage of PPEs like Safety helmet /
Safety shoes / Safety goggles /
Respiratory protection etc. by the
contractor personnel
--
Non-usage of the safety belt and life line

by the workers while working at height
--
Non-provision
of
basic
safety
requirement such as 24 V lamp for
working in confined space, uncertified /
non standard lifting tools, earth leakage
protection & earthing connections for
electrical appliances as per Indian
Electricity Rules, emergency isolation
switches etc.
--
Violation of Safety Permit conditions like

Fire fighting equipment
--
Non-barricading of area while rigging,

digging etc.
attend these meetings on random basis.

Tool box meeting should be conducted more
frequently depending upon circumstances.
Record of the same can be maintained in
the following typical format.
--
Working without valid work permit
TOOLBOX MEETING FORM
--
Unauthorised road closure/blockage
SUBJECT
PRESENTER
DATE
TIME
CONTENT IN BRIEF
5.8
INCIDENT
REPORTING
INVESTIGATION SYSTEM
AND
All the incidents including near-miss should

be reported immediately by contractors
Supervisor to Contractor and owners
Supervisor/Engineer-in-charge, who should
inform to Owners Safety Officer and owners
Management. Owners Safety Department
will be required for onward reporting as per
OISD, Statutory requirements.
All accidents regardless of the extent of
injury or damage should be investigated in
order to find probable causes, lessons learnt
thereof and remedial measures required to
prevent its recurrence.
The incident investigation should be done as
per provision of clause no. 4.12 of OISDGDN-206 on 'Safety Management System' .
All the recommendations of investigation /
Enquiry Report need to be monitored closely
for its implementation. A proper record
needs to be maintained to ensure
implementation of all the recommendations
and same should be reviewed from time to
time.
5.9
SAFETY COMMITTEE MEETINGS
Following three type of safety committee

meetings should be held aiming at raising
the level of safety consciousness at the site:
5.9.1
Toolbox meeting
To maintain awareness, update training and

convey important safety and health
information, contractor supervisors should
conduct tool box meetings at least weekly
and also prior to start of any work. All the
contractor workers should attend this
meeting. The owners supervisor/Engineerin-charge and safety officers should also
Page 439 of 1178
:
:
:
: From.. To..
:
Participants Name
Signature
----------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------
5.9.2
Primary purpose of this safety committee is

to enable owner, contractor and workers to
work together to monitor the site safety and
health plan so as to prevent accidents and
improve working condition on site. Its size
and membership will depend on the size and
nature of job.
The safety committee should include
representatives of owner, consultant,
contractor
identified
as
safety
officer/supervisor. It should be headed by
Engineer-in-charge.
The safety committee should have regular
and frequent meetings, atleast fortnightly, to
discuss the safety and health program on
site and to make suggestions for
improvement. The meetings should be
documented with a time bound action plan.
The functions carried out by
safety
committee should include:
i) Review compliance of pending items
of last Safety meetings.
ii) Consideration of the reports of safety
personnel.
iii) Discussion of accident/near-miss and
illness reports in order to make
appropriate
recommendation
for
prevention.
iv) Examination/evaluation of suggestions

made by workers.
2)
OISD-GDN-192 on Safety During

Construction
v) Dissemination of acquired knowledge

through training programs and
information sharing sessions.
3)
OISD-STD-155
Part(I&II)
on
Personnel Protective Equipment
4)
Building & Other Construction

workers (Regulation of Employment
& Condition of Service) Act 1996
vi) Discussion & review of Fire Prevention

& Disaster Management Plan.
vii)
5.9.3
To send recommendation to
Apex
Body
for
consideration/approvals.
Safety
Review
Location Head
Meeting
by
This meeting should be headed by the

Location head and attended by Owners
Supervisor/Engineer-in-charge,
owners
safety Officer and all concerned department
heads. Prime purpose of this review is to
ensure that all the recommendations of
various committees are being complied with
and to take decisions on critical points
raised. This meeting should take place at
least once in every quarter.
All the
investigation reports/ audit findings with
status
of
implementation
of
recommendations should be discussed.
5.10
SAFETY
EQUIPMENT
/
PERSONNEL
PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT
The type of safety equipment to be used is

decided based on the job requirement.
Selection should be made based on OISDGDN-192, OISD-STD-155 (Part I & II) and
the job requirement. Safety equipment /
Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) shall
be of approved make. Contractor shall
provide necessary training to each employee
regarding proper usage and upkeep of PPE
including its limitation.
A register showing stock and issue of PPE
should be maintained by the contractor at
site and must be available for inspection.
6.0
REFERENCES
1)
OISD-GDN-206
on
Management System
Page 440 of 1178
Safety
ANNEXURE I
LIST OF SAFETY CODES FOR CIVIL WORKS PUBLISHED BY BUREAU OF
INDIAN STANDARDS
Sl.no.
1
Code No.
IS: 818
Title
Code of Practice for Safety and Health Requirements in Electric
and Gas Welding and Cutting Operations First Revision.
IS: 875
Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Masonry

walls
IS: 933
Specification for Portable Chemical Fire Extinguisher, Foam

Type Second Revision.
IS: 1179
Specification for Equipment for Eye and Face Protection during

Welding First Revision
IS: 1904
Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Shallow

foundations
IS: 1905
Code of practice for Structural safety of buildings: Masonry

walls
IS: 1989 Part II
Leather Safety Boots and shoes for heavy metal industry
IS: 2171
Specification for Portable Fire Extinguishers, Dry Powder Type

Second Revision
IS: 2361
Specification of Building Grips First Revision
10
IS: 2750
Specification for Steel Scaffoldings
11
IS: 2925
Specification for Industrial Safety Helmets First Revision
12
IS: 3016
Code of Practice for Fires Precautions in Welding and Cutting

Operations First Revision
13
IS: 3521
Industrial Safety Belts and harnesses
14
IS: 3696 Part I
Safety Code for Scaffolds and Ladders: Part I Scaffolds
15
IS: 3696 Part II
Safety Code for Scaffolds and Ladders: Part II Ladders
16
IS: 3764
Safety Code for Excavation Work
17
IS: 4014 Part I & II
Code of Practice for Steel Tubular Scaffolding
18
IS: 4081
Safety Code for Blasting and Related Drilling Operations
19
IS: 4082
Recommendations on stacking and storage of construction

materials at site
20
IS: 4130
Safety Code for Demolition of Buildings First Revision
21
IS: 4138
Safety Code for working in compressed air First Revision
Page 441 of 1178
22
IS: 4756
Safety Code for Tunneling works
23
IS: 4912
Safety requirements for Floor and Wall openings, Railings and

toe boards First Revision
24
IS: 5216 Part I & II
Recommendations on safety procedures and practices in

electrical work
25
IS: 5121
Safety code for piling and other deep foundations
26
IS: 5916
Safety Code for Construction involving use of Hot Bituminous

materials
27
IS: 6994 Part I
Specifications for safety gloves: Part I Leather and Cotton

gloves
28
IS: 5983
Specification for Eye Protectors First Revision
29
IS: 6922
Criteria for safety and design of structures subject to

underground blasts
30
IS: 7155
Code of recommended practices for conveyor safety
31
IS: 7205
Safety Code for Erection on Structural Steel Works
32
IS: 7069
Safety Code for Handling and Storage of Building Materials
33
IS: 7293
Safety Code for Working with Construction Machinery
34
IS: 7323
Guidelines for operation of Reservoirs
35
IS: 7969
Safety Code for handling and storage of building materials
36
IS: 8758
Recommendation for Fire Precautionary Measures in

construction of Temporary Structures and Pandals
37
IS: 8989
Safety Code for Erection of Concrete Framed Structures
38
IS: 9706
Code of Practices for construction of Arial ropeways for

transportation of material
39
IS: 9759
Guidelines for de-watering during construction
40
IS: 9944
Recommendations on safe working load for natural and

manmade fibre rope slings
41
IS: 10667
Guide for selection of industrial safety equipment for protection

foot and leg
42
IS: 10291
Safety Code for dress divers in civil engineering works
43
IS: 10386 Part I
Safety Code for Construction, Operation and Maintenance for

River Valley Projects
44
IS: 10386 Part II
Safety Code for Construction, Operation and Maintenance for
Page 442 of 1178
River Valley Projects

45
IS: 11057
Code of Practice for Industrial Safety Nets
46
IS: 13415
Code of Practice on safety for Protective barriers in and around

building
47
IS: 13416
Recommendations for preventive measures against hazards at

working places
Statutory Regulations
Latest Statutory Acts and Rules, as given below, may be referred:1. The Petroleum Acts 1934 and Petroleum Rules 2002
2. The Factory Act, 1948 (As amended by Factory Amendment Act 1987) and concerned
Factory Rules
3. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act 1974 & Rules 1975
4. The Environment (Protection) Act 1986
5. The Manufacturing, Storage and Import of Hazardous Rules 1989
6. The Hazardous Wastes Management (Management & Handling) Rules 1989
7. The Indian Electricity Act 1901 and Rules 1956
8. The Indian Explosive Acts, 1884 & The Indian Explosive Rules 1983
9. The Gas Cylinder Rules 1981and the static & Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired) Rules 1981
10. The Indian Boiler Act 1923 and Regulations 1950
11. The Public Liability Act 1991 as amended in 1992
12. The Motor Vehicle act 1988 and Central Motor Vehicle rules 1989
13. Building & Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment & Condition of Service)
Act 1996
In addition to above, various other statutory acts like EPF, ESIS, Minimum wage act and other
local statutory requirements shall also be complied with.
Page 443 of 1178
ANNEXURE II
CHECK LIST FOR SAFETY INSPECTION / AUDIT
Job ___________ Location _______________ Date of Audit______Frequency _____________
Inspected by __________________
Sl.no.
Contractor (s) __________________________
ITEM
YES
NO
NA
1.0
PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE):

Are following PPEs being used as per the job requirements?
1.1
Safety Helmets
1.2
Safety Shoes
1.3
Gum Boots
1.4
Safety Belts with life line
1.5
Gloves
1.6
Ear Plug
1.7
Goggles
1.8
Shield Glass
1.9
Face Protection
1.10
Breathing Apparatus
1.11
Canister Mask
1.12
Hand wash / Eye wash/ Respirating filter /

cloth
1.13
Boiler Suit
1.14
Others
2.0
HOUSE KEEPING
2.1
Whether Waste Bins are provided / used
2.2
Are Passageways / Walkways clear?
2.3
Is General neatness O.K.?
2.4
Is the Ground free from oil, grease etc.

and is not found to be slippery?
2.5
Others
Page 444 of 1178
REMARKS /
ACTION
3.0
EXCAVATION
3.1
Whether soil stability is checked?
3.2
Whether proper shoring for the excavation

is provided to prevent cave-in for side of
slope >45 Degree?
3.3
Whether proper precautions have been

taken if the excavation is adjoining to
heavy structure like building, street and
roadways?
3.4
While excavating whether proper slope

usually 450 & suitable benches of 0.5 m
width at each 1.5 m depth are provided?
3.5
Whether barricading of 1m height with

glowing caution board is provided for
excavation beyond 1.5m depth?
3.6
Whether excavating earth is placed

beyond 1m of the edge of the trench?
3.7
Whether heavy vehicle movement is

restricted to come too close to the
excavating area?
3.8
Whether necessary precaution is taken

for underground pipes, sewers, cables by
contractors?
3.9
Whether excavation hot work permit is

taken?
3.10
Whether extra precaution is taken for

bailing
out
water
properly
while
excavating?
3.11
During rains whether the excavation is

done with extra precaution to prevent
caving in?
3.12
Whether two separate entry/ exit points

with necessary ladders / steps, as per
requirement, have been provided?
3.13
Whether one person is available at all the

time to communicate any hazards noticed
with workers working in deep trenches or
excavation?
3.14
Whether
Page 445 of 1178
necessary
precautions
like
regular gas testing are being taken in

areas having hydrocarbons and LPG so
that no gas accumulation takes place in
the trenches.
3.15
Whether IS: 4081-1986 & Indian

Explosive act & rules for storage, handling
& carrying of explosive material and
execution of blasting operation is
followed?
3.16
Whether in case of mechanised

excavation, caution board is provided for
dos and donts like Nobody to enter
within one meter of the extreme reach?
3.17
Whether the following are inspected

during excavation work :a) Boulder formation encountered
b) Collapsing / development of cracks of
sides
c) Marked damage to support
d) Unexpected fall of ground
e) Inspection of site after each blast.
3.18
Others
4.0
PERMITS
4.1
Whether valid work permit is issued to

start any work?
4.2
Whether all conditions of the permit are

fulfilled before starting the job?
4.3
As noted in the permit, whether

compliance of all the recommendations
are ensured?
4.4
Whether permits are available at work site

all the times?
4.5
Whether hot work permit registered in fire

station?
4.6
Whether permits are being closed after

the completion of job?
4.7
Others
5.0
SAFETY IN CUTTING / WELDING/GRINDING
5.1
Whether LPG / Oxygen / Acetylene/ Gas
Page 446 of 1178
cylinders are kept outside only while

working in confined space?
5.2
Are Acetylene /LPG cylinders kept in

upright
position
and
secured
at
designated places under shed wet
gunny bags wrapped around it if the same
is under sun at designated place?
5.3
Check cylinder and cylinder valves for any

kind of damage?
5.4
Whether protective valves are kept on

cylinder while not in use?
5.5
Whether proper means and method for

transportation of cylinders to avoid
dropping and rolling are being adopted /
followed?
5.6
Whether gas cylinders,

regulators are
kept away/free from oil and grease?
5.7
Whether all hoses were found to be free

of any damage or crack?
5.8
Whether oxygen and acetylene cylinders

are stored separately?
5.9
Whether color coding is being used for

easy identification of different type of
cylinders and hoses?
5.10
Whether cylinder keys are available near

the cylinder?
5.11
Whether gas torches with NRV with flash

back arrestor of approved make are only
being used?
5.12
Whether pressure gauges are in working

condition and checked from time to time?
5.13
Whether welding shields are used while

welding?
5.14
Whether proper earthing for welding

machines are provided?
5.15
Whether power is taken from approved

sources (welding receptacles)?
5.16
Whether welding receptacles are properly

grounded?
Page 447 of 1178
5.17
Whether welding cables are maintained in

good condition and without any joints/
cuts?
5.18
Whether to avoid short circuit, welding

machines are protected against rain?
5.19
Whether earth connectors are securely

connected to the job and not to the
adjoining pipeline or structure?
5.20
Whether flame arrestor of DG set is of

approved make and quality?
5.21
Others
6.0
SAND / SHOT BLASTING
6.1
Whether sand blasting is used only after

getting
approval
from
competent
authority?
6.2
Whether air compressor used for sand /

shot blasting are positioned away from
work place?
6.3
Whether exhaust of the prime mover is

directed away from the work place?
6.4
Whether in case of
motor driven
compressor, the body of the motor as well
as the compressor is properly earthed?
6.5
Whether line operator of sand/shot

blasting wear suitable PPEs including
mask?
6.6
Whether adequate measures are adopted

to confine dust/spray particles?
6.7
Whether adequate measures are taken

for proper ventilation while the work is
done in confined space?
6.8
Others
7.0
SAFETY WHILE WORKING AT HEIGHTS / SCAFFOLDING / LADDERS
7.1
Whether work permit is obtained to take

up work at height above 3 mts?
7.2
Whether steel pipes scaffoldings are used

in unit/off site areas?
Page 448 of 1178
7.3
Whether provision for suitable platform

with all scaffoldings are made? Whether
its construction is as per specification with
toe board and railing?
7.4
Whether the area below working at height

is cordoned?
7.5
Whether suitable platform is provided?
7.6
Whether ISI approved quality and good

condition safety belts are used while
working at heights?
7.7
Whether life line of safety belt is

Anchored to an independent secured
support capable of withstanding load of a
falling person?
7.8
Whether the area around the scaffold is

cordoned off to prohibit the entry of
unauthorized person?
7.9
Whether ropes used are of good condition

and adequate strength free of defects?
7.10
Whether ladder is placed at secured and

leveled surface?
7.11
Whether it is extended 1.5 Mts. Above the

landing point?
7.12
Whether ladder used are of adequate

length and tying short ladder is avoided?
7.13
Whether metallic ladders are placed away

from electrical system?
7.14
Whether tools or materials are removed

after completion of the days job at
heights?
7.15
Whether a valid permit is obtained before

taking up work on asbestos or fragile
roof?
7.16
Whether sufficient precaution is taken

while working on fragile roof?
7.17
Whether provision is made to arrange

duck ladder, crawling board for working at
fragile roof?
7.18
Whether scaffolding has been erected on

rigid / firm / levelled surfaces only?
Page 449 of 1178
7.19
Whether scaffold has been inspected by

competent person prior to being put in
use?
7.20
Whether the scaffolding has

designed for the load to be borne?
7.21
Whether the erection and dismantling of

the scaffolding is being done only by
trained persons and under supervision?
7.22
Whether safety net with proper working

arrangement and life line has been
provided?
7.23
Others
8.0
SAFETY IN CONFINED SPACE
8.1
Whether a permit is obtained to enter a

confined space?
8.2
Whether gas test for hydrocarbon, toxic

gas, oxygen level is obtained before
entering any confined space?
8.3
Whether
ensured
entering?
like using
ensured?
8.4
Whether, in case of chance of ingress of

hydrocarbon gases / toxic gases,
Personnel Monitoring System (PMS) is
used or not?
8.5
Whether only in presence of a supervisor,

worker enters in confined space?
8.6
Whether provision of sufficient means of

entry and exit is available?
8.7
Whether provision of ventilation to remove

welding fumes, dust, exhaust gases are
made?
8.8
Whether provision of 24V (Hand lamps

with cage as per OISD-STD-155) light for
working inside space is made?
Page 450 of 1178
been
adequate oxygen level is

in confined space before
If not, whether all precaution
of Breathing Apparatus set is
8.9
Is it strictly ensured that a stand-by

trained person is standing outside before
a person enters a confined space and
communication is being maintained all the
time with workers working inside?
8.10
Whether life belt with one end under

control of stand-by person outside is kept
while working in confined space?
8.11
Whether Personnel protective Equipment

are in good condition as specified in the
permit?
8.12
Whether absence of Hydrogen Sulfide,

CO or other toxic gas is ensured before
entering into a confined space? If yes,
whether proper required PPE like BA,
Gas Mask are used.
8.13
Whether boxing up is being done only as

per the approved procedures and by
competent persons?
8.14
Whether all the safety precautions listed

in OISD-GDN-192 are taken while
working in sewers, OWS etc.?
Whether proper house keeping is being
maintained inside the confined space?
8.15
8.16
Whether training has been provided to

workers working in the confined space
and the workers only of sound health are
being asked to work in the confined
space?
8.17
Others
9.0
SAFETY IN MATERIAL HANDLING
9.1
Whether all lifting tools, tackles,

machines, chains, ropes etc. are of sound
construction, made of sound material and
maintained in good condition?
9.2
Whether safe working load, date of testing

visibly marked/painted on the equipment?
9.3
Whether lifting tools, tackles are of

adequate strength for the load to be
handled?
9.4
Whether all parts including the working

gears fixed or movable of every lifting
machine, chain, rope, tackles specify the
Page 451 of 1178
following condition:
a) Thoroughly examined by competent
person at least once a year or such
interval as required by statutory
authority.
b) Document of such examination are
maintained and produced to owner
supervisor before use of particular
equipment?
9.5
Whether chain blocks and cables are

inspected before each use to assure their
sound condition?
9.6
Whether hoist and lift if used are:

a) Properly maintained and thoroughly
examined by competent authority at
least once in every year.
b) A register to be maintained to record
particulars of such examination in
prescribed forms and shall be
produced to the owner supervisor
before use.
9.7
Whether area below the movement of

boom of crane is cleared to avoid injury
from falling objects?
9.8
Whether it is ensured that crew of truck

leave the truck in crane handling area
before starting loading / unloading, if not
involved in rigging operation?
9.9
Whether transporting material from one

place to another is done by suitable
means?
9.10
Whether carrier with sufficient capacity

without projecting parts is used for
transporting materials?
9.11
Whether riggers engaged are well trained

and conversant with signaling procedures
including night signalling if required?
9.12
Whether permission of authorized person

is obtained before working on or near an
overhead crane?
9.13
Whether trained riggers are available all

the time along with crane?
Page 452 of 1178
9.14
Whether barricading has been done to

ensure no unauthorised person enters in
the working area of the crane?
9.15
Whether lifting plan has been prepared

and approved before start of the work?
9.16
Whether route of crane movement has

been planned before the crane moves out
of the garage?
9.17
Whether it has been ensured that no

electrical cable come within 3 metres or
safe distance from the boom of the
crane?
9.18
Whether boom is being kept in the

horizontal position or locked while idling?
9.19
Whether material is being stacked /

destacked in trucks with the help of
wedges to ensure no slippage while
loading / unloading takes place?
9.20
Whether the forklift / crane is being

operated only by trained person?
9.21
Others
10.0
ELECTRICAL SAFETY
10.1
Has the Electrical Line Clearance

procedure been followed involving
electrical and other concerned Dept. and
filling of formats?
10.2
Have Danger Signs with Voltage rating/

Men at work signboards been displayed
at both Sub Station as well as the work
site?
10.3
Has the contractor worker understood the

electrical circuit on which he is going to
work with probable electrical hazards and
mitigation measures to be adopted?
10.4
Whether
contractor
has
engaged
electrician (s) having valid electrical
licence in line with provisions in Indian
Electricity Rules?
Page 453 of 1178
10.5
Have all checks prior to switching

operation
been
carried
out
and
authorisation of owner/ user section
obtained subsequently?
10.6
Have all earthing links on electrical

conductors removed before charging the
line/ apparatus?
10.7
Have PPE as prescribed under Indian

Electricity Rules been in place, kept
healthy and used?
10.8
Are earthing and bonding arrangement of

non-current carrying metallic parts in line
with provisions of Indian Electricity Rules
1956 amended time to time as IS:
3043?
10.9
Have electrical part of OISD-GDN-192

and Clause No. 9.0 for Temporary
installations
in
OISD-173
been
understood and followed wherever
applicable?
10.10
Are flexible wires having voltage of 240

volts above earth potential taken through
PVC conduits?
10.11
Whether portable hand lamps with a

voltage rating of not more than 24 volts
used with flameproof enclosures in
confined spaces within columns, vessels
etc?
10.12
Have the Switches, MCBs, fuses etc.

been inspected for proper ratings?
10.13
Has Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (

ELCB) been used on the incoming side to
protect against leakage of current? Is the
device tested every time the work is
started?
10.14
Whether all portable appliances are

provided with insulated Three pin Plugs
and socket arrangement?
10.15
Whether industrial type extension boards

and plug sockets are used?
10.16
Has the electrical equipment brought to

site by contractor been inspected by
owners supervisor/ safety officer for
damage/cuts/abrasion etc? Is record of
Page 454 of 1178
Insulation Resistance, wherever required ,

being kept?
10.17
Have standard practices for termination of

conductors/ cables been followed (e.g.
use of proper lugs, crimping tool, cable
glands etc)? Is cable armour in continuity
from feeding point to load?
10.18
Are the Contractor supervisor and

workmen well acquainted with first aid for
electrical shock?
10.19
Are the wires/ cables identifiable along

their route towards the load by using
colour coding and/or markers?
10.20
Others
11.0
ROAD WORK
11.1
Whether site is barricaded and provided

with warning signs including night warning
lamps/
self
glowing
markers
at
appropriate location for diversion of
traffic?
11.2
Whether mixing aggregates with bitumen

is done with the help of batch mixing
plants? If no, whether adequate
precautions have been taken?
11.3
Whether road rollers, bitumen sprayers,

pavement finishers are driven by
experienced drivers with valid driving
licenses?
11.4
Whether the worker handling hot bitumen

sprayers or spreading bitumen aggregate
mix or mixing bitumen with aggregate are
provided with PVC hand gloves rubber
shoes with pegging upto knee joints?
11.5
Others
12.0
FORM WORK, REINFORCEMENT
12.1
Whether form work, shuttering, shoring

etc. are adequately designed and
provided to erect the structure and to
support the expected load?
Page 455 of 1178
12.2
Whether staging (support) for shuttering is

designed for loads like worker movement,
impact load and other incidental loads
during construction?
12.3
Whether workers use PPEs at work site?
12.4
Whether all safety procedures

adopted while cutting rod?
12.5
Whether proper staging and bundling is

provided for supplying rods at height?
12.6
Whether sufficient cross bracings are

provided for high staging works at
vulnerable points?
12.7
Others
13.0
CONCRETING
13.1
Whether
the
barricaded?
13.2
Whether
vibrator
hoses,
pumping
concrete accessories are in healthy
condition and mechanically strong?
13.3
Whether it is ensured that no pipe line in

concrete pumping system is attached to
any temporary strut such as scaffolds
etc.?
13.4
Whether it is checked that safety guards

around moving parts are provided in
concrete mixer/ machines?
13.5
Whether earthing of electrical mixers,

vibrator etc. are checked?
13.6
Whether entry of unauthorised person in

the concreting area is restricted?
13.7
Whether adequate lighting arrangement is

made in the concreting area if working
during night?
13.8
Whether PPEs like gum boots, gloves and

dust masks etc. are being used?
13.9
For overhead or underground work,

whether form work and shuttering have
been checked so that the same do not
collapse during concreting?
Page 456 of 1178
concreting
area
are
is
13.10
Others
14.0
DEMOLISHING (DEMOLISHING BY BLAST NOT CONSIDERED)
14.1
Has the stability of structure been

examined by competent person and found
OK?
14.2
Are non-sparking tools being used, if

required?
14.3
Is intermittent clearing operation being

done to keep the area reasonably tidy and
clean?
14.4
Whether effective barricading has been

provided?
14.5
Whether Electrical and other facilities like

water, oil, gas pipelines have been
isolated/protected?
14.6
Whether the plan of demolition (including

sequence of activities) has been prepared
and approved prior to start of the work?
14.7
Others
15.0
RADIOGRAPHY
15.1
Are safety precautions for handling of

source as per guidelines of BARC being
followed?
15.2
Is the potency of the source being used

within acceptable limits as per the BARC
regulations?
15.3
Is the area being cordoned with proper

signs during radiography?
15.4
Does proper place exist as per BARC

regulations for storage of source /
Personnel safety equipment?
15.5
Does the radiographer has valid

certificate of radiography from competent
authority (BARC)?
15.6
Is radiographer using Exposure Meter /

Dosi Meter?
15.7
Whether minimum occupancy of the
Page 457 of 1178
premises / workplace is being ensured

while radiography is in progress?
15.8
Is permit system being followed?
15.9
Others
16.0
ADDITIONAL SAFETY PRECAUTION FOR UNITS WITH HYDROCARBONS
16.1
Are jobs being carried out with a valid

work permit only as per OISD-STD-105
"Work Permit System".
16.2
Is smoking
prohibited in all places
containing combustible or flammable
materials and
"No Smoking" notices
prominently displayed.
16.3
Are only approved type electrical

installations and equipment, including
portable lamps, being used?
16.4
Are oily rags, waste, wooden materials

and clothes or other substances liable to
spontaneous ignition being removed?
16.5
Are the combustible materials properly

shielded in case same cannot be
removed from the area?
16.6
Has welding screens (like metal/asbestos/

water curtain) been put up to protect other
equipment / facilities/ OWS/ drains in
adjoining areas against flying sparks, as
may be required?
16.7
Is Gas-testing being done with the means

of a calibrated Gas detection Meter prior
to start of Hot work and being done
subsequently at regular intervals as per
the requirement?
Are regular inspections being done of
places where there are fire risks like in the
vicinity of heating appliances, electrical
installations and conductors, stores of
flammable and combustible materials,
welding and cutting operations?
16.8
16.9
Are fire-extinguishing equipment being

placed at strategic locations and are kept
well maintained and inspected at suitable
intervals by a competent person.
16.10
Are
access
to
fire-extinguishing
equipment such as hydrants, portable
Page 458 of 1178
extinguishers and connections for hoses

kept clear at all times?
16.11
Are all supervisors and a sufficient

number of workers trained in the use of
fire-extinguishing equipment?
16.12
Are audio means, to give warning in case

of fire provided, audible in all parts of the
site where persons are liable to work?
16.13
Is there an effective evacuation plan in

place so that all persons are evacuated
speedily without panic?
16.14
Others
17.0
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
17.1
Is signaling / siren system effective?
17.2
Is arrangement for rescuing affected

person adequate?
17.3
Are signs showing emergency exit route

installed?
17.4
Is emergency
obstacles?
17.5
Is communication system adequate?
17.6
Whether emergency vehicle with driver

has been provided to meet any
emergency situation?
17.7
Does any tie-up with hospitals or local

doctors exist?
17.8
Has the assembly point for workers in

case of emergency been identified and
earmarked?
17.9
Has training been provided to a few

workers for First Aid?
17.10
Others
18.0
WELFARE FACILITIES
18.1
Is hygienic conditions prevailing at labour

camps?
18.2
Are First Aid facilities available?
Page 459 of 1178
exit
route
clear
of
18.3
Does proper sanitation exist at site office

and labour camps?
18.4
Does any arrangement of medical

facilities like tie ups with nearby hospital
exist?
18.5
Is proper drinking water facility available

for workmen & staff?
18.6
Are crches provided for children (if

applicable)?
18.7
Is any proper place/canteen/restroom

provided for eating food and taking rest?
18.8
Is any place earmarked for storing /

keeping clothing?
18.9
Is Adequate washing facility available?
18.10
Does proper ventilation at working place

exist?
18.11
Others
19.0
GENERAL
19.1
Are illumination levels at workplace and

passages adequate?
19.2
Is communication system adequate?
19.3
Are display and caution boards provided

at strategic locations?
19.4
Are road barriers being used for blocking

any roads/passage?
19.5
Has the structure been adequately

secured against storm/high winds during
construction/ erection?
19.6
Are the equipment properly earthed?
19.7
Are vehicles being checked like brakes,

oil, lights etc. on regular basis?
19.8
Is compressed air being used only for its

intended purpose and not for any other
purpose?
19.9
Are only proper clothes and not loose

clothes being used while working around
Page 460 of 1178
machinery?
19.10
Are nails or other sharp objects being

removed or bent?
19.11
Are machine guards over moving parts of

machinery such as coupling, pulley, wheel
etc. installed?
19.12
Whether after maintenance of machinery

the guards are securely fitted before
putting into operation?
19.13
Are working platforms / gangways

provided with hand rails & toe guards?
19.14
Are swing platforms provided with chains

& secured adequately when not in use?
19.15
Are the approaches to work sites being

maintained & kept clear of obstacles?
19.16
Whether engines of equipment entering

into the operating area have exhaust and
muffler system with approved spark
arrestor?
19.17
Whether
vehicles/engine
driven
equipment, electrical equipment and tools
used are certified?
19.18
Whether contractors inform his workers

about hazards and safe procedures?
19.19
Whether sufficient care is taken so that

spark do not go outside working
enclosure & falls below?
19.20
Whether contractors qualified / trained

supervisor is present?
19.21
Whether all exhausts of engines are

provided with approved type of flame
arrestors and exhaust is not facing toward
the place where the workers are working?
19.22
Others
Signature of the Auditor
Page 461 of 1178
Page 462 of 1178
INTEGRITY PACT
[APPENDIX - XIII TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 463 of 1178
Annexure-G
INTEGRITY PACT
NOTE TO BtPpER:
a.
Proforma of Inlegrity Pact(enclosed) shall be returned by the Bidder(s) along

with the bid documents (technical bid in case of 2 part. bids), duty signed by the
same Signatory who is authorised to sign the bid documents. Allthe pages of the
Integrity Pact shall be duly signed. Bidder's failure to return the lp du-ly signed
shall result in the bid not being considered for furlher evaluation.
b.
lf the Bidder has been disqualified from the tender process prior to the award of
the contract in accordance with the provisions of the Integrity Pact, NRL shall be
entitled to demand and recover from Bidder Liquidated Damages amount by
forfeiting the EMD / Bid security as per provisions of the Integrity pact.
c.
lf the contract has been terminated according to the provisions of the Integrity
Pact, or if NRL is entitled to terminaie the contract according to the provisionl of
the lntegrity Pact, NRL shall be entitled to demand and recover from Contractor /
Supplier Liquidated Damages amount by forfeiting the Security Deposit i
d.
Bidders
Monitor(
raise disputes / complaints, if any, with the Independent External

through
telephone and email followed by written document or
)
and written document. However date of receipt of complaint shall be
the date of receipt of signed written document only.
Name /
appointed
mentioned
/ e-mail lD / contact number(s) of Independent External Monitors

oversee implementation of Integrity Pact Programme at NRL are
ame & Address of Independent External Monitors for
1)
Shri Brahm Dutt

1i8 Safdarjung Enclave
New Delhi -. 110 029
Mobile: 9871920282
E-mail - dutt. brahm@gmail.qom
2) Shri S. S. N. Moorlhv
GFQ, 1't Floor.

B. Block, Summit Apts,
Mettupalayam Road,
Coimbatore - 641043
Mobile: 95009986'10
E-mail - qgnml 95O@vahoo.com
Shri Shantanu Consul
No. 9 MCHS (lAS Officers Colony),
16'n Main IAS Officers Colony, BTM 2nd Stage,
Banoalore - 560076
Mobile: 9740069318
E-mail-1
SARMISTHA DUTTA
Dy. Manager (Cornmercjat)

Page 464 of 1178
INTEGRITY PACT
Between
Numaligarh Refinery Limited (NRL) hereinafter referred to as "The Prrncipal",
And
tot'
e io I
on
"I.rC
referred
fn
cl5
"The
tl.r.tol.ls, $i l""il
Preamble
The Principal intends to award, under laid down organization procedures,

contracvs for ..
.. .. . ... ..The Principal values full compliance with all
relevant laws and regulations, and the principles of economic use of
resources, and of fairness and transparency in its relations with its Bidder/s,
Contractor/s and Supplier/s.
ln order to achieve these goals, the Principal cooperates with the renowned
international Non-Governmental Organisation "Transparency International"
(Tl) Following Tl's national and international experience, the Principal will
appoint an Independent External Monitor who will monitor the tender process
and the execution of the contract for compliance with the principles mentioned
aoove.
$ection 1 - Commitments of the Principal

(1) The Principal commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent
corruption and to observe the following principles:
a) No employee of the Principal, personally or through
family
members, will in connection with the tender, or the execution of the
contract, demand, take a promise for or accept, for himself/herself
or third person, any material or immaterial benefit which he/she is
not legally entitled to.
b) The Principal will, during the tender process, treat all Bidders with
equity and reason. The Principal will, in particular, before and
during the tender process, provide to all Bidders the same
information and will not provide to any Bidder confidential /
additional information ihrough which the Bidder could obtain an
advantage in relation to the tender process or the contract
executlon.
c) The Principal will exclude from the process all known prejudiced
persons.
(2) lf the Principal obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees
which is a criminal offence under the relevant Anti-Corruption Laws of
2
SARMISTHA DUTTA
Dy, F/anager (Cornmercial)
Numalilarh Rdfinery Ltd.
Page 465 of 1178
India, or if there be a s-ubstantive suspicion in this regard,

the principal will
inform its Vigilance office and in addiiion can initiate-disciplinary
actions.
section 2 - commitments of the Bidder / contractor/supprier
(1)The Bidder / Contractor/Supplier commits itself to

take all measures
necessary to prevent corruption. He commits himself
to observe
following principres during his participation in ttre tenoer process the
and
during the contract executibn.
a) The Bidder / contractor/supplier will not, direcfly or through any

other person
or.firm, offer, promise or give to any of the Rriicipit's
employees involved in the tender process or the execution
oi tt.1"
contract or to any third person, any material or rmmateriar
benefit
which he/she is not regaily entitled to, in order to obtain in
excnange, any advantage of any kind whatsoever during
the tender
process or during the execution of the contract.
b) The Bidder / Contractor/Supplier will not enter with other
Bidders
into any undisclosed agreement or understanding, whether

formar
or informar. This appries in particurar to prces, specifications,
certifications, subsidiary contracts, submission or non-submission
of
bids or any other actions to restrict competitiveness or
to rntroduce
cartelisation in the bidding process.
c)
The Bidder / Contractor/Supplier wili not commit any

offence under
the relevant Anti-corruption Laws of India; further the Bidder
contractor/supprier wiil not use improperry, for purposei /
of
competition or personar gain, or pass on to others,

any information
or docum.ent provided by the principar as part of the business

relationship, regarding prans, technicar proposars and
business
deta ils, irrcl udi ng nform ation conta ined or tra
nsm itteo electrt;i;, ilt
i
d) The Bidcler / contractor/supplier will, when presenting his

disclose
bid,
any and. all payments he has made, is commiited to, or

intends to make to agents, brokers or any ottrer intermediaries
in
connection with the award of the contract.
(2) The Bidder / Contractor/Supplier will not

instigate thiro persons to commit
offences outlineci above or be an accessory to such
offences.
SARMISTHA DUTTA
Dy. l/anager (Cornmercial)
rtumalitarh Refine.ry LtC.
Page 466 of 1178
J-
Section 3 - Disqualification from tender process and

exclusion from
future contracts
(1)lf the Bidder/Contractor/Supplier has committed

a transgression through a
violation of section 2 such as to put his reliability tr
question, the principal is also enti'ed to excrude credibitity lnto
the Bidder I
contractor/Supplier from future contract award processes.
The imposition
and duration of the exclusion will be determined by the
severity of the
transgression. 'fhe severity will be determined by the'crrcumstances
case, In partic;ular the number of transgressions, the position of the
of the
transgressors within the company l^rierarch! of the
d,oo", and the amount
of the damage. The exclusion wlil be imposed for a minimum
of 6 months
and maximum of 3 years

(2)
A transgression is considered to have occurred if the principal

after due
consideration of the available evidences, concludes
that no reasonabre
doubt is possible.
obtaining independent legal advice.
lf the Bidder /. contractor/supprier can prove that he has restored /

recouped the
(4)
damage caused by him and has installed a suitable

corruption prevention system, the principal may revoke
the exclusion
prematurely.
Section 4 - Cornpensation for Damages
(1)lf the Principal has disqualified the BicJder from the tender process
prror to
the award accordhg to section 3, the principar is entitteo
to demand ano
recover from the Bidder riquidated damages equivarent
to Earnest Money
DeposiVBid Security.
(2) lf the Principal has terminated the contract

according to section 3, or if the
Principal is entifled to terminate the contract according
to section 3, the
Principal shail be entifled
demand and recover from the
contractor/supplier liquidated damages equivalent to
security Deposit /
Performance Bank Guarantee.
to
SARMISTHA DUTYA
,
)y, Manager (Cornnr.j ir_:i;;i)

r{ umaligarh Refinery r-tu.
Page 467 of 1178
(3)
The Bidder agrees and undertakes to pay the said amounts without
protest or demur subject only to condition that if the Bidder I
Contractor/Supplier can prove and establish that the exclusion of
the
Bidder from the tender process or the termination of the contract after
the
contract award has caused no damage or less damage than the amount
of
the liquidated damages, the Bidder i bontractoriSuppiier shall compensate
the Principal orrly to the extent of the damage in the amount proved.
Section 5 - Previous Transgression

(1) The Bidder declares that no previous transgression occurred in
the last 3
years with any other company in any country conforming to the Tl
approach or with any other Public Sector Enterprise in Indii that could
justify his exclusion from the tender process.
(2) lf the Bidder makes incorrect statement on this subject, he

can be
disqualified from the tender process or the contract, if already awarded,
can be terminated for such reason.
section 6 - Equal treatment of all Bidders / Gontractors /suppliers/

Subcontractors
(1)
The
Bidder/contractor/supplier undertakes
to
demand from
all
subcontractors a commitment in conformity with this Integrity pact, and

to
submit it to the Principal before contract signing.
(2) The Principal will enter into agreements with identical conditions
as this
one with all Bidders, contractors/suppliers and subcontractors.
(3) The Principal will disqualify from the tender process all Bidders
who do
not sign this Pact or violate its provisions.
section
- Purritive Action against

Su
ppl iers/S
viotating Bidders / contractors /
bco ntractors
lf the Principal obtains,knowledge of conduct of a Bidder, Contractor, Supplier

or Subcontractor, or of an employee or a representative or an assocrate of
a
Bidder, Contractor, Supplier or Subcontractor which constitutes corruption,
or
if the Principal has substantive suspicir:n in this regard, ilre principai wirr
inform the Vigilance Office.
SARMISIHA DUTTA
Dy, Managbr (Comri * :"cir:r)
r
Numaligafh Refinery Ltc.
Page 468 of 1178
-5-
Section 8 - lndependent External Monitors
(1)The Principal has appointed competent and credible lndependent

External Monitors for this Pact. The task of the Monitor is to review
independently and objectively, whether and to what extent the parties
comply with the obligations under this agreement.
(2) The Monitor is not subject to instructions by the representatives of the

parties and performs his functions neutrally and independently. He reports
to the Chairperson of the Board of the principal.
(3) The Bidder/Contractor/Supplier accepts that the Monitor has the right to
access without restriction to all Project documentation of the Principar
including
provided
Bidder/contractor/supplier. The
Bidder/contractor/supplier will also grant the Monitor, upon his request
and demonstration of a valid interest, unrestricted and unconditional
access
this project documentation. The same applicable to
Subcontractors. The Monitor is undei contractual obligaiion to treat the
information
documents
Bidder/Contractor/Supplier/
Su bcontractor with confidentially.
that
by the
to
is
and
of the
(a) The Principal will provide to the Monitor sufficient information about all
meetings among the parties related to the Project provided such meetings
could have an impact on the contractual relations between the Principar
and the Bidder/Contractor/Supplier. The parties offer to the Monitor ihe
option to participate in such meetings.
(5) As soon as tl're Monitor notices, or believes to notice, a violation of this
agreement, he will so inform the Management of the principal and request
the Management to discontinue or heal the violation, or to take other
relevant actiorr. The Monitor can in this regard submit non-binding
recommendation. Beyond this, the N/|onitor has no right to demand from
the parties that they act in a specific manner, refrain from action or tolerate
action. However, the Independent External Monitor shall give an
opportunity to the Bidder/Contractor/Supplier to present its case before
making its recommendations to the principal.
(6) The Monitor will submit a written report to the Chairperson of the Board of
the Principal within 8 to l0weeks from the date of reference or intimation
to him by the'Principal'and, should the occasion arise, submit proposals
for correcting problematic situations.
lf
(7)
the Monitor has reported to the chairperson of the Board a
substantiated suspicion of an offence under relevant Anti-Corruption Laws
of India, and the Chairperson has not, within reasonable time, taken visible
action to proceed against such offence or reported it to the Vigilance
Office, the Monitor may also transmit this information directlv to the Centrar
Vigilance Comrnissioner, Government of India.
(8) The word 'Monitor'would include both singular and plural.
SARMISfHA DUTTA
Dy, ManagQr (Comnrereial)
Numaligarh Refinery Ltei.

Page 469 of 1178
Section 9 - pact Duration

This Pact begins when both parties have legally signed it. lt expires for the
ContractoriSupplier 12 months after the tas[ piym6nt under the respective
contract, and for all other Bidders 6 months after the contract has been
awarded.
lf any claim is made i lodged during this time, the same shall be binding and
continue to be valid despite the lapse of this pact as specified above, uniess
it
is discharged / determined by chairperson of the principal.
Section 10 - Other provisions
(1)This. agreement is subject to Indian Law. place of performance and
jurisdiction is the Registered Office of the Principal, i.e. Guwahati.
The
Arbitration clause provided in the main tender document / contract shall
not be applicable for any issue / dispute arising under Integrity pact.
(2) Changes and supplements as well as termination notices need
made in writing. Side agreements have not been made.
to be
(3) lf the Bidder/Contractor/Supplier is a partnership or a consortium,

this
agreement must be signed by all partners or consortium members.
(a) Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid,
the remainder of this agreement remains valid. In this case, the parties will
strive to come to an agreement to their original intentions.
For the Principal
For the Bidder/Contractor/

Supplier
P ace
Witness
(S g natu re/N a m e/Add

i
Date
Witness 2
(S ig natu re/N
SARMISTHA CIUTTA
ty. IvlanagQ[ (cofnrr,,, r.,;,i)
.' : rmaligarh Refinery urr"
Page 470 of 1178
ress)
ame/Add ress)
ITEMS QUALIFYING FOR SECURED ADVANCE

[APPENDIX - XIV TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]
Page 471 of 1178
ITEMS QUALIFYING FOR SECURED ADVANCE

CATEGORY : 'A'
ITEMS AGAINST WHICH SECURED ADVANCE CAN BE GRANTED
A.1
A.2
A.3
A.4
Civil
i)
Finished Doors and windows.
ii)
Pipes and sanitary fittings of GI, CI, SCI and HCL.
iii)
M.S. Gratings,
iv)
Reinforcement bars
v)
Structural steel.
vi)
Anchor bolts.
vii)
Pre-coated GI Sheet/GI Sheet.
Electrical
i)
Steel Conduit
ii)
G.I. Pipes
iii)
Switchgears (Other than oil filled)
iv)
Light poles (Steel)
v)
Cable Trays
vi)
Structural Steel
vii)
In Boxes/Control Gears/DB's/Receptacles
viii)
RCC Cable Ducts
Mechanical
i)
Structural steel
ii)
Plates
iii)
Pipes/Pipe fittings
iv)
Gratings.
v)
Valves, Hydrants, monitors
vi)
Aluminium sheet
Instrumentation
i)
Structural steel
ii)
M.S. Sheet/G.I. Sheets
iii)
Prefabricated trays
iv)
Pipes/Tubes/fittings.
Page 472 of 1178
CATEGORY: 'B'
ITEMS AGAINST WHICH SECURED ADVANCE CAN BE MADE AFTER OBTAINING
INSURANCE COVER FROM THE CONTRACTOR
B.1
B.2
B.3
B.4
Civil
i)
Glazed tiles, terrazo tiles and similar articles.
ii)
Marble/Kota Stone/Granite slabs.
iii)
Asbestos cement products
iv)
Sanitary fittings and pipes of S.W. Porcelin and chinaware materials.
v)
Laminated/safety one way vision and Bullet proof glasses.
vi)
Paints, Varnishes, Distempers pigment, spirit.
vii)
Ceiling and false flooring frames and tiles etc.
viii)
PVC water storage tanks, PVC tiles, PVC water bar etc.
Electrical
i)
Transformers
ii)
Switchgears (Oil filled)
iii)
L.T. & H.T. Cables
iv)
Fans
v)
Storage & Dry Batteries
vi)
Cable/Jointing/Termination Kits
vii)
Electric light fittings.
viii)
Flexible wires
ix)
PVC materials.
x)
Capacitor banks
Mechanical
i)
Bitumen
ii)
Wrapping & Coating material
iii)
Primer/Paints
iv)
Foam/Foam seal material
v)
Guniting material
vi)
Insulation & Refractory materials other than bricks.
Instrumentation
i)
SS/Copper Tubes
ii)
SS/Brass Compression fittings
iii)
Control/Signal Cables
iv)
Junction boxes/Marshalling boxes
v)
Control panels.
Page 473 of 1178
APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION
SUB-CONTRACTOR
[APPENDIX - XV TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT]

New Delhi
Page 474 of 1178
(APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION SUB-CONTRACTOR)

1) NAME OF MAIN CONTRACTOR: __________________________________________
2)
NAME OF WORK, LOCATION: ____________________________________________
3)
NAME OF PROPOSED
SUB-CONTRACTOR
:___________________________________________
4)
SCOPE OF WORK PROPOSED TO

BE SUB-CONTRACTED (BRIEF):__________________________________________
5)
ESTIMATED VALUE OF THE PROPOSED

WORK TO BE SUB-CONTRACTED (INR):___________________________________
6)
QUALIFYING CRITERIA FOR SUB-CONTRACTOR:

i)
Similar Work experience :
Completed one Contract of 80% or two Contracts of 50% or three Contracts of 40% of estimated value
of proposed work to be sub-contracted, in preceding seven years
ii)
Average Annual Turnover

Not less than 100% of estimated value of Proposed work to be sub-contracted,
in any one of the preceding 3 years
iii)
7)
Net-worth of the proposed sub-contractor in latest financial year should be positive
EXPERIENCE AND FINANCIAL DETAILS OF PROPOSED SUB-CONTRACTOR:

i)
ii)
Contract Value of similar work

Executed (as evidenced by work
Order & Completion Certificate)
Maximum Annual Turnover during
last 3(three) years (as evidenced
by Balance Sheets)
:
:
8)
CRITERIA FOR QUALIFICATION OF SUB-CONTRACTOR:

i)
ii)
9)
Sl.No. 7(i)
Sl.No. 7(ii)
> Sl. No.6 (i)

> 1.00 x Sl. No.5
YES / NO
YES / NO
Based on above information, we M/s _____________________________________ (Name of

Main Contractor) propose M/s. __________________________________________ (Name of
proposed sub-contractor) as our sub-contractor for the above mentioned works. We
understand that notwithstanding above approval, we shall remain fully responsible for the
performance of the said sub-contractor and any failure of the sub-contractor shall not
absolve/relieve us of our responsibility to complete the works as per the terms and conditions
of the Contract.
NOTE: Bidders to fill all the details in the above proforma. Further Bidder shall also fill-in the
details at Sl.No.5 above based on the estimated value of the proposed work to be
subcontracted.
(STAMP & SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR)
10)
QUALIFICATION STATUS (TO BE STAMPED BY EIL) :

New Delhi
Page 475 of 1178
SCHEDULE OF RATES / PRICE
Page 476 of 1178
PREAMBLE TO SCHEDULE OF RATES / PRICE

1
The Schedule of Rates / Prices shall be read with all other sections of this Bidding
Document.
The Contractor is deemed to have studied the drawings, specifications and details of
works to be done including scope of work, scope of supply and technical specification
within the Time Schedule and should have acquainted himself of the conditions
prevailing at site.
Bidder shall indicate only the increase/decrease on total estimated value in terms
of percentage upto 2 decimal places in the Summary of Prices sheet. Bidder
shall not change rate/amount indicated in Schedule of Rates.
The quoted Price shall be deemed to be inclusive of all taxes and duties including
Entry Tax, Excise Duty, Central Sales Tax and VAT on Works Contract except
Service Tax with respect to scope of work/ scope of supply/ services till the
completion of the work.
The quantity shown against the various items are only approximate and may vary
to any extent individually subject to conditions given in General Conditions of
Contract/Special Conditions of Contract provided in Bidding Document. No claim
shall be entertained during currency of this Contract towards any items due to the
above.
OWNER/ EIL reserves the right to interpolate or extrapolate the rates for any new
item of work not covered in Schedule of Rates / Price from the similar items
already available in schedule of rates. All the works shall be measured upon
completion and paid for at the rate quoted and accepted in the "Schedule of Price".
In case any activity though specifically not covered in schedule of rates
descriptions but the same is covered under scope of work/ scope of supply/
specification/ drawings etc. no extra claim on this account shall be entertained,
since Schedule of Price is to be read in conjunction with all other documents
forming part of the Contract.
All items of work mentioned in the Schedule of Rates / Price shall be carried out as
per the specifications, drawings and instructions of OWNER/ EIL and the rates are
deemed to be inclusive of material, consumable, labour, supervision, tools &
tackles and detailing of construction/fabrication drawings, isometric wherever
required as called for in the detail specification and conditions of the Contract.
OWNER/ EIL reserves the right to cancel/ delete/ curtail any item or group of work
if necessary. Such a step shall not be construed as reason for changing the rates.
Bidders Stamp & Signature
Page 477 of 1178
SUMMARY OF
PRICE
(FORM-SP0)
Page 478 of 1178
FORM : SP - 0
SUMMARY OF PRICE
CIVIL/STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE for DHDT Project of M/s Numaligarh Refinery Limited
Name of Work:
Numaligarh, Assam
Bidding Document No.:
SK/A774-000-CI-TN-8102/1004
Name of the Bidder:
Sl. No.
II
Description
Total estimated cost for the Entire Scope of Work

as per Pre-filled SOR
Percentage increase (+) / decrease (-) applicabl
on Total estimatedcost for total work (i.e. on Sl.
No. I above),applicableon all items of Pre-filled
SOR
INR 6990,87,550.00
(+) or (-)
...%
NOTES :
1. Bidder shall indicate the Percentage Increase/Decrease under Sr.no. II
2. Bidder shall indicate (+) for increase and (-) for decrease. For no increase/decrease, NIL shall be indicated. If no sign is indicated Positive shall be considerd
for the purpose of evaluation and award.
3. The percentage should be quoted upto 2 decimal place
Page 479 of 1178
DETAILS OF
SERVICE TAX
(FORM-SP2)
Page 480 of 1178
FORM-SP2
OPTION SELECTION FOR WORKS CONTRACT FOR CALCULATION OF SERVICE

TAX
Sl
No
Job Description
Option
Exercised
(a)
(b)
( c)
Value of Service
Portion of Works
Contract on which
Service Tax is
applicable
(d)
Amount of Service
tax on the amount
mentioned in Column
(d)
(e)
CIVIL/STRUCTURAL
WORKS FOR DHDT,
SRU & OFFSITE
Notes:
1. Service Portion of the Works Contract as referred in Column (c ) may be determined either under
OPTION -I or Under OPTION-II.
2. The OPTION-I is under Rule 2A (i) of Service Tax (Determination of Value) Second
Amendment Rules, 2012 notified vide Notification No 24/2012-ST dated 20.06.12. The value of
service portion in the execution of a works contract shall be equivalent to the gross amount
charged for the works contract less the value of property in goods transferred in the execution of
the said works contract. The Value of Transfer of property means the supply portion plus VAT on
that supply portion. For example, if the bid price is say Rs 100/ out of which the value of supply
portion is Rs 50/ and VAT on the Supply is Rs 7/ then value of service portion will be Rs 43 ie (
100-(50+ 7).
3. The Option II is under Rule 2A (ii) of Service Tax (Determination of Value) Second
Amendment Rules, 2012 notified vide Notification No 24/2012-ST dated 20.06.12. Where the
Service portion of the Works Contract is unable to determine under Option I as mentioned in
Note -2 above , then the value of Service Portion in the execution of a works will be
determined as 40% of the Total Amount Charged ( Here the total amount charged is the Bid
Price as in the Contract does not have free Issue material)
4. Bidder can Opt any of the Option I or Option II and should refer the Option opted in
Column (c) of the above table.
5. Amount of Service Tax shall not be included by the Bidder in their quoted price and the same
shall be reimbursed by owner at actual against submission of invoices under Rule 4A of Service
Tax Rules, 1994 subject to the ceiling amount indicated in this FORM as per provision in bidding
document. This Service Tax component shall be loaded for evaluation.
6. Bidder shall furnish this Form duly filled in all respects alongwith his price part. However,
Bidder is required to furnish this Form indicating the Option Opted as per column (c) along with
his unpriced part.
________________________
(SIGNATURE OF BIDDER)
Page 481 of 1178
SHORT
DESCRIPTION OF
SOR
(FORM-SP1)
Page 482 of 1178
SCHEDULE OF RATES
BIDDING DOC NO
BIDDER NAME
JOB NO
A774
PART NO
TENDER TITLE
CIVIL / STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
CLIENT

EPCM Consultancy Services for
PROJECT
Item descriptions provided in this Excel Sheet are in brief. While quoting and filling the rate in this Schedule of Rates (Short Description), Bidder shall take into consideration complete
scope of work/ item description as mentioned in Schedule of Rates (Detailed Description) for the relevant item, provided in the Bidding Document. The rate quoted in Schedule of
Rates (Short Description) shall be deemed to include all activities of work mentioned in item description of Schedule of Rates (Detailed).
Bidders are requested to fill in the RATE column only
IN INR
SL NO
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
ITEM NO
SOR NO
SOR TITLE
EE
E207.00.00
E207.01.00
E207.01.01
E207.01.02
E207.01.03
E207.01.04
E207.01.05
E207.01.07
E402.00.00
E402.01.00
E402.01.01
E403.00.00
E403.02.00
E403.02.02
E403.02.03
E403.02.04
E405.00.00
E405.01.00
E405.01.01
SUB TOTAL
SHORT DESCRIPTION
A774-000-16-50-CI-SOR-8102-0-0M
Electrical Works
ELECTRICAL
G.I. PIPES
S/l following sizes of G.I. Pipes (medium).
40 mm NB.
50 mm NB.
65 mm NB.
80 mm NB.
100 mm NB.
150 mm NB.
EARTH ELECTRODES
S/I of GI earth electrodes complete with earth pit.
GI earth electrode as per std. 7-51-0102.
EARTH STRIPS
S/I of following GI earthing strip-buried.
50 x 6 mm
40 x 5 mm
20 x 3 mm
EARTH PLATES
S/I of GI earth plates.
GI earth plate as per std. 7-51-0103.
Page 483 of 1178
QTY
UOM
800.00
260.00
70.00
150.00
150.00
80.00
M
M
M
M
M
M
65.00 NOS
2,200.00 M
250.00 M
480.00 M
140.00 NOS
Page 1 of 7
RATE
AMOUNT
1,230
1,640
2,050
2,510
3,390
5,130
984,000.00
426,400.00
143,500.00
376,500.00
508,500.00
410,400.00
15,230
989,950.00
660
510
370
1,452,000.00
127,500.00
177,600.00
1,450
203,000.00
5,799,350.00
IN INR
SL NO
1
2
3
4
5
ITEM NO
SOR NO
SOR TITLE
A000.00.00
A002.00.00
A002.03.00
A002.03.01
A004.00.00
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
A004.14.00
A004.14.02M01
A008.00.00
A008.17.00
A008.18.00
A008.20.00
A998.00.00
A998.99.00
A998.99.99V01
S000.00.00
S001.00.00
S001.01.00
S001.01.01
S001.01.02
S001.01.03
S001.06.00
S001.06.01
S001.07.00
S001.07.01
S001.07.02M01
S001.10.00
S001.10.01M01
S002.00.00
S002.17.00
S002.17.01
S002.17.05
S002.17.06
S002.17.08
S002.18.00
S002.18.17
S002.18.22
S002.19.00
S002.19.17
S002.20.00
S002.20.02
SHORT DESCRIPTION
QTY
UOM
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0-1M
Civil-Structural and Architectural Works
ARCHITECTURE
FLOOR FINISHING
P/L 50mm thick heavy duty flooring
Cement supplied by contractor
600.00 Sq.M.
STEEL/AL./GLAZED/FULLY GLASS/PVC DOORS,WINDOWS & VENTILATORS
Aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partition
aluminium louvers in roof monitor
ROOFING
P/L profiled,precoated,Zincal./Galval.steel sheets-roof.clad
P/L roof.&clad. accessories.-0.5mm precoat. Zincal/Galval
P/F Polycarbonate sheets roofing/ cladding
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Barricading
CIVIL & STRUCTURAL
EARTH WORK - SPECIFICATION NO. 6-68-0003
E/W Excavation in soil
E/W Exacavation in soil upto 1.5m depth
E/W Exacavation in soil beyond 1.5m upto 3.0m depth
E/W Exacavation in soil beyond 3.0m upto 4.5m depth
Shoring & Strutting
Shoring and Strutting by Open Timbering Method
Backfilling after exceution of work
B/F after execution of the WORK within a lead of 100m
Backfilling_within plant boundary
Transporting & Disposing the SURPLUS EARTH AND DEBRIS
Trasporting & disposing the SURPLUS EARTH & DEBRIS
PLAIN & REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE SPEC NO. 6-68-0004
PCC - Non FIM Items
PCC,1:5:10
PCC ,1:3:6 below & upto plinth level, SCREED
PCC,1:3:6 above plinth level all heights,SCREED
PCC,M20
RCC Substrutures - Non FIM Items
P&L RCC M30 20mm sub-str - NonFIM
P&L RCC M30 20mm sub-str hollow - NonFIM
RCC Superstructures - Non FIM Items
P&L RCC M30 20mm sup-str upto 20m - NonFIM
RCC Flooring - Non FIM Items
P/L RCC of M-20 with 20mm NON-SUSPENDED slabs
Page 484 of 1178
Page 2 of 7
RATE
AMOUNT
780
468,000.00
560
403,200.00
910.00 Sq.M
300.00 Sq.M
100.00 Sq.M
950
800
2,000
864,500.00
240,000.00
200,000.00
2,025.00 SQM
660
1,336,500.00
30,000.00 Cu.m.
12,000.00 Cu.m.
100.00 Cu.m.
220
250
300
6,600,000.00
3,000,000.00
30,000.00
500.00 Sq.m.
390
195,000.00
15,250.00 Cu.m.
6,000.00 Cu.m.
200
300
3,050,000.00
1,800,000.00
18,000.00 Cu.m.
260
4,680,000.00
6,500
7,430
8,000
8,500
3,575,000.00
185,750.00
200,000.00
425,000.00
5,500.00 CUM
200.00 CUM
8,800
9,000
48,400,000.00
1,800,000.00
500.00 CUM
9,960
4,980,000.00
8,500
170,000.00
720.00 Kg
550.00
25.00
25.00
50.00
Cu.m.
Cu.m.
Cu.m.
Cu.m.
20.00 Cu.m.
IN INR
SL NO
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
ITEM NO
S002.22.00
S002.22.07
S002.22.08
S002.22.09
S002.22.27
S002.22.28
S002.22.29
S002.23.00
S002.23.08
S002.24.00
S002.24.02
S002.25.00
S002.25.01
S002.25.02
S002.25.03
S002.25.04
S002.25.09
S002.26.00
S002.26.02
S002.26.04
S002.29.00
S002.29.01
S002.29.02
S002.29.03
S003.00.00
S003.03.00
S003.03.13
S003.04.00
S003.04.01
S003.05.00
S003.05.02
S004.00.00
S004.03.00
S004.03.03M02
S004.03.04M02
S004.03.05M01
S004.03.05M02
S004.03.05M03
S004.03.06M03
S004.04.00
S004.04.08M01
S004.04.09M02
S005.00.00
SHORT DESCRIPTION
Precast Elements - Non FIM Items
RCC PRECAST ELEMENTS of M-30, upto 500KG
RCC PRECAST ELEMENTS of M-30, beyond 500 KG upto 1000KG
RCC PRECAST ELEMENTS of M-30, beyond 1000 KG upto 2000KG
RCC PRECAST ELEMENTS of M-30,upto and inclusive of 1000Kg
RCC PRECAST ELEMENTS of M-30, beyond 1000Kg upto 3000Kg
RCC PRECAST ELEMENTS of M-30, beyond 3000Kg upto 5000Kg
HYD Bars / MS Bars - Non FIM Items
S&P HYD Bars Fe500D - NonFIM
Conc. Encasing - Non FIM Items
P/L RCC of grade M-20 with 20mm ENCASING OF STRUC
Centering and Shuttering - Non FIM Items
For all depths below and upto & & inclusive of plinth
For all heights above plinth level
Curved shuttering-all depths below & upto&incl. plinth level
Curved shuttering For all heights above plinth level.
S/F,Fix MS Deck Plate Sacrificial/left-in Shutt RCC Slabs
Expansion joints - Non FIM Items
S/F 25mm thick BITUMEN IMPREGNATED FIBRE BOARD
S/S EXPAN.JOINTS POLYSULPH. SEALING COMP.25mm wide,12mm deep
D,F HSD bars Fe500D, upto 12mm dia in already cast concrete
D/S/Fixing Re-bars of dia.16mm &20mm, (Grade Fe500D, IS:1786
D/S/Fixing Re-bars of dia.of 25mm & 28mm (Grade Fe500D, IS:1
CONCRETE FOR LIQUID RETAINING/LEAK SPEC NO.6-68-0005
RCC - Non FIM Items
P&L leak-proof RCC M30 20mm sub-str - NonFIM
Water Proofing Comp. - Non FIM Items
Supplying & Mixing WATER PROOFING COMPOUND
PVC Water bars - Non FIM Items
S/Fin position 230mm wide x 5mm PVC Water stops
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS SPEC NO. 6-68-0006
General Steel Works - Non FIM Items
Structural Steel_upto 20m height
STRL STEEL_MORE THAN 20M & UPTO 30M
Structural Steel_upto 20m height
Supply of Structural Steel_ upto 20m
STRL STEEL_MODULE
STRL STEEL_OUTSIDE FABRICATE_MORE THAN 20M
Painting - Non FIM Items
OFFSITE PAINTING
UNIT PAINTING
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS (TUBULAR/HOLLOW SECTION) 6-68-0007
Page 485 of 1178
Page 3 of 7
QTY
UOM
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
CUM
CUM
CUM
CUM
CUM
CUM
RATE
AMOUNT
16,400
16,550
16,600
16,550
17,000
17,000
820,000.00
827,500.00
830,000.00
827,500.00
850,000.00
850,000.00
67,000
61,975,000.00
8,400
420,000.00
Sq.m.
Sq.m.
Sq.m.
Sq.m.
Sq.m.
450
500
580
620
1,600
7,875,000.00
2,000,000.00
29,000.00
31,000.00
960,000.00
10.00 Sq.m.
250.00 m
1,350
950
13,500.00
237,500.00
50.00 Each
50.00 Each
50.00 Each
2,000
2,300
2,500
100,000.00
115,000.00
125,000.00
10.00 CUM
11,000
110,000.00
1,200.00 Kg
100
120,000.00
50.00 m
600
30,000.00
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
MT
97,000
102,000
102,000
107,000
72,000
106,850
4,850,000.00
2,040,000.00
204,000,000.00
96,300,000.00
21,600,000.00
5,342,500.00
1,800.00 MT
200.00 MT
8,070
9,610
14,526,000.00
1,922,000.00
925.00 MT
50.00 CUM
17,500.00
4,000.00
50.00
50.00
600.00
50.00
20.00
2,000.00
900.00
300.00
50.00
IN INR
SL NO
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
ITEM NO
S005.05.00
S005.05.01M01
S005.05.01M02
S006.00.00
S006.01.00
S006.01.02
S006.15.00
S006.15.01
S006.16.00
S006.16.01
S006.17.00
S006.17.01
S006.18.00
S006.18.01
S006.19.00
S006.19.05M01
S006.19.05M02
S006.19.05M03
S006.22.00
S006.22.01
S006.23.00
S006.23.01M01
S006.23.01M03
S006.23.03M01
S006.23.03M03
S006.24.00
S006.24.02M01
S006.25.00
S006.25.01
113
S006.25.02
114
115
SHORT DESCRIPTION
Yst310 IS1161
TUBULAR SECTION FOR BARRICADING
TUBULAR SECTION STANDARD
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL WORKS SPECIFICATIONS NO. 6-68-0008
Anchor Bolts - FIM Items
ALREADY FABRICATED THREADED ANCHOR BOLTS
Anchor Bolts - Non FIM Items
THREADED ANCHOR BOLTS-CONTRACTOR SUPPLY
MS Metal Inserts - Non FIM Items
S/T/S/F/ MS METAL INSERT (with lugs) - Non FIM
GI Pipe Sleeves - Non FIM Items
S/F PIPE SLEEVES of all diameters
MS Chequered Plates - Non FIM Items
S/ F/ E welded MS CHEQUERED PLATES of any thickness
MS Grating Cat. A,B - Non FIM Items
MS Grating
MS Grating_Supply
HOT DIP GRATING
MS Rungs - Non FIM Items
S/ F/ F & Keeping MS RUNGS in R.C.C. - CONTRACTOR SCOPE
Hand Railing 1000mm - Non FIM Items
Inclined handrail
HANDRAIL_MODULAR
Handrail
HOR HANDRAIL_PREFABRICATED
500 high HANDRAIL
Mechanical Anchor fastners - Non FIM Items
S/F Mechanical Anchor Fasteners-Mild steel bolts-12mm dia
QTY
UOM
RATE
AMOUNT
10.00 MT
500.00 MT
95,000
110,000
950,000.00
55,000,000.00
8.00 MT
20,000
160,000.00
60.00 MT
140,000
8,400,000.00
20.00 MT
110,000
2,200,000.00
1.00 MT
130,000
130,000.00
20.00 MT
110,000
2,200,000.00
250.00 MT
40.00 MT
25.00 MT
110,000
85,000
130,000
27,500,000.00
3,400,000.00
3,250,000.00
210
21,000.00
m
m
m
m
2,210
2,210
2,000
2,000
1,105,000.00
2,431,000.00
3,300,000.00
7,700,000.00
200.00 m
1,500
300,000.00
100.00 Each
500
50,000.00
100.00 Each
600
60,000.00
S006.25.03
S006.25.04
S/F Mechanical Anchor Fasteners-Mild steel bolts-medium duty

100.00 Each
50.00 Each
800
1,500
80,000.00
75,000.00
116
117
S006.26.00
S006.26.01
Chemical Anchor Fastner

S/F Chemical anchors-MS threaded rods- 12mm dia
100.00 Each
800
80,000.00
118
S006.26.02
100.00 Each
1,000
100,000.00
119
S006.26.03
100.00 Each
1,600
160,000.00
Page 486 of 1178
Page 4 of 7
100.00 Kg.
500.00
1,100.00
1,650.00
3,850.00
IN INR
SL NO
120
ITEM NO
S006.26.04
SHORT DESCRIPTION
121
122
S006.27.00
S006.27.01
Threaded bolts for equipment fixing-Non FIM

S/F Bolts in equipment saddle.
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
S007.00.00
S007.09.00
S007.09.01
S007.09.02
S010.00.00
S010.01.00
S010.01.01
S010.01.02
S010.02.00
S010.02.01
S010.02.02
S010.02.03
S010.02.04
S010.02.05
S010.03.00
S010.03.01
S010.04.00
S010.04.01
S010.06.00
S010.06.01
S010.07.00
S010.07.01
S011.00.00
S011.02.00
S011.02.01M01
S011.03.00
S011.03.01
S011.04.00
S011.04.01M01
S011.06.00
S011.06.01
S011.08.00
S011.08.01M01
S011.10.00
157
158
159
S011.10.01
S014.00.00
S014.01.00
QTY
S&M Bi-polar CPCIA - NonFIM

BONDING FRESH CONCRETE TO OLD CONCRETE 6-68-0056
Epoxy Resin - non FIM Items
Page 5 of 7
RATE
AMOUNT
2,500
125,000.00
120,000
600,000.00
25.00 Cu.m.
25.00 Cu.m.
6,790
7,160
169,750.00
179,000.00
25.00 Cu.m.
25.00 Cu.m.
1,500
1,700
37,500.00
42,500.00
2,200
3,000
850
950
1,200
220,000.00
60,000.00
8,500.00
9,500.00
12,000.00
550
27,500.00
1,700
42,500.00
15,000
150,000.00
100.00 Sq.m.
150
15,000.00
20.00 Sq.m.
675
13,500.00
500.00 Each
1,500
750,000.00
30.00 Cu.m.
12,900
387,000.00
200.00 Cu.m.
1,430
286,000.00
50.00 Sq.m.
120
6,000.00
320
6,400,000.00
5.00 MT
BRICK MASONRY (REFER SPECIFICATION NO.6-68-0009)

CLASS 5.0 - Non FIM Items
WITH BRICKS OF CLASS 5.0 at all depths below plinth level
WITH BRICKS OF CLASS 5.0 at all height above plinth level
DEMOLISHING AND DISMANTLING (REFER SPEC NO. 6-68-0012)
Brickwork - Non FIM Items
for all delths below plinth level
for all heights above plinth level
RCC - Non FIM Items
For all depths below plinth level
For all heights above plinth level
Upto & inclusive of 25mm thickness
Beyond 25mm and upto & inclusive of 50mm thickness.
Beyond 50mm and upto & inclusive of 100mm thickness.
Pockets - Non FIM Items
Making POCKETS/HOLES of sizes 200 x200x500mm in RCC/PCC
PCC _ Non FIM Items
For all depths below plinth level
Steelwork - Non FIM Items
Dismantling bolted/rivetted/welded STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK
AC / GI Sheets - Non FIM Items
Dismantling GI/asbestos/translucent sheets, ridges, gutters
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS (REFER SPECIFICATION NO. 6-68-0013)
Anticorrosive - Non FIM Items
Anticorrosive
Cutting RCC Piles - Non FIM Items
For piles diameter 600mm length not exceeding 150m
Building pile heads - Non FIM Items
Providing & building up pile heads of diameter upto 600mm
Sand Filling - Non FIM Items
Supplying and filling SAND specified quality under floors
Bitumen - Non FIM Items
Bitumen Paint
BI-POLAR CONCRETE PENETRATING CORROSION INHIBITING ADMIXTURE
Page 487 of 1178
UOM
50.00 Each
100.00
20.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
Cu.m.
Cu.m.
Sq.m.
Sq.m.
Sq.m.
50.00 Each
25.00 Cu.m.
10.00 MT
20,000.00 KG
IN INR
SL NO
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
ITEM NO
S014.01.01
S018.00.00
S018.09.00
S018.09.01
S999.00.00
S999.99.00
S999.99.99V03
S999.99.99V04
S999.99.99V05
S999.99.99V06
S999.99.99V07
GC
C007.00.00
C007.26.00
C007.29.00
C007.34.00
C008.00.00
C008.02.00
C008.02.01
C008.05.00
C008.05.01
C008.05.03
C008.05.06
C008.11.00
C008.12.00
C008.12.01
C008.12.02
C008.12.03
C008.12.05
C009.00.00
C009.02.00
C009.11.00
C009.11.03V03
C009.11.04V03
C009.15.00
C009.15.02
C012.00.00
C012.01.00
C012.01.01V04
C012.01.01V14
C025.00.00
C025.21.00
C025.21.01
SHORT DESCRIPTION
Providing and applying approved EPOXY RESIN
Mechanical works
Dismantling Of steel works
Dismantling Structural Steel already erected by others
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Opening_100mm to 200mm
Opening_200mm to 400mm
Opening_> 400mm
ZED/CEE PURLIN
MAKING OF HOLES
GENERAL CIVIL
ROADS & FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT (UPTO WBM LAYER)
S/L 100 mm thick WBM with 90-45 aggregates
S/L 75mm thick WBM with 63-45 aggregates
S/L 75mm thick WBM for road berms/ shoulders
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS (SPEC NO.6-65-0019)
RCC in flooring of grade M-30 & M-40 (Cement by contractor)
RCC of M-30 grade concrete
Providing 20mm wide Expansion Joints
Type-I pavement (including supply of MS dowel bar
Type-II pavement
Thickened Pavement
P/L PCC 1:5:10 in Pavement
Providing joints in Pavements
Construction joints 20mm wide x 25mm deep.
Sealing Joints 20mm x 200 mm
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS WITH BITUMEN PREMIX
P/l 25mm premix carpet for high rainfall areas
P/L brick on edge lining
On horizontal surface with Brick Class 5 , - Brick Class 5 ,
On sloped surface with Brick Class 5 , - Brick Class 5 ,
P/L 50mm thick Bituminous Macadam
Moderate/ Cold Climate condition
U/G AND A/G G.I. PIPELINE SYSTEM - WATER SERVICES
S/L MS galvanised pipes in all soil excluding soft/hard rock
Nom. Dia 50 mm , Pipe class J2A , - Nom. Dia 50 mm , Pipe class J2A ,
Nom. Dia 40 mm , Pipe class J2A , - Nom. Dia 40 mm , Pipe class J2A ,
MISC. CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR U/G PIPING
S/F CI manhole frame
Medium duty
Page 488 of 1178
Page 6 of 7
QTY
UOM
100.00 Kg.
RATE
AMOUNT
1,200
120,000.00
20.00 MT
65,000
1,300,000.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
6.00
50.00
550
750
850
60,000
250
27,500.00
37,500.00
42,500.00
360,000.00
12,500.00
3,600.00 SQM
22,000.00 SQM
250.00 SQM
330
280
280
1,188,000.00
6,160,000.00
70,000.00
3,500.00 CUM
9,000
31,500,000.00
1,500.00
600.00
300.00
400.00
M
M
M
CUM
1,760
450
650
6,500
2,640,000.00
270,000.00
195,000.00
2,600,000.00
1,000.00
400.00
800.00
200.00
M
M
M
M
200
350
300
400
200,000.00
140,000.00
240,000.00
80,000.00
470
517,000.00
600.00 SQM
1,800.00 SQM
920
1,020
552,000.00
1,836,000.00
1,100.00 SQM
670
737,000.00
1,860
1,700
111,600.00
391,000.00
18,000
360,000.00
EACH
EACH
EACH
MT
EACH
1,100.00 SQ.M.
60.00 M
230.00 M
20.00 EACH
IN INR
SL NO
203
204
205
206
207
ITEM NO
C025.21.02
C025.44.00
C027.00.00
C027.06.00
C027.06.01V01
208
209
210
C034.00.00
C034.23.00
C034.23.02V02
211
212
213
214
C999.00.00
C999.99.00
C999.99.99V01
C999.99.99V02
SUB TOTAL
SHORT DESCRIPTION
Heavy duty
S/F MS Rungs
UNDERGROUND SEWER SYSTEM - RCC PIPES
S/L RCC pipes in soils
Dia (Internal) 150 mm , Piping Material Class P1 , - Dia (Internal) 150 mm ,
Piping Material Class P1 ,
PLUMBING AND BUILDING DRAINAGE
Construction of septic tank in soils
All material including cement supplied by contractor forUsers 10 NOS , - Users
10 NOS ,
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Upflow Anerobic filter
20 mm thk cement plaster
TOTAL
OVERALL
REBATE
FINAL AMOUNT
Page 489 of 1178
QTY
UOM
10.00 EACH
150.00 EACH
RATE
AMOUNT
22,000
150
220,000.00
22,500.00
1,300
390,000.00
1.00 EACH
160,000
160,000.00
1.00 EACH
20.00 SQM
280,000
270
280,000.00
5,400.00
693,288,200.00
300.00 M
0.00
699,087,550.00
0.00
699,087,550.00
Page 7 of 7
DETAILED
DESCRIPTION OF
SOR
(FORM-SP3)
Page 490 of 1178
The drawing, design and details given in this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited or used, except in the
limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL 1641-1915, Revision 1.A4 297 x 210.
Schedule of Rates
for
Electrical Works
Part 0
Tender No.
A774-000-81-41-CI-T-8102
Tender
Name
CIVIL / STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR DHDT,

SRU & OFFSITE
ISSUED WITH TENDER
REV
DATE
Client : Numaligarh Refinery Limited

Project : EPCM Consultancy Services for
ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 491 of 1178
PURPOSE
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: ENGINEERING
Dept.: Electrical
RS
BY
MKS
CHECKED APPROVED
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-16-50-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
Rev
0
The drawing, design and details given in this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited or
used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL 1641-1915, Revision 1.A4 297 x 210.
S. No.
Item No
Description of Items
Unit
Quantity
EE
ELECTRICAL
E207.00.00
G.I. PIPES
E207.01.00
Supply and laying of following sizes of G.I. Pipes

(medium) in required length fixed on steel, concrete or
similar structure, laid in trenches, ready to be buried in
concrete including cutting, threading, bending and similar
works, supply of clamps, small iron structures, spacers
and installation of seats, plugs, bushings etc., small civil
works, including all labour and materials, as per approved
drawings, specifications of this tender and directions of
Engineer-in-Charge.
E207.01.01
40 mm NB.
800
E207.01.02
50 mm NB.
260
E207.01.03
65 mm NB.
70
E207.01.04
80 mm NB.
150
E207.01.05
100 mm NB.
150
E207.01.07
150 mm NB.
80
10
E402.00.00
EARTH ELECTRODES
11
E402.01.00
Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of GI

earth electrodes, complete with earth pit as per std. 7-510102 and all necessary materials including excavation of
earth pit, filling with charcoal and salt, back filling,
providing necessary brickwork, connections, including all
labour and materials, as per approved drawings,
specifications of this tender and directions of Engineer-inCharge.
12
E402.01.01
GI earth electrode as per std. 7-51-0102.
NOS
65
13
E403.00.00
EARTH STRIPS
Page 492 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: ENGINEERING
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Dept.: Electrical
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-16-50-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
Rev
0
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
14
E403.02.00
Supply, installation and connection of following GI

earthing strip buried individually at a depth of 500 mm
including welding at joints, providing anti-corrosive paint
or bitumen and jute covering for welded portion, clamping
and necessary hardware for connecting, excavation and
refilling etc., including all labour and materials, as per
approved drawings, specifications of this tender and
directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
15
E403.02.02
50 x 6 mm
2200
16
E403.02.03
40 x 5 mm
250
17
E403.02.04
20 x 3 mm
480
18
E405.00.00
EARTH PLATES
19
E405.01.00
Supply, installation and connection of GI earth plates as

per std. 7-51-0103, complete with anchor bolts, including
all labour and materials, as per approved drawings,
specifications of this tender and directions of Engineer-inCharge.
20
E405.01.01
GI earth plate as per std. 7-51-0103.
NOS
140
Page 493 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: ENGINEERING
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Dept.: Electrical
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-16-50-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
Rev
0
The drawing, design and details given in this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited or used, except in the
limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use. EIL 1641-1915, Revision 1.A4 297 x 210.
Schedule of Rates
for
Civil-Structural and Architectural Works
Part 0
Tender No.
A774-000-81-41-CI-T-8102
Tender
Name
CIVIL / STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR DHDT,

SRU & OFFSITE
REISSUED FOR BID
SD
VKG
ISSUED FOR BIDS
SD
VKG
REV
DATE

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 494 of 1178
PURPOSE
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
BY
CHECKED APPROVED
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
A000.00.00
ARCHITECTURE
A002.00.00
FLOOR FINISHING
A002.03.00
Providing and laying average 50mm thick heavy duty

flooring in panels consisting of base course of 35mm
thick cement concrete (1 cement : 1.5 coarse sand : 3.5
stone aggregates of 10mm to 6mm size by volume) laid
over sub-base and 15mm thick finishing layer consisting
of cement and integral hardening compound mixed in
ratio of 4 cement :1 hardenar (by weight) :2 stone
agrgregates of 6mm and down size laid integral with base
course and finished smooth including cleaning the subbase surface, applying neat cement slurry @2.75 Kg of
cement per Sq.M of area over sub-base to receive the
base course, levelling, tamping, trowelling, finishing,
curing, providing shuttering to the edges etc. all complete.
A002.03.01
CEMENT SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT THEIR

COST.
A004.00.00
STEEL/ ALUMINIUM/ GLAZED/ FULLY GLASS/ PVC

ETC. DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS
A004.14.00
Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows,

ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard
tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and other
sections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS:
1285, fixing with dash fasteners of required dia and size,
including necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at
top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/
neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be
smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed
mechanically wherever required including cleat angle,
Aluminium snap beading for glazing / paneling, C.P.
brass / stainless steel screws, all complete as per
Page 495 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Quantity
Sq.M.
600
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Unit
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Kg
720
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-incharge. (Glazing, paneling and dash fasteners to be paid
for separately) :
7
A004.14.02M01
For fixed portion of aluminium louvers of appropriate size

fixed in roof monitor
made from Powder coated
aluminium (minimum thickness of powder coating 50
micron)
A008.00.00
ROOFING
A008.17.00
Providing and laying in position approved quality profiled,

precoated, steel sheets (for roofing, cladding etc.) made
from cold rolled high tensile Zincalume/ Galvalume Steel
of 550 MPA yield stress conforming to IS:513, IS:14246
and ASTM AS: 1397; the substrate shall be hot dip
metallic coating of aluminium- zinc alloy (150 grams per
sq. mtr. Total on both sides, coating class AZ150); the
bottom unexposed surface shall be provided with alkyd
backer of minimum 5 microns over a 5 micron coat of
primer; top exposed surface shall have SMP (Silicon
Modified Polyester) paint system minimum 20 microns in
approved shade applied over 5 microns primer; overall
coated thickness of sheets not less than 0.55 mm having
base metal thickness of minimum 0.5mm, profile depth
not less than 28mm and pitch of 195 to 255mm; including
cutting, mitering, laps, providing cutouts for fixing
accessories, necessary fastners (approved quality anti
corrosive polyester polymer coated, rivets, nuts, bolts,
self drilling screws/ fasteners with integral washers and
EPDM seals, and nylon colour caps and natural cure type
joint sealants etc.) All complete as per approved
manufacturer's specifications.
Sq.M
910
10
A008.18.00
Providing and laying in position roofing and cladding

accessories like ridge piece, corner piece, north light
Sq.M
300

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 496 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Sq.M
100
SQM
2025
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
curve piece, apron piece, gutter, flashing etc. fabricated

out of 0.5mm precoated Zincalume/ Galvalume Steel
steel sheets of same material/ quality etc. as that of
sheeting; bent and profiled to match with the roofing and
cladding, including all cutting, fabrication, rivetting,
fastners etc. all complete.
11
A008.20.00
Providing and fixing in position (for roofing and cladding)

machine made 2mm thick corrugated polycarbonate
sheets (conforming to IS :14434, 14443) of approved
manufacturer (in approved shade) extruded from
polycarbonate resin, having profiles as approved/
matching exactly with the surrounding pre-coated roofing/
cladding sheets and having following properties:
(a) Specific gravity 1.2 g/ cm3
(b) Hardness 119 M Scale
(c) Tensile Strength 64 Mpa
(d) Compressive strength 66Mpa
(e) Impact Strength 900 J/m
The item includes fixing to steel structure members
(truss/ purlins)/ brick masonry walls by means of polymer
coated 'J' or 'L' hooks, bolts, nuts 8mm dia G.I. bitumen
washers etc. all complete as per approved
manufacturer's recommendations and specifications.
12
A998.00.00
Miscellaneous
13
A998.99.00
Miscellaneous
14
A998.99.99V01
Providing and fixing pre-coated galvanised iron profile

sheets (size, shape and pitch of corrugation as approved
by Engineer-in-charge) 0.50 mm ( + 0.05 %), total coated
thickness with zinc coating 120 gm per sqm as per IS:277
in 240 mpa steel grade, 5-7 microns epoxy primer on
both side of the sheet and polyester top coat 15-18
microns. Sheet should have protective guard film of 25

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 497 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Cu.m.
30000
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
microns
minimum
to
avoid
scratches
during
transportation and should be supplied in single length
upto 12metre or as desired by Engineer-in-charge. The
sheet shall be fixed using self drilling /self tapping screws
of size (5.5x 55mm) with EPDM seal, complete up to any
pitch in horizontal/ vertical or curved surfaces excluding
the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including
cutting to size and shape wherever required. After
completion of the project, all materials shall be
dismantled and taken away by the contractor outside
plant boundary to the complete satisfaction of Engineerin-charge all complete as per the direction of Engineer-incharge.
SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIAL IN CONTRACTOR'S
SCOPE.
15
S000.00.00
CIVIL & STRUCTURAL
16
S001.00.00
EARTH WORK (REFER SPECIFICATION NO. 6-680003)
17
S001.01.00
Earthwork excavation in soil
18
S001.01.01
Earth work in EXCAVATION below ground level for all

kinds of works in ALL TYPES OF SOILS EXCEPT SOFT
ROCK AND HARD ROCK as classified in specification for
a depth upto 1.5m including removal of vegetation,
shrubs and debris, cutting and dressing of sides in
slopes, levelling, grading and ramming of bottoms,
dewatering of accumulated water from any source and
keeping the surface dry for subsequent works and
disposal or stacking of excavated material within a lead of
100m, as directed including providing temporary supports
to existing service lines like water pipes, sewage pipes,
electric overhead and underground cables etc. all
complete, but excluding shoring and strutting.

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 498 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
19
S001.01.02

a depth beyond 1.5m and upto and inclusive of 3.0m
including removal of vegetation, shrubs and debris,
cutting and dressing of sides in slopes, levelling, grading
and ramming of bottoms, dewatering of accumulated
water from any source and keeping the surface dry for
subsequent works and disposal or stacking of excavated
material within a lead of 100m, as directed including
providing temporary supports to existing service lines like
water pipes, sewage pipes, electric overhead and
underground cables etc. all complete, but excluding
shoring and strutting.
Cu.m.
12000
20
S001.01.03

a depth beyond 3.0m and upto & inclusive of 4.5m
including removal of vegetation, shrubs and debris,
cutting and dressing of sides in slopes, levelling, grading
and ramming of bottoms, dewatering of accumulated
water from any source and keeping the surface dry for
subsequent works and disposal or stacking of excavated
material within a lead of 100m, as directed including
providing temporary supports to existing service lines like
water pipes, sewage pipes, electric overhead and
underground cables etc. all complete, but excluding
shoring and strutting.
Cu.m.
100
21
S001.06.00
SHORING AND STRUTTING
22
S001.06.01
Providing and installing approved type of "SHORING AND

STRUTTING" by open timbering method for all depths to
retain earth including dismantling and removal of the
same etc. from site after completion of work etc. all
complete
as
directed.
Sq.m.
500
Page 499 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
23
S001.07.00
Backfilling after exceution of work
24
S001.07.01
BACKFILLING after execution of the WORK to proper

grade and level with selected materials from available
excavated soil from spoil heaps within a LEAD OF 100M,
including re- excavating the deposited soil excavated
earlier, breaking clods, laying at all depths and heights in
layers of thickness not exceeding 15 Cms. watering,
rolling and ramming by manual methods/ mechanical
compactors to achieve 90% laboratory maximum dry
density, dressing, trimming etc. in foundations, plinths,
trenches, pits etc. all complete.
Cu.m.
15250
25
S001.07.02M01
BACKFILLING after execution of the WORK to proper

grade and level with selected materials from available
excavated soil from spoil heaps beyond a LEAD OF
100M AND anywhere WITHIN PLANT BOUNDARY as
directed by Engineer in-charge including re-excavating
the deposited soil excavated earlier, breaking clods,
laying at all depths and heights in layers of thickness not
exceeding 15 Cms. watering, rolling and ramming by
manual methods/ mechanical compactors to achieve
90% laboratory maximum dry density, dressing, trimming
etc. in foundations, plinths, trenches, pits etc. all
complete.
Cu.m.
6000
26
S001.10.00
Transporting & Disposing the SURPLUS EARTH AND

DEBRIS
27
S001.10.01M01
Transporting and disposing the SURPLUS EARTH AND

DEBRIS including shrubs and vegetations from
construction area beyond the initial LEAD OF 100M AND
UPTO WITHIN REFINARY PLANT BOUNDARY
including re-excavating the deposited soil excavated
earlier, transportation, loading, unloading, laying at all
depths and heights, stacking, levelling and dressing both
the area (viz. from where the earth is transported and
Cu.m.
18000
Page 500 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
where it is deposited) to required levels and slopes

complete with all lifts as directed. For carting on the basis
of truck measurements (volume of truck reduced by 30%
for voids).
28
S002.00.00
PLAIN & REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE: (REFER

SPECIFICATION NO. 6-68-0004)
29
S002.17.00
PCC - Non FIM Items
30
S002.17.01
Providing and laying PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE for all

depths below and upto plinth level in foundations,drains,
fillings, non-suspended floors, pavements & ramps or any
other works etc. including shuttering, tamping, ramming,
vibrating, curing etc. all as specified in any shape,
position, thickness and finishing the top surface rough or
smooth as specified and directed all complete for
concrete of nominal mix 1:5:10 by mass (1 Cement: 5
Coarse Sand: 10 Crushed Stone Aggregates/Gravels)
with 40mm and down size graded crushed stone
aggaregates/Gravels.ALL
MATERIALS
INCLUDING
CEMENT SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
Cu.m.
550
31
S002.17.05
Providing and laying PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE of

nominal mix 1:3:6 by mass (1 Cement : 3 Sand : 6
Crushed Stone Aggregates) with 10mm and down size
graded crushed stone aggregates below and upto plinth
level as SCREED in trenches, floor slabs, sumps,
channels, drains etc. for all depths including shuttering,
tamping, curing etc. as specified in any shape, level,
thickness, position and finishing the top surface smooth
etc. all complete as directed. ALL MATERIALS
INCLUDING
CEMENT
SUPPLIED
BY
THE
CONTRACTOR.
Cu.m.
25
32
S002.17.06
Providing and laying PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE of

nominal mix 1:3:6 by mass (1 Cement : 3 Sand : 6
Crushed Stone Aggregates) with 10mm and down size
Cu.m.
25

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 501 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Cu.m.
50
CUM
5500
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
graded crushed stone aggregates above plinth level as

SCREED in floor slabs, roofs, chajjas, canopies, gutters
etc. for all heights including shuttering, tamping, curing
etc. as specified in any shape, level, thickness, position
and finishing the top surface smooth etc. all complete as
directed.ALL
MATERIALS
INCLUDING
CEMENT
SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
33
S002.17.08
Providing and laying PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE for all

depths below and upto plinth level in foundations,drains,
fillings, non-suspended floors, pavements & ramps or any
other works etc. including shuttering, tamping, ramming,
vibrating, curing, etc. all as specified in any shape,
smooth as specified and directed all complete for
concrete grade M20 with 20mm and down size graded
crushed stone aggaregates/Gravels.ALL MATERIALS
INCLUDING
CEMENT
SUPPLIED
BY
THE
CONTRACTOR.
34
S002.18.00
RCC Substrutures - Non FIM Items
35
S002.18.17
Providing
and
laying
REINFORCED
CEMENT
CONCRETE OF M-30 GRADE with 20 mm and down
size graded crushed stone aggregates/ gravel in SUBSTRUCTURE e.g. foundations, raft, beams, slabs, pile
caps, retaining walls, dyke walls, jambs, counterforts,
buttresses,
pedestals,
pipe
sleepers,
columns,
suspended floors, staircases, landings, steps, brackets
etc., including equipment/ machine foundations &
pedestals viz. compressors, ID & FD fans, pumps,
generators, crushers, mills, etc., (including single pour
concreting as specified on the drawing), applying cement
wash on concrete surface (wherever no other surface
application is specified), providing pockets, openings,
recesses, chamfering, etc., wherever required, vibrating,
tamping, curing and rendering if required to give a

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 502 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
CUM
200
CUM
500
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
smooth and even surface etc. (EXCLUDING THE COST

OF REINFORCEMENT, SHUTTERING & SPECIFIED
ADMIXTURES) for all depths below and upto plinth level
in any shape, position and thickness etc. all complete as
specified, shown and directed. ALL MATERIALS
INCLUDING
CEMENT
SUPPLIED
BY
THE
CONTRACTOR.
36
S002.18.22
Providing
and
laying
REINFORCED
CEMENT
size graded crushed stone aggregates/ gravel in SUBSTRUCTURE e.g. trenches, culverts, manholes, pipe
encasement, catchpits, drains, pits, etc., applying cement
wash on concrete surface (wherever no other surface
recesses, chamfering, etc., wherever required, vibrating,
OF REINFORCEMENT, SHUTTERING & SPECIFIED
ADMIXTURES) for all depths below and upto plinth level
in any shape, position and thickness etc. all complete as
specified, shown and directed. ALL MATERIALS
INCLUDING
CEMENT
SUPPLIED
BY
THE
CONTRACTOR.
37
S002.19.00
RCC Superstructures - Non FIM Items
38
S002.19.17
Providing
and
laying
REINFORCED
CEMENT
size graded crushed stone aggregates/ gravel in SUPER
STRUCTURE in suspended floors, slabs, beams,
columns, walls including counterforts, staircases,
landings, steps, facias, fins, mouldings, gutters, shelves,
window sills, canopies, lintels, girders, ducts, brackets,
chajjas with drip moulds, pedestals, posts, struts,
equipment/ machine foundations, ramps etc. (including
single pour concreting as specified on the drawing),

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 503 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
10
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Cu.m.
20
CUM
50
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
providing cement wash (wherever no other surface

recesses, chamfering wherever required, vibrating,
OF REINFORCEMENT, SHUTTERING AND SPECIFIED
ADMIXTURES) FOR ALL HEIGHTS UPTO &
INCLUSIVE OF 20 m ABOVE PLINTH LEVEL in any
shape, position, thickness etc. all complete as specified,
shown and directed. ALL MATERIALS INCLUDING
CEMENT SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
39
S002.20.00
RCC Flooring - Non FIM Items
40
S002.20.02
Providing
and
laying
REINFORCED
CEMENT
CONCRETE OF M-20 GRADE with 20mm and down size
graded crushed stone aggregates / gravel in NONSUSPENDED slabs / pavement slabs including
pedestals, ramps etc. leaving pockets, laying in alternate
panels to required slopes, all necessary form work and
finishing the top surface rough or smooth, including cost
of admixtures if used, providing pockets, openings,
recesses, chamfering etc., wherever required, vibrating,
OF REINFORCEMENT AND SHUTTERING) for all
depths below and upto plinth level in any shape, position
and thickness etc. all complete as specified, shown and
directed. ALL MATERIALS INCLUDING CEMENT
SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
41
S002.22.00
Precast Elements - Non FIM Items
42
S002.22.07
Manufacturing, transporting, supplying and erecting in

position Reinforced Cement Concrete PRECAST
ELEMENTS such as columns, beams, cover slabs,
lintels, louvers, fins, shelves etc. of M-30 grade with

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 504 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
11
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
CUM
50
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
20mm and down size graded crushed stone

aggregates/gravel, each unit upto and inclusive of 500 kg.
for all leads, levels, shapes and thickness including all
moulds, shuttering and centering, vibrating, tamping,
curing, chamfering wherever required, finishing the top
surface with cement mortar 1:3 ( 1 Cement : 3 Sand) to
give a smooth and even surface, or non skid finish as
specified, providing lifting hooks, metal inserts, making
holes pockets, (only M.S. inserts to be measured & paid
separately) transporting to site, erecting, levelling,
aligning and fixing in position with cement mortar 1:3 (
Cement : 3 Coarse Sand), breaking bricks and/or
concrete surfaces and making good the same etc. all
complete (excluding the Cost of Reinforcement ) and as
directed. All materials including cement supplied by the
contractor.
43
S002.22.08

aggregates/gravel, each unit beyond 500 kg and upto and
inclusive of 1000 kg. for all leads, levels, shapes and
thickness including all moulds, shuttering and centering,
vibrating, tamping, curing, chamfering wherever required,
finishing the top surface with cement mortar 1:3 ( 1
Cement : 3 Sand) to give a smooth and even surface, or
non skid finish as specified, providing lifting hooks, metal
inserts, making holes pockets, (only M.S. inserts to be
measured & paid separately) transporting to site,
erecting, levelling, aligning and fixing in position with
cement mortar 1:3 ( Cement : 3 Coarse Sand), breaking
bricks and/or concrete surfaces and making good the
same etc. all complete (excluding the Cost of
Reinforcement ) and as directed. All materials including
cement supplied by the contractor.

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 505 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
12
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
44
S002.22.09

aggregates/gravel, each unit beyond 1000 kg and upto
and inclusive of 2000 kg. for all leads, levels, shapes and
thickness including all moulds, shuttering and centering,
vibrating, tamping, curing, chamfering wherever required,
finishing the top surface with cement mortar 1:3 ( 1
Cement : 3 Sand) to give a smooth and even surface, or
non skid finish as specified, providing lifting hooks, metal
inserts, making holes pockets, (only M.S. inserts to be
measured & paid separately) transporting to site,
erecting, levelling, aligning and fixing in position with
cement mortar 1:3 ( Cement : 3 Coarse Sand), breaking
bricks and/or concrete surfaces and making good the
same etc. all complete (excluding the Cost of
Reinforcement ) and as directed. All materials including
cement supplied by the contractor.
CUM
50
45
S002.22.27

ELEMENTS such as manholes, catch-basins, pits, pipe
sleepers, box-culverts, drains, trenches, etc. of M-30
grade with 20mm and down size graded crushed stone
aggregates/ gravel, each unit upto and inclusive of 1000
kg. for all leads, levels below plinth, shapes and thickness
including all moulds, shuttering and centering, vibrating,
tamping, curing, chamfering wherever required, providing
lifting hooks, metal inserts, making holes, pockets, (only
M.S. inserts to be measured & paid separately)
transporting to site, erecting, levelling, aligning and fixing
in position with cement mortar 1:3 (Cement : 3 Coarse
Sand), breaking bricks and/ or concrete surfaces and
making good the same etc. all complete (excluding the
Cost of Reinforcement) and as directed. All materials
CUM
50
Page 506 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
13
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
including cement supplied by the contractor.

46
S002.22.28

aggregates/ gravel, each unit beyond 1000 kg and upto
and inclusive of 3000 kg. for all leads, levels below plinth,
shapes and thickness including all moulds, shuttering and
centering, vibrating, tamping, curing, chamfering
wherever required, providing lifting hooks, metal inserts,
making holes, pockets, (only M.S. inserts to be measured
& paid separately) transporting to site, erecting, levelling,
aligning and fixing in position with cement mortar 1:3
(Cement : 3 Coarse Sand), breaking bricks and/ or
complete (excluding the Cost of Reinforcement) and as
contractor.
CUM
50
47
S002.22.29

aggregates/ gravel, each unit beyond 3000 kg and upto
and inclusive of 5000 kg. for all leads, levels below plinth,
shapes and thickness including all moulds, shuttering and
centering, vibrating, tamping, curing, chamfering
wherever required, providing lifting hooks, metal inserts,
making holes, pockets, (only M.S. inserts to be measured
& paid separately) transporting to site, erecting, levelling,
aligning and fixing in position with cement mortar 1:3
(Cement : 3 Coarse Sand), breaking bricks and/ or
complete (excluding the Cost of Reinforcement) and as
CUM
50

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 507 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
14
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
MT
925
CUM
50
Sq.m.
17500
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words

contractor.
48
S002.23.00
HYD Bars / MS Bars - Non FIM Items
49
S002.23.08
Supplying and placing in position HIGH YEILDSTRENGTH

DEFORMED
STEEL
BARS
REINFORCEMENT of Grade Fe500 (D) conforming to
IS:1786, for RCC work including transporting the Steel,
straightening, cleaning, decoiling, cutting, bending to
required shapes and lengths as per details, binding with
18 SWG black soft annealed binding wire at every
intersection, supplying and placing with proper cover
blocks, supports, chairs, overlaps, welding, spacers,
fanhooks etc. for all heights and depths etc. all complete
as directed. SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIAL IN
CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE.
50
S002.24.00
Conc. Encasing - Non FIM Items
51
S002.24.02
Providing and laying Reinforced Cement Concrete of

grade M-20 with 20mm and down size graded stone
aggregates for ENCASING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL
WORK including chamfering wherever required, vibrating,
smooth and even surface etc. (excluding the cost of
Reinforcement and Shuttering) for all heights and depths
in any shape, position, and thickness etc. all complete as
specified and shown. Cement. All materials supplied by
the contractor.
52
S002.25.00
Centering and Shuttering - Non FIM Items
53
S002.25.01
Providing and fixing CENTERING AND SHUTTERING in

foundations, footings,raft beams, slabs, pile caps,
retaining walls, jambs, counter-forts, buttresses, trenches,
equipment/machine foundations, pedestals, abutments,

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 508 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
15
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
pipe sleepers, columns, plinth beams, lintels, suspended

slabs, beams, staircases, landings, steps, non-circular
tunnels/bunkers/ silos/ shafts/ hoppers/liquid storage
structures etc. for all depths below and upto & inclusive of
plinth level including shuttering for single pour concreting,
strutting, bracing, propping etc., keeping the same in
position during concreting and removal of the same after
specified period etc. for Straight/ Inclined Shuttering,
keeping necessary provision for inserts, projecting
dowels, anchor bolts or any other fixture etc. all complete
and as specified and directed.
54
S002.25.02
Providing and fixing CENTERING AND SHUTTERING in

superstrctures in retaining walls, jambs, counter-forts,
buttresses,
equipment/
machine
foundations,
abutments,columns, lintels, suspended slabs, beams,
staircases, landings, steps, non-circular tunnels/ bunkers/
silos/ shafts/ hoppers/ liquid storage structures etc. for all
heights above plinth level including shuttering for single
pour concreting, strutting, bracing, propping etc., keeping
the same in position during concreting and removal of the
same after specified period etc. for Straight/ Inclined
Shuttering, keeping necessary provision for inserts,
projecting dowels, anchor bolts or any other fixture etc. all
complete and as specified and directed.
Sq.m.
4000
55
S002.25.03
Providing and fixing CENTERING AND SHUTTERING for

CURVED SHUTTERING in foundations in all types of
Structures such as Chimneys/ Shafts/ Silos/ tunnels/
bunkers/ hoppers/ liquid storage structures/ domes/ ring
wall for tanks, etc. for all depths below and upto &
inclusive of plinth level including shuttering for single pour
concreting, strutting, bracing, propping etc., keeping the
same in position during concreting and removal of the
same after specified period etc. for Straight/ Inclined
Shuttering, keeping necessary provision for inserts,
projecting dowels, anchor bolts or any other fixture etc. all
Sq.m.
50

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 509 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
16
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
complete and as specified and directed.

56
S002.25.04
Providing and fixing CENTERING AND SHUTTERING for

CURVED SHUTTERING in superstructures in all types of
Structures
such
as
Chimneys/Shafts/Silos/
tunnels/bunkers/hoppers /liquid storage structures/
domes etc. for all heights above plinth level including
shuttering for single pour concreting, strutting, bracing,
propping etc., keeping the same in position during
concreting and removal of the same after specified period
etc. for Straight/ Inclined Shuttering, keeping necessary
provision for inserts, projecting dowels, anchor bolts or
any other fixture etc. all complete and as specified and
directed.
Sq.m.
50
57
S002.25.09
Providing and fixing MS metal deck sheets as permanent

support for floor slabs/ roof slabs at various levels for
structures such as equipment supporting structures/ pipe
racks/ buildings etc., for all heights above plinth level
including supply of profiled (trough type) galvanized 1mm
thick cold rolled corrugated steel deck panel and
accessories of any approved colour, make, conforming to
relevant IS/ BS/ ASTM codes which will form the part of
sacrificial/ left-in shuttering to support the wet concrete
without any vertical propping, spanning of sheets between
the floor structural framework and fixing with the steel
structural/ concrete beams by self leveling screws,
keeping any other fixtures etc., including supply of all
materials to site, laying & fixing, labour, tools & tackles, all
consumables, etc, all complete as per the manufacturer's
recommendation, specifications and as per the directions
of
engineerin-charge.
Sq.m.
600
58
S002.26.00
Expansion joints - Non FIM Items
59
S002.26.02
Supplying and fixing in position 25mm thick BITUMEN

IMPREGNATED FIBRE BOARD conforming to IS:1838 of
Sq.m.
10

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 510 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
17
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
250
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
approved quality in expansion joints at all locations and

levels in concrete structures etc. all complete as shown,
specified and directed.
60
S002.26.04
Supplying and sealing EXPANSION JOINTS 25 mm wide

and 12mm deep at all locations and levels in Concrete
Structures with approved two part liquid POLYSULPHIDE
SEALING COMPOUND as per IS:12118 including raking
of joints etc. all complete as shown, specified and
directed.
61
S002.29.00
Fixing Re-bars in already cast concrete - Non FIM Items
62
S002.29.01
"Designing, supplying and fixing rebars in already cast

concrete, including drilling, cleaning hole with air blow-out
& wire-brush and injecting odourless Chemical of
approved make, packed in dual foil, with the help of
dispenser into a hole of diameter and depth as per
manufacture specification, at all levels & locations for
high strength deformed steel reinforcement bars of dia.
upto 12 mm of Grade Fe500D (conforming to IS:1786),
DESIGNED FOR FULL TENSILE ANCHORAGE,
including
testing
(as
per
manufacturer's
recommendations), adjusting and making good any
damage done to the structure etc. all complete as
specified and directed. SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIAL IN
CONTRACTOR'S
SCOPE
EXCLUDING
REINFORCEMENT BARS.
"
Each
50
63
S002.29.02

Each
50

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 511 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
18
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Each
50
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words

16 mm & 20 mm of Grade Fe500D (conforming to
IS:1786),
DESIGNED
FOR
FULL
TENSILE
ANCHORAGE, including testing (as per manufacturer's
CONTRACTOR'S
SCOPE
EXCLUDING
REINFORCEMENT BARS.
"
64
S002.29.03

25 mm & 28 mm of Grade Fe500D (conforming to
IS:1786),
DESIGNED
FOR
FULL
TENSILE
ANCHORAGE, including testing (as per manufacturer's
CONTRACTOR'S
SCOPE
EXCLUDING
REINFORCEMENT BARS.
"
65
S003.00.00
CONCRETE FOR LIQUID RETAINING/LEAK PROOF

STRUCTURES (REFER SPECIFICATION NO.6-680005)
66
S003.03.00
RCC - Non FIM Items

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 512 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
19
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
67
S003.03.13
Providing and laying Leak Proof Reinforced Cement

Concrete of GRADE M-30 (minimum Cement content
shall be as per EIL Specifications) with 20 mm and down
size graded crushed stone aggregates/ gravel at all
positions and in any shape and thickness, in SUBSTRUCTURE, leaving pockets, recesses, vibrating,
tamping, curing, testing (for leak-proofness) and
rendering (if required to give smooth and even surface) in
foundations, walls , beams, buttresses, columns, piers,
slabs, tunnels, basements, storage bins, reservoirs etc.
including cement wash (if no other surface application is
specified) but excluding the cost of Reinforcement,
Shuttering and specified admixtures, all complete as
specified and directed. ALL MATERIALS INCLUDING
CEMENT SUPPLIED BY CONTRACTOR.
68
S003.04.00
Water Proofing Comp. - Non FIM Items
69
S003.04.01
Supplying and mixing of approved brand of integral

WATER PROOFING COMPOUND in cement concrete,
cement mortar etc. as per manufacturer's specifications,
to make it leak proof/water tight etc. all complete as
specified
and
directed.
70
S003.05.00
PVC Water bars - Non FIM Items
71
S003.05.02
Supplying and fixing in position 230mm wide x 5mm thick

approved PVC WATER STOPS as per manufacturer's
specifications in R.C.C. Structures including cutting,
fixing, jointing by vulcanising etc. all complete as shown
specified
and
directed.
72
S004.00.00
STRUCTURAL
STEEL
WORKS
73
S004.03.00
General Steel Works - Non FIM Items
74
S004.03.03M02
Supplying, transporting, storing, fabricating & erecting in
Page 513 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Quantity
CUM
10
Kg
1200
50
MT
50
Rate in Rupees
Figures

Date
Amount in Rs.
Words
(REFER
ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Unit
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
20
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
MT
20
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
position and testing/ examining bolted and/ or welded

STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS of Grade E250BR
(confirming to per IS:2062) at all locations and levels
UPTO & INCLUSIVE OF 20 m ABOVE HPP/ FGL,
including all builtup sections/ compound sections made
out of rolled sections and/or plates/ bent plates in all types
of structural frameworks, floor beams, stairs, or any other
structural items or accessories to support equipments,
piping, conveyor galleries, towers, masts, etc., but
excluding silos, bunkers, hoppers, etc., cutting to required
size, straightening/ bending if required, edge preparation,
cleaning, preheating, welding/bolting of joints with high
tensile bolt of minimum grade 8.8, (including sealing the
joints of box sections with continuous welding and
plugging any open ends & holes of box sections),
finishing edges by grinding, fixing in line and level with
temporary staging & bracing and removal of the same
after erection, grouting with Ordinary Grout or premix free
flow Nonshrink Grout as specified, including preparation
and submission of detailed fabrication drawings,
preparing the surface for painting (SSPC-SP-10) and
applying pre-erection/ shop primer (1 coat of F-9 @ 65-75
micron DFT) as per EIL Specification No. 6-79-0020 (or
as per Job Specification, wherever applicable) after
fabrication etc., all complete. SUPPLY OF ALL
MATERIAL IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE.
75
S004.03.04M02
Supplying, transporting, storing, fabricating & erecting in

position and testing/ examining bolted and/ or welded
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS of Grade E250BR
(confirming to per IS:2062) at all locations and levels
MORE THAN 20 m & UPTO 30 m ABOVE HPP/ FGL,
including all builtup sections/ compound sections made
out of rolled sections and/or plates/ bent plates in all types
of structural frameworks, floor beams, stairs, or any other
structural items or accessories to support equipments,
piping, conveyor galleries, towers, masts, etc., but

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 514 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
21
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
MT
2000
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
excluding silos, bunkers, hoppers, etc., cutting to required

size, straightening/ bending if required, edge preparation,
cleaning, preheating, welding/bolting of joints with high
tensile bolt of minimum grade 8.8 confirming to IS: 4000
& IS: 3757, (including sealing the joints of box sections
with continuous welding and plugging any open ends &
holes of box sections), finishing edges by grinding, fixing
in line and level with temporary staging & bracing and
removal of the same after erection, grouting with Ordinary
Grout or premix free flow Nonshrink Grout as specified,
including preparation and submission of detailed
fabrication drawings, preparing the surface for painting
(SSPC-SP-10) and applying pre-erection/ shop primer (1
coat of F-9 @ 65-75 micron DFT) as per EIL Specification
No. 6-79-0020 (or as per Job Specification, wherever
applicable) after fabrication etc., all complete. SUPPLY
OF ALL MATERIAL IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE.
76
S004.03.05M01
Supplying, Fabricating at CONTRACTOR's shop outside

the plant boundary, transporting fabricated items to site,
unloading, storing, erecting in position and testing/
examining , bolted and/ or welded STRUCTURAL STEEL
WORKS of Grade E250BR (confirming to IS:2062 at all
locations and levels UPTO & INCLUSIVE OF 20 m
ABOVE HPP/ FGL including all builtup sections/
compound sections made out of rolled sections and/or
plates/ bent plates in all types of structural frameworks,
floor beams, stairs, or any other structural items or
accessories to support equipments, piping, conveyor
galleries, towers, masts, etc., but excluding silos,
bunkers, hoppers, etc., cutting to required size,
straightening/ bending, edge preparation, cleaning,
preheating, welding/ bolting of joints with high tensile bolt
of minimum grade 8.8 confirming to IS: 4000 & IS: 3757,
(including sealing the joints of box sections with
continuous welding and plugging any open ends & holes
of box sections), finishing edges by grinding, fixing in

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 515 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
22
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
MT
900
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
lineand level with temporary staging & bracing and

No.6-79-0020 (or as per Job specification, where ever
applicable) after fabrication etc.. all complete. SUPPLY
OF ALL MATERIAL IS IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE.
77
S004.03.05M02

locations and levels UPTO & INCLUSIVE OF 20 m
straightening/ bending, edge
preparation, cleaning,
of minimum grade 8.8 confirming to IS: 4000 & IS: 3757,
(including sealing the joints of box sections with
continuous welding and plugging any open ends & holes
of box sections), finishing edges by grinding, fixing in
lineand level with temporary staging & bracing and

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 516 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
23
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
MT
300
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
No.6-79-0020 (or as per Job specification, where ever

applicable) after fabrication etc.. all complete. SUPPLY
OF ALL MATERIAL IS IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE.
STRUCTURE SHALL BE ASSEMBLED IN GROUND AT
A LOCATION IDENTIFIIED BY ENGINEER IN-CHARGE
& ERECTED IN MODULES.
78
S004.03.05M03
Supplying, Fabricating at contractor's workshop outside

plant boundary, transporting fabricated items to site up to
a place inside plant, unloading, storing at Client's
warehouse or any place inside plant limit, designated by
Engineer in charge, testing/examining , bolted and/ or
welded STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS of Grade
E250BR (conforming to IS:2062), USING rolled sections
conforming to IS:808, Wide flange/ Parallel flange
sections conforming to IS:12778 and plates conforming to
IS:1730, including plates / Gusset/ Stiffener plates and
associated shop and field connections, including all
builtup sections/ compound sections made out of rolled
sections and/or plates/ bent plates, in all types of
structural frameworks, truss, floor beams, stairs, sag
rods, ladders or any other structural items or accessories
to support equipments, piping, conveyor galleries, towers,
masts, etc., but excluding silos, bunkers, hoppers, etc.,
cutting to required size, straightening/ bending if required,
edge preparation, cleaning, preheating, welding/ bolting of
joints with high tensile nut, washer and bolts of minimum
grade 8.8 confirming to IS:4000 & IS:3757, (including
sealing the joints of box sections with continuous welding
and plugging any open ends & holes of box sections),
finishing edges by grinding, including preparation and
submission of detailed fabrication drawings (including the
design calculation for connections) based on Design
drawing provided by owner, Planning location of splices in
Structural assembly to suit transportation ease and
minimum number of joints at site, preparing the surface
for painting (SSPC-SP-10) and applying pre-erection/

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 517 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
24
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
MT
50
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
shop primer (1 coat of F-9 @ 65-75 micron DFT) as per

EIL Specification No. 6-79-0020 (or Job specification,
wherever applicable) after fabrication etc. all complete.
SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIAL INCLUDING NUTS,
WASHER AND BOLTS FOR FIELD
BOLTED JOINTS IS IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE.
79
S004.03.06M03

locations and levels MORE THAN 20 m & UPTO 30m
straightening/ bending, edge preparation, cleaning,
of minimum grade 8.8, (including sealing the joints of box
sections with continuous welding and plugging any open
ends & holes of box sections), finishing edges by
grinding, fixing in line and level with temporary staging &
bracing and removal of the same after erection, grouting
with Ordinary Grout or premix free flow Nonshrink Grout
as specified, including preparation and submission of
detailed fabrication drawings, preparing the surface for
painting (SSPC-SP-10) and applying pre-erection/ shop
primer (1 coat of F-9 @ 65-75 micron DFT) as per EIL
Specification No.6-79-0020 (or Job specification,
wherever applicable) after fabrication etc.. all complete.
SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIAL IN CONTRACTOR'S
SCOPE.

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 518 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
25
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
80
S004.04.00
Painting - Non FIM Items
81
S004.04.08M01
Supplying and applying COATING (Post-erection/ Field)

of approved quality and shade as per Sl. No. 9.2 of Table
9.0 of EIL specification No. 6-79-0020 (or as per Job
Specifications, wherever applicable) over the coat of shop
primer already applied, including storage, surface
preparation, degreasing, cleaning, drying, providing
necessary arrangement for access, testing etc. including
touching up of shop primer coat as per Sl. No. 7.2.1 of
Table 7.2 of EIL Specification No. 6-79-0020 (or as per
Job Specifications, wherever applicable), for steel
structures at all location & levels, all complete as
specified, for UNIT (INLAND) areas considering
environment classification as INDUSTRIAL. SUPPLY OF
ALL MATERIAL IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE. (Unit rate
based on Structural steel weight).
MT
1800
82
S004.04.09M02
Supplying and applying COATING (Post-erection/ Field)

of approved quality and shade as per Sl. No. 10.2 of
Job Specifications, wherever applicable) over the coat of
shop primer already applied, including storage, surface
preparation, degreasing, cleaning, drying, providing
necessary arrangement for access, testing etc. including
touching up of shop primer coat as per Sl. No. 7.2.1 of
Job Specifications, wherever applicable), for steel
structures (excluding ladders, spiral stairways & hand
rails) at all location & levels, all complete as specified, for
UNIT (INLAND) areas considering environment
classification as INDUSTRIAL. SUPPLY OF ALL
MATERIAL IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE. (Unit rate
based on Structural steel weight).
MT
200
83
S005.00.00
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS (TUBULAR/HOLLOW
Page 519 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
26
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
SECTION) (REFER SPECIFICATION NO.6-68-0007)

84
S005.05.00
Yst310 IS1161
85
S005.05.01M01
Supplying, transporting, storing, fabricating, erecting in

position and testing / examining at all locations and levels
bolted and/or welded TUBULAR STEEL WORKS of all
types using STEEL TUBES OF YST 310 GRADE
CONFORMING TO IS:1161 in all types of trusses,
girders, purlins, siderails, columns, runners, beams, ties,
portals, frame work, bracings, brackets, sagrods etc.
including all handling, straightening/bending if required,
cutting to required size & shape, edge preparation,
welding & bolting of joints with high tensile bolt of
minimum grade 8.8, providing and fixing end caps and
plugging holes, fixing in line and level with necessary
temporary staging and removal of the same after
erection, grouting with Ordinary Grout/premix free flow
Non Shrink Grout as specified, preparation & submission
of detailed fabrication drawings, maintainnig the strucutre
intact throughout project duration, etc. all complete as
specified & directed. After completion of mechanical
works of the project, all materials shall be dismantled and
taken away by the contractor outside plant boundary to
the complete satisfaction of Engineer-in-chharge all
complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.
SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIALS INCLUDING PLATES IN
CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE.
MT
10
86
S005.05.01M02

the plant boundary, transporting fabricated items to
site,unloading, storing, erecting in position and testing /
examining at all locations and levels bolted and/or welded
TUBULAR STEEL WORKS of all types using STEEL
TUBES OF
YST 310 GRADE CONFORMING TO
IS:1161 in all types of trusses, girders, purlins, siderails,
columns, runners, beams, ties, portals, frame work,
MT
500

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 520 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
27
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
MT
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
bracings, brackets, sagrods etc. including all handling,

straightening/bending if required, cutting to required size
& shape, edge preparation, welding & bolting of joints with
high tensile bolt of minimum grade 8.8 confirming to IS:
4000 & IS: 3757, providing and fixing end caps and
plugging holes, fixing in line and level with necessary
temporary staging and removal of the same after
erection, grouting with Ordinary Grout/premix free flow
Non Shrink Grout as specified, preparation & submission
of detailed fabrication drawings, preparing the exposed
surfaces for painting (SSPC-SP-10) and applying preerection/ shop primer (1 coat of F-9 @ 65-75 micron
DFT) as per EIL Specification No. 6-79-0020 (or as per
Job Specification, wherever applicable) etc. all complete
as specified & directed. SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIALS
INCLUDING PLATES IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE..
87
S006.00.00
MISCELLANEOUS
STEEL
WORKS
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 6-68-0008)
88
S006.01.00
Anchor Bolts - FIM Items
89
S006.01.02
Fixing and keeping in position at all levels and locations

already fabricated THREADED ANCHOR BOLTS of all
diameters and nomenclature supplied by the owner as
Free Issue including nuts, washers, anchor plates, pipe
sleeves etc. in foundations, columns, pedestals, slabs,
beams, walls etc. or any other place as directed including
transporting the same from owner's store/issue points to
site of work handling , straightening if required, turning
from relevant size M.S. rounds to required diameter,
threading, welding, providing necessary templates and
auxilliary dummy structures, if any, necessary tying and
welding with reinforcement, adjustment of shuttering &
reinforcement/any other fixture, greasing exposed metal
surfaces, covering bolts and packing the sleeves with jute
cloth etc. all complete as specified and directed. (BOLTS
(REFER

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 521 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
28
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
MT
60
MT
20
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER AS FREE

ISSUE) .
90
S006.15.00
Anchor Bolts - Non FIM Items
91
S006.15.01
Supplying, fabricating, fixing and keeping in position at all

levels and locations THREADED ANCHOR BOLTS of all
diameters and nomenclature including nuts, washers,
anchor plates, pipe sleeves etc. in foundations, columns,
pedestals, slabs, beams, walls etc. or any other place as
directed including handling & transporting, straightening if
required, turning from relevant size M.S. rounds to
required diameter, threading, welding, providing
necessary templates and auxilliary dummy structures, if
any, necessary tying and welding with reinforcement,
adjustment of shuttering & reinforcement/any other
fixture, greasing exposed metal surfaces, covering bolts
and packing the sleeves with jute cloth etc. all complete
as specified and directed.(SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIALS
IN
CONTRACTOR'S
SCOPE).
92
S006.16.00
MS Metal Inserts - Non FIM Items
93
S006.16.01
Supplying, transporting, storing, fabricating and fixing in

position M.S. METAL INSERT (with lugs) of any shape
made out of flats, plates, rolled sections, pipes etc.
providing necessary templates, staging, cutting,
straightening, if required, bolting, welding as required and
embedding in position on both Plain and Reinforced
Cement concrete members inclusive of adjusting
shuttering & reinforcement/ any other fixture, welding
where necessary, tying and holding to correct level, line
and position, any auxiliary dummy structures to support
the heavy inserts, painting exposed surfaces with a coat
of primer as per EIL Specification No. 6-79-0020, etc. all
complete for all depths and heights as specified and
directed. (SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIALS IN

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 522 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
29
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
MT
MT
20
MT
250
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE).
94
S006.17.00
GI Pipe Sleeves - Non FIM Items
95
S006.17.01
Supplying, fabricating and fixing in position G.I. PIPE

SLEEVES of all diameters including providing necessary
staging, cutting, straightening if required, bolting, welding
as required and embedding in position on both Plain and
Reinforced Cement concrete members inclusive of
adjusting shuttering & reinforcement/any other fixture,
welding where necessary, tying and holding to correct
level, line and position, any auxilliary dummy structures to
support heavy sleeves etc. all complete for all depths and
heights as specified and directed.
96
S006.18.00
MS Chequered Plates - Non FIM Items
97
S006.18.01
Supplying, fabricating and erecting in position at all levels

and locations bolted, screwed and/or welded M.S.
CHEQUERED PLATES of any thickness in walkways,
platforms, stair treads, any other place as directed etc.
including cutting to required size, shape, making holes,
notches, openings of required size, nosing, straightening
if required, making the edges smooth, removing the
burrs, fixing, welding, preparation and submission of
fabrication drawings and preparing the surfaces for
painting and applying shop primer as per EIL
Specification No. 6-79-0020 (or Job Specification,
wherever applicable) after fabrication etc. all complete as
specified and directed. (SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIALS IN
98
S006.19.00
MS Grating Cat. A,B - Non FIM Items
99
S006.19.05M01

and locations ELECTROFORGED GRATING purchased
from approved manufacturer conforming to EIL Standard
No. 7-68-0697 in walkways, platforms, stair treads etc.

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 523 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
30
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
including cutting to required size, shape, making holes,

notches, openings of required size, nosing, straightening
if required, making the edges smooth, removing the
burrs, fabricating clamps, fixing, tack welding, preparation
and submission of fabrication drawings etc. all complete
as specified and directed (SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIALS
IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE).
100
S006.19.05M02
Supplying and fabricating ELECTROFORGED GRATING

purchased from approved manufacturer conforming to
EIL Standard No. 7-68-0697 in walkways, platforms, stair
treads etc. including cutting to required size, shape,
making holes, notches, openings of required size, nosing,
straightening if required, making the edges smooth,
removing the burrs, fabricating clamps, preparation and
submission of fabrication drawings etc. all complete as
specified and directed (SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIALS IN
MT
40
101
S006.19.05M03

and locations GRATING in walkways, drain, catch basin
etc. including cutting to required size, shape, making
holes, notches, openings of required size, nosing,
straightening if required, making the edges smooth,
removing the burrs, fabricating clamps, fixing, tack
welding, preparation and submission of fabrication
drawings all complete as specified and directed. Grating
shall be HOT DIP GALVANISED according to IS:2629
and the quantity of Zinc coating shall be 900gms/sqm of
surface area (0.12mm uniform thickness). Steel shall
conform to IS:2062, Grade BR (SUPPLY OF ALL
MATERIALS IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE).
MT
25
102
S006.22.00
MS Rungs - Non FIM Items
103
S006.22.01
Supplying, fabricating, fixing and keeping in position M.S.

RUNGS in R.C.C. works at all depths and heights
Kg.
100

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 524 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
31
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
including handling, transporting the steel to site workshop

and site of work, straightening, if required, cutting,
bending to shape, necessary tying and welding with
reinforcement, adjustment of shuttering, cleaning, surface
preparation, shop primer as per EIL Spec. 6-79-0020 (or
Job Specification, wherever applicable) and two coats of
anticorrosive paint of approved quality on the exposed
portion of rungs etc. all complete as specified and
directed
(SUPPLY
OF
ALL
MATERIALS
IN
104
S006.23.00
105
S006.23.01M01
Supplying, fabricating and fixing in position at all locations

1000mm high INCLINED HAND RAILING (for staircases)
consisting of top rail, mid rail and vertical posts
(Maximum spacing 1500mm c/c) with 32mm nominal
diameter medium grade M.S. Tubes conforming to
IS:1239 including straightening if required, cutting,
bending, welding, bolting, grouting with ordinary grout,
cleaning, preparing the surface for painting (SSPC-SP10) and applying pre-erection/ shop primer (1 coat of F-9
@ 65-75 micron DFT) as per EIL SPEC. 6-79-0020 (or as
per Job Specification, wherever applicable), preparation
as specified, shown and directed. (SUPPLY OF ALL
MATERIALS IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE). (Complete
handrail work shall be measured as length of top rail only
and not length of each element fixed).
500
106
S006.23.01M03
Supplying, fabricating and fixing Pre fabricated modular

handrail as per EIL std. no. 7-68-0060 in position at all
locations 1000mm high INCLINED HAND RAILING (for
staircases) consisting of top rail, mid rail, balls and
vertical posts (Maximum spacing 1500mm c/c) with
32mm nominal diameter medium grade M.S. Tubes
conforming to IS:1239 including straightening if required,
1100

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 525 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
32
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
cutting, bending, welding, bolting, grouting with ordinary

grout, cleaning, preparing the surface for painting (SSPCSP-10) and applying pre-erection/ shop primer (1 coat of
F-9 @ 65-75 micron DFT) as per EIL SPEC. 6-79-0020
(or as per Job Specification, wherever applicable),
preparation and submission of fabrication drawings etc.
all complete as specified, shown and directed. (SUPPLY
OF ALL MATERIALS IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE).
(Complete handrail work shall be measured as length of
top rail only and not length of each element fixed).
107
S006.23.03M01

1000mm high HORIZONTAL HAND RAILING (for
platforms, walkways, etc. or any other location as
directed) consisting of top rail, mid rail and vertical posts
diameter medium grade MS Tubes conforming to IS:1239
and 100x5 MS Toe Plate confirming to IS:2062 (Grade
BR), including straightening if required, cutting, bending,
welding, bolting, grouting with ordinary grout,
cleaning,preparing the surface for painting (SSPC-SP-10)
and applying pre-erection/ shop primer (1 coat of F-9
per Job Specification, wherever applicable), preparation
and not length of each element fixed).
1650
108
S006.23.03M03
Supplying, fabricating and fixing Pre fabricated modular

handrail as per EIL std. no. 7-68-0060 in position at all
locations 1000mm high HORIZONTAL HAND RAILING
(for platforms, walkways, etc. or any other location as
directed) consisting of top rail, mid rail, balls and vertical
posts (Maximum spacing 1500mm c/c) with 32mm
nominal diameter medium grade MS Tubes conforming to
3850

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 526 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
33
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
200
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
IS:1239 and 100x5 MS Toe Plate confirming to IS:2062

(Grade 250BR), including straightening if required,
cutting, bending, welding, bolting, grouting with ordinary
grout, cleaning, preparing the surface for painting (SSPCSP-10) and applying pre-erection/ shop primer (1 coat of
F-9
per Job Specification, wherever applicable) preparation
and not length of eachelement fixed).
109
S006.24.00
110
S006.24.02M01

500mm high HORIZONTAL HAND RAILING (for
platforms, walkways, etc. or any other location as
directed) consisting of top rail, mid rail and vertical posts
diameter medium grade MS Tubes conforming to IS:1239
and 100x5 MS Toe Plate confirming to IS:2062 (Grade
250BR), including straightening if required, cutting,
bending, welding, bolting, grouting with ordinary grout,
cleaning, surface preparation, preparing the surface for
painting (SSPC-SP-10) and applying pre-erection/ shop
primer (1 coat of F-9 @ 65-75 micron DFT) as per EIL
SPEC. 6-79-0020 (or as per Job Specification, wherever
applicable), preparation and submission of fabrication
drawings etc. all complete as specified, shown and
directed.
(SUPPLY
OF
ALL
MATERIALS
IN
CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE). (Complete handrail work
shall be measured as length of top rail only and not length
of
each
element
fixed).
111
S006.25.00
Mechanical Anchor fastners - Non FIM Items

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 527 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
34
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
112
S006.25.01
Supplying, handling, transporting to site of work and fixing

approved MECHANICAL ANCHOR FASTENERS M.S.
bolts of Grade 5.8 or more, GALVANIZED with minimum
thickness of 5 microns (approved for use in cracked
concrete), of 12mm dia at specified positions on concrete
floors, roofs, beams (sides and bottom), walls, columns
etc. according to manufacturer's specifications including
all accessories like nuts, washers etc. of required size,
testing, necessary scaffolding, drilling of the holes in
concrete surface with electric drill, cleaning of holes with
air blowout & wire-brush, and making good any damage
done to the structure etc. all complete for all heights,
depths and locations as specified and directed.
Each
100
113
S006.25.02

Each
100
114
S006.25.03

Each
100
Page 528 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
35
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Each
50
Each
100
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words

115
S006.25.04

116
S006.26.00
Chemical Anchor Fastner
117
S006.26.01

approved CHEMICAL ANCHOR FASTENERS consisting
of M.S. threaded rod of Grade 5.8, GALVANIZED with
minimum thickness of 5 microns and chemical (approved
for use in cracked concrete), packed in flexible chemical
foil or dual foil type, to be used with the help of
dispenser, of 12mm dia. at specified positions on
concrete floors, roofs, beams (sides and bottom), walls,
columns etc. according to manufacturer's specifications
including all accessories like nuts, washers etc. of
required size, testing, necessary scaffolding, drilling of the
holes in concrete surface with electric drill, cleaning of

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 529 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
36
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
holes with air blowout & wire-brush and making good any
damage done to the structure etc. all complete for all
heights, depths and locations as specified and directed.
118
S006.26.02

required size., testing, necessary scaffolding, drilling of
the holes in concrete surface with electric drill, cleaning of
Each
100
119
S006.26.03

Each
100

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 530 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
37
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
120
S006.26.04

121
S006.27.00
Threaded bolts for equipment fixing-Non FIM
122
S006.27.01
"Supplying, fabricating, fixing and keeping in position at all

levels and locations THREADED BOLTS of Grade C
property class 4.8 as per IS:1363 (part 2) of all diameters
and length including nuts, washers for supporting
equipment on steel structure as directed including
handling & transporting, straightening if required, turning
from relevant size M.S. rounds to required diameter,
threading etc. (SUPPLY OF ALL MATERIALS IN
"
123
S007.00.00
BRICK MASONRY (REFER SPECIFICATION NO.6-680009)
124
S007.09.00
CLASS 5.0 - Non FIM Items
125
S007.09.01
Providing and laying BRICK MASONRY WITH BRICKS

OF CLASS 5.0 in cement mortar 1:6 (1 Cement : 6 Sand)
Page 531 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Quantity
Each
50
MT
Cu.m.
25
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Unit
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
38
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Cu.m.
25
Cu.m.
25
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
in one or more brick thickness and in any shape

(excluding circular/curved brick masonry) at all depths
below plinth level including the cost of materials, labour,
scaffolding/ staging, sampling & testing, soaking of
bricks, cutting and laying of bricks, providing recesses,
making openings of any shape & size, finishing the joints
flush below ground level and raking out the joints above
ground level, sealing the gap between masonry and soffit
of beam/slab, embedding the fittings & fixtures, curing,
etc. all complete as per specifications. ALL MATERIALS
INCLUDING
CEMENT
SUPPLIED
BY
THE
CONTRACTOR.
126
S007.09.02
Providing and laying BRICK MASONRY WITH BRICKS

OF CLASS 5.0 in cement mortar 1:6 (1 Cement : 6 Sand)
in one or more brick thickness and in any shape
(excluding circular/curved brick masonry) at all heights
above plinth level including the cost of materials, labour,
scaffolding/ staging, sampling & testing, soaking of
bricks, cutting and laying of bricks, providing recesses,
making openings of any shape & size, finishing the joints
flush below ground level and raking out the joints above
ground level, sealing the gap between masonry and soffit
of beam/slab, embedding the fittings & fixtures, curing,
etc. all complete as per specifications. ALL MATERIALS
INCLUDING
CEMENT
SUPPLIED
BY
THE
CONTRACTOR.
127
S010.00.00
DEMOLISHING
AND
DISMANTLING
128
S010.01.00
Brickwork - Non FIM Items
129
S010.01.01
Demolishing BRICKWORK (taking all necessary safety

precautions) for all depths below plinth level including
supply of all tools and tackles, necessary scaffolding,
propping, underpinning, cleaning and stacking of
(REFER

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 532 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
39
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Cu.m.
25
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
serviceable material, disposal of unserviceable material

to spoil heaps anywhere within the plant boundary, all
complete as specified and directed. (Excavation &
backfilling shall be paid separately under relevant
items).
130
S010.01.02
Demolishing BRICKWORK (taking all necessary safety

precautions) for all heights above plinth level including
supply of all tools and tackles, necessary scaffolding,
propping, underpinning, cleaning and stacking of
serviceable material, disposal of unserviceable material
complete as specified and directed.
131
S010.02.00
RCC - Non FIM Items
132
S010.02.01
Demolishing RCC WORK (taking all necessary safety

precautions) for all depths below plinth level including
supply of all tools & tackles, necessary scaffolding,
propping, underpinning etc., cutting, straightening,
scraping and cleaning of reinforcement bars, stacking of
serviceable materials, disposal of unserviceable material
complete as specified and directed. (Excavation &
backfilling shall be paid separately under relevant
items).
Cu.m.
100
133
S010.02.02
Demolishing RCC WORK (taking all necessary safety

precautions) for all heights above plinth level including
supply of all tools & tackles, necessary scaffolding,
propping, underpinning etc., cutting, straightening,
scraping and cleaning of reinforcement bars, stacking of
serviceable materials, disposal of unserviceable material
complete as specified and directed.
Cu.m.
20
134
S010.02.03
Chipping of RCC WORK (taking all necessary safety

precautions) by CHISELLING, upto & inclusive of 25mm
Sq.m.
10

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 533 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
40
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
thickness including supply of all tools & tackles,

necessary scaffolding, propping, underpinning etc.,
cutting, lapping/welding of reinforcement bars as per
drawings, disposal of the unserviceable material to spoil
heaps anywhere within the plant boundary, all complete at
all heights and depths, as specified and directed.
(Excavation and backfilling shall be paid separately under
relevant items).
135
S010.02.04

precautions) by CHISELLING, beyond 25mm and upto &
inclusive of 50mm thickness including supply of all tools &
tackles, necessary scaffolding, propping, underpinning
etc., cutting, lapping/welding of reinforcement bars as per
relevant items).
Sq.m.
10
136
S010.02.05

precautions) by CHISELLING, beyond 50mm and upto &
inclusive of 100mm thickness including supply of all tools
& tackles, necessary scaffolding, propping, underpinning
etc., cutting, lapping/welding of reinforcement bars as per
relevant items).
Sq.m.
10
137
S010.03.00
Pockets - Non FIM Items
138
S010.03.01
Making POCKETS/HOLES of sizes upto & inclusive of

200 x200x500mm in RCC/PCC works (taking all
necessary safety precautions) by chiselling/drilling,
including supply of all tools & tackles, necessary
Each
50

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 534 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
41
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Cu.m.
25
MT
10
Sq.m.
100
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
scaffolding etc. cutting of reinforcement bars, cleaning the

pockets of all debris, disposal of the unserviceable
material to spoil heaps anywhere within the plant
boundary all complete at all heights & depths as specified
and
directed.
139
S010.04.00
PCC _ Non FIM Items
140
S010.04.01
Demolishing PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE work (taking

all necessary safety precautions) for all depths below
plinth level including supply of all tools & tackles,
necessary scaffolding, propping, underpinning etc.
disposal of unserviceable material to spoil heaps
anywhere within the plant boundary, all complete as
specified and directed. (Excavation and backfilling shall
be paid separately under relevant items)
141
S010.06.00
Steelwork - Non FIM Items
142
S010.06.01
Dismantling
bolted/rivetted/welded
STRUCTURAL
STEEL WORK of all descriptions (taking all necessary
safety precautions), including supply of all tools and
tackles, consumables, necessary scaffolding etc.,
providing temporary bracings as required, cutting (by
flame or saw) gusset plates, bolts, nuts, weldings etc.,
transporting and stacking of the serviceable materials,
cleaning the site of work of all unserviceable materials for
disposal to spoil heaps anywhere within the plant
boundary, all complete at all depths and heights, as
143
S010.07.00
AC / GI Sheets - Non FIM Items
144
S010.07.01
Dismantling GI/asbestos/translucent sheets, ridges,

gutters etc. (taking all necessary safety precautions) in
roofings and wall claddings, including supply of all tools &
tackles, necessary scaffolding, consumables, cutting (by
flame or saw) of fixing hooks, transporting and stacking

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 535 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
42
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Sq.m.
20
Each
500
Cu.m.
30
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
the serviceable materials, cleaning the site and disposal

of the unserviceable material to spoil heaps anywhere
within the plant boundary, all complete for all levels, as
145
S011.00.00
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS (REFER SPECIFICATION

NO. 6-68-0013)
146
S011.02.00
Anticorrosive - Non FIM Items
147
S011.02.01M01
Providing and laying 50mm thick ANTI-CORROSIVE

LAYER under steel storage tanks with screened dry
coarse sand mixed with VG-10 grade bitumen conforming
to IS:73 including mixing in drum, heating to the required
temperature, with 3% kerosene if required, tamping,
dressing to the required slopes to form hard mass of
specified compacted thickness etc. all complete as
directed.
148
S011.03.00
Cutting RCC Piles - Non FIM Items
149
S011.03.01
Cutting the heads of R.C.C. piles of diameter upto

600mm and a length not exceeding 1500mm including
exposing/ cleaning, bending of the reinforcement, making
site clean for casting of pile cap and removal of debris to
the spoil heaps within the plant boundary etc. all complete
as specified & directed. (Excavation; if any, to be
measured separately under respective item).
150
S011.04.00
Building pile heads - Non FIM Items
151
S011.04.01M01
Providing and building up pile heads of diameter upto

600mm in R.C.C. of grade M-30 with 20mm and down
size graded crushed stone aggregates/gravel including all
shuttering but excluding the cost of reinforcement (to be
measured under respective item) all complete as
directed.
152
S011.06.00
Sand Filling - Non FIM Items

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 536 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
43
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
153
S011.06.01
Supplying and filling approved SAND of specified quality

under floors, in foundations, plinths, tank foundations etc.
for all depths and heights including cost of sand,royalties,
transportation to site for all leads and lifts,including
loading, unloading, spreading in layers of loose thickness
not exceeding 150 mm,watering,ramming,compacting
with mechanical compactors and/or other equipment to
the specified levels to achive 85% relative density as per
IS:2720 Part XIV,including preparation of subgrade to the
required slope,providing testing apparatus and testing the
degree of consolidation all complete as per drawings,
specifications and direction of Engineer-in-charge.The
rates shall be inclusive of the cost of all
labour,material,equipments etc. all complete .
154
S011.08.00
Bitumen - Non FIM Items
155
S011.08.01M01
Supplying and applying one coat of HOT BITUMEN VG10 grade conforming to IS:73 @1.5 Kg/sq.m. on
Concrete/Brick work surfaces etc. all complete as
156
S011.10.00
BI-POLAR CONCRETE PENETRATING CORROSION

INHIBITING ADMIXTURE
157
S011.10.01
Supplying and mixing of approved brand of BI-POLAR

CONCRETE PENETRATING CORROSION INHIBITING
ADMIXTURE in concrete as per manufacturer's
specification for protection of reinforcement against
corrosion. Supply of admixture in Contractor's scope.
158
S014.00.00
BONDING FRESH CONCRETE TO OLD CONCRETE

BY EPOXY RESIN BONDING SYSTEM (REFER
SPECIFICATION
NO.
6-68-0056)
159
S014.01.00
Epoxy Resin - non FIM Items
160
S014.01.01
Providing and applying approved EPOXY RESIN
Page 537 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Quantity
Cu.m.
200
Sq.m.
50
KG
20000
Kg.
100
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Unit
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
44
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
MT
20
EACH
50
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
(prepared as per manufacturer's recommendation) for

bonding of fresh concrete to old concrete in all types of
structure at all depths and heights including cleaning of
concrete surface, removing of all loose concrete pieces,
making rough by chiselling, taking off the skin of
concrete, application of Epoxy Resin System by spraying,
necessary working platforms, props, scaffolding and other
safety measures, removal of same after completion etc.
all complete as specified and directed. (Excavation,
backfilling, removal of surplus earth, keeping pit dry by
pumping/bailing subsoil water shall be paid separately
under relevant items).
161
S018.00.00
MECHANICAL WORKS.
162
S018.09.00
Dismantling Of steel works
163
S018.09.01
Dismantling structural steel already erected by others

including provision of adequate temporary supports,
bracings etc. wherever required, to ensure safety of the
affected structure or part thereof, and replacing back all
original members into their respective positions true to
line and level, removing all temporary supports/bracings,
welding/bolting of the end connections, splicing or
strengthening the member and their joints to regain
original strengths, all complete as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Note: The weight of dismantled and
re- erected structure shall be measured only
once.(SUPPLY
OF
ALL
MATERIALS
IN
CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE)
164
S999.00.00
Miscellaneous
165
S999.99.00
Miscellaneous
166
S999.99.99V03
Providing opening of size >100 mm to 200 mm in

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 538 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
45
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
galvanized grating for pipes /ducts etc at all levels and at

all locations by cutting the existing grating and providing
25 x 6 flat as toe protection for the openings by welding
as per EIL std. No. 7-68-0697 and repair of the damaged
area of Galvanised coating as per recommended practice
as given in IS: 11759 using Cold galvanising spray
process. Payment shall be made as per number of
openings. Supply of all consumables & materials
including flat & paint is in contractor's scope.
167
S999.99.99V04
Providing opening of size >200 mm to 400 mm in

galvanized grating for pipes /ducts etc at all levels and at
all locations by cutting the existing grating and providing
25 x 6 flat as toe protection for the openings by welding
as per EIL std. No. 7-68-0697 and repair of the damaged
area of Galvanised coating as per recommended practice
as given in ISL 11759 using Cold galvanising spray
process. Payment shall be made as per number of
openings. Supply of all consumables & materials
including flat & paint is in contractor's scope.
EACH
50
168
S999.99.99V05
Providing opening of size >400 mm in galvanized grating

for pipes /ducts etc at all levels and at all locations by
cutting the existing grating and providing 25 x 6 flat as toe
protection for the openings by welding as per EIL std. No.
7-68-0697 and repair of the damaged area of Galvanised
coating as per recommended practice as given in ISL
11759 using Cold galvanising spray process. Payment
shall be made as per number of openings. Supply of all
consumables & materials including flat & paint is in
contractor's scope.
EACH
50
169
S999.99.99V06
Supplying, transporting, storing, fabricating, erecting in

position and testing / examining at all locations and levels
bolted and/or welded ZED/ CEE profile section made by
GI Cold formed sheet made of YST 250 GRADE
CONFORMING TO IS:2062 for supporting barricading
MT

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 539 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
46
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
EACH
50
SQM
3600
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
sheeting etc. including all handling, straightening/ bending

if required, cutting to required size & shape, edge
preparation, welding & bolting of joints, providing and
fixing end caps and plugging holes, fixing in line and level
with necessary temporary staging and removal of the
same after erection, preparation & submission of detailed
fabrication drawings, etc. all complete as specified &
directed. After completion mechanical works of the
project, all materials shall be dismantled and taken away
by the contractor outside plant boundary to the complete
satisfaction of Engineer-in-chharge all complete as per
the direction of Engineer-in-charge. SUPPLY OF ALL
MATERIALS IS IN CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE.
170
S999.99.99V07
Making HOLES of diameter upto 400mm in RCC works

(taking all necessary safety precautions) of thickness
150-200mm by chiselling/drilling, including supply of all
tools & tackles, necessary scaffolding etc. cutting of
reinforcement bars, cleaning the holes of all debris,
disposal of the unserviceable material to spoil heaps
anywhere within the plant boundary all complete at all
heights & depths as specified and directed.
171
GC
GENERAL CIVIL
172
C007.00.00
ROADS & FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT (UPTO WBM LAYER)

(SPEC. NO.6-65-0018)
173
C007.26.00
Supplying and laying of stone aggregate of 90mm down

to 45mm size for SUB-BASE COURSE tough, sound,
clean and durable including cost of stone aggregate, all
royalties, taxes, handling, transportation to site, unloading
the same by the side of road with all leads and lifts,
spreading and laying to form water bound macadam in
one layer of 100mm compacted thickness to proper
grade, camber and level, filling voids with screenings and
binding the surface with binding material of plasticity

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 540 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
47
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
index upto 6% including cost of supply of screening and

binding material, consolidating with power driven road
roller, watering, with all leads and lifts including
preparation of camber below first layer etc. complete as
per drawings, specifications and directions of Engineer-inCharge.
174
C007.29.00
Supplying and laying of stone aggregate of 63mm down

to 45mm size for WBM layer Base Course, tough, sound,
one layer of 75mm compacted thickness to proper grade,
camber and level, filling voids with screenings and
binding material of plasticity index upto 6%, including cost
of supply of screening and binding material, consolidating
with power driven road roller, watering, with all leads and
lifts etc. complete as per drawings, specifications and
SQM
22000
175
C007.34.00
Supplying and laying WBM layers for road

berms/shoulders, of stone aggregate of 63mm down to
45mm size for WBM layer Base Course, tough, sound,
one layer of 75 mm compacted thickness to
proper grade, camber and level, filling voids with
screenings and binding material of plasticity index upto
6%, including cost of supply of screening and binding
material, consolidating with road roller, watering, with all
leads and lifts etc. complete as per drawings,
specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
SQM
250

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 541 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
48
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
CUM
3500
176
C008.00.00
CONCRETE PAVEMENTS (SPEC NO.6-65-0019)
177
C008.02.00
Providing and laying Reinforced Cement Concrete with

20mm and down size graded crushed stone aggregates
in flooring, pavements etc. including leaving pockets, if
necessary, making recess/drains, laying in alternate
panels, etc. for all depths including shuttering, tamping,
curing, etc. as specified in any shape, thickness, position
and finishing the top surface smooth etc. all complete as
per drawings, specifications and directions of Engineer-inCharge.
178
C008.02.01
For RCC of M-30 grade concrete

(all materials including cement but excluding cost of
providing & fixing reinforcement and joint sealing shall be
supplied by the contractor).
179
C008.05.00
Providing 20mm wide Expansion Joints in pavement

slabs as per std. No.7-65-0404 including cleaning the
joints of all loose material, filling with 20mm thick
impregnated fibre boards for the full depth of slab except
for 25mm depth from top and sealing the top 25mm wth
approved Joint Sealing Compound as per IS:1834 Type-B
etc. all complete as per drawings, specifications and
180
C008.05.01
For type-I pavement (Upto and inclusive of thickness of

200 mm). (Including providing and laying MS dowel bar,
painting as required, GI pipe and cap and cotton waste).
1500
181
C008.05.03
For type-II pavement (Upto and inclusive of thickness of

150 mm).
600
182
C008.05.06
For thickened pavement (Upto and inclusive of thickness

of 300 mm).
300
183
C008.11.00
Providing and laying plain cement concrete of Nominal
CUM
400
Page 542 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Amount in Rs.
Words

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
49
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
Mix 1:5:10 with 20mm and down size graded stone

aggregates for all depths below and upto plinth level
below Pavement or any other place, including tamping,
ramming vibrating, curing all as specified in any shape,
smooth, etc. all complete as per drawings, specifications
and direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (Including the cost of
shuttering).
184
C008.12.00
Providing joints in pavements and around foundations as

per std no.7-65-404 including cleaning the joints of all
loose materials and sealing with sealing compound
conforming to IS:1834 Type B as required etc. complete
as per drawings, specifications and directions of Engineer
-in-Charge for;
185
C008.12.01
Construction joints 20mm wide x 25mm deep.
1000
186
C008.12.02
Sealing joint around pedestal and column etc. 20mm

wide x 200 mm deep including filling with 20mm thick
impregnated fire board for the full depth of slab except for
25mm depth from top and sealing the top 25mm with
approved joint sealing compound as per IS:1834 Type-B.
400
187
C008.12.03

800
188
C008.12.05

200
189
C009.00.00
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS WITH BITUMEN PREMIX

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 543 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
50
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
SQ.M.
1100
SQM
600
SQM
1800
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
CARPET (SPEC. NO. 6-65-0020)

190
C009.02.00
Providing and laying 25mm thick bitumen premix carpet

including heating bitumen, mixing stone chips, grit, laying
to proper grade and camber including preparation of
surface, filling pot holes with premix chips, rolling premix
carpet with 8 to 10 ton road roller, providing and rolling
seal coat for high rainfall areas (over 150 cm/year) to
proper grade and camber, spreading sand over finished
surfaces including brushing and clearing WBM surfaces,
spraying tack coat of bitumen, etc. complete including
providing and running road roller etc. all as per drawings,
191
C009.11.00
Providing and laying brick on edge lining/pitching with

locally available approved bricks, in herring bone pattern
in 1:4 cement mortar (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) for
storm water ditches, road side slopes, shoulders,
pavements etc. including curing, raking out joints 12mm
deep, providing flush cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand), curing etc. complete as per drawings,
192
C009.11.03V03
On horizontal surface with

( Brick Class - 5 )
193
C009.11.04V03
On sloped surface with

( Brick Class - 5 )
194
C009.15.00
Providing and Laying of bituminous macadam of 50mm

compacted thickness as per IRC-27, including
preparation of underlying course, application of tack
coats, preparation of premix, spreading, rolling etc.
complete as per drawings, specifications and directions of
Engineer -in-Charge. Grade of bitumen as binder and for
tack coat shall be as per IRC-37 for following climate
ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 544 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
51
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
SQM
1100
60
230
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
conditions
195
C009.15.02
Moderate/ Cold
196
C012.00.00
U/G AND A/G G.I. PIPELINE SYSTEM - WATER

SERVICES (SPEC. NO.6-65-0027)
197
C012.01.00
Supplying and laying mild steel galvanised pipes

conforming to IS:1239 (heavy grade) and fittings
conforming to IS:1239/ ASTM A105 (Galvanised) and as
per piping materials specification Class including supply
of teflon tapes, white lead, etc. cutting the pipes to
required lengths, making threads, earthwork in
excavation for trenches, valve pits, etc. in all types of soil
excluding soft and hard rock including laying of pipes in
trenches, joining the pipes and fittings with threaded
connections, hydrostatic testing of the piping, backfilling
the trenches with selected/approved earth fill material,
cutting of roads wherever required, making good the road
surface after laying, disposal of surplus earth within a
lead of 500 m, etc. including supply of necessary fittings
etc. complete as per specifications, drawings and
directions of Engineer-in-Charge. For following Nom.Size
in
mm.
198
C012.01.01V04
( Nom. Dia - 50 mm, Pipe class - J2A )

199
C012.01.01V14
( Nom. Dia - 40 mm, Pipe class - J2A )

200
C025.00.00
MISC. CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR U/G

PIPING AND OTHER CIVIL WORKS
201
C025.21.00
Supplying and fixing in position medium/ heavy duty CI

manhole frame with lugs and cover conforming to IS1726 including breaking of brick masonry or concrete
ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 545 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
52
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
surface to receive frame with lugs and making good the

same with CM 1:3 including applying two coats of
anticorrosive paint inclusive of all labours and materials
etc. complete.
202
C025.21.01
circular size 500 mm dia Medium duty of grade MD-10
EACH
20
203
C025.21.02
circular size 560 mm dia Heavy duty of grade HD-20
EACH
10
204
C025.44.00
Supplying, fabricating and fixing in position in RCC or

brick masonry walls MS rungs made out of 20mm dia.
reinforcement bar of grade Fe500 TMT bar conforming to
IS: 1786 .Including laying or welding to keep in proper
position etc. complete as per drawings, specifications and
instructions of Engineer-in-Charge.
EACH
150
205
C027.00.00
UNDERGROUND SEWER SYSTEM - RCC PIPES

(Spec. No. 6-65-0042)
206
C027.06.00
Supplying and laying underground R.C.C. pipes sewers

with socket and spigot ends conforming to IS:458 of
approved make, to proper grade and alignment, including
earthwork in excavation in all types of soil except soft and
hard rock for pipe trenches, etc. including dewatering,
shoring and shuttering if necessary, dressing of sides,
leveling, grading and ramming of bottoms, cutting the
R.C.C. pipes to required lengths, lowering the pipes,
jointing, including connecting the pipes to manholes and
grouting the pipe body with manhole wall using cement
mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 sand), testing, draining of water
and cleaning of pipe after testing, backfilling the trenches
with select material from available excavated soil
including re excavating the deposited soil excavated
earlier breaking clods and laying in layers of 15cm
compacted thickness , watering and compacting with
mechanical means like vibro rammers etc. to 90%
standard proctor density as per IS:2720 Part-VII, making
good the surface, including cutting of roads wherever
ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 546 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
53
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
300
EACH
EACH
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
required and making good the same, disposal of surplus

earth/ unserviceable material to demarcated area
anywhere within the complex limit etc. complete for all
depths as per drawings, specifications and instructions of
Engineer-in-Charge.(All material shall be supplied by
contractor) For following Pipe size (mm) and Class(The
following pipe sizes are all internal diameter of the pipes)
207
C027.06.01V01
( Dia (Internal) - 150 mm, Piping Material Class - P1 )

208
C034.00.00
PLUMBING AND BUILDING DRAINAGE (Spec. No. 665-0053)
209
C034.23.00
Construction, supplying, installation, testing and

commissioning of septic tank as per standards and
IS:2470 Part-I , with all necessary accessories like inlet,
outlet vent pipes, manhole covers, rungs etc. including
earthwork in excavation in all type of soil except soft and
hard rock, backfilling and disposal of surplus earth for all
leads etc. complete as per standards, drawings,
210
C034.23.02V02
All material including cement supplied by contractor for

( Users - 10 NOS )
211
C999.00.00
Miscellaneous
212
C999.99.00
Miscellaneous
213
C999.99.99V01
Supply, construction, testing & commissioning of Upflow

Anaerobic filter with all necessary accessories like inlet
and outlet RCC pipe of class P1, CI pipe(Heavy)
conforming IS:3489 with valve and clamp, providing PCC
1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 sand: 10 aggregate) at bottom of
upflow Anaerobic Filter, RCC M30 work & brick work in
1:4 CM(brick class 5.0), M.S. rungs, filling of 15-25mm

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 547 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
54
OF
55
Rev
1
S. No.
Item No
Unit
Quantity
SQM
20
Rate in Rupees
Figures
Amount in Rs.
Words
stone chips or over burnt brick bats over precast slab,

precast slab with lifting hooks, PCC M-20 for Screeding,
50thk. baffle conc. slab(M-35), 13mm thk. cement plaster
1:3 with water proofing compound ,grouting between pipe
& Upflow Filter wall in 1:2 cement mortar(1 cement : 2
sand), reinforcement steel including straightening,
cleaning, cutting, bending, keeping in proper position,
centering, shuttering etc. including earthwork in
excavation, backfilling & disposal of surplus earth /
unserviceable material to demarcated area anywhere in
the plant boundary complex, all complete as per
drawings, specification and directions of Engineer-incharge (All materials including R/F and Cement supplied
by contractor)
For 10 users
214
C999.99.99V02
Providing 20mm thick average cement plaster in cement

mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 sand) on brick walls/stone
masonry/pitching or on concrete surfaces for manholes,
valves pits, inspection chambers, septic tanks,
Compound wall, culverts, wing walls, etc. including
cleaning and preparation of the surface, scaffolding,
curing etc. for all depths and heights complete as per
drawings specifications and direction of Engineer-inCharge.
All materials including cement supplied by the Contractor.

ENGINEERS INDIA LTD

NEW DELHI
Page 548 of 1178
Bidder's
Stamp
Date
Bidder's
Signature
Div.: STRUCTURAL
Dept.: STRUCTURAL
SCHEDULE OF RATES
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR-8102-0
SHEET
55
OF
55
Rev
1
DOCUMENT No.
MASTER INDEX
TENDER FOR CIVIL/ STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR
DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
A774-000-81-41-LL-8102
REV. A
Page 1 of 6
MASTER INDEX
TENDER FOR
CIVIL/ STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
TENDER No. A774-000-81-41-CI-T-8102
PROJECT
: NUMALIGARH REFINERY DHDT PROJECT,

NUMALIGARH, ASSAM
OWNER
: M/s NUMALIGARH REFINERY LIMITED
CONSULTANT
: ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED
JOB NO.
: A774
22.12.2015
Rev
.
No
Date
ISSUED FOR TENDER
Format No. EIL 1641-1924 Rev. 1
Page 549 of 1178
Purpose
YG
SD
VKG
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Approved by
DOCUMENT No.
MASTER INDEX
DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
1.0
A774-000-81-41-LL-8102
REV. A
Page 2 of 6
SCOPE OF WORK AND SUPPLY
Sl.
Specification No.
No.
S. No.
STRUCTURAL
1. A774-000-81-41-SOW-8102
ELECTRICAL
A774-000-16-50-SP-8102
1.
2.0
No. of
Sheets
Revision
Title
13
Scope of work & supply (Structural)
Job Specification (Electrical)
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Sl.
No
Specification
Rev
No.
S. No.
No. of
sheets
Title
STRUCTURAL
1.
6-68-0001
General scope
2.
6-68-0002
Materials
15
3.
6-68-0003
Earthwork
13
4.
6-68-0004
Plain and Reinforced Cement Concrete
30
5.
6-68-0005
Reinforced Cement Concrete for Liquid

Retaining Structure
6.
6-68-0006
Structural Steel works
24
7.
6-68-0007
Structural
sections)
8.
6-68-0008
Miscellaneous Steel Works
12
9.
6-68-0009
Brick Masonry
10.
6-68-0012
Demolition and Dismantling
11.
6-68-0013
Miscellaneous items
12.
6-68-0017
Bipolar concrete
inhibiting admixture
13.
6-68-0056
Bonding fresh concrete to old concrete by

epoxy resin bonding system.
14.
6-79-0020
Standard specification for shop & field

painting.
49
15.
6-78-0001
Quality management system requirements

from bidders
16.
6-78-0002
Documentation
Page 550 of 1178
Steel
works
(tubular/
penetrating
requirements
hollow
corrosion
from
16
14
8+1
DOCUMENT No.
MASTER INDEX
DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
Sl.
No
Specification
Rev
No.
S. No.
A774-000-81-41-LL-8102
REV. A
Page 3 of 6
Title
No. of
sheets
64
contractors
17.
6-82-3100
Inspection & test plan (ITP) for civil,

structural & architectural works (item rate
contracts with categorization)
18.
6-82-6100
Standard quality assurance plan construction

division (item rate contracts)
13
19.
6-75-0001
Specification
General.
20.
6-75-0002
Specification for floor finishing
15
21.
6-75-0004
Specification for Steel/ Aluminium doors,

windows & ventilators
22.
6-75-0008
23.
6-65-0006
Standard Specification for earthwork for U/G

piping
24.
6-65-0018
Standard Specification for road & flexible

pavements (upto WBM layer)
11
25.
6-65-0019
Standard specification for concrete pavement
10
26.
6-65-0020
Standard specification for flexible pavements

with bitumen premix carpet
27.
6-65-0027
Standard Specification for underground &

above ground G.I. pipeline system (water
services)
28.
6-65-0030
Standard specification for fabrication and

laying of underground piping
11
29.
6-65-0035
Standard Specification for miscellaneous civil

& structural works for U/G piping and other
civil works
30.
6-65-0042
Standard Specification for underground

sewer system-pre cast R.C.C, pipes.
for
Architectural
Works
ELECTRICAL
1.
6-51-0084
Specification for earthing installation.
2.
6-51-0087
Specification for field inspection, testing and

commissioning of electrical installations
3.
6-51-0088
Specification for electrical works as part of
Page 551 of 1178
MASTER INDEX
DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
Sl.
No
Specification
Rev
No.
S. No.
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-LL-8102
REV. A
Page 4 of 6
Title
No. of
sheets
Title
No. of
sheets
paving works
3.0
STANDARDS
Sl.
No
Standard No.
Rev
S. No.
STRUCTURAL
1.
7-67-0008
Pedestal for Stair/ Ladders
7-68-0051
Standard lifting hooks in Precast slabs &

chequered plates.
7-68-0056
Metal Insert Plates
4.
7-68-0060
Handrail Tube and ball type
5.
7-68-0202
6.
7-68-0203
Typical chequered plate support
7.
7-68-0417
MS Anchor Bolt Assemblies
8.
7-68-0501
Handrails
9.
7-68-0506
Steel Stairs
10.
7-68-0507
Details of Steel Ladders.
11.
7-68-0509
Steel ladder joint details.
12.
7-68-0552
Circular platform for hot vessels.
7-68-0553
Details of brackets of circular platforms for

hot vessels.
7-68-0562
Small operating platforms on grade / RCC

elevated structure.
15.
7-68-0626
Cable trench.
17
16.
7-68-0627
7-68-0655
Cable trench for class-AA tracked vehicle

(crane approach).
7-68-0683
Monorail fixing details with steel members.
2.
3.
13.
14.
17.
18.
Page 552 of 1178
MASTER INDEX
DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
Sl.
No
19.
Standard No.
Rev
S. No.
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-LL-8102
REV. A
Page 5 of 6
No. of
sheets
Title
7-68-0691
Detail of sliding T-support.
7-68-0692
Detail of sliding t-support using hollow

sections.
21.
7-68-0695
Electrical cable tray supporting structure.
22.
7-68-0697
Electroforged grating type-I & type-II.
7-68-0699
Saddle supports for equipments on tech.

Structures.
24.
7-75-0091
Metal Sheet Flashing Detail.
25.
7-65-0001
Abbreviations and Legends
26.
7-65-0010
Road curves and crossings
7-65-0206
Grating detail for catch basin (for both steel &

galvanized material).
7-65-0207
Valve pit (RCC) type-V for dia 2" to 6" valve
7-65-0211
Details of rungs for

chambers, tanks etc.
30.
7-65-0212
Std Miscellaneous details for manholes
31.
7-65-0216
Septic tank type I, II, III & IV.
7-65-0224
Chequered plate details (for masonry valve

pit type-I, type-II, type-III & type-IV
7-65-0272
Unit drainage
details).
34.
7-65-0404
R.C.C. pavement details
35.
7-65-0448
Upflow Anaerobic Filter
20.
23.
27.
28.
29.
32.
33.
details
manholes,
(rectangular
valve
ditch
ELECTRICAL
1.
7-51-0102
Typical earth electrode in test pit.
2.
7-51-0103
Typical earth plate and fixing details
3.
7-51-0303
Section of RCC cable trench
4.
7-51-0332
Safety measures for electrical installations

during construction
Page 553 of 1178
MASTER INDEX
DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE
4.0
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-LL-8102
REV. A
Page 6 of 6
DRAWINGS
Sl.
TITLE
No.
S. No.
PLOT PLAN GROUP
1.
Overall Plot plan
STRUCTURAL/ ARCHITECTURE
1.
Compressor House (Plan,
REV
No. of
sheets
A774-000-17-44-0001
A774-021-81-41-02001
A774-021-16-43-0001
A774-012-16-43-0001
A1
DRAWING NO.
Elevation & Section)

PIIPNG
1.
Equipment Layout for DHDT
2.
Equipment Layout for SRU
5.0
VENDOR LIST
DOCUMENT NO.
SL.
Rev
LL-1648-0402
LL-1649-0401
TITLE
List of approved products for use in
Civil-Structural works
List of Approved manufacturers of
Architectural Products
6.0 SCHEDULE OF RATES

Sl.
SOR No.
No.
S. No.
STRUCTURAL
1.
A774-000-81-41-CI-SOR8102
No. of
Sheets
Revision
55
Schedule of Rates (Structural)
Schedule of rates for Electrical

works
Title
ELECTRICAL
1.
A774-000-16-50-CI-SOR8102
Page 554 of 1178
SCOPE OF WORK & SUPPLY

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
FOR CIVIL/ STRUCTURAL WORKS
FOR DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE FOR
DHDT PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW-8102
Rev. B
Page 1 of 13
SCOPE OF WORK AND SUPPLY

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
FOR
CIVIL/ STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR DHDT,

SRU & OFFSITE
(TENDER NO. A774-000-81-41-CI-T-8102)
PROJECT
NUMALIGARH REFINERY DHDT

PROJECT, NUMALIGARH, ASSAM
OWNER
M/s NUMALIGARH REFINERY LIMITED
CONSULTANT
ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED
JOB NO.
A774
21.12.2015
REISSUED FOR TENDER
YASHNA
SD/VMF
VKG/SKN
10.12.2015
ISSUED FOR TENDER
YASHNA
SD/VMF
VKG/SKN
Rev.
No.
Date
Purpose
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Approved
by
Page 555 of 1178

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
FOR CIVIL/ STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR
DHDT, SRU & OFFSITE FOR DHDT
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 2 of 13
CONTENTS
1.
BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK
2.
DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK
3.
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
4.
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS TO BE FULFILLED BY THE CONTRACTOR
5.
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
6.
PREAMBLE TO SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES
7.
SCHEDULE OF RATES
Page 556 of 1178

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
1.0
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 3 of 13
BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK

The scope of work under this contract shall in general include (but not limited to),
Construction
of
all
relevant
Civil
&
Structural
works
(foundation
and
superstructure), RCC pavement inside unit related to DHDT, SRU & Offiste for
DHDT Project, in NRL, Assam, including supply of all materials (as defined in
scope of supply), tools & tackles, labour, etc., as per the Schedule of rates,
Specifications, Standards, drawings and addendums included in the Bid
Document as per directions of Engineer-in-charge, and as per approved for
construction drawings made available to the successful bidder.
2.0
DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK
2.1
SCOPE OF WORK STRUCTURE

Major Structures shall include the following but not limited to the same:
1.
Barricading works all-around SRU.
2.
Supply & erection of prefabricated structural steel works for DHDT unit which
includes
3.
a.
Pipe rack
b.
Technological Structure
c.
Compressor House
d.
Equipment supporting platform
e.
Pipe supporting structure
f.
Miscellaneous platform etc.
Supply of prefabricated structural steel works for DHDT unit & SRU which
includes
a.
Reactor Structure
b.
Manifold structure over pipe rack,
c.
Platform around/ on equipment.
d.
Erection of structure is not in civil/ structural contractor scope.

4.
Foundation & superstructure works (supply & erection of prefabricated

structural steel) for SRU which includes
Page 557 of 1178

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
5.
a.
Pipe rack
b.
Technological structure
c.
Equipment foundation
d.
Pipe supporting structure
e.
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 4 of 13
Foundation & superstructure works (supply & erection of prefabricated

structural steel) for offsite areas which includes
a.
Offsite pipe rack.
b.
T- Supports.
c.
Electrical & instrumentation duct supports.
d.
Extension of Pump house.
Major Civil activities involved shall include but not be limited to the following:i.
Earthwork in excavation in all types of soil including dewatering below

ground level for all types of soil.
ii.
Shoring & strutting wherever required.
iii.
Backfilling at all depths with available good soil and transportation of surplus
earth, debris, rock etc. to the area designated by the Engineer-in-Charge.
iv.
PCC works including lean concrete at all depths below foundations of all
types, base slab, plinth beams, non-suspended slabs, walls, trenches, liquid
retaining structures, etc. and in screed at all depths below plinth level.
v.
RCC work for various types of Structures, Pits, Trenches, Manholes, Drains,
non-suspended slabs etc. including centering, shuttering at different stages
of concreting, providing insert plates and anchor bolts, sleeves etc.
vi.
Usage of HYSD bars of grade Fe 500D (TMT) conforming to IS: 1786 for
reinforcement.
vii.
RCC works for Pre-cast elements, cable/ pipe trenches/ drains (including
covers) etc. and any other miscellaneous work required as per AFC
drawings.
viii. RCC works in liquid retaining structures.

ix.
Preparation of Bar bending Schedule as per the AFC drawing.
Page 558 of 1178

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 5 of 13
x.
Centering & shuttering in sub-structure at all depths and in super-structure at

all heights/ elevations.
xi.
Providing and laying 50thk. Anticorrosive layer under tanks foundation.
xii.
Supplying and providing anchor fasteners on reinforced concrete structures.
xiii. Brickwork in foundation and superstructure.

xiv. Supplying and mixing of approved brand of bipolar concrete penetrating
corrosion inhibiting admixture in concrete in superstructure and substructure
as per manufacturers specification for protection of reinforcement against
corrosion as per Specification.
xv. Supply and fabricating prefabricated structural steel works at contractors
workshop with rolled steel, parallel flange and built-up sections or
tubular/hollow sections, including transportation, unloading & storing to site
and preparation of detailed fabrication drawings for all types of structures at
all locations and heights in super-structure. Preparation of fabrication
drawings shall be done in TEKLA or similar 3D Software.
xvi. Assembling & erection of prefabricated structural steel. To the extent
possible erection of Structural steel shall be done in modules. The modules
shall be prepared in offsite areas defined by Engineer in-charge.
xvii. Painting for Structural steel shall be as per EIL Specification No. 6-79-0020.
xviii. Fabrication & placing/ erection of miscellaneous steel items like Anchor
Bolts, Metal Insert Plates, Pipe Sleeves, Hand railing, etc. as per EIL
Specifications/as directed by Engineer-in-charge at any location wherever
required.
xix.
Brick masonry in substructure and superstructure for all depths and heights
as per specifications.
xx. Supplying and mixing of approved brand of bipolar concrete penetrating

corrosion inhibiting admixture in concrete in superstructure and substructure
as per manufacturers specification for protection of reinforcement against
corrosion as per Specification.
xxi. Providing and fixing electro-forged hot dipped galvanized MS gratings at all
heights on structures, platforms, stairs etc. as per EIL Standard.
xxii. Dismantling/Demolishing of PCC/RCC, Brickwork etc. for all depths below
plinth level and all heights above plinth level.
xxiii. Breaking of pile heads upto cut-off level as per specification.
xxiv. Building of pile head, wherever required.
Page 559 of 1178

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 6 of 13
xxv. Construction of RCC Pavements including supplying & laying of PCC/WBM

below pavements and all other related civil works.
xxvi. Providing and laying of construction joints, expansion joints, sealing joints
etc. in the pavements.
xxvii. Construction of WBM roads including supply of all materials.
xxviii. Supply and laying in position R.C.C. P-1 Class Socket & Spigot type Pipes
as per IS: 458 for Sanitary Sewer System and connecting the same to
manholes.
xxix. Supplying and laying of G.I. pipes and specials (U.G.) as per PMS J2A
including supply and installation of valves for potable water service.
xxx. Supply and fixing of medium & heavy duty CI manhole frames & covers as
per IS: 1726.
xxxi. Construction of septic tank and Upflow anaerobic filter including supply of all
materials.
xxxii. Supply of all materials and laying of brick masonry pitching on road
embankments.
xxxiii. Submission of As-built drawings in soft copy (AutoCad).
xxxiv. Obtaining statutory approvals from local bodies including coordination with
officials of refinery and other designated authorities, if required.
xxxv. Any other Civil-structural work, not specifically mentioned herein, but
required for the satisfactory completion of Civil and Structural works for
DHDT, SRU & Offsite as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge shall also
be in the scope of the contractor.
2.2
SCOPE OF WORK ARCHITECTURE

The scope of work shall include the execution of all Architectural works as per the
schedule of Rates, Specifications and Standards included in the Tender and
construction drawings of sheds as per following list of building.
1. Compressor House in DHDT unit.
2. Extension of Pump house in offsite area.
The Architectural works shall include the following:
Page 560 of 1178

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 7 of 13
Floor finishing
Roofing, Roof Sheeting & Cladding and waterproofing
Sanitary fittings, fixtures and plumbing
Other miscellaneous items as per attached Schedule of rates.
All items in the Schedule of Rates shall be inclusive of all material (unless
otherwise specifically indicated), tools tackles, labour, preparation of
fabrication/installation drawings for structural glazing etc. constructional
infrastructure like scaffolding/ staging, finishing, cleaning, cutting chases/holes
etc. in brick work/ RCC work and making good the same and rectification of any
damaged work and shall be applicable for all heights and locations.
The Contractor shall obtain all necessary approvals from statutory authorities such
as Factory Inspector, Local Municipal or Development Authorities.
3.0
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
3.1
Owners Scope of Supply

NIL
Contractors Scope of Supply
3.2
The procurement and supply of all materials, consumables and hardware etc.
including necessary tools and tackles required for the completion of the works
shall be the responsibility of Contractor within the quoted rates.
3.3
Use of following cement shall be considered

i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
4.0
43 Grade Ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS:8112

Portland Slag cement conforming to IS:455
Portland Pozzolana cement conforming to IS:1489
Sulphur Resisting Portland cement confirming to IS:12330
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS TO BE FULFILLED BY THE CONTRACTOR
Note: In case of any contradiction between these Specific Requirements and

Requirements/ Specification specified elsewhere in the tender document,
the Specific Requirements given below shall have precedence.
Mandatory use of Mechanical Excavators.
Mandatory use of Design mix concrete as per the directions of engineer-in

charge.
Page 561 of 1178

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 8 of 13
Detailed fabrication drawings shall be prepared in TEKLA or similar 3d modelling

software. It includes submission of design calculation for connections, submitting
master index of drawings of particular structures, erection drawing having marking
of all member/assembly and sequence of erection. Connections in fabrication
drawing shall be prepared only after review of connection details by owner. Final
TEKLA model shall be submitted to OWNER which shall include all fabrication
drawing, related attribute files, profile catalogue, MTO report etc.
Assembly drawings must show structural assemblies with its part mark, Splicing
locations and its details etc. Numbering of the assembly/ various parts should be
in line with the erection sequence and transportation methodology. Before
sending members to site, part marks shall be properly painted in members in big
font so that it can be easily identified at site. Before sending fabricated structure to
site structures shall be assembled at shop in line with assembly drawing and as
per job specification.
Fabrication of structure steel shall be done in contractors fabrication shop outside

plant. Columns and beams shall be fabricated separately and transported to site.
All field connections shall be bolted unless otherwise mentioned in AFC drawings
or in approved fabrication drawings. To the extent possible erection of Structural
steel shall be done in modules. The modules shall be prepared in offsite areas
defined by Engineer in-charge.
Fabrication of Anchor bolts to be taken on priority to ensure placement of the

same at the time of concreting.
All lugs shall be of high strength deformed bars of minimum grade Fe500D
conforming to IS: 1786.
All inserts/ sleeves shall be properly secured in position before pouring of

concrete.
Mandatory use of Electro-forged hot dipped Galvanized MS grating.
Structural steel shall be of grade E250BR confirming to IS: 2062. RHS/SHS/CHS

shall be of grade Yst 310. All connections at site shall be Bolted Connection.
Connecting nuts, washer & bolts shall be High tensile bolt confirming to IS4000 &
IS3757 with minimum grade 8.8. Quoted rate for Structural Steel shall include the
cost of nuts, washers & bolts.
Dewatering wherever required shall be carried out by the contractor at his

cost.
Various tolerances required as marked on the drawings conforming to codal

requirements/ specifications or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be
Page 562 of 1178

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 9 of 13
maintained by the Contractor. Verticality shall be maintained at every stage and

the same shall be verified with Theodolite/ Total Station.
All works shall be done to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Any
work not carried out in accordance with the instructions shall be dismantled and
made good without any extra cost and time implication to the owner.
The contractor has to do the work in running unit. The contractor has to take
necessary precautions for existing underground facilities and structures above the
ground level. Further, the contractor shall take necessary work permits as per
contract.
5.0
5.1
Sl.
No.
1
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS:
STANDARDS:
Document No.
Rev
Sheets
7-68-0008
7-68-0051
7-68-0056
Pedestal for Stair/ Ladders

Standard lifting hooks in Precast slabs &
chequered plates.
Metal Insert Plates
7-68-0060
Handrail Tube and ball type
7-68-0202
7-68-0203
Typical chequered plate support
7-68-0417
MS Anchor Bolt Assemblies
7-68-0501
Handrails
7-68-0506
Steel Stairs
10
7-68-0507
Details of Steel Ladders.
11
7-68-0509
Steel ladder joint details.
12
7-68-0552
13
7-68-0553
14
7-68-0562
15
7-68-0626
17
Circular platform for hot vessels.

Details of brackets of circular platforms for
hot vessels.
Small operating platforms on grade / RCC
elevated structure.
Cable trench.
16
7-68-0627
17
7-68-0655
18
7-68-0683

Cable trench for class-AA tracked vehicle
(crane approach).
Monorail fixing details with steel members.
19
7-68-0691
Detail of sliding T-support.
Page 563 of 1178
Title of document

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 10 of 13
Detail of sliding t-support using hollow

sections.
Electrical cable tray supporting structure.
20
7-68-0692
21
7-68-0695
22
7-68-0697
23
7-68-0699
24
7-75-0091
Electroforged grating type-I & type-II.

Saddle supports for equipments on tech.
Structures.
Metal Sheet Flashing Detail.
25
7-65-0001
Abbreviations and Legends
26
7-65-0010
27
7-65-0206
28
7-65-0207
29
7-65-0211
30
7-65-0212
Road curves and crossings

Grating detail for catch basin (for both steel
& galvanized material).
Valve pit (RCC) type-V for dia 2" to 6"
valve
Details of rungs for manholes, valve
chambers, tanks etc.
Std Miscellaneous details for manholes
31
7-65-0216
32
7-65-0224
33
7-65-0272
34
7-65-0404
Septic tank type I, II, III & IV.

Chequered plate details (for masonry valve
pit type-I, type-II, type-III & type-IV
Unit drainage details (rectangular ditch
details).
R.C.C. pavement details
35
7-65-0448
Upflow Anaerobic Filter
Specification No.
Rev
Sheets
6-68-0001
General scope
6-68-0002
15
Materials
6-68-0003
13
Earthwork
6-68-0004
30
6-68-0005
6-68-0006
24
6-68-0007
16
6-68-0008
12
Plain and Reinforced Cement Concrete

Reinforced Cement Concrete for Liquid
Retaining Structure
Structural Steel works
Structural Steel works (tubular/ hollow
sections)
Miscellaneous Steel Works
6-68-0009
Brick Masonry
5.2
Sl.
No
1
SPECIFICATIONS:
Page 564 of 1178
Title

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 11 of 13
10
6-68-0012
Demolition and Dismantling
11
6-68-0013
12
6-68-0017
14
13
6-68-0056
14
6-79-0020
49
15
6-78-0001
16
6-78-0002
8+1
17
6-82-3100
64
18
6-82-6100
13
19
6-75-0001
20
6-75-0002
15
21
6-75-0004
22
6-75-0008
23
6-65-0006
11
Miscellaneous items
Bipolar concrete penetrating corrosion
inhibiting admixture
Bonding fresh concrete to old concrete by
epoxy resin bonding system.
Standard specification for shop & field
painting.
Quality management system requirements
from bidders
Documentation
requirements
from
contractors
Inspection & test plan (ITP) for civil,
structural & architectural works (item rate
contracts with categorization)
Standard
quality
assurance
plan
construction division (item rate contracts)
Specification for Architectural Works General.
Specification for floor finishing
Specification for Steel/ Aluminium doors,
windows & ventilators
Standard Specification for earthwork for
U/G piping
Standard Specification for road & flexible
pavements (upto WBM layer)
Standard
specification
for
concrete
pavement
Standard
specification
for
flexible
pavements with bitumen premix carpet
Standard Specification for underground &
above ground G.I. pipeline system (water
services)
Standard specification for fabrication and
laying of underground piping
Standard Specification for miscellaneous
civil & structural works for U/G piping and
other civil works
Standard Specification for underground
sewer system-pre cast R.C.C, pipes.
24
6-65-0018
25
6-65-0019
10
26
6-65-0020
27
6-65-0027
28
6-65-0030
11
29
6-65-0035
30
6-65-0042
5.3
Drawings:
Page 565 of 1178

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
Sl.
Drawing No.
No
1 A774-000-17-44-0001
Rev
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 12 of 13
Title
Overall Plot plan
A774-021-16-43-0001**
Equipment Layout for DHDT
A774-012-16-43-0001**
Equipment Layout for SRU
A774-021-81-41-02001
Compressor House (Plan, Elevation & Section)
** These drawings are conceptual in nature and are intended for general guideline
to the contractor. Any change in dimensions/ requirements/ concept/ technology
from these drawings during detail engineering shall no way form the basis of any
extra claims for time and/ or cost
5.4
VENDOR LIST
Sl. No.
Document No.
Rev.
LL-1648-0402
L-1649-0401
6.0
Title
List of approved products for use in Civil-Structural

works
List of Approved manufacturers of Architectural
Products
PREAMBLE TO SCHEDULE OF QUANTITIES
SOR indicates only estimated quantities. Unit rate quoted against each SOR item
shall be applicable for any addition and deletion during execution of the project.
The maximum approximate height of structures shall be 30m. (This data is

for general guidance of the Contractors; however deviation from the noted
height shall not form a basis for any extra claim).
The expected water table depth may fluctuate from ground level during monsoon.
The quoted rate of excavation shall include requirement of dewatering etc. No
extra amount is payable on this account.
During the performance of the work the contractor at his own cost, shall keep
structures, materials and equipment adequately braced by guys, struts or
otherwise approved means which shall be supplied and installed by the contractor
as required till such time the installation work is satisfactorily completed. Such
guys, shoring, bracing, strutting, planking supports etc. shall not interfere with the
work of other agencies and shall not damage or cause distortion to other works
executed by him or other agencies.
Item description provided in Schedule of Rates (Short Description) is in brief, while

quoting and filling the rate in these Schedule of Rates (Short Description), Bidder
shall take into consideration complete scope of work/item description as
Page 566 of 1178

(CIVIL-STRUCTURAL)
PROJECT, NRL, ASSAM
DOCUMENT No.
A774-000-81-41-SOW8102 Rev. B
Page 13 of 13
mentioned in Schedule of Rates (Detailed Description) for the relevant item. The
rate quoted in Schedule of Rates (Short Description) shall be deemed to include all
activities of work mentioned in item description of Schedule of Rates (Detailed),
scope of work, specifications, standards etc. & stringent of all shall govern.
6.1
Various tolerances required as marked on the drawings and as per specifications

and instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be maintained. Verticality shall be
maintained and the same shall be verified with theodolite.
Requirement of Surface Preparation, Primer & Finish Paint shall be as per EIL
Painting Specification No. 6-79-0020.
ADDENDUM TO SPECIFICATIONS/ STANDARDS:
S. NO.
7.0
DOCUMENT
NUMBER
1.
6-68-0013
2.
6-79-0020
3.
6-79-0020
4.
7-65-0404
CLAUSE
NO.
MODIFICATIONS
Bitumen shall be of grade A90

confirming to IS:73 shall be read as
Bitumen shall be of grade VG-10
confirming to IS:73.
TABLE 8.0 Hot Dip Galvanizing to 80-85 microns
(FOR
(600-610 gm/m2)as per IS 4759, 2629,
HANDRAIL 4736, 2633 + 1 coat of P-6 @ 40u
ONLY)
DFT/coat + 1 coat of F-2 @ 40 microns
DFT/coat shall be read as Sl. No. 10.2
of Table 10.0 of EIL Standard No. 6-790020.
TABLE 8.0 Coating system for gratings shall be as
(FOR
per Note-5 of EIL Standard No.
7-68GRATING 0697 only and the coating system for
ONLY)
gratings mentioned in SI. No. 8.1 of
Table 8.0 of EIL Standard No. 6-79-0020
shall not be followed.
Reinforced Cement Concrete grade shall
be M-30.
6.2.2
SCHEDULE OF RATES:
For schedule of rates of Structural works refer Document Number A774-000-8141-CI-SOR-8102.
Page 567 of 1178
DOCUMENT NO.
A774-000-16-50-SP-8102
Rev. 0
Page 1 of 4
JOB SPECIFICATION
(ELECTRICAL)
CIVIL STRUCTURAL TENDER OF
DHT UNIT PROJECT
CLIENT - M/s NRL
JOB SPECIFICATION
(ELECTRICAL)
FOR
DHT UNIT PROJECT
TENDER NO. A774-000-81-41-CI-T-8102
0
Rev.
No
PROJECT:
DHT UNIT PROJECT
CLIENT:
M/s NRL
CONSULTANT:
EIL
EIL JOB No:
A774
03.12.15
ISSUED WITH TENDER
Date
Purpose
Page 568 of 1178
SV
Prepared
RS
MKS
Checked
Approved
JOB SPECIFICATION
(ELECTRICAL)
DHT UNIT PROJECT
CLIENT - M/s NRL
DOCUMENT NO.
A774-000-16-50-SP-8102
Rev. 0
Page 2 of 4
1.
GENERAL
1.1.
INTRODUCTION
a)
This section defines the electrical scope of work for Civil Structural Tender of Electrical items /
systems for the area earmarked and indicated elsewhere in the tender for the DHT unit under
EPMC Services for Installation of DHT and Associated Facilities at Numaligarh Refinery
project of M/s NRL located at Numaligarh.
b)
The work shall be carried out to the best workmanship like manner, in conformity with these
specifications and the instructions of the owner or Engineer-in-Charge from time to time.
c)
The scope of contract shall include clearing of temporary constructions, waste materials and
loose earth, which might get collected in and nearby the work site during execution of work
and after final completion.
2.
GUARANTEE
2.1.
The contractor shall guarantee the installation against any defects of workmanship and
materials (supplied by the contractor) for a period of 12 months from date of issue of completion
certificate. Any damage or defects connected with the erection of material(s)/ equipment and
with the materials/ equipment supplied by the contractor that may be undiscovered at the time
of issue of completion certificate or may arise or come to light thereafter shall be rectified or
replaced by the contractor at his own expense as deemed necessary and as per instructions of
Engineer-in-Charge/ owner within the time limit specified by the owner/ Engineer-in-Charge.
2.2.
The above guarantee shall be applicable for the quality of the work executed as well as for all
equipment / materials supplied by the contractor.
3.
SITE CONDITIONS
The equipment and the installation shall be suitable for continuous operation under the
following site conditions :
Design Temperature
Max. Relative Humidity
Altitude
Environment
Location
:
:
:
:
:
40 C
85 %
Less than 1000m above MSL
Humid and highly corrosive
Numaligarh
4.
SCOPE OF WORK
4.1.
CIVIL & STRUCTURAL WORKS INCLUDING U/G PIPING

The Contractors scope of work shall include revision and updating of all documents
and drawings including As-built drawings, supply of all new equipments and materials
at site as required, storage facilities at site, handling, transportation of equipment and
material from contractors stores to the site of installation, installation, testing and
commissioning of complete electrical system.
All associated work related to minor civil, structural, architectural works are also
included in the contractors scope, including making good of breakages of civil works,
Patch/touch-up painting as required.
4.1.1.
Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning

Scope of work shall include supply and installation of all equipment and systems to meet the
requirement defined in specifications & data sheets attached with the tender and required for
completion of the job including but not limited to the following. Detailed scope of work and
indicative quantities shall be as per Schedule of Rates enclosed with the tender.
Format No.
EIL569
1641-1924
Page
of 1178 Rev. 1
JOB SPECIFICATION
(ELECTRICAL)
DHT UNIT PROJECT
CLIENT - M/s NRL
DOCUMENT NO.
A774-000-16-50-SP-8102
Rev. 0
Page 3 of 4
a)
Supply, Installation, Testing and commissioning of Grounding system including GI Earth

Electrodes in earth test pit as per EIL Std. 7-51-0101., Earth plate, Earthing Strips, etc.
b)
Supply and laying of G.I. Pipes (medium) in required length including supply of clamps, small
iron structures, spacers and installation of seats, plugs, bushings etc., small civil works,
including all labour and materials as mentioned in SOR.
c)
Any other material though not specifically mentioned above but required for completion of the
work as per specifications, drawings and instruction of Engineer-in-charge.
5.
Miscellaneous Requirements
a)
Coordination between various agencies/ equipment vendor/ other contractors working at site
and providing all assistance and interface connections as per drawings to enable others to
take up testing and commissioning activities of their equipment/ systems.
b)
Preparation of bills of material for earthing system and GI pipes.
c)
Correction and submission of all owners drawings for As -built status.
d)
Other activities listed in vendor data requirement formats.
e)
Any other item/work/activity which is not specifically listed but is necessary for completeness
of electrical system as per specifications, drawings and instructions of Engineer-in charge
Notes:
6.
Quantities given in SORs are tentative. Contractor shall take owner's / site
incharge approval before ordering.
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
Installation, testing and commissioning of equipment shall be performed in accordance with
suppliers instructions and directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.
DRAWINGS
7.1.
The drawings accompanying the tender document are indicative of the nature of work and
issued for tendering purpose only. The purpose of these drawings is to enable the tenderer to
make an offer in line with the requirements of the owner. However, no extra claim, whatsoever,
shall be entertained for any variation between the Approved for Construction (AFC) and
Tender Drawings regarding any changes. Construction shall be carried out as per drawings /
specifications issued / approved by the engineer-in-charge during the course of execution of
work. Detailed construction drawings on the basis of which actual execution of work is to
proceed will be furnished to the contractor progressively based on the detailed construction
program evolved after the award of work and also based on construction progress achieved by
the contractor.
7.2.
Prospective tenderer shall be deemed to have studied the drawings enclosed with tender or
displayed for scrutiny and fully understood the nature and magnitude of the work before
submitting the bids.
7.3.
Where the contractor has to prepare drawings for fabrication, contractor shall submit the
drawings to engineer-in-charge and the approval in writing of the engineer-in-charge shall be
obtained before commencing fabrication.
7.4.
After the job completion, contractor shall prepare 'As-Built' drawings. Final certified As- Built
drawings shall be submitted by the contractor to owner in bound volumes with one set of
reproducible original sepia plus ten sets of prints.
Format No.
EIL570
1641-1924
Page
of 1178 Rev. 1
JOB SPECIFICATION
(ELECTRICAL)
DHT UNIT PROJECT
CLIENT - M/s NRL
8.
DOCUMENT NO.
A774-000-16-50-SP-8102
Rev. 0
Page 4 of 4
LIST OF ATTACHEMENTS
S.No.
Title
Document No.
Rev. No.
1.
Schedule of rates for Electrical works
A774-000-16-50-CI-SOR-8102
2.
Specification for earthing installation
6-51-0084
3.
Specification for field inspection, testing and

commissioning of electrical installations
6-51-0087
4.
Specification for electrical works as part of

paving works
6-51-0088
5.
Typical earth electrode in test pit
7-51-0102
6.
Typical earth plate and fixing details
7-51-0103
7.
Section of RCC cable trench
7-51-0303
8.
Safety measures for electrical installations

during construction
7-51-0332
Format No.
EIL571
1641-1924
Page
of 1178 Rev. 1
k5
-1
1
$fgal
iir,73
idWg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
CIVIL & STRUCTURAL WORKS
6-68-0001 Rev.4
GENERAL SCOPE
Page 1 of 4
Govt ol India Undenakinn)
41114)
Thr-4U 7-4
el I kiwi
kitc111c-Ich chief
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS
'Eirft.T
GENERAL SCOPE
Arro
4
28.03.2013
26.02.2008
08.06.2001
02.03.1994
Rev.
No
REAFFIRMED AND REISSUED AS

SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
RS
PKM SC
DM
PKB
PKM
VK
VC
DPN
RPM
SCJ
MI
HM
GPL
AS
Standards
Conimittee
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
ISSUED AS STD. SPECIFICATION
Date
Purpose
AJS
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Approved by
Page 572 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED CIVIL & STRUCTURAL WORKS
,3ìlf-a_lt.-1.
fgar felf54-'
dg
Mi-e
(A Govt of India
undenakm
GENERAL SCOPE
6-68-0001 Rev.4
Page 2 of 4
Abbreviations:
IS :
Indian Standards
Structural Standards Committee

Convenor:
Mr. P.K. Mittal
Members:
Mr. S.Debnath
Mr. P.J. Singh
Mr. Rajanji Srivastava
Mr. Samir Das
Mr. V.S. Chhaya (Projects)
Mr. Ravindra Kumar (Constn)
Page 573 of 1178
1 ar 16ifireg
Hren ele,nre Jnurn)
ENGINEERS
IA Govt of India Undertaking)
GENERAL SCOPE
6-68-0001 Rev.4
Page 3 of 4
These specifications establish and define the material and constructional requirements for
CIVIL and STRUCTURAL WORKS.
2.
Methods of measurements are indicated in these specifications; where not so specified, latest
revision of IS:1200 shall be applicable.
3.
Providing and operating all necessary measuring and testing devices/ equipments including all
materials and consumables are included in the scope of work. No separate measurement or
payment for testing the quality of work and materials shall be made; rates quoted for various
items shall be deemed to include the cost of such tests which are required to ensure
achievement of specified quality.
4.
All materials shall be of standard quality, manufactured by renowned concerns conforming to

Indian Standards or equivalent, and shall have IS mark as far as possible unless otherwise
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Vendor List attached in the Tender document shall be
followed. The Contractor shall get all materials approved by the Engineer-in-Charge prior to
procurement and use. The Contractor shall furnish manufacturer's certificates for the
materials supplied by him when asked for. Further to that he shall get the materials tested
from an approved test house if asked for by the Engineer-in- Charge. The cost for all the tests
and test certificates for the material procured by the Contractor shall be borne by the
Contractor. No separate payment shall be made for the testing. The Engineer-in-Charge shall
have the right to determine whether all or any of the materials are suitable. Any materials
procured or brought to site and not conforming to specifications and satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge shall be rejected and the Contractor shall have to remove the same
immediately from site at his own expense and without any claim for compensation due to such
rejection.
5.
Wherever referred to in the tender document, only the latest revision of Specifications, Codes
of Practice and other publications of Bureau of Indian Standards shall be applicable.
6.
Wherever the Contractor executes civil and structural works involving buildings, equipment
foundations, supporting structures, pipe racks, etc., the following works are deemed to have
been included in the quoted rates for various works.
Marking of centre lines of foundations etc.
7.
Establishing layout and levels of foundations and superstructure etc., including

establishment of reference lines, bench marks on various floors, platforms etc.
General upkeep of the plant site.
Preparation of Fabrication drawings and getting approval from Engineer-in-Charge after

incorporating all the comments.
Preparation of "As-Built" scheme of structural drawings indicating constructed details

including levels, centre lines, layouts, member sizes etc. complete.
The provisions of Schedule of Rates, specifications and drawings shall be read in conjunction
with each other and in case of conflict amongst them, clarification shall be obtained from the
Engineer-in-Charge whose decision shall be final and binding. However, the following
procedure may generally be followed:
-
Description of items in schedule of rates shall be followed when provisions therein are
different from those in specifications.
Page 574 of 1178
ENGINEERS
fg-aiiarreA
r taf51ft
w
varotre inland.
IA Govt of India Undertaking,
GENERAL SCOPE
ei
6-68-0001 Rev.4
Page 4 of 4
Where the description of item does not call for some specific requirement but the
same is given in specifications, the specifications shall be followed in addition to the
requirement given in description of item.
Where drawings call for requirements different from or additional to those given in
item description and specifications, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be
obtained as to what shall be followed.
Page 575 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
31
Govt 01 lod. UndoOok,o9)
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 1 of 15
-1
wrzi
ffrr-
MATERIALS
21.08.14
UPDATED &REISSUED
19.06.09
REAFFIRMED & REISSUED
AS
18.02.00
UPDATED & REISSUED
DPN
JUNE'94
ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Ol/
PKm
S.CHANDA
SCH
VINAY
KUMAR
N. DUARI
SKP
SC JAIN
A. SONI
SKP
GPL
A. SONI
Standards
Comm ittee
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Approved by
Page 576 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
$g-a-
lA Govt ol India Undertalong)
larre,r eteentaarn.rosnet
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 2 of 15
Abbreviations:
API
American Petroleum Institute
ASTM :
American Society for Testing & Materials
BIS
Bureau of Indian Standards
BS
British Standard
DIN
Deutsches Institut' fr Normung
IS
Indian Standards
PCC
Plain Cement Concrete
PVC
Poly Vinyl Chloride
RCC
Reinforced Cement Concrete
Structural Standards
Committee
Convenor :
Mr. P.K. Mittal
Members :
Mr. S. Debnath (Geotech)

Mr. P.J. Singh
Mr. Samir Das (Architecture)
Mr. Ravindra Kumar (Construction)

Page 577 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
_11
I
c-fro,f,frwro,
IA Govl of Intha Unclerfaking)
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 3 of 15
CONTENTS
1 .0
SCOPE
2.0
REFERENCES
3.0
WATER
4.0
AGGREGATE
5.0
SAND
6.0
CEMENT
7.0
STEEL
8.0
BRICK
11
9.0
STONE
12
10.0
ADMIXTURES
12
1 1.0
WATER BARS (WATER STOPS)
14
12.0
BITUMEN/BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
14
13.0
PVC PIPES
15
14.0
WOOD/TIMBER
15
15.0
EPDXY COMPOUNDS
15
16.0
PAINT
15
17.0
ANTITERMITE COMPOUNDS
15
18.0
POLYSULPHIDE SEALANTS
15

Page 578 of 1178
$fgZEI 02-'
dg
awn 2v-,Fros,covI,
ENGINEERS
IA Govt ot Intha Undenakog)
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 4 of 15
1.0 SCOPE
1.1
This specification establishes and defines the requirements of various materials to be used in
Civil and Structural works.
1.2
Whenever any reference to BIS Codes is made, the same shall be taken as the latest revision
(with all amendments issued thereto) as on the date of submission of the bid.
1.3
Apart from the BIS Codes mentioned in particular in the various clauses of this specification,
all other relevant codes related to specific job under consideration regarding quality, tests,
testing and/ or inspection procedures shall be applicable. Reference to some of the Codes in
the various clauses of this specification does not limit or restrict the scope of applicability of
other referred or relevant codes.
1.4
In case of any variation/contradiction between the provision of BIS Codes and this
specification, the provision given in this specification shall be followed.
1.5
All materials shall be of standard quality and shall be procured from renowned sources/
manufacturers approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor, to get all materials/ manufacturers approved by the Engineer-in-Charge prior to
procurement and placement of order.
1.6
Whenever called for by the Engineer-in-Charge all tests of the materials as specified by the
relevant BIS Codes shall be carried out by the Contractor in an approved laboratory and test
reports duly authenticated by the laboratory, shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for
his approval. If so desired by the Engineer-in-Charge, tests shall be conducted in the presence
of the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized nominee.
1.7
Quality and acceptability of materials not covered under this specification shall be governed
by the relevant BIS Codes. In case BIS code is not available for the particular material, other
codes e.g. BS or DIN or API/ ASTM shall be considered. The decision of Engineer-in-Charge,
in this regard, shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
1.8
Whenever asked for, the Contractor shall submit representative samples of materials to the
Engineer-in-Charge for his inspection and approval. Approval of any sample does not
necessarily exempt the Contractor from submitting necessary test reports for the approved
material, as per the specification/relevant BIS Codes.
1.9
The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's test reports on quality and suitability of any
material procured from them and their recommendation on storage, application, workmanship
etc. for the intended use. Submission of manufacturer's test reports does not restrict the
Engineer-in-Charge from asking fresh test results from an approved laboratory of the actual
material supplied from an approved manufacturer/ source at any stage of execution of work.
1.10
All costs relating to or arising out of carrying out the tests and submission of test reports and
or samples to the Engineer-in-Charge for his approval during the entire tenure of the work
shall be borne by the contractor and included in the quoted rates.
1.11
Materials for approval shall be separately stored and marked, as directed by the Engineer-inCharge and shall not be used in the works till these are approved.
1.12
All rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site by the Contractor at his own
cost.
Page 579 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
411.271 ,r2L/R? ATI JACISAD
A Govt ot Indta
Undenaxngi
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 5 of 15
2.0 REFERENCES
As mentioned in the respective clauses.
3.0 WATER
3.1
Water used in construction for all civil & structural works shall be clean and free from
injurious amount of oil, acids, alkalies, organic matters or other harmful substances which
may be deleterious to concrete, masonry or steel. The pH value of water sample shall be not
lens than 6. Potable water shall be considered satisfactory. Underground water can also be
used with the prior approval of Engineer-in-Charge, if it meets all the requirements of IS:456.
3.2
Tests on water samples shall be carried out in accordance with IS:3025 and they shall fulfill
all the guidelines and requirements given in IS:456.
3.3
The Engineer-in-Charge may require the Contractor to prove, that the concrete prepared with
water, proposed to be used, shall have average 28 days compressive strength not lower than
90% of the strength of concrete prepared with distilled water.
3.4
The Engineer-in-Charge may require the Contractor to get the water tested from an approved
laboratory before starting the construction work and in case the water contains any oil/ organic
matter or an excess of acid, alkalies or any injurious amount of salts etc., beyond the
permissible maximum limits given in IS:456, the Engineer-in-Charge may refuse to permit its
use. In case the water is supplied by the owner, contractor shall get himself satisfied regarding
its quality before using the same in his works at his own expense. In case there is any change
in source of water, water samples shall be tested again to meet the specified requirements.
3.5
Water shall be stored in tin barrels, steel tanks or water-tight reservoirs made with bricks /
stone or reinforced concrete. Brick/ stone masonry reservoirs shall have RCC Base slab and
shall be plastered inside, with 1 part of cement and 4 parts of sand and finished with neat
cement punning. These reservoirs shall be of sufficient capacity to meet the water
requirement, at any stage of construction.
3.6
Water for curing shall be of the same quality as used for concreting and masonry works. Sea
water shall not be used for preparation of cement mortar, concrete as well as for curing of
plain/reinforced concrete and masonry works. Sea water shall not be used for hydrotesting and
checking the leakage of liquid retaining structures also.
4.0 AGGREGATE
4.1
General
4.1.1 Coarse and fine aggregates for Civil and Structural Works shall conform in all respects to
IS:383 (Specification for coarse and fine aggregates from natural sources for concrete).
Aggregates shall be obtained from an approved source known to produce the same
satisfactorily. Aggregates shall consist of naturally occurring (crushed or uncrushed) stones,
gravel and sand or a combination thereof. These shall be chemically inert, hard, strong, dense
durable, clean and free from veins, adherent coatings, injurious amount of alkalies, vegetable
matter and other deleterious substances such as iron pyrites, coal, lignite, mica, shale, sea
shells etc.
4.1.2 Source and type of aggregates shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge prior to
procurement. Change in source and type of aggregates, at later stage, shall not be generally
permitted; but under specific circumstances, Engineer-in-Charge can allow a change in source
and type of aggregate. Contractor shall produce necessary test certificates from approved
laboratories regarding the quality and suitability of the proposed aggregates and submit fresh
Page 580 of 1178
$'fg'-ar
ENQNEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ot Ind. UnderidMirg)
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 6 of 15
mix design for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Any such change, if permitted by the
Engineer-in-Charge, shall be without any time and cost implication to the owner.
4.1.3 Aggregates which may chemically react with alkalies of cement or might cause corrosion of
the reinforcement, shall not be used. If so desired by the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor
shall carry out alkali reactivity tests and submit the results to him for approval.
4.1.4 The maximum quantities of deleterious materials in the aggregates as determined in
accordance with IS:2386 - Part II (Methods of Test for aggregates for concrete), shall not
exceed the limits defined in IS: 383. No special test is required to prove the absence of such
deleterious matters if the aggregates are from a known source with satisfactory prior data on
the properties of concrete made with them. In case of newly developed quarry sites, the
contractor shall submit necessary test results as per IS:383 and IS:2386 to the Engineer-inCharge prior to his acceptance and approval. The method of Sampling shall be in accordance
with the requirements given in IS:2430.
4.1.5 Coarse and fine aggregates shall be batched separately. All-in-aggregate shall be used only
where specifically permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Separate sieve analysis and grading curves shall be prepared by the Contractor for any/ all
batches of coarse and fine aggregates, and submitted to the Engineer-in- Charge, whenever
asked for, to ensure conformity with those submitted along with the mix design.
4.1.6 Whenever required by Engineer-in-Charge, the aggregates (coarse/ fine) shall be washed and/
or sieved by the contractor before use in the works to obtain clean and graded aggregate at no
extra cost to the owner.
4.1.7 Aggregates not in conformity with the specifications shall be rejected and the Contractor shall
immediately remove them from the site of work.
4.2
Coarse Aggregates
4.2.1 Coarse aggregates are the aggregates, which are retained on 4.75 mm BIS Sieve. It shall have
a specific gravity not less than 2.6 (saturated surface dry basis).
4.2.2 These may be obtained from crushed or uncrushed gravel or stone as per clause 3.1 and may
be supplied as single sized or graded. The grading of the aggregates shall be as per IS:383 or
as required by the mix design, to obtain densest possible concrete. For this purpose, the
contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge at least three sets of mix design and test
results, each with different gradings of coarse aggregates, proposed to be used. The
Engineer-in-Charge may allow "All-in-aggregates" to be used provided they satisfy the
requirements of IS:383.
4.3
Fine Aggregates
4.3.1 Fine aggregates are the aggregates which pass through 4.75 mm BIS sieve but not more than
ten percent (10%) pass through 150 micron BIS sieve. These shall comply with the
requirements of grading zones I, II and III of IS:383. Fine aggregates conforming to grade
zone IV shall not be used for reinforced concrete works.
4.3.2 Fine aggregates shall consist of material resulting from natural disintegration of rock and
which has been deposited by streams or glacial agencies, or crushed stone sand or gravel sand.
Sand from sea shores, creeks or river banks affected by tides, shall not be used for filling or
concrete works.

Page 581 of 1178
$gar fa2d
- g
1.11,1 etvm ,TA
4.4
ENGINEERS
IA Govt of Ind. UndettnO,ft9)
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 7 of 15
Sampling and Testing

The Contractor shall carry out all tests including mix designs of concrete, at his own expense,
at the start of work as well as during any stage of construction as required by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Test shall be carried out in accordance with IS:516 - Methods of test for
strength of concrete and IS:2386 - Methods of test for aggregates for concrete. Testing shall be
carried out from laboratories approved by the Engineer- in-Charge. The method of sampling
shall be in accordance with the requirements given in IS: 2430.
4.5
Storage of Aggregates
4.5.1
Storage of all types of aggregates at site of work shall be at contractor's expense and risk and
shall be stored as specified in IS:4082. Aggregates shall in no case be stored near to the
excavated earth or directly over ground surface.
4.5.2 The Contractor shall maintain sufficient quantities of aggregates, near to the place of work,
required for the continuity of the work. Each type and grade of aggregate shall be stored
separately on hard, farm surface having adequate slope for drainage of water.
4.5.3 Aggregates delivered at site in wet condition or becoming wet due to rain or any other means,
shall not be used for atleast 24 hours. The Contractor shall obtain prior approval of the
Engineer-in-charge for the use of such aggregates and shall adjust the water content in
accordance with IS:2386 to achieve the desired mix. In the absence of test results, and to allow
variation in mass of aggregates and water content on account of moisture content, the
Contractor can make suitable adjustment in the masses as per IS:456, for preparation of
nominal mix concrete only.
5.0 SAND
5.1
Sand for Masonry Mortars
5.1.1 The sand shall consist of natural sand, crushed stone sand or crushed gravel sand or a
combination of any of these. The sand shall be hard, durable, clean and free from adherent
coatings and organic matter and shall not contain the amount of clay, silt and fine dust more
than specified in IS:2116.
5.1.2 The sand shall not contain any harmful impurities such as iron pyrites, alkalis, salts, coal or
other organic impurities, mica, shale or similar laminated materials, soft fragments, sea shells
in such form or in such quantities as to affect adversely the hardening, strength or durability of
the mortar.
5.1.3 Unless found satisfactory as a result of further tests as may be specified by the Engineer-inCharge, or unless evidence of such performance is offered which is satisfactory to him, the
maximum quantities of clay, fine silt, fine dust and organic impurities in the sand, when tested
in accordance with IS:2386, shall not be more than 5% by mass in natural sand, or crushed
gravel sand or crushed stone sand. For organic impurities, when determined in accordance
with IS:2386, colour of the liquid shall be lighter than that indicated by the standard solution
specified in IS:2386.
5.1.4
Grading of Sand
The particle size grading of sand for use in mortars shall be within the limits as specified
below:

Page 582 of 1178
ENGINEERS
$1g-ar 02-eg canINDIA LIMITED
aiwn rttow,
IA Govt ot loOto UndettOMog)
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 8 of 15
GRADING OF SAND FOR USE IN MASONRY MORTARS

IS SIEVE DESIGNATION
IS: 460 (PART I)
PERCENTAGE
PASSING BY MASS
REF. TO
METHOD OF
4.75 mm
2.36 mm
1.18 mm
600 micron
300 micron
150 micron
100
90 to 100
70 to 100
40 to 100
5 to 70
0 to 15
IS:2386 (Part I)
In case of a sand whose grading falls outside the specified limits due to excess or deficiency of
coarse or fine particles, this shall be processed to comply with the standard by screening
through a suitably sized sieve and/or blending with required quantities of suitable sizes of
natural sand particles or crushed stone screenings which are by themselves unsuitable. Based
on test results and in the light of practical experience with the use of local materials, deviation
in grading of sand may be considered by the Engineer-in-Charge. The various sizes of
particles of which the sand is composed shall be uniformly distributed throughout the mass.
5.1.5
Sampling and Testing

The method of sampling shall be in accordance with IS:2430. The amount of material required
for each test shall be as specified in relevant parts of IS:2386. Any test which the engineer-incharge may require in connection with this, shall be carried out in accordance with the
relevant parts of IS:2386.
If further confirmation as to the satisfactory nature of the material is required, compressive test
on cement mortar cubes (1:6) may be made in accordance with IS:2250 using the supplied
material in place of standard sand and the strength value so obtained shall be compared with
that of another mortar made with a sand of acceptable and comparable quality.
5.2
Sand for Filling

Sand for filling shall meet the requirements of IS:383 and shall be natural sand, hard, strong,
free from any organic and deleterious materials. Any sand proposed for filling, shall be used
only after it is approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Sand obtained from sea shores, creeks or
river banks affected by tides, shall not be used for filling. Fine aggregates suitable for
concreting works shall be suitable for filling also. No sand below grading zone-III as per
IS:383 shall be allowed for filling.
6.0 CEMENT
Cement to be used for civil and structural works shall be one of the following. Specific
requirement for the type of cement to be used shall be as shown in the drawings or as specified
in the contract or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Specification for 33 grade ordinary portland cement

Specification for portland slag cement
Specification for Portland pozzolana cement (fly ash based)
Specification for Portland pozzolana cement (calcined clay based)
Specification for Masonry Cement
Specification for high alumina cement for structural use

Page 583 of 1178
IS:269
IS:8112
IS:12269
IS:455
IS:1489 Pt.1
IS:1489 Pt.2
IS:3466
IS:6452
rst
5g-u Ofaies
vtvotrv ,151.7,7~
6.1
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of InOia Gneettalong)
MATERIALS
Specification for rapid hardening portland cement

Specification for Sulphate Resisting Portland cement
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 9 of 15
IS:8041
IS:8112
IS:12269
IS:12330
Storage at Site
6.1.1 The storage of cement (lifted from the Owner's godown or procured by the Contractor
himself) at the site of work shall be at contractor's expense and risk and shall meet the
requirements of IS:4082. The cement shall be stored above ground in a suitable weather tight
building or godown and in such a manner as to permit easy access for proper inspection and
also to prevent deterioration due to moisture. In the event of any damage occurring to the
quality of cement due to faulty storage or on account of negligence on the part of the
contractor, such damages shall be borne by the contractor himself.
6.1.2 A11 approved cement shall be arranged in batches with type, brand and date of receipt flagged
on them. A maximum of eight bags shall be stacked one over the other. Cement bags shall be
used in the same order as received from the manufacturer/ owner. The contractor shall
maintain a register, on day to day basis, giving the details of the receipt/ consumption, source
of supply and type of cement etc. The register shall always be accessible to the
Engineer-in-Charge for verification.
6.2
Tests after Delivery

Each consignment of cement supplied by Owner or contractor, shall, after delivery at site and
at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge, be subjected to any or all of the tests and analyses,
required by the relevant Indian Standard Codes. In case the cement is supplied by the owner,
the contractor shall get himself satisfied regarding its quality before using the same in his
works at his own expense. The contractor shall carry out and bear the cost of all tests and
analyses required to ensure quality of cement before using in actual works, irrespective of the
fact whether the cement is supplied by the Owner or procured by him.
6.3
Rejection
The Engineer-in-Charge may reject at his discretion any cement, notwithstanding the
manufacturer's certificate or failing to meet the requirements of relevant BIS Codes for testing
of cement. He may similarly reject any cement which has deteriorated owing to inadequate
protection from moisture or due to intrusion of foreign matter or any other cause. Any cement
which is considered defective, shall not be used and shall be promptly removed from the site
by the contractor.
7.0 STEEL
7.1
General
All steel bars, sections, plates, and other miscellaneous steel materials, etc shall be free from
loose mill scales, rust as well as oil, mud, paint or other coatings. The materials, construction
specifications such as dimensions, shape, weight, tolerances, testing etc, for all materials
covered under this section, shall conform to respective BIS Codes. Steel sections shall be
conforming to IS:808 or IS:12778.
7.2
Reinforcement Bars
Reinforcement bars, to be used for civil and structural works shall be one of the following or
in combination thereof.

Page 584 of 1178
ajL
1.1,
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
A GAA 011AA. UndelAkA91
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 10 of 15
Mild Steel and Medium Tensile Steel Bars and Hard-Drawn

Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement
Specification for hard drawn steel wire fabric for concrete reinforcement
Specification for plain hard-drawn steel wire for prestressed concrete.
Specification for High strength deformed steel bars and wires for
concrete reinforcement.
Specification for indented wire for prestressed concrete.
Specification for fusion bonded epoxy coated reinforcing bars
7.3
IS: 432
IS:1566
IS:1785
IS:1786
IS:6003
IS:13620
Structural Steel
Structural steel to be used for general structural purposes shall be one of the following or in
combination thereof.
Structural steel sections shall conform to following BIS Codes:
7.4
IS:1161
IS:1239
IS:2062
IS:4923
Steel tubes for structural purposes.

Mild Steel Tubes, tubulars and other wrought steel fittings.
Steel for general structural purposes (Grade A/BR/B0).
Hollow steel sections for structural use.
Miscellaneous Steel Materials

Miscellaneous steel materials shall be conforming to the following BIS Codes.
7.4.1
Expanded Metal Steel Sheets for General purposes.

Mild steel bars of anchor bolts, rungs, metal inserts, grating etc.)
Hexagonal headbolts, screws & nuts of product grade C.
Cold formed light gauge structural steel sections.
Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners.
Plain washers
Steel wire ropes for general engineering purposes
Thimbles for wire ropes.
Bulldog grips.
Mild Steel Tubes, tubulars and other wrought steel fillings.
(For Hand rail tubular sections).
Drop forged sockets for wire ropes for general engineering purposes.
Steel chequered plates.
Hexagonal bolts and nuts (M42 to M150).
High Strength Structural Bolts
High Strength Bolts
IS:412
IS:2062
IS:1363
IS:811
IS:1367
IS:2016
IS:2266
IS:2315
IS:2361
IS:1239
IS:2485
IS:3502
IS:3138
IS:3757
IS:4000
Anchor Bolts
Material for Anchor Bolts such as MS bars, washers, nuts, pipe sleeves and plates etc. shall be
as per relevant BIS Codes mentioned above.
7.5
Storage
The storage of all materials at site of work shall be at the contractor's expense and risk and
shall be done as per the requirements given in IS:4082. The contractor shall maintain the
proper records of receipt/consumption. The records shall always be accessible to the
Engineer-in-Charge for verification.

Page 585 of 1178
$'gu la2eg
1.71,
,(31 JP41.3,
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Tool ol Incha Undertalong)
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 11 of 15
The reinforcement bars, structural steel sections and other miscellaneous steel materials etc,
shall be stored in such a way as to avoid and prevent deterioration, corrosion, bending,
twisting and wrapping. In case of any damage occurring to the material on account of faulty
storage or negligence by the contractor, same shall be borne by the contractor himself.
7.6

Materials supplied by the Owner or Contractor, shall, after delivery at site and at the discretion
of Engineer-in-Charge, be subjected to any or all of the tests, required by the relevant BIS
Codes. The Contractor shall carry out and bear the cost of such tests irrespective of the fact
whether the material is procured by the Owner or the contractor. In case steel is supplied by
the Owner, the Contractor shall get himself satisfied regarding its quality before using the
same in his works at his own expense.
7.7
Rejection
The Engineer-in-charge may reject at his discretion any material, not withstanding the
manufacturer's certificate or failing to meet the requirements of relevant BIS Codes for testing
of materials. He may similarly reject any material, which has deteriorated or corroded etc., due
to improper storage, handling or transport. Defective materials shall not be used and removed
from the site by the contractor at his own expense.
8.0 BRICK
8.1
General
Bricks for masonry works shall conform to IS:1077 - Specification for common burnt clay
building bricks and shall be of class 5.0 (with minimum compressive strength of 5.0 Nimm2 ).
Specific requirement for any other class of bricks shall be as shown in drawings or as
described in the contract for a particular site or type of work. Physical requirements, quality,
dimensions, tolerances etc. of common burnt clay building bricks shall conform to the
requirements of IS:1077.
Bricks shall be hand - moulded or machine moulded and shall be made from suitable soils.
The bricks shall have smooth rectangular faces with sharp corners and shall be well burnt,
sound, hard, tough and uniform in colour. These shall be free from cracks, chips, flaws, stone
or humps of any kind.
8.2

The Contractor shall take samples of each type of brick as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge
as per the requirements of IS:5454 and tests shall be carried out as per IS:3495. The cost for
carrying out any or all the tests, shall be borne by the Contractor. The bricks, when tested, as
per IS:3495 shall have a minimum average compressive strength, as given in the Code, for a
particular class of brick. Water absorption shall not be more than 20% by its dry weight, when
soaked in cold water for 24 hours.
Brick samples so approved, shall be deposited with the Engineer-in-Charge. All subsequent
deliveries shall be upto the standards of the approved samples.
8.3
Stacking of Bricks
Bricks shall be stored at site as per the requirements given in IS:4082 and shall not be dumped
at site. They shall be unloaded from trucks to a place on a levelled surface near to the work
site. They shall be stacked in regular tiers even as they are unloaded, to minimise breakages
and defacement of bricks. The supply of bricks shall be so arranged that as far as possible, at

Page 586 of 1178
$fg`z-z 2f5t-eg
(Att?rt ~treott,ivfOrs0
ENGINEERS
(A Govt of Indla Undertalong(
6-68-0002 Rev.4
MATERIALS
Page 12 of 15
least two days' requirements of bricks are available at site at any time. Bricks, of different
class, shall be stacked separately.
8.4
Local Bricks/ Class 3.5 Bricks.

Where shown on drawings, locally available bricks of non modular size (230 mm x 110 mm x
70 mm) in place of bricks of modular size (190 mm x 90 mm x 90 mm) can be usedtn case
the bricks satisfy the other requirements of IS:1077. Minimum compressive strength of these
bricks shall not be less than 3.5 N/mm2.
8.5
Concrete Block Masonry

Concrete Block Masonry shall be as per EIL Specification No. 6-68-0016.
9.0 STONE
9.1
General
All Stones used for masonry works shall conform to the requirements of following BIS Codes.
Method of identification of natural building stones.
Recommendations for dimensions and workmanship of natural
building stones for masonry work.
Recommendations for dressing of natural building stones.
9.2
IS:1123
IS:1127
IS:1129
Quality of Stones
Stones shall be of approved quality, hard, dense, strong, sound, durable, clean and uniform in
colour. They shall also be free from veins, adherent coatings, injurious amount of alkalies,
vegetable matters and other deleterious substances such as iron pyrites, coal, lignite, mica, sea
shells etc. Unless otherwise approved, stones from one single quarry shall be used for any one
work. The strength of stones should be adequate to carry the imposed load and shall meet all
the requirements of IS:1905, taking into account the appropriate crushing strength of stone and
type of the mortar used. The percentage of water absorption, when tested in accordance with
IS:1124, shall not exceed 5 percent.
Stones normally used, shall be small enough to be lifted and placed by hand. The length of the
stone shall not exceed 3 times the height. Width of stone on base shall not be less than 150
mm and in no case exceed 3/4th thickness of the wall. Height of the stone shall not be more
than 300 mm.
9.3
Unloading/Stacking
The stones shall be unloaded from the trucks to a site near to the place of work as defined in
IS:4082 and shall be stacked on a firm ground having adequate stope for drainage. The supply
of stones shall be so arranged that as far as possible, at least two days' requirements of stone
are available at site at any time.
10.0 ADMIXTURES
10.1 General Requirements for Admixtures
10.1.1 All concrete admixtures shall in general comply with the following BIS Codes unless
otherwise stipulated in this Specification.
Specification for integral cement water proofing compounds.
Specification for other admixtures for concrete.
Page 587 of 1178
IS:2645
IS:9103
Copyright EILAll rights reserved
2Zff 22eg
rfroxtosi~o
ENGINEERS
lA Go, of Inclw Undertalong)
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 13 of 15
10.1.2 Generally, admixtures shall have ISI certification marks. However, even in case of BIS
certified admixtures, Engineer-in-Charge may require the Contractor to carry out and submit
any or all the tests (as specified in relevant BIS Codes), from BIS approved laboratories, over
and above the manufacturer's test certificate, before giving his final approval.
In case, admixtures certified by BIS are not available, the contractor shall submit to the
Engineer-in-Charge the type and/or proprietary brand of the admixture from only reputed
manufacturers along with necessary test certificates from BIS recognized/ BIS approved
laboratories or any other document directed by Engineer-in-Charge for the latter's final
approval. In such cases, names of at least two manufacturers shall be submitted to the
Engineer-in-Charge for his selection. In case, both the names are rejected, the contractor shall
submit a fresh list of two manufacturers for approval by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The Engineer-in-Charge may direct the contractor to submit test results as required by IS:2645
or IS:9103 for any admixture proposed to be used in the concrete in any approved laboratory
at his discretion at any stage of the work. The cost of any/all tests required to satisfy
compliance with this specification shall be borne by the Contractor.
In case of non-availability of any BIS code for testing and acceptability criteria, relevant
American, British or German Code shall be applicable.
10.1.3 Prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be obtained while using water reducing
admixtures in the concrete (PCC/ RCC) or mortar. Other type of admixtures such as
accelerating admixtures, retarding admixtures or air entraining admixtures, shall not be used
unless specified on the design drawings or prior approval taken from the design approving
authority. Once approved, utmost care shall be exercised at site by the Contractor to maintain
the consistency in the quality of admixture and the concrete/ mortar so produced.
10.1.4 The suitability and effectiveness of any admixture shall be verified by trial with the designed
concrete mixes using cement, aggregates together with any other materials to be actually used
in the works as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. If two or more admixtures are to be
used simultaneously in the same concrete mix, the Contractor must submit necessary test
results from an approved laboratory to show their interaction and compatibility. Any/all tests
specified in BIS Codes shall be carried out only with the type of material and mix design, to
be actually used in the work site.
10.1.5 No admixture shall impair the durability of the concrete nor combine with the ingredients to
form harmful compounds nor increase the risk of corrosion of reinforcement. Use of
admixtures shall not reduce the dry density of concrete. Once the proportion of admixture has
been established, strict check shall be maintained not to alter the proportions of ingredients
and water-cement ratio of the Design Mix during execution.
10.1.6 The chloride contents in admixtures shall not exceed 2% by mass of the admixture or 0.03%
by mass of the cement.
10.1.7 Admixtures which do not meet the requirements stipulated in this specification shall be
rejected and shall not be used.
10.2 Water Proofing Compounds
10.2.1 Water proofing compounds shall be mixed with cement only.
10.2.2 The permeability of the specimen with the admixture shall be less than half of the
permeability with similar specimen without the use of these compounds. These compounds
shall be used in such proportion as recommended by manufacturer but in no case it shall
exceed 3% by weight of cement.
Page 588 of 1178
iI!K't t-t
112
2j g
1.1771
ENGINEERS
MATERIALS
IA SOvt of indla Undertaking)
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 14 of 15
10.2.3 The initial setting time of the cement with the use of these compounds shall not be less than 30
minutes and final setting time shall not be more than 10 hours. Test shall be carried out in
accordance with IS:4031.
10.2.4 Compressive strength of specimen at 3 days shall not be less than 160 kg/sq.cm nor 80% of
the 3 days compressive strength of mortar cubes prepared with same cement and sand only,
whichever is higher. Similarly compressive strength at 7 days shall not be less than 220
kg/sq.cm nor less than 80% of the 7 days compressive strength prepared with the same cement
and sand only, whichever is higher. The test to determine the compressive strength shall
conform to IS:4031.
10.3
Concrete Penetrating Corrosion Inhibiting Admixture shall be as per EIL Specification No. 668-0017.
11.0 WATER BARS (WATER STOPS)

PVC water bars shall be used in reinforced concrete construction of liquid retaining structures
or any other structure to safeguard them from hydrostatic pressure and water leakage and any
relative movement between two parts of the structure due to thermal loading shrinkage or
differential movement of foundations. Wherever desired or shown in the drawings, they shall
be used at expansion/contraction/construction joints. These shall be pre-formed and shall
provide a permanent water tight seal along the entire joint in the poured concrete structures.
These shall also be flexible enough to withstand deflection/displacements at joints arising due
to variation of temperatures or settlement of foundations. The minimum thickness of water bar
shall be as shown on drawings or described in the schedule of rates and unless otherwise
mentioned, these shall be able to withstand a water head of at least 12 meters.
11.2
Performance requirements of PVC water bars shall meet the requirements of IS:12200. These
shall be of approved make and of ribbed/ serrated/ plane type with a bulb at the centre. The
thickness and width of water bars shall be as per schedule of rates/ drawings but in no case the
thickness shall be less than 5 mm and width less than 150 mm. The joining of the water bars
shall be carried out by vulcanising strictly as per the manufacturer's specifications. Lapped
joints shall not be allowed under any circumstances.
12.0 BITUMEN/BITUMINOUS MATERIALS

Bitumen to be used for various types of work shall meet all the requirements of relevant BIS
Codes as given below:
IS:73
Specification of Paving Bitumen.
IS:1195
Specification for bitumen mastic for flooring.
IS:1322
Specification for Bitumen felts for water proofing and damp proofing.
Specification for Bituminous compounds for water proofing
IS:1834
and caulking purposes.
Specification for preformed fillers for expansion joint
IS:1838
in concrete pavements and structures.
IS:3037
Specification for bitumen mastic for use in water proofing of roofs.
Specification for bitumen primer for use in water proofing and damp proofing.IS:3384
IS:5871
Specification for Bitumen Mastic for Tanking and Damp proofing.
IS:7193
Specification for Glass fibre base coal tar pitch & bitumen felts.
IS:7198
Code of practise for damp proofing using bitumen mastic.
Specification for bitumen Mastic, Anti Static
IS:8374
and electrically conducting grade.

Page 589 of 1178
$g-21
- 22-dg
'
vovot(V.I,AtotAt
ENGINEERS
Unctettaking)
(A Govt ot
lnd
MATERIALS
6-68-0002 Rev.4
Page 15 of 15
The type and grade shall be as shown on the drawings or as indicated in schedule of quantities
or as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. Tests and acceptable criteria shall be as per relevant BIS
Codes.
13.0 PVC PIPES
PVC Pipes shall conform to the requirements of IS:4985.
14.0 WOOD/ TIMBER
14.1
Wood recommended for platforms of cold vessels or below cold vessels/ exchangers shall be
hard and shall be of group A, grade I, and shall have safe permissible stress of 7 N/mm2 in
compression, perpendicular to grains on outside location as per IS:883. General characteristics
like durability, treatability etc. shall conform to IS:883 and IS:3629.
14.2
Timber required to be used for formwork shall be fairly dry before use. It should maintain its
shape during the use and even when it comes into contact with moisture from the concrete.
Storage of Wood/Timber shall be as per the requirements of IS:4082.
For proper identification and selection of suitable timber for formwork, following codes shall
be referred.
Classification of commercial timbers and their zonal distribution
Specification for ballies for general purposes.
Specification for Ply wood for concrete shuttering work.
IS:399
IS:3337
IS:4990
15.0 EPDXY CO1VIPOUNDS

Refer EIL Specification No. 6-68-0056.
16.0 PAINT
16.1
Refer EIL Specification No. 6-79-0020 or the job specification whichever applicable.
17.0 ANTITERMITE COIVIPOUNDS

17.1
Chloropyrifos emulsifiable concentrates (1%) conforming to IS:8944 shall be used for

treatment of soil for protection of buildings against attack by subterranean termites.
18.0 POLYSULPHIDE SEALANTS

Polysulphide Sealants shall conform to IS:12118 and be of approved make. Test conditions
and requirements shall be as given in the above referred BIS code.

Page 590 of 1178
el,crrt CrA ,rvosal
ENGINEERS
INDIA IJMITED
Go of Inda UndenakIng)
EARTHWORK
TIT-4W
rfrftMa
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 1 of 13
k 11
ki<1110-Ich Wr.4
r4-1)
wrzi
EARTHWORK
21.08.14
REVISED & REISSUED
AJS
19.06.09
REVISED & REISSUED
AS
22.01.02
UPDATED & REISSUED
R SOOD
AUG'94
UPDATED & REISSUED
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
PKM
SC
SCH
VINAY
KUMAR
N. DUARI
R SOOD
H MATHUR
GRR
H MATHUR
GP LAHIRI
A. SONI
Prepared Checked
by
by
Standards Standards
Comm ittee
Bureau
Convenor Chairman
Approved by

Page 591 of 1178
tg-r:fr
412m,.-rroor,off1.3o-tro.o
ENQNEERS
A
Govt ol Indla Undeltakog)
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 2 of 13
Abbreviations:
CNS :
Cohesive Non Swelling

Convenor :
Mr. PK Mittal
Members :
Mr. S Debnath (Geotech)

Mr. Rajanji Stivastava
Mr. PJ Singh
Mr. VS Chhaya (Projects)

Page 592 of 1178
ENGINEERS
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
IA Govt ol Indo Undertakv,9)
Page 3 of 13
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL
3.0
BACKFILLING MATERIAL
4.0
SETTING OUT
5.0
EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION
6.0
SHORING AND STRUTTING
12
7.0
BACK FILLING AROUND FOUNDATIONS AND IN PLINTH
12
8.0
TRANSPORTATION OF SURPLUS EARTH
13
9.0
PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND PERSONNEL
13
10.0
CLEAN UP
13

Page 593 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Og-alf612ry dg
'
1.I0R 2.10 ,12 ,151,30215,
0
lA GoN ol Indo Undertalong)
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 4 of 13
1.0 SCOPE
This specification deals with earth work in excavation and filling.
2.0 CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL
2.1
Ordinary Soil
2.1.1
Soft Soil/ Loose Soil

Generally any soil which yields to the ordinary application of pick and shovel, or to phawra,
rake or other ordinary digging implements such as:
a)
b)
c)
d)
2.1.2
Sand, gravel, loam, clay, mud, black cotton soil

Vegetables or organic soil, turf, peats, soft shale or loose murrum
Mud concrete below ground level
Any mixture of soil mentioned above.
Hard/ Dense Soil

Generally any soil, which requires close application of picks or jumpers or scarifier and
rippers to loosen the same, such as:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
2.2
Stiff heavy clay, hard shale or compact murrum requiring grafting tool and/ or pick
and shovel
Shingle and river or nallah bed boulders
Soling of roads, paths etc. and hard core
Macadam surface of any description (water bound, grouted tarmac etc.)
Lime concrete, stone masonry in lime or cement mortar below ground level
Soft conglomerate when the stone can be detached from the matrix with picks and
shovels
Soft Rock
This is fissured/ disintegrated rocky strata, boulders (volume more than 0.028 m3 and lens than
0.400 m3) and also which cannot be quarried/ excavated by using above manual tools but can
be quarried/ excavated manually by using crow bars is classified as soft rock. Soft rock shall
include all kinds of stiff and stratified rock, such as shales, thinly bedded philites, laterite hard
conglomerate, lime stone, sand stone and unreinforced cement concrete below ground level.
Soft rock may be quarried or split with crow bar or picks and can also be excavated by rippers,
dozers and other mechanical equipment, but without the aid of blasting. If required and
permitted, light blasting may be restored to, for loosening the materials, but this will not, in
any way entitle the material to be classified as "Hard Rock".
2.3 Hard Rock

2.3.1
Hard Rock (Not Requiring Blasting)

This shall include all types of hard and compact rock, having closely spaced fissures or joints,
on account of which blasting is not considered necessary and shall not be resorted unless
permitted by the Engineer-in charge.
2.3.2 Hard Rock (Requiring General Blasting)

This shall include all types of hard and compact rock occurring in unfissured masses or similar
foundations, boulders (volume more than 0.4 m3) for excavation in which blasting is
Fornnat No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Page 594 of 1178
ar 22-
$11g-1..27122I2A2I2A~/
dg
ENGINEERS
IA Govt n11nGa Undertaking)
6-68-0003 Rev.5
EARTHWORK
Page 5 of 13
considered necessary such as quartzite, granite, basalt stones, reinforced cement concrete
(reinforcement to be cut through but not separated from concrete) below ground level and the
like.
2.3.3
Hard Rock (Requiring Controlled Blasting (Explosive/ Non-explosive)

This type of excavation becomes necessary when excavation is done in formations, mentioned
in Clause 2.3.2, in the vicinity of existing foundations/ structures. Mode of blasting shall be
decided by Engineer-in-Charge, keeping in view the sensitivity of structures.
2.3.4
Hard Rock (Blasting Prohibited)

Hard rock requiring blasting as described in clause 2.3.2 above, but when blasting is
prohibited for any reason and excavation has to be carried out by chiseling, pneumatic
breaking, splitter or any other agreed method.
The use of excavation shall not be considered as a reason for classification under hard rock
requiring blasting unless clearly found necessary in the opinion of Engineer-in-Charge.
3.0 BACKFILLING MATERIAL

3.1
Suitable Materials:
3.1.1 Back filling suitable material shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Additionally, they
shall be free from refuse, large stones or rocks or other material which might prevent proper
compaction or cause the compacted fill or embankment to perform inadequately or to have
insufficient stability or bearing capacity for the superimposed loads to which it is likely to be
subj ected.
3.1.2 Back filling of excavation in trenches, foundations and elsewhere shall consist of one of the
following materials as shown on drawing, or directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
i)
ii)
Soil
Selected earth from heaps or brought from borrow areas.
In case i) or ii) are not available, the Engineer-in-charge may approve use of any of the
following:
iii)
iv)
v)
Stone/ Gravel
Sand
CNS material.
3.1.3 The material shall be free from refuse, debris, roots, hard lumps and any other foreign organic
material.
3.2
Unsuit.,ble Materials
Unsuitable material shall include particles in excess of 75 mm size and that which is:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Organic material, logs, stumps and perishable materials.

Material susceptible to spontaneous combustion
Materials with undefined properties
Materials having a moisture content greater than the maximum specified
Building rubble and domestic and industrial wastes
Soils and rock susceptible to deterioration/ change of their properties.
Clay, silt and other loose or soft soils not in accordance with compaction criteria.

Page 595 of 1178
gz.1122Cg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA
h)
i)
Govt of InOla Undeflak.ngt
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 6 of 13
Dredged material
Material containing gypsum or other soluble salts.
4.0 SFTTING OUT

4.1
The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of the work in relation
to original points, lines* and levels* of reference and for the correctness of the levels,
dimensions and alignment of all parts of the work. If at any time during progress of the work
any error appears or arises in the position of level, dimension, or alignment of part of the
work, the Contractor at his own expense shall rectify such errors to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge. The checking of any line or level by the Engineer-in-Charge shall not in
any way relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities.
4.1.1 Tolerances*
The grade shall be properly shaped to the required elevations and parallel to the required
surface. The elevation of any point and the line of any edge or center of the earthworks shall
conform to that shown on the drawings within the tolerances stated below:
Tolerances from True Level
4.2
Tolerances from True Line
Basic Grading
- 25 mm
- 75 mm
Embankments
+75 mm
-0
+75 mm
- 75 mm
The Contractor shall lay out and construct one or more permanent bench marks in some
central place before the start of the work, from which all important levels for the excavations
will be set.
These permanent bench marks shall consist of masonry pillars with top neatly plastered and
leveled as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. Bench marks shall be well connected
with triangular grid system or any other bench mark approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
5.0 EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION

5.1
Excavation shall be carried out in any material met on the site to the lines, levels and contours
shown on the detailed drawings and the Contractor shall remove all excavated materials to
spoil heaps on site or transport for use in filling on the site or stack them for reuse as directed.
5.2
Excavated material shall not be deposited within 1.5 m from the top edge of the excavation.
5.3
The sides of the excavation may be cut sloping, or shored and strutted to hold the face of earth
as per site requirements and as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge.
5.4
Foundation pits/ trenches shall not be excavated to the full depth unless construction is
imminent. The last 15 cm depth of the excavation shall not be done until concreting work is
imminent. The full depth may at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge be excavated and the
bed covered with a 50 mm (minimum) thick (or as indicated on drawing) layer of lean
concrete 1:5:10 mix (1 cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 crushed stone aggregate) or as specified in
schedule of rates/ shown on drawing, after watering if required, and consolidating the bed.
5.5
If the bottom of any excavation has been left exposed by the Contractor and in the opinion of
the Engineer-in-Charge, that has become badly affected by the atmosphere or by water, then
the Contractor shall remove such portions of the deteriorated material as the Engineerin-Charge may direct and shall make good with lean concrete 1:5:10 mix (1 cement : 5 coarse

Page 596 of 1178
,41
$'g-ars
tt~ elvav,am~o
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
lA Govt of Ince Undettalong)
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 7 of 13
sand : 10 crushed stone aggregate). All expenses for such additional concrete and excavation
shall be borne by the Contractor.
5.6
Where excavation is made in excess of the depth required, the Contractor shall, at his own
expense, fill upto required level with lean concrete 1:5:10 mix (1 cement : 5 coarse Sand : 10
crushed stone aggregates ) or as decided by Engineer-in-Charge.
5.7
The Contractor shall provide suitable drainage arrangement to prevent surface water from any
source entering the foundation pits at his own cost.
5.8
The Contractor shall make all arrangements for dewatering during excavation and subsequent
works, the accumulated water from any source (including subsoil water) in the excavated
pits/trenches and keeping the excavated pits/ trenches dry for subsequent works.
5.9
The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements for lighting, fencing and other suitable
measures for protection against risk of accidents due to open excavation.
5.10
Where the excavation is to be carried out below the foundation level of an adjacent structure,
the precaution to be taken such as under pinning, shoring and strutting etc. shall be determined
by the Engineer- in-Charge. No excavation shall be done unless such precautionary measures
are carried out as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. The payment for such
precautionary measures shall, however, be made separately.
5.11
Loose or soft bed ground encountered in excavation at the required depth shall on the
Engineers-in-Charge's instructions be excavated to a firm bed and difference made up to the
required level with lean concrete 1:5:10 mix (1 cement : 5 coarse Sand : 10 crushed stone
aggregates).
5.12
In those cases where during excavation, side slips occur for reasons not attributable to the
Contractor (e.g. side slips which take place on their own but not due to surcharge of earth kept
near the edge of excavation and cracking of excavation top strata due to clay drying out
leading to collapse of excavation sides), the Engineer-in-Charge shall admit payment at his
discretion.
5.13
Any obstacle encountered during excavation shall be reported immediately to the

Engineer-in-Charge and shall be dealt with as instructed by him. Removal of buried pipes or
cables shall not be done without prior permission of the Engineer-in-Charge and the
Contractor shall provide all measures to protect the same. Cost of such protective measures
are deemed to be included in the rates for various items of excavation.
5.14
The Contractor shall not undertake any concreting in foundation until the excavation pit/trench
is approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
5.15
The specification for earth work shall also apply to excavation in rock in general.
5.16
In case of hard rock requiring blasting, the prnvisions mentioned below shall be strictly
followed.
5.16.1 General
Where hard rock is met with and blasting operations are considered necessary, the Contractor
shall intimate about the same to the Engineer-in-Charge, and obtain his approval in writing for
resorting to blasting operation.
The Contractor shall obtain license from the district authorities for undertaking blasting work
as well as for obtaining and storing the explosive as per the Explosive Rules 2008, corrected
Format No 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Page 597 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Goot ol Indo Unceol;ng)
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 8 of 13
upto date. He shall purchase the explosives, fuses, detonators etc. only from a licensed dealer.
He shall be responsible for the safe custody and proper accounting of the explosive materials.
The Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative shall have the access to check the
Contractor's store of explosive and his accounts.
In case where explosives are required to be transported and stored at site, relevant clauses of
the Explosive Rules, 2008 as amended subsequently, shall apply.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any accident to workmen, public or property, due to
blasting operations.
5.16.2 Precautions
Blasting operations shall be carried out under the careful supervision of a responsible
authorised and licensed blaster of the Contractor (referred subsequently as "blaster" only)
during specified hours, as approved in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge. The blaster shall be
fully conversant with the rules of blasting.
Proper precautions for safety of persons shall be taken. Red flags shall be prominently
displayed around the area to be blasted and all the people on the work except those who
actually light the fuses, shall withdraw to a safe distance of not less than 200 m from the blast.
Precautions as per Explosive Rules 2008 with amendment shall be followed.
5.16.3 Fuses
All fuses shall be cut to the lengths required before being inserted into the holes. Joints in
fuses shall be avoided. Where these are unavoidable, a semicircular niche shall be cut in one
piece of fuse about 2 cm. deep from the end and the end of other piece inserted into this niche,
and the two pieces then wrapped together with a string. All joints exposed to dampness shall
be wrapped with rubber tape. Fuse and detonators shall be kept separated from the explosives.
5.16.4 Blasting with Gun Powder
Blasting shall normally be done with gun powder. Dynamite, gelatine or any other high
explosive shall only be used in special cases with the written permission of the Engineerin-Charge.
In case of blasting with gun powder, the position of all bore holes to be drilled shall be marked
out in circles with white paint. The bore holes shall be jumped or drilled in the rock face. The
depth of bore hole shall be about the same as that of the line of least resistance and its size
shall be such that the cartridges can easily pass down to the bottom. The bore holes must be
dried before being charged and these shall be inspected by the Contractor's agent.
Gun powder may be used in the form of pellet blasting cartridges or as powder or granules.
Cartridges are provided with tapered central hole. One end of fuse is passed through the
narrow end of the hole and a sufficient length of the fuse is doubled back that when the fuse
is pulled, it is held tight in the tapered hole of the cartridge. Other cartridges are then inserted
in the fuse to make up the required charge. The cartridge along with the fuse is lowered down
in the bore hole, placed in position and gently filled and pressed home with dry hay or turf.
The rest of the bore shall then be filled with dry clay, which shall be tamped with copper or
brass rod until it becomes compact. Care shall be taken to avoid any possibility of an air space
around the fuse. The safety fuses shall be taken to the required distance so as to allow the
blasting to take place after the person lighting the fuse has withdrawn to a safe distance.
Where gun powder is used in the form of powder or granules it shall be introduced in the bore
hole by means of funnel or copper tube. The bore holes shall be loaded with two thirds of the
Page 598 of 1178
ENGINEERS
1.112,1 eKent, ,1,13~1
Govt of InOia Undertak.ow
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 9 of 13
quantity of charge required, and safety fuse then directly introduced over the charge.
Remaining one third charge shall then be introduced, and gently filled and pressed home with
dry hay or turf. The rest of the bore hole shall be filled with dry clay in the same way as for
cartridges, and the safety fuse taken to the required distance.
The charges shall be fired by igniting the fuse. The number of charges to be fired and the
actual number of shots heard, shall be compared, and the Contractor's blaster shall satisfy
himself by examination that all the charges have exploded, before workmen are permitted to
approach the site. The charge which has not exploded, shall not be permitted to be withdrawn.
The tamping and charge shall be flooded with water and the holes marked with a red cross (X)
over it. Another hole shall be jumped at a distance of about 45 cm from the old hole and fired
in the usual way. This operation shall be continued, till the original and any subsequent
unfired charges are exploded.
5.16.5 Blasting with Dynamite or any other High Explosive
In case of blasting with dynamite or any other high explosive the position of all bore holes to
be drilled shall be marked out in circle with white paint. These shall be inspected by the
Contractor's blaster. Bore holes shall be of a size that the cartridge can easily pass down. After
the drilling operation, the blaster shall re-inspect the holes to see that the holes marked out by
him have been drilled. The Blaster shall then prepare all charges necessary for the bore holes.
The bore holes shall be thoroughly cleaned before a cartridge is inserted. Wooden tamping
rods (not pointed but cylindrical throughout) shall be used, in charging holes. Metal rods shall
never be used for tamping. One cartridge shall be first placed in the bore hole, gently pressed
and not rammed down. Other cartridges shall then be added as may be required to make up the
necessary charge for the bore hole. The top most cartridge shall be connected to the detonator
which shall in turn be connected to the safety fuse of required length.
The maximum of eight (8) bore holes shall be loaded and fired on each occasion. The charges
shall be fired successively and not simultaneously.
Immediately before firing a blast, due warning shall be given and the blaster shall see that all
persons have retired to a place of safety. The safety fuses of the charged holes shall be ignited
in the presence of the blaster, who shall see that all the fuses are properly ignited.
Careful count shall be kept by him and others of each blast as it explodes. After the blast the
blaster shall inspect the work and ascertain that all the charged holes have been exploded. In
case of misfired holes, the Blaster shall inspect the same after half an hour and mark red
crosses (X) over the holes. During this interval of half an hour, no body shall approach the
misfired holes. None of the drillers shall work near such holes, until one of the two following
operations has been done by the blaster.
a)
Either the Contractor's blaster shall very carefully (when the tamping is of damp clay)
extract the tamping with a wooden scraper and withdraw the fuse, primer and
detonator, after which a fresh detonator, primer and fuse shall be placed in the
misfired holes and fired.
OR
b)
The hole shall be cleaned for 30 cm of tamping and its direction ascertained by
placing a stick in the hole. Another hole shall then be drilled 15 cm away and parallel
to it. This hole shall be charged and fired. The misfired hole should also explode along
with the new one.

Page 599 of 1178
ry dg
ggar laffl
1.12, eIrcm1,1,1,3~,
ENGINEEFZS
INDIA LIMITED
fA Govf of hotha
undenak,,,g)
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 10 of 13
Before leaving the work, the blaster of one shift shall inform another blaster relieving him for
the next shift, of any cases of misfire, and shall point out their positions denoted by red
crosses and also state the action, if any, to be taken in the matter.
The Engineer-in-Charge shall also be informed by the blaster of all cases of misfire, their
causes and steps taken in that connection.
5.16.6 Controlled Blasting (Explosive/ Non-explosive)
Whenever required by the Engineer-in-Charge, rock blasting shall be carefully controlled so
that vibrations generated during the blasting do not cause damage to the buildings and
installation around. Similarly, the rock pieces should not fly off and endanger the buildings
and installations around. Apart from the general precautions mentioned in the preceding
paragraphs, following protective measures and limits for use of explosive are suggested as
guidelines. Bidders are requested to carefully check the site conditions and submit details of
the scheme they propose to adopt for controlling the blast.
Following protective measures shall be adopted while carrying out blasting operations.
The hole shall be covered with mild steel plate of minimum 12 mm thickness.
Reinforcement rod mesh not less than 20 mm dia. at 150 mm centre in both directions shall be
placed over the steel plates.
Steel plate and reinforcement shall be inspected after every blasting operation and all twists
shall be removed before reuse to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Sand filled bags of 6 to 8 layers shall be placed over the mesh suitably covering the whole
region under blasting operation.
The thickness of covering plate and the kind of dead weight is to be duly approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
5.16.7 Hard rock requiring blasting as described under Clause 2.3.2 above, but where blasting is
prohibited for any reason(s) breaking up of rock can be done by using Hydraulic Splitter and
chemical substances of approved manufacturer mixed in an appropriate proportion. The
method involves drilling holes into rock and then inserting/ injecting hydraulic splitter/
chemical solvents into the holes. The breaking-up of rock takes place in a controlled fashion
without much noise and spark.
5.17
Excavation in areas where existing under ground cables are envisaged, to be carried out
carefully by manual means taking proper safety precautions.
The earth work machinery be deployed after ensuring from the trial pits that no cable is
crossing the proposed area of excavation.
5.18 Payment (applicable for item rate tenders only)

5.18.1 The payment clause shall be operated only if the earthwork is to be measured separately as per
relevant tender item.
5.18.2 Payment for earth work in excavation shall be made on cubic meter (m3) basis on the
measurement of volume of pit/ trench of excavation with working space as per relevant Indian
Standards (IS:1200) and slopes/ steppings as permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge. The rate
shall include cost of all the operations of blasting with explosives & accessories, making of all
arrangements for dewatering the accumulated water from any source in the excavated pit or
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Re,*. 0
Page 600 of 1178
$fg-2:11.
1.1V71 ttrarl +.1 SR1.1)
ENGINEERS
INDIA I IMITED CIVIL & STRUCTURAL WORKS
A Govt olind."-Undertakng)
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 11 of 13
trench, removal and disposal of surplus excavated soil within a lead of 100 m from
construction areas. The rate shall also include setting out and line out work required for the
excavation.
5.18.3 The following works shall not be measured separately and allowance for the same shall be
deemed to have been made in the description of main item:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
0
g)
h)
i)
j)
Setting out works, profiles, etc.;

Site clearance, such as cleaning grass and vegetation;
Unauthorized battering or benching of excavation;
Forming (or leaving 'dead men' or 'tell-tales' in borrow pits and their removal after
measurements;
Forming (or leaving) steps in sides of deep excavation and their removal after
measurements;
Excavation for insertion of planking and strutting;
Unless otherwise specified, removing slips or falls in excavations;
Bailing out or pumping of water in excavation from rains;
Bailing out or pumping of water in excavation from sub-soil water, and
Slinging or supporting pipes, electric cables, etc, met during excavation.
5.18.4 Special pumping other than what is included in 5.18.3 (h and i) and well point dewatering
where resorted to, shall each be measured separately, unless otherwise stated, in Kilo Watt
Hour against separate specific provision(s) made for the purpose.
5.18.5 The Contractor shall intimate to the Engineer-in-Charge as soon as different classification of
soils are met with. The measurements of various soil classifications then shall be worked out
by either of the following alternatives in the order of their decreasing importance.
a)
Joint levels shall be taken as to the levels of different soil classifications and volume
worked out on the basis of levels only.
b)
Where levels of different strata cannot be clearly marked and defined, the Contractor
shall stack different soils of various classifications separately for measurement
purpose and then dispose it off.
c)
If the quantum of work involved in (b) above is extensively large & time consuming,
then the total area may be divided into various zones and reasonably representative
samples as in (b) above may be taken and quantities of soils of various classifications
finalized for the entire zone based on the representative.
If soil of any classification other than that specified in the Schedule of Rates is met
with during excavation, the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the classification
of soil, levels of the strata of different classifications and their location shall be
binding.
In above case, the total quantity of excavation shall be computed from the
measurement of the pit/ trench excavated. The hard rock and soft rock shall be
measured separately from the relevant stacks and each shall be reduced by fifty
percent for voids, and paid under the relevant items. The balance, that is the total
quantity of excavation minus the reduced (for voids) quantity of excavation for rocks
shall be paid as soft/ hard soil as per the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge
(However, the maximum payment shall be limited to the volume of the excavated pit/
trench as approved by Engineer-in-Charge).

Page 601 of 1178

31
51g-arft2es
IaRJf rirort."3.4)
ENGINEERS
lA Govt ot Inda Unclertaking)
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 12 of 13
6.0 SHORING AND STRUTTING

6.1
The shoring and strutting of the sides to withhold the face of excavation pits/trenches shall be
done when approved or directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.2
The shoring shall be of close or open timbering type depending upon the site requirements and
as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge whose decision shall be final and binding as to the type
of shoring to be used.
6.3
The arrangement of the shoring and strutting shall be sound and safe and shall be got approved
from the Engineer-in-Charge before installation. The approval shall not absolve the Contractor
of his responsibilities of safety and any other requirements of the contract.
6.4
The shoring and strutting shall be kept in position till all the relevant work in the excavated
area is completed and approved. It shall be dismantled and removed only after the permission
to do so is obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.5
Payment (applicable for item rate tenders only)

Payment for shoring and strutting by close and open timbering shall be made on square meter
m2 ) basis as separate items. In both the cases, the measurement shall be done on the basis of
the surface area of the sides of the excavation actually shored and strutted.
The rate shall include all labour, materials, erection of the poling Boards, wales, struts, ballies
etc., fixing and keeping the same in position as required, dismantling and removing the same
after the work is over as directed.
7.0 BACK FILLING AROUND FOUNDATIONS AND IN PLINTH
7.1
Back filling around completed foundations, structures, trenches and in plinth shall be done to
the lines and levels shown on the drawings including any trimming of the surfaces, as may be
necessary. This shall be done with selected and approved earth from excavation or otherwise
with suitable materials described under Clause 3.1 as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Where sufficient suitable material is not available from the excavation, the
Engineer-in-Charge may direct to import suitable earth from other sources. The filling shall be
done in layers of thickness not exceeding 15 cm with watering, rolling and ramming by
manual methods/ mechanical compactors to grade and Level as shown on drawings to obtain
90% laboratory maximum dry density.
7.2
The Contractor shall not commence filling in and around any work until it has been permitted
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.3
Backfilling around liquid retaining structures and pipes shall be done only after approval of
the Engineer-in-Charge is obtained.
74

Payment for backfilling with earth shall be based on volume in cubic meters (m3) of
consolidated fill. This volume shall be derived from the difference between the volume of
excavation and the structure or trenches as the case may be. The rate shall include cost of
extracting suitable approved earth from available excavated soil from spoil heaps within a lead
of 100 m, placing, watering, rolling, ramming compacting in layers, trimming and dressing
finished surface and disposal of surplus material upto a lead of 100 m.
However, backfilling done with materials other than earth shall be paid separately under
relevant items.

Page 602 of 1178
ENGINEERS
1.41,71 ?:1EISr2
IA
Govf of india Undertakingf
EARTHWORK
6-68-0003 Rev.5
Page 13 of 13
8.0 TRANSPORTATION OF SURPLUS EARTH

8.1
Surplus earth and soil from excavation shall be removed from construction area to the area
demarcated by the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.2
8.2.1 Payment shall be made only for the lead beyond initial 100 m from construction area. Rate
shall include re-excavation, loading, transportation, dumping, stacking or spreading (as per
directions of the Engineer-in-Charge) the surplus earth and the soil in the area demarcated by
the Engineer-in-Charge. Payment shall be made on cubic metre (m3) basis on the difference of
measurements of the volume of the excavated pits and the measurement of the back filling.
Quantity generated due to voids in back filled volume of earth shall also be removed by the
Contractor at no extra cost and this disposal of earth shall not be measured and paid under any
item.
8.2.2 In exceptional circumstances the Engineer-in-Charge may direct the Contractor to remove
surplus earth, concrete debris or any other waste material from site to the areas of disposal on
the basis of truck measurement. In such cases volume of material shall be calculated on the
basis of truck volume reduced by 30% for voids in case of soft/hard soils and 50% for soft/
hard rock. All other provisions of disposal such as spreading, levelling, grading shall apply in
this case also.
9.0 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND PERSONNEL
9.1
The Contractor shall protect all active utility lines shown on the drawings or encountered
during the excavation. If he damages those lines, the Contractor shall repair or replace them. If
existing utilities interfere with his work, the Contractor shall inform to the Engineer-in-charge
and secure written instructions for further action.
9.2
The Contractor shall barricade open holes and depressions which he creates or exposes as part
of this, and he shall post warning signs and lights on property adjacent to or with public
access. He shall operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as
otherwise required for safety.
9.3
The Contractor shall protect structures, utilities, pavements, and other facilities from damage
caused by settlement, lateral movement, washout, and other hazards created by his operations.
9.4
The Contractor shall plan and execute all aspects of the earthwork so that the safety of
personnel, the work and adjacent property is guaranteed and such that a minimum of
inconvenience is caused.
10.0 CLEAN UP
Upon completion nf work, the Contractor shall leave the project site clear nf debris and
surplus materials off plant limits in a manner meeting all location authority requirements.

Page 603 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
31
2154-eg
1.117n ,1,9,+1,111.3~)
IA
Govt ot Inda Undertakng)
STANDARD SPECIFICATION- CIVIL STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.

6-68-0004 Rev.6
REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
Page 1 of 30
& STRUCTURAL WORKS - PLAIN &
1-11"Ich
1
-
(=i
mKi
cnict-k
woircid
PLAIN AND REINFORCED CEMENT

CONCRETE
15th DEC 14
UPDATED & REISSUED
28th DEC 12
UPDATED & REISSUED
CDS
AJS
23rd NOV 07
UPDATED & REISSUED
YPC
PKM
APR,01
UPDATED & REISSUED
RPM7097
SCS
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Prepared
by
Checked
by
PKM
DM
SC
VK
VC
SCJ1151
MI
Standards
Committee
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Page 604 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
$g-ar 22dg
,-,7721,72
(A Govt ot inclta Undetlaking)

& STRUCTURAL WORKS PLAIN &
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 2 of 30
Abbreviations:
ACI
American Concrete Institute
ASTM :
American Society for Testing and Materials
BS
British Standards
G1
Galvanized Iron
IS
Indian Standard
ISO
PVC :
PolyVinyl Chloride
RCC :
SCC :
Self Compacting Concrete
SWG :
Standard Wire Gauge

Convenor:
Mr. P.K. Mittal
Members :

Mr. Anurag Sinha
Mr. Samir Das
Mr. Ravindra Kumar (Consruction)
Page 605 of 1178
31
f&JI 02
eg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of InOia Undertaking)
STANDARD SPECIFICATION- CIVIL

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 3 of 30
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
MATERIALS
3.0
GRADES OF CONCRETE
4.0
TYPE OF CONCRETE MIX
5.0
CONCRETE MIX PROPORTIONING
6.0
BATCHING
7.0
CONCRETE MIXING
8.0
TRANSPORTATION, PLACING AND COMPACTION
9.0
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
11
10.0
SEPARATION JOINT
12
11.0
EXPANSION JOINTS/ISOLATION JOINT
12
12.0
WATER STOPS
12
13.0
PROTECTION OF FRESHLY LAID CONCRETE
12
14.0
CURING
13
15.0
FIELD TESTS
13
16.0
INSPECTION AND TESTING OF STRUCTURES
19
17.0
FINISHING OF CONCRETE
19
18.0
WATERPROOF CEMENT PAINT
21
19.0
FORM WORK
21
20.0
EXPOSED/ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE WORK
25
21.0
REINFORCEMENT
26
22.0
PAYMENT
28

Page 606 of 1178
Lii
Oales
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
in Govt or moO Underlaking)
1.0

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 4 of 30
SCOPE
This specification is applicable for Concrete Grade up to M60 and establishes the
requirements of materials, mix proportioning, placing, curing, etc. of all types of cast-in-situ
and precast concrete (ref. section 1.6) used in foundations, underground and above ground
structures, floors, pavements etc. Any special requirements as shown or noted on the
drawings shall supersede the provisions of this specification.
1.1
Reference Codes and Specifications

Apart from this specification, construction of plain and reinforced concrete works shall be in
accordance with the Indian Standard Code of Practice for "Plain and Reinforced Concrete"
IS 456: 2000 along with all amendments till date and other relevant codes mentioned
therein.
1.2
For Liquid Retaining Structures, EIL Specification No. 6-68-0005shall be applicable.
1.3
For Structural Steel works, EIL Specification No. 6-68-0006 & 0008 shall be applicable.
1.4
For Bipolar Concrete Penetrating Corrosion Inhibiting Admixture, EIL Specification No.
6-68-0017 shall be applicable.
1.5
For Self Compacting Concrete, EIL Specification No. 6-68-0019 shall be applicable.
1.6
For precast concrete manufacturing refer EIL Specification No. 6-68-0014.
1.7
In case of conflict between the clauses mentioned in this specification and those in the
Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), this specification shall govern.
2.0
MATERIALS
2.1
Materials for concrete viz cement, Pozzolanas, Fly Ash, Ground Granulated Blast Furnace
Slag, Sand, Coarse aggregate, Water, etc. shall be as described in EIL Specification
No.6-68-0002.
2.2
Materials for all reinforcements, embedment, inserts, water bars etc. shall conform to EIL
Specification 6-68-0002.
2.3
Materials to be used as additive to concrete shall conform to EIL specification 6-68-0002 &
6-68-0017.
3.0
GRADES OF CONCRETE
Characteristic Compressive strength for different grades of concrete shall be as per Table- l .
Page 607 of 1178

n
emp) ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED & STRUCTURAL WORKS PLAIN &
OeIr fMf51- g
A Govt of ind. Undertako9)
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 5 of 30
TABLE 1
GRADES OF CONCRETE
Group
Grade Designation
Ordinary
Concrete
M1 0
M 15
M 20
M 25
M 30
M 35
M 40
M 45
M 50
M 55
M 60
Standard
Concrete
Specified Characteristic
Compressive Strength
of 150 mm cube at 28 days
(N/mm2)
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
Note: The characteristic strength is defined as the strength of material below which not
more than five (5) percent of the test results are expected to fall.
4.0
TYPE OF CONCRETE MIX
4.1
Unless otherwise noted on drawings, all lean/plain concrete shall be of Nominal Mix type
and reinforced concrete shall be of Design Mix type.
4.2
Nominal Mix Concrete

This concrete shall be made (without preliminary tests) by adopting nominal concrete mix
with proportions of materials as specified in Table 9 of IS: 456.
4.3
Design Mix Concrete

The mix shall be designed as per IS: 10262 in an approved laboratory to produce the grade
of concrete having the required workability and characteristic strength not less than
appropriate values given in Table-1. The target mean strength of concrete mix shall be equal
to the characteristic strength plus 1.65 times the standard deviation.
As long as the quality of materials does not change, a mix design done earlier but not prior
to one year may be considered adequate for later work. However, in case the source &
quality of materials changes or there is a break in the continuity of construction, the
Engineer-in-Charge shall ask for a new design mix.
Irrespective of the grade of concrete required to be produced as per characteristic strength
criteria, the minimum cement content and maximum water cement ratio in the design
concrete shall be strictly maintained as stipulated in Table 5 of IS: 456.
5.0
CONCRETE MIX PROPORTIONING

Proportioning, as used in this specification, shall mean the process of determining the
proportions of the various ingredients to be used to produce concrete of the required
workability when fresh/green and strength, durability & surface finish, when hardened. The
following information shall be collected prior to design of the concrete mix:

Page 608 of 1178
Copyright EIL - All rights reserved
13~ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
14
,751
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
Govl of focka Undeflaking)
STANDARD SPECIFICATION - CIVIL STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 6 of 30
Grade designation.
Type of cement.
Maximum nominal size of aggregate.
Minimum cement content.
Maximum water cement ratio
Workability requirements.
Exposure condition as per Table 3 & Table 4 of IS:456
Maximum temperature of concrete at the time of placing.
Method of Placing.
The Engineer-in-Charge shall verify the strength of the concrete mix, before giving his
sanction of its use. However, this does not absolve the Contractor of his responsibility as
regards achieving the prescribed strength of the mix. If during the execution of the work,
cube tests show lower strengths than required, the Engineer-in-Charge shall order fresh trial
mixes to be made by the Contractor. No claim to alter the rates of concrete work shall be
entertained due to such changes in mix variations. Any variation in cement consumption
shall be taken into consideration for material reconciliation. Preliminary mix designs shall
be established well ahead of start of work.
5.1
Maximum Density
Suitable proportions of sand and the different sizes of coarse aggregates for each grade of
concrete shall be selected to give as nearly as practicable the maximum density as per clause
10.2.3 of IS 456. This shall be determined by mathematical means, laboratory tests, field
trials and suitable changes in aggregate gradation. The contractor shall ensure the same to
the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
5.2
Consistency
The concrete shall have a consistency such that it shall be workable in the required position
and when properly vibrated it flows around reinforcing steel, all embedded fixtures, etc.
5.3
Workability
"Workability of Concrete" shall be as per clause 7 of IS: 456.
5.4
Durability
For achieving sufficiently durable concrete, strong, dense aggregates, low water-cement
ratio and adequate cement content shall always be used. Workability of concrete shall be
such that concrete can be completely compacted with the means available. Leak-proof
formwork shall be used so as to ensure no loss of cement-slurry during pouring and
compaction. Cover to reinforcement shall be uniform. Concrete mix design shall always
take into account the type of cement, minimum cement content irrespective of the type of
cement and maximum water cement ratio and minimum grade of concrete conforming to
environmental exposure conditions (refer Table 3 of IS 456) as given in Table 5 of IS: 456.
Generally, following types of cement shall be used for Plain and Reinforced concrete works:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
43 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS: 8112.

53 Grade Ordinary Portland Cement conforming to IS: 12269.
Rapid hardening Portland Cement conforming to IS: 8041.
Portland Slag Cement conforming to IS: 455.
Portland Pozzolana Cement(fly ash based) conforming to IS:1489(Part 1)
Portland Pozzolana Cement (calcined clay based) conforming to IS: 1489(Part-2).
Sulphate Resisting Portland Cement conforming to IS: 12330

Page 609 of 1178

ENGINEERS
IA Gos4 Intha Undertakon9)
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 7 of 30
Sulphate Resisting Portland Cement shall be used only for specific requirements depending
on environmental and process exposure conditions to which the structures may be subjected
to like high Sulphate concentrations, processes involving Sulphur handling etc.
5.4.1
Water Cement Ratio

Once a mix, including its water cement ratio, has been determined and approved for use by
the Engineer-in-Charge, that water cement ratio shall be maintained. The Contractor shall
determine the water content of the aggregates frequently as the work progresses, and the
amount of mixing water shall be adjusted so as to maintain the approved water cement ratio.
Maximum water-cement ratio shall be as per Table 5 of IS: 456 for different exposure
condition.
The minimum cement content as mentioned in Table 5 of IS: 456 shall be adjusted for
aggregates other than 20mm nominal maximum size as defined in Table 6 of IS 456.
For maximum cement content refer C1.8.2.4.2 of IS: 456.
5.4.2
Where specified, Bipolar concrete penetrating corrosion inhibiting Admixture in reinforced

concrete as per EIL specification No. 6-68-0017 shall be used for protecting the
reinforcement from corrosion.
5.5
Limits to Deleterious Constituents

Careful selection of the mix and the constituent materials shall be made to limit the presence
of deleterious constituents in concrete. The total acid soluble chloride content calculated
from the mix proportion and the measured chloride content of each of the constituents shall
not exceed 0.6 kg/m3 at the time of placing of concrete. The total water soluble Sulphate
content of the concrete mix shall not exceed 4 percent by mass of the cement in the mix.
6.0
BATCHING
Refer clause 10.2 of IS: 456.
7.0
CONCRETE MIXING
7.1
Ready Mixed Concrete supplied by Ready Mixed Concrete Plants or from on/off-site
batching plants (IS: 4926) shall be used for structural concrete.
All records and charts for the batching and mixing operations shall be prepared and
maintained by the contractor in accordance with IS: 4926 or as per the instructions of
Engineer-in-Charge.
In case Ready Mixed Concrete is not available, the mixing of concrete shall be strictly
carried out in an approved type of mechanical concrete mixer. The mixer shall be fitted with
water measuring devices. The mixing shall be continued until there is a uniform distribution
of the material and the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. If there is segregation
after unloading from the mixer, the concrete shall be remixed.
7.2
Mixer
7.2.1
Mechanical Mixers shall comply with IS: 1791 and 12119 and shall be maintained in
satisfactory operating condition. These shall be used only for producing lean/ plain concrete
and/ or nominal mix concrete wherever permitted.

Page 610 of 1178
3112zit4
5fg'-a- OW5
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
vtwat tnvowronJousvg,
7.2.2
Govt of todfa Unclertaking)

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 8 of 30
Mixing Time
Mixing time shall be as indicated in the following Table-2. Excessive mixing requiring
additions of water shall not be permitted. Time shall start when all solid materials are
poured in the revolving mixer drum, provided that all of the mixing water shall be
introduced before one-fourth of the mixing time has elapsed. The Engineer-in-Charge may,
however, direct a change in the mixing time, if he considers such a change necessary.
TABLE-2
MINIMUM MIXING TIME FOR MIXERS
Capacity of mixer
2 m3 or less
Above 2 m3
7.3
Minimum mixing time

2 minutes
3 minutes or as recommended
by the mixer manufacturer.
Hand Mixing
Hand mixing of concrete shall not be permitted. However, for non-critical applications
namely foundations for crossovers, isolated operating platforms etc., using concrete upto
grade M20 and located at far away isolated places, this may be permitted by the Engineerin-charge as a special case. Mixing shall be carried out on a water tight platform and care
shall be taken to ensure that mixing is continued until the mass is uniform in colour and
consistency. No extra payment shall be made to the Contractor for mixing by hand or for
using extra cement due to hand mixing.
7.4
Additives
Additive in concrete shall be used only with the prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge
and shall comply with Cl. 5.5 of IS: 456. Any additive used for obtaining proper workability
or leak proofness of concrete or repair/rendering works of concrete due to non-conformance
to the specifications, shall not be measured and paid for. All costs relating to such usage
8.0
TRANSPORTATION, PLACING AND COMPACTION
8.1
General
The entire concrete placing programme including transportation arrangements, deployment
of equipment, layout, proposed procedures and methods, shall be submitted to the
Engineer-in-Charge 24 hours prior to concreting for approval. No concreting shall be
placed until his approval has been received. Approval of the Engineer-in-Charge for pouring
concrete shall be taken as 'conveyed', when the concrete pour card is signed by him.
8.1.1
Chuting
The use of long troughs, chutes and pipes for conveying concrete from the mixer to the
forms shall be permitted only on written authorization from the Engineer-in-Charge. In case
an inferior quality of concrete is produced by the use of such conveyors, the
Engineer-in-Charge may order discontinuance of their use and the substitution of a
satisfactory method of placing the concrete. Open troughs and chutes shall be equipped with
baffles and be in short lengths to avoid segregation. Chutes shall be designed so that the
concrete is, to some extent, remixed at the lower end by passing down through a funnel
shaped pipe or drop chute. Alternatively, they shall discharge into a storage hopper from
Page 611 of 1178
CIVIL STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
STANDARD SPECIFICATION"ENGINEERS
IA Govt of lndo Undertakng)
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 9 of 30
which the concrete shall be transported to the point of placing by wheel barrows or other
means. Where drop chutes are used, a sufficient number of these must be provided, so that
the concrete discharged from the chute is not required to flow laterally more than 1.0 metre.
Where a drop chute is swung from the vertical, the bottom two sections must be maintained
in a vertical position to avoid segregation. The addition of water at any point in the system
of transportation, to facilitate the movement of concrete shall not be permitted. All chutes,
troughs and pipes, shall be kept clean and free from coatings of hardened concrete by
thoroughly flushing them with water after each run; water used for flushing shall be
discharged clear of the structure.
8.1.2
Vibrators
8.1.2.1 Concrete shall be compacted with mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented, if

necessary to obtain consolidation, by hand spreading, rodding and tamping. The vibrators
shall be of immersion type with operational frequency ranging between 8,000 to 12,000
vibrations per minute. All vibrators shall comply with IS: 2505. Screed board concrete
vibrators or concreting vibrating tables or form vibrators conforming to IS: 2506, 2514 and
4656 respectively shall be used where specifically required and directed by
Engineer-in-Charge.
8.1.2.2
Immersion type vibrators shall be inserted in a vertical position at intervals of about

600mm, depending upon the mix, the equipment used, and experience on work. The
vibrators shall be withdrawn slowly. The spacing shall provide some overlapping of the area
vibrated at each insertion. In no case shall vibrators be used to transport concrete inside the
forms. Over vibration or under vibration shall not be permitted as both are harmful. Hand
tamping in some cases may be allowed subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.1.2.3 In placing concrete in layers which are advancing horizontally as the work progresses, great
care shall be exercised to ensure adequate vibration, bonding and moulding of the concrete
between the succeeding batches.
8.1.2.4 The vibrator shall penetrate the layer being placed and also penetrate the layer below while
the under layer is still plastic to ensure good bond and homogeneity between the two layers
and prevent the formation of cold joints.
8.1.2.5
Care shall be taken to prevent contact of vibrators against all embedded reinforcing steel or
inserts. Vibrators shall not be allowed to come in contact with forms.
8.1.2.6 The use of form vibrators shall not be permitted for compaction of in-situ concrete without
specific authorization of the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.1.2.7 The use of surface vibrators of screed board type shall not be permitted for consolidation of
concrete under ordinary conditions. However, for thin slabs (of thickness less than 200mm)
surface vibration by such vibrators may be permitted, upon approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
8.1.2.8 Whenever vibration has to be applied externally, the design of formwork and the disposition
of vibrators shall be carefully planned to ensure efficient compaction and to avoid surface
blemishes.
8.2
Transportation
8.2.1
All concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit such as
formwork as rapidly as possible using suitable buckets, dumpers, pumps, transit mixers
containers or conveyors which shall be mortar leak tight. Care shall be taken to prevent the
segregation or loss of the ingredients and maintaining the required workability. For
structural concrete produced from Ready Mixed Concrete/ Batching Plants, concrete shall
be transported from the plants to the sites only by transit mixers and Delivery Ticket for
each delivery of concrete shall be maintained by the contractor.

Page 612 of 1178
k_31
fg-af 22-&-g
r=r,ort aff.pros-,0
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA
Govt of Incha Unclerlaking)

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 10 of 30
8.2.2
During hot or cold weather, concrete shall be transported in deep containers. Other suitable
methods to reduce the loss of water by evaporation in hot weather and heat loss in cold
weather may also be adopted. All equipment used for transporting and placing of concrete
shall be maintained in clean condition. All buckets, hoppers, chutes, dumpers and other
equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned after each use.
8.3
Placing and Compaction
8.3.1
Before placing concrete, all soil surfaces upon which or against which concrete is to be
placed shall be well compacted and free from standing water, mud or debris. Soft or
yielding soil shall be removed and replaced, with lean concrete or with selected soils/sand
and compacted to the density as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The surface of absorptive
soil (against which concrete is to be placed) shall be moistened thoroughly so that moisture
is not drawn from the freshly placed concrete. Similarly, for concrete to be placed on
formworks, all chippings, shavings and sawdust etc. shall be removed from the interior of
the forms before the concrete is placed.
8.3.2
Concrete shall not be placed until the formwork, the placement of reinforcing steel,
embedded parts; pockets etc. have been inspected and approved by the Engineer- in-Charge.
Any accumulated water on the surface of the bedding layer shall be removed by suitable
means before start of placement. No concrete shall be placed on a water covered surface.
8.3.3
Concrete shall be discharged by vertical drop only and the drop height shall not normally
exceed 1.5 metre throughout all stages of delivery until the concrete comes to rest in forms.
However, drop height can be relaxed by the Engineer-in-Charge as per the provisions given
under Cl. 8.1.1. For continuous concreting operation windows of suitable size shall be kept
in the formwork or chutes shall be used to avoid segregation of concrete.
8.3.4
Concrete shall be deposited as near as practicable in its final position to avoid rehandling.
Concrete shall be placed in successive horizontal layers. The bucket loads, or other units of
deposit, shall be placed progressively along the face of the layer with such over-lap as will
facilitate spreading the layer of uniform depth and texture with a minimum of hand
shoveling. Any tendency to segregation shall be corrected by shovelling coarse aggregates
into mortar rather than mortar on the coarse aggregates. Such a tendency for segregation
shall be corrected by redesign of mix, change in process or other means, as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
8.3.5
All struts, stays and braces (serving temporarily to hold the forms in correct shape and
alignment pending the placing of concrete at their locations) shall be removed when the
concrete placing has reached an elevation rendering their service unnecessary. These shall
not be buried in the concrete. Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted with vibrators and
fully worked around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures and into corners of formwork
before setting commences and shall not be subsequently disturbed. Methods of placing shall
be such as to preclude segregation and avoid displacement of reinforcement or formwork.
The formation of stone-pockets or mortar bondage in corners and against face forms shall
not be permitted. Should these occur, they shall be dug out, reformed and refilled to
sufficient depth and shape for thorough bonding as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Care
shall be taken to avoid displacement of reinforcement and embedded inserts or movement of
formwork.
8.3.6
Unless otherwise approved, concrete shall be placed in single operation to the full thickness
of foundation rafts, slabs, beams and similar members. Concrete shall be placed
continuously until completion of the part of the work between approved construction joints
or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.3.7
The method of placing and compaction employed in any particular section of the work shall
be to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Page 613 of 1178
.311 .1
1&.11 1812-e'g
14.1R71 cl,ane' an,~71)

ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED & STRUCTURAL WORKS - PLAIN &
IA Govt ot InOta UndeltakIngt
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 11 of 30
8.3.8
During hot weather (atmospheric temperature above 40 degree Celsius) or cold weather
(atmospheric temperature below 5 degree Celsius, the concreting shall be done as per the
procedure set out in IS: 7861).
8.3.9
Concrete that has set standing and becomes stiffened shall not be used in the work.
8.3.10
Continuous Concreting
Where called out on the drawings, continuous concreting shall be done in a single operation
as per the requirements of IS: 456 and IS: 2974. Sufficient "Windows" shall be left in the
formwork for pouring & compaction of concrete and inspection. These windows shall be
fixed tight once the level of concrete reaches their levels.
8.3.11
Concreting under special conditions

a)
Work in extreme weather conditions during hot or cold weather, the concreting shall be
done as per procedure set out in IS: 7861(Part 1) or IS: 7861 (Part2).
b)
Under water concreting shall be as per clause 14.2 of IS: 456.
8.4
Items Embedded in Concrete
8.4.1
Concreting shall not be started unless the electrical conduits, pipes, fixtures etc., wherever
required, are laid by the concerned agency. The Contractor shall afford all the facilities and
maintain co-ordination of work with other agencies engaged in electrical and such other
works as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.4.2
Before concreting, the Contractor shall provide, fabricate and lay in proper position all metal
inserts, anchor bolts, pipes etc. (which are required to be embedded in concrete members) as
per relevant drawings and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
8.4.3
All embedment, inserts etc. shall be fully held and secured in their respective positions by
the concerned agencies to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge so as to avoid any
dislocation or displacement during the concreting operations. The Contractor shall take all
possible care during concreting to maintain these embedment/inserts in their exact locations.
9.0
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
9.1
Construction joints shall be provided in position as shown or described on the drawings or

as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Such joints shall be kept to the minimum. These
shall be straight and at right angles to the direction of main reinforcement and shall be
placed at accessible locations to permit cleaning out of laitance, cement slurry and unsound
concrete.
9.2
In a column, the joint shall be formed about 100mm to 150mm below the Iowest soffit of the
beams framing into it. Concrete in a beam and slab shall be placed throughout without a
joint but if the provision of a joint is unavoidable, the joint shall be vertical and located
within 1/3 to 1/4 of the span, unless otherwise shown on the drawings.
9.3
When stopping the concrete on a vertical plane in slabs and beams, an approved stop board
shall be placed with necessary slots for reinforcement bars. The construction joints shall be
keyed by providing a triangular or trapezoidal fillet nailed on the stop board. Inclined joints
shall not be permitted. Any concrete flowing through the joints of stop board shall be
removed soon after the initial set. When concrete is stopped on a horizontal plane, the
surface shall be roughened and cleaned after the initial set and a triangular or trapezoidal
groove shall be provided for keying with the new concrete later.

Page 614 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
er,r5r7,15,:ro,
IA
Govt of Indo Undertaking)

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 12 of 30
9.4
When the work has to be resumed on a surface which has hardened, such surface shall be
cleared of any foreign materials and roughened to expose the tips of the coarse aggregate.
This may be done by manual chipping of concrete, with a high pressure water jet or by any
other appropriate means as per Engineer-in-Charge's directions. It shall then be swept clean
and thoroughly washed and wetted before any new concrete is poured. Any set mortar or
concrete sticking to the exposed reinforcing rods in and around such joints shall be
thoroughly removed. The reinforcements shall be wire brushed and washed just before
pouring any cement slurry or mortar. For vertical joints neat cement slurry shall be applied
on the surface before it is dry. For horizontal joints the surface shall be covered with a layer
of mortar about 10 to 15mm thick composed of cement and sand in the same ratio as the
cement and sand in concrete mix. This layer of cement slurry or mortar shall be freshly
mixed and applied immediately before placing new concrete.
9.5
Where the concrete has not fully hardened, all laitance shall be removed by scrubbing the
wet surface with wire or bristle brushes, care being taken to avoid dislodgement of particles
of aggregate. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted and all free water removed. The
surface shall then be coated with neat cement slurry. On this surface layer of concrete not
exceeding 150mm in thickness shall first be placed and shall be well rammed against old
work, particular attention being paid to corners and close spots; work thereafter shall
proceed in normal way.
10.0
SEPARATION JOINT
10.1
Separation joint shall be obtained by using an approved Alkathene sheet stuck on the surface
against which concrete shall be placed. Adequate care shall be taken to cause no damage to
the sheet.
11.0
EXPANSION JOINTS/ISOLATION JOINT
11.1
Expansion/ Isolation joints in structures shall be formed in the positions and to the shapes
shown in the relevant drawings. Joints shall be filled with joint filling material as stipulated
in the drawings/schedule of rates. Isolation joints shall be provided around all equipment
foundations, columns, pedestals, trenches etc. on grade.
12.0
WATER STOPS
PVC water stops as per EIL Specification No. 6-68-0002 for materials shall be accurately
cut, fitted and integrally joined as per manufacturer's specifications to provide a continuous,
watertight diaphragm at all points.
The water stops shall be located and embedded at expansion/contraction/ construction joints
as indicated in the drawings or directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Adequate provision shall be made for the support and protection of water stops during the
progress of the work. Damaged water stops shall be replaced and/or repaired as directed.
13.0
PROTECTION OF FRESHLY LAID CONCRETE
13.1
Newly placed concrete shall be protected, by approved means, from rain, sun and wind.
Concrete placed below the ground level shall be protected from falling earth during and
after placing. Surface shall be kept free from contact with such ground or with water
draining from such ground during placing of concrete for a period of at least 3 days, unless
otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The ground water around newly poured
concrete shall be kept to an approved level by pumping or other approved means of drainage
and adequate steps shall be taken to prevent floatation and flooding. Steps shall be taken to
protect immature concrete from damage by debris, loading, vibration, abrasion, mixing with
Page 615 of 1178
IMr
31
s12
Rm1JPTA)

ENGINEERS
)A Go vt of Indo Uncienaking)
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 13 of 30
deleterious materials that may, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, impair the strength
and/or durability of the concrete.
14.0 CURING
14.1
Concrete shall be cured by keeping it continuously moist wet for the specified period of time
to ensure complete hydration of cement and its hardening. Curing shall be started after 8
hours of placement of concrete in normal weather, and in hot weather after 4 hours. The
water used for curing shall be of the same quality as that used for making of concrete.
Curing shall be assured by use of an ample water supply under pressure in pipes, with all
necessary appliances such as hose, sprinklers etc. A layer of sacking, canvas, hessian, or
other approved material, which will hold moisture for long periods and prevent loss of
moisture from the concrete, shall be used as covering. Type of covering which would stain,
disfigure or damage the concrete, during and after the curing period, shall not be used. Only
approved covering shall be used for curing.
Exposed surfaces of concrete shall be maintained continuously in a damp or wet condition
for at least the first 7 days after placing of concrete.
The Contractor shall have all equipment and materials required for curing on hand and ready
to use before concrete is placed.
For curing the concrete in pavements, floors, flat roofs or other Level surfaces, the ponding
method of curing shall be used. For the first 24 hours after concreting, the concrete shall be
cured by use of wet sacking, canvas, hessian etc. The minimum water depth of 25mm for
ponding shall be maintained. The method of containing the ponded water shall be approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge. The ponded areas shall be kept continuously filled with water,
and leaks, if any, shall be promptly repaired. Areas cured by ponding method shall be
cleared of all debris and foreign materials after curing period is over.
Alternatively, membrane curing may be used in lieu of moist curing with the permission of
the Engineer-in-Charge. Such compounds shall be applied to all exposed surfaces of the
concrete by spraying or brushing as soon as possible after the concrete has set. Minimum
film thickness of such curing compounds shall be as per the recommendation of the
manufacturer so as to obtain an efficiency of 90% as specified by BS-8110. This film of
curing compound shall be fully removed from the concrete surface after the curing period
specified earlier. Engineer-in-Charge may not allow curing by curing compounds for those
surfaces where use of curing compound may be detrimental to application of future finishes
over the concrete. Impermeable membranes such as polyethylene sheeting closely covering
the concrete surface may also be used.
14.2
For concretes containing Portland pozzolana cement or Portland slag cement, the curing
period as given in Cl. 14.1 shall be doubled. Curing by ponding shall, however, commence
after the first 24 hours of concreting.
15.0
FIELD TESTS
15.1
Grading Test
Grading test on fine and coarse aggregates shall be carried out as per IS: 2386 at intervals
specified by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The mandatory tests and their frequencies shall be done as given in Table-3A & 3B below:

Page 616 of 1178

_11
Lir
1.741,R
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
c751...1.7051.11
(A Govt of incha Undertalongt

6 -68 -0004 Rev.6

Page 14 of 30
TABLE 3A
(For Concrete prepared at site by using Mechanical mixers)
MANDATORY TESTS ON SAND & STONE AGGREGATES
S.
No
1.
TEST
MATERIAL
Sand
FIELD / LAB TEST
MIN. QTY OF
MATERIAL/
WORK FOR
CARRYING
OUT TEST
(a) Bulking of sand
Field Test
20 m3
(b) Silt content
Field Test
20 m3
(c) Particle size

distribution
Field or Lab as 40 m3
decided
by
the
Engineer-in-Charge
FREQUENCY OF
TESTING*
3
Every 20 m or part
thereof or more frequently
as decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge
1) Every 40 m3 of fine
aggregate/sand required
in RCC works only
2) Every 80 m3 of fine
aggregate/ sand
required for other items
2.
Stone
aggregate
General visual
a) Percentage of
soft or deleterious inspection,
materials
laboratory test where
required by Engineer
-in-Charge or as
specified
b) Particle size
distribution
Field or lab. as
required by
Engineer-in-Charge
c)Ten percent Fine

value
Laboratory
As
required For all quantities
by Engineerin-Charge
45 m3
For every 45 m3 or part

thereof as decided by
Engineer-in-Charge
45 m3
Initial test and subsequent

test as & when required by
Engineer-in-Charge
* Fresh testing is mandatory whenever there is change in Source of materials.

Page 617 of 1178
Si
2fjleg
1.1127f ,fraw 0,T JafiA)

ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IP Govt of inda
Undeft3M.9)
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 15 of 30
TABLE 3B
(Refer Cl. 4.4 & 4.6.1 of IS:4926)
(For Ready Mixed Concrete supplied by Ready Mixed Concrete Plants
or from on/off-site Batching Plants)
MATERIALS TESTING REQUIREMENTS
S.
No
AGGREGATE
PROPERTY/
PARAMETER
1.
Grading
TYPE OF
AGGREGATE
ASSESSMENT
OF TYPICAL
PROPERTIES
AND HIGH
TEST RATE*
NORMAL
MONITORING
AND LOW
TEST RATE*
Sand/Fine
Weekly
Monthly
Coarse-Single
sized/ Graded
Weekly
Monthly
Weekly
3 Monthly
All Types
Weekly
3 Monthly
All Types
Monthly
6 Monthly
Sand
Weekly
Monthly
REQUIREMENT FOR
NORMAL MONITORING
AND LOW TEST RATE
Last 8 results conform to

IS 383 or representative
values
Particle density
2.
3.
-Oven Dry
-Saturated Surface Dry
-Apparent
Absorption
All Types
Bulk Density
4.
- Loose
- Compacted
Last 4 results
0.04 percent
Last 4 results
0.04 percent
Last 4 results
75kg/m3
5.
Fines(Silt)
Content
Coarse
Monthly
3 Monthly
Last 10 results
<75 percent maximum
allowed
Aggregate Impact
Value
Coarse
As specified
As specified
7.
10 % Fines
Coarse
Yearly
Yearly
8.
Flakiness
Coarse
2 Weekly
6 Monthly
Last 3 results conform to

standard
9.
Chloride Content
All Types
Weekly
6 Monthly
Last 3 results
< 0.01 percent
Coarse
Yearly/
Source Change
Yearly/
Source Change
Fine and
Coarse
5 Yearly/
Source Change
A11 Types
5 Yearly
Aggregate Abrasion
10. Value
(Los Angeles Method)
11.
Soundness
12 .
Potential Alkali
Aggregate
Reactivity Including
Petrography
13.
Petrographic
Description
Fine and
Coarse
(General)
*Note : The high or low test rates apply in accordance with the following conditions:
a) High test rate
i) To establish the typical characteristics of an aggregate, and
ii) When significant changes in properties occur outside the tolerances for low test rates
given.
b) Low test rate
i) When the typical characteristics of the aggregate have been established, and
ii) When subsequent tests lie within the tolerances for low test rates given
Page 618 of 1178
tafaj-dg
'
cwowt ,1, ~3,
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
in GoN
undertakng)

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 16 of 30
15.2
Compaction Factor Test /Slump Test of Concrete
15.2.1
For structural quality concrete (excluding pavements, flooring etc.) at least one Slump Test
shall be made for every compressive strength test carried out. More frequent tests shall be
made if there is a distinct change in working conditions or if required by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
In case of Ready Mixed Concrete, provisions of IS: 4926 shall be followed.
15.2.2
For structural quality concrete for pavements & floorings, measurement of workability shall
be by determination of compacting factor. Value of compacting factor of 0.75 to 0.8 shall
generally be acceptable.
15.3
Strength Test of Concrete
15.3.1
Samples from fresh concrete shall be taken as per IS: 1199 and cubes shall be made, cured
and tested at 28 days in accordance with IS: 516.
15.3.2
In order to get a relatively quicker idea of the quality of concrete, optional tests on beams
for modulus of rupture at 72+2 hours or at 7 days, or compressive strength tests at 7 days
may be carried out in addition to 28 days compressive strength tests. For this purpose, the
values shall be arrived at based on actual testing. In all cases, the 28 days compressive
strength specified in Table-1 shall alone be the criterion for acceptance or rejection of the
concrete in accordance with clause 15.3.9.
15.3.3
Sampl ing Procedure

A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch shall have
a reasonable chance of being tested that is, the sampling should be spread over the entire
period of concreting and cover all mixing units.
15.3.4
Frequency of Sampling
The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete for each grade shall be in accordance with
Table-4.
TABLE 4
(Refer Cl. 15.2.2 of IS:456)
FREQUENCY OF CONCRETE SAMPLING
Quantity of concrete in the work (m3)
Number of samples
1-5
6-15
16-30
31-50
51 & above
1
2
3
4
4 plus one additional sample for each
additional 50m3 or part thereof.
At least one sample shall be taken from each shift.

When concrete is produced at continuous production units such as ready mixed concrete/
batching plants, atleast one sample shall be taken for every 50m3 of concrete or after every
50 batches, whichever occurs at a greater frequency or as decided by the Engineer-inCharge. Samples shall be avoided from the first and the last cubic metre of concrete mix in a
lot.
Page 619 of 1178
71
(5?..11 22eg
.it271 c,cm,C1,13,
1"41,
411
15.3.5

ENG1NEERS
1NDIA LIMITED & STRUCTURAL WORKS PLAIN &
A Govt ol Ind. Undeltakng)
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 17 of 30
Test Specimen
Three test specimens shall be made for each sample for testing at 28 days. Additional cubes
may be required for various purposes such as to determine the strength of concrete at 7 days
or at the time of striking the formwork or to check the testing error. Additional samples may
also be required for testing samples cured by accelerated methods as described in IS: 9013.
The specimen shall be tested as described in IS: 516.
15.3.6
Identification mark on concrete test cubes:

The following numbering system shall be adopted on each 150mm cube:
First line: ZZ
(Alpha code assigned by the Engineer -in-Charge to the

Contractor for a particular contract starting with AA and
progressing to AB, AC and so on).
Second line: XXXX
(Unique integer in ascending order starting from 1).
Third line: DD-MM-YY (Date of casting of cube)

15.3.7
Test Results of Sample

The test results of the sample shall be the average of the strength of three specimens. The
individual variation should not be more than + 15 percent of the average. If more, the test
results of the sample shall be considered invalid.
15.3.8
Standard Deviation
Standard deviation for each grade of concrete shall be calculated separately.
Standard deviation based on test results of samples:
a)
The total number of test samples required to constitute an acceptable record for
calculation of standard deviation shall be not less than 30. Attempts shall be made to
obtain the 30 samples, as early as possible, when a mix is used for the first time.
b)
For design of mix in the first instance, the value of standard deviation given in Table 8
of IS: 456, Amendment No. 4 may be assumed.
c)
As soon as sufficient results of samples are available, actual calculated standard

deviation shall be used and the mix design shall be revised/ updated. However, when
adequate past records for a similar grade exist and justify to the designer a value of
standard deviation different from that shown in Table 8 of IS: 456, Amendment No. 4,
it shall be permissible to use that value.
d) For additional requirement on standard deviation refer clause 9.2.4 of IS : 456.

15.3.9
Acceptance Criteria
15.3.9.1 Compressive Strength

The concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirement when both the
conditions as given in col. 2 & co1.3 of Table-5 for that particular grade of concrete are
simultaneously met. For working out standard deviation compressive test result of date wise
serially logged 30 sample test result shall be used.
15.3.9.2 Flexural Strength
The concrete shall be deemed to comply with flexural strength requirements when both the
following conditions are simultaneously met:
a) The mean strength determined from any group of four non-overlapping consecutive
test results exceeds the specified characteristic strength by at least 0.3 N/mm2.

Page 620 of 1178
1/431
af 02eg
$ig-
trt,,f v-tv,
prtav~11
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
GoA of Inda Undettakinit

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 18 of 30
(For non overlapping consecutive compressive test result any one alternate set of four
samples shall be used for verification of compliance to clause no. 16.1.a of IS 456)
b) The strength determined from any test result is not less than the specified characteristic
strength less 0.3 N/mm2
Table-5
(Refer Cl. 16.1 & 16.3 of IS:456)
Characteristic Compressive Strength Compliance Requirement
Specified
Grade
M15 or above
Mean of the Group of 4 Non-Overlapping

Consecutive Test Results in N/mm2
> fe k + 0.825 x established standard deviation
(rounded off to nearest 0.5N/mm2)
or
> fek + 3 N/mm2 ,
Whichever is greater
Individual Test Results

2
in N/mm
> fek 3 N/mm2
NOTE : I) In the absence of established value of standard deviation, the values given in Table 8 of IS:456.
Amendment No. 4, may be assumed, and attempt should be made to obtain results of 30 samples as
early as possible to establish the value of standard deviation.
2) For concrete of quantity 30 m3 (where the number of samples to be taken is less than four as per the
frequency of sampling given in cl. 15.3.4, Table 4), the mean of test results of all such samples shall
be fck + 4 N/mm2, minimum and the requirement of individual test results shall be fck 2 N/mm2.
minimum. However, when the number of sample is only one as per Table 4, the requirement shall be
fck + 4 N/mm2.
15.3.9.3 Quantity of Concrete Represented by Strength Test Results

The quantity of concrete represented by group of four consecutive test results shall include
the batches from which first and last samples were taken together with all intervening
batches. Acceptance of concrete shall be applicable for serially logged 30 samples. In case
serially logged samples are less than 30 then standard deviation of adjoining previous
sample nets will be used for establishing acceptance criteria as per clause 16.1.a of IS: 456.
For the individual test result requirements given in col. 3 of Table-5 or in item (b) of
15.3.9.2, only the particular batch from which the sample was taken shall be at risk.
Where the mean rate of sampling is not specified, the maximum quantity of concrete that
four consecutive test results represent shall be limited to 60m3.
15.3.9.4 If the concrete is deemed not to comply pursuant to Cl. 15.3.9.1 or 15.3.9.2, the structural
adequacy of the parts affected shall be investigated and any consequential action as needed
shall be taken (Refer Cl. 16.0).
15.3.9.5 Concrete of each grade shall be assessed separately.
15.3.9.6 Concrete is liable to be rejected if it is porous or honey-combed, its placing has been
interrupted without providing a proper construction joint, the reinforcement has been
displaced beyond the tolerances specified, or construction tolerances have not been met.
However, the hardened concrete may be accepted after carrying out suitable remedial
measures and tests to the fullest satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
15.3.9.7 Tolerance in leveling of concrete surface at foundation/ pedestal top levet where grouting is
to be done:
Maximum Plan Dimension
Tolerance in leveling

Page 621 of 1178
<2m
>2m but <4m
> 4m
+ 1 Omm
+ 1 Omm
+ 10mm
- lOmm
- 20 mm
- 25mm

31 --1
Og-ar faWz
1~1 2112971Z 9713997719

ENGINEERS
IA Govt of Indo UndertakIng)
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 19 of 30
15.3.9.8 Tolerance in dimensions of pocket:

20mm overall maximum tolerance on the size of pocket.
For pockets, chemically dissolvable moulds shall be preferred. Smooth removal of moulds
without affecting the pocket size shall be ensured.
16.0
INSPECTION AND TESTING OF STRUCTURES
16.1
Inspection
To ensure that the construction complies with the design, an inspection procedure shall be
set up by the contractor and duly approved by the Engineer-in Charge covering materials
used, receipt of materials, their test results, records, workmanship and construction etc.
Contractor shall ensure that the surface which is to receive the grout is at proper level and so
are the openings for pockets as per Cl. 15.3.9.7 & 15.3.9.8.
16.2
16.3
Immediately after stripping the formwork, all concrete shall be carefully inspected and any
defective work or small defects either removed or made good before concrete has
thoroughly hardened.
Testing
In case of doubt regarding the grade or soundness of concrete used, either due to poor
workmanship or based on results of cube strength, compressive strength tests of concrete on
the basis of clause 17.4 of IS: 456 and/or load test as per clause 17.6 of IS: 456 shall be
carried out.
The Engineer-in-Charge shall be the final authority for interpreting the results of all tests
and shall decide upon the acceptance or otherwise. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge
shall be final and binding on the contractor. In case the results of the tests are unsatisfactory,
the Engineer-in-Charge may instruct the contractor to demolish and reconstruct the structure
or part thereof without any extra cost to the Owner.
16.4
Members other than Flexural Members

Members other than flexural members like columns etc. shall be referred to the designer to
investigate the structural adequacy. The decision of the designer shall be final and binding
on the contractor.
16.5
Non-destructive Tests
Non-destructive tests using Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity and Rebound Hammer methods shall
be resorted to for checking the soundness of concrete placed and shall be as per the
directions of Engineer-in-Charge. The testing shall be based on IS: 13311, Part-1. However,
the Rebound Hammer test (IS: 13311, Part-2) shall only be used in combination with other
tests (Destructive or Non-Destructive) for checking the concrete quality.
17.0
FINISHING OF CONCRETE
17.1
On striking the formwork, all surface defects such as bulges, ridges and honey-combing etc.
observed shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-Charge. The Engineer-in-Charge
may, at his discretion allow rectification by necessary chipping and packing or grouting with
concrete or cement mortar. However, if honey-combing or sagging is of such extent as being
undesirable, the Engineer-in-Charge may reject the work totally and his decision shall be
binding. No extra payment shall be made for rectifying these defects, demolishing and
reconstructing the structure. However, quantity of cement actually used for this purpose may
Page 622 of 1178
gar laf 54-'

eg
,12,7g1 0,1 3,7-9,1
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA
Govt ot
Indla lJnderldkng)

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 20 of 30
be considered for reconciliation of materials. A11 burrs and uneven faces shall be rubbed
smooth with the help of carborundum stone.
The surface of non-shuttered faces shall be smoothened with a wooden float to give a finish
similar to that of the rubbed down shuttered faces. Concealed concrete faces shall be left as
from the formwork except that honey-combed surface shall be made good as specified
above. The top faces of slabs not intended to be covered shall be levelled and floated to a
smooth finish to the rises or falls shown on the drawings or as directed. The floating shall
not be executed to the extent of bringing excess fine materials to the surface. The top faces
of slabs intended to be covered with screed, granolithic or similar finishes, shall be left with
a rough finish.
17.2
Repair and Replacement of Unsatisfactory Concrete
17.2.1
Repair shall be made as soon as possible after the forms are removed and before the
concrete becomes too hard with prior permission from the Engineer-in-Charge, in writing.
Stone pockets, segregation patches and damaged areas shall be chipped out and the edges
undercut slightly to form a key. A11 loose material shall be washed out before patching. No
excess water shall be left in the cavity, but the concrete shall be damp. A good bond
between the patch and parent concrete shall be obtained by sprinkling dry cement on the wet
surface or by throwing mortar with force on to the wetted concrete, or by brush in a coat of
thick cement grout of about 1:1 (1 cement:1 sand) just before applying the patching
material. Before this has dried, the remainder of the patch shall be filled with mortar or
concrete, depending on the extent of the repair.
17.2.2
Cement concrete/mortar used in repair of exposed surfaces shall be made with cement from
the same source as that used in concrete and blended with sufficient amount of white
Portland cement to produce the same colour as in the adjoining concrete. The proportions of
ingredients shall be same as those used in parent concrete. The mortar shall be as dry as
possible and well compacted into the cavity. All filling shall be tightly bonded to the
concrete and shall be sound, free from shrinkage cracks after the filling has been cured and
dried.
17.2.3
For larger repairs to hardened concrete, necessary formwork bearing tightly at the edges of
the cavity shall be provided. Concrete shall be chipped out to a depth of at least 100mm and
preferably 150mm. Mortar shall be scrubbed into all surfaces with a wire brush before
placing the concrete. Damaged reinforcement shall be adequately spliced with new steel so
as to maintain the original strength. Additional reinforcement, if required in the patch, shall
be provided as per the instructions of Engineer-in-Charge.
17.2.4
In case, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, defects in the concrete is excessive or

beyond repair, the contractor shall either redo the structure or take other remedial measures
as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be
final and binding to all in this respect.
17.2.5
Approved epoxy formulation for bonding fresh concrete used for repairs with already
hardened concrete shall be used by the Contractor if asked by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Epoxy shall be applied in strict accordance with EIL Specification 6-68-0056 and the
instructions of the manufacturer.
17.2.6
All repair works due to non-conformance or non-adherence to specification, if allowed by

the Engineer-in-Charge, shall be carried out free of cost to the owner.
17.3
Curing of Patched Work

Immediately after patching is completed, the patched area shall be covered with an approved
non-staining water saturated material which shall be kept wet and protected against sun and
wind for a period of 12 hours. Thereafter, the patched area shall be kept continuously wet by
a fine spray or sprinkling for not less than 10 days.
Page 623 of 1178

ENGINEERS
31
OgzIrl~:g
,7,n1c MIJ,
10-A
IA Govt of Indo Undertakm9)
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 21 of 30
18.0 WATERPROOF CEMENT PAINT

Wherever specified, concrete elements (whether cast-in-situ or precast) exposed to
atmosphere shall be provided with three coats of cement based waterproof paint as per
IS:5410 provided these surfaces shall not contain any protective coating due to architectural/
SMMS requirements. Prior to application of the paint, the surface shall be prepared to
remove all foreign particles, loose materials, extra deposited concrete lumps, etc. using
appropriate mechanical/ manual means.
19.0 FORM WORK
19.1
General
19.1.1
Forms for concrete shall be of plywood conforming to IS: 6461 (Part-5) or steel or as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall give smooth and even surface after removal
thereof.
19.1.2
If it is desired by Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor shall prepare, before commencement

of actual work, design and drawings for formwork and get them approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. For details regarding design, detailing etc., reference may be made to
IS: 14687.
19.1.3
Form work and its supports shall maintain their correct position and be to correct shape and
profile so that the final concrete structure is within the limits of dimensional tolerances
specified below, unless required otherwise, for functional/aesthetic reasons. The decision of
the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final and binding in this regard.
(a) Deviation from specified dimensions
of cross section of columns and beams.
- 5mm to +10mm
(b) Deviation from dimensions of footings (see Note below)

i)
Dimensions in plan
-10mm to +50mm
ii)
Eccentricity
0.02 times the width of the footing in the

direction of deviation but not more than
50 mm.
iii) Thickness
-10mm to +50mm or +0.05 times the

specified thickness, whichever is less
Note: These tolerances apply to Cast-in-situ concrete dimensions only, not to

positioning of vertical reinforcing steel or dowels.
(c) Deviation in length (major dimension of single unit)
upto 3m
3m to 4.5m
4.5m to 6m
Additional deviation for every subsequent 6m.
+6mm
+9mm
+12mm
+6mm
(d) Deviation in straightness or bow (deviation from specified line) for a single or
continuous member) e.g. beam, column or slab edge.
upto 3m
3m to 6m
6m to 12m
additional for every subsequent 6m.
Page 624 of 1178
6mm
9mm
12mm
6mm
$gU 02eg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
O> Go, ol india Undeflaloog)

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 22 of 30
(e) Deviation in squareness shall be measured taking the longer of two adjacent sides as the
base line.
The shorter side shall not vary in its distance from a perpendicular so that the difference
between the greatest and shortest dimensions exceeds 6mm. For this purpose, any error
due to lack of straightness shall be ignored. Squareness shall be checked with respect to
the straight lines that are most nearly parallel with the features being checked. When the
nominal angle is other than 90 degree, the included angle between check lines shall be
varied accordingly.
(f) Deviation in twist shall be within a limit such that any corner shall not be more than the
limit given below from the plane containing other three corners:
upto 600mm wide and upto 6m in length
over 600mm wide and for any length
: 6mm
:
12mm
(g) Maximum deviation in flatness from a 1.5m straight edge placed in any position on a
nominally plain surface shall not exceed 6mm.
(h) Tolerance in leveling of concrete surface at foundation/ :
pedestal top level where grouting is to be done
As per Cl. 15.3.9.7
19.2
Form Requirement
19.2.1
The formwork shall be true, rigid and adequately braced both horizontally as well as
diagonally. The forms shall have smooth and even surface and be sufficiently strong to
carry, without deformation, the dead weight of the green concrete, working load, wind load
and also the side pressure exerted by the green concrete. As far as practical, clamps shall be
used to hold the forms together. Where use of nails is unavoidable minimum number of
nails shall be used. Projected part of nail shall not be bent or twisted for easy withdrawal.
19.2.2
Where through tie rods are required to be put to hold the formwork and maintain accurate
dimension, they shall always be inserted through a precast concrete block (of same mix
proportion as is to be used for concreting) with a through hole of bigger diameter. The
Precast block shall tightly fit against in inner faces of formwork. The holes left after the
withdrawal of tie rods shall be fully grouted with cement-sand mortar of same proportion as
that used for concrete. However, use of such precast block shall in no case impair the
desired appearance or durability of the structure. No such tie rods shall be used in any liquid
retaining or basement structure.
19.2.3
Tie wires shall be permitted only upon approval of the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be cut
off flush with the face of the concrete or counter sunk, filled and finished in the manner
specified in clause 17.
19.2.4
Form joints shall not permit any leakage. The formwork shall be strong enough to withstand
the effect of vibrations practically without any deflection, bulging, distortion or loosening of
its components.
19.2.5
Forms for beams and slabs (span more than 6.0m) shall have camber of 1 in 500 so as to
offset the deflection and assume correct shape and line after deposition of concrete. For
cantilevers, the camber at free end shall be 1/100th of the projected length. Where
architectural considerations and adjunctive work are critical, smaller form cambers shall be
adopted as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Page 625 of 1178

1- 1
tg-ar02-eg
1.12",
t-f c-of t 013~ )
19.2.6

ENGINEERS
IA
Govt of incha unoertax.g)
6-68-0004
Rev.6
Page 23 of 30
All vertical wall forms may be designed and constructed for the following minimum
pressure. The pressures listed in Table-6 are intended as guide only and the Contractor shall
ensure that the formwork is adequately strong and sturdy.
TABLE - 6
MINIMUM DESIGN PRESSURE FOR WALL FORMWORK
Pressure in KN/m2
Rate of pour in meter/hour
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.5
at 10 (in Celsius)
at 24 (in Celsius)
36.0
40.0
44.0
46.0
29.0
32.0
35.0
37.0
A11 horizontal forms shall be designed and constructed to withstand the dead load of the
green concrete, reinforcement, equipment, material, embedment and a minimum live load of
2.0 kN/m2.
19.3
Inspection of Forms
Temporary openings shall be provided at the base of column and wall forms and other
places necessary to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Before concrete is placed, all forms
shall be carefully inspected to ensure that they are properly placed, sufficiently rigid and
tight, thoroughly cleaned, properly treated and free from foreign material. The complete
form work shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before the
reinforcement bars are placed in position. When forms appear to be unsatisfactory in any
way, either before or during the placing of concrete, the work shall be stopped until the
defects have been rectified as per the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge.
19.4
Cleaning and Treatment of Formwork

The surfaces of forms that would come in contact with concrete shall be well treated with
approved non-staining form release agents such as soft soap, oil, emulsions etc. Release
agents shall be applied so as to provide a thin uniform coating to the forms without coating
the reinforcement.
19.5
Chamfers and Fillets

A11 corners and angles shall be formed with 45 degree mouldings to form chamfers or fillets
on the finished concrete. The standard dimensions of chamfers and fillets, unless otherwise
detailed or specified shall be 25x25mm. For heavier work chamfers or fillets shall be
50x5Omm. Care shall be exercised to ensure accurate mouldings. The diagonal face of the
moulding shall be planed or surfaced to the same texture as the forms to which it is attached.
19.6
Reuse of forms
Before reuse, all forms shall be thoroughly scrapped, cleaned, examined and when
necessary, repaired and retreated, before resetting. Formwork shall not be reused, if declared
unfit or un-serviceable by the Engineer-in-Charge.
19.7
Removal of Forms/Stripping Time

In the determination of time for removal of forms, consideration shall be given to the
location and character of the structures, the weather and other conditions including the
setting and curing of the concrete and material used in the mix.
Page 626 of 1178
$1g-zar
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
lafr-e-g
>37, oorooro
IA Go, of incha Undertalongf

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 24 of 30
Forms and their supports shall not be removed without the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge. Forms shall not be released until the concrete has achieved a strength
of at least twice the stress to which the concrete may be subjected at the time of removal.
The formwork shall be removed without shock and methods of form removal likely to cause
over stressing or damage to the concrete shall not be adopted. Supports shall be removed in
such a manner as to permit the concrete to uniformly and gradually take the stresses due to
its own weight.
In normal circumstances when average air temperature exceeds 15 degree Celsius during the
period under consideration after pouring of concrete and where ordinary Portland cement is
used, forms may generally be removed after expiry of following periods.
(a) Walls, columns and vertical faces of all
structural members
16 to 24 hours as may be decided

(b) Slabs (props left under)
3 days.
(c) Beam Soffits (props left under)
7 days.
(d) Removal of props under slabs:

Spanning upto 4.5m.
Spanning over 4.5m.
(e) Removal of props under beams and arches:
Spanning upto 6m
Spanning over 6m
7 days.
14 days.
14 days.
21 days
(0 Cantilever Construction Formwork shall remain till structures for counter acting or
bearing down have been erected and have attained sufficient strength (minimum 14
days).
Notes:
i)
For other cements, the stripping time recommended for ordinary Portland cement shall
be suitably modified as per the instructions of the Engineer- in-Charge.
ii) The number of props left under, their sizes, supporting arrangement, and disposition
shall be such as to be able to safely carry the full dead load of the slab, beam or arch as
the case may be together with any live load likely to occur during curing or further
construction.
iii) Where the shape of the element is such that the formwork has re-entrant angles, the
form work shall be removed as soon as possible after the concrete has set, to avoid
shrinkage cracking occurring due to the restraint imposed.
iv) For rapid hardening cement, 3/7 of the above mentioned periods shall be considered
subject to a minimum of 16 hours.
v) For Portland pozzolana or low heat cement, 10/7 of the above mentioned periods shall
be considered.
19.8
Staging/Scaffolding
19.8.1
Staging/Scaffolding shall be properly planned and designed by the Contractor. Use of only
steel tubes is permitted for staging/scaffolding. The Contractor shall get it reviewed by
Page 627 of 1178
k311fo jti
I&Wg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of InOw Undettakingt

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 25 of 30
Engineer-in-Charge before commencement of work. While designing and during erection of

scaffolding/staging, the following measures shall be considered:
(a) Sufficient Bills or underpinnings in addition to base plates shall be provided particularly
where scaffolding is erected on soft grounds.
(b) Adjustable bases to compensate for uneven ground shall be used.
(c) Proper anchoring of the scaffolding/staging at reasonable intervals shall be provided in
each direction with the main structure wherever available.
(d) Horizontal braces shall be provided to prevent the scaffolding/staging from rocking.
(e) Diagonal braces shall be provided continuously from bottom to top between two
adjacent rows of uprights.
(f) The scaffolding/staging shall be checked at every stage for plumb line.
(g) Wherever the scaffolding/staging is found to be out of plumb line it shall be dismantled
and re-erected afresh and effort shall not be made to bring it in line with a physical
force.
(h) All nuts and bolts shall be properly tightened and care shall be taken that all
clamps/couplings are firmly tightened to avoid slippage
(i) Erection work of a scaffolding/staging under no circumstances shall be left totally to
semi-skilled or skilled workmen and shall be carried out under the supervision of a
technically qualified civil engineer of the Contractor.
19.8.2
For smaller works or works in remote areas, wooden ballies may be permitted for
scaffolding/staging by the Engineer-in-Charge at his sole discretion. The contractor must
ensure the safety and suitability of such works as described under clause 19.8.1 above.
20.0 EXPOSED/ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE WORK

20.1
Form Work
Other things remaining same as per clause 19.0, formwork shall be of high quality. Care
shall be taken to arrange the forms so that the joints between forms correspond with the
pattern indicated in the drawings. The forms shall be butting with each other in straight
lines, the corners of the boards being truly at right angles. The joints between the forms shall
cross in the two directions at right angles. The size of forms shall be so selected as to exactly
match with the pattern of forms impression on the concrete face indicated in the drawings.
Maximum care shall be taken to make the form work watertight. Burnt oil shall not be used
for treatment of forms. The Contractor shall be permitted reuse of forms brought new on the
work place only if forms are properly cared for, stored and treated after each use.
The Engineer-in-Charge may, at his absolute discretion, order removal of any forms
considered unsuitable for use in the work.
20.2
Finishing
Repairing to exposed concrete work shall be avoided. Rendering and plastering shall not be
done. Minor repairing, if unavoidable shall be done as specified in clause 17.0 with the
written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.

Page 628 of 1178
$fg-ar
arrrm
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
,r0571,
IA Goot of Intha UndertaMingt

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 26 of 30
21.0
REINFORCEMENT
21.1
The Contractor shall develop the bar bending schedule for all RCC structures/ structural
parts at no extra cost to the Owner and shall get it reviewed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Reinforcement shall be cut and bent to shape as per dimensions shown in the bar bending
schedule/ drawings.
If protective fusion bonded epoxy coating is required to be applied on reinforcement bars,
the same shall be done as per IS: 13620. All repairs to applied protective coating required
due to mishandling and/ or bending of reinforcement bars shall also be done as per relevant
clauses of IS:13620.
21.2
Straightening, Cutting and Bending

Procedure for cutting and bending shall be as given in IS: 2502. Bars shall be bent in a slow
and regular movement to avoid fractures by mechanical means only. In case bars are
supplied in coils, they shall be smoothly straightened without any kinks.
Cold twisted deformed bars shall be bent cold. Bars larger than 25mm in size (except cold
twisted deformed bars) may be bent hot at cherry red heat to a temperature not exceeding
850 Celsius as per the instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge. The bars shall be allowed to
cool gradually without quenching.
Bars shall be cut & bend in a Bar Bending Machine. Bars which develops cracks or splits
after bending shall be rejected. A second bending of reinforcement bars shall be avoided but
when reinforcement bars are bent aside at construction joints and afterwards bent back into
their original position, care should be taken to ensure that at no time is radius of the bend
less than 6 times bar diameter for high strength deformed bars. Care shall also be taken
when bending back the dowel bars to ensure that concrete around the bars is not damaged.
All bars shall be properly tagged for easy identification.
21.3
Placing and Fixing

All reinforcement shall be cleaned to ensure freedom from loose mill scale, loose rust, oil,
form releasing agents, grease or any other harmful material before placing them in position.
Reinforcement shall not be surrounded by concrete unless it is free from all such materials.
Rough handling and dropping of reinforcement from a height shall be avoided.
All reinforcement shall be fixed in the correct position and shall be properly supported to
ensure that displacement will not occur when the concrete is placed and compacted.
The uncoated reinforcement bars shall be tied at every intersection by two strands of 16
SWG black soft annealed binding wire. The Epoxy coated reinforcement bars shall be tied
with 2 strands of PVC coated GI 18 SWG wire at every intersection. Crossing bars shall not
be tack welded for assembly of reinforcement. The reinforcement bars shall be kept in
position by using the following methods:
a) In case of beam and slab construction, precast cover blocks (having the same sand
contents as the concrete which shall be placed) of size 40 x 40 mm and thickness equal
to the specified covers shall be placed firmly in between the bars and forms so as to
secure and maintain the specified covers over the reinforcement.
When reinforcement bars are placed in two or more layers in beams, the vertical
distance between the horizontal bars shall be maintained by introducing spacer bars at 1
to 1.2m centre to centre.
Page 629 of 1178
ENGINEERS
fdiagOINDIA
LIMITED
sL1r
.IRTY e92,7,2 nA3vn3,1)
IA Govt ol Ineia Undertakingt

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 27 of 30
b) In case of thick rafts & pile caps having two or multi layers of reinforcement, the
vertical distance between the horizontal bars shall be maintained by introducing suitable
chairs, spacers, etc.
c) In case of columns and walls, the vertical bars shall be kept in position by means of
timber templates with slots accurately cut in them. The templates shall be removed after
the concreting has been done below it.
d) Exposed portions of reinforcement bars shall not be subjected to impact or rough
handling and workmen will not be permitted to climb on extending bars until the
concrete has attained sufficient strength so that no movement of the bars in the concrete
is possible.
21.4
Special requirements for Handling, Stacking, Placing of Epoxy coated Reinforcing

bars.
Epoxy coated reinforcing bars shall be carefully handled and it shall be ensured that these do
not rub on any hard surface or against another epoxy coated/uncoated reinforcing bar
whether during conveying/transportation, stacking or placing.
During transportation and while stacking the epoxy coated reinforcing bars shall be placed
on wooden planks not spaced farther than 600mm. When placed in stacks the epoxy coated
reinforcing bars shall be neatly tied in bundles using PVC binding material.
The cut ends of bars shall be touched up with special touch up material of specifications as
provided by the coating agency. After cutting of the bar the application of touch up material
shall be completed within four hours.
While bending the bars the pins of work bench(s) shall be provided with a PVC or plastic
sleeve. Each bending operation on epoxy coated reinforcing bar shall be completed in time
not less than 90 seconds.
Epoxy coated reinforcing steel bar shall not be directly exposed to sun rays or rain, and shall
be protected with opaque polyethylene sheets or similar means as approved by the Engineer
in Charge.
While doing concreting the workmen or machinery shall not rest or move on the epoxy
coated reinforcing bars. Wooden planks shall suitably be placed to create proper gang-way.
21.5
Splicing/Overlapping
Only bars of full length shall be used as shown in the drawings. But where this cannot be
done, overlapping of bars shall be done as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
overlapping bars shall be tied with two strands of 16 SWG black soft annealed binding wire.
The overlaps shall be staggered for different bars and located at points along the span where
neither shear nor bending moment is maximum.
21.6
Welded Joints
Welding of reinforcing bars shall not be permitted without the written permission of the
Engineer-in- Charge. Where welding of reinforcing bars is permitted, it shall be in
accordance with the recommendations of IS: 2751 and IS: 9417. Welded joints shall be
located at suitable staggered positions. Tests shall be made as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge to prove that the joints are of the full strength of the bars. Maximum
one welded joint shall be allowed per bar.

Page 630 of 1178
grg-a-
21.7
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
ON Go, of incha Unclertakingf

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 28 of 30
Mechanical Connections (upto Seismic Zone-III as per IS:1893 Part-I)

The mechanical splices in reinforcement by means of couplers, clamps etc. shall be used (as
per manufacturer's specifications) with the written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Following tests, at the minimum, shall be conducted in advance to prove efficiency of the
coupled joint before putting them in actual use:
Code of conformance
Name of the Test
Testing Requirement
Static Tension &

Compression Test
Each connection shall develop atleast ASTM A370/

125% of the specified yield strength of ACI 318/
ISO 15835
the reinforcing bar
Permanent
Elongation (Stip)
Permanent elongation across the coupled

joint shall be less than 0.1mm after BS 8110/
loading at 60% of the yield strength of ISO 15835
the reinforcing bar
Deformation across the coupled joint

Moderate Oligocyclic shall be less than 0.3mm after subjecting
the joint to a series of 20 cycles with
(Seismic) Test
(Cyclic Tension & 90% tension as well as 50% compression
of the yield strength of the reinforcing
Compression Test)
bar
ISO 15835
All operations relating to reinforcement coupling shall be done by using manufacturer's

patented machine/ equipment in the presence of Engineer-in-Charge. Mechanical
connections shall be placed away from points of high stress and shall be staggered.
21.8
Tolerances on Placing of Reinforcement

Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, reinforcement shall be placed within
the following tolerances:
21.9
a) For effective depth 200mm or less
+ l Omm
b) For effective depth more than 200mm
+ 15mm
Substitution
When indicated diameter of reinforcement bar is not available, the Contractor shall use other
diameter of reinforcement bars on written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
21.10
Tolerance to Cover
The actual concrete cover shall not deviate from the required nominal cover by + 10mm
measured over the steel reinforcement including links.
22.0 PAYMENT
22.1
Plain and Reinforced Concrete
22.1.1
Payment for plain and reinforced cement concrete (cast- in-situ) shall be made on cubic
metre basis of the volume of the actual finished work done or as per approved construction
drawings, whichever is less and shall be inclusive of providing pockets, openings, recesses
of all sizes, chamfers, fillets, grooves, separation/ expansion/ isolation/ construction/
movement joints, curing by normal moist curing or using curing compound etc. as directed
by Engineer-in-Charge etc. The rates shall be deemed to include complete cost of getting the
Page 631 of 1178
$fgzrr
02-eg
1.7,1twoxt,III~I)

ENGINEERS
A Govt ol Indo Undertak.9)
6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 29 of 30
respective mix designs approved, making and testing concrete cubes and carrying out other
tests including tests of various ingredients, as per specifications and as directed by
Engineer-in-Charge. Payment shall, however, be separately made for tests on concrete cubes
done by accelerated methods of curing as defined in IS: 9013.
22.1.2
No separate payment shall be made for any additive/ admixture/ Plasticizer/ Fibres used by
the contractor for accelerating or retarding the strength of concrete or for achieving specified
workability. The rate quoted shall be deemed to be inclusive of all costs related to any such
additive/admixture/ Plasticizer/ Fibres.
22.1.3
The rate shall however be exclusive of reinforcement, metal inserts, pipe sleeves, formwork,
water stops and any filler material in expansion/isolation joints.
22.1.4
Where the strength of concrete mix as indicated by tests, lies in between the strengths of any
two grades given in Table-1 and it is accepted by the Owner/Engineer-in-Charge, such
concrete shall be classified as a grade belonging to the lower of the two grades between
which it lies. In case the cube strength shows higher results than those specified for the
particular grade of the concrete, it shall not be placed in the higher grade nor shall the
Contractor be entitled for any extra payment on such account. The concrete giving lower
strength than specified may be accepted at reduced rates after satisfying the safety of the
structure by checking it with tests as specified or rejected entirely at the discretion of the
Engineer-in- Charge. The rejected concrete shall be dismantled at no extra cost to the owner
and no payment or extension of time shall be granted for the concrete so rejected and the
formwork and reinforcement used for the same. Cost of any material supplied by the Owner
free of cost shall be recovered from the Contractor at double the prevailing market rate. In
case the concrete of lower strength can be improved by carrying out some strengthening
measures entirely at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge, then the said measures
including all related tests shall be carried out by Contractor at his own cost. If the Contractor
is able to make up the strength to the required grade by such improvement measures to the
entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge, payment shall be made for the grade achieved.
However, if the strength of concrete is not made up to the strength of required grade,
payment shall be made only for the lower strength if such concrete is accepted by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
22.1.5
Deductions for openings, pockets etc. shall be as specified in relevant parts of IS 1200.
22.1.6
Payment under continuous concreting item in the schedule of rates shall be made only where
the total quantity of concrete between two consecutive construction joints specifically
called-out on the drawings exceeds 250 cubic metres. For any foundation/structure
involving concrete quantity upto 250 cubic metres between two consecutive construction
joints shown on drawings, the concrete shall not be measured or paid for under this category
(i.e. continuous concreting), even though the same is required to be constructed in single
pour. The rate quoted against this item shall be inclusive of all extra cost related to labour,
shuttering, staging and making all other arrangements for such continuous casting e.g.
provisions for adequate movement and storage spaces, special gangways, scaffolding,
additional construction equipments, adequate lighting and supervision while the work
continues round the clock etc. The rate shall also be inclusive of all costs related to
concreting in any thickness, shape and position and at any height or depth so as to avoid any
cold joint between specified construction joints.
22.1.7 Form Work

Unless otherwise specified, payment for form work shall be on square metre basis of the
actual area in contact with the concrete cast. The rates shall be inclusive of keeping the
formwork for the full period as specified in the above clauses and removing the same after
the period is over. No extra payment shall be made for providing scaffolding/ staging/
access/ stairways/ ladders etc.
Page 632 of 1178
92e5
rn c.-1,rat 0,1,30,
11
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Go, ol Ind. Underiakmgj

6-68-0004 Rev.6
Page 30 of 30
The rates shall be inclusive of any provision to be made or kept in the formwork for
providing dowels, inserts etc.
Superior quality formwork for exposed/architectural concrete work shall be measured and
paid separately under the relevant item in the schedule of rates.
22.2
Reinforcement
22.2.1
Payment for plain round mild steel reinforcement bars, high strength deformed steel bars
and epoxy coated reinforcing steel bar shall be on the basis of weight of bare steel
irrespective of any coating applied in metric tons. The weight of the bar shall be derived
from the sizes and corresponding unit weights given in IS:1786. Standard hook lengths,
chairs, spacer bars and authorized laps only shall be included in the weight calculated.
Binding wire shall not be weighed nor otherwise measured. Measurements for weight shall
not include cutting allowance etc.
22.2.2
Rate quoted for reinforcement shall include cost of supplying, decoiling, straightening,
cleaning, cutting, bending, placing, binding, welding (if required) and providing necessary
cover blocks of concrete.
22.2.3
Payment for a mechanical threaded coupler/ clamp shall be made by measuring the Lap
length of the respective rebar on which coupler/ clamp is used. The rate shall include supply
of complete assembly, fixing, testing etc. all complete.
22.3
Water Stops/Water Bars & Expansion/Isolation Joints
22.3.1
Payment for PVC water bars shall be made on running metre (RM) basis of the water stops
provided in position. Rate shall include supplying cutting, fixing, jointing by vulcanising or
any other approved method, wastage, etc. complete.
22.3.2
Payment for filler materials in Expansion/Isolation joints shall be made on running metre
basis of the joint provided. For boards provided at expansion/isolation joints, the
measurement shall be made on square metre basis. Rate shall be inclusive of supply, cutting,
fixing, jointing, wastage etc. complete.
22.4
Waterproof Cement Paint
22.4.1
Payment for waterproof cement paint as per Cl. 18.0 shall be made separately on Sqm basis.
Page 633 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Ogzrf
21241, 951,..1)
IA
Govt of Indka Undertalfing)
STANDARD SPECIFICATION CIVIL &

STRUCTURAL WORKS REINFORCED
CEMENT CONCRETE IN LIQUID
RETAINING STRUCTURES
1-1111ch
6-68-0005 Rev. 5
Page 1 of 8
ci 1 k 11
fur .
wrzi
Rf:141
RrNi

FOR LIQUID RETAINING
STRUCTURES
25.08.14
UPDATED & REISSUED
AS
PK.MITTAL
30.06.09
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED
AS
SCH
VINAY
KUMAR
N.DUARI
06.04.00
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED
SBJ
SCS
SCJ
MI
JAN'95
UPDATED & REISSUED
SBJ
SCJ
GPL
A. SONI
Purpose
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Standards
Committee
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Rev.
No
Date
Approved by
Page 634 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
k31
I
e,tl ,Tfi
IA Govt ol India Undertaking)

6-68-0005 Rev. 5
Page 2 of 8
Abbreviations:
BIS
Bureau of India Standards
IS
Indian Standards

Convenor :
Mr. P.K. Mittal
Members :
Mr. S.Debnath (Geotech)

Mr. P.J. Singh
Mr. Samir Das (Architectural)
Mr Ravindra Kumar (Construction)

Page 635 of 1178
ENGINEERS
22eg INDIA LIMITED
01
otrovt
lA Govt ol India Undettaltrng)

6-68-0005 Rev. 5
Page 3 of 8
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
REFERENCES
3.0
MATERIALS
4.0
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
5.0
CONCRETE
6.0
RENDERING
7.0
SEPARATION LAYER
8.0
FORM WORK
9.0
CURING
10.0
FINISHES
11.0
HYDRAULIC TESTING
12.0
PAYMENT

Page 636 of 1178
Og-ar Iffit-eg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ot Incha Undettalongt

6-68-0005 Rev. 5
Page 4 of 8
1.0
SCOPE
1.1
Concrete structures meant for liquid retaining shall cover under/overground reservoirs/tanks,
sumps, channels, launders, swimming pools, etc. which are required to retain any liquid
internally. However for basements, tunnels, ducts etc. which are in direct contact with the
sub-soil water from outside, this specification shall also be applicable, in case referred in
drawings.
2.0
REFERENCES
2.1
BIS Codes
IS:3370, 6494, 12118, 1838, 2645
2.2
EIL specifications
6-68-0002 : Materials
6-68-0004 : Plain and Reinforced Cement Concrete
3.0
MATERIALS
3.1
Materials for concrete viz. cement, sand, aggregate, water etc., admixtures and water stops
shall be as described in EIL specification no. 6-68-0002.
4.0
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
4.1
The concrete structure by itself shall be leak proof to the extent as acceptable (refer to cl.
11.0). Damp patches, if any at the initial stage, shall not be acceptable if the same do not
disappear after three months of putting the structure in service. The basic requirement is to
make the concrete sound, dense and impervious. The Contractor shall take all necessary
precautions in selecting the materials, mix design and method of construction so as to
achieve this objective. If any additional liquid-proof material is specified and/or shown on
drawings, the same shall be considered as a second-line of defense and shall not entail the
contractor to any relaxation from the conditions for the structure being leak-proof by itself.
4.2
This specification defines the materials, constructional and performance requirements for
liquid retaining concrete structures. Any special requirements as shown or noted in the
drawings shall govern over the provisions of this specification.
4.3
The work shall be done in accordance with this specification together with IS:3370 &
IS:6494. In case of conflict between the clauses mentioned in this specification and those in
the Indian Standards, this specification shall govern.
4.4
After construction, the structure shall be tested for watertightness/ leakproofness as detailed
hereunder.
5.0
CONCRETE
5.1
EIL specification no. 6-68-0004 shall be applicable together with the following clauses:
5.1.1
Special care shall be taken to get the most suitable grading of aggregates so as to produce
the densest possible concrete. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be limited to 20
mm, unless shown on the drawing. Water-cement ratio shall be strictly controlled (by
making due allowance for the surface water carried by the aggregates), consistent with the
requirement of workability to produce an impervious concrete.

Page 637 of 1178
$1g-ar 1E;12-les
cw+INC 151.3~)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA
Govt of Intha Undertakingi

6-68-0005 Rev. 5
Page 5 of 8
5.1.2
Minimum Grade of Concrete shall be as per IS:3370.
5.1.3
Concrete shall have minimum cement content and maximum water cement ratio as per
IS:3370. In order to achieve required workability and slump, cement and water content may
be suitably adjusted, keeping the water cement ratio constant.
5.1.4
Water proofing compound of approved make, conforming to IS:2645, in proportion as

specified by manufacturer shall be mixed with concrete as per manufacturer's specification.
5.1.5
The joints of shuttering board shall be made tight to produce a face free from pores.
5.1.6
The concrete shall be so placed and vibrated that a well compacted dense concrete free from
honeycombing is produced.
5.1.7
Admixtures
Admixtures in concrete shall be used only with the prior approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge. Any admixture used for obtaining proper workability or leak-proofness
of concrete or repair/rendering works of concrete due to non-conformance to the EIL
specifications, shall not be measured and paid for. All costs relating to such usage shall be
borne by the Contractor.
5.2
Construction, Contraction & Expansion Joints
5.2.1
All vertical and horizontal joints in liquid retaining structures shall be located and executed
as shown in the drawings. For construction joints not shown in the drawing, specific
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be obtained. Every endeavor shall be made to
avoid vertical construction joints. The number of construction joints shall be kept to the
minimum. Where horizontal or vertical joints are required to be left after the day's work, the
same shall be done as per directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. The face of the old concrete
shall be well hacked to expose the aggregate, care being taken to avoid damaging the
aggregate.
While the remainder of the concrete should be kept continuously wet, curing of the joint
surface may be suspended a few hours before concreting is to be resumed so as to permit no
more than superficial drying of the joint surface. Just before concreting is resumed, the
roughened joint surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and freed from loose pieces of gravel,
stone chips, wooden chips, nails, laitance or any other foreign material, preferably, without
re-wetting, and then treated with a thin layer of cement grout, worked well into the surface,
or treated with cement-sand mortar in which water-cement and sand-cement ratios do not
exceed those in the new concrete.
5.2.2
Horizontal joints in vertical walls of the structure shall preferably form a closed loop.
5.2.3
Water stops installation shall be done by embedding one half of the water stop along the
proposed joints on each side of the joint by suitable jigs/supporting arrangement between the
adjacent sections of the concrete as per the manufacturer's specifications and directions of
the Engineer-in-Charge. Water stops shall be positioned accurately and supported against
any displacement during concreting. All precautions shall be taken to avoid folding or
twisting of water stops during pouring and compacting concrete. To achieve the continuity
of the water stop all along the joint, at crossings and at change of alignments, the water
stops shall be joined/ vulcanised as per manufacturer's specifications and directions of the
Engineer-in-Charge. Jigs manufactured out of reinforcing bars may be used for fixing the
water stop. The jigs shall be measured and paid under reinforcement item.

Page 638 of 1178
$1g-ar la25
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Incha UnOettaking)

6-68-0005 Rev. 5
Page 6 of 8
5.2.4
Expansion joints shall be filled up with non-absorbent compressible sheet/bitumen

impregnated fiber board (as per IS:1838) except the top 12mm depth on the water faces(or
as shown on the drawings) which shall be filled with two part liquid polysulphide sealant (as
per IS:12118),In case of contraction and/or construction joints, such polysulphide sealant
shall be used for 12mm depth on the water faces (or as shown on the drawings) after
forming suitable grooves in concrete.
5.3
Items Embedded in Concrete
5.3.1
A11 sleeves, inserts, anchors and embedded items required for the work shall be available at
site prior to start of concreting. These shall be accurately placed and embedded as described
in EIL specification no. 6-68-0004. In case any protective coating for such elements is
shown, Contractor shall coat the same prior to embedment, which shall be paid separately.
5.3.2
Every precaution shall be taken to keep all embedments and water stops in position as
shown on drawings during pouring and compacting concrete. Work in such areas shall be
carried out under strict supervision.
6.0 RENDERING
6.1
Rendering by cement-sand mortar of same proportion as in original concrete shall be used

with the object of covering weak patches in the construction, as per the direction of the
Engineer-in-Charge. The rendering shall be applied to the concrete only after the inspection
by the Engineer-in-Charge and if approved by him. The concrete surface shall be well
wetted and if necessary, hacked prior to the application of mortar. The mortar shall be steel
trowelled and finished with a wooden float.
7.0
SEPARATION LAYER
7.1
Separation layer shall be provided between the lean concrete and the bottom raft/slab of the
underground liquid retaining structure. This layer shall consist of polyethylene sheet of mass
lkg/m2 or any other suitable material as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The top surface
of lean concrete shall be finished smooth with a wooden trowel to receive the separation
layer. Joints in the separation layers shall be lapped by 200mm. Al1 care shall be taken to
keep the separation layer in position while progressing with further work above.
8.0
FORM WORK
8.1
EIL specification no. 6-68-0004 for Plain & Reinforced Cement Concrete shall be
applicable together with the following:
8.1.1
Detailed dimensioned drawing showing the arrangement of form work including its design
if so required by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-Charge before
the form work is erected. The work shall be as per the directions and approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge. No concrete element of the liquid retaining structure shall be loaded
with any support for further form work unless it has aged for minimum 21 days. After that if
any form work rests on such element, adequate external support shall be provided so that
any unequal loading on the element does not cause any Local deformation.
9.0
CURING
Concrete shall be cured in accordance with the EIL specification no. 6-68-0004 for Plain &
Reinforced Cement Concrete.

Page 639 of 1178
$1. g- fr 2ffeg
1.rrerl C-1,9,,,m3m7.1)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt
India Underlaking)

6-68-0005 Rev. 5
Page 7 of 8
10.0 FINISHES
10.1
All the form work shall be so done that no plastering or other external finish is required. All
burrs shall be rubbed smooth with carborandum stone and the finished work shall present a
uniform shade and finish. All the exposed surfaces shall be provided with a coat of cement
wash free of cost if the rendered surfaces are not of acceptable standard as per the sole
discretion of the Engineer-in-charge.
11.0
HYDRAULIC TESTING
11.1
Liquid retaining structures shall be tested strictly in accordance with IS:3370 for water
tightness in addition to the structural tests as mentioned in EIL specification no. 6-68-0004.
The total maximum drop in water surface level shall not exceed 6mm in 24 hours in case of
covered reservoirs and 12mm in 24 hours in case of open reservoirs.
11.2
If the test proves that the structure is defective, the Contractor shall rectify/repair the same at
his own cost as per the approved scheme as agreed to by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
required structure shall again be tested as per 11.1 above. If the structure is still not found to
satisfy the acceptance criteria, the same shall be dismantled and rebuilt.
11.3
All testing after construction and remedial treatments shall conform to the provision of
IS:6494.
11.4
Backfilling around underground structures shall be allowed only after the test results are
found satisfactory by the Engineer-in-Charge.
12.0 PAYMENT
This clause shall apply to Item Rate tender only.
12.1
Payment shall be made on cubic metre (m3 ) basis of the volume of the actual finished
concrete work done or as per approved construction drawings, whichever is less. The rate
shall be inclusive of all labour, material, curing, cost of leaving pockets, blockouts for
pipes/electric conduits, recesses of all sizes, embedding fixtures, vibrating, rendering,
hacking and washing old concrete faces, applying mortar/grout on them, etc. but exclusive
of reinforcement, formwork, embedded fixtures, water stops and sealing compound which
shall be paid under separate items. In case the Contractor proposes to use any admixture in
concrete for making it water tight/leakproof, no separate payment for such admixtures shall
be made and the rate quoted for concrete under liquid retaining structures shall be inclusive
of such admixtures. However, when such admixtures are used under EIL specific
requirements mentioned in the drawings/EIL specifications, these shall be separately
measured and paid for, under respective item, provided in the Schedule of Rates.
12.2
No separate payment shall be made for testing and report making which is deemed to be
included in the quoted concrete rate, including cost of hydraulic tests and structural tests, all
appliances and rectifications, if any.
12.2.1
If the test proves that the structure is defective, the Contractor shall develop and execute
with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, suitable methods for making the structure,
water tight/leakproof at his own cost. Even after this if the test fails, the Contractor shall
have to dismantle and rebuild the structure within the specified time schedule, at his own
cost.
12.2.2
Cost of initial and subsequent testing, inclusive of cost of water, shall be borne by the
Contractor. The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for filling as well as emptying
the reservoir after the completion of the test and no payment shall be made on this account.

Page 640 of 1178
k.11
Ogzx f&t2- g
1~1el,PT,751~)
12.3
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt ot Intha Undettok( A9)

6-68-0005 Rev. 5
Page 8 of 8
Payment for separation layer shall be based on the actual surface area in square metres (m2).
The Contractor shall include in his rate all allied works viz. cleaning, preparing of surfaces,
laying etc. all materials complete.
Page 641 of 1178
la2e5
1.1,71 a"-KM,1
,
13,7;7.11
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ot lrtOo Undettatong)
STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 1 of 24
Trr-iw faf-4-4-r
wrzi
12-14
k1110-1(4)
Vi
AS
PKM
S CHANDA
AS
PKM
VINAY
KUMAR
N. DUARI
UPDATED & REISSUED
DPN
RS
SCJ
MI
UPDATED & REISSUED
DPN
RS
GPL
A. SONI
Purpose
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Standards
Committee
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
26.08.14
UPDATED & REISSUED
18.06.09
18.04.00
MAY'94
Rev.
No
Date
Approved by

Page 642 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
fCMes
IA Govl of Ind. Unclertaking)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 2 of 24
Abbreviations:
BIS
IS
Indian Standards

Convenor :
Mr P K MITTAL
Members :
Mr S Debnath
Mr. P J Singh
Mr Samir Das
Mr V S Chhaya (Proj.)
Mr Ravindra Kumar (Const.)

Page 643 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
ft> Govt of Incha Undertaking)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 3 of 24
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
REFERENCE
3.0
MATERIALS
4.0
FABRICATION DRAWINGS
5.0
FABRICATION
6.0
MARKING FOR IDENTIFICATION
15
7.0
SHOP ERECTION
15
8.0
INSPECTION & TESTING OF STRUCTURES
16
9.0
SHOP PAINTING
16
10.0
PACKING
17
11.0
TRANSPORTATION
17
12.0
SITE (FIELD) ERECTION
17
13.0
SAFETY & SECURITY DURING ERECTION
18
14.0
FIELD CONNECTIONS
18
15.0
GROUTING
18
16.0
SCHEME AND SEQUENCE OF ERECTION
19
17.0
PAYMENT
19
18.0
PAINTING AFTER ERECTION
20
ANNEXURE-'A'
22
ANNEXURE-'B'
24

Page 644 of 1178
1-&it4
Ogula2es
ENGINEEFZS
INDIA LIMITED
I.ovvt
IA Govt ol Indu Undertalongt
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 4 of 24
1.0
SCOPE
This specification describes the information to be included in a Project Specification and
also covers the requirements for material, storage, preparation of fabrication drawings,
fabrication, assembly, tests/examinations, transportation, erection and painting of all types
of bolted and/or welded structural steel works for general construction work. Fabrication of
structures shall also include fabricating:
(a) Built up sections/plate girders made out of rolled section and/or plates.
(b) Compound sections made out of rolled sections.
2.0
REFERENCES
2.1
BIS Codes
IS: 800, 808, 816, 819, 822, 919, 1024, 1261, 1323, 1477, 1852, 2074, 7205, 7215, 7307,
7310, 7318,'9595, 12778 and other relevant BIS Codes.
SP: 6(1)
2.2
EIL Specifications
6-68-0002- Materials
6-79-0020 (or the relevant Job Specification) - Shop & Field Painting
2.3
Indian Standards, this specification shall govern. Any special provision as shown or noted
on the design drawings or any project specific specification specified elsewhere shall govern
over the provisions of this specification.
3.0
MATERIALS
3.1
General
All materials shall conform to their respective specifications given in EIL Specification no.
6-68-0002. The use of equivalent or alternative materials shall be permitted only in very
special cases and for all such cases prior written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be
obtained.
3.2
Receipt & Storing of Materials
3.2.1
Each section shall be marked for identification and each lot shall be accompanied by
manufacturer's quality certificate, chemical analysis and mechanical characteristics.
3.2.2
All sections shall be checked, sorted out and arranged by grade and quality in the store. Any
instruction given by the Engineer-in-Charge in this respect shall be strictly followed.
3.2.3
All material shall be free from surface defects such as pitting, cracks, laminations, twists etc.
Defective material shall not be used and all such rejected material shall be immediately
removed from the store/site. The decision of the Engineer-in- Charge in this regard shall be
final and binding.

Page 645 of 1178
t31
tate rt<coWott".)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
lA Govt ol lntlia Undertakng)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 5 of 24
3.2.4
Welding wires and electrodes (packed in their original cartons) shall be stored separately by
quality and lots inside a dry and enclosed room in compliance with IS:9595 and as per the
instructions given by the Engineer-in-Charge. Electrodes shall be kept perfectly dry to
ensure satisfactory operation and weld metal soundness.
3.2.5
Each lot of electrodes, bolts, nuts etc. shall be accompanied by manufacturer's quality/test
certificates.
3.2.6
All bolts (including nuts & washers) shall be checked, sorted out and arranged
diameter-wise by grade and quality in the store.
3.3
Material Tests
3.3.1
The Contractor shall submit manufacturers' quality certificates for all the materials supplied
by him. In case, quality certificates are not available or are incomplete or when material
quality differs from standard specifications, such materials shall not be used in the
construction. However, the Contractor shall get all appropriate tests conducted in approved
test houses for such materials as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, at no extra cost, and
submit the same to Engineer-in-Charge for his approval. The Engineer-in-Charge may
approve the use of such materials entirely at his discretion.
3.3.2
The Contractor shall ensure that all materials brought to site are duly approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Rejected materials shall not be used and shall be removed from site
forthwith. Any material of doubtful quality for which specific tests are to be carried out as
per the instruction of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be separately stacked and properly
identified and shall not be used. These shall be removed from site forthwith.
4.0
FABRICATION DRAW1NGS
4.1
Fabrication and erection drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor on the basis of
"Approved for Construction (AFC)" design drawings, EIL Standards issued to the
Contractor. These drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor or by an agency appointed
by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.2
Fabrication and erection drawings shall be thoroughly checked, stamped "Approved for
Construction" and signed by the Contractor's own responsible Engineer irrespective of the
fact that such drawings are prepared by the Contractor or his approved agency, to ensure
accuracy and correctness of the drawings. Unchecked and unsigned drawings shall not be
used for the purpose of proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall proceed with the
fabrication and erection work only after thoroughly satisfying himself in this regard.
4.3
All fabrication and erection drawings shall be issued for construction by the Contractor
directly to his worksite. Six copies of such drawings shall simultaneously be submitted to
the Engineer-in-Charge who may check/ review some or all such drawings at his sole
discretion and offer his comments for incorporation in these drawings by the Contractor.
However, the Contractor shall not proceed with the fabrication of such structures whose
fabrication drawings are required to be reviewed before taking up the fabrication work as
noted on "Approved for Construction (AFC)" design drawings issued to the Contractor or as
conveyed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The fabrication of such structures shall be done only
as per the reviewed fabrication drawings.
The review of such drawings by EIL shall be restricted to the checking of the following
only:

Page 646 of 1178
ENGINEEFZS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Incha Undertalong)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 6 of 24
i)
Structural layout, orientation and elevation of structures/members.
ii) Sizes of members.

iii) Critical joint details.
4.4
Fabrication drawings shall be drawn to scale and shall convey the information clearly and
adequately. Following information shall be furnished on such drawings:
i)
Reference to design drawing number (along with revision number) based on which
fabrication drawing has been prepared.
ii)
Structural layout, elevations & sections (with distinct erection marking of all
members).
iii)
Framing plans, member sizes, orientation and elevations.
iv) Layout and detailing of rain water pipes and gutters showing all necessary levels,
connections and provisions wherever required.
v)
Detailing of shop/field joints, connections, splices, for required strength and

erection.
vi)
Location, type, size and dimensions of welds and bolts.
vii) Shapes and sizes of edge preparation for welding.

viii) Details of shop and field joints/welds.
ix)
Bill of materials/D.O.D. Lists.
x)
Quality of structural steel, plates etc., welding electrodes, bolts, nuts and washers to be
used.
xi)
Erection assemblies identifying all transportable parts and sub-assemblies with

special erection instructions, if required.
xii) Method of erection and special precautions to be taken during erection as required.
xiii) Details of holes and fittings in components necessary for safe lifting and erection
purpose.
4.5
The Contractor shall additionally ensure accuracy of the following and shall be solely
responsible for the same:
i)
Provision for erection and erection clearances.
ii)
Marking of members
iii) Cut length of members

iv) Matching of joints and holes.
v)
Provision kept in the members for other interconnected members.

Page 647 of 1178
tg-ar 0al g
1.11WI 297.51Z (151 3PS15.1)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIITED
M
IA Govt of InOia Unclettaking)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 7 of 24
vi) Bill of materials/D.O.D. Lists.

4.6
Connections, splices and other details where not shown on the design drawings shall be
suitably designed and shown on the fabrication drawings based on good engineering
practice developing full member strength. Design calculations for such
connections/splices shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge alongwith the
4.7
Any substitution or change in section shall be allowed only when prior written approval of
the Engineer-in-Charge has been obtained. Fabrication drawings shall be updated
incorporating all such substitutions/changes by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.
4.8
In case during execution of the work, the Engineer-in-Charge on review of drawings

considers any modifications/substitutions necessary to meet the design parameters/good
engineering practice, these shall be brought to the notice of the Contractor who shall
incorporate the same in the drawings and works without any extra cost to the owner. The
Contactor will be totally responsible for the correctness of the detailed fabrication drawings
and execution of the work.
4.9
Contractor shall incorporate all the revisions made in the design drawings during the course
of execution of work in his fabrication drawings, and resubmit the drawings at no extra cost
to the Owner. All fabrication shall be carried out only as per the latest AFC design drawings
and corresponding fabrication drawings.
4.10
The Contractor shall supply two prints each of the final/as built drawings alongwith their
native soft file to Engineer-in-Charge for reference and record. The rates quoted shall
include for the same.
5.0
FABRICATION
5.1
General
5.1.1
Fabrication of structures shall be done strictly as per "Approved for Construction"

fabrication drawings (prepared by the Contractor based on the latest design drawings) and in
accordance with IS:800, 9595 & other relevant BIS Codes and BIS Hand Book SP:6(1).
5.1.2
Prior to commencement of structural fabrication, undulations in the fabrication yard, if any,

shall be removed and area levelled and paved by the Contractor.
5.1.3
Any defective material used in the work shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own
expense. Necessary care and precautions shall be taken so as not to cause any damage to the
structure during any such removal and replacement.
5.1.4
Any faulty fabrication pointed out at any stage of work by the Engineer-in- Charge, shall be
made good or replaced by the Contractor at his own cost.
5.1.5
Tolerances for fabrication of steel structures shall be as per IS:7215.
5.2
Fabrication Procedure
5.2.1
Straightening & Bending
5.2.1.1
All materials shall be straight and, if necessary, before being worked shall be straightened
and/or flattened (unless required to be of curvilinear form) and shall be free from twists.

Page 648 of 1178
faz.it4 ta
fg`Q-NIETI
ff fffiteg
cwar,r, 051.3~)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
I A Govt of Intha undertaking)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 8 of 24
5.2.1.2 Bending of rolled sections and plates shall be done by cold process to shape/s as shown on
drawings.
5.2.1.3 After completion of bending or straightening, welds within the area of bending or
straightening shall be thoroughly visually inspected. Nondestructive tests required to be
carried out for such locations shall be done only after straightening or bending activity.
5.2.2
Clearances
The erection clearance for cleated ends of members shall be not greater than 2mm at each
end. The erection clearance at ends of beams without web cleats and end plates shall be not
more than 3mm at each end but where for practical reasons, greater clearance is necessary,
suitably designed seatings approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be provided.
5.2.3
Cutting
5.2.3.1
Prior to cutting, all members shall be properly marked showing the requisite cut
length/width, connection provisions e.g. location and dimensions of holes, welds, cleats etc.
Marking for cutting shall be done judiciously so as to avoid wastages or unnecessary joints
as far as practicable. Marking shall be done by placing the members on horizontal
supports/pads in order to ensure accuracy. Marking accuracy shall be limited to + lmm.
5.2.3.2 Cutting may be affected by shearing, cropping or sawing. Gas cutting by mechanically
controlled torch shall be permitted for mild steel. Hand flame cutting may be permitted
subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
5.2.3.3 Except where the material is subsequently joined by welding, no loads shall be transmitted
into metal through a gas cut surface.
5.2.3.4 Shearing, cropping and gas cutting shall be clean, square, free from any distortion & burrs,
and should the Engineer-in-Charge find it necessary, the edges shall be ground afterwards,
to make the same straight and uniform at no extra cost to the Owner.
5.2.4
Holing
5.2.4.1
Holes for bolts shall not be formed by gas cutting process.
5.2.4.2 Holes through more than one thickness of material of members such as compound
stanchions and girder flanges shall, where possible, be drilled after the members are
assembled and tightly clamped/bolted together. Punching may be permitted before
assembly, provided the thickness of metal is less than 16mm and the holes are punched
3mm less in diameter than the required size and reamed, after assembly, to the full diameter.
Punching shall not be adopted for dynamically loaded structures.
5.2.4.3 Holes may be drilled in one operation through two or more separable parts and burrs
removed from each part after drilling.
5.2.4.4 Holes in connecting angles and plates, other than splices, also in roof members and light
framing, may be punched full size through material not over 12mm thick, except where
required for close tolerance bolts or barrel bolts.
5.2.4.5 All matching holes for black bolts shall register with each other so that a gauge of 2mm less
in diameter than the diameter of hole shall pass freely through the assembled members in the
direction at right angle to such members. Finished holes shall be not more than 2mm in
Page 649 of 1178

31
C5Eleg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ol inOta Undeltalongi
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 9 of 24
diameter larger than the diameter of the black bolt passing through them, unless otherwise
specified by the Engineer- in-Charge.
5.2.4.6 Holes for turned and fitted bolts shall be drilled to a diameter equal to the nominal diameter
of the shank or barrel subject to H8 tolerance specified in IS:919. Parts to be connected with
close tolerance or barrel bolts shall be firmly held together by tacking bolts or clamps and
the holes drilled through all the thicknesses in one operation and subsequently reamed to
size. Holes not drilled through all the thicknesses in one operation shall be drilled to a
smaller size and reamed out after assembly. Where this is not possible, the parts shall be
drilled and reamed separately.
5.2.4.7 To facilitate grouting, holes shall be provided in column bases or seating plates exceeding
300mm in width for the escape of air.
5.2.4.8 To avoid accumulation of water in gussetted column bases of laced, battened or box type
stanchions, suitable reverse U-type holes shall be provided at the junction of base plate and
column section in the vertical gussets for draining out of any water.
5.2.4.9 Slotted holes shall be punched or formed by drilling two holes and completed by cutting.
5.2.5
Assembly
The component parts shall be assembled and aligned in such a manner that they are neither
twisted nor otherwise damaged, and shall be so prepared that the required camber, if any, is
provided. Proper clamps, clips, jigs and other fasteners (bolts and welds) shall be placed in a
balanced pattern to avoid any distortion in the members and to ensure their correct
positioning (i.e. angles, axes, nodes etc.). Any force fitting, pulling/stretching of members to
join them shall be avoided. Proper care shall be taken for welding shrinkage & distortion so
as to attain the finished dimensions of the structure shown on the drawings.
5.2.6
Welding
5.2.6.1
General
a) All joints shall be welded unless noted otherwise on the design drawings.
b) Welding shall be in accordance with IS:816, IS:819, IS:1024, IS:1261, IS:1323 and
IS:9595 as appropriate.
c) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangement for providing sufficient number of
welding sets of the required capacity, all consumables, cutting and grinding equipment
with requisite accessories/ auxiliaries, equipment & materials required for carrying out
various tests such as dye penetration, magnetic particle, ultrasonic etc.
d) Adequate protection against rain, dust, snow & strong winds shall be provided to the
welding personnel and the structural members during welding operation. In the absence
of such a protection no welding shall be carried out.
e) It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all welding is carried out in
accordance with the terms of this specification and relevant BIS codes. The Contractor
shall provide all the supervision to fulfil this requirement.

Page 650 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
02eg
e2asr2,151,110r 74)
IA Govt of India Undertalomw
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 10 of 24
5.2.6.2
Preparation of Member for Welding

a) Edge Preparation
Edge preparation/bevelling of fusion faces for welding shall be done strictly as per the
dimensions shown in the drawings. In case, the same are not indicated, edges shall be
prepared (depending on the type of weld indicated in the drawing) as per the details
given in IS:9595. Bevelling of fusion faces shall be got checked and approved by the
Engineer- in-Charge. The tolerances on limits of gap, root face & included angle shall
be as stipulated in IS:9595.
b) Cleaning
Welding edges and the adjacent areas of the members (extending upto 20mm) shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all oil, grease, scale and rust and made completely dry. Gaps
between the members to be welded shall be kept free from all foreign matter.
c) Preheating
Preheating of members, shall be carried out as per IS:9595 when the base metal
temperature is below the requisite temperature for the welding process being used.
Preheating shall be done in such a manner that the parts, on which the weld metal is
being deposited, are above the specified minimum temperature for a distance of not less
than 75mm on each side of the weld line. The temperature shall be measured on the face
opposite to that being heated. However, when there is access to only one face, the heat
source shall be removed to allow for temperature equalization (1 minute for each 25mm
of plate thickness) before measuring the temperature.
d) Grinding
5.2.6.3
i)
Column splices & butt joints of struts and compression members (depending on
contact for load transmission) shall be accurately ground and close-butted over
the whole section with a tolerance not exceeding 0.2mm locally at any place. In
column caps & bases, the ends of shafts together with the attached gussets,
angles, channels etc., shall be accurately ground so that the parts connected butt
over minimum 90% surface of contact. In case of connecting angles or channels,
care shall be taken so that there are fixed with such accuracy that they are not
reduced in thickness by grinding by more than 2mm.
ii)
Ends of all bearing stiffeners shall be ground to fit tightly at both top and bottom.
Similarly bottom of the knife edge supports along with the top surface of column
brackets shall be accurately ground to provide effective bearing with a tolerance
not exceeding 0.2mm locally at any place.
iii)
Slab bases and caps shall be accurately ground over the bearing surfaces and shall
have effective contact with the ends of stanchions. Bearing faces which are to be
grouted direct to foundations need not be ground if such faces are true & parallel
to the upper faces.
iv)
Tack welding shall be thoroughly removed by grinding or gouging such that

subsequent welding shall be done properly.
Welding Processes
Welding of various materials under this specification shall be carried out using one or more
of the following processes.

Page 651 of 1178
~t4
$1g-ar 2ffl-eg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ot India Unclerlaiongt
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 11 of 24
Manual Metal Arc Welding Process (MMAW)
Submerge Arc Welding Process (SAW)
Gas Metal Arc Welding Process (GMAW)
- Flux Cored Arc Welding Process (FCAW)

The welding procedure adopted and consumables used shall be specifically approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. A combination of different welding processes or a combination of
electrodes of different classes/makes may be employed for a particular joint only after
qualifying the welding procedures to be adopted and obtaining the written approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
5.2.6.4
Approval & Testing of Welders

The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer-in-Charge that the welders are suitable for the
work upon which they will be employed. For this purpose the welders shall have satisfied
the relevant requirements of IS:7318. If the welders will be working to approved welding
procedures, they shall have satisfied the relevant requirements of IS:7310.
Adequate means of identification shall be provided to enable each weld to be traced to the
welder by whom it was made. The Contractor shall intimate the Engineer-in-Charge
sufficiently in advance, the commencement of tests, to enable him to be present to witness
the same.
5.2.6.5
Approval & Testing of Welding Procedures

The Contractor shall carry out procedure tests in accordance with IS:7307 to demonstrate by
means of a specimen weld of adequate length on steel representative of that to be used, that
he can make welds with the welding procedure to be used for the work to the complete
satisfaction of the Engineer- in-Charge. The test weld shall include weld details from the
actual construction and it shall be welded in a manner simulating the most unfavourable
instances of fit-up, electrode condition etc., which are anticipated to occur on the particular
fabrication. Where material analysis are available, the welding procedure shall be carried
out on material with the highest carbon equivalent value.
After welding, but before the relevant tests given in IS:7307 are carried out, the test weld
shall be held as long as possible at room temperature, but in any case not less than 72 hours,
and shall then be examined for cracking. The examination procedure shall be sufficiently
rigorous to be capable of revealing significant defects in both parent metal and weld metal.
After establishing the welding method, the Contractor shall finally submit to the
Engineer-in-Charge for his approval the welding procedure specification in standard format
given in IS:9595 before starting the fabrication.
5.2.6.6
Sequence of Welding
a) As far as practicable, all welds shall be made in a sequence that will balance the applied
heat of welding while the welding progresses.
b) The direction of the general progression in welding on a member shall be from points
where the parts are relatively fixed in position with respect to each other towards points
where they have a greater relative freedom of movement.

Page 652 of 1178
GINEERS
IN
ENDIA
LIMITED
k31
Og-al
vivcnrt attatram
IP Govt ot Inelta Unctettakingt
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 12 of 24
c) All splices in each component part of a cover-plated beam or built up member shall be
made before the component part is welded to other component parts of the member.
d) Joints expected to have significant shrinkage shall be welded before joints expected to
have lesser shrinkage.
e) Welding shall be carried continuously to completion with correct number of runs.
f) The Contractor shall choose the welding sequence after carefully studying each case
such as to minimize distortion and shrinkage & submit the same to the
Engineer-in-Charge for comments and approval.
5.2.6.7
Welding Technique
a) After the fusion faces are carefully aligned and set with proper gaps, the root pass of
butt joints shall be executed properly so as to achieve full penetration with complete
fusion of the root edges.
b) On completion of each run, all slag and spatters shall be removed and the weld and the
adjacent base metal shall be cleaned by wire brushing and light chipping. Visible defects
such are cracks, cavities and other deposition faults, if any, shall be removed to sound
metal before depositing subsequent run of weld.
c) All full penetration butt welds shall be completed by chipping/gouging to sound metal
and then depositing a sealing run of weld metal on the back of the joints. Where butt
welding is practicable from one side only, suitable backing steel strip shall be used and
joint shall be arranged in such a way as to ensure that complete fusion of all the parts is
readily obtained.
d) While welding is in progress care shall be taken to avoid any kind of movement of the
components, shocks, vibrations to prevent occurrences of weld cracks.
e) Any deviation desired from the recommended welding technique and electrodes shall be
adopted only after obtaining written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
5.2.6.8
Inspection & Testing of Welds

The method of inspection shall be according to IS:822 and extent of inspection and testing
shall be in accordance with the relevant applicable standard or, in the absence of such a
standard, as specified by the Engineer-in-Charge. Welds shall not be painted or otherwise
obscured until they have been inspected, approved and accepted.
The Engineer-in-Charge or his representative shall have access to the Contractor's work at
all reasonable times and the Contractor shall provide him with all facilities necessary for
inspection during all stages of fabrication and erection with, but not limited to, the following
obj ectives.
i)
To check the conformity with the relevant standards and suitability of various welding
equipments and their performance.
ii) To witness/approve the welding procedure qualification.

iii) To witness/approve the welders performance qualification.

Page 653 of 1178
ENGINEERS
Of5eg INDIA LIMITED
fA Govt of Irotha Undenalong)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 13 of 24
iv) To check whether shop/field welding being executed is in conformity with the relevant
specifications and codes of practice.
Inspection and testing of all fabricated structures shall be carried out by the Contractor
by any, or, a combination of all the following methods as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge and no separate payment shall be made, unless otherwise
mentioned, for inspection and testing of welds/fabricated structures:
A. Visual Inspection
A11 finished welds (i.e. 100 percent) shall be visually inspected for identification of the
following types of weld defects & faults.
a)
Weld defects occurring at the surface such as blow holes, exposed porosity,
unfused welds etc.
b)
Surface cracks in the weld metal or in the parent metal adjacent to it.
c)
Damages to the parent metal such as undercuts, Burning, overheating etc.
d)
Profile defects such as excessive convexity or concavity, overlapping, unequal

leg lengths, excessive reinforcement, incompletely filled grooves, excessive
penetration beads, root grooves etc.
e)
Distortion due to welding i.e., local shrinkage, camber, bowing, twisting, rotation,
wariness etc.
f)
Linear eccentric, angular and rotational misalignment of parts.
g)
Dimensional errors.
B. Mechanical Tests
The mechanical testing (such as tensile load tests, bend tests, impact tests etc.) shall be
done in accordance with the relevant standards and as per the instructions of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
C. Magnetic Particle/Dye Penetration/Ultrasonic Examination
The examination shall be done at random as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Whenever such tests are directed, the tests shall be carried out on joints chosen by him.
The tests shall be carried out by employing approved testing procedure in accordance
with IS:822.
D. Radiographic Examination
Radiographic examination shall be carried out only in special cases for random joints as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall be paid extra for such
examination except for penalty radiographic tests for which the cost shall be borne by
him. The Contractor shall make necessary arrangement at his own expense for providing
the radiographic equipment, films and all other necessary materials required for carrying
out the examination. The tests shall be carried in the presence of the Engineer-in-Charge
by employing approved testing procedure in accordance with IS:822. The Contractor
shall fulfill all the statutory safety requirements while handling X-ray and Gamma-ray
equipment and provide the Engineer- in-Charge all the necessary facilities at site such as
dark room, film viewer etc., to enable him to examine the radiographs.

Page 654 of 1178
,<S3
Og-ar fa2-g
(ffen rfecofto,~)
ENGINEERS
INDIA UMITED
IA Govt of India Undertakingf
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 14 of 24
5.2.6.9
Repair of Faulty Welds

No repair of defective welds shall be carried out without proper permission of the
Engineer-in-Charge and his approval for the corrective procedure.
Welds not complying with the acceptance requirements (as specified by BIS Codes & the
Engineer-in-Charge), as revealed during inspection & testing of welds or erection or in-situ
condition, shall be corrected either by removing & replacing or as follows:
a) Excessive convexity
- Reduced to size by removal of excess weld metal.
b) Shrinkage cracks, cracks in

in parent plates and craters
- Defective portions removed down to sound metal

and re-welded.
c) Under cutting.
- Additional weld metal deposited.
d) Improperly fitted/
misaligned parts.
- Welding cut & edges suitably prepared and parts.
e) Members distorted
by the heat of welding
- Member straightened by mechanical means or

careful application of limited amount of heat,
temperature of such area not to exceed 650 degree
Centigrade (dull red heat).
In removing defective parts of a weld, gouging, chipping, oxygen cutting or grinding shall
not extend into the parent metal to any substantial amount beyond the depth of weld
penetration, unless cracks or other defects exist in the parent metal. The weld or parent
metal shall not be undercut in chipping, grinding, gouging or oxygen cutting.
Any fabricated structure or its component which, in the opinion of Engineer- in-Charge, is
defective and/or beyond any corrective action shall be removed forthwith from the site as
instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge without any extra claim. The owner reserves the right
to recover any compensation due to any loss arising out of such rejections.
5.2.7
Bolting
5.2.7.1 All bolts shall be provided such that no part of the threaded portion of the bolts is within the
thickness of the parts bolted together. Washers of suitable thickness shall be used under the
nuts to avoid any threaded portion of the bolt being within the thickness of parts bolted
together.
5.2.7.2 The threaded portion of each bolt shall project through the nut at least one thread.
5.2.7.3 Flat washers shall be circular and of suitable thickness. However, where bolt heads/nuts bear
upon the bevelled surfaces, they shall be provided with square tapered washers of suitable
thickness to afford a seating square with the axis of the bolt.
5.2.7.4 Different bolt grades of the same diameter shall not be used in the same structure, except if
agreed otherwise by the Engineer-in-Charge.
5.2.8
Splicing
5.2.8.1
Splicing of built up/compound/latticed sections shall be done in such a fashion that each
component of the section is joined in a staggered manner.

Page 655 of 1178
k31
fafg
n5i..Nom)
1.1C71 e1e4
ENGINEERS
INDIA UMITED
IA Govt ol India Undertalong)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 15 of 24
5.2.8.2 Where no butt weld is used for splicing, the meeting ends of two pieces of
joist/channel/built up section shall be ground flush for bearing on each other and suitable
flange and web splice plates shall be designed and provided for the full strength of the
flange/ web of the section and welds designed accordingly.
5.2.8.3 Where full strength butt weld is used for splicing (after proper edge preparation of the web
and flange plates) of members fabricated out of joist/ channel/ angles/ built up section,
additional flange and web plates shall be provided, over and above the full strength butt
welds, to have 40% strength of the flange and web.
5.2.8.4 Where a cover plate is used over a joist/channel section the splicing of the cover plate and
channel/joist sections shall be staggered by minimum 500mm. Extra splice plate shall be
used for the cover plate and joist/channel section as per clause 5.2.8.2 or 5.2.8.3.
5.2.8.5 Prior approval shall be obtained by the Contractor for locations of splices where not shown
on design drawings. For members upto a length of 7m, generally no splice shall be allowed
but in exceptional cases one splice shall be allowed at approved location. Maximum two
numbers of splices shall be allowed for members exceeding this length.
5.2.9
Machining & Grinding
5.2.9.1 All slab bases and slab caps shall be accurately machined over the bearing surfaces and shall
be in effective contact with the ends of column sections (shafts).
5.2.9.2 For slab bases and slab caps, ends of column shafts shall be accurately machined. However,
for gussetted bases and caps, the column shafts shall be ground flush for effective contact
with parts connected together.
5.2.9.3 Gussetted bases and caps shall be ground flush for effective contact with ends of column
sections.
5.2.9.4 End of all bearing stiffeners shall be machined or ground to fit tightly at top and bottom
without any air gap.
5.2.9.5 While machining or grinding care shall be taken so that the length or thickness of any part
does not get reduced by more than 2.0mm.
5.2.9.6 For all machining or grinding works for gassetted base and cap plates, the clearance between
the parts joined shall not exceed 0.2mm at any location.
6.0
6.1
Each component shall be distinctly marked (with paint) before delivery in accordance with
the marking diagrams and shall bear such other marks as will facilitate erection.
Components which are identical in all respects may have the same erection mark.
6.2
For small members which are delivered in bundles or crates, the required marking shall be
done on small metal tags securely tied to the bundle.
7.0
SHOP ERECTION
The steel work shall be temporarily shop erected complete or as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge, so that the accuracy of fit may be checked before despatch.

Page 656 of 1178
Og-zx fcflc
n
1.1$T CI,CIN1A71340,1
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Incha Undedakng)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 16 of 24
8.0
INSPECTION & TESTING OF STRUCTURES
8.1
The Engineer-in-Charge (or his authorised representative) shall have free access at all times
to those parts of the Contractor's works which are concerned with the fabrication of the steel
work and shall be provided with all reasonable facilities for satisfying himself that the
fabrication is being undertaken in accordance with the provisions of these specifications &
other relevant BIS Codes.
8.2
Should any structure or part of a structure be found not to comply with any of the provisions
of this specification (or relevant BIS Codes as referred to), it shall be liable to rejection. No
structure or part of the structure, once rejected shall be resubmitted for inspection, exception
cases where the Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative considers the defect as
rectifiable.
8.3
Defects which may appear during/after fabrication/ erection shall be made good only with
the consent of the Engineer-in-Charge and procedure laid down by him.
8.4
A11 necessary gauges and templates shall be supplied free to the Engineer-in-Charge by the
Contractor whenever asked for during inspection. The Engineer-in- Charge, may at his
discretion, check the test results obtained at the Contractor's works by independent tests at a
test house, and the cost of such tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
9.0
SHOP PAINTING
9.1
All components and members of steel work shall be given one shop coat of primer, as
specified in the tender, immediately after the surfaces have been properly prepared (i.e.
degreased, derusted, descaled & cleaned) in accordance with the job specification or
6-79-0020, as applicable.
The primer coat shall be applied over completely dry surfaces (using brushes of good
quality) in a manner so as to ensure a continuous and uniform film without "holidaying".
Special care shall be taken to cover all the crevices, corners, edges etc. However, in areas
which are difficult to reach by brushing, daubers/mops shall be used by dipping the same in
paint and then pulling/ pushing them through the narrow spaces. The primer coat shall be air
dried and shall have the thickness as per EIL Specification no. 6-79-0020 or the relevant job
specification.
9.2
Surfaces which are inaccessible after shop assembly, shall receive the full specified
protective treatment before assembly (this shall not apply to the interior of sealed hollow
sections).
9.3
Steel surfaces shall not be painted within a suitable distance of any edges to be welded if the
paint specified would be harmful to welders or impair the quality of the welds.
9.4
Welds and adjacent parent metal shall not be painted prior to deslagging, inspection and
approval by the Engineer-in-Charge.
9.5
Parts to be encased in concrete shall have only one coat of primer and shall not be painted
after erection.

Page 657 of 1178
ENGINEERS
$ifga~g INDIA LIMITED
1.1177f ,10,,,,A51,3~1)
IA Govt ol Indo Undertalong)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 17 of 24
10.0
PACKING
10.1
All items shall be suitably packed in case these are to be despatched from the fabrication
shop to the actual site of erection so as to protect them from any damage/distortion or falling
during transit. Where necessary, slender projecting parts shall be temporarily braced to
avoid warping during transportation.
10.2
Small parts such as gussets, cleats etc., shall be securely wired on to their respective main
members.
10.3
Bolts, nuts washers etc. shall be packed in crates.
11.0 TRANSPORTATION
Loading and transportation shall be done in compliance with transportation rules. In case,
certain parts can not be transported in the lengths stipulated on the drawings, the position
details of such additional splice joints shall be got approved by the Engineer-in- Charge.
12.0
12.1
Plant & Equipment

The suitability and capacity of all plant and equipment used shall be to the complete
12.2
Storing & Handling

All steel work shall be so stored and handled at site so that the members are not subjected to
surface abrasion, excessive stresses and any damage.
12.3
Setting Out
Prior to setting out of the steel work, the Contractor shall get himself satisfied about the
correctness of levels, alignment, location of existing concrete pedestals/columns/brackets
and holding down bolts/pockets provided therein. Any minor modification in the same
including chipping, cutting and making good, adjusting the anchor bolts etc., if necessary,
shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own expense. The positioning and levelling of
all steel work including plumbing of columns and placing of every part of the structure with
accuracy shall be in accordance with the drawings and to the complete satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
12.4
Tolerances
Tolerances for erection of steel structures shall be as per Annexure 'A'
Page 658 of 1178
311
fgar lfat'dg
q51.3~)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Inda Undertaking)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 18 of 24
13.0
SAFETY & SECURITY DURING ERECTION
13.1
The contractor shall comply with IS:7205 for necessary safety and adhere to safe erection
practices and guard against hazardous as well as unsafe working conditions during all stages
of erection.
13.2
During erection, the steel work shall be securely bolted or otherwise fastened and when
necessary, temporarily braced/guyed to provide for all loads to be carried by the structure
during erection till the completion, including those due to the wind, erection equipment &
its operation etc. at no extra cost to the owner. For the purpose of guying, the Contractor
shall not use other structure in the vicinity without prior written permission of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
13.3
No permanent bolting or welding shall be done until proper alignment has been achieved.
13.4
Proper access, platform and safety arrangement shall be provided for working and
inspection, (at no extra cost to the owner) whenever required.
14.0
FIELD CONNECTIONS
14.1
Field Bolting
Field bolting shall be carried out with the same care as required for shop bolting.
14.2
Field Welding
All field assembly and welding shall be executed in accordance with the requirements for
shop assembly and welding. Holes for all erection bolts - where removed after final erection
shall be plugged by welding. Alternatively erection bolts may be left and secured.
15.0 GROUTING
15.1
Prior to positioning of structural columns/girders/ trusses over the concrete

pedestals/columns/brackets, all laitance & loose material shall be removed by wire brushing
& chipping. The bearing concrete surfaces shall be sufficiently levelled, hacked with flat
chisels to make them rough, cleaned (using compressed air) and made thoroughly wet. All
pockets for anchor bolts shall also be similarly cleaned and any excess water removed.
Thereafter, the structural member shall be erected, aligned & plumbed maintaining the base
plates/shoe plates at the levels shown in the drawings, with necessary shims/pack
plates/wedges.
15.2
After final alignment and plumbing of the structure, the forms shall be constructed allround
and joints made tight to prevent leakage. Grouting (under the base plates/shoe plates
including grouting of sleeves & pockets) shall be done with non-shrink grout having
compressive strength (28 days) not less than 40N/sq mm Non shrink grout shall be of free
flow premix type and of approved quality and make. It shall be mixed with water in
proportion as specified by the manufacturer. Ordinary 1:2 cement/sand mortar grout shall be
used only for small, isolated structures e.g. operating platforms not supporting any
equipment, pipe supports, crossovers, stairs & ladders. The thickness of grout shall be as
shown on the drawings but not less than 25 mm nor more than 40mm in any case.
15.3
The grout mixture shall be poured continuously (without any interruption till completion) by
grouting pumps from one nide of the base plate and spread uniformly with flexible steel

Page 659 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
1.12T el,nrt )2,340.4)
IA Govt ol Indo Undertalong)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 19 of 24
strips and rammed with rods, till the space is filled solidly and the grout mixture carried to
the other side of the base plate.
15.4
The grout mixture shall be allowed to harden for a period as decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge. At the end of this period, the shims/wedges/pack plates may be
removed and anchor bolts tightened uniformly. The alignment of the structure shall now be
rechecked and if found correct, the voids left by the removal of shims/wedges/pack plates (if
removed) must be filled up with a similar mixture of grout. In case after checking, serious
misalignment is indicated, the grout shall be removed completely and fresh grouting done
after making appropriate correction of alignment.
16.0 SCHEME AND SEQUENCE OF ERECTION

The Contractor shall furnish the detailed scheme and sequence of erection to match with the
project schedule and get the same approved by the Engineer-in- Charge. All necessary
co-ordination and synchronization shall be done with the Civil contractor where Civil works
are not included in the scope of structural contractor at no extra cost so as to match with the
project schedule.
17.0 PAYMENT
This clause shall apply to Item Rate tender only.
17.1
Payment for structural steel works shall be made on the basis of admissible weight in metric
tons (determined as described in clause 17.2 and 17.3) of the structure accepted by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The rate shall include supplying (as per supply conditions given in the
Tender) fabricating, erecting in position (at all levels & locations), testing/examining
(excluding radiography only) of bolted and/or welded structural steel works of all types
(including all built up/compound sections made out of rolled sections and/or plates)
including all handling, transporting, storing, straightening if required, cutting, edge
preparation, preheating, bolting and welding of joints (including sealing the joints of box
sections with continuous welding), finishing edges by grinding/machining as shown, fixing
in line & level with temporary staging & bracing and removal of the same after erection,
grouting with non-shrink/ordinary grout as specified, preparation of fabrication & erection
drawings, & erection schedule and getting them reviewed, preparation and submission of as
built drawings, preparing the surfaces for painting, and applying the primer as specified after
fabrication, return of surplus materials to owner's stores and material reconciliation in the
case of materials supplied by the owner as per relevant contract conditions etc. all complete
for all the operations mentioned in the foregoing clauses.
17.2
The weight for payment shall be determined from the fabrication drawings and respective
bill of materials prepared by the Contractor. The bill of materials shall be checked and
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before making the payment. The Contractor shall
prepare full scale template in order to supplement/verify the actual cutting dimensions
where so directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The weight shall be calculated on the basis of
BIS Hand Book wherever applicable. In case sections used are different from BIS sections,
then Manufacturers' Hand Book shall be adopted. No allowance in weight shall be made for
rolling tolerances.
17.3
Welds, bolts, nuts, washers, shims, pack plates, wedges, grout and shop painting shall not be
separately measured. The quoted rate shall be deemed to include the same.
17.4
The rate shall include all expenses related to safety & security arrangements during erection
and all plants & tools required for fabrication, transportation & erection.

Page 660 of 1178
$
&fgar ft2e6
1~7S c'92,1,17 ,1513~11
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of in0ia Unclertalongt
CIVIL STRUCTURAL WORKS
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 20 of 24
18.0
18.1
General
18.1.1
The scope of painting after erection shall be at the sole discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge
and the Contractor shall obtain written instruction in this regard sufficiently prior to taking
up any procurement of paint and execution of painting work after erection of steel
structures.
18.1.2
The Contractor shall carry out the painting work in all respects with the best quality of
approved materials (conforming to relevant EIL Specification no. 6-79-0020 or the job
specification, as applicable) and workmanship in accordance with the best engineering
practice. The Contractor shall furnish characteristics of paints (to be used) indicating the
suitability for the required service conditions. The paint manufacturer's instructions
supplemented by Engineer-in-Charge's direction, if any, shall be followed at all times.
Particular attention shall be paid to the following:
- Proper storage to avoid exposure & extremes of temperature.
- surface preparation prior to painting.
- Mixing & thinning.
- Application of paint and the recommended limit on time intervals between consecutive
coats.
18.1.3
Painting shall not be done in frost or foggy weather, or when humidity is such as to cause
condensation on the surfaces to be painted.
18.1.4
Surface which shall be inaccessible after site assembly shall receive the full specified
protective treatment before assembly.
18.1.5
Primers & finish coat paints shall be from the same manufacturer in order to ensure
compatibility. Painting colour code shall be as per Annexure-'B' or the job specification.
18.2
Rub Down & Primer Application

The shop coated surfaces shall be rubbed down thoroughly with emery/abrasive paper to
remove dust, rust, other foreign matters and degreased, if required, in accordance with EIL
specification no. 6-79-0020 or the job specification, as applicable, cleaned with warm fresh
water and air dried. The portions, from where the shop coat has peeled off, shall be touched
up and allowed to dry.
Primer coat as per EIL specification no. 6-79-0029 or the job specification, as applicable,
shall be applied by brushing/ spraying over the shop coat in a manner so as to ensure a
continuous and uniform film throughout. Special care shall be taken to cover all the
crevices, corners, edges etc. The final primer coat shall be air dried and shall have a
minimum film thickness as per EIL Specification no. 6-79-0029 or job specification after
drying, as applicable.
In case a different cleaning procedure & primer specifications are specified in the
drawing/Tender, the same shall be adopted.

Page 661 of 1178
ENGINEERS
eMe-gw INDIA LIMITED
talwr rivotf
tot.3tratt,1)
I A Govt of Ind. Undertaking)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 21 of 24
18.3
Final Paint Application

After the primer is hard dry, the surfaces shall be dusted off and the paint as per EIL
specification no. 6-79-0029 or the job specification, as specified, shall be applied by
brushing/spraying so that a film free from "holidaying" is obtained. The colour & shade of
first coat of paint shall be slightly lighter than the second coat in order to identify the
application of each coat. The second coat of paint shall be applied after the first coat is hard
dry. The minimum thickness of each film shall be 20 microns ( 10% tolerance) after
drying.
In case a different type of paint & painting procedure are specified in the drawing/tender,
the same shall be adopted.
18.4
Inspection & Testing of Painting Works
18.4.1
All painting materials including primers & thinners brought to site by the Contractor for
application shall be procured directly from reputed and approved manufacturers and shall be
accompanied by manufacturer's test certificates. Paint formulations without certificates shall
not be accepted.
18.4.2
The Engineer-in-Charge at his discretion may call for additional tests for paint formulations.
The Contractor shall arrange to have such tests performance including batch wise test of wet
paints for physical & chemical analysis. All costs shall be borne by the Contractor.
18.4.3
The painting work shall be subject to inspection by the Engineer-in-Charge at all times. In
particular, the stage inspection will be performed and Contractor shall offer the work for
inspection and approval at every stage before proceeding with the next stage. The record of
inspection shall be maintained. Stages of inspection are as follows:
(a) Surface preparation
(b) Primer application
(c) Each coat of paint
18.4.4
Any defect noticed during the various stages of inspection shall be rectified by the
Contractor to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge before proceeding further.
Irrespective of the inspection, repair and approval at intermediate stages of work the
Contractor shall be responsible for making good any defects found during final
inspection/guarantee period/defect liability period, as defined in General Conditions of
Contract. Dry film thickness (DFT) shall be checked and recorded after application of each
coat. The thickness shall be measured at as many locations as decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall provide standard thickness measuring instrument
such as elkometer (with appropriate range for measuring dry film thickness of each coat)
free of cost to the Engineer-in-Charge whenever asked for.
18.5
Payment
Payment for painting of structural steel works shall be made on the basis of admissible
weight in metric tons of the painted structures accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The rate shall include supplying & applying the paint, specified in the tender, of approved
quality and shade over the primer, specified in the tender, over the shop primer already
applied to structural steel works of all types/shapes at all levels, locations & positions
including storage, surface preparation, degreasing, cleaning, drying, touching up of shop
primer coat, providing temporary staging, testing etc. all complete to the entire satisfaction
of the Engineer-in-Charge.

Page 662 of 1178
tPleg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
f A Govt of InOla Undeltakng)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 22 of 24
ANNEXURE-'A'
(Clause 12.4)
Maximum Permissible Erection Tolerances
A.
Columns
1.
Deviation of column axes at foundation top level with

respect to true axes.
i) In longitudinal direction
ii) In lateral direction
2.
3.
4.
5.
Deviation in the level of bearing surface of columns at

foundation top with respect to true level
5 mm
5 mm
5 mm
Out of plumb (Verticality) of column axis from true vertical

axis, as measured at top:
i) Upto and including 30m height
whichever is less.
H/1000 or 25 mm
ii) Over 30m height
H/1200 or 35 mm
whichever is less.
Deviation in straightness in longitudinal & transverse planes

of column at any point along the height.
Difference in the erected positions of adjacent pairs of columns
along length or across width of building prior to connecting
trusses/beams with respect to true distance.
6.
Deviation in any bearing or seating level with respect to true

level.
7.
Deviation in difference in bearing levels of a member on

adjacent pair of columns both across & along the building.
H/1000 or 10 mm
whichever is less.
5 mm
5 mm
5 mm
Note: 1. Tolerance specified under 3 should be read in conjunction with 4 & 5.

Note: 2. 'H' is the column height in mm.
B.
Trusses
1.
Shift at the centre of span of top chord member

with respect to the vertical plane passing through
the centre of bottom chord.
1/250 of height of
truss in mm at centre
of span or 15mm
whichever is less.
2.
Lateral shift of top chord of truss at the centre of span

from the vertical plane passing through the centre of
supports of the truss.
1/1500 of span of
truss in mm or lOmm
Whichever is less.
3.
Lateral shift in location of truss from its true position.
lOmm

Page 663 of 1178
t31
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
NIR71 2.12E/A7 151.3.74.9)
A Govt of Indo Undertaking)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 23 of 24
4.
Lateral shift in location of purlin from true position.
5mm
5.
Deviation in difference of bearing levels of truss from

the true level.
1/1200 of span of
truss in mm or 20mm
whichever is less.
C.
Gantry Girders & Rails
1.
Shift in the centre line of crane rail with respect

to centre line of web of gantry girder.
2.
Shift of alignment of crane rail (in plan) with respect

to true axis of crane rail at any point.
3.
[{web thickness (mm)}+2 mm]

2
5 mm
Deviation in crane track gauge with respect to true

gauge.
i) For track gauge upto and including 15 m.
5 mm.
[ 5 + 0.25 (S-15)]
ii) For track gauge more than 15m.
Subject to maximum + l Omm, where S in metres is true gauge.
4.
5.
Deviation in the crane rail level at any point from

true level.
Difference in level between crane track rails
(across the bay) at
i) Supports of gantry girders
6.
10 mm.
15 mm.
ii) Mid span of gantry girders
20 mm.
Relative shift of crane rail surfaces (at a joining) in

plan and elevation.
2 mm.

Page 664 of 1178
ENGINEERS
.5-111.1t4
2,..1^ INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of indo Undertak,o9)
6-68-0006 Rev.6
Page 24 of 24
ANNEXURE-'B'
(Clause 18.1)
PAINTING COLOUR CODE FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL
I.
GANTRY GIRDER & MONORAIL
DARK GREEN
2.
GANTRY GIRDER & MONORAIL STOPPER SIGNAL
RED
3.
BUILDING STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMNS,

BRACKETS, BEAMS, BRACINGS, ROOF TRUSS,
PURLINS, SIDEGIRTS, LOUVERS, STRINGERS
DARK ADMIRALITY
GREY
4.
PIPE RACK STRUCTURE & TRESTLE
DARK ADMIRALITY
GREY
5.
CHEQUERED PLATE (BOTH FACES)
BLACK
6.
GRATING
BLACK
7.
LADDER RUNGS
BLACK
VERTICALS & CAGE RED
8.
HAND RAILING
HANDRAIL, MIDDLE
RAIL, TOE PLATE
SIGNAL RED
VERTICAL POST
BLACK

Page 665 of 1178
$.'gzu f2W5
ENGINEEFZS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ol Indo Unclertakeng)
(TUBULAR / HOLLOW SECTIONS)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 1 of 16
ffrf
ki<=111clich
Llicl
WT4
( -ud-v<kftur-4 wre)
(TUBULAR/HOLLOW SECTIONS)
21.08.14
UPDATED & REISSUED
29.01.10
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED
AS
PKM
SCH
N. DUARI
18.04.00
UPDATED & REISSUED
DPN
RS
SCJ
MI
MAY'94
UPDATED & REISSUED
DPN
RS
GPL
A.SONI
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Prepared
by
S.CHANDA
Standards
Checked Committee
by
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Page 666 of 1178
ENQNEERS
INDIA LIMITED
rrm a-Kcnr
nI
IA Govt W lnda Undertalong)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 2 of 16
Abbreviations:
BIS
IS

Indian Standards
Convenor :
Mr. P K Mittal
Members :

Mr. Rajan Srivastava
Mr. P J Singh
Mr. V S Chhaya (Projects)
Mr. Ravinder Kumar (Construction)

Page 667 of 1178
eg
$'1 ).21122-
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Ind. Undonak,n9)
STRUCTURAL STEEL Wr1RKS
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 3 of 16
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE
2.0 REFERENCES
3.0 MATERIAL
4.0 FABRICATION DRAWINGS
5.0 FABRICATION
6.0 MARKING FOR IDENTIFICATION
7.0 SHOP ERECTION
8.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING
9.0 SHOP PAINTING, PACKING AND TRANSPORTATION
10.0 SITE (FIELD) ERECTION
11.0 SAFETY AND SECURITY DURING ERECTION
12.0 FIELD CONNECTIONS
10
13.0 GROUTING
10
10
15.0 PAINTING AFTER ERECTION
11
16.0 PAYMENT EXCLUDING DESIGN AND DESIGN DRAWINGS
11
17.0 PAYMENT INCLUDING DESIGN AND DESIGN DRAWINGS
11
ANNEXURE-'A'
13
ANNEXURE-'B'
15
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev.

Page 668 of 1178
Copyright EIL -All rights reserved
laiRn
1.0
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
2171,415 01,
IA
Govt of Ind. Undertaking)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 4 of 16
SCOPE
This specification covers the requirements for design (Refer Annexure 'A'), material,
fabrication, assembly, tests/ examinations, transportation, erection and painting preparation
of fabrication drawings of bolted and/or welded structural steel works using tubular/ hollow
sections for general construction work.
2.0
REFERENCES
2.1
BIS Codes
IS:800, IS:806, IS:816, Is:1161, IS:4923, IS:7205, IS:7215, IS:9595 & other relevant Codes.
2.2
EIL Specifications
6-68-0002 : Materials
6-68-0006 : Structural Steel Works
6-79-0020 : Standard specification for surface preparation and protective coating
2.3
Indian Standards, this specification shall govern. Any special provision as shown or noted
on the design drawings shall govern over the provisions of this specification.
3.0 MATERIAL
3.1
General
All materials shall conform to their respective specifications given in EIL Specification no.
6-68-0002. The use of equivalent or alternative materials shall be permitted only in very
special cases and for all such cases prior written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be
obtained.
3.2
Receipt and Storing of Materials
3.2.1
Each section shall be marked for identification and each lot shall be accompanied by
manufacturer's quality certificate, chemical analysis and mechanical characteristics.
3.2.2
All sections shall be checked, sorted out and arranged by grade and quality in the store. Any
instruction given by the Engineer-in-Charge in this respect shall be strictly followed.
3 .2.3
All material shall be free from surface defects such as pitting, cracks, laminations, twists etc.
Defective material shall not be used and all such rejected material shall be immediately
removed from the store/site. The decision of Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final
and binding.
3.2.4-
Welding wires and electrodes (packed in their original ::artons) shall be stored separately by
quality and lots inside a dry and enclosed room in compliance with IS:9595 and as per
instructions given by the Engineer-in-Charge. Electrodes shall be kept perfectly dry to
ensure satisfactory operation and weld metal soundness.
3.2.5
Each lot of electrodes, bolts, nuts etc. shall be accompanied by manufacturer's quality test
certificates.
3.2.6
All bolts (including nuts and washers) shall be checked, sorted out and arranged diameterwise by grade and quality in the store.

Page 669 of 1178
Co Dyright EILAll rights reserved
t31
$ifg-ar 0151-eg
41`9)ENGINEERS
(00,
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ol Indu Undertakio9)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 5 of 16
3.3
Material Tests
3.3.1
The Contractor shall submit manufacturer's quality certificates for all the materials supplied
by him. In case quality certificates are not available or are incomplete or when material
quality differs from standard specifications, such materials shall not be used in the
construction. However, the Contractor shall get all appropriate tests conducted in approved
test houses for such materials as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, at no extra cost to the
owner and submit the same to the Engineer-in-Charge for his approval. The Engineer-inCharge may approve the use of such materials entirely at his discretion.
3.3.2
The Contractor shall ensure that all material brought to site are duly approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Rejected materials shall not be used and shall be removed from site
forthwith. Any material of doubtful quality for which specific tests are to be carried out as
per the instruction of the Engineer- in-Charge shall be separately stacked and properly
identified.
4.0
FABRICATION DRAWINGS
4.1
Fabrication and erection drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor on the basis of
"Approved for Construction" (AFC) design drawings EIL Standards issued to the
Contractor. These drawings shall be prepared by Contractor or by an agency engaged by the
contractor and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.2
Fabrication and erection drawings shall be thoroughly checked, stamped "Approved for
Construction" and signed by the Contractor's own responsible Engineer irrespective of the
fact that such drawings are prepared by the Contractor or his approved agency, to ensure
accuracy and correctness of the drawings. Unchecked and unsigned drawings shall not be
used for the purpose of proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall proceed with the
fabrication and erection work only after thoroughly satisfying himself in this regard.
4.3
All fabrication and erection drawings shall be issued for construction by the Contractor
directly to his work site. Six copies of such drawings shall simultaneously be submitted to
the Engineer-in-Charge.
However the contractor shall not proceed with the fabrication of such structures whose
fabrication drawings are required to be reviewed before taking up the fabrication work as
noted on "Approved for Construction" (AFC) design drawings issued to the contractor or as
conveyed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The fabrication of such structures shall be done only
as per the reviewed fabrication drawings.
The review of such drawings by EIL shall be restricted to the following only:
4.4
a)
Structural layout, orientation and elevation of structures/ members.
b)
Sizes of members
c)
Critical joint details
Fabrication drawings shall be drawn to scale and shall convey the information clearly and
adequately. Following information shall be furnished on such drawings.
a)
Reference to design drawing number (along with revision number, if any) based on
which fabrication drawing has been prepared.
b)
Structural layout, elevations & sections (with distinct erection marking of all
members).

Page 670 of 1178
711(~11C~
ENQNEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA
4.5
Govt of Ind. undertaiong)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 6 of 16
c)
Framing plans, member sizes, orientation and elevations.
d)
Layout and detailing of rain water pipes and gutters showing all necessary levels,
connections and provisions wherever required.
e)
Detailing of shop/field joints/welds, connections, splices, for required strength and

erection.
f)
Location, type, size and dimensions of welds and bolts.
g)
Shapes and sizes of edge preparation for welding.
h)
Bill of materials.
i)
Quality of structural steel tubes, hollow sections, plates etc., welding electrodes, bolts,
nuts and washers to be used.
j)
Erection assemblies identifying all transportable parts and sub-assemblies with special
erection instructions, if required.
k)
Method of erection and special precautions to be taken during erection as required.
The Contractor shall additionally ensure accuracy of the following and shall be solely
responsible for the same:
a)
Provision for erection and erection clearances.
b)
Marking of members.
c)
Cut length of members.
d)
Matching of joints and holes.
e)
Provision kept in the members for other interconnected members.
f)
Bill of materials.
4.6
Connections, splices and other details where not shown on the design drawings shall be
suitably designed and shown on the fabrication drawings based on good engineering practice
developing full member strength. Design calculations for such connections/ splices shall
be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge along with the fabrication drawings.
4.7
Any substitution or change in section shall be allowed only when prior written approval of
the Engineer-in-Charge has been obtained. Fabrication drawings shall be updated
incorporating all such substitutions/changes 1--y the Contractor at no extra cost to the owner.
4.8
In case during execution of the work, the Engineer-in-Charge on review of drawings

considers any modifications/substitutions necessary to meet the design parameters/ good
engineering practice, there shall be brought to the notice of the Contractor who shall
incorporate the same in the drawings without any extra cost to the owner. The Contractor
will be totally responsible for the correctness of the detailed fabrication drawings and
execution of the work.
4.9
Contractor shall incorporate all the revisions made in the design drawings during the course
of execution of work in his fabrication drawings, and resubmit the drawings at no extra cost

Page 671 of 1178
$1g-af 12Wes
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
,1,,X1enlJaar,
1,
Govt Of Intha Undertalong)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 7 of 16
to the owner. All fabrication shall be carried out only as per the latest AFC design drawings
and corresponding fabrication drawings.
4.10
The Contractor shall supply two prints each of the final/as-built drawings along with their
native soft files to Engineer-in-Charge for reference and record. The rates quoted shall
include for the same.
5.0
FABRICATION
5.1
General
5.1.1
Fabrication of structures using tubular/hollow sections shall be done strictly as per

"Approved For Construction" fabrication drawings (prepared by the Contractor based on the
latest design drawings) and in accordance with IS:800, IS:806, IS:1161, IS:4923, IS:9595
and other relevant BIS Codes.
5.1.2
Prior to commencement of fabrication, undulations in the fabrication yard, if any, shall be

removed and area levelled and paved by the Contractor.
5.1.3
Any defective material used in the work shall be replaced by the Contractor at his own
expense. Necessary care and precautions shall be taken so as not to cause any damage to the
structure during any such removal and replacement.
5.1.4
The components of the structure shall be assembled in such a manner that they are neither
twisted nor otherwise damaged and be so prepared that the specified cambers, if any, are
maintained.
5.1.5
Any faulty fabrication pointed out at any stage of work by the Engineer-in- Charge, shall be
made good or replaced by the Contractor at his own cost.
5.1.6
Tolerances for fabrication of steel work shall conform to IS:7215.
5.2
Straightening & Bending
5.2.1
All materials before being assembled shall be straightened, if necessary (unless required to
be of a curvilinear form) and shall be free from twist. Tubes shall not deviate from
straightness by more than 1/600 of any length.
5.2.2
Bending of structural hollow or tubular sections shall be done by cold process to shapes as
shown on drawings.
5.3
Cut Edges
Edges shall be dressed to a neat and workman like finish and be free from distortion.
5.4
Caps
Bases for Columns
The ends of all tubes and hollow sections for columns (transmitting loads through the ends)
shall be ground flush and made true square to the axis of the member and shall be provided
with caps and base plates as shown on the drawings.
5.5
Sealing of Tubes and Hollow Sections

When the end of member is not automatically sealed by virtue of its connection by welding
to another member, the end shall be properly and completely sealed against ingress of
moisture. Before sealing, the inside of the tubes and hollow sections shall be made dry.

Page 672 of 1178
Ogz:11
lar51- g
1.417-n toro,,,On.~0
5.6
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA GoN of Indu Uncleetolong)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 8 of 16
Flattened Ends
In tubular construction, joints may be formed by flattening or splitting or otherwise formed
shapes for welded or bolted connections. The change in section shall be gradual to avoid
concentration of stresses and all flattening shall be done by cold process only.
5.7
Welding
Welding shall be strictly in accordance with IS:9595 and carried out by experienced welders
only. For welding (including testing & examining of welds) relevant clauses of EIL
Specification no. 6-68-0006 for Structural Steel Works shall be referred to the extent
applicable.
5.8
Bolting
5.8.1
Washers shall be specially shaped where necessary to give the nuts and the heads of bolts a
full bearing.
5.8.2
In all cases where the full bearing area of the bolt is to be developed, the threaded portion of
the bolt shall not be within the thickness of parts bolted together, and washer(s) of
appropriate thickness shall be provided to allow the nut to be completely tightened.
6.0

Each component shall be distinctly marked before delivery, in accordance with the marking
diagram and shall bear such other marks as will facilitate erection.
7.0
SHOP ERECTION
The steel work shall be temporarily shop erected complete or as directed so that accuracy of
fit may be checked before dispatch.
8.0
INSPECTION AND TESTING
8.1
The Engineer-in-Charge (or his authorised representative) shall have free access at all times
to those parts of the Contractor's Works which are concerned with the storing and
fabrication of the steel work and shall be provided with all reasonable facilities for satisfying
himself that fabrication is being undertaken in accordance with the provisions of these
specifications and other relevant BIS Codes.
8.2
Should any structure or part of a structure be found not to comply with any of the provisions
of these specifications and other relevant BIS Codes, it shall be rejected. No structure or part
of the structure, once rejected shall be resubmitted for inspection, except in cases where the
Engineer-in-Charge or his authorised representative considers the defect as rectifiable.
8.3
Defects which may appear during fabrication/erection shall be made good only with the
consent of the Engineer-in-Charge and procedure laid down by him.
8.4
All necessary gauges and templates shall be supplied free to the Engineer-in- Charge by the
Contractor whenever asked for during inspection. The Engineer- in-Charge may, at his
discretion, check the test results obtained at the Contractor's works by independent tests at a
test house, the cost of such tests shall be borne by the Contractor.

Page 673 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
$figrr1M2-dg
'
Govt of India Unciertalongt
STRUCTURAL STEE'. WORKS
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 9 of 16
9.0
SHOP PAINTING, PACKING AND TRANSPORTATION
9.1
All components and members of steel work shall be given one shop coat of primer as
specified in the tender, immediately after the surface have been properly prepared (i.e.
degreased, derusted, descaled and cleaned) in accordance with EIL Specification No.
6-79-0020 or the job specification, as applicable.
9.2
All items shall be suitably packed in case they are to be dispatched from the fabrication shop
to the actual site of erection so as to protect them from any damage or distortion during
transit.
10.0
10.1
Plant and Equipment

The suitability and capacity of all plant and equipment used shall be to the complete
10.2
Storing and Handling

All steel work shall be so stored and handled at site so that the members are not subjected to
excessive stresses and any damage.
10.3
Setting out
Prior to setting out of the steel work, the Contractor shall get himself satisfied about the
correctness of levels, alignment, location of existing pedestals/ columns and holding down
bolts/ pockets provided therein. Any minor modification in the same including chipping,
cutting and making good, adjusting the anchor bolts etc. if necessary, shall be carried out by
the Contractor at his own expense. The positioning and levelling of all steel work including
plumbing of columns and placing of every part of the structure with accuracy shall be in
accordance with the drawings and to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
10.4
Tolerances
Tolerances for erection of steel structures shall be as per Annexure - `13'.
11.0 SAFETY AND SECURITY DURING ERECTION

The Contractor shall comply with IS:7205 for necessary safety and adhere to safe erection
practices and guard against hazardous and unsafe working conditions during all stages of
erection.
11.2
During erection, the steel work shall be securely bolted or otherwise fastened, and when
necessary, temporarily braced to provide for all loads to be carried by the structure during
erection till the completion including those due to wir. -!, erection equipment and its
operation etc. For the purpose of guying the Contractor shall not use other structures in the
vicinity without prior written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
11.3
No permanent bolting or welding shall be done until proper alignment has been achieved.
11.4
Proper access, platform and safety arrangement shall be provided for working and inspection
at no extra cost whenever required.

Page 674 of 1178
ta51eg
o10~OX,ylos".11
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ol rtd Unoonok,o9)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 10 of 16
12.0
FIELD CONNECTIONS
12.1
Field Bolting
12.1.1
Field bolting shall be carried out with the same care as required for shop bolting.
12.2
Field Welding
12.2.1
All field assembly and welding shall be executed in accordance with the requirements for
shop. Holes for all erection bolts where removed after final erection shall be plugged by
welding. Alternatively erection bolts may be left and secured. Proper access, platform and
safety arrangements shall be provided for inspection whenever required.
13.0 GROUTING
13.1
Prior to positioning of structural columns/ girders/ trusses over the concrete pedestals/
columns/ brackets, all laitance & loose material shall be removed by wire brushing &
chipping. The bearing concrete surfaces shall be sufficiently leveled, hacked with flat chisels
to make them rough, cleaned (using compressed air) and make thoroughly wet. All pockets
for anchor bolts shall be thoroughly cleaned and excess water, if any, shall be removed.
Thereafter, the structural members shall be erected, aligned & plumbed maintaining the base
plates/ shoe plates at the levels shown in the drawings, with necessary shims/ pack plates/
wedges.
13.2
After final alignment and plumbing of the structure, the forms shall be constructed alround
and joints made tight to prevent leakage. Grouting (under the base plates/ shoe plates
including grouting of sleeves & pockets) shall be done with non-shrink grout having
compressive strength (28 days) not less than 40 N/sq.mm. Non shrink grout shall be of free
flow premix type of approved quality and make and mixed with water in proportion as
specified by the manufacturer. Ordinary 1:2 cementl sand mortar grout shall be used only for
small, isolated structures e.g. operating platforms not supporting any equipment, pipe
supports, cross overs, stairs & ladders. The thickness of grout shall be as shown on the
drawings but not less than 25mm nor more than 40mm in any case.
13.3
The grout mixture shall be poured continuously (without any interruption till completion) by
grouting pumps from one side of the base plate and spread uniformly with flexible steel
strips and rammed with rods, till the space is filled solidly and the grout mixture carried to
the other side of the base plate.
13.4
The grout mixture shall be allowed to harden for a period as decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge. At the end of this period, the shims/ wedges/ pack plates may be
removed and anchor bolts tightened uniformly. The alignment of the structure shall now be
rechecked and if found correct, the voids left by the removal of shims/ wedges/pack plates
(if removed) must be filled up with a similar mixture of grout. In case after checking, serious
misalignment is indicated, the grout shall be removed completely and fresh grouting done
after making appropriate :orrection of alignment.

The Contractor shall furnish the detailed scheme and sequence of erection to match with the
project schedule and get the same approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. All necessary
co-ordination and synchronization shall be done with the civil contractor where civil works
are not included in the scope of structural contractor at no extra cost so as to match with the
project schedule.

Page 675 of 1178

71
$1g-LIT fafjrdg
IffeR c-frow7aRalusal,
15.0
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Go. of Inoia Undeflaking)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 11 of 16

Painting of Structural Steel Works using (tubular/ hollow sections) shall be done in
accordance with relevant clauses of EIL Specification no. 6-68-0006.
16.0 PAYMENT EXCLUDING DESIGN AND DESIGN DRAWINGS

(Where design and design drawings are excluded from the scope of the Contractor)
16.1
Payment for structural steel works fabricated and made out of tubular/ hollow sections shall
be made on the basis of admissible weight in metric tons (determined as described in clause
16.2 to 16.3) of the structure accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The rate shall include supplying (as per supply conditions given in the tender), fabricating,
erecting in position (at all levels and locations), transporting, storing, testing/examining of
bolted and/or welded structural steel works using (tubular/hollow sections) of all types of
trusses, girders, purlins, side rails, columns, runners, beams, ties, portals, framework,
bracings, brackets, sag rods etc., including all handling, straightening/bending, if required,
cutting, edge preparation, welding and/or bolting of joints, providing temporary bracing,
providing and fixing end caps, fixing in line and level with necessary temporary staging,
grouting with premix, free flow, non-shrink grout as shown on drawings including
preparation of detailed fabrication drawings and getting them reviewed, preparing the
exposed surface for painting, surface cleaning, wire brushing, removal of mill scale, rust, oil
or grease and applying the primer as specified after fabrication, return the surplus materials
to the owner's stores and material reconciliation in the case of materials supplied by Owner
as per relevant contract conditions etc. all complete for all the operations mentioned in the
foregoing clauses.
16.2
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before making the payment. The weight shall be
calculated on the basis of BIS Handbook wherever applicable. In case sections used are
different from BIS sections, then Manufacturer's Handbook shall be adopted. No allowance
in weight shall be made for rolling tolerances.
16.3
Welds, bolts, nuts, washers, shims, pack plates and grout shall not be measured. The quoted
rate shall be deemed to include the same.
17.0 PAYMENT INCLUDING DESIGN AND DESIGN DRAWINGS

(Where design and design drawings are also included in the scope of the Contractor).
17.1
All design and design drawings shall be prepared strictly in accordance with DESIGN
SPECIFICATIONS attached with this specification as Annexure - À'.
17.2
Payment for structural steel works fabricated and made out of tubular/hollow sections
be made on the basis of admissible weight in metric tons (determined as described in clause
17.3 to 17.4) of the structure accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The rate shall include supplying, fabricating, erecting in position (at all levels and locations),
transporting, storing, testing/examining of bolted and/or welded structural steel works using
(tubular/hollow sections) of all types of trusses, girders, purlins, side rails, columns, runners,
beams, ties, portals, framework, bracings, brackets, sag rods etc., including all handling
straightening/bending if required, cutting, edge preparation, welding and/or bolting of joints,
providing temporary bracing, providing and fixing end caps, fixing in line and level with
necessary temporary staging, grouting with premix, free flow, non-shrink grout as shown on

Page 676 of 1178
Oriff la2es
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Indie lindertatungt
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 12 of 16
drawings including preparation of detailed fabrication drawings and getting them reviewed,
preparing the exposed surface for painting, surface cleaning, wire brushing, removal of mill
scale, rust, oil or grease and applying the primer as specified after fabrication, return the
surplus materials to the owner's stores and material reconciliation in the case of materials
supplied by Owner as per relevant contract conditions etc. all complete for all the operations
mentioned in the foregoing clauses.
17.3
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before making the payment. The weight shall be
calculated on the basis of BIS Handbook wherever applicable. In case sections used are
different from BIS sections, then Manufacturer's Handbook shall be adopted. No allowance
in weight shall be made for rolling tolerances.
17.4
Welds, bolts, nuts, washers, shims, pack plates and grout shall not be measured. The quoted

Page 677 of 1178

31
S~SLnI ICIWes
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ol Indo Undertaiong)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 13 of 16
ANNEXURE - 'A'
(Clause no. 1.0 & 17.1)
DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS
1.0
DESIGN AND DESIGN DRAWINGS
1.1
The design and design drawings of the structure(s) shall be prepared by the Contractor on
the basis of conceptual drawing(s) furnished to him. These (design and design drawings)
shall be prepared in his own design office, or in case such facility is not available with the
Contractor, by an approved and established agency. The names of agencies who may be
considered for entrusting with this work shall be submitted along with the offer for approval
of the Engineer-in-Charge. If none of the agencies so named is approved, the Contractor
shall submit a fresh list for approval.
1.2
The design shall be done in accordance with IS:800, IS:801, IS:806, IS:1161 & IS:4923, and
other relevant BIS Codes (latest revisions). The loads to be adopted in the design shall be in
accordance with IS:875 & IS:1893 except otherwise specified. All design calculations and
design drawings shall be prepared in metric units i.e. dimensions in millimetres and levels in
metres.
1.3
The basic consideration for design of structural framework shall primarily be its stability,
ease of fabrication and erection, overall economy satisfying the relevant BIS Codes of
Practice and satisfactory performance. All structures shall be designed to withstand the
worst combination of loading.
1.4
Structures, in general, shall be of welded construction. Roof trusses shall have a slope of 1:3
(1 vertical : 3 horizontal). Purlins shall be spaced in such a manner so as to achieve
maximum economy in the use of roof sheets. Camber (span/500) shall be provided for
trusses having span of 15 meters and above. The minimum thickness of gussets shall be
8mm.
1.5
All design calculations (supplemented with necessary explanatory sketches, computer

outputs & explanatory notes) shall be done in a neat and systematic manner so as to
facilitate review of the same. The design drawings shall include the following:
a)
Structural layout, elevations, sections.
b)
Sizes of members and tables showing forces in members under different loading
conditions.
c)
Proposed sizes of sheets and extent of sheeting (to be represented by chain dotted
lines)
d)
Blown up details of
e)
Size and type of welds/bolts
Quality of tubular/hollow sections and structural steel bolts etc.
g)
Approximate quantity (Metric Tons)
h)
Chart/table showing loading (under different conditions) and fixing details at base
(required for the design of supporting structure/foundations which shall be in the
Owner's scope of work)

Page 678 of 1178
joints, connections, splices etc.
gales
na J.M.1
ENQNEERS
INDIA LIMITED
I A Govt of India Underlaking)
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 14 of 16
1.6
All design calculation sheets and design drawings shall be thoroughly checked, approved,
stamped "Approved For Construction" and signed by a competent design engineer (engaged
by the Contractor) prior to their submission to the Engineer-in-Charge for review.
Unchecked and unsigned design calculations and design drawings shall not be accepted for
review and shall be returned forthwith to the Contractor.
1.7
The Contractor shall submit the design calculations (3 sets) and design drawings (6 sets) for
review to the Engineer-in-Charge. Any comments/ suggestions given by him shall be
incorporated in the design/ design drawings (without any extra cost to the Owner) and
resubmitted for review. However, it shall be clearly understood that review by the
Engineer-in-Charge shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the correctness
of design, drawings and execution of the works. Any defect observed either during
construction/erection or till the defect liability period of works shall be rectified and
removed by the Contractor without any cost implication.
1.8
The design calculations and design drawings for the building(s) shall be submitted by the
Contractor in one lot so as to facilitate an overall systematic review by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
1.9
The Contractor shall supply the all native soft files of all design calculations and design
drawings at no extra cost to the Owner, for record.
1.10
Based on the final design drawings, the Contractor shall prepare necessary fabrication
drawings in conformity with clause 4.0 of EIL Specification no. 6-68-0007.
Format No. 8-00-0001 F1 Rev. 0

Page 679 of 1178
jlnotel
ICS'
2 .ir
1.1R,1 ~1512' 051,1057.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of InOla Undeltakmg)
6.-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 15 of 16
ANNEXURE - 'B'
(Clause 10.4)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. COLUMNS
1. Deviation of column axes at foundation top level with respect to true axes.
i) In longitudinal direction
ii) In lateral direction
2. Deviation in the level of bearing surface of columns at
foundation top with respect to true level.
+
_ 5 mm
+
_ 5 mm
+
_ 5 mm
3. Out of plumbness (verticality) of column axis from true vertical axis, as measured at top:
i) Upto and including 30 m height
+ H/1000 or + 25 mm
(whichever is less)
ii) Over 30 m height
+
_ 35 mm
_ H/1200 or +
(whichever is less)
4. Deviation in straightness in longitudinal and transverse

planes of column at any point along the height.
+H/1000
or +_ 10 mm
_
(whichever is less)
5. Difference in the erected positions of adjacent pairs of

columns along length or across width of building prior
to connecting trusses/beams with respect to true distance
+
_ 5 mm
6. Deviation in any bearing or seating level with respect to true level
_ 5 mm
+
7. Deviation in difference in bearing levels of a member on adjacent

pair of columns both across and along the building
+ 5 mm
Notes:
1. Tolerance specified under 3 should be read in conjunction with 4 & 5.
2. 'H' is the column height in mm.

Page 680 of 1178
k31
$fig-ar 22e5
s-kfax1aft,,ro,f41
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IF Govt of Inda Undertaking)
STR1 ICTURAL STEEL WORKS
6-68-0007 Rev.6
Page 16 of 16
B. TRUSSES:
1. Shift at the centre of span of top chord
member with respect to the vertical plane
passing through the centre of bottom chord.
+ 1/250 of Height of truss in mm

at the centre of span
or + 15 mm (whichever is less)
2. Lateral shift of top chord of truss at the centre

of span from vertical plane passing through
the centre of supports of the truss.
+ 1/1500 of span of truss in mm

3. Lateral shift in location of truss from its true vertical position
+ 10 mm
4. Lateral shift in location of purlin from true position
5 mm
5. Deviation in difference of bearing levels

of truss from the true level
+ 1/1200 of span of truss in mm


Page 681 of 1178
laW5
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(P. Govl of Indo Undertaking)
14-WR
MISCELLANEOUS STEEL WORKS
4-111ch
fur-4.ff
cl
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 1 of 12
k I wl
akti1 I C-1-1ch
fq5-19
ch
24 01.14
REVISED & REISSUED
AJS
RS
10.06.08
REVISED & REISSUED
PKB
PKM
VK
VC
18.04.00
UPDATED & REISSUED
DPN
RS
SCJ
MI
MAY'94
UPDATED & REISSUED
DPN
RS
GPL
AS
Standards
Committee
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Prepared
by
PKM
Checked
by
SC
SC
Approved by
Page 682 of 1178
fgt-af
;45
2,952' Jr1-{1,
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Govt ot Indta Unotertaking)
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 2 of 12
Abbreviations:
BIS
IS
Indian Standard
M.S.
Mild Steel
PCC
RCC

Convenor:
Mr. P.K. Mittal
Members:
Mr. S.Debnath
Mr. P.J. Singh
Mr. Samir Das
Mr. Ravindra Kumar (Corstn)
Page 683 of 1178
$1gar ftWG
1~1
V1~,
1)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt of Indta Undettalong)
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 3 of 12
CONTENTS
1.0
GENERAL
2.0
REFERENCES
3.0
MATERIAL
4.0
ANCHOR BOLTS
5.0
METAL INSERTS
6.0
CHEQUERED PLATES
7.0
GRATINGS
8.0
TUBULAR HAND RAILING
9.0
MILD STEEL RUNGS
10.0
LIGHT GAUGE STEEL STRUCTURAL SECTIONS
11.0
EXPANSION FASTENERS
10
12.0
CHEMICAL ANCHORS AND DOWELS
11
Page 684 of 1178
Og-ar~g
e.(2(.1.a..3RffR1
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt of India UndenakIng)
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 4 of 12
1.0
GENERAL
1.1
A11 materials supplied by the Contractor shall conform to specifications given in EIL
Specification No.6-68-0002.
1.2
The Contractor shall furnish test certificates for all materials prior to their use in the works.
Structural steel materials not supported by mill test certificates may be used after confirming
their quality by carrying out appropriate tests in accordance with the method specified in
IS:1608.
1.3
Other requirements not covered under this specification shall be in accordance with EIL
Specification No.6-68-0006.
2.0
REFERENCES
3.0 MATERIAL
4.0
ANCHOR BOLTS
4.1
Material
Materials for anchor bolts, nuts, locknuts, washers, pipe sleeves and anchor plates shall
conform to their respective clauses given in EIL Specification no.6-68-0002.
4.2
Fabrication
Fabrication of anchor bolts and their complete assemblies shall be strictly in compliance
with the specifications and drawings/standards.
4.3
Placement
Anchor bolt assemblies shall be placed in position strictly as per drawings and securely field
during pouring and vibrating of concrete with necessary templates and other dummy
structures to prevent their dislocation.
4.4
Tolerances
Tolerances allowed for anchor bolts positioning shall be as below:
- For sleeved bolts, one tenth of the bolt nominal diameter.
- For bolts without sleeves, one twentieth of the bolt nominal diameter.
4.5
Protection
The exposed surfaces of bolts shall be properly covered (after greasing of bolts and packing
of sleeves) with jute cloth so as to protect them from damage till final erection of
structure/equipment is over.
4.6
Payment
4.6.1
Payment shall be made on the basis of actual weight in metric tons of the anchor bolt/anchor
bolt assembly. The rate shall include supply (as per scope of supply conditions given in the

Page 685 of 1178
Ofzileg
ENONEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govi ol Ind. Unclellaking(
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 5 of 12
tender) of all materials, handling, transporting, fabrication, turning from available size to
required diameter, threading, welding, fixing in position at all levels and locations,
providing necessary templates, greasing, packing of sleeves, covering with jute cloth and
other protective measures etc. all complete.
4.6.2
The rate shall cover bolt of any diameter and nomenclature.
4.6.3
Payment for fixing anchor bolt assembly (already fabricated and supplied by the Owner as
free issue) in position shall be made on the basis of actual weight of anchor bolts/bolt
assemblies in metric tons. The rate shall include handling, transporting, fixing in position at
all levels and locations, welding if required, providing necessary templates, greasing,
packing of sleeves, covering with jute cloth and other protective measures etc. all complete.
4.6.4
No separate payment shall be made for templates, dummy structures, supports etc. and the
rate quoted shall be inclusive of all cost related to such provision required for correct and
accurate installation of anchor bolts/anchor bolt assembly.
5.0
METAL INSERTS
5.1
Material
Materials required for fabricating metal inserts shall conform to their respective
specification given in EIL Specification no. 6-68-0002.
5.2
Fabrication
Fabrication of inserts shall be done strictly as per drawings/standards and in compliance
with the requirements given in EIL Specification no. 6-68-0006.
5.3
Placement
Metal inserts shall be correctly embedded (in plain concrete/reinforced concrete) as per their
location shown on the drawings. Care shall be taken that these are securely held in position
and do not get disturbed during concreting. Where necessary, these may be welded to the
reinforcement bars. Suitable templates, spacers, dummy structures and temporary staging
shall be provided. Necessary cutting in the formwork and adjustment of reinforcement bars
shall be done for the placement of metal inserts where required.
5.4
Painting
The exposed surfaces of metal inserts shall be cleaned and given one coat of primer as per
EIL Specification no. 6-79-0020 or job specification, as specified, after fabrication.
5.5
Payment
Payment shall be made on the basis of actual weight in metric tons of the metal inserts. The
rate shall include supply (as per supply conditions given in the tender) of all materials,
handling, transporting, fabrication, welding, fixing in position at all levels and locations,
providing necessary templates, spacers, dummy structures, adjusting the formwork and
reinforcement, staging, preparation of surface for painting, applying one coat of primer as
per EIL Specification no. 6-79-0020 or job specification, as specified, etc. all complete.
6.0
CHEQUERED PLATES
6.1
Material
Material required for chequered plates shall conforni to the specifications given in EIL
Specification No. 6-68-0002. Chequering shall be closed or open-ended or of any other
pattern as shown on drawings.
Page 686 of 1178
22ig
Ogal 215ieg
6.2
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govl of lrwla Undertaking)
6-68-0008
Rev.6
Page 6 of 12
Fabrication Drawings
As per the requirements given in EIL Specification No. 6-68-0006.
6.3
Fabrication
Chequered plates shall be fabricated as per the "Approved for Construction" fabrication
drawings (prepared by the Contractor based on design drawings). These shall be perfectly
flat and without any dents/deformations and shall be cut to the required size and shape.
Holes/notches/openings of the required size, if any, shown on drawings shall be made.
Nosing for staircase treads shall be made by cold bending of chequered plates. A11 edges
shall be made smooth and even. A11 chequered plate units shall be given distinct erection
marks in accordance with the marking drawings. Stiffeners of any description shall be
welded with the chequered plates where shown on drawings.
6.4
Erection/Fixing
Chequered plates shall be fixed to the bearing members by welding/ bolting/ screwing as
shown on drawings. All bolts/screws shall be of counter-sunk type so that the heads remain
flush with the top of plate. Where welding is used for fixing, stitch welds of minimum
50mm length with a pitch of 150mm shall be used. Continuous sealing run of weld shall be
provided along the junction of two consecutive chequered plates parallel to the span. For
removeable flooring, details as shown on drawings shall be followed.
6.5
Painting
Chequered plates shall be cleaned (both the surfaces) and given one coat of primer/
galvanization as per EIL Specification No. 6-79-0020 or job specification, as specified, on
both surfaces.
6.6
Payment
6.6.1
Payment shall be made on the basis of actual weight in metric tons of the chequered plate. If
any stiffening sections are provided below the chequered plates for strengthening, the same
shall be separately measured & paid under Structural Steel item (Refer EIL Specification
No. 6-68-0006).
6.6.2
The rate shall include supplying (as per supply conditions given in the tender), fabricating,
erecting M.S. chequered plates including transporting, handling, straightening if required,
cutting to required size and shape, making holes/notches/opening of required size and
nosing, smoothening the edges, fixing by welding/bolting/screwing, at all levels and
locations, preparing detailed fabrication drawings, surface cleaning, removal of rust, scale,
grease and applying one coat of primer/ galvanization as per EIL Specification No. 6-790020 or job specification, as specified, etc. all complete.
6.6.3
Welds, bolts, nuts, screws, washers, clips shall not be measured. The quoted rate shall be
deemed to include the same.
7.0
GRATINGS
7.1
Categories
The electroforged galvanized gratings shall be either Type-I or Type-Il as per EIL Standard
No. 7-68-0697 and shall be procured from approved manufacturers as per Vendor List.
7.2
Material
Materials for fabrication and fixing of Gratings shall conform to specifications given in EIL
Specification No. 6-68-0002.
Page 687 of 1178
61
`-
ENGINEERS
1ila2e5 INDIA LIMITED
(A Govl uf Indu Undettaking)
7.3
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 7 of 12
7.4
Fabrication
The gratings shall be manufactured by electroforging process strictly as per the "Approved
for Construction" fabrication drawings prepared by the Contractor based on EIL standard.
All units shall be given distinct erection marks in accordance with the marking drawing. The
Contractor shall submit sample gratings for inspection and approval by the
Engineer-in-Charge whenever asked for.
7.5
Erection/Fixing
Gratings shall be fixed to the bearing members by welding/clamping and bolting as
indicated in the Standard.
7.6
Galvanisation
Gratings and the fixing clamps, bolts, nuts shall be cleaned as per EIL Specification No 679-0020 or job specification, as specified and galvanisation shall be done as specified in
accordance with IS:2629 and tested as per IS:2633 & IS:6745.
7.7
Payment
7.7.1
Payment shall be made on the basis of actual weight in metric tons of the gratings
manufactured in accordance with EIL Standard and accepted by the Engineer- in-Charge.
The weight for payment shall also include the weight of galvanization and welding.
7.7.2
The rate shall include supplying, fabricating, erecting electroforged galvanized gratings (of
the specified category) including transporting, handling, cutting to required size and shape,
making holes/notches/openings, smoothening the edges, fabricating clamps, fixing by
welding/clamping/ bolting, at all levels and locations, preparing detailed fabrication
drawings, surface cleaning, removal of rust, scale, grease and caiTying out galvanization, all
complete.
7.7.3
Bolts, clamps, nuts and washers shall not be measured. The quoted rate shall be deemed to
include the same.
8.0
TUBULAR HAND RAILING
8.1
Material
Materials for fabrication and fixing of Tubular Hand Railing shall confirm to specification
given in EIL Specification no. 6-68-0002.
8.2
8.3
Fabrication
8.3.1
Hand railing shall be fabricated strictly as per the "Approved for Construction" fabrication
drawings prepared by the Contractor based on design drawings and standards. All tubes
shall be straight and without any dents/deformations. Tubes shall be cut and ends shall be
Page 688 of 1178
,511
$'1g2-1102-eg
2i24,72 el SI-57/711
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt ot India Undettaking)
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 8 of 12
prepared to a neat and workman-like finish. All elements shall be directly welded. All
welded joints shall be cleaned and filed or ground smooth, if required, to have a smooth
surface and aesthetically pleasant appearance. Splicing of top rail shall not be allowed.
Tubes shall be cold bent to shape and curvature in case of discontinuous ends of handrails.
Ripples, kinks and/or dents at bends shall not be accepted.
8.3.2
Lower ends of vertical posts shall be cut and splayed (for grouting in pockets in the concrete
members). For removable type of hand railing, suitable base plates (with provision for
bolting) shall be welded to the lower end of vertical posts. All units shall be given distinct
erection marks in accordance with the marking drawing.
8.4
Erection/Fixing
Hand railing, shall be fixed to the bearing members by welding/ bolting/ grouting as
indicated on the drawings. Local notching shall be made in the floor plate/ grating to
accommodate vertical posts/their base plates which shall always be welded to the main
supporting member. When the posts are to be fixed in concrete members, suitable pockets
shall be made in concrete for grouting as shown on drawings/standards.
8.5
Painting
All hand railing components shall be cleaned and given one coat of primer/ galvanization as
per EIL Specification No. 6-79-0020 or job specification, as specified, after fabrication.
8.6
Payment
8.6.1
Payment shall be made on the basis of measured length in meters (m) of top rail only
(Horizontal and/or inclined lengths). The rate shall include preparation of fabrication
drawings, supply of all materials, handling, transporting, straightening if required, cutting to
required size, bending, welding, bolting, fixing in position at all levels and locations,
grouting with 1:2 (cement: sand) mortar, surface cleaning, removal of rust, scale, grease and
applying one coat of primer/ galvanization as per EIL Specification no. 6-79-0020 or job
specification, as specified, after fabrication etc. all complete.
8.6.2
The rate shall include making suitable notches in floor plates/gratings and pockets in
concrete structures for fixing the vertical posts.
9.0
MILD STEEL RUNGS
9.1
Material
All materials shall conform to specifications given in EIL Specification no. 6-68-0002.
9.2
Fabrication
Rungs shall be fabricated as per EIL standards/drawings. Mild steel bars shall be
straightened if required, cut, bent to shape and given one coat of primer and two coat of
finish paints per EIL Specification No. 6-79-0020 or job specification as specified, on
exposed portions after fabrication.
9.3
Fixing
Rungs shall be fixed in position as per detailed drawing and firmly tied/welded with
reinforcement to prevent their displacement during vibration of concrete.
9.4
Payment
Payment shall be made on the basis of actual weight in kilogram (Kg) of the M.S. rungs.
The rate shall include supply of all materials, handling, transporting, straightening if
required, cutting to required size, bending to shape, tying/welding with reinforcement bars,
Page 689 of 1178
;IE12.l
Ogar
(~,i,m,151.3~7
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
la Govt of Incha Undeflaking)
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 9 of 12
fixing at all levels and locations, adjustment of fonnwork, applying one coat of primer and
two coats of finish paint as per EIL Specification no. 6-79-0020 or job specification, as
specified, on the exposed portion of rungs etc. all complete.
10.0
LIGHT GAUGE STEEL STRUCTURAL SECTIONS
10.1
Material
All materials required for fabrication and fixing in position of Light Gauge Steel Structural
Sections shall confonn to EIL Specification no. 6-68-0002.
10.2
10.3
Fabrication
10.3.1
Fabrication of members shall be done strictly as per the "Approved for Construction"
fabrication drawings prepared by the Contractor based on the latest design drawings and in
accordance with IS:800, IS:801 and other relevant BIS Codes.
10.3.2
All members shall be straight and free from any dents/deformations/ twists. Members shall
be cut to the required sizes and ends prepared to a neat and workman like finish. Holes (for
sag rods and cleat bolts) of appropriate size shall be drilled and all members/ components
shall be given distinct erection marks in accordance with the marking drawings. Holes shall
not be fonned by gas cutting process.
10.4
Erection
Structural members shall be erected in proper sequence and aligned properly without
causing any twist. Pennanent bolting/welding shall be done only after proper alignment has
been achieved. Proper access, working platforms and safety arrangements shall be provided
by the Contractor for working and inspection.
10.5
Painting
All structural components shall be cleaned and given one coat of primer as per EIL
Specification No. 6-79-0020 or job specification, as specified, after fabrication.
10.6
Payment
10.6.1
Payment shall be made on the basis of admissible weight in metric tons of the structure
accepted by the Engineer-in-Charge. The weight for payment shall include all structural
members, cleats, splices, gussets and sag rods and shall be determined from the fabrication
drawings along with respective bill of materials prepared by the Contractor. The bill of
materials shall be checked and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before making the
payment. The weight shall be calculated as per IS:808/IS:1161. BIS Handbook/
Manufacturer's catalogues/ charts shall be adopted in case relevant weights of sections used
are not covered in IS:808/IS:1161. No allowance in weight shall be made for rolling
tolerances. In case of any doubt, actual weight of the section shall be measured at site.
The rate shall include supplying, fabricating, erecting, at all levels and locations, testing of
bolted and/or welded Light Gauge structural steel works including cleats, crook bolts,
splices/sleeves, all other fixtures and accessories, straightening if required, cutting, edge
preparation, welding and bolting of joints, fixing in line and Level with temporary staging
and removal of the same after final alignment, handling, transporting, storage, preparation of
detailed fabrication drawings and getting them reviewed by the Engineer-in-Charge, surface
Page 690 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Ogzir 02eg
c-1~C
IA Govt ol Incha Undeitaking)
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 10 of 12
cleaning, removal of scale, rust, oil or grease and applying one coat of primer as per EIL
Specification No. 6-79-0020 or job specification, etc., all complete.
10.6.2
All welds, bolts, nuts, washers, fixtures and accessories shall not be measured. The quoted
11.0
EXPANSION FASTENERS
11.1
Material
Expansion fasteners (medium and heavy duty) shall be of mild steel/high tensile steel with
rust proof coating.
11.2
Classification
The expansion fasteners shall be designated as medium and heavy duty depending on their
usage. The broad classification is given below for general guidance.
11.2.1
Medium Duty (Mild steel/ High tensile steel)

- Ladders and stairs supports.
Cables and cable trays supports.
Electrical panels and fixtures.
Hangers for pipes and cable trays.
Pipe supports.
11.2.2
Heavy Duty (Mild steel/High tensile steel).

Platform supports (beam and columns)
Knee brackets for pipes/multi tiers cable trays/walkways etc.
Note:- Expansion fasteners shall not be used for
11.3
1.
Members supporting equipment and pipes subjected to vibrations.
2.
Cantilever connections designed to cater for effective cantilever spans greater than
1000mm and 1 000Kg of concentrated load at the free end.
Selection
The Contractor shall procure the expansion fasteners from the approved manufacturers as
per Vendor List.
11.4
Testing
If so desired by the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor shall carry out all the requisite tests
(pullout test, torque test etc.) of specimen expansion fasteners (representative of those to be
used) from approved laboratory/ test house and submit the report to him for approval. The
decision of the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the adequacy of strength and load carrying
capacity of the expansion fastener shall be final and binding to all. The cost of all such tests
Page 691 of 1178
ENGINEERS
$1gLar 12e5
w
INDIA
LIMITED
cw.re
0,1,~1)
11.5
(A Govt rn Ind. Und,.(tak(n91
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 11 of 12
Installation
The Contractor shall install the expansion fasteners at their correct location (to suit the
requirement of fixtures as shown in drawings) as per the procedure laid down by the
manufacturer. Location of all holes shall be pre-marked on the concrete surfaces and then
holes drilled carefully with an electric drill to the correct recommended size and depth.
Holes shall be exactly round and true perpendicular to the concrete surface. Edge distance
and pitch of fasteners shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. The contractor shall
suitably Shift the hole with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge in case any
reinforcement bar is met with while drilling the hole in RCC structure. Necessary staging
shall be provided for working and the Contractor shall take requisite safety precautions so as
not to cause any damage to the existing structure/ equipment. Any damage done while
executing the job shall be made good by the Contractor at his cost.
11.6
Protection
The exposed surfaces of expansion fasteners shall be properly greased & covered with jute
cloth so as to protect them from damage.
11.7
Payment
Payment for installing rust proof expansion fasteners shall be made on number basis (each).
The rate shall include supply of complete assembly, handling, transporting, providing
necessary temporary staging, installing (as per manufacturer's specifications) in PCC/RCC
structures, at all levels and locations, testing, drilling, cleaning, covering with jute cloth,
relocating and re-drilling in case of any obstruction, making good any damage done to the
structure, grouting the abandoned holes and any gap left between the contact surfaces of
PCC/RCC and fixtures to be added, etc. all complete.
12.0 CHEMICAL ANCHORS AND DOWELS

12.1
Material
Chemical Anchors shall be of high tensile steel rods of minimum grade 5.8 galvanised to
atleast 5 microns.
Grade of Rebars for chemical anchoring shall be as per the General Notes of the project.
12.2
Selection
The Contractor shall select the chemical anchors based on the parameters such as Loads and
rebars for dowels as specified in the AFC drawings/ documents. The chemical anchors shall
be procured from the approved manufacturers as per Vendor List.
12.3
Testing
The Contractor shall carry out, at the work place, the requisite tests like pull out test, shear
test, etc. for chemical anchors and pull out test for dowels. The chemical anchors shall
withstand the load specified in the drawing/ documents and the Dowels shall be tested for
full tensile capacity of the rebars. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the
adequacy of strength and load carrying capacity of the anchors/ dowels shall be final and
binding to all. The cost of all such tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
12.4
Installation
The Contractor shall install the chemical anchors/ dowels at their correct location (to suit the
requirement of fixtures as shown in drawings) as per the procedure laid down by the
manufacturer. Location of all holes shall be pre-marked on the concrete surfaces and then
Page 692 of 1178

3112_JA.
$1g-ar 02eg
4,1,7,70.11
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Inda Undeltaking)
6-68-0008 Rev.6
Page 12 of 12
holes drilled carefully with an electric drill to the correct recommended size and depth.
Holes shall be exactly round and true perpendicular to the concrete surface. Edge distance
and pitch of fasteners shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. The contractor shall
suitably shift the hole with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge in case any
reinforcement bar is met with while drilling the hole in RCC structure. Necessary staging
shall be provided for working and the Contractor shall take requisite safety precautions so as
not to cause any damage to the existing structure/ equipment. Any damage done while
executing the job shall be made good by the Contractor at his cost.
12.5
Payment
Payment for installing chemical anchors shall be made on number basis (each). The rate
shall include supply of complete assembly i.e. chemical anchors along with chemical foils as
per manufacturer specifications.
Payment for installing chemical dowels shall be made on number basis (each). The rate shall
include fixing of dowels by drilling/ cleaning hole and injecting odourless chemical as per
manufacturer specifications. Rebars used as dowels shall be paid separately under relevant
SOR item.
For chemical anchors/ dowels, the rate shall be inclusive of handling, transporting,
providing necessary temporary staging, installing (as per manufacturer's specifications) in
PCC/ RCC structures to a required depth with a specified hole diameter, at all levels and
locations, testing, drilling holes, cleaning, covering with jute cloth, relocating and re-drilling
in case of any obstruction, making good any damage done to the structure, grouting the
abandoned holes and any gap left between the contact surfaces of PCC/ RCC and fixtures to
be added, etc. all complete.
Page 693 of 1178
Page 694 of 1178
Page 695 of 1178
Page 696 of 1178
Page 697 of 1178
Page 698 of 1178
Page 699 of 1178
Page 700 of 1178
Page 701 of 1178
Page 702 of 1178
01 .41
f&IWg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IAGovfof Incha Undertakmg)
DEMOLITION AND DISMANTLING
4-1114)
6-68-0012 Rev.4
Page 1 of 7
cl
18.11.13
REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD

SPECIFICATION
AJS
RS
PKM
10.06.08
PKB
PKM
VK
VC
25.04.01
16.03.98
AUG'89
Rev.
No
SC
SC

SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
ISSUED AS STANDARD
SPECIFICATION
SKP
RS
SCJ
MI
SARITA
SKP
SCJ
AS
AKV
GPL
RCPC
Purpose
Prepared
by
Date
Checked
by
Standards
Comm ittee GM
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Page 703 of 1178
31 -1
.
r+rant .1,47D+1,

ENGINEERS
STRUCTURAL
WORKS
6-68-0012 Rev.4
INDIA LIMITED CIVIL &
Page 2 of 7
Abbreviations:
C&D :
Construction & Demolition
GI
Galvanized Iron
RA
Recycled Aggregates
RCC :

Convenor:
Mr. P.K. Mittal
Members:
Mr. S.Debnath
Mr. P.J. Singh
Mr. Samir Das
Mr. Ravindra Kumar (Constn)

Page 704 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
31
as,rwsn,
(A G"
''ind'Unde""9>
SPECIFICATION
STANDARD
6-68-0012 Rev.4
Page 3 of 7
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE
2.0 GENERAL
3.0 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
4.0 PROCEDURE
5.0 CLEANING & STACKING
6.0 DISPOSAL
7.0 C&D WASTE MANAGEMENT
8.0 PAYMENT
Page 705 of 1178
,
$fgU 22-dg
ENGINEERS
w INDIA LIMITED

6-68-0012 Rev.4
Page 4 of 7
1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the procedure and safety requirements for demolition and
dismantling of masonry (Brick & Stone), concrete (Plain /Reinforced), structural steel
(sheeted/ unsheeted) works.
2.0 GENERAL
2.1
Apart from this specification, the demolition and dismantling of structures (part or whole)
shall be in compliance with all statutory safety regulations and any other special requirement
as shown/ noted on the drawings and General Conditions of Contract. Prior consent and
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be obtained in writing before starting any
dismantling works. Any restrictions imposed regarding working hours shall also be strictly
followed by the Contractor.
2.2
All materials obtained from dismantling/demolition operations shall be the property of the
Owner unless otherwise specified and shall be segregated as serviceable or unserviceable
materials and kept in safe custody until handed over to the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.3
Contractor shall follow the principle of selective demolition by sequencing the demolition
activities in such a way that the non-structural materials like window/ door frames, pipes, tiles,
bricks, asphalt, ceramics, etc. shall be removed first before starting the main demolition
activities.
2.4
Where it becomes necessary to disconnect any existing service line(s) (such as electrical,
piping etc.) during dismantling/demolishing operation and where so required by the Engineerin-Charge, suitable alternate arrangement shall be made by the Contractor to maintain the
continuity and proper functioning of the affected service line(s) with the approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge at no extra cost to the Owner.
2.5
Specification No. 6-68-0003 (Earthwork) shall be referred to the extent applicable.
3.0 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

3.1
The Contractor shall adhere to safe demolishing/ dismantling practice at all stages of work to
guard against accidents, hazardous and unsafe working procedures.
3.2
Necessary propping, shoring, strutting and/or underpinning shall be done for the safety of all
surrounding structures (whose safety is likely to be endangered) before taking up the
demolishing and dismantling works.
3.3
Temporary enclosures/ barricading made out of GI sheets, fencings, danger lights, warning
tapes, etc. shall be provided by the Contractor and got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge
before start of work to prevent accidents.
3.4
Contractor must ensure the availability of adequate fire fighting equipments/ arrangements
before starting actual demolishing/ dismantling works. These facilities shall be made available
throughout the entire operation of demolition and dismantling of structures.
3.5
All equipments, pipes, fittings and instruments, underground utilities etc. located in the
vicinity shall be protected by suitable means, as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge, during
demolishing/ dismantling operations.
3.6
Roads and working spaces shall be kept free of any debris/dismantled materials at the end of
day's work.

Page 706 of 1178
$tga 22-eg
ENGINEERS
6-68-0012 Rev.4
Page 5 of 7
3.7
Necessary measures shall be taken to keep the dust and noise nuisance to minimum levels.
3.8
Dismantled elements/components shall not be dropped from a height or thrown from a

distance. Dismantling of elements fixed by screws/bolts/hooks etc. shall be done by taking out
the fixtures with proper tools only. Such fixtures may be allowed to be cut by sawing or flame
cutting, in the event of their being stuck up due to corrosion etc. However, the decision of
Engineer-in-Charge in this regard shall be final and binding. Welds shall be removed by flame
cutting. Tearing or ripping of elements shall not be resorted to under any condition.
3.9
Dismantling of equipments/ instruments and such other fixtures shall be done with utmost care
with proper tools & tackles and shall be stacked separately. Their disposal or retainment shall
be as per the directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
4.0 PROCEDURE
4.1
Entire work of demolishing & dismantling shall be meticulously planned. Prior to start of
work, the Contractor shall thoroughly understand the scope and nature of the work, and then
prepare and submit the proposed work execution plan of demolishing & dismantling to the
Engineer-in-Charge for his review. Comments if any, shall be taken care by the contractor and
execution of the work shall be done based on the revised execution plan.
4.2
Demolition and dismantling shall be restricted to the extent shown on drawings or as directed
4.3
Necessary work permits (as applicable) shall be obtained prior to start of demolishing/
dismantling activities.
4.4
Demolition of any structure shall be carried out in the sequence reverse to that followed at the
time of its construction.
4.5
Dismantling shall be done in a systematic manner. All elements including equipments/

instruments shall be carefully removed without causing any damage.
4.6
Blasting in any form shall not be permitted. However, techniques like pneumatic/ hydraulic
breakers, diamond cutting, etc. shall be utilized to the maximum possible extent.
4.7
Chipping of concrete/grout shall be done with precision by chiseling. The finished surfaces
shall be made true to the requisite size and shape.
4.8
Pockets/holes of specified size shall be made/ cut by drilling/ chiseling/ core cutting/ diamond
cutting, etc.
4.9
Cut-outs in RCC Slab/ wall shall be made by vibration-less spark-free mechanical means
like core-cutting, wet cutting by diamond wall saw system, etc.
5.0
CLEANING & STACKING

All demolished/dismantled serviceable materials such as bricks, stones, reinforcement bars,
structural steel, sheeting etc. shall be separated out, cleaned and stacked in separate lots within
the plant boundary as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
6.0
DISPOSAL
All unserviceable materials shall be disposed off in spoil heaps within or outside the plant
boundary as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. Areas required outside the plant
boundary for dumping of disposed material shall be arranged by the contractor and got
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

Page 707 of 1178
fg-z:rr E;12es
-1
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
2:12,1,12,51,~1
7.0

6-68-0012 Rev.4
Page 6 of 7
C&D WASTE MANAGEMENT

Contractor shall make all possible efforts to reduce, reuse and recycle Construction &
Demolition (C&D) waste. A comprehensive Waste Management Plan shall be submitted to the
Engineer-in-Charge for review. As a social responsibility, contractor shall promote and spread
awareness about recycling of C&D waste that can act as a perfect substitute for depleting
natural aggregate resources, shortage of dumping sites, increasing transportation & disposal
cost, stringent regulations for extracting new materials and environmental pollution as a
whole. Recycling equipments like jaw/ cone crushers, shaft impactors, magnetic separators,
vibrating screens, washing equipments, etc. are now easily available in the market. Recycled
Aggregates (RA) both coarse & fine can be used in PCC, pavements, drains, plastering,
making bricks, kerb stones, pavement blocks and for soil stabilization. Residual concrete can
be recycled in Ready Mixed Concrete Plants by installing Recycling Drum and rebars
extracted from C&D waste can be used in drains, pavements, chairs, spacers, stirrups, etc.
8.0 PAYMENT
8.1
General
Measurement of all works shall be taken prior to start of demolishing/ chipping/ dismantling
works.
8.2
Masonry/Concrete Works (Demolition)
8.2.1
Payment shall be made on the basis of actual volume in cubic metres (cu.m.) of masonry/
concrete works demolished. The thickness of plaster/ bitumen felt shall be included in
measurements.
8.2.2
The rate for demolishing shall include supply of all labour, tools & tackles, necessary safety
measures, propping, underpinning, scaffolding, handling, cutting, straightening, scraping &
cleaning of reinforcement bars and other embedments (in case of reinforced concrete works),
sorting out and stacking of all serviceable materials, disposal of all unserviceable material,
clearing the site, etc. all complete as specified and directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
8.3
Excavation & Backfilling
8.3.1
Excavation and backfilling shall be paid separately as per relevant clauses of Specification No.
6-68-0003 for Earth Work.
8.4
Chipping of Concrete Works
8.4.1
Payment shall be made on the basis of admissible area in square metres (sq.m.) of concrete
surfaces chipped, pertaining to the different categories of thicknesses specified in the schedule
of items.
8.4.2
The rate for chipping shall include supply of all labour, tools and tackles, necessary safety
measures, scaffolding, chiseling, handling, exposing, cutting, straightening, scraping, clearing
the reinforcement bars (in case of reinforced concrete works), wire brushing and washing the
exposed surfaces, disposal of all unserviceable material etc. all complete as directed.
8.5
Making Pockets/Holes in Concrete Works and Cut-outs in RCC Slab/ Wall
8.5.1
Payment for Pockets/ holes shall be made on the basis of number (Each) of pockets/ holes of
sizes upto & inclusive of 200x200x500mm deep, made or cut in the concrete works at all
depths & heights.

Page 708 of 1178
k31
fga-
elecnft

ENGINEERS
LIMITED
CIVIL
&
STRUCTURAL
WORKS
6-68-0012 Rev.4
INDIA
Page 7 of 7
8.5.2
Payment for cut-outs in RCC slab/ wall shall be made in CuM on the basis of plan/ elevation
area for a thickness upto & inclusive of 400mm at all depths & heights.
8.5.3
The rate for making pockets/holes and cut-outs shall include supply of all labour, tools &
tackles, necessary safety measures, scaffolding, chiseling, drilling, core/ diamond cutting,
diamond wall saw system, handling, cutting or relocating reinforcement bars, cleaning,
disposal of all unserviceable material etc. all complete as directed.
8.6
Dismantling of Structural Steel Works
8.6.1
Payment shall be made on the basis of weight (MT) of the structure/components being
dismantled. Assessment of weight shall be done as per the specifications or as per the
direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
8.6.2
The rate for dismantling shall include supply of all labour, tools and tackles, equipment,
consumables, necessary safety measures, scaffolding, propping, handling, unbolting, cutting
(by sawing or flame cutting) of gussets/ plates/ bolts/ hooks/ welds, cleaning, sorting out and
stacking of all serviceable materials, disposal of all unserviceable material, etc. all complete as
8.7
Dismantling of Roof & Wall Sheeting
8.7.1
Payment shall be made on the basis of dismantled sheeted area in square metres (sq.m.) of
plan area in case of roof sheeting and area in elevation in case of side and louver sheeting.
8.7.2
The rate for dismantling shall include supply of all labour, tools and tackles, equipments,
consumables, necessary safety measures, handling, scaffolding, unbolting, cutting (by saw or
flame cutting) of hook bolts, removal of ridges, gutters, flashings, transporting, stacking of all
serviceable materials, disposal of all unserviceable material, etc. all complete as directed.

Page 709 of 1178
Copyright EIL AII rights reserved
Page 710 of 1178
Page 711 of 1178
Page 712 of 1178
Page 713 of 1178
Page 714 of 1178
Page 715 of 1178
Page 716 of 1178
Page 717 of 1178
Page 718 of 1178
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
PENETRATING CORROSION
IStatzeie ENGINEERS
10-ar Were INDIA LIMITED
INIMPIRPR =MOW
IA Gent M MAO unartokno
1:
ITTW
furre ;r4
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 1 of 14
kill
tioifficiich wrzi
wrickw (Able ataruff

kutur atafrarar
BIPOLAR CONCRETE PENETRATING
CORROSION INHIBITING ADMIXTURE
&AR \ ( 1.1 "

0
Rev.
No
26.04.2012 ISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION

Date
Purpose
AJS
PKM
Prepared Checked
by
by
Cavvk
SC
VK
DM
Standards
Committee
Convenor
GM(E)
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by

Page 719 of 1178
Offitaelda EnoNEERs
ogar Wagger INDIA LJMITED

WWI
IA Gcnet al MY
unertanto
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 2 of 14
ABBREVIATIONS:
AASHTO
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
ASTM
CPCIA
Concrete Penetrating Corrosion Inhibiting Admixture
IS
Indian Standard
JIS
Japanese Industrial Standard
OPC
Ordinary Portland Cement
PPC
Portland Pozzolana Cement
PSC
Portland Slag Cement
SRC
Sulphate Resistant Cement
STRUCTURAL STANDARDS COMMITTEE

Convenor :
Mr. S. Chaturvedi
Members :
Mr. PK Mittal
Mr. S. Debnath
Mr. Rajan Srivastav
Mr. PJ Singh
Mr. Samir Das
Mr. MP Jain (Projects)

Page 720 of 1178
PRZIBT AS- INGINEERS

ligataPitg W
` WA LIMITED
inmaxeivelJelmil
IA Gat of So Limning)
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
648-0017 Rev.O
Page 3 of 14
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
REFERENCES
3.0
SAMPLING
4.0
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
5.0
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT CONSIDERATIONS
6.0
PACKAGING
ANNEXURE-A (SHORT TERM TESTS)
ANNEXURE-B (LONG TERM TESTS)
APPENDIX-I (MODIFIED ACCELERATED CORROSION TEST)
APPENDIX-II (IMMERSION TEST)
APPENDIX-III (TEST FOR EFFECT ON COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH WITH CCPIA)...10

APPENDIX-IV (ELECTROCHEMICAL POLARIZATION TEST)
11
APPENDIX-V (CORROSION TEST)
12
APPENDIX-VI (CHLORIDE ION PENETRATION TEST)
13

Page 721 of 1178
149AITS
L MITED
113\1
Sil%
Ei
al India undertaking)
1A Gal
1.0
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 4 of 14
SCOPE
This specification prescribes the requirements and test methods including performance test for
evaluating the efficiency of Bipolar Concrete Penetrating Corrosion Inhibiting Admixture
(CPCIA) for protecting steel reinforcement embedded in concrete from corrosion. Nonconcrete penetrating, Nitrite & Nitrate corrosion inhibitors are excluded from the scope.
2.0
REFERENCES
2.1
Codes
ASTM-G1, ASTM-G3, ASTM-G109, ASTM-C1202, JIS-Z-1535, AASHTO T259, IS:2,
IS:101(Partl/Sec.5), IS:456, IS:1202, IS:1448, IS:1786, IS:9103, etc.
2.2
EIL Specifications
General Scope
Materials
6-68-0001 :
6-68-0002 :
3.0
SAMPLING
3.1
The representative samples of the material shall be drawn as per the table given below:
No. of containers (Lot)
No. of containers to be selected for

sampling (N)
Up to 50
51-100
101-300
301-500
501& Above
5
Plus 1 for every lot of 300 containers
4.0
TESTING REQUIREMENTS
4.1
The product shall comply with the requirements specified in Annexure-A (Short Term Tests)
and Annexure-B (Long Term Tests). Both the tests shall be conducted in an approved
laboratory.
4.2
Unless specified otherwise, all the tests under Indian tropical conditions shall be conducted at
room temperature 27 2C and relative humidity at 65 5 % in a well ventilated chamber
free from dust.
4.3
The contractor shall submit the Manufacturer Test certificate to the Engineer-in-Charge.
Approval for usage of product may be given after satisfactory Short Term test results as Long
Term test results would require a considerable time. However, the product shall also satisfy
the requirements of Long Term Tests. Recommendations from reputed organizations about the
product shall be an added advantage.

Page 722 of 1178
laitzmiakENarNaRs
UMETED
Ifgar
ElPitg var WA
loan !MR elJn
IA Govt S Wei Venting)
5.0
5.1
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 5 of 14
HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT CONSIDERATIONS
The CPCIA shall not cause harm to applicators by mean of inhalation or skin contact. All
precautionary measures shall be prescribed by the manufacturers along with instructions of
usage Application methodology shall be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
5.2
The waste shall be discharged in accordance with applicable Environmental laws of land.
5.3
CPCIA shall not degrade or damage the construction materials like concrete, aggregates, steel
reinforcement, formwork/shuttering.
6.0
PACKAGING
The product shall be supplied in air tight containers and following information shall be labeled
on each container:
Name of the material
Name of the manufacturer
Volume / weight of material
Specification number
e) Batch No. or Lot No. in bar code or otherwise
0 Month and year of manufacture
Ingredients & method of usage
Instructions for safe usage

Page 723 of 1178
1511WIzeak
_ ENGINEERS
sigar egie INDIA UMITED
141R.1 emir is asam)
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
6-68-0017 Rev.)
Page 6 of 14
ANNEXURE-A
SHORT TERM TESTS

S.
No.
Characteristics
Requirements
Methods of Tests
Appearance
Brownish Liquid free from

any visible residual deposits
Visually
Odour
Mild Ammonical Odour
By smell
Skin irritation
No irritation
By applying on reverse of
the palm for 5 minutes.
Ph
As in supplied condition
1% dilution ,w/w
7.
pH meter /
Standard pH paper
9.0-11.0
9.0-11.0
Specific Gravity at 27 2C
1.04 - 1.06
IS 1448
Viscosity of the material as in

supplied condition, by Ford cup No
4, at 27 2C
10 - 20 sec.
IS: 101(Pt.1/Sec.5)
Accelerated Corrosion Test, for 21

hrs.
Raw water without CPCIA
Raw water with CPCIA

Page 724 of 1178
Excessive corrosion spots.

There shall not be more
than 1-2 corrosion spots.
Modified accelerated
corrosion test based
on Japanese standard
JIS Z 1535
(Refer Appendix-I)
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
PR-atilt ENGINEERS
sig-ar
t latiegi lar INDIA UMITED
IA Gent a( Wd
1ftdeno.9)
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 7 of 14
ANNEXURE-B
LONG TERM TESTS
(Shall be performed in triplicate)
S.
No .
Characteristics
Requirements
Without CPCIA
With 1% CPCIA
Immersion test for 720 hrs.

(Rebar weight loss method )
40.00 mpy, max.
2.00 mpy, max.
Effect of Concrete admixture on

compressive strength
Concrete strength in sample with

CPCIA* should be ?_concrete strength
in sample without CPCIA*
Polarization test by Tafel

polarization with 3.5% Sodium
Chloride, for 20 days:
45 mpy, max.
9 mpy, max.
25 Coulombs,
max.
0.50 Coulombs,
max.
0.025%, max.
Nil
Rate of corrosion shall be

Effect of CPCIA* on corrosion of
embedded steel rebars exposed to
chloride environments after 09
cycles (14 days wetting and 14
days drying):
Rate of corrosion shall be
5.
profile
Chloride
Migration
properties of concrete (for all
types of cements viz. OPC, PPC,
PSC, SRC)
Chloride % in concrete at
30mm depth after 90 days.
Methods of Tests
Immersion Test
(Rebar weight loss test)
as per ASTM GI
(Refer Appendix-II)
Test for effect on
compressive strength
by addition of CPCIA
as per IS 9103
(Refer Appendix-III)
Electrochemical
polarization test
conducted on steel
rebars embedded in
concrete as per
ASTM-G 3 & IS 9103
(Refer Appendix-IV)
Long term corrosion

test as per ASTM G109
(Refer Appendix-V)
AASHTO T-259
(Refer Appendix-VI)
Chloride ion
penetration
(Salt ponding test)
as per IS:456
Ability to resist chloride

ion penetration
Concrete grade M-30,
Water cement ratio: 0.45
1650 Coulombs,
max.
1000 Coulombs,
max.
Concrete grade M-40,

Water cement ratio: 0.40
1550 Coulombs,
max.
1000 Coulombs,
max.
Electrical indication
of concrete ability to
resist Chloride Ion
Penetration (Rapid
Chloride Permeability
test) as per
ASTM C1202
Notes:
CPCIA* : The CPCIA shall be used as 1% w/w of cement or as recommended by the manufacturer
for conducting the tests mentioned in Annexure-B except Immersion test for 720 hrs. mentioned at
S.No.1 where it shall be used as 1% w/w of water or as recommended by the manufacturer.
Rebars conforming to IS: 1786 shall be used for testing purposes
Page 725 of 1178
ISIRIzet ENGINEER.S
gzir 1151d g isr INDIA UMITED
si
Owen PIMP anaign)
IA GON of India UnIonsking)
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 8 of 14
APPENDIX-I
MODIFIED ACCELERATED CORROSION TEST
(BASED ON JAPANESE STANDARD JIS Z 1535)

TEST PROCEDURE
Attach steel test pieces conforming to IS: 1786 (of size approx. 15mm dia and 12mm thickness drilled
from one side c/c to a dia of lOmm and a depth of 10 mm to hold the Aluminium pipe) after thorough
cleaning to white metal by using 1000 grade grit paper and subsequently polishing with 3/0 grade and
finally with 4/0 grade grit paper to the Aluminium pipe with the help of cello tape so that it is firmly
attached. The Aluminium pipe is then slid upwards till the test piece rests in the slot provided in the
rubber cork, as shown in the figure.
Alumirium Pita
Rubber
Stopper
Bottle Rubber Stopper
Rubber
Stopper
1000 rri 1We Mouth Glass Bottle
Test
Piece
REIN Water
Plastic Ctip with Corrosion Inhibitor

Assent!). win Corrosion Inhbilor
Pour 100 ml of tap water in both the bottles. Fill the plastic cup with 25 ml CPCIA solution as in
supplied condition. In one of the bottles place the plastic cup with the CPCIA solution so that the cup
is placed in the tap water. Allow to remain for 18 hours at ambient temperature. After 18 hrs. add
chilled water having temperature below 1.0 C into the Aluminium pipes and allow to remain for 3 hrs.
The temperature of the chilled water in the Aluminium pipes shall be maintained at 2.0 0.5 C by
frequently changing the chilled water with the help of the pipette. Observe the steel test pieces after
the experiments i.e. 18+3=21 hrs., for any corrosion spots.
Page 726 of 1178
IA Go (M MY mammon.,
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 9 of 14
APPENDIX-H
IMMERSION TEST (REBAR WEIGHT LOSS TEST)
(AS PER ASTM G 1)
TEST PROCEDURE
Take six pieces of Tor steel rebar conforming to IS: 1786 of size approx. 40 mm length and 10 mm
dia. Clean the rebar of any rust, mill scale etc., with the help of steel wire brush, till it has overall a
shining surface. Now clean all the six pieces with solvent such as Benzene/Acetone to remove any
loose rust /dust from the surface. Dry at 100 2 C for 15 minutes in an oven. Cool and take the
weights of all the six pieces and record it.
Take six transparent glass/plastic bottles of approx. 150+10 ml with air tight caps. Clean all the bottles
with tap water and then fill them with 100 ml of tap water so that the bottles are approx. three fourth
filled. In three of the six bottles, add CPCIA 1%, w/w or as recommended by the manufacturer of the
water in the bottle. Now put one cleaned and weighed rebar test piece completely immersed in
water/water + CPCIA, in all the six bottles and close the cap.
After 30 days (720 hrs.), take out all the six test pieces and put them in Clark solution (prepared by
dissolving 20 gins of Antimony Trioxide and 50 gins of Stannous Chloride in 1000 ml of Conc.
Hydrochloric acid, S.G. 1.18) so that corrosion products are dissolved. After complete removal of
corrosion products (in 5 minutes approximate), take out the test pieces and wash in running water and
finally with distilled water. Then wash the test pieces, with solvent such as Benzene/Acetone. Dry at
100 2 C for 30 minutes in an oven. Cool and take the weights of all the six pieces and record it.
Calculate the corrosion rate in mpy, by using the formula
Corrosion rate (mpy) = 534 (WI-W2) / DAT
Where WI -W2 is the weight loss in mg., D is the density of steel , A is the area in sq.inch and T is the
time of exposure in hrs
reark
Raw Water
Assembly without Corrosion Inhditor

Page 727 of 1178
ela
Raw water
with 1% (whie)CPCIA
Assembly with Corrosion Inhibitor
CIVIL
& STRUCTURAL WORKS
sigar Wag's!, INDIA LIMITED
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
1510zEta ENGINEERS
KAM eiteVallatAli
IA
6-68-0017 Rev.O
GON ate. UMWMEMO)
Page 10 of 14
APPENDIX-HI
TEST FOR EFFECT ON COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH BY ADDITION OF CPCIA
TEST PROCEDURE
Cast three concrete blocks of size 100mm x 100mm x 100mm each without and with CPCIA 1%
(w/w) of cement or as recommended by the manufacturer, by casting the concrete of M20 grade as per
Clause 6.2.3 of IS 9103.
The above casted blocks shall be demoulded after 24 hrs. These blocks shall be moist cured for 28
days. After completion of the curing period, the blocks of each type shall be tested for compressive
strength in compression testing machine (Universal Tensile Machine) and data recorded.

Page 728 of 1178
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 11 of 14
APPENDIX-IV
BRIEF OUTLINES OF ELECTROCHEMICAL POLARIZATION TEST CONDUCTED ON
STEEL REBARS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE (AS PER ASTM G 3)
TEST PROCEDURE
Cast three concrete cylinders, of size 75mm dia and 150mm length each without and with CPCIA 1%
(w/w) of cement or as recommended by the manufacturer, by casting the concrete of M 20 grade as
per Clause 6.2.3 of IS 9103, and placement of one cleaned rebar conforming to IS:1786 of size 375mm
length and 12mm dia (preferably cleaned by pickling in Hydrochloric acid 20% (v/v) approximately,
till surface shines and washed in running water) in each block .
The above casted blocks shall be demoulded after 24 hrs. These blocks shall be moist cured for 28
days.
After completion of the curing period, the blocks shall be subjected for Polarization test for 20 days as
per ASTM G-3 and observations recorded.

Page 729 of 1178
05d ze ak ENGINEERS
oig7men kilatalir
INDIA LIMITED
ereetweg awem
(A Goo of IWO UndeltelOM
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 12 of 14
APPENDIX-V
BRIEF OUTLINES OF LONG TERM CORROSION TEST

(AS PER ASTM G 109)
TEST PROCEDURE
Three specimens each of control concrete and that of CPCIA admixed concrete (1% w/w of cement or
as recommended by the manufacturer) should be cast as per the size 280mmx150mmx115mm and
with placement of three cleaned reinforcement bars conforming to 1S:1786 (preferably cleaned by
picking in Hydrochloric acid 20% (v/v) approx, till surface shines and washed in running water) of
size 12mm and length 375mm as per the details shown in the figure. Admixture shall be added as per
manufacturers recommended dosage. All the casted concrete samples shall be moist cured for 28 days.
Ponding of samples with 3% NaCl solution as shown in the figure to be continued and measuring of
voltage across 100 ohm resistor to be continued beginning of the second week of ponding. Calculate
the current IJ from the measured voltage and record. Also measure the corrosion potential of the bars
against reference electrode. The experiment should be continued till the macrocell current reaches a
value of 10 IAA. After the experiment break the specimens and examine the rebars for extent of
corrosion, measure the corroded area and record.
Sealed with
epoxy
Anode
Reba,
.3 In
0.75 In or 1
6 In
Cathode
4.5 In
Reber
Note - All Maas urements in In. (25.4 mm = 1 In)

Page 730 of 1178
ENGINEERS
UNITED
f
ILIA
OWN eiVellerna0
IA GOA al Si
tosnco
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 13 of 14
APPENDIX-VI
(Sheet 1 of 2)
BRIEF OUTLINES OF RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE TO MIGRATION OF
CHLORIDE ION TEST (AS PER AASHTO T259)
Part-A : Chloride Ion Penetration (Salt Ponding Test As per IS:456)
TEST PROCEDURE
Cast three concrete blocks of size 300mmx300mmx75mm each without and with CPCIA 1% (w/w) or
as recommended by the manufacturer, by using the concrete mix as under:
S.No.
v)
M 30 (Kg)
50
M 40 (Kg)
50
Coarse Sand
104
87
Aggregate, passes through 20 mm and retained on 10 mesh
160
134
Water (subject to 55+5 slump)
24
20
0.5*
0.5*
Material
53 Grade Cement
CPCIA
* as recommended by the manufacturer with each type of cement viz. Ordinary Portland
Cement, Portland Pozzolana Cement, Portland Slag cement, Sulphate resisting Cement
AASHTO T259 test (commonly referred to as the salt ponding test) is a long-term test for measuring
the penetration of Chloride ions into concrete. Three slabs of 75 mm thick and having a surface area of
300 mm square shall be casted. These slabs are moist cured for 14 days and then stored in drying room
at 50 percent relative humidity for 28 days. The sides of the slabs are sealed except for bottom and top
face. After the conditioning period, a 3% NaCI solution is ponded on the top surface for 90 days, while
the bottom face is left exposed to the drying environment (see figure below).
3% NaCI Solution
Sealed on _11,.
Sides
Concrete Sample
t 13 mm
1 _I75 mm
if
50% r.h.
atmosphere
At the end of this time (90 days) the slabs are removed from the drying environment and the Chloride
concentration of 10 mm thick slices is then determined (AASHTO T259).Two or three slices are taken
at progressive depth. The salt ponding test does provide a crude one-dimensional chloride ion ingress
profile. Test results should meet the requirements as stipulated in IS: 456.

Page 731 of 1178
OM-addle ENGINEERS
Ogza
W INDIA MOM
(A Gen ol Mm. undmA191
BIPOLAR CONCRETE
6-68-0017 Rev.0
Page 14 of 14
APPENDIX -VI
(Sheet 2 of 2)
BRIEF OUTLINES OF RESISTANCE OF CONCRETE TO MIGRATION OF

Contd.
CHLORIDE ION TEST (AS PER AASHTO T259)
Part-B : Electrical Indication of Concrete's Ability to Resist Chloride Ion Penetration
(Rapid Chloride Permeability test As per ASTM C-1202)
TEST PROCEDURE
Cast three concrete cylinders of size 50 mm thick, 100 mm diameter without and with CPCIA 1%
(w/w) or as recommended by the manufacturer, by using the concrete mix as under:
S.No.
v)
M 30 (Kg)
50
M 40 (Kg)
50
Coarse Sand
104
87
Aggregate, passes through 20 mm and retained on 10 mesh
160
134
Water (subject to 555 slump)
24
20
0.5*
0.5*
Material
53 Grade Cement
CPCIA
* as recommended by the manufacturer with each type of cement viz. Ordinary Portland
Cement, Portland Pozzolana Cement, Portland Slag cement, Su phate resisting Cement
As per ASTM C-1202, water-saturated concrete specimen is subjected to a 60 V applied DC voltage
for 6 hrs. using the apparatus shown in Figure below. In one reservoir is a 3.0% NaC1 solution and in
the other reservoir is a 0.3 M NaOH solution. The total charge passed is determined and this is used to
rate the concrete's resistance to chloride ion penetration.
60 V Power Supply
Concrete sample 50 nun long.

100 mm diameter, with top
solace facing NCI solution

Page 732 of 1178
k31
laWn e1,2W IA
BONDING FRESH CONCRETE TO OLD
CONCRETE BY EXPDXY RESIN
BONDING SYSTEM
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA
Govt of India Undertalong)
1-1114)
11
6-68-0056 Rev.3
Page 1 of 6
k 11
wrzi
.
fur-4
~ft
uzli muimi
1-zr
et;o,ri
.1)1
BONDING FRESH CONCRETE TO

OLD CONCRETE BY EPDXY RESIN
BONDING SYSTEM
-",--/-3
21.08.14
AJS
/1
1 S
PKM
SC
30.06.09
AS
SCH
VINAY
KUMAR
N.DUARI
16.06.99
REISSUED AS STANDARD SPECIFICATION
RPM
RS
SCJ
A. SONI
14.10.91
RKB
SCK
GPL
RNS
Standards
Committee
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Approved by
Format No. 8-00 0001-F1 Rev. 0
Page 733 of 1178

31
r22-eg
I.177,,,raxram,o.)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of
Incha Undettaking)
BONDING SYSTEM
6-68-0056 Rev.3
Page 2 of 6
Abbreviations:
ASTM

Convenor :
Mr. PK Mittal
Members :

Mr. Rajanji Stivastava
Mr. PJ Singh
Mr. VS Chhaya (Projects)

Page 734 of 1178
$1g- fr~
1.~ C700010,
1~1)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
BONDINr3 FRESH CONCRETE TO OLD
BONDING SYSTEM
6-68-0056 Rev.3
Page 3 of 6
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0 MATERIALS
4
4
3.0
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT
4.0
APPLICATION
5.0
APPROACH, WORKING PLATFORM & SCAFFOLDING
6.0 PAYMENT

Page 735 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
31
t74zz
ZVA ,101-41,
(A Govt of India Undeltalong)
BONDING SYSTEM
6-68-0056 Rev.3
Page 4 of 6
1.0
SCOPE
1.1
This specification defines the material, constructional and other performance requirements
for proper bonding of fresh concrete to old, hardened concrete by epoxy resin bonding
system which is able to cure under humid conditions and bond to damp surfaces. Any
special requirement as shown or noted on the drawings and directed by the Engineer-inCharge shall govern over the provisions of this specification.
1.2
Actual working shall be carried out in accordance with this specification and
recommendation of the manufacturer of the resin system to suit specific requirements for the
particular site and other climatic conditions existing there. In case of any conflict, this
specification shall govern.
2.0 MATERIALS
2.1
Epoxy resin system used for bonding fresh concrete to old hardened concrete shall consist of
two components, viz. epoxy resin and hardener for combining immediately prior to use as
per manufacturer's recommendations. Filler material shall be added, if required, as per
manufacturer's specification. However, this shall be incorporated in any of the two
components. The system shall cure under humid conditions and bond to damp surfaces.
2.2
The bonding material shall be compatible with the concrete to which it is to be applied and
shall have the following minimum properties:
Compressive Yield Strength
55 N/mm2 (7 days)
Tensile Strength
40 N/mm2 (7 days)
Bond Strength
10 N/mm2 (14 days)
Flexure Strength
35 N/mm2 (7 days)
Shear Strength
101\l/mm2 (7 days)
Pot Life
45 minutes
Full Cure
7 days at 20C to 35C
Overlaying Time (open time)
1 hour at 20C to 35C
2.3
The resin and hardener shall be mixed in the proportion as specified by the manufacturer.
The preparation, mixing and application of the resin system shall strictly be in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.4
Certificate of test results of all the materials from BIS recognised laboratories duly
autnenticated by the approved manufacturer(s) shall be submittect to Engineer-in-Charge and
got approved by him in writing prior to commencement of work. In the event of failure to
submit such test results from the manufacturer for any material, the contractor shall carry the
tests from an approved laboratory and submit the test results including the name(s) of
manufacturer(s) to the Engineer-in-Charge and get approved by him in writing prior to
commencement of work. A11 tests shall be in accordance with ASTM C881M (Type V,
Class C) in case of non-availability of any specific Indian Standard.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. C

Page 736 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
k31
(A Govt of InOla UnoertakIng)
2.5
BONDING SYSTEM
6-68-0056 Rev.3
Page 5 of 6
Pot life and open time

Pot life is the period during which the resin system after mixing retains sufficient
workability for proper use and the resin system must be applied to the prepared concrete
surface within this period.
The òpen time' is the maximum period of time allowable between application of resin
system and pouring of fresh concrete. Exceeding the òpen time' shall result in considerably
reduced adhesion. The adhesive shall be applied to the prepared substrata as soon as the
components have been mixed and fresh concrete shall be poured immediately before
adhesive begins to gel. The bonding of fresh concrete to old concrete shall not to be done if
the temperature is below 10C.
3.0
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT
3.1
All works covered by this specification shall be carried out by experienced and approved
agency having sufficient knowledge in epoxy resin treatment works. Only skilled and
experienced operators shall be employed for the purpose.
4.0
APPLICATION
4.1
Preparation of Concrete Surface
4.1.1
Grease, oil, algae and other foreign substances likely to impair good bonding shall be
thoroughly removed from the surface by scrubbing or using detergent and washing with
clean water. All loose and spalling concrete pieces shall be removed. The surface to be
bonded shall be made thoroughly rough by chiselling, taking off the skin of concrete and
sharp edges of aggregate shall be exposed. The surface shall be washed, wetted cleaned and
dried with dry compressed air. Exposed reinforcement shall be thoroughly cleaned with sand
paper and wire brushes to remove all dust and sticking mortar.
4.2
Mixing
4.2.1
The resin and hardener shall be thoroughly mixed in a mixer. The approved resin system
shall be prepared strictly as per manufacturer's recommendations. It shall not contain lumps
and shall have uniform colour. Filler material shall be added if so specified by the
manufacturer. Hand mixing shall be allowed for small quantity with prior permission of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
4.3
Method of Application
4.3.1
The resin system shall be applied by spraying to the prepared surface. Manual application by
using stiff nylon bristle brush may also be allowed with prior permission of the Engineer-inCharge. The manufacturer shall specify the method of application suitable for the specified
work.
4.4
Coverage
4.4.1
kg/m2 ) or resin system shall be applied to

A minimum of half kilogram per square metre
prepared concrete surface. However, the covering capacity depends on the nature of surface
over which the system is being applied and the contractor shall use additional quantity of the
resin system as per the recommendation of the manufacturer.

Page 737 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
31
ttwrt etvax,ati~)
in Govt or ineia Undertaking)
BONDING SYSTEM
6-68-0056 Rev.3
Page 6 of 6
4.5
Handling Precaution
4.5.1
Only skilled and experienced workers shall be entrusted with the application of epoxy
system. The resin and hardener shall not be allowed to come into direct contact with the
skin. Rubber or polythene gloves with cotton gloves underneath must be worn by the
workers handling resin products. Parts of skin which have accidently come into contact with
resin or hardener shall immediately be washed with lukewarm water and a mild soap.
Special cleaning creams or chemical shall be kept readily available and used as
recommended by the manufacturer.
4.6
Cleaning and Maintenance of Equipment
4.6.1
Tools and mixing equipment shall be cleaned immediately after use by using scrapers and
other solvents (e.g. toluene, xylene or acetone) as recommended by the manufacturer.
5.0
APPROACH, WORKING PLATFORM & SCAFFOLDING
5.1
The contractor shall arrange all approaches, stairways, ladders, working platform etc. for
carrying out the entire operation safely. The working area shall be neatly maintained and all
facilities required by the Engineer-in-Charge for proper supervision of the work shall be
provided by the contractor.
5.2
All precautionary measures required for the safety of the structure during the progress of
operation and till the successful completion and handing over shall be the responsibility of
contractor. He shall carry out all such measures as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
6.0
PAYMENT (applicable to item rate tenders only)
6.1
Payment shall be made by weight of resin system actually used in the work.
6.2
The rate quoted shall be inclusive of all labour and materials required for the successful
completion of the work including all cleaning operation before and after the work,
preparation of the old, hardened concrete surface as specified, mixing, application of epoxy
resin and other safety measures including their removal after completion, all plants and tools
etc. complete. Rate shall also be inclusive of all tests required to check the specific
properties of materials.
6.3
Any test specified and directed to establish the soundness and monolithicity of bonding of
fresh concrete to old concrete actually executed shall be paid separately unless such tests fail
to meet the requirements of this specification. In case of failure, no such payment shall be
made and the contractor shall repair/ rectify or re-do the work as directed by Engineer-inCharge at no extra cost to the owner.
6.4
Underground work like excavation, backfilling, removal of surplus earth, keeping the pit dry
by pumping/ bailing out subsoil water shall be paid separately as per relevant item in the
contract.

Page 738 of 1178
Cooyright EIL All rights reserved
siitaet5 (Cr) ENGINEERS

Keg INDIAN.LIMITED
RI AQFIV CA
IA GOO Of
Undeflangl
FOR SURFACE PREPARATION
AND PROTECTIVE COATING
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 1 OF 59
tin a K4
1-49-br
(7q. Wu! tg)

FOR
SURFACE PREPARATION
(NEW CONSTRUCTION)
0 30.08.12
Rev.
No
6-44-0004 REV. 3 REVISED, RENUMBERED 8 ISSUED AS STANDARD A.SRIDHAR R.CHAUDHURY

SPECIFICATION
Date
Page 739 of 1178
Purpose
Prepared
by
Checked by
P.P.LAHIRI D.MALHOTRA
Standards
Standards
Bureau
Committee
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
02-zieLa ENGINEERS
$1?-eir la Me ear INDIA LIMITED
HIM eknillcIAJAA.M
IA GNI al India LInderlaIm9/
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 2 OF 59
Abbreviations:
AS
CS
DFT
DM
GI
ID
IRN
LTCS
MS
NB
OD
RCC
SS
TSAC
WFT
:
:
:
Alloy Steel
Carbon Steel
Dry Film Thickness
De-mineralized
Galvanized Iron
Internal Diameter
Inspection Release Note
Low Temperature Carbon Steel
Mild Steel
Nominal Bore
Outside Diameter
Stainless Steel
Thermally Sprayed Aluminium Coating
Wet Film Thickness
SMMS Standards Committee

Convener :
Mr. P.P. Lahiri
Members :
Mr. A. Amin (SMMS)

Mr. R. Chaudhury (SMMS)
Mr. S. Ghosal (SMMS)
Mr. G.S. Hegde (SMMS)
Mr. P. Saha (SMMS)
Mr. R Nanda (Piping)
Mr. Raj Kishore (Pipeline)
Mr. A.K. Gupta (HMTD)
Mr. S. Mukharjee (Construction)
Mr. A.R. Purushottam (POSD)
Mr. R. Muthulingam (Inspection)
Mr. M.P. Jain (Projects)
Page 740 of 1178
OfteituvaNEERs
laiReedi INDIA LIMITED
PIM FRW ZIRJR140
IA Go.4 ei India unden.lono
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 3 OF 59
CONTENTS
SL.
NO
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
8.0
9.0
10.0
11.0
12.0
13.0
14.0
15.0
16.0
17.0
18.0
19.0
20.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
24.0
25.0
26.0
PAGE
NO.
DESCRIPTION
General
Scope
Reference Codes & Standards
Equipment
Surface Preparation, Shop Primer,Coating Application & Repair and Documentation
Paint Materials
Coating Systems
Coating System for Gratings, Rolling & Stationery Ladders, Spiral Stairways and
Hand Rails in All Location
Coating System for Offsite Area (Inland Plants)
Coating System For Unit Areas as well as DM, CPP, Cooling Tower of Inland Plants
and for All Areas (Unit, Offsite, DM, CPP, etc.) of Coastal Plants
Coating System for Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)
External Coating Systems for Uninsulated Carbon Steel and Low Alloy Steel Storage
Tanks (For All Plant Locations, Coastal or Inland) - All Process Units & Off-Sites
Internal Coating Systems for Carbon Steel and Low Alloy Storage Tanks - All
Process Units & Off-Sites
Coating Systems for External Side of Underground Carbon Steel Plant Piping and
Underground Vessels
Coating Under Insulation (Coastal Or Inland Plants) All Units Areas & Off-Sites
Coating System for Carbon Steel Components of Coolers / Condensers (Internal
Protection) for Fresh Water Service
Coating System (Internal Protection) for Galvanized or Non Ferrous or Stainless
Steel/ Duplex Stainless Steel Components of Coolers/ Condensers for Fresh Water
Service
Storage
Colour Code
Identification of Vessels, Piping etc
Painting for Civil Defence Requirements
Quality Control, Inspection and Testing
Guarantee
Qualification Criteria of Painting Contractor/Sub-Contractor
Qualification/Acceptance Criteria for Paint Coating System
Method of Sampling & Dispatch for Laboratory Testing
4
4
6
7
7
16
21
Annexure-I Specification For TSAC
50
Page 741 of 1178
23
24
25
27
28
30
32
33
34
35
35
35
42
42
42
46
46
46
48
StilMziet- ENONEERS
Oar iiiRtg Ter INDIA LIMITED
own
ARAW/INJOSA)
/A Govt a htha Undeningi
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 4 OF 59
1.0
GENERAL
1.1
This technical specifications shall be applicable for the work covered by the contract, and
without prejudice to the provisions of various international codes of practice, standard
specifications etc. It is understood that contractor shall carry out the work in all respects with
the best quality of materials and workmanship and in accordance with the best engineering
practice and instructions of Engineer-In-Charge.
1.2
Wherever it is stated in the specification that a specific material is to be supplied or a specific

work is to be done, it shall be deemed that the same shall be supplied or carried out by the
contractor.
Any deviation from this standard without written deviation permit from appropriate
authority will result in rejection of job.
1.3
This specification coven the requirement for protective coating for new construction.
2.0
SCOPE
2.1
Scope of work covered in the specification shall include, without being limited to the
following.
2.1.1
This specification defines the requirements for surface preparation, selection and application
of primers and paints on external surfaces of equipment, vessels, machinery, piping, ducts,
steel structures, external & internal protection of storage tanks for all services and chimneys
if any. The items listed in the heading of tables of paint systems is indicative only, however,
the contractor is fully responsible for carrying out all the necessary painting, coating and
lining on external and internal surfaces as per the tender requirement.
2.2
Extent of Work
2.2.1
The following surfaces and materials shall require shop, pre-erection and field painting:
All uninsulated Carbon Steel & Alloy Steel equipments like vessels, Columns, storage
Tanks, Exchangers if any, parts of boilers etc.
All uninsulated carbon steel and low alloy plant and related piping, fittings and valves
(including painting of identification marks), furnace ducts and stacks.
All insulated parts of vessels, boilers, chimneys, stacks, piping and steam piping and if
any other insulated items present.
All items contained in a package unit as necessary.
All structural steel work, pipe, structural steel supports, walkways, handrails, ladders,
platforms etc.
Flare lines, external surfaces of MS chimney with or without refractory lining and
internal surfaces of MS chimney without refractory lining. (If present)
Page 742 of 1178
0a-zetaENGINEERS
51gar fatilegW INDIA WIRD

laiRrIMENVOIMBIll
(A GoN ot India undertaiongi
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 5 OF 59
Identification of colour bands on all piping as required including insulated aluminium

clad, galvanized, SS and nonferrous piping.
Identification lettering/ numbering on all painted surfaces of equipment/piping insulated
aluminium clad, galvanized, SS and non-ferrous piping.
Marking / identification signs on painted surfaces of equipment/piping including
hazardous service.
Supply of all primers, paints and all other materials required for painting (other than
Owner supplied materials)
Over insulation surface of equipments and pipes wherever required.
Painting under insulation for carbon steel, alloy steel and stainless steel as specified.
Painting of pre-erection/fabrication and Shop primer.
Repair work of damaged pre-erection/ fabrication and shop primer and weld joints in the
field/site before and after erection as required.
All CS Piping, equipments, storage tanks and internal surfaces of RCC tanks in ETP
plant.
Quality control, testing and inspection during all stages of work (surface preparation,
application of coating and testing of furnished coating).
2.2.2
The following surfaces and materials shall not require painting in general. However, if there
is any specific requirement by the owner, the same shall be painted as per the relevant
specifications:
Uninsulated austenitic stainless steel.
Plastic and/or plastic coated materials
c.
Non-ferrous materials like aluminum, Cu-Ni alloy, galvanized steel.
2.3
Documents
2.3.1
The contractor shall perform the work in accordance with the following documents issued to
him for execution of work.
Bill of quantities for piping, equipment, machinery and structures etc.
Piping Line List.
c.
2.4
Painting specifications including special civil defence requirements.
Unless otherwise instructed, final paint coating (i.e., application of field primer,
wherever required, intermediate and top coats) on pre-erection/ shop primed
Page 743 of 1178
151fraeLA ENGINEERS
Itgar 'Matt INDIA umnB)

(NM Fletifie Maga,/
IA Gobi al India uncienaton9/
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 6 OF 59
equipments shall be applied at site, only after all welding, testing on systems are
completed as well as after completion of steam purging wherever required .
2.5
Changes and deviations required for any specific job due to clients requirement or otherwise
shall be referred to E1L for deviation permit.
3.0
REFERENCE CODES & STANDARDS
3.1
Without prejudice to the provision of Clause 1.1 above and the detailed specifications of the
contract, latest editions of the following codes and standards are applicable for the work
covered by this contract.
IS-5
RAL DUTCH
IS-101
IS-2379
ISO-12944
ASTM-Vol 6.01&6.03
ANSI A 13.1
SSPC
3.2
: Colour coding
: International Standard for colour shade (Dutch Standard)
: Methods of test for ready mixed paints and enamels
: Indian Standard for Pipe line identification-colour code
: Corrosion Protection of steel Structures by Protective Paint
System
: American standard test methods for Paints and Coatings.
: Scheme for identification of piping systems: American
National Standards Institution
: Steel Structures Painting Council
Surface Preparation Standards

The latest editions of any of the following standards shall be followed for surface
preparation:
3.2.1
ISO 8501-1 / SIS-05 59 00: ISO standard for Preparation of steel substrates before
application of paints and related products. This standard contains photographs of the various
standards on four different degrees of rusted steel and as such is preferable for inspection
purpose by the Engineer-In-Charge.
3.2.2
Steel Structures Painting Council, U.S.A. (Surface Preparation Specifications (SSPC-SP).
3.2.3
National Association of Corrosion Engineers, U.S.A., (NACE).
3.2.4
Various International Standards equivalent to Swedish Standard for surface preparations are
given in Table-I.
3.3
The contractor shall arrange, at his own cost, to keep a set of latest edition of above standards
and codes at site.
3.4
The paint manufacturer's instructions shall be followed as far as practicable at all times for
best results. Particular attention shall be paid to the following:
Instructions for storage to avoid exposure as well as extremes of temperature.
Surface preparation prior to painting shall be followed as per Table 8.0 to 16.0 of
this standard shall be followed.
Page 744 of 1178
INDIA umn-ED
oga1511teTa
naleuw ENONEERS
Men KROP7m3R6311
IA GOY/ India Undatalang/
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 7 OF 59
Mixing and thinning.

Application of paints and recommended limit on time intervals in between coats.
4.0
EQUIPMENT
4.1
All tools, brushes, rollers, spray guns, blast material, hand power tools for cleaning and all
equipments, scaffolding materials, shot & grit blasting equipments & air compressors etc.
required to be used shall be suitable for the work and all in good order and shall be arranged
by the contractor at site and in sufficient quantity. The manufacturer's test certificates / data
sheets for all the above items shall be reviewed by Engineer-in-charge at site before start of
work.
4.2
Mechanical mixer shall be used for paint mixing operations in case of two pack systems
except that the Engineer-In-Charge may allow the hand mixing of small quantities at his
discretion in case of specific requirement for touch up work only.
5.0
SURFACE PREPARATION, SHOP PRIMER COATING APPLICATION & REPAIR

AND DOCUMENTATION
5.1
General
5.1.1
In order to achieve the maximum durability, one or more of following methods of surface
preparation shall be followed, depending on condition of surface to be painted and as
instructed by Engineer-In-Charge. Adhesion of the paint film to surface depends largely on
the degree of cleanliness of the metal surface. Proper surface preparation contributes more to
the success of the paint protective system.
Abrasive blast cleaning
Mechanical or power tool cleaning
5.1.2
Mill scale, rust, rust scale and foreign matter shall be removed fully to ensure that a clean and
dry surface is obtained. Unless otherwise specified, surface preparation shall be done as per
provisions of relevant tables given elsewhere in this specification. The minimum acceptable
standard, in case of thermally sprayed metal coatings, in case of mechanical or power tool
cleaning it shall be St. 3 or equivalent. In case of blast cleaning it shall be Sa 2-1/2 as per
Swedish Standard SIS-055900 (latest edition) or SSPC-SP or ISO 8501-01.Blast cleaning
shall be Sa 3 as per Swedish Standard in case thermally sprayed metal coatings.
Before surface preparation by blast cleaning, the surface shall be degreased by aromatic
solvent to remove all grease, oil etc.
5.1.3
Irrespective of whether external or internal surface to be coated, blast cleaning shall not be
performed where dust can contaminate surfaces undergoing such cleaning or during humid
weather conditions having humidity exceed 85%. In case of internal coating of storage tanks,
dehumidifier shall be used, to control humidity level below 60%. Dehumidifier should
depress the dew point of air in the enclosed space, sufficient enough so as to maintain it 3C
Page 745 of 1178
Oa ft ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Og a 'Meg
MON FIXOW COIORFM
/A Govt kW Undertaking)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 8 OF 59
below the metal substrate temperature during centre period of blasting and coating
application. During the interval time between application of primer coat and subsequent
intermediate and top coats or between blast cleaning completion and start of application of
primer coat, dehumidifier unit should be in continuous operation to ensure that no
condensation occurs on substrate.
Dehumidifier should be able to maintain grain drop (moisture removal) at the rate of 25
grains per pound of air per hour. Dehumidifier should have capacity of at least 2 air changes
per hour of the enclosed space. All necessary psychometric data should be collected by
contractor for the given site conditions before starting operation of dehumidifier to ensure
that desired values of dew point, moisture content in enclosed scope is achieved.
Dehumidification to be maintained round the clock for surface preparation and painting till
the total coating application is over.
Dehumidifier shall not be stopped under any condition till the entire blasted surface is primed
to the satisfaction of the technical representative of the paint manufacturer interested with
quality assurance for the work. In case the dehumidifier breaks down in middle of the job, the
same shall be replaced at the risk and the cost of the contractor and the entire unfinished
work shall be repeated.
5.1.4
The Engineer in-charge shall have the right to disallow usage of dehumidifier if the
performance is not meeting the specified requirements. Under such circumstances the
contractor shall remove the equipment and replace the same with another equipment to
provide satisfactory results without any additional cost to the owner.
5.1.5
Irrespective of the method of surface preparation, the first coat of primer must be applied by
airless spray/ air assisted conventional spray if recommended by the paint manufacturer on
dry surface. This should be done immediately and in any case within 4 hours of cleaning of
surface. However, at times of unfavorable weather conditions, the Engineer-In-Charge shall
have the liberty to control the time period, at his sole discretion and/or to insist on recleaning, as may be required, before primer application is taken up. In general, during
unfavorable weather conditions, blasting and painting shall be avoided as far as practicable.
5.1.6
The external surface of R.C.C. chimney to be painted shall be dry and clean. Any loose
particle of sand, cement, aggregate etc. shall be removed by scrubbing with soft wire brush.
Acid etching with 10-15% HCL solution for about 15 minutes shall be carried and surface
must be thoroughly washed with water to remove acid & loose particles and then dried
completely before application of paint.
5.2
Procedure for Surface Preparation
5.2.1
Air Blast Cleaning with abrasives

The surfaces shall be blast cleaned using one of the abrasives like angular chilled cast iron or
steel grit, copper slag or Nickel slag, Al 203 particles at pressure of 7kg/cm 2 at an appropriate
distance and angle depending of nozzle size maintaining constant velocity and pressure.
Chilled cast iron or steel shall be in the form of shot or grit of size in the range of G16 G42
conforming to SSPC AB I and 5250 grade size of steel shots (maximum) to obtain a desired
surface profile of 35-50 microns trough to peak. For all other abrasives, size shall be in the
Page 746 of 1178
aielMENGINEERS
Iguemegwir INDIA LIMITED

Men AMR =MOM
(A GS
of
India UndedaIngl
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 9 OF 59
range of G16 G24. The combination of steel grits and shots shall be normally in the ratio of
3:1. The quality of abrasives shall be free from contaminants and impurities and shall meet
the requirements of SSPC AB I . Compressed air shall be free from moisture and oil. The
blasting nozzles should be venturi style with tungsten carbide or boron carbide as the
materials for liners. Nozzles orifice may vary from 3/16" to %". On completion of blasting
operation, the blasted surface shall be clean and free from any scale or rust and must show a
grey white metallic luster. Primer/first coat of paint shall be applied within 4 hours of surface
preparation. Blast cleaning shall not be done outdoors in bad weather without adequate
protection or when there is dew on the metal, which is to be cleaned. Surface profile shall be
uniform to provide good key to the paint adhesion (i.e. 35 to 50 microns). If possible
vacuum collector shall be installed for collecting the abrasives and recycling.
5.2.2
Mechanical or Power Tool Cleaning

Power tool cleaning shall be done by mechanical striking tools, chipping hammers, grinding
wheels or rotating steel wire- brushes. Excessive burnish of surface shall be avoided as it can
reduce paint adhesion. On completion of cleaning, the detached rust mill scale etc. shall be
removed by clean rags and /or washed by water or steam and thoroughly dried with
compressed air jet before application of paint.
5.3
Non-Compatible Shop Coat Primer

For equipments on which application of total protective coating (Primer + Intermediate + top
coat) is carried out at shop, compatibility of finish coat with primer should be checked with
paint manufacturer. If the shop coat is in satisfactory condition showing no major defect upon
arrival at site, the shop coat shall not be removed.
5.4
Shop coated equipments (coated with Primer & Finishing coat) should not be repainted unless
paint is damaged. Repair shall be carried out as per Table 7.2 of paint systems depending
upon compatibility of paint.
5.5
Shop primed equipment and surfaces will only be 'spot cleaned' in damaged areas by means
of power tool brush cleaning or hand tool cleaning and.then spot primed before applying one
coat of field primer unless otherwise specified. If shop primer is not compatible with field
primer then shop coated primer should be completely removed before application of selected
paint system for particular environment.
5.6
For Package units/equipment, shop primer should be as per the paint system given in this
specification. However, manufacturer's standard can be followed after review.
As mentioned in section 2.4, all coating application at field (field primer, intermediate and
top coat) on equipments, structures, piping, etc, shall be carried out only after its erection and
all welding, testing, steam purging (wherever carried out) have been completed.
5.7
Coating Procedure and Application

All paint coatings shall be applied by airless spray excepting at the following special
cases where application can be carried out by brush subject to suitability of the
application of the paint product by brush.
Spot repair
Stripe coating on edges
Page 747 of 1178
Copyright EIL MI rights reserved
samzEift. ENGINEERS
51?eg faitegW: INDIA LIMITED

MUT fIRIVOIMIPM
(A
Ga.( al Oda undenakm
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 10 OF 59
- Small bore parts not suitable for spray application.

Irregular surfaces such as sharp edges, welds, small brackets, and interstices may stripe
coated to ensure specified DFT is achieved. Paint manufacturer recommendation
should be followed before deciding for brush application.
5.7.1
Surface shall not be coated in rain, wind or in environment where injurious airborne elements
exists, when the steel surface temperature is less than 5F above dew point when the relative
humidity is greater than 85% or when the temperature is below 40F and when the
ambient/substrate temp is below the paint manufacturer's recommended temperature of
application and curing. De-humidifier equipment shall be used to control RH and Dew point.
The paint application shall not be done when the wind speed exceeds 20km per hour.
5.7.2
Blast cleaned surface shall be coated with one complete application of primer as soon as
practicable but in no case later than 4 hrs the same day.
5.7.3
To the maximum extent practicable, each coat of material shall be applied as a continuous
film uniform thickness free of probes. Any spots or areas missed in application shall be
recoated and permitted to dry before the next coat is applied. Applied paint should have the
desired wet film thickness.
5.7.4
Each coat shall be in proper state of cure or dryness before the application of succeeding
coat. Material shall be considered dry for recoating when an additional coat can be applied
without the development of any detrimental film irregularities, such as lifting or loss of
adhesion of the under coat. Manufacturer instruction shall be followed for inter coat interval.
5.7.5
When the successive coat of the same colour have been specified, alternate coat shall be
tinted, when practical, sufficiently to produce enough contrast to indicate complete coverage
of the surface. The tinting material shall be compatible with the material and not detrimental
to its service life and shall be recommended by the original paint manufacturer.
5.7.6
Airless spray application shall be in accordance with the following procedure: as per steel
structure paint Manual Vol.1 & Vol.2 by SSPC, USA, Air less spray relies on hydraulic
pressure rather than air atomization to produce the desired spray. An air compressor or
electric motor is sued to operate a pump to produce pressures of 1000 to 6000 psi. paint is
delivered to the spray gun at this pressure through a single hose within the gun, a single paint
stream is divided into separate streams, which are forced through a small orifice resulting in
atomization of paint without the use of air. This results in more rapid coverage with less over
spray. Airless spray usually is faster, cleaner, more economical and easier to use than
conventional air spray.
Airless spray equipment is mounted on wheels, and paint is aspirated in a hose that sucks
paint from any container, including drums. The unit shall have in built agitator that keep the
paint uniformly mixed during the spraying. The unit shall consist of in built strainer. Usually
very small quantity of thinning is required before spray. In case of high build epoxy coating
(two pack). 30:1 pump ratio and 0.020-0.023" tip size will provide a good spray pattern.
Ideally fluid hoses should not be less than 3/8" ID and not longer than 50 ft to obtain
optimum results.
In case of gun choking, de-choking steps shall be followed immediately.
Page 748 of 1178
Copyright EIL AI rights reserved
ada INGINEERS
#ar1512epeow
INDIA umirED
OfferleIRPRIM3aqi/
5.7.7
IA Gov1 a/ India UnclettSagl
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 11 OF 59
Brush application of paint shall be in accordance with the following:

Brushes shall be of a style and quality that will enable proper application of paint.
Round or oval brushes are most suitable for rivets, bolts, irregular surface, and
rough or pitted steel. Wide flat brushes are suitable for large flat areas, but they
shall not have width over five inches.
Paint shall be applied into all corners.
Any runs or sags shall be brushed out.
There shall be a minimum of brush marks left in the applied paint.
Surfaces not accessible to brushes shall be painted by spray, doubers, or sheepkin.
5.7.8
For each coat the painter should know the WFT corresponding to the specified DFT and
standardize the paint application technique to achieve the desired WFT. This has to be
ensured in the qualification trial.
5.8
Drying of Coated Surfaces
5.8.1
No coat shall be applied until the preceding coat has dried. The material shall be considered
dry for re-coating when another coat can be applied without the development of any film
irregularities such as lifting or loss of adhesion of undercoats. Drying time of the applied coat
should not exceed maximum specified for it as a first coat; if it exceeds the paint material has
possibly deteriorated or maxing is faulty.
5.8.2
No paint shall be force dried under conditions which will cause chalking, wrinkling,
blistering formation of pores, or detrimentally affect the conditions of the paint.
5.8.3
No drier shall be added to paint on the job unless specifically called for in the manufacturer's
specification for the paint.
Paint shall be protected from rain, condensation, contamination, snow and freezing until dry
to the fullest extent practicable.
5.8.4
5.9
Spot Repair of Damaged Primer
5.9.1
Where pre erection shop primer has been damaged at isolated localized spots during handling
and transportation, or after erection / welding, the repair of damaged coating of pre-erection /
pre-fabrication or shop primer shall be done as given below and as per the Table 7.2 of this
specification.
5.9.2
Repair of damaged inorganic zinc silicate pre-erection / pre-fabrication or shop primer

(F9) after erection / welding in the design temperature of -90C to 400C and damaged
silicone aluminium (F-12) pre-erection / pre-fabrication or shop primer after erection /
welding for design temperature range of 401 550 C.
Surface Preparation: Quickly remove the primer from damaged area by mechanical scraping
and emery paper conforming to SSPC-SP-3 to expose the white metal. Blast clean the
Page 749 of 1178
0R-4:Aft ENGINEERS
Siga tilaiegel INDIA LIMITED
11412712013Valgarff /
IA Gott of
Ha
undertaking)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 12 OF 59
surface, if possible. Feather the primed surface over the intact adjacent surface surrounding
the damaged area by emery paper.
Primer coating: One coat of F-9 shall be applied wherever damage was observed on preerection / pre fabrication or shop primer of inorganic zinc silicate coating (F-9). Similarly
one coat of F-12 shall be applied wherever damage observed on pre-erection / prefabrication shop primer of silicone aluminium (F-12).
5.9.3
Wherever if damaged areas are found extensive and spread over large areas, then entire preerection / pre-fabrication or shop primer shall be removed by blasting to achieve SSPC-SP10 then entire blasted surface shall be primed again with F-9 or F-12 as applicable for the
intended design temp. (See note under table 7.2).
5.10
Paint Application
5.10.1
Shop priming/pre-erection priming with F9 or F12 shall be done only on blasted surface
(SSPC-SP-10)
5.10.2
Shop priming / pre-erection priming with F9 or F 12 shall be done only with airless spray.
5.10.3
Assessment of Painting Requirement

The paint system to be applied for a specific job shall be arrived at sequentially as given
below:
- Identify the environment from area classification details and chose the appropriate table.
- Identify the design temperature from the technical documents
- Identify the specific field paint system and surface preparation requirement from the above
identified table and temperature range.
- Identify the shop priming requirement from Table 7.1 based on compatibility of the above
paint system.
- Identify the need of repair of shop primer and execute as per Table 7.2.
5.11
Documentation / Records
5.11.1
A written quality plan with procedure for qualification trials and for the actual work
including test and inspection plan & procedure for approval before start of work.
5.11.2
Daily progress report with details of weather conditions, particular of applications, no of

coats and type of materials applied, anomalies, progress of work versus program.
5.11.3
Results of measurement of temperatures relative humidity, surface profile, film thickness,

holiday detection, adhesion tests with signature of appropriate authority.
5.11.4
Particulars of surface preparation and paint application during trials and during the work.
Page 750 of 1178
02zielt. ENGINEERS
I@Tif WeVITIV INDIA LIMITED

INIPPIFIRINVMMICID
(A Gov of Inda Underliong)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 13 OF 59
5.11.5 Details of non-compliance, rejects and repairs.

5.11.6 Type of testing equipments and calibration.
5.11.7 Code and batch numbers of paint materials used.
The coating applicator must maintain a job record consisting of all the information as per
5.11.2 -5.11.7 above as well as the approved procedure of work (5.11.1 above). The job
record consisting of information as required in accordance to 5.11.2 5.11.7 shall be entered
on daily basis and should be daily signed by Engineer-in-charge.
Page 751 of 1178
1515036a ENGINEERS
KiegW WA LIMITED
l aildleRzer7013Rdill
Cdd d India Underldm9)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 14 OF 59
TABLE-1 (FOR CLAUSE 5.0)

SURFACE PREPARATION STANDARDS
VARIOUS INTERNATIONAL
SI.
No.
DESCRIPTION
Manual
cleaning
3.1
3.2
or
hand
tool
STANDARDS (EQUIVALENT)
ISO 8501-1/
SSPC-SP,
NACE,
SIS-05 59 00
USA
USA
Removal of loose rust, loose ST.2

mill scale and loose paint,
chipping,
scrapping,
standing and wire brushing.
Surface should have a faint
metallic sheen
Mechanical or power tool
cleaning
SSPC-SP-2
Removal of loose rust loose ST.3

mill scale and loose paint to
degree specified by power
tool chipping, de-scaling,
sanding, wire brushing and
grinding, after removal of
dust, surface should have a
pronounced metallic sheen.
Dry abrasive Blast cleaning
SSPC-SP-3
REMARKS
-This
method
is
applied when the
surface is exposed to
normal atmospheric
conditions
when
other methods cannot
be adopted and also
for spot cleaning
during maintenance
painting.
--
There are four common

grades of blast cleaning
White metal
Blast cleaning to white metal
cleanliness. Removal of all
.
visible rust. Mill scale, paint
& foreign matter 100%
cleanliness with desired
surface profile.
Near white metal
Blast cleaning to near white
metal cleanliness, until at
least 95% of each element of
surface area is free of all
visible residues with desired
surface profile.
Page 752 of 1178
SA 3
SA 21/4
Where
extremely
clean surface can be
expected for prolong
life of paint system.
SSPC-SP-5
NACE#1
SSPC-SP-10
The
minimum
requirement
for
chemically resistant
paint systems such as
epoxy,
vinyl,
polyurethane based
and inorganic zinc
NACE#2
.
silicate
licate paints, also
for conventional paint
systems used under
fairly
corrosive
conditions to obtain
desired life of paint
system.
-r ENGINEERS
Isdozesk
fatalegwv INDIA mem
laiRn FRaW !N W)
SI.
No.
GoA a/ India Undenaly.91
DESCRIPTION
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 15 OF 59
VARIOUS INTERNATIONAL
STANDARDS (EQUIVALENT)
SSPC-SP,
NACE,
ISO 8501-1/
SIS-05 59 00
USA
USA
Commercial Blast
3.3
Blast cleaning until at least

two-third of each element of
surface area is free of all
visible residues with desired
surface profile.
SA 2
SSPC-SP-6
NO.3
SA 1
SSPC-SP-7
NO.4
REMARKS
For steel required to
with
be
painted
conventional paints
for
exposure
to
corrosive
mildly
atmosphere for longer
life of the paint
systems.
Brush-off Blast
3.4
Blast cleaning to white metal

cleanliness, removal of all
visible rust, mill scale, paint
& foreign matter. Surface
profile is not so important
Page 753 of 1178
15illtea ENGINEERS
Itgai Bakst INDIA map

Men eiMEORMCFM
(A Govt of India Undertalung)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 16 OF 59
6.0 PAINT MATERIALS

Paint manufacturers shall furnish the characteristics of all paints materials on original printed
literature, alongwith the test certificate for all specified characteristics given in this
specification. All the paint materials shall be of first quality and conform to the following
general characteristics as per the tables 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4.
PAINT MATERIALS
TABLE No. 6.1 PRIMERS
SI.
No.
DESCRIPTION
Technical name
Type and composition
Volume Solids %
DFT (Thy Film
thickness) per coat in
microns
Theoritical covering
capacity in M2/coat/ litre
Weight per litre in
kgs/litre
Touch dry at 30C
(minimum)
Hard dry at 30C
(maximum.)
Overcoating interval
Pot life at 30C for two
component paints
Temperature (Resistance
(minimum)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Page 754 of 1178
P-2
P-4
P-6
Chlorinated
Etch
rubber Zinc
primer/wash
Phosphate primer. primer
Epoxy zinc
phosphate primer
Single pack, air

drying chlorinated
rubber based
medium
plasticised with
unsaponifiable
plasticizer,
pigmented with
zinc phosphate.
403
Two pack
polyvinyl butyral
resin medium
cured with
phosphoric acid
solution
pigmented with
zinc tetroxy
chromate.
101
Two component
polyamine cured
epoxy resin
medium,
pigmented with
zinc phosphate.
40-45
P-7
ZINGA,
LOCKTITE or
ZRC
cold galvanizing
One pack
Synthetic Resin
based zinc
galvanizing
containing min
92% of electrolytic
zinc dust of
99.95% purity.
501
37%
8-10
40-50
40-50p
8-10
8-10
8-10
4m2/kg
1.30.05
1.20.05
1.40.05
2.67 kg at 15C
30 minutes
2 hrs.
After 30 min.
10 minutes
8 hrs.
24 hrs.
8 hrs
24 hrs.
Min.: 8 hrs
Not
Applicable
60 C
Dry service
Min: 4-6 hrs.
Min.:Shrs.
Min.:4 hrs
Not applicable
6 - 8 hrs.
Unlimited
NA
Dry service
80C
Dry service
50C
Dry service
15ifiziEgftENIONEERS
star taRegWINDIA LIMITED

011iTIF01112451W1,
(A GM al Se Undertab19)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 17 OF 59
PAINT MATERIALS
TABLE No. 6.2 FINISH PAINTS
SI.
No
DESCRIPTION
Technical name
Type and
composition
Volume Solids %
DFT (Dry Film
4 thickness) per coat in
microns
5 capacity in
M2/coat/litre
6 Weight per liter in
kgs/litre
7 Touch dry at 30C
Hard dry at 30C
(max)
8 Full cure at 30C (for
immersion/ high
temperature service)
interval
9 Over-coating
at 30C
Pot life (approx.) at
10 30C for two
component paints
Temperature
Resistance
11 (minimum)
Page 755 of 1178
F-2
F-3
Acrylic
Chlorinated
Polyurethane rubber based
finish paint finish paint
Single pack
plasticised
Two-pack
chlorinated
aliphatic
rubber based
isocynate
medium with
cured acrylic chemical and
finish paint. weather
resistant
pigments.
40 3
382
F-6A/I3
F-6C
F-7
Epoxy-High
Build Solvent less High build coal
.
epoxy
coati ng
epox coating tar
coating.
F-6A
Two-pack Two
pack, Two
pack
Aromatic
amine cured
with polyamide
cured epoxy resin Amine
cured
epoxy
medium suitably Adduct;
resin blended
pigmented.
with
coaltar
F-6B: polyamide catalyzed
epoxy
resin
medium,
cured epoxy resin suitably
suitably
.
medium suitably pigmented
pigmented
pigmented
603
99+1
653
30-40g
30-40
100-125g
200-500
100-125g
11-15
11-15
5-6
2-3
5.2-6.5
1.150.03
1.150.03
1.41+0.03
1.40+0.03
1.400.03
30 minutes
30 minutes.
3 hrs.
3 hrs.
4 hrs.
8 hrs
8 hrs
Min.12 hrs.
16 hrs
48 hrs
5 days
16 hrs
Min.:
Overnight
Min.: Overnight
Max.: 5 days
Min.: 8 hrs.
Max.: 48 hrs.
Min.: 24 hrs
Max.: 5 days.
6-8 hrs.
ot
applicable
4-6 hrs
30 minutes
4-6 hrs.
80 C
Dry service
min
60 C
Immersion
service
80C
Dry service
120C(Diy
service),
50C
(Immersion
service)
125C
Immersion
service
5 days
Copyright EIL NI rights reserved
ogesOwes
kveg
Wien diereer eagatale
ENGINERS
INDIA Limo)
deort d India Undertaking)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 18 OF 59
PAINT MATERIALS
SI.
No
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
DESCRIPTION
F-8
Technical name
Self priming type

surface tolerant
high build epoxy
coating (complete
rust control
coating).
Type & composition
Two pack epoxy

resin based
suitable
pigmented and
capable of
adhering to
manually
prepared surface
and old coating.
Volume Solids %
DFT (Dry Film
microns
capacity in M2/coat/
litre
Weight per liter in
kgs/litre
Touch dry at 30C
(maximum)
Hard dry at 30C
(maximum)
Full cure 30C (for
immersion thigh
temperature service)
Over-coating interval
Pot life at 30C for two
component paints
Temperature
Resistance (minimum)
Page 756 of 1178
F-9
F-11
F-12
Inorganic zinc
silicate coating
Heat resistant
synthetic medium
based two pack
Aluminium paint
suitable upto
250C dry temp.
Heat resistant
silicone
Aluminium paint
suitable upto
500 C dry temp.
Heat resistant
synthetic medium
based two pack
Aluminium paint
suitable upto
250C.
Single pack
silicone resin
based medium
with Aluminium
flakes.
3810.03
2012
7813
A two pack air

drying self curing
solvent based
inorganic zinc
silicate coating with
minimum 80% zinc
content on dry film.
The final cure of
the dry film shall
pass the MEK rub
test.
603
100-125
65-75p
15-20g
15-20g
6.0-7.2
8-9
10-12
8-10
1.4110.03
2.310.03
0.950.03
1.0010.03
3 hrs.
30 minutes.
3 hrs.
30 minutes.
24 hrs
12
12 hrs
24 hrs
5days
NA
NA
NA
Min.: 10 hrs
Mb. 12 hrs . at 20C

Mm.:
& 50 % RH
90 minutes.
4-6 hrs.
Not applicable
Not applicable
80 C
Dry service
400 C
Dry service
250C
Dry service
500C
Dry service
24 lin
Mb.: 24 hrs
ate
azir Wear
NOM MN ?AMMO
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A GS of kola tAlerlicing)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 19 OF 59
PAINT MATERIALS
SI.
No
F-14
DESCRIPTION
F-16
F-15
Ambient
Technical name
Type & composition
Volume Solids %
DFT (Dry Film
microns
capacity in M2/coat/
litre
Weight per liter in
kgs/litre (mix paint)
Touch dry at 30C
(maximum)
Hard dry at 30C
(maximum)
Full cure 30C (for
immersion Thigh
temp. service)
Over-coating interval
4
5
6
7
9
10
Two-component
Epoxy
phenolic
coating cured with
Polyamine cured Polyamine adduct
coal tar epoxy
hardner
system
+
(primer
intermediate coat
+ finish paint)
Two pack ambient
Specially
temperature curing
formulated
epoxy
phenolic
polyamine cured
coating
system
coal tar epoxy
suitable
for
suitable
for
application under
application under
insulation
of
insulation
CS/SS piping
703
703
Pot life at 30C for

two component
paints
Temperature
Resistance
11
Page 757 of 1178
F-17
temperature
curing Poly Siloxane

build
coating/High
cold applied inorganic
copolymer
based
aluminium
coating
suitable for under
.
Insulation coating of
CS and SS piping for
high
temperature
service.
Two component
solvent free type
high build epoxy
phenolic/novalac
epoxy
phenolic
coating cured with
Polyamine adduct
hardner system
602
Two component
solvent free type
high build epoxy
phenolic/novalac
epoxy
phenolic
coating cured with
Polyamine adduct
hardner system
98-100
Amercoat 738 from

PPG Protective &
Marine Coatings or
Intertherm 751 CSA of
International
(Akzo
Nobel). Note: 6
100-125
75-100
75-100
125- 150
5-8
4-5
7.0- 9.0
6.5 - 8
1.4540.03
1.650.03
1.3
1.7
4 hrs
3 hrs
1 hr
2 hrs
24 hrs
24 hrs
16 hrs
24 hrs
168 hrs (7 days)
168 hrs (7 days)
168 hrs (7 days)
Min. 6 hrs
Max.S days
Min. 36 hrs
Max.21 days
Min.16 hrs
Max. Not applicable
Min. 16 hrs
Max.21 days
4 hrs
4-6 hrs
1 hr
1 hr
-45C to 125C
under insulation
And immersion
-45C to 150C
under insulation &
immersion
(Note: 5)
upto 400 C for C.

Steel & S. Steel for
Intertherm 751 CSA
-45C to 150C for
upto 480 C for C.
immersion service
Steel & upto 600 C
for S. Steel for
Amercoat 738
Copyright Ell. All rights reserved
0151-43-eta ENGINEERS
Igtlf Emegw INDIA LIMIIID
IA Gobi
IMWIFIRMFM WD
of Incl. Unded*V
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 20 OF 59
NOTES (for tables 6.1 to 6.4):

Covering capacity and DFT depends on method of application. Covering capacity
specified above are theoretical. Allowing the losses during application, min specified
DFT should be maintained.
All primers and finish coats should be cold cured and air drying unless otherwise
specified.
All paints shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for surface
preparation, intervals, curing and application. The surface preparation, quality and
workmanship should be ensured. In case of conflict between this specification and
manufacturer's recommendation, the same shall be clarified through EIL SMMS
department.
Technical data sheets for all paints shall be supplied at the time of submission of
quotations.
F-15: Two-component Epoxy phenolic coating cured with Polyamine adduct hardner
system (primer + intermediate coat + finish paint) suitable upto 225C (Intertherm 228
from M/s Akzo Nobel Coatings India Pvt Ltd. Bangalore). For all other companies, the
temperature resistance shall be a maximum of 150C.
F-16: Ambient temperature curing epoxy poly siloxane Coating or high build cold
applied inorganic co-polymer based aluminium coating.
Amercoat 738 from PPG Protective & Marine coatings. Mumbai, is suitable up to
480C for CS surfaces and 600C for SS surfaces.
Intertherm 751 from Akzo Nobel Coatings India Pvt Ltd. Bangalore, Inorganic copolymer cold applied Aluminium spray coating is suitable upto 400C of CS & SS
surfaces.
Page 758 of 1178
fit ENGINEERS
ligar ta2eg e INDIA LIMITED

i
1 11101.124112=3WRI
7.0
IA
Gen a/ Ind4a Undertalng)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 21 OF 59
COATING SYSTEMS
The coating system should be selected based on the Plant location as given below:
Classification based on Plant Location:
a) Plant located in Inland area (more than 50 km from coast);
Environment Classification Industrial
For offsite areas: Table 9.0 to be followed
For all unit areas including DM,CPP and Cooling Tower: Table 10.0 to be
followed
b) Plant located on sea coast or within 50 km from sea coast;
Environment classification- Industrial marine
-
For offsite area, as well as all unit area including DM, CPP, Cooling Tower:
Table 10.0 to be followed
c) For external surface of above ground tanks, table 12.0 to be followed for all
locations (Inland or coastal)
Notes:
Coating
systems
(Primers,
Finish
Paints
etc.)
based
on
classification/environments/Applications are tabulated in Table 8.0 to Table 17.0
Area
Primers & Finish paints covered in Tables 8.0 to 17.0 are listed in Table 7.1.
3. Repair of Pre-Erection/Pre-Fabrication & Shop priming after erection/ welding shall be
done as per Table 7.2.
Page 759 of 1178
el
Raft
litaimeneRanuoim
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA GNI d Undertakng)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 22 OF 59
TABLE 7.1: LIST OF PRIMERS & FINISH COATS COVERED IN TABLE NOS. 8 to 18.0
PRIMERS
P-2
Chlorinated rubber zinc Phosphate Primer
P-4
Etch Primer/Wash Primer
P-6
Two component Epoxy Zinc Phosphate Primer cured with polyamine hardener
P-7
Single pack, cold galvanizing compounds containing minimum 92% electrolytic zinc in dry film.
make ZINGA, LOCKTITE (of HENKEL) or ZRC
FINISH COATS / PAINTS
F-2
Two component Acrylic Polyurethane finish paint
F-3
Chlorinated Rubber finish paint
F-6A
High Build Epoxy finish coating cured with polyamine hardener
F-6B
High Build Epoxy finish coating cured with polyamide hardener
F-6C
Solvent less Epoxy Coating cured with poly amine hardener
F-7
High. build Coal Tar epoxy coating cured with polyamine hardener
F-8
Self priming surface Tolerant High Build epoxy coating. cured with polyamine hardener
F-9
Two component Inorganic Zinc Silicate coating
F-11
Heat resistant synthetic medium based Aluminium paint
F-12
Two component Heat resistant Silicone Aluminium paint.
F-14
Specially formulated coal tar epoxy coating. cured with polyamine hardener
F-15
Two component Epoxy phenolic coating cured with Polyamine adduct hardener system
F-16
F-17
Engineered Epoxy poly Siloxane Coating or high build cold applied inorganic co-polymer based
aluminium coating
Two component solvent free type high build epoxy phenolic/novalac epoxy phenolic coating cured
with Polyamine adduct hardener system
Page 760 of 1178
latrazieLre ENGINEERS
NDIA LIMITED
lgaf Efieg
lageR21201701JMAI
(A Govt Lea Undertakin)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 23 OF 59
TABLE 7.2 REPAIR OF PRE-ERECTION/PRE-FABRICATION OR SHOP PRIMER

AFTER ERECTION/WELDING
For all un-insulated CS, LTCS & low allow steel items in all Environments
SI.
No.
Design Temp. in C
7.2.1
-90 to 400
7.2.2
401 to 550
Coating System
Total DFT
in Microns
SSPC-SP-3
1 coat of F-9
65-75
SSPC-SP-3
1 coat of F-12
20
Surface
Preparation
(min.)
Remarks
See note
below and
clause 5.9.3
NOTES
The application and repair of pre-erection/pre-fabrication or Shop Primer given in above tables
shall be done for all the items to be painted. In case the damages of primer are severe and spread
over large area, entire primer shall be removed by blasting to achieve SSPC-SP-10 and surfaces
to be primed again with F-9 or F-12 as applicable.
TABLE 8.0 COATING SYSTEM FOR GRATINGS, ROLLING & STATIONERY

LADDERS, SPIRAL STAIRWAYS AND HAND RAILS IN ALL LOCATION
Design
Temp. in
SI.
No.
Coating System
Total DFT
in Microns (min.)
Hot Dip Galvanizing to 80-85 microns (600-610

gm/m2)as per IS 4759, 2629, 4736, 2633 +
1 coat of P-6 @ 40u DFT/coat + 1 coat of F-2 @ 40
microns DFT/coat
80 microns of finish coat

(excluding the thickness of
)
Up to 60
8.1
NOTES:
1
No galvanized specimen shall have thickness less than 80 microns.
Repair of the damaged area of galvanized coatings due to welding during erection shall be
carried out as per recommended practice IS 11759 using cold galvanizing spray process.
Organic Paint systems are not acceptable for repair.
After repair of damaged galvanized coating by Cold Galvanized, the repaired area shall be top
coated with paint system as given in Table 8.0 above (i.e., 1 coat of P-6 @ 40g DFT/coat + 1
coat of F-2 @ 40g DFT/coat).
Approved Cold Galvanizing manufacturers are ZINGA, LOCKTITE or Z.R.C.
Page 761 of 1178
PlitiegaENONIEERS
Oga
ft W INDIA UMITED
lam mewl:limn.)
TABLE 9.0
SI.
No.
Design
Temp. in
C
9.1
-90 to -15
9.2
-14 to 60
9.3
61 to 80
IA Gal
of w.
undmanno
Surface
Preparation &
Pre-erection/Shop
Primer
SSPC-SP-10;
lcoat of F-9 @
65-75p DFT/coat
SSPC-SP-10;
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75p DFT/coat
SSPC-SP-10;
lcoat of F-9 @
65-75g OFT/coat
Coating System
(Post-erection / Field)
Total Final
DFT
in Microns
(min.)
Primer
Finish Coat
None
None
65-75
None
I coat of F-2 @
40p DFT/coat
105-115
None
1 coat of F-2 @
40g DFT/coat
105-115
9.4
81 to 250
9.5
251 to 400
SSPC-SP-10;
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75p DFT/coat
None
SSPC-SP-10;
lcoat of F-12 @
20g DFT/coat
None
401 to 550
Rev. 0
PAGE 24 OF 59
COATING SYSTEM FOR OFFSITE AREA (INLAND PLANTS)

For external surfaces of Un-insulated & aboveground (atmospheric exposure)
Structures, Piping, Vessels, Equipments, Pumps, etc. (Note-1); (For Carbon Steel,
LTCS & Low Alloy Steel). See Note Below*
SSPC-SP-10;
I coat of F-9 @
65-75p DFT/coat
9.6
NO. 6-79-0020
None
2 coats of F-11
20p
DFT
@/coat;
(2x20=40)
2 coats of F-12
@ 20p
DFT/coat
(2x20=40)
2 coats of F-12
@20g DFT/coat
(2x20=40)
Remarks
No
overcoating to be
done on
F-9 as it will
lead to mud
cracking.
105
105-115
60
F-12 shall be
ambient
temperature
curing type
* Flare line within unit or offsite areas shall be coated as per Clause 10.3 of Table 10.0, but
having finish coat of 2 coats of F-12.
NOTES:
1
The list of items given in the heading of the above table is not exhaustive. There may be more
items for a particular contract where these specifications are used. The Contractor is fully
responsible for completing painting including prefabrication primer for all the items supplied
and fabricated through his scope of work as per tender document.
If the Pre-erection/Pre-fabrication & Shop Primer has already been completed, the same shall not
be repeated again in the field. In case the damages of primer are severe and spread over large
areas, the engineer-in-charge may decide & advise re-blasting and priming again. Repair of prefabrication/pre-erection primer, if required, shall be done as per Table 7.2.
In case of Paint systems as per SI. Nos. 9.5 and 9.6, the color bands shall be applied over the
Aluminum paint as per the Color coding requirement for specific service of piping given in
Clause 19.0.
All coating system including surface preparation, primer, and finish coat for piping shall be done
at field only.
Page 762 of 1178
15Naeg a-
5litaf talateltli
eRternorni
ENGNEERS
INDIA LMTED
IA God al Indo Undenalogl
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 25 OF 59
TABLE 10.0 COATING SYSTEM FOR UNIT AREAS AS WELL AS DM, CPP,
COOLING TOWER OF INLAND PLANTS AND FOR ALL AREAS (UNIT,
OFFSITE, DM, CPP, etc.) OF COASTAL PLANTS
For external surfaces of un-insulated and above ground (atmospheric exposure)
structures, piping, vessels, equipments, external surface of MS chimney/stacks,
RCC chimney, internal surface of MS chimney without refractory lining, towers,
columns, pumps, compressors, blowers etc. of carbon steel, LTCS & low alloy
steels (note-1)
SI.
No.
10.1
Design
Temp. in C
-90 to -15
10.2
-14 to 80
SSPC-SP-10;
lcoat of F-9 @
65-75g DFT/coat
SSPC-SP-I 0;
lcoat of F-9 @
65-75p DFT/coat
81 to 400
SSPC-SP-10;
lcoat of F-9 @
65-75p DFT/coat
401 to 550
SSPC-SP-10;
lcoat of F-12 @
20p DFT/coat
10.3
10.4
Surface Preparation &

Pre-erection/Shop
Primer
Coating System
Total DFT
in
Microns
(min.)
Primer
Finish Coat
None
None
65-75
2 coats of F-6A
@ 100 g
DFT/coat + 1
coat of F-2 @
4 0p DFT/coat;
(2x100 + 40=
240)
345_355
1 coat of P-6
@ 40 p
DFT/coat
None
None
2 coats of F-12
@ 20p
DFT/coat
2x20=40
2 coats of F-12
@ 20p
DFT/coat;
(2x20=40)
105-115
60
Remarks
No overcoating to be
done on
F 9 as it will
lead to mud
cracking.
F-12 shall
ambient
be
temperature
curing type
c) Finish coat
including
primer
compatible
with
finish
coat (i.e. field
primer) shall
be applied at
only.
site
Finish
coating is not
permitted at
equipment
manufacture
shop.
NOTES:
The list of items given in the heading of the above table is not exhaustive. There may be more
items for a particular contract where these specifications are used. The Contractor is fully
responsible for completing painting including prefabrication primer for all the items supplied
and fabricated through his scope of work as per tender document.
If the Pre-erection/Pre-fabrication & Shop Primer has already been completed, the same shall not
be repeated again in the field. In case the damages of primer are severe and spread over large
Page 763 of 1178
ail-ileaENGINEERS
Eififtw INDIA LIMITED
imprriWREM3001411
(A GS of In& Undertalargl
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 26 OF 59
areas, the engineer-in-charge may decide & advise re-blasting and priming again. Repair of prefabrication/pre-erection primer, if required, shall be done as per Table 7.2.
For external surface of MS chimney with or without refractory lining and for internal surface
without refractory lining, paint system as per 10.3 above shall be followed.
For external surface of RCC Chimney, 2 coats of F-6 @ 10012 DFT/coat to obtain total DFT of
200 p. shall be applied after proper surface preparation as per guidelines in 5.1.6.
In case of paint systems as per SI. Nos. 10.3 and 10.4, the colour bands shall be applied over the
Aluminum paint as per the Color coding requirement for specific service of piping given in
Clause 19.0.
All coating system including surface preparation, primer, finish coat for piping shall be done at
site/field only.
Page 764 of 1178
OWIETte. ENONEERS
1ga fa2e3 WV INDIA LIMITED
Olen eiROIMMICR)A GM a/ Incia Undertalong)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 27 OF 59
TABLE 11.0 COATING SYSTEM FOR EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT (ETP)

SI.
No.
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
Total
DFT in
Remarks
Surface Preparation
Primer
Finish Coat Microns
(min.)
For Extemal Surfaces of C.S./M.S. items: Screens, Walk way bridges, Baffles, Dual media filters,
Vertical pumps, piping in treated effluent sump, bio sludge pump, Screw pump and pump house, CS
tanks, sumps and vessels.
2 coats of
F-6A @100g
DFT/coat + 1
1 coat of F-9
coat40g
of F-2 @
305-315
-14 to 80
SSPS-SP-10
@ 65-75g
DFT/coat
DFT/coat;
(2x100+40=2
40)
For Internal Surfaces of CS/MS Items: Bio-sludge sump, Fil er feed sump, Process sump, Sanitary
sump, Transfer ump, Sludge, Slop oil tank, scrapping mechanism in Clarifier
3 coats of
1 coat of F-9
F-6A @100g
Note:1
@ 65-75g
365-375
-14 to 80
SSPS-SP-10
DFT/coat
DFT/coat.
(3x100=300)
All R.C.C./concrete surfaces exposed to effluent water / liquid such as tanks, structures, drains etc. in
Process sump, TPI separator (Process and Oil), Aeration Tank and Transfer sump etc.
Epoxy screed
lining shall be
Blast cleaning to SSPC-SP
applied as per
guide lines and Acid
specific
Epoxy Screed lining
3mm
-14 to 80
etching with 10-15% HCI
manufacturer
acid followed by thorough
and Engineerwater washing.
in-Charge
instructions
C.S/M.S Dual media filters (Internal), Chemical dosing tanks(intemal such as Di-Ammonium
Phosphate (DAP) and Urea
Natural
Rubber lining
shall be
applied as per
Natural Rubber Lining
4.5mm
specific
Up to 60
SSPC-SP-10
(As per IS 4682, Part 1)
manufacturer
and Engineerin-Charge
instructions
Coating System
Design Temp.
in C
NOTES
1. The paint /coating manufacturers shall provide their Quality control test certificate of coating
materials (F-6A) for immersion service of the exposed effluent given in 11.2.
Page 765 of 1178
azdZICS ENGNEERS
Oa' 111e W INDIA LIMITED
(02,121POIRCOMWM
(A Sort el In& Undeftm g )
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 28 OF 59
TABLE 12.0 EXTERNAL COATING SYSTEMS FOR UNINSULATED CARBON STEEL

AND LOW ALLOY STEEL STORAGE TANKS (For all plant locations, coastal
or inland)
All Process Units & Off-sites
SI.
No.
Design Temp.
in C
Surface
Preparation
(Field)
Coating system (Field)

(see note 1 below)
Finish Coat
Primer
12' 1
12.1.1
12.1.2
12.1.3
12.2
12.2.1
Remarks
All external surfaces of shell, wind girders, appurtenances, roof tops of all above ground tank including top
. of external and internal floating roof and associated external structural works.
side
-14 to 80
81 to 150
151 to 500
SSPC-SP-10
SSPC-SP-10
SSPC-SP-10
2 coats of F-6A @
lcoat of F-9 @ 65-75p
100p DFT /coat + 1
DFT/coat + lcoat of P-6
coat of F-2 @ 40p
@ 40p DFT/ coat ;
DFT/ coat;
1 coat of F-15 primer @

80p DFT/ coat + 1 coat
of F-15 intermediate
coat @ 80p DFT/coat ;
345-355
F-6 should
be suitable
for
occasional
water
immersion
280
1 coat of F-15 finish

coat @80p DFT/ coat +
lcoat of F-2 @ 40p
DFT/ coat;
2 coats of F-12 @20 p

DFT/ coat
lcoat of F-9 @ 65-75p or
DFT/coat
1 coat of F-16 @ 50 p
DFT / coat
105
or
115
External surfaces of bottom pla e (soil side) for all storage tanks.
-14 to 80
12.2.2
81 to 150
12.2.3
151 to 550
12.3
Total
DFT
in
Microns
(min.)
SSPC-SP-10
SSPC-SP-10
SSPC-SP-10
1 coat of F-9 @
65-75p DFT/ coat
3 coats of F-7@ 100p

DFT/coat (3x100=300)
365_375
F-7 should
be suitable
for
immersion
service of
the
products
given

80p DFT/ coat + 1 coat
of F-15 intermediate
coat @ 80p DFT/ coat
coat @ 80p DFT/coat ;
(80+80=160)
240
1 coat of F-16 @ 125 p 1 coat of F-16 @ 125 p

DFT /coat
DFT /coat
250
For underside of the bottom plate (in case tank is not lifted during PWHT) (see Note 2c)
Page 766 of 1178
5Rizth ft ENGINEERS
1@U Elffleg
NDIA LIMITED
leiarr FIROIMIWII
12.3.1
-180 to 650
IA Gut d India Undedalung)
For CS
SSPC SP-6
Commercial
Blast
For SS
SSPC SP-1
with nonchloride
chlo
solvent
1 coat of inert polymeric

matrix coating @ 125 u
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 29 OF 59
2 coats of inert
polymeric matrix
coating @ 125 Ft
350-400
Products
from
JOTUN or
HI-TEMP
coatings or
SK
FORMULA
TIONS are
recommend
ed.
NOTES
All paint coating application including primer for tankage shall be carried out at field after
erection and completion of all welding.
For underside of bottom plate :
Painting shall be carried out before laying of bottom plate for tanks with Non-Post Weld
Heat Treatment (PWHT).
For tanks with PWHT, painting shall be carried out after PWHT.
c) In case tank is not lifted during PWHT then painting shall be applied before laying of bottom
plate, clause no. 12.3.1 shall be followed.
Caution: PWHT temperature shall not exceed 650C.
Page 767 of 1178
151fizieta ENCINEERS
Oga tiRegs INDIA LMTED
INF 212(INVINMER)
(A Gout of kb Undettiong)
NO. 6-79-0020

Rev. 0
PAGE 30 OF 59
TABLE 13.0 INTERNAL COATING SYSTEMS FOR CARBON STEEL AND LOW ALLOY
STORAGE TANKS
All Process Units & Off-sites
Surface
Preparation
(Field)

(see note 1 below)
Total
DFT
in
Microns
(min.)
SI.
No.
Design
Temp. in C
13.1
CRUDE OIL, ATF, TURPENTINE OIL, LUBRICAT NG OIL AND VEGETABLE OIL
Underside of floating roof, internal surface of cone roof, inside of bottom plate, Internal surfaces of Shell
- including wetted and free board height, oil side surfaces of deck plates, oil side surfaces of pon oons,
roof structures, structural steel, ladders and other CS internals
13.1.
1
13.2
-14 to 90
-14 to 45
13.2.
2
46 to 90
13.3.
1
13.4
13.4.
1
13.4.
2
13.5
13.5.
1
1 coat of F-15 primer a
800 DFT/ coat
Finish Coat
1 coat of F-15
intermediate coat @
800 DFT/coat + 1 coat
of F-15 finish coat @
80p DFT/ coat,
240-300
PETROLEUM PRODUCTS & INTERMEDIATES like LDO, HSD , GAS OIL, FEEDS of
FCC-PC, FCC-LCO, VGO-HDT, ISOM, DHDT, REFORMATE, DCU, NHT & GASOLINE,
NAPHTHA, ISOMERATE AND KEROSENE.
Underside of Floating roofs, internal surface of cone roof, inside of bottom plate, internal surfaces of
Bare shell for full height, underside of floating roof, oil side surfaces of deck plates, oil side surfaces of
pontoons, support structures and ladders etc.
13.2.
I
13.3
SSPC-SP-10
Primer
Remarks
SSPC-SP-10
SSPC-SP-10
I coat of F-9 @
75 0 DFT/coat
75
Note 2

80p DFT/ coat
1 coat of F-15
intermediate coat @
80p DFT/coat + 1 coat
800 DFT/ coat;
240-300
POTABLE AND FIRE WATER

All internal surfaces, accessories and roof structures of Cone and Dome roof tanks
2 Coats of F-6A @
1 Coats of P-6 @
300-350
1000 DFT/ Coat;
-14 to 60
SSPC-SP-10
100 0 DFT/coat;
(2x100=200)
DE-MINERALIZED (DM) WATER
2 coats of F-6C @
1 Coats of P-6 @
400-450
200p DFT/ coat;
-14 to 60
SSPC-SP-i0
1000 DFT/coat;
(2x200=400)
1 coat of F-15
intermediate coat @
1 coat of F-15 primer @ 800 DFT/coat + 1 coat
240-300
61 to150
SSPC-SP-10
800 DFT/ coat
800 DFT/ coat;
(80+80=160)
%
HYDROCHLORIC ACID (HCI) 10
-14 to 60
SSPC-SP-10
Page 768 of 1178
None
Natural Rubber Lining
4.5 mm
Note-4
ofteiftENGINEERS
ogaiEgRegewr INDIA um-rED

114M MK,'"UMR0
13.6
13.6.
1
13.7
13.7.
1
13.8
13.8.
1
13.9
13.9.
1
13.10
13.10
.1
13.11
13.11
1
IA GS of Undertaiong)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 31 OF 59
AGGRESSWE SOLVENTS LIKE HEXANE, HEXENE, BENZENE, XYLENE AND TOLUENE

-14 to 65
SSPC-SP-10
1 coat of F-9 @ 75p

DFT/ coat
---
75
ETHYLENE GLYCOL (EG) TANKS

Internal shell-full height, bottom plate, underside of roof and all accessories
3 coats of vinyl
chloride co-polymer
AMERCOAT 23 @
225
SSPC-SP-10
None
All
75p /Coat;
(3x75=225)
Inside pontoon and inside of double deck of all floatingroofs
1 coat of F-8 @ 100p
1 coat of F-8 @ 100p
200
- 14 to 80
SSPC-SP-3
DFT/coat
DFT/coat
WET SLOPS, AMINE soluCons, SOUR WATER , WATER DRAW OFF
1 coat of F-15
intermediate coat @
1 coat of F-15 primer @ 80p DFT/coat + 1 coat
240
-14 to 90
SSPC-SP-]0
80p DFT/ coat
80p DFT/ coat;
(80+80=160)
VACUUM RESIDUE, FUEL OIL , DRY SLOP, BITUMEN AND OTHER HIGH TEMPERATURE
HYDROCARBON LIQUIDS
Underside of floating roof, internal surface of cone roof, bottom plate, inside of bare shell including
wetted and non wetted surfaces, oil side surfaces of deck plates, oil side surfaces of pontoons, roof
structures, structural steel and ladders
1 coat of F-17
intermediate coat @
125p DFT/coat + 1 coat
375
.. N..
_
1 coat of F-17 primer
ote:3
Up to 150C SSPC-SP-10
of F-17 finish coat
@ 125p DFT/ coat
@125p DFT/ coat.
(125+125=250)
ALKALIS UP TO 50 % CONCENTRATION
2 Coats of F-6 A @
1 coat of F-15 primer
mer @
280-100
100p DFT/coat;
Up to 60C
SSPC-SP-10
80p DFT/ coat
(2x100=200)
NOTES
All paint coating application including primer shall be carried out after erection and completion
I.
of all welding work at site.
F-6A should be suitable and resistant for immersion service for the respective Hydrocarbons.
This system can be used where maximum operating temperature is below 150C and design
temperature is upto 200C. Cases of operating temperature > 150C are not covered in this spec,
such cases shall be covered in the job specifications.
4
F-6 A shall be suitable for drinking water service and should have competent authority
certification.
Page 769 of 1178
ateaftINGINEERS
Igar fitileuW WA LIMITED
Iiik717421191PONAZIPI)
IA GM
al Ma Undslasn91
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 32 OF 59
TABLE 14.0 COATING SYSTEMS FOR EXTERNAL SIDE OF UNDERGROUND

CARBON STEEL PLANT PIPING AND UNDERGROUND VESSELS
SI.
No.
14.1
Design
Temp. in
C
Surface
Preparation
&
Shop Primer

Surface
Preparation &
25 to 65
---
1 coat of synthetic
fast drying primer
25 @it DFT/ coat
SSPC-SP-10;
14.2.1
14.2.2
14.3
14.3.1
66 to 150
---
1 coat of F-17
primer @ 125u
DFT/ coat
SSPC-SP-10;
I layer of coaltar tape

coating @ 2mm +1
coat of synthetic fast
drying primer 25 @u
OFT/ coat + 1 layer of
coal tar tape coating @
2mm /layer as per
EIL Standard
Specification No
6-79-0011
4 mm
The primer
DFT is not
measurable.
Reconciliation
primer shall
be done by
coverage of
maximum 10
sq.m/litre
1 coat of F-17
intermediate coat @
125u DFT/coat + I
coat of F-17 finish
coat @125u DFT/ coat
375
250

1 coat of F-I6
primer @l25
DFT/ coat
External side of un-insulated underground storage vessels
SSPC-SP-10;
151 to 400
-40 to 80
---
I coat of F-9
@
65-75u DFT/
coat
--
3 coats of F-7 @ 100u

DFT/coat
365-375
---
I coat of
F-17
intermediate coat @
125u DFT/coat + 1
coat of F-17 finish
coat @12512 DFT/ coat
375
---

250
SSPC-SP-10;
14.3.2
Remarks
Finish Coat
Underground carbon steel plant piping
SSPC-SP-10;
14.1.1
Total Final
DFT
in Microns
(min.)
min.)
81 to 150
1 coat of F-17
primer @
125u DFT/
coat
SSPC-SP-10;
143.3
151 to 400
I coat of F-16
primer @
125u DFT/
coat
Page 770 of 1178
azosfillteifitENONEERS
eies INDIA utsiTED
IMIPWd3,0111
IA GOA d loan Undeglaan9)
TABLE 15.0
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 33 OF 59
COATING UNDER INSULATION (COASTAL OR INLAND PLANTS). ALL

UNITS AREAS & OFF-SITES
For insulated Piping, Equipments, Storage vessels, tanks, Columns etc of Carbon
Steel, LTCS, Low Alloy Steel & Stainless Steels
SI.
No.
Design
Temp. in C
Surface
Preparation &
Preerection/Shop
Primer
Total
Final
DFT
in
Microns
(min.)
Coating System
Primer/
Intermediate
Carbon steel, LTCS and low Alloy steel Piping

SSPC-SP-10;
1 coat of F-15 @
15.1.1
-45 to 120
'coat of F-15 @
75p DFT/coat
75p DFT/coat
SSPC-SP-10;
15.1.2
121-540
'coat of F-12 @
None
20p DFT/coat
Finish Coat
Remarks
15.1
15.2
15.2.1
15.2.2
153
15.3.1
2 coats of F-15 @
75p DFT/coat;
225- 250
(2x75= 150)
2coat of F-I2 @
20p DFT/coat;
60
(2x20=40)
Carbon steel, LTCS and low Alloy steel - Storage vessels, Reactors, Columns & Equipments
-45 to 120
121 to 540
SSPC-SP-10;
'coat of F-15 @
75p DFT/coat
Temporary oil
based varnish
coating to be
provided for
transport and
storage
1 coat of F-15 @
75p DFT/coat
2 coats of F-15 @
75p DFT/coat;
225- 250
(2x75= 150)
Thermally Sprayed Aluminium coating

(TSAC)
Refer ANNEXURE-I
Stainless Stee (SS) including Alloy-20 piping (Note:2)
-180 to Zero
For CS
SSPC SP-6
Commercial Blast
For SS
SSPC SP-1 with
non-chloride
solvent
15.3.2
0 to 125
SSPC-SP-10
(15-25p surface
profile)
1 coat of F-15@
80 p DFT/coat
15.3.3
126 to 400
SSPC-SP-10
1 coat of F-16 @
125 g DFT/coat
Page 771 of 1178
1 coat of inert
polymeric matrix
coating @ 125 p
2 coats of inert
polymeric matrix
coating @ 125 p
350-400
Products from
JOTUN or HITEMP coatings or
SK
FORMULATIONS
are recommended.
1 coat of F-15
intermediate coat
@80 p DFT/coat
1 coat of F-15
finish coat@ 80
p DFT/coat;
240
None
1 coat of F-16 @
125 0 DFT/coat
250
If the piping &

equipments are
already erected
then surface shall
be prepared by
cleaning with
emery paper and
wash/flush with
chloride free DM
water followed by
wiping with
organic solvent
Not recommended
for operating
temperature
laizEtha ENGINEERS
Glg a tiOtegmv INDIA UNITED

1011PFT 21R077 ttUatf 0
IA Govl of Yea Undetlicingi
401 to 600
15.3.4
SSPC SP-10;
1 coat of
Amercoat 738@
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 34 OF 59
between
I coat of
None
125 it DFT/coat
Amercoat 738@
125 g DFT/coat
250
60 - 120 C
Coating system for Cyclic Service of Carbon Steel, LTCS, Low Alloy Steel & Stainless Steel
Apcothem EPN
SSPC-SP-10
1 coat of F-15
1 coat of F-15
200 of M/s Asian
(15-25g surface
intermediate coat
240
Paints Ltd
finish coat @
profile)
15.4.1 - 40 to 150
OR
1 coat of F-15 @ @ 80g DFT/coat
80m DFT/coat;
Equivalent
80 p DFT/coat
For CS
Products from
SSPC SP-6
JOTUN or HI2 coats of inert
Commercial Blast
1 coat of inert
TEMP coatings or
-180 to 650
polymeric matrix 350-400
polymeric matrix
15.4.2
For SS
SK
coating @ 125 g
coating @ 125 g
SSPC SP-1 with
FORMULATIONS
non-chloride
are recommended.
solvent
15.5 No painting is required for insulated Monel, Incoloy and Nickel lines.
15.4
NOTES
3.
"Cyclic Service" is characterized by rapid temperature fluctuation.

The blast cleaning abrasives for SS and Alloy steel surfaces shall be Aluminium oxide
grits/shots or garnet.
In case of overlapping of temperature ranges as mentioned in 15.4.1 and 15.4.2, clause 15.4.1
shall be followed.
TABLE 16.0 COATING SYSTEM FOR CARBON STEEL COMPONENTS OF COOLERS /

CONDENSERS (INTERNAL PROTECTION) FOR FRESH WATER SERVICE
Fresh Water boxes, channels, partition plates, end covers and tube sheets etc.
SI.
No.
Design
Temp. in .C
Surface Preparation
& Pre-erection/Shop
Primer
16.1
Up to 80 C
SSPC-SP-10
16.2
80 to 140
Format No. 8-00-0001-Fl Rev. 0
Page 772 of 1178
SSPC-SP-10
Coating System
Total
Final DFT
in Microns
(min.)
Primer
Finish paint
1 coat of F-15
@ 80 microns
2 coats of F-15 @
80p DFT/coat;
240
1 coat of Glass
Fibre Reinforced
Novolac epoxy of
1.5 mm DFT
1500
Remarks
laitairiENONEERS
INDIA umiTED
5fgaitameni,
MR" eleanSFM
(A Gm 0/ India Undertiongi
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 35 OF 59
TABLE 17.0 COATING SYSTEM (INTERNAL PROTECTION) FOR GALVANIZED OR

NON FERROUS OR STAINLESS STEEL/ DUPLEX STAINLESS STEEL
COMPONENTS OF COOLERS/ CONDENSERS FOR FRESH WATER
SERVICE
Surface Preparation
& Pre-erection/Shop
Primer
SI.
No.
Temp. in C
17.1
Up to 80
Sweep Blasting
17.2
80 to 140
Sweep Blasting
Design
Total Final
Coating System
DFT
in Microns
(min.)
Primer
Finish paint
1 coat of F-15 @
1 coat of F-15 @
80g DFT/coat;
I coat of Glass
Fibre Reinforced
Novolac epoxy of
1.5 mm DFT
80g DFT/coat;
---
Remarks
160
1500
18.0
STORAGE
18.1
All paints and painting materials shall be stored only in rooms to be arranged by contractor
19.0
and approved by Engineer-in-charge for the purpose. All necessary precautions shall be
taken to prevent fire. The storage building shall preferably be separate from adjacent
building. A signboard bearing the word "PAINT STORAGE - NO NAKED LIGHT HIGHLY INFLAMABLE" shall be clearly displayed outside. Manufacturer's
recommendation shall be followed for storage of paint materials.
COLOUR CODE
The following colour coding system shall be followed. However alternate colour coding may
also be followed as per Owner's colour coding practice/scheme.
19.1
IDENTIFICATION
The system of colour coding consists of a ground colour and secondary colour bands
superimposed over the ground colour. The ground colour identifies the basic nature of the
service and secondary colour band over the ground colour distinguishes the particular service.
The ground colour shall be applied over the entire length of the un-insulated pipes. For
insulated lines ground colour shall be provided as per specified length and interval to identify
the basic nature of service and secondary colour bands to be painted on these specified length
to identify the particular service. Above colour code is applicable for both unit and offsite
pipelines.
Page 773 of 1178
,S
0?atitatuvoy
Sifflirel3qtall
RS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt d Irda Undenkr9)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 36 OF 59
COLOUR CODING
RECOMMNDED COLOUR FOR

PAINT SYSTEM
SERVICE
SR.
No.
RAL COLOUR CODE

BASE
COLOUR
BAND
COLOUR
7012
7012
7012
2011
3001
6010
HYDROCARBON LINES (UNINSULATED)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CRUDE SOUR
CRUDE SWEET
LUBE OILS
FLARE LINES
LPG
PROPYLENE
NAPTHA
M.S.
AV.GASOLINE (96 RON)
10
11
21
22
23
24
GASOLINE (regular, leaded)

GASOLINE (premium,
leaded)
GASOLINE (white)
GASOLINE (Aviation
100/130)
GASOLINE (Aviation
115/145)
N-PENTANE
DIESEL OIL (White)
DIESEL OIL (Black)
KEROSENE
HY.KEROSENE
DISUFIDE OIL (EXMEROX)
M.T.0
DHPPA
FLUSHING OIL
LAB FS
25
LAB RS
26
27
28
29
30
LAB (Off. Spec)

N-PARAFFIN
HEAVY ALKYLATE
BLOW DOWN, VAPOR
LINE
SLOWDOWN
31
32
33
34
35
A.T.F.
TOULENE
BENZENE
LAB PRODUCT
FUEL OIL
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Page 774 of 1178
Dark Admiralty grey with 1 orange band

Dark Admiralty grey with I red band
Dark Admiralty grey with 1 green band
Heat Resistant Aluminium
Orange with 1 oxide red band
Orange with 2 blue bands
Orange with 1 green band
Orange with 1 dark admiralty grey band
Orange with 1 band each of green, white
and red bands
Orange with 1 black band
Orange with 1 blue band
9006
2011
3009
2011
5013
2011
6010
2011
7012
2011 6010 9010 3001
2011
2011
9005
5013
Orange with 1 white band

Orange with 1 red band
2011
2011
9010
3001
Orange with 1 purple band
2011
4006
Orange with 2 blue bands

Oxide red with 1 white band
Oxide red with 1 yellow band
Oxide red with 1 green band
Oxide red with 2 green bands
Oxide red with 1 black band
2011
3009
3009
3009
3009
3009
5013
9010
1023
6010
6010
9005
Oxide red with 3 green bands

Oxide red with 2 white bands
Oxide red with 2 black bands
Oxide red with 2 dark admiralty grey
bands
Oxide red with 3 dark admiralty grey
bands
Oxide red with 1 light grey band
Oxide red with 1-blue band
Oxide red with red band
Off white / Aluminum with 1-Brown
band
Off white / Aluminum with 2 brown
bands
Leaf brown with 1 white band
Leaf brown with 1 yellow band
Leaf brown with 1 green band
Leaf brown with 1 blue band
Black with 1 yellow band
3009
3009
3009
3009
6010
9010
9005
7012
3009
7012
3009
3009
3009
9006
7035
5013
3001
8004
9006
8004
8003
8003
8003
8003
9005
9010
1023
6010
5013
1023
liftENGINEERS
gaituw INDIA umn-ED
ogegOfrae
INIMMER1101MOR0
36
37
38
39
IA GOA d India Undedakingl
FULE OIL (Aromatic rich)

ASPHALT
SLOP AND WASTE OILS
SLOP AROMATICS
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 37 OF 59
Black with 2 yellow bands

Black with 1 white band
Black with 1 orange band
Black with 2 orange bands
9005
9005
9005
9005
1023
9010
2011
2011
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1012
1004
1012
1012
1012
1012
5000
9005
9010
5013
9006
9005
3001
5013
5013
6010
7031
CHEMICAL LINES
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
TRI-SODIUM PHOSPHATE
CAUSTIC SODA
SODIUM CHLORIDE
AMMONIA
CORROSION INHIBITOR
HEXAMETA PHOSPHATE
ACID LINES
RICH AMINE
LEAN AMINE
SOLVENT
LCS
Canary yellow with 1 violet band

Canary yellow with 1 black band
Canary yellow with 1 white band
Canary yellow with 1 blue band
Canary yellow with 1 Aluminum band
Canary yellow with 2 black bands
Golden Yellow with 1 red band
Canary yellow with 2 blue bands
Canary yellow with 3 blue bands
Canary yellow with 1 green band
Canary yellow with 1 smoke grey
WATER LINES
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
RAW WATER
INDUSTRIAL WATER
TREATED WATER
DRINKING WATER
COOLING WATER
SERVICE WATER
TEMPERED WATER
Sky blue with 1 black band

Sky blue with 2 signal red band
Sky blue with 1 oxide red band
Sky blue with 1 green band
Sky blue with 1 light brown band
Sky blue with 1 signal red brown
Sky blue with 2 green bands
5015
5015
5015
5015
5015
5015
5015
9005
3001
3009
6010
1011
3001
6010
58
59
DM WATER
DM WATER ABOVE 150F
Sky blue with 1 aluminum band

Sky blue with 2 black bands
5015
5015
9006
9005
60
61
62
SOUR WATER
STRIPPED WATER
ETP TREATED WATER
Sky blue with 2 yellow bands

Sky blue with 2 blue bands
Sky blue with 2 oxide red bands
5015
5015
5015
1013
5013
3009
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM (ABOVE GROUND)

63
FIRE WATER FOAM &

EXTINGUISHERS
Post office red
3002
AIR & OTHER GAS LINES (UNINSULATED)

64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
SERVICE MR
INSTRUMENT AIR
NITROGEN
FREON
CHLORINE
SO2
H2S
GAS (Fuel)
GAS (Sour)
Page 775 of 1178
Sea green with 1 signal red band

Sea green with 1 black band
Sea green with 1 orange band
Sea green with 1 yellow band
Canary yellow with 1 oxide band
Canary yellow with 2 white bands
Orange with 2 red oxide bands
Orange with 1 aluminum band
Orange with 2 aluminum bands
6018
6018
6018
6018
1012
1012
2011
2011
2011
3001
9005
2011
1023
3009
9010
3009
9006
9006
ENGINEERS
ol
gra14
NA UNITED
ogatimever
1 4*Vi MeRnm agara)
73
74
(AGutsneauncleilaking)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 38 OF 59
Orange with 2 signal red band

Orange with 1 light green band
GAS (Sweet)
HYDROGEN
2011
2011
3001
6021
9006
9006
9006
9006
1023
3001
2011
6021
STEAM AND CONDENSATE LINES (UNINSULATED)
75
76
77
78
Off white / Aluminum with 1 yellow band

Off white / Aluminum with 1 red band
Off white / Aluminum with 1 orange band
Off white / Aluminum with 1 light green
band
Sky blue with 1 white band
Sky blue with 3 oxide red band
HP STEAM
MP STEAM
MLP STEAM
LP STEAM
9010
5015
CONDENSATE
5015
3009
CONDENSATE ABOVE
150F
.
Sky blue with 2 red bands
5015
3001
81
BFW
Note: For all insulated steam lines, the colour coding shall be follow as given for un insulated lines with the
specified length of color bands.
79
80
INSULATED HYDROCARBON PIPING
82
IFO SUPPLY
83
IFO RETURN
84
HPS
85
BITUMEN
86
CLO
87
VB TAR
88
89
VR AM (BITUMEN / VBU
FEED)
VR BH
90
VAC. SLOP
91
SLOP
92
CRUDE SWEET
93
CRUDE OUR
94
VGO / HCU
95
OHCU BOTOM / FCCU

FEED
1Black ground colour with 1 yellow band

in centre
Black ground colour with 1 green band in
centre
Black ground colour with 1 red band in
centre
Black ground colour with 2 red bands in
centre
Black ground colour with 1 brown band
in centre
Black ground colour with 2 brown bands
in centre
1 Black ground colour with 1 blue band
in centre
1 Black ground colour with 2 blue bands
in centre
1 Black ground colour with 1 white band
in centre
1 Black ground colour with 1 orange band
in centre
1 Dark admiralty grey ground colour with
1 red band in centre
1 Dark admiralty grey ground colour with
1 orange band in centre
1 Oxide red ground colour with 2 steel
grey bands in centre
1 Oxide red ground colour with 2 steel
grey bands in centre
9
9005
1023
9005
6010
9005
3001
9005
3001
9005
8004
9005
8004
9005
5013
9005
5013
9005
9010
9005
2011
7012
3001
7012
2011
3009
7011
3009
7011
UNINSULATED EQUIPMENTS, TANKS AND STRUCTURES
96
97
98
HEATER STRUCTURE
HEATER CASING
VESSELS & COLUMNS
Page 776 of 1178
Steel grey
Heat resistant aluminium
Aluminium
7011
9006
9006
15ilfraq t ENGINEERS
igeg Eveglief INDIA um iTED

INA/ 2ROWMACNI)
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
IA Cal el India Undertaking)
HYDROGEN BULLETS
LPG VESSELS
SO2 VESSEL
HEAT EXCHANGER
FO TANK AND HOT
TANKS
ALL OTHER TANKS
CAUSTIC / AMINE / ACID
TANKS
SOUR WATER
OUTER SURFACE IN
BOILER HOUSE
COMPRESSORS AND
BLOWERS
PUMPS
MOTORS & SWITCH GEAR
HAND RAILING
STAIRCASE, LADDER
AND WALKWAYS
LOAD LIFTING
EQUIPMENT AND
MONORAILS ETC
GENERAL STRUCTURE
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 39 OF 59
Pink
Oxide red
Canary yellow
Heat resistant aluminium
Black
3014
3009
1012
9006
9005
Aluminum / Off white

Golden yellow
9006
1004
Sky Blue
Heat resistant aluminum
5015
9006
Dark admiralty grey
7012
Navy blue
Bluish green
Signal red
Black
5014
5024
3001
9005
Leaf brown
8003
Black
9005
PIPES AND FITTINGS OF ALLOY STEEL AND SS MATERIAL IN STORE

115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
IBR
9Cr-lMo
5Cr-0.5Mo
2 1,4 Cr-1 Mo
1,,4Cr- 1/2 Mo
SS-304
SS-316
SS-321
Signal red
Verdigris green
Satin blue
Aircraft yellow
Traffic Yellow
Dark blue grey
Dark violet
Navy blue
3001
6021
5012
1026
1023
5008
4005
5014
SAFETY COLOUR SCHEMES

123
124
DANGEROUS
OBSTRUCTION
DANGEROUS OR
EXPOSED PARTS OF
MACHINERY
Black and alert orange band

Alert orange
9005
2008
2008
Note: All LPG service PSVs shall be painted Deep Blue.

All drains & Vents shall be painted in Main line colour.
The colour code scheme is for identification of piping service group, It consists of a ground
colour and 1 / 2 colour bands.
19.2 Ground Colour
On uninsulated pipes, the entire pipe has to be painted in ground colour., and on metal cladded
insulated lines, minimum 2M long portion should be painted.
Page 777 of 1178
el
ENGNERS
lazir faiatowNDIAumn-ED
O
7R W ,a MOM
IA God d Ada Undertakin /
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 40 OF 59
19.3 Colour Bands

Location of colour bands:
At Battery Limits
Intersection points & change of direction points in piping
Midway of piping section, near valves, across culverts
At 50 M interval on long stretch pipes
At starting and termination points.
Minimum width:
NB
3" and below
Above 3" to 6"
Above 6" to 12"
Above 12"
Width
75 mm
NB X 25 MM
NB X 18 MM
NB X 15 MM
II! Note:
For insulated pipes, NB indicates
OD of the insulation
Sequence :
Colour bands shall be arranged in sequence showing Table above and the sequence follows the
direction of flow. The width of the l st Band to 2nd band is 4:1,
!!! Note : Wherever deemed required by Process Department or Safety, pipes handling hazardous
substances will be given hazard marking of 30 mm wide diagonal stripes of Black and Golden Yellow
as per IS : 2379.
19.4 Special Camouflage Painting for Uninsulated Crude and Product Storage Tanks.
Paint specification shall be as per standards.
Camouflage painting scheme for Defense requirement in irregular patches will be applied with
3 colours
Dark Green
5
Light green
Medium Brown
The patches shall be irregular and asymmetrical and inclined at
2
30
to 60 Degrees.
Patches should be continuous at surface meeting lines / points.

Slits / holes shall be painted in dark green shade.
Width of patches shall be 1 to 2 meters.
19.5 Identification Markings on Equipment / Piping
Equipment tag Numbers shall be Stenciled / neatly painted using normal 'Arial' Lettering
Style on all equipment and piping (Both insulated & uninsulated) after completion of all paint
works. Lettering colour shall be either BLACK or WHITE, depending upon the background,
so as to obtain good contrast.
Page 778 of 1178
02zieLft ENGINEERS
-
IgZIT gate* WA LIMITED

IMEAMIIInM 3AIFAI
IA GoN d India Undeoliongl
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 41 OF 59
Operations Group shall specify location.

Sizes shall be:
Columns, Vessels, Heaters:
Pumps and other M/c
Piping
Storage Tanks
150 mm
50 mm
OD / 2 with Maximum 100 MM.
(As per Drawings)
19.6. Colour Coding for Control Valve

Carbon steel body
- Light grey
Alloy steel body
- Canary yellow
Stainless steel body
- Natural
The actuator of the Control valve shall be painted as :

Direct action (open on air failure) valves
- Green
Reverse acting (close on air failure 1 valves
- Red
The painting Status shall be comprehensively updated every 6 months for compliance
19.7 Colour Coding for Structural & Others
SI
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Item
Indicative
Color
8
9
10
11
12
13
Pipe rack structurals

Chequered Plate ( Both faces)
Grating
Ladder Rungs & Railing Vertical Posts
Hand Rail, Middle rail, Toe Plate
Ladder Verital Posts
Building Structurals, Steel Columns; brackets,
beams, bracings, roof trusses, purlings, side
girts, louvers, stringers
OverHead Monorail
Gantry Girder & Monorail
Monorail Stopper Plates
Coke Cutting System
EOT / HOT Cranes
Transformers, & Battery room structurals
Signal Red
Dark Green
Signal Red.
Signal red
Canary Yellow
Dark Admiraltry Grey
14
Electrical Motors
Dark Blue
Page 779 of 1178
Dark Admiraltry Grey

Black
Black
Black
Signal Red
Signal Red
Dark Admiratry Grey
OWES ENGINEERS
Sga 10e3W INDIA LIMITED

a
PRA panne an)
IA
Govt Crl
hda Undertakng )
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 42 OF 59
20.0
IDENTIFICATION OF VESSELS, PIPING ETC
20.1
Equipment number shall be stencilled in black or white on each vessel, column, equipment &
machinery (insulated or uninsulated) after painting. Line number in black or white shall be
stencilled on all the pipe lines of more than one location as directed by Engineer-In-Charge;
Size of letter printed shall be as below:
Column & Vessels
Pump, compressor & other machinery
Piping
20.2
150mm (high)
50mm (high)
40-150 mm
Identification of Storage Tanks

The storage tanks shall be marked as detailed in the drawing.
21.0
PAINTING FOR CIVIL DEFENCE REQUIREMENTS
21.1
Following items shall be painted for camouflaging if required by the client.

All Columns
All tanks in Offsites
Large Vessels
Spheres
21.2
Two coats of selected finishing paint as per defense requirement shall be applied in a
particular pattern as per 20.3 and as per the instructions of Engineer-In-Charge.
21.3
Method of Camouflaging
21.3.1
Disruptive painting for camouflaging shall be done in three colours in the ratio of 5:3:2 (all
matte finish).
Dark Green
5
Light Green
3
Dark Medium Brown

2
21.3.2
The patches should be asymmetrical and irregular.
21.3.3
The patches should be inclined at 30 to 60 to the horizontal.
21.3.4
The patches should be continuous where two surfaces meet at an angle.
21.3.5
The patches should not coincide with corners.
21.3.6
Slits and holes shall be painted in dark shades.
21.3.7
Width of patches should be 1 to 2 meters.
22.0
QUALITY CONTROL, INSPECTION AND TESTING
22.1
All painting materials including primers and thinners brought to site by contractor for
application shall be procured directly from manufactures as per specifications and shall be
Page 780 of 1178
OPzEtt, ENGINEERS
laatuilir INDIA UMITED
1142710IROW WWI/
IA Gait pi India Uadettiong)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 43 OF 59
accompanied by manufacturer's test certificates. Paint formulations without certificates are

not acceptable (see section 24.0).
22.2
The contractor must produce Test Certificate from Pre Qualified Paint Manufacturer for
various tests as detailed out in section 25.1 of this document, for each batch & for each
category of product. The Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to test wet samples of paint
from each batch at random for verifying quality of paint supplied. Contractor shall arrange to
have such tests, when called for by Engineer-in-Charge, performed at his cost any one of the
independent laboratories listed in the 25.1 of this document.
Samples for the test will be drawn at random in presence Engineer-in-Charge or his
representations. Following tests to be carried out if called for by Engineer-in-Charge:
Specific Gravity
- % solids by weight (% zinc content in case of inorganic or organic zinc primer)
Drying time (touch dry & full curing)
- Adhesion
Flexibility
- Hardness
Storage stability (pot life)
Test methods for above tests shall be as per relevant ASTM or ISO Standard.
22.3
The painting work shall be subject to inspection by Engineer-In-Charge at all times. In

particular, following stage-wise inspection will be performed and contractor shall offer the
work for inspection and approval of every stage before proceeding with the next stage. The
record of inspection shall be maintained in the registers. Stages of inspection are as follows:
Surface preparation
Primer application
Each coat of paint
(c)
During surface preparation, following tests are to be carried out:

Test for absence oil & grease after degreasing before blasting as per procedure given in
sec 6.7 of Annexure-I of this specification (specification for thermally sprayed
Aluminium Coating).
Tests for surface finish of blasted surface shall be done by visual inspection using SSPCVISI. Clear cellophane tape test as per ISO 8502-3 shall be used to confirm absence of
dust on blasted surface. Checks shall be done on each component atleast once per 200 m2
of blasted surface and minimum of 3 checks per shift.
Test for presence of soluble salt as per method ISO 8502-9. Maximum allowable salt
content shall be considered 20 mg/m 2 (2 mg/cm 2). Checks shall be done on each
component atleast once per 200 m2 of blasted surface and minimum of 3 checks per shift.
In case salt exceeds specified limit, the contaminated surface shall be cleaned by method
as per Annexure-C of IS 12944-4 (water cleaning). After cleaning surface shall be
retested for salt after drying.
Blast profile measurement This shall be done as described in sec 6.2 of Annexure-I of
this specification (Specification for thermally sprayed Aluminium).
Test for blasting Media and Blasting air- this shall be done as described in sec 6.6 of
Annexure-I of this specification (Specification for thermally sprayed Aluminium).
Page 781 of 1178
161daelela,
NDR
w ENGINEERS
Ogzir tapeg
Mien FIRM WWI)
LID
IA Gad of Nu Uncle/01V
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 44 OF 59
In addition to above, record should include type of shop primer already applied on equipment
e.g. zinc silicate, or zinc rich epoxy, or zinc phosphate.
Any defect noticed during the various stages of inspection shall be rectified by the contractor
to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-In-Charge before proceeding further. Irrespective of the
inspection, repair and approval at intermediate stages of work, contractor shall be responsible
for making good any defects found during final inspection/guarantee period/defect liability
period as defined in general condition of contract. Dry film thickness (DFT) shall be checked
and recorded after application of each coat and extra coat of paint should be applied to makeup the DFT specified without any extra cost to owner, the extra coat should have prior
approval of Engineer-in-charge.
22.4
Primer Application
After surface preparation, the primer should be applied to cover the crevices, corners, sharp
edges etc. in the presence of inspector nominated by Engineer-In-Charge.
22.5
The shades of successive coats should be slightly different in colour in order to ensure
application of individual coats, the thickness of each coat and complete coverage should be
checked as per provision of this specification. This should be approved by Engineer-InCharge before application of successive coats.
22.6
The contractor shall provide standard thickness measurement instrument with appropriate
range(s) for measuring.
Dry film thickness of each coat, surface profile gauge for checking of surface profile in case
of sand blasting. Holiday detectors and pinhole detector and protector whenever required for
checking in case of immersion conditions.
22.7
Prior to application of paints on surfaces of chimneys, the thickness of the individual coat
shall be checked by application of each coat of same paint on M.S.test panel. The thickness of
paint on test panels shall be determined by using gauge such as 'Elkometer'. The thickness of
each coat shall be checked as per provision of this specification. This shall be approved by
Engineer-In-Charge before application of paints on surface of chimney.
22.8
At the discretion of Engineer-In-Charge, the paint manufacturer must provide the expert
technical service at site as and when required. This service should be free of cost and without
any obligation to the owner, as it would be in the interest of the manufacturer to ensure that
both surface preparation and application are carried out as per their recommendations. The
contractor is responsible to arrange the same.
22.9 Final inspection of finished coating shall consist of measurement of:

Paint dry film thickness (DFT),
Adhesion, and,
3) Holiday detection check as well as for finish and workmanship.
1) Coating DFT measurement shall be as per ISO 2808. Type II electromagnetic gauges
should be used for ferrous substrates. DFT gauge calibration, number of measurement
Page 782 of 1178
Copyright EIL M rights reserved
agraes
ENGINEERS
azit ta5tegWV INDIA LIMITED
ilMweg awo
(A GM of Inda Undertalcmg)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 45 OF 59
shall be as per SSPC-DA 2. Measured DFT shall be within + 10% of the dry film
thickness, specified in the specifications.
Adhesion of the primer to the steel substrate and intercoat adhesion of the subsequent
coat(s) after curing for at least a week after application of the topcoat shall be examined by
a knife test in accordance with ASTM D 6677. For the knife test, if the rating is better than
8, the adhesion is considered acceptable. The adhesion is destructive and tested areas shall
be repaired afterward using the spot repair procedure. Alternatively, the applicator may
perform the adhesion test on a steel coupon coated using the same surface preparation and
coating application procedure as the work piece. Adhesion testing shall be carried out for
each component at least once per 200 m2 (2000 ft2) of coated surface.
Holiday testing shall be conducted in accordance with NACE SP 0188. For immersion
services, 100% of coated area shall be inspected for holidays. For atmospheric exposure,
10% of coated area which must include weld seams, corners and edges to be holiday
tested. Voltage at which test is to be carried out will depend upon DFT of coating being
tested and shall be as per NACE SP 0188. Any holiday is unacceptable and should be
marked and repaired immediately.
22.10 The contractor shall arrange for spot checking of paint materials for Specific gravity, glow
time (ford cup) and spreading rate.
22.11 Final Inspection of coating system
A final inspection shall be conducted prior to the acceptance of the work. The coating
contractor and the facility owner shall both be present and they shall sign an agreed inspection
report. Such reports shall include:
General
Names of the coating contractor and the responsible personnel
Dates when work was performed
Coating Materials
- Information on coating materials being applied
- Condition of coating materials received
Environmental Conditions
- Weather and ambient conditions
- Coating periods
Surface Preparation
Condition of surface before preparation
Tools and methods used to prepare surface
Condition of surface after preparation
Coating Application
- Equipment used
- Mixing procedure prior to application
- Coating application techniques used
Page 783 of 1178
15i1frita ENGINEERS
le FROWCPWO
V_IF INDIA UNITED

(A Gpi of Irda usertakm9)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 46 OF 59
Testing
Type and calibration of inspection instruments used
Type of quality control tests performed, and results
23.0
GUARANTEE
23.1
The contractor shall guarantee that the chemical and physical properties of paint materials used
are in accordance with the specifications contained herein/to be provided during execution of
work.
24.0
QUALIFICATION CRITERIA OF PAINTING CONTRACTOR/SUB-CONTRACTOR

Painting contractor who is awarded any job for EL, Projects under this standard must have
necessary equipments, machinery, tools and tackles for surface preparation, paint application
and inspection. The contractor mush have qualified, trained and experienced surface
preparator, paint applicator, inspector and supervisors. The contractor supervisor, inspector,
surface preparator and paint applicator must be conversant with the standards referred in this
specification.
25.0
QUALIFICATION/ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR PAINT COATING SYSTEM
25.1
Pre-Qualification of Paint Coating Manufacturer and his Products

Paint Coating manufacture meeting the following requirements shall be considered for supply
of their products. Contractor is advised to select coating manufacturer. Only after obtaining
prequalification from EL for the manufacturer based on following requirements. Even those
manufacturers, whose names are appearing elsewhere in the tender document, under the list of
"EIL's Recommended or Approved Vendors", will also be required to meet the following
prequalification requirements.
Manufacturer should have been in continuous business of paint coating formulation and
manufacturer for at least past 5 years.
Manufacturer should posses past experience of supplying his products to hydrocarbon
processing industry or offshore platforms in the past 5 years.
- Coating manufacturer should have supplied at least 10000 litre of an individual product
to hydrocarbon processing industry or offshore platform.
The manufacturer's manufacturing procedure & QA/QC system shall meet ISO 9001
requirements and preferably should posses ISO 14000 certificate.
The Quality control set up should be manned by qualified paint technologists whose bio
data should be sent along with quality control organization chart.
Pre-Qualification Testing:
Manufacturer should have got his products tested at least one time in last 3 years at a
reputed independent laboratory for the following test items. Test certificates which are
more than 3 years old will not be considered.
Page 784 of 1178
OFEET
ENONEERS
Iariaffleg41, INDIA UNITED
iwnewa.mgarm
IA Gart Inda Undertaar0
Test
Specific gravity
Dipping properties
Film characteristics
Solids content by weight
Drying time
Flexibility
Hardness
Adhesion
Abrasion resistance
DFT/coat
Storage Stability
Resistance to moisture vapour permeability for 2000 hrs
Cyclic Test for the duration of 4200 h (25 cycles a 168
hours)
% Zn in Dry film for Inorganic Zinc
Silicate primer
Chemical Resistance test
- 10% & 40% NaOH (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- 10% H2SO4 (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- 10 % Nitric Acid test (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- Benzene / Toluene (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- Kerosene (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- Sea water (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
- MIBK test (applicable only for F-6 & F-15)
Resistance to water using water immersion (applicable
only for F6-, F-7, F-8, F-14 & F-15)
Dry Heat Resistance test
(applicable only for F-9, F-6A/B, F-2, F-15, F-16,
polysiloxane, heat resistance Al silicone)
Thermal shock resistance test
(only for F-9, F-6, polysiloxane)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 47 OF 59
Test Method
ASTM D 1475
ASTM D 823
ASTM D 2369
ASTM D 1640
ASTM D 1737/ D 522
ASTM D 3363
ASTM D 2197
ASTM D 968/ D 1044
As per SSPC guidelines
ASTM D 1849
ASTM D 2247
ISO 7253, ASTM G53
ASTM D 543
ASTM D 870
ASTM D2485 - 91
Each coating product to be qualified shall be identified by the following

An infrared scan (fingerprint), for Part A and B, each component as per ASTM
D 2621
3)
Specific gravity of Base and curing agent (Ref. ISO 2811)

Ash content (ASTM D1650), volatile and non-volatile matters (ISO 3251) of each
component
The identification shall be carried out on the batch, which is used for the Prequalification testing. Pre-qualification of the products shall be carried out at an
independent laboratory.
Test shall be carried out at any one of the following laboratories and tests to be witnessed &
certified by third party inspection agency (TUV, BV, DNV).
Page 785 of 1178
000:eftENGINEERS
siges
eg W: WA LIMITED
men eeteRtel3AARI
(A God d( Undell/A1A)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 48 OF 59
IICT, Hyderabad
HBTI, Kanpur
DMSRDE, Kanpur
BIS Laboratories
UICT, Matunga, Mumbai
RITES, Kolkata
PDIL, Sindri
NTH, Kolkata
Contractor shall furnish to EIL for approval/ acceptance of all necessary
documents/information including test certificates to prove that the paint manufacturers, from
whom he intends to procure paint products, meet the various requirements for fulfilling the
pre-qualification criteria as given under section 25.1 above. The paint manufacturer shall be
qualified and approved for supply after review/assessment of the submission made by the
contractor.
25.2
Information to be furnished during delivery of coating system:

Contractor along with delivery of paint material has to furnish following information from
paint manufacturer to EIL for acceptance/approval of products.
Batch test certificates (Batch Testing)
Along with delivery to site of the paint products from pre-qualified coating manufacturer.
Contractor has to produce test certificate from paint manufacturer for each batch and for
each category of product for the following test items. Test to be witnessed & certified
by third party inspection agency. All test results must mention clearly the batch no. and
category of product tested. Tests to be conducted for following properties:
Infrared scan for Part A and B, each component
- Specific Gravity
- % solids by weight (% zinc content in case of inorganic or organic zinc primer)
Product information sheet/ technical data sheet for each category of product.
26.0
METHOD OF SAMPLING & DISPATCH FOR LABORATORY TESTING

(Pre-Qualification tests (sec. 25.1), Batch testing (sec. 25.2) and Inspection testing (sec.
22.0))
26.1
Samples of coating materials should be submitted to the Govt. laboratory in sealed containers
with batch no. and test certificate on regular format of manufacturer's testing laboratory. The
sampling shall be certified and sealed by a certifying agency.
26.2
All test panels should be prepared by Govt. testing agency coloured photographs of test
panels should be taken before and after the test and should be enclosed along with test report.
Sample batch no. and manufacturer's test certificate should be enclosed along with the
report. Test report must contain details of observation and rusting if any, as per the testing
code.
Page 786 of 1178
Oftieta ENGINEERS
Tif Ell5leg4TV WA LIMITED
Mien a21017 ./L7RIM
IA GM of India Undeddimal
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 49 OF 59
Manufacturers should intimate the company, details of sample submitted for testing, name of
Govt. testing agency, date, contact personnel of the govt. testing agency. At the end of the
test the manufacturer should submit the test reports to the company for approval.
26.4 Coating systems for panel test shall be decided after discussion with EIL
26.3
Page 787 of 1178
11;4
151Rat ENGINEERS
71E1071ft%, INDIA LIMITED
MM.'MOWS
IA GM India Underlim )
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 50 OF 59
ANNEXURE-I
SPECIFICATION FOR THERMALLY SPRAYED ALUMINIUM (TSA) COATING
1.0
SCOPE
The following sections outlines the requirement of supply, application and testing of thermally
sprayed aluminum coatings (TSAC) for corrosion protection of insulated carbon steel piping
and equipments with design temperature not exceeding 540 C.
2.0
ITEMS TO BE THERMALLY SPRAYED

Steel Structures/equipments to be protected by TSAC shall be as per Tables 15.0 of this
standard specification. Structures, components thermally sprayed shall not have any uncoated
area or shall not be in mechanically connected by flanges etc to any uncoated bare steel work.
Such adjacent areas to TSA coated areas, if not coated by TSA shall have suitable paint
coating system as per the standard specification.
3.0
TSAC REQUIREMENTS
3.1
Surface Preparation
All the parts to be sprayed shall be degreased according to SSPC-SP 1. The absence of oil and
grease after degreasing shall be tested by method given elsewhere in the specification (Refer
Sec. 6.7). Thereafter the surface to be abrasive blasted to white metal finish as per NACE
1/SSPC-SP 5 for marine and immersion service. Using SSPC VIS 1, it is to be visually
assessed that the blast cleaned surface meets requirement of SSPC-SP 5. Thereafter clear
cellophane tape test as per ISO 8502-3 shall be used to confirm absence of dust on the blasted
surface Finally blasted surface shall be tested for presence of soluble salts as per method ISO
8502-9. Maximum allowable salt content shall be considered 50mg/m 2 . (5 micrograms/cm2)
.In case salt content exceeds specified limit. The contaminated surface shall be cleaned by
method as per Annex C of IS 12944-4 (Water Cleaning). After cleaning the surface shall be
retested for salt content after drying. Testing shall be carried out at least on each component,
once per 200 m2 and a min of 3 times per shift during progress of work.
The blasting media shall be either chilled iron or angular steel grit as per SSPC-AB-3 of mesh
size G-16 to G-40. Copper, Nickel slag, Garnet or Aluminum Oxide as abrasives will also be
suitable having mesh size in the range of G16 to G24 (10-30 mesh), conforming to SSPC-AB1. Mesh size shall be required as appropriate to the anchor tooth depth profile requirement and
blasting equipment used. The blasted surface should be having angular profile depth not less
than 65 microns with sharp angular shape but shall not exceed 85 microns. The profile depth
shall be measured according to NACE standard RP 0287 (Replica Tape) or ASTM D 4417
method B (Profile depth gauge).
For manual blasting one profile depth measurement shall be taken every 10-20 m 2 of blasted
surface.
Surface preparation shall be completed in one abrasive blast cleaning operation wherever
possible.
Page 788 of 1178
agraift ENGINEERS
$1g a fifReall INDIA UNITED
(NMI MIRMIARI/
(A Gout
al
lita Underlakin3)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 51 OF 59
If rust bloom (visual appearance of rust) appears on the blast cleaned surface before thermal
spraying, the affected area shall be reblasted to achieve specified degree of cleanliness after
which only thermal spraying shall commence.
Air blasting pressure at nozzle shall be normally maintained at 100 psi. Air pressure and
media size should be reduced and adjusted to preclude damage/distortion to thin gauge
materials. Blasting time on work piece should be adjusted to only clean the surface and cut
required anchor tooth with minimum loss of metal. Blast angle should be as close to
perpendicular as possible but in no case greater than 30 from perpendicular to work
surface. Blasting media must be free of debris, excessive fines, and contaminants such as
NaCI and sulfur salts (Ref. SEC 6.0 of this Spec). Blast cleaning shall not be performed when
the surfaces to be blasted are wet or less than 5C above dew point temperature or when the
relative humidity in the vicnicity of the work is greater than 90%.
3.1.1
Blasting Equipment
The TSAC applicator shall use mechanical (centrifugal wheel) or pressure pot blast cleaning
equipment and procedures. Suction blasting equipment shall not be used. Sec 6.6.2 shall be
used to validate clean and dry air.
3.1.2
Feed Stock
The feed stock shall be in the form of wire. The feed stock shall be 99.5% aluminum of
commercial purity grade, its composition shall be in accordance with requirement of BS 1475
or ASTM B833 or ISO 209-1 type Al (wrought aluminum and aluminum alloys, wire). Wire
shall be supplied in protective wrapping indicating batch number and other details.
3.1.3
Thickness Requirement
The nominal thickness of finished TSAC shall be 250 microns having minimum value of 225
microns at low thickness areas (valleys) and not more than 275 microns at peak areas.
The finished thickness shall be measured using SSPC-PA 2 type 2 fixed probe gauge
(Magnetic Gauge).
3.1.4
Coating Bond Strength Requirement

The TSAC coating shall have a minimum individual tensile-bond strength value of 1000 psi
for flame sprayed and 1500 psi for arc sprayed coating with an average of 2000 psi for arc
sprayed coatings. Minimum tensile bond strength should be achieved by proper anchor tooth
profile of blasted surface, laying down the TSA thickness in multiple passes and carrying out
TSA application under controlled environment
3.1.5
Porosity
All thermally sprayed metallic coatings will have porosity. For thermally sprayed aluminum
coatings porosity shall not exceed 15% of total surface area for flame sprayed coating and 8%
for arc spray coating.
Page 789 of 1178
lafteleENIONEERS
es iiptew INDI A umn-ED

(MRPI FRaRVINJWMil
4.0
IA GO. Dna Wean)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 52 OF 59
THERMAL SPRAY APPLICATION PROCEDURE

Items in the atmospheric zone to be coated by TSA shall be applied by either Flame
spray or Arc spray method only. For coating under insulation, application shall be by
arc wire method.
4.1
Equipment Set Up
4.1.1
Thermal spray equipment shall be set up calibrated, operated (1) according to manufacturer
instructions/technical manuals and also TSAC applicators refinement thereto and (2) as
validated by Procedure Qualification (Sec 7.0 of this specification).
4.1.2
Spray Parameters
Spray parameters (see 4.1.3 below) and thickness of each crossing pass shall be set and shall
be validated with bend test (See 6.5 of this Spec).
4.1.3
Spray Parameters
Spray Parameters
Arc voltage
Air pressure
Steel surface cleanliness
Steel surface profile
Arc current
Coating thickness
Coating adhesion
Coating porosity
Spray distance (spray Gun
work piece)
Spray Pass width
Method of Application
Arc wire Spray
Flame Wire Spray
27 V
80 psi
80 psi
NACE-1 white metal /
NACE-1 white metal
or Near white metal
75 microns (min.)
75 microns (minimum)
250-280A
225 microns(Nominal)
225 microns (nominal)
>1000 psi
> 1500 psi (Total coating),see 3.1.4
Less than 15%.
Less than 8%
6-8"
5-7"
40mm
20 mm
The above parameters to be validated with a bend test by the contractor before start of work
(for details of bend test see Sec 6.5 of this Spec).
4.2
Post Blasting Substrate Condition and Thermal Spraying Period.
4.2.1
The steel surface temperature shall be at least 5C above dew point of ambient air temperature.
Steel substrate surface temperature shall be recorded by with a contact pyrometer.
Thermal spraying should commence within 15 minutes from the time of completion of blasting
4.2.2
Holding Period
Time between the completion of final anchor tooth blasting and completion of thermal
spraying of blasted surface should be no more than four hours. If within this period rust bloom
appears Sec 4.4.1of this specification will apply.
Format No. 8-00.0001-F1 Rev. 0
Page 790 of 1178
az
dzieft ENGINEERS
1&11151erilV INDIA LIMITED

imerreRaRtitM11711
4.3
IA Gat al InCia UNIeltaking)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 53 OF 59
Pre-Heating
For flame spraying, the initial starting area of 1-2 square feet to be preheated to approx.120C
to prevent condensation of moisture in the flame on the substrate. For arc spraying the
preheating is not required.
4.4
Thermal Spraying
Spraying should commence only after validation of equipment set up by procedure
and spray parameter validation tests described in Sec 7.0 and 6.5
qualification test
respectively. Thermal spraying must commence within 15 minutes from the time of
completion of blast cleaning
The specified coating thickness shall be applied in several crossing passes. The coating bond
strength is greater when the spray passes are kept thin. Laying down an excessively thick spray
pass increases the internal stresses in TSAC and decreases the bond strength of total TSAC.
The suitable thickness for crossing passes shall be determined by procedure qualification test
described in Sec 7.0 of this specification.
For manual spraying, spraying to be done in perpendicular crossing passes to minimize thin
spots in coating. Approx. 75-100 microns of TSAC shall be laid down in each pass.
The surface geometry of the item or area to be sprayed should be inspected before application.
The spraying pass and sequence shall be planned according to following.
Maintain Gun as close to perpendicular as possible and within 30 from perpendicular to
the substrate.
Maintain nominal standoff distance and spray pass width as given below:
Spray method
Standoff (Inches)
Arc Wire
Flame wire
6-8
5-7
Spray pass width

(Inches)
1 'A( 40mm )
%( 20mm )
4.4.1 Rust Bloom (Visual appearance of rust or Discoloration)

If Rust bloom appears on the blasted surface before thermal spraying, the affected area shall be
reblasted to achieve the specified level of cleanliness.
If Rust bloom in form of discoloration, or any blistering or a degraded coating appears at any
time during application of TSAC, then spraying shall be stopped and acceptable sprayed area
shall be marked off. The unsatisfactory areas shall be repaired to the required degree of surface
cleanliness and profile.
Blast the edges of the TSAC to provide for 2-3" feathered area overlap of the new work into
existing TSAC.
Then apply TSAC to the newly prepared surfaces and overlap the existing TSAC to the extent
of feathered edge so that overlap is a consistent thickness.
Page 791 of 1178
Copyright Ell. AI rights reserved
latazidie ENGINEERS
sigtaReW INDIA LIMITED

2174WZAJWIRD
4.4.2
(A Go .4 Inda Undedalungl
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 54 OF 59
Masking
Masking all those parts and surfaces which are not required to be thermally sprayed as
instructed by purchaser should be inspected by applicator to ensure that they are properly
marked and covered by purchaser.
Complex geometries (flanges, valve manifolds, intersections) shall be masked by applicator to
minimize overspray i.e. TSAC applied outside spray parameters (primarily gun to substrate
distance and spray angle).
4.4.3
TSAC Finish
The deposited TSAC shall be uniform without blisters, cracks, loose particles, or exposed steel
as examined with 10 X magnification.
5.0
SEALER
Sealant shall be applied after satisfactory application of TSAC and completion of all testing
and measurements of the finished TSAC as per Sec 6.0 of this specification.
For shop workSealer shall be applied immediately after thermal spraying and for field work
sealer shall be applied within 8 hours. The sealcoat shall be thin enough to penetrate into the
body of TSAC.
The sealant shall be Silicone Alkyd Aluminium paint having DFT not more than 35-40 micron.
Typically seal coat shall be applied at a spreading rate resulting in theoretical 38 microns DFT.
The seal coat shall be applied in accordance with SSPC-PA 1 and the paint manufacturer
instruction for sealing.
6.0
TESTING AND MEASUREMENT SCHEDULE
6.1
Surface Finish
That the blasted cleaned surface meets the required criteria (NACE 1/SSPC-SP 5) shall be
visually inspected using SSPC-VIS 1. The clear cellophane-tape test as per ISO 8502-3 shall
be used to confirm absence of dust or foreign debris on the cleaned surface. Checks shall be
done on each component at least once per 200 m2 of blasted surface and minimum of 3 checks
per shift.
6.2
Blast Profile Measurement: (In-Process testing during actual production before application
of TSA coating)
The angular profile depth measurement shall be done by profile tape as per method NACE
Standard RP 0287 or ASTM D 4417 method B (Profile depth gauge micrometer). Spot
measurement shall be carried out every 15m 2 of blasted surface. At each spot three
measurements shall be taken over an area of 10 cm 2 and average of measurements to be
recorded and reported.
If profile is <65 microns blasting shall continue till grater than 65 microns depth profile is
achieved.
Page 792 of 1178
Oftela ENGINEERS
felliteCe INDIA LIMITED
awn maw nem)
(A Gem al inda Underlikog
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 55 OF 59
6.3
TSAC Thickness (In-Process Testing For finished coating during regular production)
6.3.1
TSAC finished thickness shall be measured using SSPC-PA 2 type 2 fixed probe gauge.
6.3.2
For flat surfaces, measurements shall be taken along a straight measurement line, one
measurement line for every 15 m2 of applied TSAC shall be selected along which 5
measurements to be taken at 25 mm internal and average to be reported.
6.3.3
For curved surface or complex geometry, 5 measurements shall be taken at a spot measuring
10 cm2 in area. One spot to be taken for every 15 m2 of applied TSAC area.
6.3.4
The TSAC thickness in surface changes or contour changes, welds and attachments shall be
also measured and reported.
6.3.5
If TSAC is less than specified minimum thickness, apply additional TSAC until specified
thickness range is achieved.
6.3.6
All locations and values of TSAC thickness measurements shall be recorded in Job Record
6.4
Tensile Bond Testing (In-Process testing for finished coating during regular production)
(JR).
Tensile Bond strength of the TSAC finish coat shall be determined according to
ASTM D 4541 using a self-aligning adhesion tester.
One measurement shall be made every 50 m2. If tensile bond at any individual spot
is less than 1000 psi for flame sprayed coating and 1500 psi for arc sprayed coating
the degraded TSAC shall completely removed and reapplied.
The tensile bond portable test instrument to be calibrated according to ASTM C 633
6.5
Bend Tests
Bend test shall be carried out at beginning of each work shift. Bend tests shall also be
conducted on sample coupons before start of thermal spraying work to qualify the following as
mentioned earlier in this specification.
To qualify spray parameters and thickness of each crossing pass.
6.5.1
Test Procedure
Five corrosion control steel coupons each of dimension 50 mm x 150 mm x 1.3 mm
thk. to be prepared.
Surface shall be prepared by dry abrasive blast cleaning as per this specification.
TSAC shall be applied as per specified thickness range. TSAC should be sprayed in
crossing passes laying down approx. 75-100 microns in each pass.
TSAC applied coupons shall be bent 180 around a 13 mm diameter mandrel.
Page 793 of 1178
g,,
(gal etiregw ENGINEERS

INDIA LMTED
1411MeRePWW)
e)
IA Govt al India Undertiong)
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 56 OF 59
Bend test shall be considered passed if on bend radius there is

- No cracking or spalling or lifting by a knife blade from the substrate
- Only minor cracking that cannot be lifted from substrate with a knife blade.
Bend test fails if coating cracks with lifting from substrate.
6.6
Tests for blasting media, blasting air
6.6.1
Blasting Media (For every fresh batch of media and one random test during blasting)
Blasting Media shall be visually inspected for absence of contamination and debris using 10 X
magnification.
Inspection for the absence of oil contamination shall be conducted using following
procedure :
Fill a small clean 200 ml bottle half full of abrasive.
Fill the bottle with potable water, cap and shake the bottle.
Inspect water for oil film/slick. If present, the blasting media is not to be used.
Soluble salt contamination if suspected shall be verified by method ASTM D 4940. If
present, media to be replaced.
c)
6.6.2
Clean blasting equipment, especially pot and hoses, and then replace blasting media
and retest.
Test for Blasting Air (Once Daily before start of blasting and once at random during blasting)
The air for blasting shall be free from moisture and oil. The compressor air shall be checked
for oil and water contamination per ASTM D 4285.
6.7
Test for presence of oil/grease and contamination

The steel substrate after degreasing as per SSPC-SP 1 shall be tested as per following
procedure to validate absence of oil and grease contamination.
Visual inspection - Continue degreasing until all visible signs of contamination are removed.
Conduct a solvent evaporation test by applying several drops or a small splash of residue-free
trichloromethane on the suspect area especially pitting, crevice corrosion areas or depressed
areas. An evaporation ring formation is indicative of oil and grease contamination.
Continue degreasing and inspection till test is passed.
7.0
TSAC APPLICATOR QUALIFICATION

Following tests to be carried out as part of procedure qualification test for the applicator.
Thickness measurement
Coating bond strength
Porosity test
Page 794 of 1178
loi
rif&JelitENIGINERS
gtIf WegNEW INDIA LIMITED
MDR [111,3M11/
IA Gael d hdia Underlain))
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 57 OF 59
Bend strength
TSAC applicator's surface finishing and application process and equipment set up, calibration
and operation shall be qualified by application of TSA on a reference sample which shall be
used as a comparator to evaluate the suitability of application process. Only that applicator will
be permitted to carry out the work when test specimens coated by the applicator meets the
desired requirements as cited below.
The sample shall be made of a steel plate measuring approx. 18"x 18" x Vo" thick. If the actual
work is less than 1/4" thick then the sample to be made from material of representative
thickness.
The surface preparation, TSAC application shall be made with actual field equipments and
process/spray parameters and procedures as per the specification. The depth profile of blasted
surface, TSAC coating thickness for each cross pass and total thickness range shall be as per
specification.
The surface preparation and thermal spraying shall be carried out in representative
environmental conditions spraying with makeshift enclosure.
7.1
After application of coating, thickness and tensile bond measurements shall be made in
following manner.
Divide the sample piece into four quadrants.
Measure thickness along the diagonal line of each quadrant.
Four each quadrant five in-line thickness measurements at 1" interval shall be done
using SSPC-PA 2 type 2 fixed probe gauge. Thus a total of four "five in line"
thickness measurements to be done for the whole sample.
One tensile bond measurement using ASTM D 4541 type III or IV portable self
aligning test instrument to be done at centre of each quadrant. Total of 4 measurements
for the sample.
One porosity evaluation test by Metallographic examination shall be conducted to
demonstrate the achievement of porosity within the limits specified. Sample shall be
prepared for Metallographic examination as per ASTM E 3.
The procedure shall be considered qualified if thickness and tensile-bond strength and
porosity values meet the specification requirement.
7.2
Bend test: Bend test shall be carried out as detailed at sec. 6.5 of this specification.
Applicators thermal spray equipment set-up, operation and procedure of application including
in-process QC checkpoints adopted during procedure qualification as described above should
be always subsequently followed during entire duration of work.
8.0
DOCUMENTATION
The following information shall be provided by TSAC applicator before award of work.
Page 795 of 1178
ilOzeift ENONEERS
gaf 215leg e INDIA WAITED

li
ir
1411PMFIRFROMPI)
IA
&vet
Incha Undertaang/
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 58 OF 59
TSAC application process consisting of equipment capabilities and their technical

parameters, feed stock material and source of procurement.
Detailed application procedure and in-process quality control check points for (a)
surface preparation (b) thermal spraying (c) seal coats.
Type and specification of instruments to be deployed for measurement of blast profile
depth, TSAC thickness and tensile bond.
Paint manufacturer data sheet for the selected sealing coat to be applied.
9.0 RECORDS
The TSAC applicator shall maintain job record to record production and QC
information. All the results of the tests and quality control checks shall be entered in
the record for each component/part thermally sprayed. All the result of tests
(thickness, tensile bond, bend tests) and other validation tests (e.g. procedure
qualification test, test for surface cleanliness after abrasive blasting, test for
cleanliness of abrasives and air) shall also be recorded and duly signed by owner.
All the information mentioned in Sec 8.0 above should also form part of the Job
record.
Any modification affected after procedure qualification in the procedure, QC, spray
parameter, equipment spec to the original information (submitted before award of the
work) must also form part of Job record.
10.0 WARRANTY
The TSAC applicator shall warrant the quality of material used by providing the purchaser
with a certificate of materials used to include
Spray feed stock: Alloy type/designation, Lot Number, wire diameter, chemical
analysis, name of supplier, manufacturer.
Sealant: Name of manufacturer, application data sheet.
11.0 SAFETY
The TSAC applicator shall follow all safety procedures required by the purchaser/owner.
Owner shall also give compliance requirement to be followed by applicator. The applicator
shall follow all appropriate regulatory requirements.
12.0 CODES AND STANDARDS
This specification shall apply in case of conflict between specification and following
applicable standards:
Page 796 of 1178
(3i1tael4t ENGINEERS
5gaia2egwiNDIA umn-ED
t
Wen FRaW ',AMER)
IA Govi al India Undeltalang l
AWS C. 2.17
ASTM C 633
ASTM D 4285
ASTM D 4417
BS 2569
NACE Standard RP
0287
ASTM D 4541
ANSI/AWS C2.18
NACE No. 12/AWS
C2.23M/SSPC-CS
23.00
SSPC Publication
SSPC-AB 1
SSPC-AB 3
SSPC-PA 1
SSPC-PA 2
NACE No. 1/SSPCSP 5
NACE No. 2/SSPCSP 10
SSPC-VIS 1
Page 797 of 1178
NO. 6-79-0020
Rev. 0
PAGE 59 OF 59
Recommended Practice for Electric arc Spray.

Test Method for Adhesive/Cohesive Strength of Flame Sprayed Coatings.
Method for indicating Oil or Water in Compressed Air.
Test Method for Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Blasted Steel.
Specification for Sprayed Metal Coating.
Field Measurement of Surface Profile of Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel
Surfaces Using a Replica Tape.
Test method for Pull-Off Strength of Coating Using Portable Adhesion
Testers.
Guide for the Protection of Steel with Thermal Spray Coatings of
Aluminum, Zinc and Their Alloys and Composites.
Specification for the application of thermal spray coatings (Metallizing) of
aluminum, zinc, and their alloys and composites for the corrosion
protection of steel.
The inspection of coatings and linings: A Handbook of Basic practice for
Inspectors, Owners, and Specifiers.
Mineral and Slag Abrasives.
Ferrous Metallic Abrasives.
Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel.
Measurement of Dry Coating Thickness with Magnetic Gages.
White Metal Blast Cleaning.
Near White Metal Blast Cleaning.
Guide and Reference Photographs for Steel Surfaces Prepared by Dry
Abrasive Blast Cleaning.
ENGINEERS
lakgINDIA LIMITED
mren ewaire mjvam)
(A Gavt at India Undertaking)
SPECIFICATION FOR QUALITY

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS FROM
BIDDERS
6-78-0001 Rev. 1
Page 1 of 7
64)(11 Chrlf qui ciall -51-04ff

u tea aliikrrat t ?drift'
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS FROM BIDDERS
Rev.
No
General Revision
12.03.15
04.06.09
Issued as Standard Specification
Purpose
Date
QMS
Standards
Committee
QMS
Standards
Committee
MPJ

QMS
Standards
Committee
QMS
Standards
Committee
SCT
Prepared by
Checked
by
SC
Standards
Committee
Convener
ND
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Page 798 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
lft2
(AG'"ind'Undelt6ung)

SYSTEM
6-78-0001 Rev. 1
Page 2 of 7
Abbreviations:
CV
Curriculum Vitae
ISO
MR
Material Requisition
PO
Purchase Order
PR
Purchase Requisition
QA
Quality Assurance
QMS
Quality Management System
QMS Standards Committee

Convener:
Mr. M.P. Jain
Members:
Mr. A.K. Chaudhary (Insp.)

Mr. S.K. Kaul (C&P)
Mr. R.K. Trivedi (Engg.)
Mr. Ravindra Kumar (Const.)
Mr. Tilak Raj (Projects)
Mr. Vinod Kumar (CQA)

Page 799 of 1178
Igar
Oiren
llks
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
'A
Govt
At ' nth' Und"k"V)
SPECIFICATION FOR QUALITY STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.

SYSTEM
6-78-0001 Rev.
Page 3 of 7
CONTENTS
Clause
No.
Title
1.0 SCOPE
2.0 DEFINITIONS
3.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
4.0 QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM GENERAL
5.0 QUALITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
6.0 AUDITS
7.0 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

Page 800 of 1178
Page
4
4
4
4
4
7
7
$1g-zg
faReg
own
1.0
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
el
IA GOVt of
120.2 .I J40.9)
India Undertaking)

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
6-78-0001 Rev. 1
Page 4 of 7
SCOPE
This specification establishes the Quality Management System requirements to be
met by BIDDER for following purpose:

QMS requirements to be met by suppliers/contractors after award of work/

during contract execution.
2.0
DEFINITIONS
2.1
Bidder
For the purpose of this specification, the word "BIDDER" means the person(s), firm,
company or organization who is under the process of being contracted by EIL /
Owner for delivery of some products (including service). The word is considered
synonymous to supplier, contractor or vendor.
2.2
Project Quality Plan

Document tailored from Standard Quality Management System Manual of BIDDER,
specifying how the quality requirements of the project will be met.
2.3
Owner
Owner means the owner of the project for which services / products are being
purchased and includes their representatives, successors and assignees.
3.0
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

6-78-0002
6-78-0003
4.0
Specification for Documentation

Requirements from
Contractors
Specification for Documentation Requirements from Suppliers
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM GENERAL

Unless otherwise agreed with EIL / Owner, the BIDDER proposed quality system
shall fully satisfy all relevant requirements of ISO 9001 "Quality Management
Systems Requirements." Evidence of compliance shall be current certificate of
quality system registration to ISO 9001 or a recent compliance audit recommending
registration from a certification agency. The quality system shall provide the
planned and systematic control of all quality related activities for execution of
contract. Implementation of the system shall be in accordance with BIDDER'S
Quality Manual and PROJECT specific Quality Plan.
5.0
5.1
QUALITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

BIDDER shall prepare and submit for review / record, Project Quality Plan / Quality
Assurance Plan for contracted scope / job. The BIDDER'S Quality Plan shall
address all of the applicable elements of ISO 9001, identify responsible parties
within BIDDER'S organization, for the implementation / control of each area,
reference the applicable procedures used to control / assure each area, and verify
the documents produced for each area. The Project Quality Plan shall necessarily
define control or make reference to the relevant procedures, for design and
engineering, purchase, documentation, record control, bid evaluation, inspection,
production/manufacturing, preservation, packaging and storage, quality control at


Page 801 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Gavt of India undertaking'

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
6-78-0001 Rev. 1
Page 5 of 7
construction site, pre-commissioning, commissioning and handing over (as

applicable) in line with contract requirement and scope of work.
5.2
BIDDER shall identify all specified or implied statutory and regulatory requirements
and communicate the same to all concerned in his organization and his sub
contractor's organization for compliance.
5.3
BIDDER shall deploy competent and trained personnel for various activities for
fulfillment of PO / contract. BIDDER shall arrange adequate infrastructure and work
environment to ensure that the specification and quality of the deliverable are
maintained.
5.4
BIDDER shall do the quality planning for all activities involved in delivery of order.
The quality planning shall cover as minimum the following:
Resources
Product / deliverable characteristics to be controlled.
Process characteristics to ensure the identified product characteristics are
realized
Identification of any measurement requirements, acceptance criteria
Records to be generated
Need for any documented procedure
The quality planning shall result into the quality assurance plan, inspection and test
plans (ITPs) and job procedures for the project activities in the scope of bidder.
These documents shall be submitted to EIL/Owner for review/approval, before
commencement of work.
5.5
Requirements for sub-contracting / purchasing of services specified in contract /

tender shall be adhered to. In general all outsourced items will be from approved
vendors of EIL. Wherever requirements are not specified, or approved sub vendors
do not exist, the sub-contractor shall establish and maintain a system for purchasing
/ sub-contracting to ensure that purchased product / service conforms to specified
requirements. Criteria for selection of sub-contractor, evaluation, re-evaluation,
maintenance of purchasing data and verification of purchased product (subcontractor services), constitute important components of this requirement.
5.6
BIDDER shall plan and carry production and service provision under controlled
conditions. Controlled conditions shall include, as applicable
the availability of information that describes the characteristics of the product
the availability of work instructions
the use of suitable equipment
the availability and use of monitoring and measuring devices
the implementation of monitoring and measurement
the implementation of release, delivery and post-delivery activities
5.7
BIDDER shall validate any processes for production and service provision where
resulting output cannot be verified by subsequent monitoring and measurement.
This includes any process where deficiencies become apparent only after the
product is in use or service has been delivered.
5.8
BIDDER shall establish a system for identification and traceability of product /

deliverable throughout product realization. Product status with respect to inspection
and testing requirements shall be identified.


Page 802 of 1178
ei
lge.ji id5fez
Oren erRRIZ .71.1.113,70
5.9
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of India
undettaking)

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
6-78-0001 Rev. 1
Page 6 of 7
BIDDER shall identify, verify, protect and safeguard EIL / Owner property (material /
document) provided for use or incorporation into the product. If any Owner / EIL
property is lost, damaged or otherwise found to be unsuitable for use, this shall be
reported to the EIL / Owner.
5.10
BIDDER shall ensure the conformity of product / deliverable during internal

processing and delivery to the intended destination. Requirements mentioned in the
tender shall be adhered to.
5.11
BIDDER shall establish system to ensure that inspection and testing activities are
carried out in line with requirements. Where necessary, measuring equipments
shall be calibrated at specified frequency, against national or international
measurement standards; where no such standard exists, the basis used for
calibration shall be recorded. The measuring equipments shall be protected from
damage during handling, maintenance and storage.
5.12
BIDDER shall ensure effective monitoring, using suitable methods, of the processes
involved in production and other related processes for delivery of the scope of
contract.
5.13
BIDDER shall monitor and measure the characteristics of the product/deliverable to

verify that product requirement has been met. The inspection (stage as well as
final) by BIDDER and EIL / Owner personnel shall be carried out strictly as per the
ITPs forming part of the contract. Product release or service delivery shall not
proceed until the planned arrangements have been satisfactorily completed, unless
otherwise approved by relevant authority and where applicable by Owner / EIL.
5.14
BIDDER shall establish and maintain a documented procedure to ensure that the
product which does not conform to requirements is identified and controlled to
prevent its unintended use or delivery
5.15
All non-conformities (NCs) / deficiencies found by the BIDDER'S inspection /

surveillance staff shall be duly recorded, including their disposal action shall be
recorded and resolved suitably. Effective corrective and preventive action shall be
implemented by the BIDDER so that similar NCs including deficiencies do not recur.
5.16
All deficiencies noticed and reported by EIL / Owner shall be analyzed by the
BIDDER and appropriate corrective and preventive actions shall be implemented.
BIDDER shall intimate EIL / Owner of all such corrective and preventive action
implemented by him.
5.17
BIDDER should follow the standards, specifications and approved drawings.

Concessions/Deviations shall be allowed only in case of unavoidable circumstances.
In such situations Concession/deviation request must be made by the BIDDER
URL of EIL eDMS is
through online system of EIL eDMS.
http://edocx.eil . co . in/vportal.
5.18
BIDDER shall have documented procedure for control of documents.
5.19
All project records shall be carefully kept, maintained and protected for any damage
or loss until the project completion, then handed over to EIL / Owner as per contract
requirement (Refer Specification Nos. 6-78-0002 - Specification for Documentation
Requirements from Contractors and 6-78-0003 - Specification for Documentation
Requirements from Suppliers), or disposed as per relevant project procedure.

Page 803 of 1178
ei
IftJr
kif51ft.
wirer riraxem3Tmil
6.0
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Goof of India UndertakIngi

MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
6-78-0001 Rev. 1
Page 7 of 7
AUDITS
BIDDER shall plan and carry out the QMS audit for the job. Quality audit programme
shall cover design, procurement, construction management and commissioning as
applicable including activities carried out by sub-vendors and sub-contractors. This
shall be additional to the certification body surveillance audits carried out under
BIDDER'S own ISO 9001 certification scheme.
The audit programmes and audit reports shall be available with bidder for scrutiny
by EIL / Owner. EIL or Owner's representative reserves the right to attend, as a
witness, any audit conducted during the execution of the WORKS.
In addition to above EIL, Owner and third party appointed by EIL/Owner may also
perform Quality and Technical compliance audits. BIDDER shall provide assistance
and access to their systems and sub-contractor / vendor systems as required for this
purpose. Any deficiencies noted shall be immediately rectified by BIDDER.
7.0
DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
BIDDER shall submit following QMS documents immediately after award of work
(Within one week) for record / review by EIL / Owner.
Organization chart (for complete organization structure and for the project)
Project Quality Plan/Quality Assurance Plan
Job specific Inspection Test Plans, if not attached with PR
Job Procedures
Inspection/Test Formats
In addition to above QMS documents, following documentation shall be maintained
by the BIDDER for submission to EIL / Owner on demand at any point of time during
execution of the project.
Quality Manual
Certificate of approval for compliance to ISO: 9001 standard
Procedure for Control of Non-conforming Product
Procedure for Control of Documents
Sample audit report of the QMS internal and external audits conducted during
last one year
Customer satisfaction reports from at least 2 customers, during the last one
year
Project QMS audit report
Technical audit reports for the project
Corrective action report on the audits
Documents as specified above are minimum requirements. BIDDER shall submit
any other document/data required for completion of the job as per EIL/Owner
instructions.

Page 804 of 1178

ENGINEERS
101
** el!2RAfi'aA
Meavow INDIA LIMITED
IAIRON
IA GoN. Of India Undeftakingi
SPECIFICATION FOR
DOCUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS FROM
CONTRACTORS
6-78-0002 Rev. 1
Page 1 of 8
51(t)01
-4-4-<R1
tr-g 1-4-4vr
SPECIFICATION FOR
FROM CONTRACTORS
12.03.15
General Revision
04.06.09
Issued as Standard Specification
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
QMS
Standards
Committee
QMS
Standards
Committee
MPJ
QMS
Standards
Committee
QMS
Standards
Committee
SCT
Prepared
by
Checked
by
SC
ND
Standards
Committee
Standards
Bureau
Convener
Chairman
Approved by
Page 805 of 1178
k311 ei
51g-a 015teg
1.1FA
2IETIN
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of India
undertaking)
SPECIFICATION FOR
DOCUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS FROM
CONTRACTORS
No.
6-78-0002 Rev. 1
Page 2 of 8
Abbreviations:
DCI
Document Control Index
eDMS -
Electronic Document Management System
FOA
Fax of Acceptance
HOD
Head of Division / Department
IC
Inspection Certificate
IRN
Inspection Release Note
ITP
Inspection and Test Plan
LOA
Letter of Acceptance
MOU
Memorandum of Understanding
QMS
Quality Management System
URL
Universal Resource Locator
QMS Standards Committee

Convener:
Mr. M.P. Jain
Members:
Mr. A.K. Chaudhary (Insp.)

Mr. S.K. Kaul (C&P)
Mr. R.K. Trivedi (Engg.)
Mr. Ravindra Kumar (Const.)
Mr. Tilak Raj (Projects)
Mr. Vinod Kumar (CQA)

Page 806 of 1178
adaelei m,4 ENGINEERS

$1fgar 051ft
INDIA UMITED
Merl evensmaR3sTWIl
(A Govt of India UndertakIng)
SPECIFICATION FOR
DOCUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS FROM
CONTRACTORS
No.
6-78-0002 Rev. 1
Page 3 of 8
CONTENTS
Clause
Title
Page
No.
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
3.0
4.0
DEFINITIONS
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
4
4
4
4
Attachments
Format for completeness of Final Documentation

Page 807 of 1178
Format No. 3-78-0004
k391-4elei TEED ENGINERS

INDIA EL IMITED
lit15reg,
IA Govt al India Undertaking)
1.0
SPECIFICATION FOR
DOCUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS FROM
CONTRACTORS
No.
6-78-0002 Rev. 1
Page 4 of 8
SCOPE
This specification establishes the Documentation Requirements from Contractors
All documents/data against the Tender / Contract shall be developed and submitted
to ElUOwner by the contractor for review / records, in line with this specification.
2.0
DEFINITIONS
2.1
Contractor
For the purpose of this specification, the word "CONTRACTOR" means the
person(s), firm, company or organization who is under the process of being
contracted by EIL / Owner for delivery of some products and services. The word is
considered synonymous to bidder, supplier or vendor.
2.2
Owner
Owner means the owner of the project for which services / products are being
purchased and includes their representatives, successors and assignees.
3.0
REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
6-78-0001
Specification for Quality Management System Requirements

from Bidders
4.0
4.1
Documents/Data to be submitted by the Contractor
4.1.1
The contractor shall submit the documents and data against the Tender/Contract as
per the list specified in respective Tender/Contract.
4.1.2
Review of the contractor drawings by EIL would be only to review the compatibility
with basic designs and concepts and in no way absolve the contractor of his
responsibility/contractual obligation to comply with Tender/Contract requirements,
applicable codes, specifications and statutory rules/regulations. Any error/deficiency
noticed during any stage of manufacturing/execution/installation shall be promptly
corrected by the contractor without any extra cost or time, whether or not comments
on the same were received from EIL during the drawing review stage.
4.1.3
Unless otherwise specified, submission of documents for Review/Records shall

commence as follows from the date of Fax of Intent / Letter of Intent/ Fax of
Acceptance (FOA)/ Letter of Acceptance (LOA):
QMS
Drawing/Document Control Index
Other Documents/Drawings
4.1.4
- 1week
- 2weeks
- As per approved Drawing/Document Control
Index/Schedule
Documents as specified in Tender/Contract are minimum requirements. Contractor

shall submit any other document/data required for completion of the job as per
EIL/Owner instructions.


Page 808 of 1178
ei
acs
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
SPECIFICATION FOR
DOCUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS FROM
CONTRACTORS
No.
6-78-0002 Rev. 1
Page 5 of 8
4.2
Style and Formatting
4.2.1
All Documents shall be in ENGLISH language and in M.K.S System of units.
4.2.2
Before submitting the drawings and documents, contractor shall ensure that the
following information are properly entered in each drawing:
Tender Number
Name of Equipment / Package
Equipment / Package Tag No.
Name of Project
Owner
Main Contractor (if work is sub-contracted)
Drawing / Document Title
Drawing / Document No.
Drawing / Document Revision No. and Date
4.3
Review and Approval of Documents by Contractor
4.3.1
The Drawing/Documents shall be reviewed, checked, approved and duly

signed/stamped by contractor before submission. Revision number shall be changed
during submission of the revised contractor documents and all revisions shall be
highlighted by clouds. Whenever the contractor require any sub- contractor drawings
to be reviewed by EIL, the same shall be submitted by the contractor after duly
reviewed, approved and stamped by the contractor. Direct submission of subcontractor's drawings without contractor's approval shall not be entertained.
4.4
Document Category
4.4.1
Review
Category
Following review codes shall be used for review of contractor Drawings/Documents:

Review Code 1
No comments. Proceed with manufacture/

fabrication/ Construction as per the document.
Review Code 2
Proceed with manufacture/ fabrication/

Construction as per commented document.
Revised document required
Review Code 3
Document does not conform to basic

requirements as marked. Resubmit for review
Document is retained for Records. Proceed with

manufacture/ fabrication
Void
4.5
Methodology for Submission of Documents to EIL/Owner
4.5.1
Document Control Index (DCI)

Contractor shall create and submit Document Control Index (DCI) for review based on
PO/PR/MR along with schedule date of submission of each drawing/document on EIL
eDMS. The DCI shall be specific with regard to drawing/document no. and the exact
title. Proper sequencing of the drawings/documents should be ensured in schedule
date of submission.

Page 809 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
tra
4.5.2
/A Govt of India Undertaking)
SPECIFICATION FOR
DOCUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS FROM
CONTRACTORS
No.
6-78-0002 Rev. 1
Page 6 of 8
Submission of Drawings/Documents
Drawings/documents and data shall be uploaded on the EIL eDMS Portal. The detail
guidelines for uploading documents on EIL eDMS Portal are available on following
URL
http://edocx.ei Lco. i n/vporta I
4.5.3
Statutory Approvals
Wherever approval by any statutory body is required to be taken by Contractor, the
Contractor shall submit copy of approval by the authority to EIL.
4.5.4
Details of Contact Persons of Contractor

After placement of order contractor shall assign a Project Manager for that order. The
details are to be filled online through the portal. The details include e-mail address,
mailing address, telephone nos., fax nos. and name of Project Manager. All the system
generated emails pertaining to that order shall be sent to the assigned Project
Manager.
4.5.5
Schedule and Progress Reporting

Contractor shall submit monthly progress report and updated procurement,
engineering and manufacturing status (schedule vs. actual) every month. First report
shall be submitted within 2 weeks from FOA/LOA. In case of exigencies, EIL/Owner
can ask for report submission as required on weekly/fortnightly/adhoc basis depending
upon supply status and contractor shall furnish such reports promptly without any price
implication. Format for progress report shall be submitted by the contractor during
kick off meeting or within one week of receiving FOA/LOA, whichever is earlier.
4.5.6
Quality Assurance Plan/Inspection and Test Plan

Inspection and test plans attached if any, to the tender are generic and indicative only.
Immediately after receipt of the order, contractor shall submit within one week of
receiving FOA/LOA, job specific ITPs based on the indicative ITPs. Further, contractor
shall also submit Quality Assurance Plan for project activities in the scope of contract,
starting from manufacturing to handing over/ commissioning, these plans shall
cover/identify the activities, relevant procedure, if any, code of conformance,
resources for performance and checking/monitoring, approval requirements and
authority, records to be generated and audit scope by EIL/Owner.
For EPCC/LSTK/Package contracts, the contractor shall prepare a list of items/
equipments and their inspection categorization plans for all items included in the scope
of supply immediately after receipt of order and obtain approval for the same from EIL.
The items shall be categorized into different categories depending upon their criticality
for the scope of inspection of TPIA and/or EIL.
4.5.7
Inspection Release Note (IRN)/ Inspection Certificate (IC)

Contractor shall ensure that all documents viz. documents reviewed, manufacture's
test certificate etc., mentioned in Inspection Release Note(IRN), issued by EIL/third
party against the materials supplied by contractor., are sent to EIL along with the IRN.
IRN/ IC shall be issued by EIL Inspector/ third party inspection agency only after all
the drawings/documents as per DCI are submitted and are accepted under review
code-1 & code R. Material/Equipments dispatch from contractor's/sub vender's works
shall not commence till above condition is met.

Page 810 of 1178
Ogof
IOM
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
0,1.I
(A Govt W
Indio Undertalung)
SPECIFICATION FOR
DOCUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS FROM
CONTRACTORS
No.
6-78-0002 Rev. 1
Page 7 of 8
Note: Non fulfilling above requirement shall result into appropriate penalty or withholding of payment as per conditions of Tender/Contract.
4.6
Final Documentation
4.6.1
As built Drawings
Shop/Site changes made by contractor after approval of drawings under 'Code 1' by
EIL and deviations granted through online system , if any, shall be marked in hard
copies of drawings which shall then be stamped 'As-built' by the contractor. These
'As-built' drawings shall be reviewed and stamped by EIL Inspector/Site
engineer/TPIA also. Format for completeness of final documents (Format No. 3-780004) is attached with this specification. Contractor shall prepare scanned images
files of all marked up 'As built' drawings. Simultaneously contractor shall
incorporate the shop/site changes in the native soft files of the drawings also.
4.6.2
As built Final Documents

As built final documents shall be submitted as listed in Tender/Contract.
4.6.3
Packing/Presentation of Final Documents

Final Documents shall be legible photocopies in A4, A3 size only. Drawings will be
inserted in plastic pockets (both sides transparent, sheet thickness minimum 0.1 mm)
with an extra strip of 12 mm wide for punching so that drawings are well placed.
Final Documentation shall be bound in hard board plastic folder(s) of size 265 mm x
315 mm (10 1 /2 inch x 12 1 /2 inch) and shall not be more that 75 mm thick. It may be of
several volumes and each volume shall have a volume number, index of volumes and
index of contents of that particular volume. Where numbers of volumes are more,
90mm thickness can be used. Each volume shall have top PVC sheet of minimum
0.15 mm thick duly fixed and pressed on folder cover and will have 2 lever clips. In
case of imported items documents, 4 lever clip shall also be accepted. All four corners
of folders shall be properly metal clamped. Indexing of contents with page numbering
must be incorporated by contractor. Spiral/Spico bound documents shall not be
acceptable. As mentioned above, books should be in hard board plastic folders with
sheets punched and having 2/4 lever clips arrangement.
Each volume shall contain on cover a title block indicating Tender No., name of project,
name of customer, package equipment tag no. & name (if applicable). Each volume
will have hard front cover and a reinforced spine to fit thickness of book. These spines
will also have the title printed on them. Title shall include also volume number (say 11
of 15) etc.
4.6.4
Submission of Soft copies

Contractor shall submit to EIL, the scanned images files as well as the native files of
drawings/documents, along with proper index.
In addition to hard copies, contractor shall submit electronic file (CD-ROM) covering
soft copies of all the final drawings and documents, all text documents prepared on
computer, scanned images of all important documents (not available as soft files), all
relevant catalogues, manuals available as soft files (editable copies of drawings/text
documents, while for catalogues/manuals/proprietary information and data PDF files
can be furnished).
All the above documents shall also be uploaded on the EIL eDMS portal.

Page 811 of 1178
laraeles ENGINEERS
Ogell 22-eg W INDIA LIMITED

4.6.5
SPECIFICATION FOR
DOCUMENTATION
REQUIREMENTS FROM
CONTRACTORS
No.
6-78-0002 Rev. 1
Page 8 of 8
Completeness of Final Documentation
Contractor shall get the completeness of final documentation verified by EIL/TPIA and
attach the Format for Completeness of Final Documentation (Format No. 3-78-0004)
duly signed by EIL or TPIA as applicable to the document folder.

Page 812 of 1178

fEr) ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
$afg7:11 tel5leg
Men eRali 4,30.0
COMPLETENESS OF FINAL
DOCUMENTATION
(A Gort of hula Undertakog)
COMPLETENESS OF FINAL DOCUMENTATION
Name of Supplier/Contractor
Customer
Project
EIL's Job No.
Purchase Order No./
Contract No.
Purchase Requisition No./
Tender No.
Rev. No. :
Name of the Work/

Equipment
Tag. No.
Supplier's/ Contractor's
Works Order No.
Certified that the Engineering Documents/ Manufacturing & Test Certificates submitted by the
supplier are complete in accordance with the Vendor Data Requirements of Purchase
Requisition.
Signature
Signature
Date
Date
Name
Name
Designation
Designation
Department
Department
Supplier/Contractor
EIL/TPIA
arTilittl/APPROVED
gTffTeR/ Sig
eilegiltk
tvi .
4/ Name: ......... .. . ......
...........
.....
..................
f4-41--/ Date: ..... .... ......

Format No. 3-78-0004, Rev. 1/ 12.03.2015
Page 813 of 1178
INSPECTION & TEST PLANS

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
elccr,W 051,44.1,
IA Govt of indla Undertakmg)
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 1 of 64
furqw,
kTt)
f9Tivur
ct)
titkcrur
(3Trzlift)
($147cbui
*ira
INSPECTION & TEST PLAN (ITP) FOR

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
(ITEM RATE CONTRACTS-WITH
CATEGORIZATION)
14.01.2014
SM
DJ
RKD
SC
Standards Standards
Rev.
No
Date

Page 814 of 1178
Purpose
Prepared Checked Committee Bureau

by Convenor Chairman
by
Approved by
INSPECTION & TEST PLAN

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 2 of 64
Abbreviations:
AFC
BM
CI
CPT
GI
IRC
JB
MS
MPT
NDT
PCC
PQR
PT
PVC
PWHT
RCC
RF
SPT
U/G
WBM
WPS
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Approved For Construction

Bench Mark
Cast Iron
Cone Penetration Test
Galvanised Iron
Indian Road Congress
Junction Box
Mild Steel
Magnetic Particle Testing
Non Destructive Testing
Plain Cement concrete
Procedure Qualification Record
Penetration Testing
Poly Vinyl Chloride
Post Weld Heat Treatment
Reinforcement
Standard Penetration Test
Under Ground
Water Bound Macadam
Welding Procedure Specification

Convenor:
Mr. RK Das ,ED (Construction)
Members :
Mr. M Natarajan, GM (C&P)

Mr M Deshpande, GM(Construction)
Mr. Rakesh Nanda, GM (Piping)
Mr. Janak Kishore, DGM (P)
Mr S.Mukherjee, DGM (Constn)
Mr D Jana, AGM (Constn)

Page 815 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 3 of 64
CONTENTS
S.
NO
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
DESCRIPTION
DOCUMENT
NO.
SECTION A
ISSUE
DATE
ITPS FOR CIVIL WORKS

Land and Topographical survey
3101 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Soil Investigation
3102 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Site Grading
3103 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Excavation
3104 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Backfilling
3105 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Underground Piping (RCC/CI)
3106 Rev 0
14.01.2014
WBM Roads
3107 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Black Topping(Premix Carpeting)
3108 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Tank Pads
3109 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Micro Grading
3110 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Under Ground Piping (Carbon
3140 Rev 0
14.01.2014
ITPS FOR STRUCTURAL WORKS
Plain cement concrete
3141 Rev 0
14.01.2014
RCC(Substructure)
3142 Rev 0
14.01.2014
RCC(Super structure)
3143Rev 0
14.01.2014
Flooring/Pavement
3145 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Brick Work
3146 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Structural Works
3147 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Piling works
3148 Rev 0
14.01.2014
ITPS FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Antitermite Treatment
3171 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Plastering
3172 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Doors and Windows
3173 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Painting (building works)
3174 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Sanitary fittings
3175 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Water proofing
3176 Rev 0
14.01.2014
False Flooring and False ceiling
3177 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Under Deck Insulation
3178 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Roofing Accessories
3179 Rev 0
14.01.2014
Lighting works (Non plant
3199 Rev 0
14.01.2014
SECTION B
FORMATS FOR CIVIL/STRUCTURAL/ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
SECTION C
FORMATS FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING WORKS

Page 816 of 1178
PAGE
NO.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
40
55

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 4 of 64
SECTION - A

Page 817 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 5 of 64
GENERAL NOTE
The enclosed ITP's shall be followed for the works to be performed by the contractor. The
provisions indicated for stagewise inspection by EIL/Owner are the minimum and the Engineer-InCharge may decide to increase Hold Points/ Witness Points. Activities for which ITP's are not
given, contractor to develop and get the same approved by EIL/Owner well before start of the work.
Contractor to submit required reporting formats and job procedures for each activity listed in ITP's
and submit to EIL/Owner for approval, well before commencement of the activity. If the contractor
has to deviate from the given ITP for a valid reason, he shall obtain prior written approval of
EIL/Owner. Contractor to carry out 100% examination of all activities.
LEGEND
HP
Hold Point ;
A point which requires witnessing/inspection/verification and acceptance by Owner/EIL
before any further processing is permitted.
The Contractor shall not process the activity/item beyond a Hold Point without written
approval by Owner/EIL except where prior written permission for further processing is
available.
Witness Point ;
An activity which requires witnessing/inspection/verification by Owner/EIL when the
activity is performed.
After proper notification has been provided (notification modalities and period shall be
finalized before hand), the Contractor is not obliged to hold further processing if
Owner/EIL is not available to witness the activity or does not provide comments before
the date notified. Basis of acceptance shall be as per relevant technical specification.
Rw
Review of Contractors documentation.
Surveillance Inspection by Owner/ EIL.

Monitoring or making observations to verify whether or not material/items or services
conform to specified requirements. Surveillance activities may include audit, inspections,
witness of testing, review of quality documentation & records, personnel qualifications,
etc.
WC
100% Examination by Contractor.
Responsibility for execution of the inspection/testing is with the Contractor; Owner/EIL only
verifies examination or testing done by the Contractor at important stages

Page 818 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 6 of 64
ITP NO.: 3101 Rev 0

LAND & TOPOGRAPHICAL SURVEY
Sl.
No.
Contractor
EIL
Records to be submitted/
Format No.
Boundary markings and submission of

drgs./sketches
a) Review of calibration certificates of
instruments/ testing equipments
b) Field calibration, if any
WC
Yes
WC
HP
Yes/ Format C1
WC
Yes/
Block levels, contour plans, establishing

permanent bench marks with ref. to Survey
of India B.Ms. by check levels and
submission of relevant drgs. & records
WC
Format C2
Protection of control points, permanent

bench marks and regular rechecking
WC
Submission of Master plan showing

monuments, structures exposed rocks,
weirs, water works, ponds, underground
services if crossing that area, etc.
INSPECTION & TEST DOCUMENTS
WC
Yes
Review Test and Inspection Documents
WC
Rw
1
2
Activity

Page 819 of 1178
Yes

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 7 of 64
ITP NO.: 3102 Rev 0

SOIL INVESTIGATION
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
Format No.
1.
Positioning of test location
WC
2.

WC
HP
Yes /Format C1
WC
Yes
3.
Boring & sampling
WC
4.
In-situ testing (SPT, CPT, Plate load test,

Soil Resistivity, Block vibration test, etc.)
WC
S/Rw
Yes
5.
Lab testing (as applicable)
WC
W/Rw
Yes
6.
Monitoring of water level
WC
WC
Rw


Page 820 of 1178
Yes

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 8 of 64
ITP NO.: 3103 Rev 0

SITE GRADING
Sl.
No.
1.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
Clearing and stripping of soil including

disposal of unsuitable material
WC
WC
HP
HP
Yes/Format C1
WC
Yes
WC
HP
HP
Yes
WC
Yes
WC
WC
WC
S/Rw
Yes
WC
W/Rw
Format C3
9.
Taking and plotting of initial levels at

specified intervals for cutting as well as
filling areas
Classification (Levels of strata) and
testing of filling soil for suitability
including preparation of Lead Charts to
filling/disposal areas.
Proper warning of explosions, misfires
and storage of explosive materials (As
applicable).
Breaking up of clods, lumps, etc. at the
time of filling and compaction.
Identification and suitability of borrow
areas for filling soil/murrum including
verification of payments for royalty, etc.
Compaction test for earth filling in
specified layers including finished areas.
Verification of final finished grade levels.
WC
HP
HP
Yes
10.
Computation of Earth works.
WC
Yes
11.
Record of tree cuttings, stacking of

blasted rocks and other quarry materials
including handing over to Owner
Preparation of As built drawings
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
WC
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
12.
13.
14.
Removal of Surplus earth/excavated

material and leveling in disposal areas.
Resolutions of obstacles/hindrances
Yes

Yes
CAT A: All fillings

CAT B: All cuttings.

Page 821 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 9 of 64
ITP NO.: 3104 Rev 0

EXCAVATION
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
CAT A
1.
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT B

WC
HP
HP
Yes
WC
Yes/Format C1
2.
Layout checking
WC
Format C2
3.
Taking initial levels
WC
Yes
4.
Slopes of excavation, benching,

overburden, shoring & strutting (in case of
deep excavation)
Check for sub-soil water, dewatering
requirements as per specifications.
Bottom level of excavation and
compaction
Stacking of different type of soils
separately
List of obstacles encountered (cables,
pipes, conduits, etc)
Barricading of excavated pits for safety &
protection from rain
FOR HARD ROCK
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
Yes
WC
Obtaining license from district authorities

for undertaking blasting operations
Storing of explosive materials as per
explosive rules
Prominent display of red flags around the
area to be blasted
Check the dimensions of bore holes
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
WC
WC
WC
Stacking of hard rock for useable/non

useable including handing over to owner
WC
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
1
2
3
4
5
CAT A : Equipment foundations, Plant buildings, Technological structures, pipe racks, etc.
CAT B : Non Plant buildings, Boundary walls, wing walls, manholes, drains, pipe culverts ,bridges,
etc

Page 822 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 10 of 64
ITP NO.: 3105 Rev 0

BACK FILLING
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
1.
Selection of materials/selected earth
WC
Format C4, C5
2.
Check for treatment of soil, if any
WC
Yes
3.

WC
HP
HP
Yes /Format C1
WC
Yes
WC
5.
Filling in specified layers, consolidating,

watering.
Compaction tests for layers
WC
W/Rw
S/Rw
Format C3
6.
Filling to required levels
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
4.

Yes
CAT A : Equipment foundations, Plant buildings, Technological structure, Pipe racks, etc.
CAT B : Non Plant buildings, pipe racks ,Boundary walls, wing walls, manholes, drains, pipe culverts,
bridges etc.

Page 823 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 11 of 64
ITP NO.: 3106 Rev 0

UNDERGROUND PIPING (RCC/ CI)
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
1.
Incoming Material
a) Owners supply
b) Contractors supply
2.
Adequate slope, benching in excavation

for safety purposes (if required)
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes/ Format C1
WC
Yes
4.
Layout, line & level
WC
Format C2
5.
Laying & jointing, grouting at

manholes/chambers
Check for supports/ firm bed/ sub soil
water level
Testing for leakages by blocking pipe
ends
Hydro-testing and other tests, Removal of
blockages, Cleaning & flushing of
system
Backfilling in layers
WC
WC
WC
WC
HP
HP
Format C6
WC
Rw
Rw
Format C3
Check for MS rungs in proper position,

inlet/outlet pipe levels in manholes
Preparation of As-built drawings
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
3.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
INSPECTION & TEST

DOCUMENTS
NOTE: 1)
Contractor to check all free issue materials and maintain

records of MIV for material issued by owner/EIL
WC
Note -1
Format M2
For Incoming material Inspection please refer ITP no: 6-82-1010
CAT A: Main plant buildings, Utilities , offsites, etc.

CAT B: Non plant buildings, , technological buildings admn. Buildings, Gate house, security
rooms, etc

Page 824 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 12 of 64
ITP NO.: 3107 Rev 0

WBM ROADS
Sl.
No.
1.
Activity

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Layout checking including Road

crossings and taking initial levels
Approval of source & checking/testing of
materials (wherever required)
Filling (if any), compaction, providing
cambers in sub-base including levels
Spreading metal to required thickness,
line & levels, dry rolling including
spreading of screening material
Check for camber and levels over
metalling
Spreading murrum/ sand, watering and
rolling
Checking thickness after each layer and
rectification thereof (if any)
Checking quantity of aggregate by
excavation of trial pits as per IRC Code
INSPECTION & TEST
DOCUMENTS
NOTE : 1)
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
WC
HP
HP
Yes /Format C1
WC
Yes
WC
Yes
WC
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
WC
W/Rw
W/Rw
Format C4
Format C5
Format C3
WC
Yes
WC
WC
WC
Yes
WC
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
CAT A: Roads subjected to heavy loading, connected to main highway, main plant roads, etc
CAT B: Balance Roads

Page 825 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 13 of 64
ITP NO.: 3108 Rev 0

BLACK TOPPING (PREMIX CARPETING) & BITUMINOUS MACADAM (BM)
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
Format No.
CAT B
1.
Approval of source of materials(aggregate,

bitumen, etc)
WC
Note 1
Format C4
WC
HP
Yes /Format C1
WC
Yes
3.
Surface preparation & check for

camber/level
WC
4.
Checking/ testing of material wherever

required
Tack coat application
WC
Format C5, Yes
WC
WC
Yes
7.
Laying of Premix carpeting/ BM including

rolling
Application of Seal coat
WC
Yes
8.
Check for camber and levels
WC
9.
Check for bitumen temperature and

consumption
Thickness check (random)of Premix
carpet/ BM
WC
WC
Yes
11.
Removal of surplus earth
WC
12.
Berm preparation
WC
13.
Final Inspection
WC
Yes
WC
Rw
Yes
2.
5.
6.
10.

NOTE : 1)
CAT B: All works

Page 826 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 14 of 64
ITP NO.: 3109 Rev 0

TANK PADS
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
1.
Approval of source of materials
WC
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
Format C4
2.
Stripping the area
WC
3.

WC
HP
HP
Yes/ Format C1
WC
Yes
4.
Layout and marking of ground level
WC
Format C2
5.
Excavation to required level, compaction

of sub-base
Checking/ testing of materials
WC
WC
Format C5
Filling selected materials in specified

layers, rolling, watering
Compaction tests
WC
WC
W/Rw
Rw
Format C3
9.
Gravel filling under annular ring with

compaction and adding graded filler
material (As applicable)
WC
Yes
10.
Anti-corrosive layer, consolidation
WC
11.
Premix carpeting on side slopes
WC
12.
Preparation of As-built drawing for

erection
Check for settlement of pads during
hydro testing of tanks
INSPECTION & TEST
DOCUMENTS
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
6.
7.
8.
13.
NOTE : 1)
Yes
Yes
CAT A: All Site fabricated steel storage tanks for process fluid /Hydrocarbon, floating roof tanks
having capacity more than 600cum or 10m dia and 8 m height.
CAT B: Site fabricated steel storage tanks for Raw water, Fire water, waste water, DM water, etc. and
all tanks not covered under CAT A

Page 827 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 15 of 64
ITP NO.: 3110 Rev 0

MICRO GRADING
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
Format No.
CAT B
1.

WC
HP
Yes/ Format C1
WC
Yes
2.
Taking initial levels
WC
Yes
3.
Clearing/ Removal of extra soil, debris,

etc. from site by transportation
WC
Yes
4.
Taking final levels
WC
Yes
5.
Verification of gradient of ground
WC
6.
Finishing of ground surface by hand

compactor/ Roller (As applicable)
WC
7.
Final inspection
WC
Yes
WC
Rw
Yes

CAT B: All works

Page 828 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 16 of 64
ITP NO.: 3140 Rev 0

FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING (CARBON STEEL)
Sl.
No
Activity
Contractor
Incoming Material
c) Owners supply
d) Contractors supply
2.
Review of Manufacturer's
Test Certificates/ other
documents
3.
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
WC
HP
HP
Yes
ii) Testing
WC
HP
HP
Yes
iii) Approval of Final WPS/PQR
WC
HP
HP
Yes
Welder Performance Qualification Test
WC
WC
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
WC
HP
HP
Yes
Preparation of sketches from General

Arrangement drawings
Joint numbering
Approval of colour coding scheme
WC
Rw
Yes
WC
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Std spec
Monitoring of colour coding on pipes &

fittings
WC
WPS/PQR
4.
4a.
Review of proposed Procedure
Certification & approval of welders
Review of proposed Procedure
ii) Testing
iii) Approval of NDT procedure
B.
1.
Yes
NDT Procedure Qualification

i)
9.
Yes
Rw
i)
8.
WC
Rw
ii)Testing, if any
7.
Contractor to check all free issue materials and maintain

records of MIV for material issued by owner/EIL
WC
Note -1
Format M2
Welding Filler Material

Approval/Qualification
i)
6.
CAT B
PRIOR TO FABRICATION
5.
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
A.
(Sheet 1 of 6)
FABRICATION (SHOP & FIELD)

Material as per piping class (check w.r.t.
approved colour coding procedure)
i) Fit-up check
ii) Dimensional check
Page 829 of 1178
WC
WC
WC
Format P1
W
S
S
Rw
Rw

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 17 of 64
ITP NO.: 3140 Rev 0

Sl.
No
2.
3
4.
5.
6.
7.
Activity
Contractor
9.
10.
11.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
6a.
CAT A CAT B
S
S
WC
Check for purity of purging/shielding Gas

(if any)
Purging (if any)
WC
WC
Shielding rate (if any)
WC
--
Baking of Electrodes
WC
Yes
WC
Visual check of completed welds

- For welds with Random
Radiography
-For welds with 100% Radiography
WC
PT/MPT
WC
Yes
--
WC
Format P2
W
WC
Format P4
Procedure Review
WC
HP
HP
Yes
Correctness of Testing arrangements
WC
---
Calibration of Pressure Gauges
WC
Format C1
R.F. Pad testing, if any
WC
HP
--
Scrutiny of test packs for Mechanical &

NDT Clearance (Refer Annexure-1)
WC
HP
HP
Annex-1, Format
P5, UG1
Air/Water Flushing (preliminary)
WC
Addition of corrosion inhibitors, if

required Approval of make & quality
WC
Radiography marking
Radiography)
(for
Random
Radiography Interpretation
HYDROSTATIC/
TESTING
C.
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
Pre-heat (if any)
Inter-pass cleaning & Temperature check.
8.
(Sheet 2 of 6)

Page 830 of 1178
WC
Format P2
Yes
Format P3
PNEUMATIC
S
HP
S
HP
Yes

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 18 of 64
ITP NO.: 3140 Rev 0

Sl.
No
7.
Activity
Pneumatic/ Hydrostatic testing
8.
Draining of water & Air drying
D.
Contractor
(Sheet 3 of 6)
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
WC
Format P6
WC
Format P6
WC
Yes
WC
Note 1
Note 1
Yes
Rw
Rw
Yes
Rw
Rw
Yes
HP
HP
Yes
LAYING
1.
Trench excavation and levels
2.
Cleaning of pipe surface

Approval of wrapping/coating material
manufacturers
WC
4.
Approval of agency for wrapping &

coating
WC
5.
Sample test of coating materials in

approved laboratory
WC
6.
Procedure qualification for wrapping &

coating
WC
Application of primer
WC
--
Coal tar temperature
WC
---
Coating & wrapping
WC
---
Check Thickness of coating (if

applicable)
WC
Yes
Calibration of Holiday tester
WC
HP
HP
Format C1
Holiday testing
WC
Yes
WC
HP
S/Rw
Yes
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Peel test
NOTE : 1)
CAT A: All pressure lines, Fire Water line, Cooling Water line, etc.
CAT B: Balance Works

Page 831 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 19 of 64
ITP NO.: 3140 Rev 0

Sl.
No
Activity
Contractor
(Sheet 4 of 6)
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
Yes
--
--
14.
Lifting arrangement
WC
15.
Lowering (levels & orientation of

branches)
WC
16.
Checking of wrapping & coating for

damages during lowering, their repair,
Holiday Testing, etc.
WC
17.
Back filling & compaction
WC
Yes
18.
Location, Brickwork, plaster of valve pit
WC
Yes
19.
Top cover & Finish of valve pit
WC
--
E.
SYSTEM COMPLETION
1.
Tie in joints (Refer Annexure-2)
WC
Annex-2
Annex-2
2.
Scrutiny of test packs for system testing

(Refer Annexure-1)
WC
Annex-1
Annex-1
3.
System testing
WC
HP
S/Rw
Format UG2
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
INSPECTION & TEST

DOCUMENTS
CAT A: All pressure lines, Fire Water line, Cooling Water line, etc.
CATB: Balance Works

Page 832 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 20 of 64
ITP NO.: 3140 Rev 0

(Sheet 5 of 6)
ANNEXURE 1
Sl.
No.
Activity
A.
MECHANICAL COMPLETION RECORD

(U/G Piping)
1.
1a.
Clearance for flushing & testing

Mechanical clearance
- Conformity with drawing
- Material as per Specification
Welding & NDT clearance
- Material as per Specification
- Fit-up check record
- Visual check of completed welds
- PT/MPT
- Radiography
- PWHT & hardness
- RF pad testing
Flushing & Pressure testing
1b.
2.
3.
4.
Contractor
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
WC
Rw
Rw
WC
WC
HP
Rw
Rw
Rw
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
HP
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
HP
WC
Coating & wrapping

- Surface preparation
WC
Rw
- Primer application
WC
Rw
Rw
- Coating, wrapping & peel test
WC
Rw
- Holiday check
WC
Rw
Rw
Laying
- Trench leveling
WC
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
Rw
- Lowering & checking for damages in

wrapping & coating, their repair,
Holiday testing, etc.
- Backfilling
WC
WC
CAT B: All pressure lines, Fire Water line, Cooling Water line, etc.
CAT C: Balance works

Page 833 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 21 of 64
ITP NO.: 3140 Rev 0

(Sheet 6 of 6)
ANNEXURE 2
TIE-IN
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
A.
FIT UP
WC
B.
ROOT RUN DP
WC
C.
FINAL RUN DP
WC
D.
RADIOGRAPH REVIEW
WC
HP
E.
PWHT HARDNESS
WC
Rw
F.
RF PAD TESTING
WC
HP
G.
CLEANING & PRIMING
WC
H.
COATING, WRAPPING
WC
I.
PEEL TEST
WC
HP
J.
HOLIDAY TESTING
WC
HP
K.
CHECKING FOR ANY DAMAGE IN WRAPPING

& COATING AFTER LOWERING,
THEIR REPAIR HOLIDAY TESTING, ETC.
BACK FILLING
WC
WC
For CAT A as well as CAT B

Page 834 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO:
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 22 of 64
3141 Rev 0
PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
format no.
CAT B
1.

instruments/ testing
equipments
WC
Rw
Yes /Format C1
WC
S/Rw
Yes
WC
Format C2, C3, C5, C7
3.
Checking of layout and materials,

compaction of sub -grade
Mix proportion
WC
4.
Check for shuttering, dewatering if any.
WC
Yes
5.
Concreting with proper compaction
WC
6.
Checking of top level of PCC
WC
Rw
Yes
7.
Curing
WC
WC
Rw
2.

CAT B :
Yes
All works

Page 835 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO:
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 23 of 64
3142 Rev 0
REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE ( SUBSTRUCTURE)
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
WC
HP
HP
Format C4
2.
Approval of agency for providing Ready

Mixed Concrete (RMC), as applicable
WC
HP
HP
Yes
WC
HP
HP
Yes /Format C1
WC
Yes
Checking of layout & condition of PCC/

leveling course
Incoming material checking
WC
Yes
WC
NOTE 1
NOTE 1
Yes
Design of mix &establishment of strength

at site by trial mix
Check for line & level of shuttering
including its condition, quality and
rigidity.
Check for sub-soil water & dewatering
arrangement, if any
Reinforcement & covers to reinforcement
WC
HP
HP
Yes
WC
WC
WC
Inserts, Anchor bolts and pipe sleeves,

pockets, dowels, etc.
Pour Card
WC
WC
Yes
WC
Format C8, C9
13.
Check for obstacles encountered

(Electrical conduits, pipe lines, etc.)
Concreting, ,compaction & finishing
WC
S/Rw
Yes
14.
Casting of cubes
WC
Yes
15.
Curing
WC
16.
Testing of cubes
WC
Format C10
17.
Removal of shuttering
WC
18.
Check for water tightness, rendering, if

any
WC
WC
Rw
INSPECTION & TEST

DOCUMENTS
WC
Rw
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
19.
Rw
Rw
Yes
Yes
NOTE : 1)
CAT A: Critical foundations of equipments i.e compressors, reactors, columns, stacks, Unit Pipe
racks, plant buildings and other equipment foundations with RCC Quantity > 250 Cum, tank
foundations
CAT B: Non critical pipe racks(branch pipe, offsite pipe rack, etc) non plant buildings ,pipe sleepers,
manhole, catch pit, pipe culverts ,bridges other equipment foundations not covered in CAT A, and
balance works
Page 836 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO:
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 24 of 64
3143 Rev 0
REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE (SUPER STRUCTURE)
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CATA
CATB
WC
HP
HP
Format C4
2.
Approval of agency for providing Ready Mixed

Concrete (RMC), as applicable
a) Review of calibration certificates of instruments/
testing equipments
WC
HP
HP
Yes
WC
HP
HP
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Format C1
4.
5.
Checking of layout
Incoming material inspection
WC
WC
S
Note 1
S
Note 1
Yes
Format C5, C7
6.
Design of mix &establishment of strength at site by trial

mix
Check for line & level of shuttering and scaffolding/
vertical bracing including hoisting arrangements.
Reinforcement & covers to reinforcement
WC
HP
HP
Yes
WC
--
WC
WC
Yes
10.
Inserts, bolts, pipe sleeves, MS rungs, concealed

electrical conduits, fan hooks, dowels, etc. including
welding if any
Pockets/ openings
WC
--
11.
Expansion joints, if any
WC
12.
Check for water stops, slopes, stoppers, if any
WC
13.
Pour Card
WC
Format C8, C9
14.
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
15.
Quality Records of RMC like Delivery Ticket

Information, if applicable
Concreting, testing, compaction & finishing
WC
Yes
16.
17.
Casting of cubes
Curing
WC
WC
S
S
S
S
Yes
-
18.
19.
Testing of cubes
Removal of formwork/ staging
WC
WC
W
S
W
-
Format C10
-
20.
WC
21
Verification of dimensions viz AFC drawings and

tolerances
Check for water tightness, rendering, if any
WC
--
22
Preparation of As built drawing .
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes-
3.
7.
8.
9.
Yes

WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
NOTE : 1)
CAT A: Super structure of foundations for Critical equipments ie compressors, reactors, columns, stacks,
foundations, Slabs of plant and non plant buildings, tank foundations, Unit Pipe racks, plant buildings and super
structure of any other equipment, etc.
CAT B: not covered in category A Non critical pipe racks (branch pipe, offsite pipe rack, etc) non plant
buildings other than slab, catch pit and balance works, pipe sleepers, pipe culverts, bridges, manhole etc

Page 837 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO:
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 25 of 64
3145 Rev 0
RCC PAVEMENT/FLOORING
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
Format No.
CAT B
1.
WC
Rw
Format C4
Approval of agency for providing Ready Mixed

Concrete (RMC), as applicable
a) Review of calibration certificates of instruments/
testing equipments
WC
HP
Yes
WC
HP
Yes
WC
Format C1
4.
Layout checking/ excavation of all new foundations
WC
Yes
5.
WC
NOTE 1
6.
WC
HP
Yes
WC
Format C3, Yes
WC
9.
10.
Design of mix &establishment of strength at site by

trial mix
Check for proper back filling/compaction/ completion
of sub - Structure works
Check for proper arrangements for vacuum dewatering
flooring including all accessories as per specification
(as applicable)
Check for edges of shuttering, alternate panels
Check for slopes, thickness of flooring
WC
WC
11.
Shuttering, reinforcement (as applicable)
WC
12.
Check for expansion joints/ Construction joints
WC
13.
Check for concealed pipe embedment, earthing, if any
WC
14.
Check for dividing strips, as applicable
WC
15.
Concreting, finishing, etc
WC
Format C8, C9
16.
Quality Records of RMC like Delivery Ticket

Information
Concreting, testing, finishing, test cubes
WC
Rw
Yes
WC
Yes
WC
19
Checking for line, levels, slopes, joints, thickness of

flooring viz. AFC drawings
Curing
WC
20
Grinding & polishing, as applicable
WC
21
Testing of concrete cubes (as applicable)
WC
Format C10
22
Testing of vacuum dewatering flooring (as applicable)
WC
W/Rw
Yes
23
Preparation of As Built Drawings
WC
Rw
Yes
WC
Rw
Yes
. 3.
7.
8.
17.
18.

NOTE : 1)
CAT B: All works.
Page 838 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO:
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 26 of 64
3146 Rev 0
BRICK MASONARY
Sl.
No.
1.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B

WC
Rw
Rw
Yes/ Format C1
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
2.
WC
Note 1
Note 1
3.
Cleaning of surface
WC
4.
Wetting/soaking of bricks
WC
5.
Cement mortar proportion
WC
6.
Staging & scaffolding
WC
7.
Hacking of adjacent concrete surface
WC
8.
Check for bond/closers, thickness of

joints .
WC
9.
Line, level & plumb
WC
10.
Raking out joints, keys in brick work, if

any
WC
11.
Check for placement of Reinforcement

bars in case of partition brick work
WC
12.
Embedment of fixtures
WC
13.
Curing
WC
14.
Preparation of 'As Built' Drawings
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
INSPECTION & TEST

DOCUMENTS
NOTE : 1)
WC
Rw
Yes
CAT A: Load bearing walls

CAT B: Balance works

Page 839 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO:
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 27 of 64
3147 Rev 0
S.
Activity
No
A
PRE FABRICATION ACTIVITIES
1.
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
EIL
a) Review of calibration certificates of instruments/ testing

equipments
WC
HP
HP
Yes/ Format
C1
WC
Yes
2.
WC
Note 1
Note 1
Yes
3.
Welding Filler material approval/ qualification

a) Manufacturing test certificates/ documents
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
b) Testing, if any
WC
Yes
4.
WPS/ PQR
WC
HP
HP
Yes
5.
Welders performance qualification
WC
Yes
6.
Layout checking
WC
Yes
7.
Welding equipment and accessories
WC
8.
Preparation and approval of Fabrication drawings
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
FABRICATION ACTIVITIES
Materials as per design drawing
WC
Rw
Rw
Format C12
Check straightness and non-warping of members
WC
Format C12
Dimensional and fit-up checks including provision of slopes

for deflection wherever required
WC
Format C12
Visual check for welding
WC
Format C12
Grinding including surface preparation for painting and

application of primer
WC
Format C12
Checking paint as per specs, shelf-life, etc.
WC
Yes
Application of specified paint, painting thickness, etc.
WC
Format C12
FIELD ERECTION ACTIVITIES
WC
S /Rw
S/Rw
Yes
Lifting arrangements including test certificates of lifting

tackles
Correctness of location
WC
Format C12
Orientation of bracing, lugs
WC
Alignment & levels
WC
Format C12
Field welding (if any)
WC
Format C12
Grouting
WC
Format C12
Finishing coat of paint, thickness of paint etc.
WC
Format C12
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes

NOTE : 1)
CAT A: Steel structures pertaining to equipments ie compressors, reactors, columns, Unit Pipe racks, stacks, Technological
structures.
CAT B: Steel structures of Non critical pipe racks (branch pipe, offsite pipe rack, etc) non plant buildings , walkways,
platforms , etc
Page 840 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO:
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 28 of 64
3148 Rev 0
PILING WORKS
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
WC
HP
HP
Format C4
Approval of agency for providing Ready

Mixed Concrete (RMC), if applicable
a) Calibration certificate of measuring &
testing equipments/ instruments
WC
HP
HP
Yes
WC
HP
HP
Yes/ Format C1
WC
Layout and ground level
WC
WC
Note 1
Note 1
Design of mix &establishment of strength

at site by trial mix
Driving of piles & check for set point
WC
HP
HP
Yes
WC
Check for depth of bore and lowering of

cage measuring
Check for cage reinforcement, its length,
overlaps
Pour Card
WC
WC
WC
HP
HP
Format C8, C9
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
12
Quality records of RMC like Delivery

Ticket Information, if applicable
Concreting,
WC
Yes
13
Casting of cubes/Testing
WC
Format C10
14
Check for cut off level of concreting &

quantity of concrete poured
Lifting of casing pipe
WC
Yes
WC
Pile load tests (lateral/vertical/cyclic/pull

out)
Submission of pile load test report
WC
Rw
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
7
8
9
10
11
15
16
17
INSPECTION & TEST

DOCUMENTS
NOTE : 1)
Yes
Yes
CAT A: Critical foundations of equipments ie compressors, reactors, columns, stacks, Technological

structures, Unit Pipe racks, plant buildings and other equipment foundations ,.
CAT B: Non critical pipe racks (branch pipe, offsite pipe rack, etc) non plant buildings

Page 841 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO:
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 29 of 64
3171 Rev 0
ANTITERMITE TREATMENT
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
Format No.
CAT B
1.
Testing of material & spraying devices

including personal protective equipments
like facemask, gloves, shoes, etc.
WC
HP &
Note 1
Yes
2.
Preparation of surface for taking dosage of

emulsion by ramming of each layer of soil
by roding the earth at specified intervals
WC
3.
Backfilling and compaction in specified

layers along with application of emulsifier
along the sides of masonry & RCC
structures
WC
Format C3
Compaction of top surface for taking

dosage of emulsifier by roding the earth at
specified intervals for the entire floor area
before concreting
WC
Check for consumption of emulsifier

utilized
WC
Yes
WC
Rw
Yes

NOTE : 1)
CAT B: All works

Page 842 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
ITP NO:
3172
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 30 of 64
Rev 0
PLASTERING
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
Calibration of testing equipments
WC
Rw
Format C1
2.
Checking/ testing of materials
WC
Format C5, C7
Check for completeness of all hidden jobs

like piping, conduiting, etc.
WC
Check for grading of sand, Mix

proportion
WC
5.
Sample preparation for finish and its

approval
WC
6.
Neeru application on plaster (as

applicable)
WC
7.
Hacking and cleaning the surface,

removing loose particles, wetting the
surface
WC
Checking of plaster thickness, plumb &

even surface
WC
Yes
Check for grooves, openings, rounding

off the corners, hollowness in plaster
WC
10
Curing
WC
INSPECTION & TEST

DOCUMENTS
WC
Rw
Yes
CAT A: Area requiring special finish

CAT B: Balance works.

Page 843 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 31 of 64
ITP NO.: 3173 Rev 0

DOORS, WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
1.
WC
Note 1
Note 1
2.
Calibration of testing equipments
WC
HP
HP
Yes
3.
Check for sections & dimensions
WC
Yes
4.
Line, level & plumb
WC
Section joinery details
WC
Rw
Grouting with lugs/ dash fasteners
WC
Check for fixtures & fittings
WC
Yes
Check for thickness & type of glazing
WC
Yes
Check for rubber gasket, anodizing (as

applicable)
WC
10
Brand/ shade of paints, no. of coats

including surface preparation
Final inspection
WC
Rw
WC
HP
HP
Yes
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
11
INSPECTION & TEST

DOCUMENTS
NOTE : 1)
CATA: Main plant buildings


Page 844 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 32 of 64
ITP NO.: 3174 Rev 0

PAINTING (BUILDING WORKS)
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
1.
Completion of surface preparation
WC
CAT A
-
2.
WC
Note 1
Note 1
3.
Confirmation of colour, shade & brand
WC
HP
HP
4.
Check for number of coats and thickness
WC
Yes
Curing, if any
WC
INSPECTION & TEST

DOCUMENTS
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
NOTE : 1)
CAT B
-
CAT A: Main plant buildings, Major non plant building (viz: Administrative building, Training center
etc

Page 845 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 33 of 64
ITP NO. : 3175 Rev 0

SANITARY FITTINGS
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
1.
WC
Note 1
Note 1
2.
Checking of sample (as applicable)
WC
Yes
3.
Check completeness of finishing works

w.r.t. line, level & position
Check proper fixing of the sanitary
fittings to give aesthetic appeal
Check for leakage
WC
WC
WC
Rw
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes
4.
5
INSPECTION & TEST

DOCUMENTS
NOTE : 1)
CAT B: Main plant buildings, Major non plant building (viz: Administrative building, Training center
etc)

Page 846 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 34 of 64
ITP NO. : 3176 Rev 0

WATER PROOFING (ROOF)
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
Format No.
CAT B
1.
Approval of materials
WC
HP
Format C4
2.
a) Calibration certificate of measuring &

testing equipments/application
instruments (if applicable)
WC
HP
Yes/ Format C1
WC
Yes
Surface preparation for screeding/ water

proof plastering
WC
4.
Mix proportion, thickness of screeding/

plastering & slope towards rain water pipes
Formation of groove at specified height on
parapet wall
Incoming material inspection, no. of coats,
application procedure and consumption.
Termination of material in groove on
vertical plane
Check for hollowness, bubbles in water
proofing, if any
Conducting a sample of water proofing test
by flooding the area for specified interval
(as applicable)
Cleaning of surface
Yes
Note 1
Yes
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10
11
Submission of Guarantee in the requisite

Performa
NOTE : 1)
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
S/Rw
WC
-
WC
WC
WC
-Yes
Rw
Rw
Yes
CAT B: All works

Page 847 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 35 of 64
ITP NO: 3177 Rev 0

FALSE FLOORING AND FALSE CEILING
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
Format No.
CAT B
FALSE FLOORING
1.
Manufacturers Test Certificate
WC
Rw
Yes
2.
WC
Note 1
Yes
3.
Cleaning base floor
WC
4.
WC
Yes
5.
Painting base floor with Polyurethane

based paint (as specified)
Check for installation of grid framework
WC
Proper line, level & layout
WC
Final inspection
WC
HP
Yes
FALSE CEILING
1.
Manufacturers Test Certificate
WC
Rw
Yes
2.
WC
Note 1
Yes
3.
Surface preparation of panel boards
WC
4.
Proper line, level & cut-outs
WC
5.
Painting of panel boards
WC
Yes
Final inspection
WC
HP
Yes
WC
Rw
Yes

NOTE : 1)
CAT B: All works.

Page 848 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 36 of 64
ITP NO.: 3178 Rev 0

UNDER DECK INSULATION
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
Format No.
CAT B
1.
Incoming material checking including

density
Checking of adhesive, fasteners for
anchorage
Fixing of scaffolding, ladders, platforms
WC
Note 1
Yes
WC
Yes
WC
WC
Fixing of under-deck insulation with

adhesive
Fixing of dash fasteners at defined spacing
WC
Finishing
WC
Final inspection
WC
HP
Yes
WC
Rw
2.
3.
4

NOTE : 1)
Yes
CAT B: All works.

Page 849 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 37 of 64
ITP NO.: 3179 Rev 0

ROOFING ACCESSORIES
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
Records to be
submitted/
Format No.
EIL
CAT A
CAT B
Note 1
Yes
1.
WC
Note 1
2.
Ensure proper sequence of sheeting
WC
3.
Check for mitring, overhang, laps, etc.
WC
4.
Slopes line, level of sheets, barge boards,

ridges & gutters, overhang
of sheets
Bolting by drilling only, length of bolts,
nos., anodizing and type of washers
Check for slopes of rain gutters, down
take pipes, north lighting curves/ supports
for gutters
Check for leakage/ passing of light
WC
WC
WC
WC
Final inspection
WC
Yes
5
6
7
8.
INSPECTION & TEST

DOCUMENTS
NOTE : 1)
2)
WC
Rw
Rw
Yes

Fixing arrangement need to be reviewed with respect to contract specifications.
CAT A: Important structures (e.g Compressor House, Ware house ,workshop and Pump house
etc.),main plant buildings, etc
CAT B: Balance works.

Page 850 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 38 of 64
ITP NO.: 3199 Rev 0

LIGHTING WORKS (NON PLANT BUILDINGS)
Sl.
No.
Activity
Contractor
EIL
Format No.
CAT B
1.
Prepare detailed conduit layout diagram as

per the approved electrical drawing
Provide GJ/PVC sleeves in columns/beams
at identified locations to facilitate laying of
conduit on later date.
WC
Yes
WC
WC
Note 1
Yes
WC
5.
Ensure that the conduit is laid in line with

execution drawings & provide pull-wires
as per requirement.
Check correctness of drop/JB locations
WC
6.
Check threaded joints are proper
WC
7.
Ensure all JB/Fan box are properly stuffed

with jute
Ensure conduits are properly tied to
reinforcement bars to prevent floating
during concrete
Ensure proper supporting of conduit
lengths wherever required
Ensure adequate chasing depth for conduit
portion coming inside brick walls
Check workmanship towards joints and
presence of any foreign material inside the
conduits
Ensure wiring material is inspected at site
before use
Ensure correctness of lighting wire size
and no. of wires as per the drawing in each
conduit portion
Preparation of "As Built" drgs.
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
WC
Yes
WC
WC
Rw
Yes
WC
Rw
Yes
2.
3.
4.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

CAT B: All works

NOTE : 1)

Page 851 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 39 of 64
SECTION - B

Page 852 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 40 of 64
FORMATS
FOR
CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS

Page 853 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 41 of 64
CONTENTS
S.
NO
DESCRIPTION
FORMAT
NO.
ISSUE
DATE
PAGE
NO.
FORMATS FOR CIVIL, STRUCTURAL & ARCHITECTURAL WORKS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Record of calibration of Measuring/Testing

equipments
Surveying and Layout record
Test report for determination of dry density &
moisture content of sand/soil
Record of approval of source(s) for aggregates
Sieve analysis report
Underground piping test report (RCC/CI)
Cement testing result report
Pour card (I) Programme of concreting
Pour card (II) Observation during concreting
Crushing strength testing results of concrete
cubes
Water absorption, crushing strength &
efflorescence testing results of bricks
Structural fabrication & erection sheet

Page 854 of 1178
C1 Rev.1
14.01.2014
42
C2 Rev.1
C3 Rev.1
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
43
44
C4 Rev.1
C5 Rev.1
C6 Rev.1
C7 Rev.1
C8 Rev.1
C9 Rev.1
C10 Rev.1
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
C11 Rev.1
14.01.2014
52
C12 Rev.1
14.01.2014
53

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO. :
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 42 of 64
C1 REV 0
Page 855 of 1178
RECORD OF CALBIRATION OF MEASURING/TESTING EQUIPMENTS

Project
Client
Name of Work
:
:
:
Job No.
Contractor
:
:
Accepted
Sl.
No.
Name of Equipment/Apparatus
Model
No.
Certificate
No.
Calibrated
By
Calibration
Date
Next
Calibration
Remarks
Contractor
EIL
Dueon
Theodolite
Levels
Steel measurement tapes
Cross staff
Distomat
All balances
Weigh Batcher
Cube testing Machine
Pressure Gauges
Dial gauges
Dead weight tester
Vernier caliper/ screw gauge
Holiday tester
Universal Testing Machine
Charpy V-notch Impact testing machine
Hardness Testing Machine
Various Digital and Analog meters
Variable current, voltage and resistance
generators
Temperature/ Pressure Recorders
Temperature gauges including RTDs
Thermocouples
Vibration probes
Decibel-meter
Any other

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO. :
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 43 of 64
C2 REV 0
SURVEYING AND LAYOUT RECORD

Project :
Client
Job No :
:
Contractor
Name of Work :
1.
Reference Drawing
2.
Reference Grid Pillars
3.
Reference Bench Mark/Reduced Level :
4.
Co-ordinates
5.
Reduced Level
6.
Closing error, if any
7.
Layout Sketch
________________
( CONTRACTOR )
Date
_____
( EIL )
_________
( CLIENT )

Page 856 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Page 857 of 1178
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 44 of 64
C3 REV 0
TEST REPORT FOR DETERMINATION OF DRY DENSITY & MOISTURE CONTENT OF SAND/SOIL
Project :
Client
Job No :
:
Contractor
Name of Work :
Location
:
S.
Description
No.
1.
Wt. of mould + wt. of wet soil/sand
2.
Wt. of mould
3.
Wt. of wet soil/sand
4.
Volume of mould
5.
Density of wet soil/sand
6.
Wt. of wet sample taken
7.
Wt. of sample after drying
8.
Moisture Content
(or directly by moisture meter)
9.
Dry density
10.
Laboratory Max dry density
11.
Degree of Compaction
12.
Required degree of compaction
13.
Optimum Moisture Content (OMC)
_____________________________
( TESTED BY/LAB-IN-CHARGE )
Date
Relation
1
Layer No
:
Test Nos:
3
4
Remarks
5
W1 gm
W2 gm
(W1 W2) gm
V
cc
Dw = (W1 W2)/V gm/cc
Ww gm
Wd gm
Mc = (Ww Wd)/wdx100%
Dd = Dw/(1+Mc) gm/CC
gm/cc
%
%
%
________________
( CONTRACTOR )
_____
( EIL )

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 45 of 64
C4 REV 0
RECORD OF APPROVAL OF SOURCE(S) FOR
AGGREGATES ,SOIL
Project :
Client
Job No :
:
Contractor
Name of Work :
1.
Reference
2.
Material
3.
Location of Source
4.
Approx. distance from the site :
5.
Physical Properties
a)
b)
c)
Colour (as applicable) :

Shape (as applicable) :
Texture (as applicable) :
Rounded/Irregular
Glossy/Smooth/Granular
6.
Tests conducted at
7.
Code of Conformance :
8.
Test Report Reviewed :
Satisfactory/Un-satisfactory
9.
Remarks
The source is approved/not approved
10.
Explanation if any
Enclosures
COMMITTEE MEMBERS
APPROVED
Signature of the contractor
Date
Place

Page 858 of 1178
a)
b)
Reviewed Test Reports

Request of contractor, if available
i)
ii)
EIL
:
Client :

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
Page 859 of 1178
Project :
Client
:
Wt. of Sample taken
FINE AGGREGATE
S. No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Sieve Size
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 46 of 64
C5 REV 0
SIEVE ANALYSIS REPORT
Job No :
Date :
Name of Work :
Contractor
:
Date on which sample taken :
Weight Retained (gm)
Percentage Retained
Cumulative
% Retained
% Passing
Fineness
Modulus
Zone
(As per IS:383)
Remarks
4.75mm
2.36mm
1.18mm
600 u
300 u
150 u
Pan
COARSE AGGREGATE/ROAD METAL
Wt. of Sample taken
Passed/Failed
Remarks
(As per IS:383/EIL Spec 6-64-0018)

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
125mm
90mm
80mm
63mm
53mm
45mm
40mm
22.4mm
20mm
16mm
13.2mm
12.5mm
11.2mm
10mm
5.6mm
4.75mm
2.36mm
180 u
________________________
(TEST BY/LAB-IN-CHARGE)
90-45 (Gr-I),
63-45 (Gr-II),
13.2mm (screening) for
road work
40mm down for PCC

20mm down for RCC
_______________
(CONTRACTOR)
____
(EIL)

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 47 of 64
Page 860 of 1178
C6 REV 0
UNDERGROUND PIPING-TEST REPORT (RCC/CI)
Project :
Client
:
Name of Work :
Job No :
Contractor
1.
Reference Drawing
2.
Location
3.
Line Designation
4.
Type of Pipe & System :
5.
Specification
6.
Dia of Pipe
7.
Gradient
8.
Type of Manhole
9.
Test (s) Conducted
10.
Date of Testing
11.
Remarks, if any
:
______________
CONTRACTOR
Date
___
EIL
_______
CLIENT

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
Project :
Client
:
Name of Work :
Brand of Cement
Wt. of sample taken
Room Temperature
A.
Page 48 of 64
C7 REV 0
CEMENT TESTING RESULT REPORT
Job No :
Contractor
:
:
:
Consignment No. :
Sample Collected on :
CONSISTENCY
Trial
No.
Wt. of
Cement
(gm)
B.
Trial
No.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Wt. of
Water
Added
(gm)
% of Water
Reading
on
Indicator
(mm)
Consistency
Remarks
SETTING TIME
Wt. of
Cement
(gm)
Wt. of
Water
Added
(gm)
W/C
Ratio
Time
Recorded
When
Water
Added
Time
Recorded
At set
Initial
Set
Final
Set
Setting
Time
Remarks
C.
FINENESS
Trial No.
Wt. of Cement
Retained on
90 IS sieve
in gm
Sample Used
% Retained
Remarks
D.
COMPRESSIVE STRENTH
Cube Size :
7.06X7.06X7.06 cm
Trial
No.
Mix
Proportion
Date of
Testing
Age of
Specimen
Casting
______________________________
( TESTED BY )/LAB-IN-CHARGE
Date
Crushing
Surface
Area (Cm2)
Crushing
Load
(Kg)
________________
( CONTRACTOR )
Crushing
Strength
(Kg/Cm2)
_____
( EIL )

Page 861 of 1178
Remarks

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 49 of 64
C8 REV 0
POUR CARD-I (PROGRAMME OF CONCRETING)
Contractor :
Name of work :
1.
Reference document :
2.
Type of structure :
Location :
3.
Levels
From :
To
:
4.
Grade of concrete/ Approved Design Mix
5.
Brand name, Grade and Consignment no. of cement
6.
Estimated volume of concrete
:
7.
Quantity of cement required
:
8.
Reinforcement checking details :
No.
Dia.
Length
a) Laps
b) Separators
c) Chairs
d) Any other
Client :
Remarks
9.
Pre pour inspection details

a) Survey/ Layout
b) Sub soil compaction
c) Completion of underground works
d) Cleanliness
e) Cover to reinforcement
f) Anchor bolts/Insert plates
g) Sleeves/ pockets
h) Water stops
i) Formwork
j) Slopes
k) Construction/ Expansion joints
l) Admixtures
m) Any other
Checked
NA
Remarks
10.
Clearance for Electrical/ Mechanical

works required/ not required :
11.
The above structure is finally inspected on

satisfactory for concreting.
Remarks, if any
(Contractor)
Name
Designation
Date
Page 862 of 1178
Electrical
(EIL)
Name
Designation
Date
Mechanical
at
AM/PM
and found/ not found
(Client/ Owner)
Name
Designation
Date

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 50 of 64
C9 REV 0
POUR CARD-II (OBSERVATIONS DURING CONCRETING)
Contractor :
Name of work :
1.
a) Quality of coarse aggregates
Client :
Satisfactory
Not satisfactory
b) Quality of fine aggregates
c)
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
8.
Satisfactory
Not satisfactory
Yes
No
Satisfactory
Not satisfactory
Bulkage of sand taken into account
Quality of water
Machinery mobilization
a) Mixture machine
b) Ready mixed concrete dumpers
c) Vibrators
d) Pumps
e) Hoists
Pour start time
:
Slump
W/C Ratio
Type of weather
Nos.
AM/PM ;
Normal
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Details of abnormality :
(Precautions taken for <50C and >400C, rainy season)
Number of cubes taken & Cube identification number/marks
Quantity of concrete poured
:
Pour completion time
:
AM/PM ;
Curing method :
Stand by
Date :
Abnormal
:
Date :
Traditional
Curing compound
Blankets/ foils/ gunny bags
Others (specify)
Period for removal of form work

:
Any defect(s) observed during concreting :
(Contractor)
Name
Designation
Date

Page 863 of 1178
(EIL)
Name
Designation
Date
(Client/ Owner)
Name
Designation
Date

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Page 864 of 1178
FORMAT NO.
Page 51 of 64
C10 REV 0
CRUSHING STRENGTH TESTING RESULTS OF CONCRETE CUBES
Project :
Client
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Job No :
:
Contractor
Name of Work :
Cube
No.
Grade of Concrete
Type of Cement
W/C Ratio
Max. size of Aggregate :
Id.
Mark
on
cube
Type &
Location
of Structure
Date of
Casting
_____________________________
( TESTED BY)/LAB-IN-CHARGE
Testing
Age
(days)
Dimensions of Cube
L
(Cm)
B
(Cm)
H
(Cm)
Vol.
of
Cube
(m3)
Wt.
of
Cube
(Kg)
Unit
WT.
(Kg/m3)
________________
(CONTRACTOR )
Surface
Area
(Cm2)
Crushing
Load
(Kg)
Crushing
Strength
(Kg/Cm2)
Remarks
_____
( EIL )

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Page 865 of 1178
FORMAT NO.
Page 52 of 64
C11 REV 0
DIMENSIONAL, WATER ABSORPTION, CRUSHING STRENGTH & EFFLORESCENCE TESTING RESULTS
OF BRICKS
Project :
Client
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Job No
Contractor
Name of Work :
S.
No.
Frog
Mark
Wt.of oven
DriedBrick
(gm)
NOTE : i)
ii)
Absorption
Period
(hr)
% of Water
Absorption
Efflorescence
Observed
After Drying
Size
of Brick
(L X B X H)
Cm
Crushing
Surface
Area
(Cm2)
Crushing
Load
(Kg)
Crushing
Strength
(Kg/Cm2)
Remarks
Water absorption shall not be more than 20% by its dry weight. Bricks should be soaked in cold water for 24 hrs.
Code of conformance shall be IS:3495 (for conducting tests) and IS:5454 (for collecting samples)
____________________________
(TESTED BY/LAB-IN-CHARGE)
Date
Wt. of wet
Brick
(gm)
_____________
CONTRACTOR
___
EIL

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Page 866 of 1178
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 53 of 64
C12 REV 0
STRUCTURE FABRICATION & ERECTION SHEET
Project
Job No
Client
Contractor
Name of Work :
Reference Drawing
Layout Clearance obtained :
S.
No.
Item No.
Material &
Dimensional
clearance
Location/Coordinates/Grids
Yes/ No
Shop Fit up
Shop welding
Con
Con
EIL
EIL
Cleaning &
primer
painting
Con EIL
Erection Fit
up
Con
EIL
Alignment &
leveling
Con
EIL
Field
welding
Con
EIL
Grouting
clearance
Con
EIL
Final
Painting &
thickness
Con EIL
Remarks
Abbreviations:
Con : Contractor's signature with date

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 54 of 64
SECTION - C

Page 867 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 55 of 64
FORMATS
FOR
UNDERGROUND PIPING WORKS

Page 868 of 1178

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 56 of 64
CONTENTS
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
FORMAT
NO.
ISSUE
DATE
PAGE
NO.
FORMATS FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING WORKS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Daily fit up inspection & traceability report

Weld visual inspection report
Radiography offering report
Radiography interpretation report
Piping hydrostatic test release record
Piping hydrostatic test acceptance record
Linewise record
U/G piping system testing record

Page 869 of 1178
P1 Rev.1
P2 Rev.1
P3 Rev.1
P4 Rev.1
P5 Rev.1
P6 Rev.1
UG1 Rev.1
UG2 Rev.1
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
14.01.2014
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
Service/Line No.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 57 of 64
P1 REV 0
DAILY FIT UP INSPECTION & TRACEABILITY REPORT
Project
:
Client
:
Name of Work:
Report No.
:
Sl.
No.
Dia.
Joint
No.
TOTAL
INCH DIA.
Type
Inch
Mtr.
Job No
Contractor
:
:
Date
Manufacturers
Heat No.
Clearance
Remarks
TOTAL
INCH
MTR.
Total Inch
Previous
Till Date
Diameter
Meter
G Butt Weld
S Socket Weld
(CONTRACTOR)

Page 870 of 1178
B Branch Weld
M Mitre Weld
(EIL)

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 58 of 64
P2 REV 0
WELD VISUAL INSPECTION REPROT
Project :
Job No
Contractor
Report No.
Date
WPS No.
Client
Name of Work :
Sl.
No.
Service/Line No.
Joint
No.
Dia.
Type
Welder No.
Visual
Inspection
Clearance
Remarks
Total inch Dia
WORK LOAD
PREVIOUS
TILL DATE
% PROGRESS
G
S
B
M
=
=
=
=
BUTT WELD
SOCKET WELD
BRANCH WELD
MITRE WELD
_____________
CONTRACTOR

Page 871 of 1178
______________
EIL

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 59 of 64
P3 REV 0
RADIOGRAPHY OFFERING REPORT
Project :
Client
Job No
Contractor
Date
Name of Work :
Report No.
Sl.
No.
Service/Line No.
Dia.
Joint No.
_____________________
CONTRACTOR

Page 872 of 1178
Welder No.
Radiography
No.
Accepted
Date
R.A.
Bill No.
______________
EIL

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 60 of 64
P4 REV 0
RADIOGRAPHY INTERPRETATION REPORT
Project :
Client
Job No
Contractor
Name of Work :
Radiography Technique
Source :
Ir192
:
X-Ray
SWSI/DWSI/DWDI
,
Cobalt 60
Film Type & Make :

IQI :
Date :
Radiography Procedure No. :

Sl.
No.
Service/
Line No.
Dia.
Joint
No.
Welder
No.
Radiography
No.
SWSI DWSI DWDI -
SINGLE WALL SINGLE IMAGE

DOUBLE WALL SINGLE IMAGE
DOUBLE WALL DOUBLE IMAGE
A
R
H
S/C
RT
ACCEPTED
REPAIR
HOLD
SURFACE CHECK
RETAKE
_____________
CONTRACTOR

Page 873 of 1178
Segment
Results
Joint Status
A/R/H
_______________
EIL

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
Page 61 of 64
P5 REV 0
PIPING HYDROTESTATIC TEST RELEASE RECORD
Project :
Client
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Job No :
:
Contractor
Name of Work :
Plan : ________________________________
Date : _______________________________
Loop No : ____________________________
Area : _______________________________
REF P & ID No. : _____________________
INCH MTR : _________________________
From ________________ To _____________
Line No. (s)
Test Medium :
Test Pressure Gauge No.
Range
Isometric No. (s)
Test Duration :
Calibration Certificate No.:
Items to check
P&ID No. (s)
Design/Test Pressure :
Gauge Calibration Date:
Accept
Contractor
Witness
EIL
Field Installation Checklist Prior to Hydrostatic test Signed

Punch list Prepared
Yes
No
Pre Hydrostatic test Punch items Cleared

Accessibility to Inspection/Witness Locations
Capacity of pressurizing pump checked
Cordon off area for high pressure testing, as required
Pre-hydrostatic test flushing carried out
IBR/Others test Witnessing Required
Yes
No
System Released for Pressure Testing :
Contractor :
EIL:
Sign :
Date :
Designation :
Name :

Page 874 of 1178
Sign :
Date :
Designation:
Name :

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 62 of 64
P6 REV 0
PIPING HYDROSTATIC TEST ACCEPTANCE RECORD
ACTIVITY
Water Filling and Venting started at
Date
Time
Water Filling Completed

Vents Closed
Isolation of Pressurizing pump
Test completed at :
- Water drained
- Air
- Temp Blinds Removed
-
Checked for reinstallation of

a. Valves
b. Others
Cold setting of spring supports carried out
Contractor :
EIL :
Sign :
Sign:
Date :
Name :
Designation
Date:
Name:
Designation:
Reviewed by EIL Area Coordinator :

Sign:
Date:
Name:

Page 875 of 1178
Designation:

CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
Page 876 of 1178
FORMAT NO.
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 63 of 64
UG1 REV 0
LINEWISE RECORD
Project :
Job No :
Client
Contractor
Plant
% Radiography :
Loop No.
Name of Work:
Sl.
No.
Dia.
Jt. No
Type
_____________
CONTRACTOR
Date
Fitup
Clearance
Date
Welder
No.
Date
of
Welding
Radiography
No.
Result
& Date
Stress
Relieve
Chart
No.
Hardness
Hydrostatic
test
Date
Clearance date for

Cleaning
&
Priming
Coating
&
Wrapping
Trench
Level
Checking
Holiday
Checking
Lowering
BackFilling
Remarks
______________
EIL

FOR CIVIL, STRUCTURAL &
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
FORMAT NO.
STANDARD SPECIFICATION No:
6-82-3100 Rev 0
Page 64 of 64
UG2 REV 0
U/G PIPING SYSTEM TESTING RECORD
ACTIVITY
Air/Water Filling and Venting started at
Date
Time
Water Filling Completed/Air pressure achieved

Vents Closed (for water testing)
Isolation of Pressurizing pump/compressor
Visual Test/Soap Bubble check completed at :
- Water drained/Air depressurized
- Drying, if applicable
- Temp Blinds Removed
-
Checked for reinstallation of

a. Valves
b. Others
Contractor :
EIL :
Sign :
Sign:
Date :
Name :
Date:
Name:
Designation
Designation:
Reviewed by EIL Area Coordinator :

Sign:
Date:
Name:

Page 877 of 1178
Designation:
ettood }'oN 9-00-1000 -ned Ld0
Copyright EIL- Allrightsreserved

Aq panoiddv
CD
71:1
cn
cn
O
o,
cr,
Page 878 of 1178
0.
"
0
Cr -0
w
fm
ZOOZ/Z l/90
C131Vadfl CINV 03SIA3d
cn
031Vadll CINV 03SIA3d
C>
NOLLVIN3IN31dV\II 2:10da3nsst
t OZ/Z0/9Z
.t
r-
> >
c-)
cl 5 z
z rn
"=1
>
o
z z (,)
rn
>
- cr
o>
-o
m ,z
>
c
cn
DZ
rm
11
Z'Aa21001.9-Z8-9
"oN NOI1VOld133dS Cli3VCINVIS
0Aad Ld- 1000-00-8'oN ieu.pod
Copyright EIL Allrightsreserved
Page 879 of 1178
p-
c/D ci) @ cip cr) cr)
:Jouanuo3
Sh. RK Das,ED(Construction)
Construction StandardsCommittee
ccj
c6)
(-) > (") (-)
:""
. 0
r1-1
H
(-)
NOLLVOld103dS CldNICINVIS
aln103 104UO3 JaMOd
: suopulnaicicw
Z "Aa2:1001.9-Z8-9
'0 N
pamasai sp.16!.1 IIV 113p.i6pAdo0
0Aad Ld-1000-00-9'0N Te lwod
Page 880 of 1178
'
oNaDva
aiva allSSI
ONINaJAlf13001
NOILdRIDSaa
SINTLNO3
0
CO
CO
CD
11
Z"Aed 0049-Z8-9
.oN NOLLY3Id103dS CldVaNVIS
Page 881 of 1178
Resident Engineer/Resident Construction Manager
Engineer/Supervisor(Civil)
Engineer/Supervisor(Electrical)
Engineer/Supervisor(Instrumentation)
Engineer/Supervisor(Mechanical)
Engineer/Supervisor(Quality)
p.
ro
G..
fi
.Z
..4
cto
i .''
fo
::-,
.
....
A.
ro
0
1"
....
---...
0-
--.
.c.5
.,
F:?..
L.t._,.?.
A
'0
ro
ro
....
....
ro
r.
....
'''
O
0
....,
0
-_..
n
fi:.
CS.
..
,.._..
.rZ
....
c.
'01
ro
0
,-...
ro
z..
A
>c:2
..%
cro
ro
A
..... g:
;.'.
..
ro tZ
A
r. -t:i
.....
ro 0ro 45,
A r,
....
f0
Z .1
Q
;:
0.,
ro
r.
ZA
....
--0
ro
__A
*-3
fi
cn
-..
-:
.;:-?,
....
,...cz,
....
....,
"0
A
>;:1
ro
'..."
CZ
...!
..
....
A
0.7
cre, r)
ro z
r) ''''::
;..-,
,::,_
;:,,e
.... tZ
r'
ro
A
cr0
, -.5?.
A. ::
ro
ro A
"
-e
i --
..
f0
t.1
'0!
"I ....
p
1) te.,
f0 'p!
A ;.:
Z.'
;*
...
..... z,
Z.1. Z
fi
0.
Z.
f-,
ro
,>"
...
N
n
0
0
.,
f0
,...0
rS
f0
"N
f0
':5.
P
ro
A
...
.N Z5
...
(' .,
0 >izz
f0
(.
cn
r-
z ()
rn
r71 Z D
CN A
C
-I
r>
M --I I
-<
0 _,,
L) >
z
cn
7:1 c
cn >
o>
1 0
Z"Aed 0069-Z8-9
.4.
N
.oN NOI1V3ld133dS C2!VCINV1S
0AGd Ld-1000-00-9 oN ielwod

D
r-
CU
cn
o
z
cz
r
c
u
m C)
O5
zz cn
cn
u c
u
C) (7)
z
5
cn z
C)
cn
11
O
o
l
.
cn
CD
-<
PleasereferPage4of 15 for General Notesand Legend
Page 882 of 1178
EILSpec. No. 6-65-0020
CD
Cn
00
Flexiblepavementswith bitumen
premixcarpet
-<
(D
CD
cn
c/'
C:=1
EIL Spec. No. 6-65-00 19
-<
(D
co
cn
Cn
---.1
Concrete Pavement
cn
d
o
EIL Spec. No. 6-65-0018
-<
co
01
Road & flexiblepavements(upto

WBM layer)
cn
d
o
CD
Classificationof soil for Earth Work in

sitegrading
Sitegrading &rock cutting forsite
grading
d
d
RECORDS TO
BE SUBMITTED
-<
Compound wall
APPROVER
?T1
Earthwork forunderground piping
CHECKER
?ii
EIL Spec. No. 6-65-0002
1...)
CODE OF
PERFORMER
CONFORMANCE
clp
ci)
c4
cA
cn
c..)
c.)
c..)
nnnnnnc--)r)
tO
Z.A3211019
PROCEDURE NO.
Contractor's Procedure
-1=
Z 7021 001.9-Z8-9
Surveyworks
c-ri
"oN NOIIVOld133cIS OdVCINVIS
ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION
paniesai sp.i6P IIV 1131146uhlo0
0.A92:1Ld - 1.000-00-9 oN ;OLUJOd

Z
r
co
CI)
CD
C4
CD
CI7
CD
rri
(17
CD
(/)
CD
Pleaserefer Page 4 of 15 for GeneralNotesand Legend
Page 883 of 1178
C1)
CD
CI)
CD
to
o
CA
Cl)
C/3
(-)
CD
to
EIL Spec. No. 6-65-0053
RECORDS TO
BESUBMITTED
C/D
o
o
(-)
rn
C4
CID
EIL Spec. No. 6-65-0044
C1)
(--)
c.)
r)
cl)
vp
r)
c.)
4
o
o
.
o
.
C)
o
.
C5
o
.
1
i
1
EIL Spec. No. 6-65-0042
Plumbingand building drainage
EIL Spec . No. 6-65-0036
o
.
u-1
CT,
--.1
Underground sewersystem-precast
R.C.C.
pipes
Underground sewersystem-HDPE
Pipes
Film liningcoveredwith concrete lining
forearthernreservoir
EIL Spec. No. 6-79-00 11
1
C)
o
Underground C.I.
pipingsystem
EIL Spec. No. 6-65-0030
1
C.-)
o
Corrosionprotectiontapecoating for
underground steel piping
IN)
,..0
C,
.--
Fabricationand layingof piping
'^
Underground and abovegroundG.I.

pipelinesystem(waterservices)
APPROVER
,o
EIL Spec. No. 6-65-0022
CHECKER
(....)
Tank Pads
PERFORMER
CODE OF
CONFORMANCE
n ci)
,
c.)
OCn >
--I
cn z z
rn
ca
n
cn
z z
O0
?.?
--1
m zo
E cn
m 1 -I
-<
>
(:)
cn
Z'Aed 0019-Z8-9
paniasai st16!.1 IIV-113411 6pAdoo
0Aed Ld - [ 000-00-8'0N iewiod
.0N NOIIVD1d133dS adVCINVIS
PROCEDURE NO.
>
z z cn
cr c
cf)
>
>
5z
- zm
>
>
- cr
rn 1
c> -<
(,) o
- c
c> >
mo
z c'
CD
CD
r-t
C/)
CD
CD
s
rn
ri-i
CD
CD
ri-i
Zn
Pleaserefer Page 4of 1 5 for General Notesand Legend
CopyrightEIL Allrightsreserved
Page 884 of 1178
CD
,to
c
ro
CD
,c
EIL Spec. No. 6-68-0009
Crl
SC/SM
Crl
EIL Spec . No. 6-68-0008
RECORDS TO
BE SUBMITTED
cri
SC/SM
to
EILSpec . No. 6-68-0007
,o
SC/SM
CN
---1
Brick masonry
n
n
EIL Spec. No. 6-68-0006
Structural steel works
C::,
o
o
o
EILSpec. No.
6-68-0005
t.>
l...)
-1=.
EIL Spec.
No. 6-68-0004
Reinforced cementconcrete in liquid

retainingstructures
00
(J1
Plain &reinforced cementconcrete
Miscellaneoussteel works
APPROVER
EIL Spec. No. 6-68-0002
CHECKER
,
Earth work
Structural steel works(tubular/ hollow

sections)
CODE OF
PERFORMER
CONFORMANCE
-.
Civil&structural worksmaterials
PROCEDURE NO.
CD
cn
cn
41)

Z*A321SOI9
'Aed 0049-Z8-9
--
-oN NOILVOld133dS CILIVCINVIS
0.AeLl Ld- 6000-00-9 'oN e W.J0j
.0N NOLLVOld133dS
CD
(,)
CDU)
(DV
ro
v)
-<
F
PleasereferPage 4of 15 for General Notesand Legend
Page 885 of 1178
(,)
CD
v)
CD
ro
v)
,-<
cn
(-)
cn
(-)
n
cn
(--)
(-)
r)
RECORDS TO
BE SUBMITTED
CDU)
rri
rri
cn
CID
(--)
APPROVER
C./]
cn
cn
cn
Testingof concretepiles
(--)
o
d
o
Constructionand installationof driven

cast-in-situpiles
1.a
Materials forreinforced concretepiles
C:7
o
EIL Spec. No. 6-74-0013
,--,
.....
EIL Spec. No. 6-74-0010
,--,
t-.)
EIL Spec. No. 6-74-0006
,--,
Vacuum dewateringconcretesystem
,--,
-P
EIL Spec. No. 6-68-0055
Shotcreting(guniting)
,--,
ln
EIL Spec. No. 6-68-0033
Fireproofingof steel structures
CT
EILSpec.
No. 6-68-0013
d
o
EILSpec.
No. 6-68-0012
d
o
PERFORMER
d
o
CODE OF
CONFORMANCE
d
o
,c
,--,
Miscellaneous items(like Anti-termite

treatment)
Demolitionand dismantling
PROCEDURE NO.
'Aad 001.9-Z8-9
pefueseJ sp.161-1 IIV 1131116uAdo0
0Aed Ld- 1000-00-9 'oN eW.10d
zo
m
-o
r-
zz >
cn
-1 cn
c
7:J
w
,
-1 z
rn
c-) -)-<
0
cn D
c
> "
c>
r-
cn
o >
001.9-Z8-9
rn073
-71
, u
Z'A3210119
.oN NOI1V31d133dS 023VCINVIS
SNUOMrIVIIIII3AIIH321V210,4av
-<
co
'-<
co
V3
tD
CP
tD
V)
tD
VD
Pleaserefer Page 4of 15 for General Notesand Legend
Page 886 of 1178
CD
e)
CD
(1)
,c)
cr)
n
Crl
c.)
n
EIL Spec. No. 6-75-0010
V)
rrl
Cri
o
o
EIL Spec. No. 6-75-0009
RECORDS TO
BE SUBMITTED
CD
V)
APPROVER
to
iz,
ci,
n
cl,
n
c,,
n
EIL Spec. No. 6-75-0008
u,
n
o
.
1:7
o
o
.
EIL Spec. No. 6-75-0006
False Ceiling, False Flooring Under

deck Insulation & Partitioning
l
1Z'
o
.
Sanitary Fittingsand Fixtures
EIL Spec. No. 6-75-0005
i
C-.1
o
,
Roofing
EIL Spec. No. 6-75-0004
(.1)
Whitewashing,ColourWashing
Distempering, Paintingand Polishing
CHECKER
C1
o
l.J.)
1='
Roofing Treatment
CT
Steel/Aluminium Doors, Windowsand

Ventilators
cr,
n
EIL Spec. No. 6-75-0002
up
n
Plasteringand pointing
00
CODE OF
PERFORMER
CONFORMANCE
Ci
o
Floor finishing
PROCEDURE NO.
---1
IN.)
-,
pamesai siy 6!J IIV 11341160doo
0Aad Ld- 1,000-00-9 'oN Teiwoj
-I 5 z
z o
rn
-u
--1
C
mC> r
O7
- -1
0 >
z cn
Xl C
c-)
- zo1:)
m
cn o
Z 'Aed 001.9-Z8-9
cn
.oN NOIIVOld133dS
Z*A3H
CHECKER
APPROVER
RECORDS TO
BE SUBMITTED
v,
Contractor's/
Vendor's Procedure
CODE OF
PERFORMER
CONFORMANCE
EIL Spec. Nos.
6-44-0005, 0012,0013,
0016
ro
AboveGround&Underground Piping
PROCEDURE NO.
v)
/0
co
v)
ro
rD
(I)
c,
v,
co
'-<
rn
rn
rn
ro
u,
Page 887 of 1178
ro
v,
v)
o
v)
o
v)
v)
Ao
v)
o
Cl
rn
v)
o
v)
o
4
4
EIL Spec . No.

6-48-0002, 0003
C7
C:7
o
.
I:)
o
.
EIL Spec. No. 6-76-0001
EILSpec . No. 6-76-0001
Storage Tanks
EILSpec. No. 6-17-0001,

6-79-0001
C".7
o
Crane(EOT/HOT)
C1
o
Equipment Erection(Rotary)
Ci
o
1,-..)
1.,)
tJl
Equipment Erection(Static)
41
Refractory & Insulation Works-Fired

Heaters
---1
Fired Heaters
00
Column Internals
1=.
'
Pleaserefer Page 4of 15 forGeneral Notesand Legend
patuasai
IIV - 11341-151i Adoo
0â2! Ld- 1000-00-9'oN
r-
- z rn
0
D
cn
c> >
c
1. 40 1. 1. afied
Ic-> >
0 Pzi
m z
g cn o
-,
1 c
c>
r
rn
-1
1
-<
O >
z cn
cn
Z 'A021 001.9-Z8-9
Z.A3210ZI9
'0N NOI1V31d133dS
O
RECORDS TO
BE SUBMITTED
ro
V)
rri
CD
c,
CD
v,
up
ro
rri
CD
ci,
tri
EILSpec. No.
6-51-0084
Cri
rri
ro
EIL Spec . No. 6-51-0087
ril
CD
v)
v,
CD
v)
CD
v,
rrl
r'll
EIL Spec. No. 6-51-0082
Pleaserefer Page 4 of 15 for General Notesand Legend
Page 888 of 1178
tri
tri
EIL Spec. No. 6-51-0081
rri
0
0
0
EIL Spec. No. 6-51-0081
EILSpec.
No. 6-51-0035,
0040, 6-51-0081
APPROVER
i
i
EILSpec. No. 6-51-008 1
CHECKER
r
crC; .
.-.
.
C10
Field inspection,testingand
commissioningof electrical installations
----)
00
Earthing
CN
Cable Laying
CODE OF
PERFORMER
CONFORMANCE
EILSpec.
No. 6-51-0081
Cil
Li)
EHT/HT Main Bus&Allied Equip.
''':
Switch Gears(HV/MV)/ VSD
Contractor's/Vendor's
Procedure
Generator
PROCEDURE NO.
1 Z5
0
,---,
N.)
Motor(HT/LT)
:4'
Transformer
(Power/Distribution/Lighting)
(...-)
pamasei s;1161.1 IIV 1134L1 60do0
0A9d Ld - 1,000-00-8'0N w W.I03
-o
z c>
rn
u
z
c> cn
z
cn 5
cn 0
z
u
c
u
c
rn c> 7
-1
-<
c)
0
z
cn
cn
JoZ L G6e d
c->
0
Z"Ael001.9-Z9-9
cn
.oN N OI1VOld133dS Cl dVCINVIS
.namSZI9
C1)
-<
CD
co
CA
CD
Cn
CI)
7:
Cr1
7z
Cri
cn
/0
cn
0
cn
0
cn
EIL Spec. Nos.

6-52-0049, 6-52-0060
cn
M
7:
RECORDS TO
BE SUBMITTED
cn
cn
.
APPROVER
cn
,
Panel/Consoleworks including
DCS/PLC works
CHECKER
EIL Spec. No. 6-52-0060
Impulsepiping/tubingworks
Contractor's
Procedure
CODE OF
CONFORMANCE
Cableworks
PROCEDURE NO.
d
o
l'"
Installationof field instruments

includingcalibration
,...)
,--,
1-c1
ril
QAP FOR INSTRUMENTATION WORKS (FIELD)
Page 889 of 1178
Pleaserefer Page 4of 1 5 for General Notesand Legend
patuasaJ sA 6P IIV 113;14 60do0
0A L - 1000-00-8'oN i ewiod
Z Aei001.9-Z9-9
l J.0 lofied
CD
CI7
Cll
CD
CD
.<
CI)
cn
CD
cip
e
(I)
SC/SM/SI/SE
-c
c..)
to
EIL Spec. No. 6-82-1010
CD
SC/SM
RECORDS TO
BE SUBMITTED
Cll
c.,
EIL Spec. No. 6-79-0005
APPROVER
-c
E.i.
cip
(-)
----)
EIL Spec. No. 6-79-0001
EIL Spec. Nos.

6-44-0002, 0003
cn
n
C:1
o
.
SC/SM
C)
o
.
EIL Spec . No. 6-79-0021
o
.
Y'
Incomingmaterial Inspection
CODE OF
PERFORMER
CONFORMANCE
o
i
5
v) '
1=
Ceramic Fibre Lining
N)
W
Refractory Lining
Contractor'sNendor's
Procedure
'5.
Painting
PROCEDURE NO.
n
:
ril
Z"AAX019
111
'oN NOLLV3Id133dSCRJVCINVIS
Page 890 of 1178
Pleaserefer Page 4of 15 for General Notesand Legend
0nal{ LA- 1000-00-8oN tettpod
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.
klet ENGINEB2S
a
INDIA umiTED FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
tgzir
tinpieg
6-75-0001 Rev. 5
GENERAL
IA Gat of kW UficlertuknO
lItq cOdl
c
4
Page 1 of 7
Witil*f&C
ftfttvr -ER
t11 4-11 1 q I cul
FOR
ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
GENERAL
15.03.12
REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD
21.03.07
RENAMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD
11.03.99
REAFFIRMED AS STANDARD
16.03.94

SPECIFICATION
Rev.
No
0.6
PD
SPECIFICATION

Page 891 of 1178
JK C---
)11t<
D. MALHOTRA
JKB
ARVIND
KUMAR
V.
CHATURVEDI
SD
MIS
SCJ
AS
JS
JS
AKG
AS
SD
SD
AKG
RNS
SPECIFICATION
Pumose
SD
eS---4
SD
SPECIFICATION
Date
)4?
Prepared Checked
by
by
Standards
Standards
Committee GM (E)
Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
laRaet.".,
" ENGINEERS
Saar Emden" INDIA LIMITED
(A Gent of India
unaenewnsi

FOR ARCHITECTURAL WORKS
6-75-0001 Rev. 5
GENERAL
Page 2 of 7
Abbreviations:
ASTM :
:
BS
IS

British Standards
Indian Standards
Architectural Standards Committee

Convenor :
Mr. JK Bhagchandani
Members :
Mr. Samir Dos

Ms. Jyotsna Shridhar
Mr. S. Majumdar
Mr. Rajesh Gujral

Page 892 of 1178
laaineta ENGINEERS
Ogez
EVIegliW INDIA LIMITED
lawr efiewaaJelaa
t)
LAC of
Undertaking)
FOR ARCHITECTURAL. WORKS
GENERAL
6-75-0001 Rev. 5
Page 3 of 7
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL
2.0 DEFINITIONS
3.0 CODES & SPECIFICATIONS
4.0 MANUFACTURER
5.0 CONFLICTS & CONTRADICTIONS
6.0 MATERIALS
7.0 WORKMANSHIP
8.0 PACKAGING, SHIPPING, DELIVERY & STORAGE
9.0 SUBMITTALS
10.0 MEASUREMENT
Page 893 of 1178
owieitift ENGINEERS
Igzirimegw: INDIA LIMITED
(A
1.0
IA Goa s MA. UndelOW.91
GENERAL
6-75-0001 Rev. 5
Page 4 of 7
GENERAL
This specification establishes and defines various aspects of specifications of Architectural
works such as codes, references, manufacturer, conflicts and contradictions, materials,
workmanship, packaging, shipping, delivery and storage, testing, submittals and measurement
etc. and shall be applicable for all the Architectural specifications.
2.0
DEFINITIONS
2.1
Contractor
The party which carries out all or part of the design, engineering, procurement, construction,
commissioning or management of the Project. Contractor includes its approved
Manufacturers, Vendors, Suppliers, and subcontractor's. Requirements of this specification
shall be enforced at all levels of the Contractor's design, engineering, procurement,
construction process.
2.2
Subcontractor
The party which is engaged by the "Contractor" and carries out all or part of the design,
engineering, procurement, construction of the system (s).
2.3
Manufacturer/ Supplier/ Vendor

The party which manufactures and/or supplies equipment, materials, technical documents/
drawings and services to perform the duties specified by the "Contractor".
2.4
Shall
Indicates a mandatory requirement.
2.5
Should
Indicates a strong recommendation to comply with the requirements of this document.
3.0
CODES & SPECIFICATIONS

Codes and standards as indicated in the specifications form a part of specifications. When an
edition date is not indicated for a code or standard, the latest edition and addendum or
amendment in force at time of contract award shall apply.
Alternate codes and standards meeting the requirements of the referenced codes and standards
may be used with the approval of the competent authority.
It shall be Contractor's responsibility to be, or to become, knowledgeable of the requirements
of any referenced codes and standards.
4.0
MANUFACTURER
Manufacturers listed for particular item in the specifications are the acceptable Manufacturers
for that particular item. Products by other Manufacturers which are of equal quality and
performance may be considered for approval upon review of information as required and
submitted to the competent authority. However the contractor to ensure that the time schedule
is adhered to in any case.

Page 894 of 1178
0 Gov, of loom
underrakow
GENERAL
6-75-0001 Rev. 5
Page 5 of 7
Product data sheet, specifications, performance data, installation instructions and other
recommendations of such listed or approved Manufacturers also form part of the
specifications subject to compliance with other requirements specified.
Materials, installation method and other requirements for execution of any item if required by
Manufacturer's installation instructions, recommendations and requirements shall also form
part of the specifications whether specified or not.
Specifications which are based on one particular manufacturer's product are for reference to
maintain the quality.
5.0 CONFLICTS & CONTRADICTIONS
Specifications, Scope of Work, Schedule of rates and drawings for a particular Tender shall be
read in conjunction with each other. In case of conflicts/contradictions amongst them, the
clarification shall be obtained from the Engineer- In- Charge whose decision shall be final &
binding. Following procedure shall be followed for the necessary clarification.
Item description shall prevail over specifications for item rate tenders when provisions
therein are different from those in specifications.
Whenever any requirement is not covered in item description but are covered in
specifications, the specifications shall be followed in addition to the requirements of
item description .No extra payment shall be made to the Contractor for executing such
item as per specification.
Whenever drawings call for requirements different from or additional to those in item
description and specification, the decision of the Engineer - In - Charge shall be
obtained in writing.
However no extra payment shall be made to the Contractor for executing any work
incorporating requirements additional to those in item description and specification
but covered in applicable drawings or standards attached to the tender.
6.0 MATERIALS
All materials shall be of standard quality conforming to the specifications & IS or equivalent
such as ASTM, BS etc and shall be obtained from the approved Manufacturer.
The Contractor shall get the samples of materials approved by the Engineer - In - Charge
before ordering & procurement. Such approved samples shall be properly marked/ identified
as approved sample and shall be kept as record for future reference. The Contractor shall
furnish necessary test certificates etc. as asked by the Engineer - In - Charge. Further to that he
shall get the materials tested from approved test house if and as asked by the Engineers - In Charge & submit the test certificate at his own cost for which no extra payment shall be made
to him.
The Engineer - In - Charge shall have the right to reject all or any of the materials intended to
be used and such materials shall be immediately removed from the site by the Contractor at
his own cost without any claim for compensation etc. due to such rejection.
7.0 WORKMANSHIP
Workmanship shall conform to the highest standards of construction practice. All work shall
be executed to the c mnplete satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge in regard to its qt ality and the
order in which it is carried out.
Page 895 of 1178
PraaeLa ENGINEERS
tingleg leWA UMFIED
+NM eraereaslawai)
(A Gorr of inda Unaertatog)

6-75-0001 Rev. 5
GENERAL
Page 6 of 7
Workmanship shall be in accordance with relevant codes or in accordance with

Manufacturer's recommendations if not mentioned otherwise.
All works shall be undertaken by qualified Contractor's who have adequate equipment and
skilled workers. All specialized items of work (e.g. Aluminium Doors and Windows,
Waterproofing, Underdeck and Overdeck Insulation, Precoated roof sheeting/ cladding, False
ceiling, False Flooring, Partitioning and Panelling, Expansion joint sealing etc.) shall be got
executed by the Contractor only through authorised applicators/ sub contractors of approved
manufacturer/ vendor.
All precaution and protection shall be taken during & after completion of work to prevent
damages to work being done and other works. Any damages done shall be rectified.
Work area shall be cleaned after completion of each work and shall be kept clean and
protected till final acceptance by the competent authority.
8.0
PACKAGING, SHIPPING, DELIVERY & STORAGE

All material shall be delivered in Manufacturer's original package bearing the name of the
Manufacturer, product colour and pattern name, identification number and other related
information.
All materials shall be stored, preserved and protected to safeguard against all adverse
environments such as humidity, moisture, rain, dust, dirt, sand, mud, salt air, salt spray and sea
water.
Specific requirement of packaging, shipping, storage and preservation and safety of materials/
items if any as per Manufacturer's recommendation shall also be ensured by Contractor.
Materials damaged in handling and storage shall not be used. In the event that any material for
use deteriorates and become unusable due to inadequate and poor storage they shall be
removed from site as instructed by Engineer-in-charge and replaced at the Contractor's
expenses.
9.0
SUBMITTALS
If not mentioned otherwise, Contractor shall submit the following for various items.
9.1
Samples
Samples for all materials, components, accessories and complete range of finishing/ shades/
colours for verification as well as acceptance of pattern, colour and finish as applicable.
Samples shall be re-submitted until approved. Approved samples shall be retained to serve as
a basis for checking delivery to site and standard for subsequent work.
9.2
Test Certificates
All applicable tests as per relevant codes & standards shall be conducted by the Contractor at
no extra cost. Test Certificates shall be submitted for review/ approval of the Engineer-incharge.
9.3
Shop Drawings
Shop drawings indicating large scale details, lay-out, connections, anchoring, fastening,
bracing, finishes etc. as applicable for review/ approval.

Page 896 of 1178
Copyright EIL -All rights reserved
ISit&Eggia ENGINEERS
li
NW! 211,514 EISIJUP,91
9.4
INDIA LIMITED
IA Gov1
umenamoi
GENERAL
6-75-0001 Rev. 5
Page 7 of 7
Product Information and Manuals

Product information (Technical)
Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions
9.5
List of applicators/ Sub contractors

Contractor shall submit list of authorized applicators/ sub contractors of specialized items of
works for review/ approval before execution of such items.
9.6
Maintenance manuals
10.0
MEASUREMENT
Mode of measurement is generally specified in each Specification. Whenever mode of
measurement is not specified, IS: 1200 shall be applicable.

Page 897 of 1178
ENGINEERS
0 el
51gzif laWg w INDIA LIMITED
Nr, 03,2r.,171Nom.I
iA
FOR FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 1 of 15
Govt of India Undellakog)
TO- t
ucbiul
G-1 ct)
FOR
FLOOR FINISHING
03.03.15
06.07.10
21.03.07
12.03.99
16.03.94
Rev.
No

SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
REAFFIRMED AS STANDARD
SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
Date
Purpose
PKM
(Addn GM)
S CHANDA
VK
N DUARI
GB
JS
JKB
SD
JKB
ARVIND
KUMAR
V
CHATURVEDI
SD
MLB
SCJ
AS
JS
JS
AKG
AS
Prepared Checked
by
by
Standards
Committee GM (E)
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Page 898 of 1178
lI
ligof fdfireg
'i7l ci el
4417R
ofoo, 7,1,7,140471
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of India Undeftakingt

FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 2 of 15
Abbreviations:
ASTM :
BS
British Standards
IS
Indian Standards
PVC
Polyvinyl Chloride

Convenor :
Mr. J.K.Bhagchandani
Members :
Mr. Samir Das
Mr. Rajesh Gujral
Mr. R.K. Bhandari (Projects)
Page 899 of 1178
el
cZS
751
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED

FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 3 of 15
CONTENTS
1.0
GENERAL
2.0
CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING
3.0
CEMENT CONCRETE GRANOLITHIC FLOORING
4.0
HEAVY DUTY FLOORING
5.0
PRECAST HYDRAULICALLY PRESSED CEMENT TILES
6.0
CEMENT PLASTER SKIRTING
7.0
PRECAST HYDRAULICALLY PRESSED TERRAZZO TILES
8.0
TILE WORK
10
9.0
KOTA STONE FINISH
10
10.0
MARBLE STONE FINISH
12
11.0
PVC FINISH
13
12.0
ACID RESISTANT TILES
14
13.0
EPDXY FLOOR 8.z. WALL COATING SYSTEM
15
14.0
MEASUREMENT AND RATE
15
Page 900 of 1178
al 056
Ifg
eive51,0b1.3421,111
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED

FLOOR FINISHING

6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 4 of 15
1.0 GENERAL
1.1
1.2
Reference shall be made to the following Indian Standards for any further information etc. not
covered in this Specification. In case of any contlict/contradiction, provision of this
Specification shall override.
IS: 4971
Recommendations for selection of Industrial floor finishes.
IS: 1237
Specification for Cement concrete flooring tiles.
IS: 2571
Code of practice for laying in situ cement concrete flooring.
IS: 4631
Code of practice for laying of epoxy resin floor toppings.
IS: 3462
Code of practice for unbaked flexible PVC flooring.
IS: 5318
Code of practice for laying of flexible PVC sheet and tile flooring.
IS: 3461
Specification for PVC asbestos floor tiles.
IS: 1443
Code of practice for laying and finishing of cement concrete flooring
IS: 5491
Code of practice for laying in situ granolithic concrete floor topping.
IS: 4441
Code of practice for use of silicate type Chemical resistant mortars.
IS: 4443
Code of practice for use of resin type chemical resistant mortar.
IS: 1196
Code of practice for laying Bitumen Mastic Flooring
IS: 13753
Specification for dust pressed Ceramic tiles with water absorption of

E >10%, Group (13111)
Sub base concrete shall be provided prior to laying the specified floor finish wherever
indicated. Sub base concrete shall be provided on Ground floor slab and suspended floors
(before floor finishing) as per the drawings. The sub base concrete shall be of specified
thickness and shall be provided with zero or required slope as required. Floors in Verandahs,
Courtyards, Kitchens, Baths shall have slope ranging from 1:36 or 1:48 depending upon
locations and as indicated in drawings or as decided by the Engineer-in-charge. Floors in
water closet portions shall have slope of 1:30 or as decided by site-in-charge. On ground floor,
plinth masonry off-set shall be depressed accordingly to allow the base concrete to rest on it.
This base concrete shall normally be 1:3:6 (to achieve the required slope as described above);
however the mix shall be 1:2:4 wherever conduits, raceways, service pipes etc. are to be
embedded/ laid.
2.0 CEMENT CONCRETE FLOORING

2.1
General
Cement concrete flooring shall consist of a sub-base, a base course and finishing layer of floor
finish.
2.2 Workmanship
2.2.1
Base Course
Base course shall be of cement concrete of specified mix and thickness.
The floor space on which base course is to be laid shall be cleaned, washed and divided into
square/ rectangular or as per designed panels to prevent cracks in the floor finish. No
dimension of the panels shall exceed 2 meters and the area of a panel shall not be more than 2
square meters. Base course shall be laid on alternate panels. The borders of the panels shall
Page 901 of 1178
0 el
Igaf fai5itg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
.1, Wer,i, as] 3,0-73 I
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STANDARD SPECIFICATION No.

6-75-0002 Rev. 6
FLOOR FINISHING
Page 5 of 15
have mitred joints at the corners of the room and intermediate joints shall be in straight line
with panel joints.
The panels shall be bound by glass/PVC/stainless steel strips etc. as specified. These shall be
fixed in position with their top at proper level, giving slope wherever required.
The flooring shall butt against masonry of wall which shall not be plastered. When the base
course is to be laid on hardened base, the sub-base shall be roughened by steel wire brushing
and cleaned. Before laying the base course, neat and thick cement slurry @ 2 kg of cement per
square meter of area shall be brushed into the prepared sub base surface.
Cement concrete shall be placed in position and beaten with wooden plank and finished
smooth. Beating shall cease as soon as surface is found covered with cream of mortar.
Necessary slope shall be provided. The cement concrete mix shall be used within 30 minutes
of its preparation.
2.2.2
Floor Finishing
Finishing of the surface shall follow immediately after the completion of base course. The
base course shall be free of excessive moisture before starting the floor finishing. Use of dry
cement, cement sand mixture sprinkled on the surface to stiffen the concrete or absorb
excessive moisture shall not be permitted.
While the concrete is still green, cement @ 2 kg per square meter of floor area shall be mixed
with water to form thick slurry and spread over the surface. The cement slurry shall then be
properly processed and finished smooth without any trowel mark.
The junction of floor with wall plaster, cladding, skirting shall be rounded off uniformly upto
a radius of 25mm unless otherwise mentioned.
2.2.3
Curing
Each finished portion of floor, on completion shall be kept wet with ponding for a minimum
period of 10 days.
3.0 CEMENT CONCRETE GRANOLITHIC FLOORING

3.1
General
Cement concrete granolithic flooring shall consist of a sub-base, a base course and finishing
layer of floor finish.
3.2 Workmanship
Workmanship shall in general conform to IS: 5491.
3.2.1
Base Course (Under layer)

Base course shall be of cement concrete of specified mix and thickness.
The floor space on which base course is to be laid shall be cleaned, washed and divided into
square/ rectangular or as per designed panels to prevent cracks in the floor finish. No
dimension of the panels shall exceed 2 meter and the area of a panel shall not be more than 2
square meters. Base course shall be laid on alternate panels. The borders of the panels shall
have mitred joints at the corners of the room and intermediate joints shall be in straight line
with panel joints.
The panels shall be bound by glass/PVC/stainless steel strips etc. as specified. These shall be
fixed in position with their top at proper level, giving slope wherever required.
The flooring shall butt against masonry of wall which shall not be plastered. When the base
course is to be laid on hardened base, the sub-base shall be roughened by steel wire brushing
Page 902 of 1178
71210
ligaf id15ift
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
,A Go, of
Undeft.ngl

FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 6 of 15
and cleaned. Before laying the base course, neat and thick cement slurry @ 2 kg of cement per
square meter of area shall be brushed into the prepared sub base surface.
Cement concrete shall be placed in position and beaten with wooden plank and finished
smooth. Beating shall cease as soon as surface is found covered with cream of mortar.
Necessary slope shall be provided. The cement concrete mix shall be used within 30 minutes
of its preparation.
3.2.2
Floor Finishing
Finishing of the surface shall follow immediately after the completion of base course. The
base course shall be free of excessive moisture before starting the floor finishing. Use of dry
cement, cement sand mixture sprinkled on the surface to stiffen the concrete or absorb
excessive moisture shall not be permitted.
While the concrete is still green, cement 4. 2 kg per square meter of floor area shall be mixed
with water to form thick slurry and spread over the surface. The cement slurry shall then be
properly processed and finished smooth without any trowel mark.
3.2.3
Wearing Top Layer

The top layer shall consist of cement mortar of specified mix and thickness finished smooth
with cement slurry. The top layer shall be laid over first layer within 15 minutes of laying the
first layer. The cement and aggregates for the top layer shall be mixed dry. After mixing,
sufficient quantity of washed sand and water shall be added to make the mix plastic but not
flowing. The top and bottom layer shall firmly grip together.
3.2.4
Curing
period of 10 days.
4.0 HEAVY DUTY FLOORING

4.1
General
Heavy duty Flooring shall consist of a sub-base, a base course and a finishing layer of floor
finish.
4.2 Workmanship
4.2.1
Base Course
Base course shall consist of one layer of cement concrete of specified mix and thickness laid
on sub-base in panels in accordance with clause no. 2.2.1.
4.2.2
Floor Finish
Finishing layer shall be of cement, hardener and stone aggregate mix of specified thickness
laid over the base course. Unless otherwise mentioned, one part of approved quality hardener
and four parts of cement by weight shall be mixed dry. This dry mixture shall be mixed with
stone aggregate 6mm nominal size or as otherwise specified in the ratio of I hardener and
cement mixture: 2 stone aggregate by volume. Just enough water shall then be added to the
mix.
The mixture so obtained shall then be laid on the base course within 2 to 4 hours of latter's
laying. It shall be firmly pressed into bottom concrete so as to have a good bond with it. After
the starting of initial setting, the surface shall be finished smooth and true with steel floats
without any float mark.
Page 903 of 1178
ll~iri~
IfgaT
Riieg
iNtZrl
AledAV,A.3ALTI I
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED

FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 7 of 15
4.2.4
Curing
period of 10 days.
5.0 PRECAST HYDRAULICALLY PRESSED CEMENT TILES

5.1
Materials
5.1.1
Cement Concrete Tiles

Cement concrete tiles shall conform to IS: 1237 and shall be factory made of approved shade,
and thickness.
5.1.2
Pigments
Pigments to be admixed with mortar or for grouting the joints shall conform to Table -1 of IS:
2114.
5.1.3
Cement Mortar
Cement mortar shall be of specified mix and thickness.
5.2 Workmanship
Workmanship shall in general conform to IS: 1443. The base on which tiles are to be laid shall
be cleaned of all dust, dirt and properly wetted by applying neat and thick cement slurry @ 2
kg of cement per square meter of area without allowing water pools. Cement mortar of
specified thickness shall then be spread over the base for two rows of tiles and 3-5 metres in
length. The mortar shall be laid in slope as per requirements and thickness of mortar shall not
be less than 10mm at any place. The top of the mortar shall be kept rough so that cement
slurry can be absorbed. Laying shall be from centre & proceed outwards in two directions at
900. Cut tiles of uniform sizes shall be laid along periphery, if necessary. Neat cement slurry
of honey like consistency @ 4.4 kg of cement per Square meter shall be spread over the
mortar bed for laying 20 tiles at a time. The tiles shall then be fixed in this grout one after the
other, each tile being gently tapped and properly bedded in line and level. The Joints shall not
exceed 1.5mm in width. After the day's work, the excess cement slurry on top and the joints
shall be cleaned with broom stick and washed before the slurry sets hard. Next day, the joints
shall be filled with the cement grout to match the shade of the tile.
Tiles along the periphery shall be continued under the wall plaster, skirting or dado.
For skirting/dado/risers on the brick masonry wall, the joints shall be raked out to a depth of at
least 15mm while the masonry is being laid. In case of concrete work, the surface shall be
hauled and roughened with wire brushes. The wall surface shall be uniformly and evenly
covered with backing of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand by volume) of specified
thickness. Before hardening of the cushioning mortar, back of each tile shall be covered with
a neat layer of cement slurry @ 4.4 kg of cement per square meter and edges with white
cement with or without pigment to match the shade of tiles and the tiles then shall be pressed
on the backing and tapped.
The tiles shall be corrected to proper planes with joints truly vertical in required pattern and
butt jointed. The fixing shall be done from bottom upward. The top of skirting and dado shall
be truly horizontal.
5.3
Curing, Polishing and Finishing

The day after the tiles are laid all joints shall be cleaned with a wire brush to a depth of 5 mm
and all dust and loose mortar removed and cleaned. Joints shall then be grouted with white
Page 904 of 1178
k5111a
- eAt
if
1ga 16Vieg
I.TR MTMI, JUM-Si
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA
Govt of Ind. Uneertakog)

FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 8 of 15
cement mixed with pigment to match the shade of the tiles. The same cement slurry then shall
be applied to the entire surface of the tiles in a thin coat to protect the surface from abrasive
damage and fill the pin holes that may exist on the surface.
The flooring shall be cured for 7 days by keeping it wet with ponding.
Grinding shall be commenced after a minimum period of 7 days when the tiles and the joints
are properly set. Grinding shall be done by machines. First grinding shall be done with
carborundum stones of 60 grade grit fitted in the machine. Water shall be profusely used
during grinding. When the chips show up and the floor has been uniformly rubbed, it shall be
cleaned with water baring all pin holes. It shall then be covered with a thin coat of grey/white
cement mixed with pigments to match with colour of the flooring. This grout shall be kept
moist for a week. Thereafter the second grinding shall be done with carborundum stone of 120
grit. Final grinding shall be done the day after the second grinding with carborundum stone of
320 grit using water in abundance. The floor shall be washed clean with water, oxalic acid
powder shall then be dusted at 33 gms/sq. m. on the surface rubbed with machine fitted
hessian bobs or rubbed hard with woolen rags. The floor shall then be washed clean and dried
with a soft cloth or linen. If any tile is disturbed or damaged, it shall be refitted or replaced
and properly jointed and polished.
6.0 CEMENT PLASTER SKIRTING
6.1
Material

6.2 Workmanship
The surface on which the skirting is to be applied shall be prepared and skirting of specified
thickness shall be laid. The joints shall be raked out to a depth of at least 15mm in masonry
walls. In case of concrete walls, the surface shall be roughened by hacking. Skirting with
specified mortar and to specified thickness shall be laid immediately after the surface is
prepared. It shall be laid along with the border or adjacent panels of floor.
Finishing of skirting shall be done simultaneously with the borders of the adjacent panels of
floor. The cement to be applied in the form of thick slurry for smooth finishing shall be @ 2
kg of cement per litre of water applied over an area of 1 square meter.
7.0 PRECAST HYDRAULICALLY PRESSED TERRAZZO TILES
7.1
Materials
7.1.1
Terrazzo Tiles
Terrazzo tiles shall be of specified thickness, texture and shade and shall generally conform in
all respects to IS: 1237. The tiles shall be factory made with 10mm down size stone
aggregates, white & ordinary cement mix (1 white cement : 6 ordinary cement by volume) and
pigments conforming to IS: 2114. Tablel.
7.1.2
Pigments
Pigments to be mixed with mortar or for grouting the joints shall conform to Table -1 of IS:
2114.
7.1.3
Cement Mortar

7.2 Workmanship
Workmanship shall in general conform to IS: 1443. The base on which tiles are to be laid shall
be cleaned of all dust, dirt and properly wetted by applying neat and thick cement slurry @ 2
kg of cement per Square meter of area without allowing water pools. Cement mortar of
Page 905 of 1178
01
Ogar tif5leg
kritrOgt7 ,REPIRI
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Govt et ndo Undertaking)

FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 9 of 15
specified thickness shall then be spread over the base for two rows of tiles and 3-5 metres in
length. The mortar shall be laid in slope as per requirements and thickness of mortar shall not
be less than 10mm at any place. The top of the mortar shall be kept rough so that cement
slurry can be absorbed. Laying shall be from centre & proceed outwards in two directions at
90. Cut tiles of uniform sizes shall be laid along periphery, if necessary. Neat cement slurry
of honey like consistency @ 4.4 kg of cement per Square meter shall be spread over the
mortar bed for laying required number of tiles at a time. The tiles shall then be fixed in this
grout one after the other, each tile being gently tapped and properly bedded in line and level.
The Joints shall not exceed 1.5mm in width. After the day's work, the excess cement slurry on
top and the joints shall be cleaned and washed before the slurry sets hard. Next day, the joints
shall be filled with the cement grout to match the shade of the tile.
Tiles along the periphery shall be continued under the wall plaster, skirting or dado.
For skirting/dado/risers on the brick masonry wall, the joints shall be raked out to a depth of at
least 12mm while the masonry is being laid. In case of concrete work, the surface shall be
hauled and roughened with wire brushes. The wall surface shall be uniformly and evenly
covered with backing of cement mortar 1:3 (I cement: 3 coarse sand by volume) of specified
thickness. Before hardening of the cushioning mortar, back of each tile shall be covered with
a neat layer of cement slurry @ 4.4 kg of cement per Square meter and edges with white
cement with or without pigment to match the shade of tiles and the tiles then shall be pressed
on the backing and tapped.
For vertical surfaces, the tiles shall be corrected to proper planes with joints truly vertical in
required pattern and butt jointed. The fixing shall be done from bottom upward. The top of
skirting and dado shall be truly horizontal.
7.3
Curing, Polishing and Finishing

and all dust and loose mortar removed and cleaned. Joints shall then be grouted with grey or
white cement mixed with or without pigment to match the shade of the tiles. The same cement
slurry then shall be applied to the entire surface of the tiles in a thin coat to protect the surface
from abrasive damage and fill the pin holes that may exist on the surface.
The tiles shall be cured for 7 days by keeping it wet.
Grinding shall be commenced after a minimum period of 7 days when the tiles and the joints
carborundum stones of 60 grade grit fitted in the machine. Water shall be profusely during
grinding. When the chips show up and the floor has been uniformly rubbed, it shall be cleaned
with water baring all pin holes. It shall then be covered with a thin coat of grey/white cement
mixed with pigments to match with colour of the flooring. This grout shall be kept moist for a
week. Thereafter the second grinding shall be done with carborundum stone of 120 grit. Final
grinding shall be done the day after the second grinding with carborundum stone of 320 grit
using water in abundance. The floor shall be washed clean with water, oxalic acid powder
shall then be dusted at 33 gms/sq. m. on the surface rubbed with machine fitted hessian bobs
or rubbed hard with woolen rags. The floor shall then be washed clean and dried with a soft
cloth or linen. If any tile is disturbed or damaged, it shall be refitted or replaced and properly
jointed and polished.
Page 906 of 1178
ENGINEERS
r ICIWs
INDIA LIMITED
,1771471.751,1lIMN
(A
co, of India Uncle/Ming)

FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 10 of 15
8.0 TILE WORK

8.1
Materials
8.1.1
Tiles
A.
Ceramic Tiles
Ceramic tiles shall be of specified size, thickness and approved colour/ design/
texture, of first quality and shall conform to IS 13753.
B.
Vitrified Tiles
Vitrified tiles shall be of specified size, thickness and approved colour/ design/
texture, of first quality and shall conform to EN 176.
8.1.2
Pigments
2114.
8.2 Workmanship
The tiles shall be laid over a coating of specified adhesive (as per approved manufacturer's
specifications) laid on base floor/wall plaster. The joints of the tiles shall be cleaned off and
all dust and loose mortar removed. The joints then shall be flush pointed with cement paste
(white cement and pigment conforming to IS: 2114, Table-I) or any other joint fixing
compound as recommended by Tile Manufacturer matching the shade of tiles.
Tiles shall be laid as per desired pattern. Joints shall be uniform kept as thin as possible and in
straight lines. Cut tiles shall be permitted only in unavoidable cases as directed by EngineerIn- Charge.
The base on which tiles are to be laid shall be cleaned of all dust, dirt and properly wetted by
applying neat and thick cement slurry @ 3 kg of cement per Square meter of area.
For flooring, laying shall be generally from centre & proceed outwards in two directions at
90
For vertical surfaces, the tiles shall be corrected to proper planes with joints truly vertical in
required pattern and butt jointed. The fixing shall be done from bottom upward. The top of
skirting and dado shall be truly horizontal.
9.0 KOTA STONE
9.1
FINISH
Materials
The Kota Stone slabs shall be of selected quality and shade, hard, sound, dense, homogenous
in texture, free from cracks, decay, weathering and flakes. These shall be machine cut to the
requisite size and thickness and chisel dressed.
The slabs shall have the top (exposed) face polished before being brought to site. Before
starting the work, the contractor shall get the samples of slabs approved by Engineer-incharge.
9.2 Workmanship
9.2.1
Dressing of Slabs
Each slab shall be machine cut and rubbed to the required size and shape and fine chisel
dressed at all edges to full depth so that a straight edge laid along the side of the stone shall be
in full contact with it. All angles and edges of the slabs shall be true, square and free from
chippings giving a plane and smooth surface.
Page 907 of 1178
0 el
Ogar fafreg
1.7T
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
751,0571

FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 11 of 15
9.2.2
Preparation of Surface
Cement mortar of specified thickness and mix shall be laid over the base after making it
rough, cleaning & wetting thoroughly and applying neat and thick cement slurry @ 2 kg of
cement per square meter of area to receive the mortar. The mortar shall be laid for fixing one
slab at a time.
In case of skirting/ dado/ risers, the joints shall be raked out to a depth of at least 12mm in
masonry walls. In case of concrete surface, the surface shall be hacked and roughened with
wire brushes. The surface shall be cleaned thoroughly, washed with water and kept wet before
laying kota stone.
9.2.3
Laying
The slab shall be washed clean before laying.
A. Laying in floor
It shall be laid over cement mortar bedding, pressed, and tapped gently to bring it in level. It
shall be then lifted and laid aside. Top surface of the mortar then shall be corrected by adding
fresh mortar at hollows and depressions. The mortar then shall be allowed to harden and
cement slurry of honey like consistency @ 4.4.kg of cement per square meter shall be spread
over the mortar. The edges of the slabs shall be buttered with white cement with pigment
grout to match the shade of the slabs. The slabs shall then be gently placed in position and
tapped with wooden mallets till it is properly bedded in level. The joints shall be as fine as
possible. Surplus cement on the surface of the slab shall be removed. The slabs in flooring
shall continue under the plaster/skirting. The finished surface shall be true to levels and slopes
as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The slabs shall be laid in patterns as per drawings and size. Cut size may be used along
periphery as required. The joints shall be uniform and in perfect line.
B. Laying in skirting/ dado/ risers
The slabs shall be held in position by suitable temporary measure such as wooden/ bamboo
supports, temporary hook etc. as approved by Engineer-In- Charge. The outer face of the slabs
shall be checked for plane and plumb and corrected. The joints shall be as fine as possible and
shall be filled with neat cement paste/ grout with white cement and pigment to match the
colour of the slabs. The joints shall thus be left to harden and then the rear gap between the
slabs and backing surface shall be packed with cement mortar of specified mix and thickness.
Temporary supports shall be removed after the mortar filling in the gap has acquired sufficient
strength. The top line of the skirting/ dado/ risers shall be truly horizontal and joints truly
vertical.
Joints in treads and platforms shall be permitted only at curvature or when width/ length is
more than 0.6/ 2 metres respectively. Number of joints in each direction shall not be more than
one number for every 2 metres length beyond the initial 2 meter length.
9.3
Polishing and Finishing

Grinding/ polishing shall be commenced after a minimum period of 7 days when the stone and
the joints are properly set. Grinding shall be done by machines. Grinding/ polishing shall be
done with carborundum stone of 320 grit using water in abundance. The stone shall be washed
clean with water, oxalic acid powder shall then be dusted at 33 gms/sq. m. on the surface
rubbed with machine fitted hessian bobs or rubbed hard with woolen rags. The surface shall
then be washed clean and dried with a soft cloth or linen & polished with mansion polish. If
any stone is disturbed or damaged, it shall be refitted or replaced and properly jointed and
polished.
Page 908 of 1178
M ENGINEERS
ig-ZifiaWeg ',II,INDIA LIMITED
q_.1
,i27S317
NA.,
IA Go, of India Undertaking)

FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 12 of 15
10.0 MARBLE STONE FINISH

10.1 Materials
10.1.1 Marble Slabs
The marble slabs shall be of specified size, thickness, type and grade. The marble from which
the slabs are made shall be of selected quality, hard, sound, dense, homogenous in texture, free
from cracks, decay, weathering and flakes. The sample of marble stone slabs shall be got
approved from the Engineer-in-Charge.
The slabs shall be machine cut to the requisite dimensions. Dimension of slabs shall be
700mm to 2500mm in length and 300 to 1000mm in width as per drawing and as directed by
Engineer-In-Charge.
Tolerance of +3% shall be allowed for the thickness. In respect of length and breadth of slabs,
a tolerance of +2% shall be allowed.
Physical properties of Marble and method of testing shall be as follows:
Physical Property
Requirement
Method of test
Moisture absorption
After 24 hours
Immersion in cold water
Maximum 0.4%
by weight
IS: 1124
10.1.2 Pigments
2114.
10.2 Workmanship
10.2.1 Preparation of Surface
Preparation of surface shall be done in accordance with clause no. 9.2.2.
10.2.2 Laying
The slab shall be washed clean before laying. Due care shall be taken to match the grains of
slabs which shall be selected judiciously having uniform pattern of veins/ streaks or as
directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.
A. Laying in floor
It shall be laid over cement mortar bedding, pressed, and tapped gently to bring it in level. It
shall be then lifted and laid aside. Top surface of the mortar then shall be corrected by adding
fresh mortar at hollows and depressions. The mortar then shall be allowed to harden and
cement slurry of honey like consistency @ 4.4.kg of cement per square meter shall be spread
over the mortar. The edges of the slabs shall be buttered with white cement with or without
pigment grout to match the shade of the slabs. The slabs shall then be gently placed in position
and tapped with wooden mallets till it is properly bedded in level. The joints shall be as fine as
possible. Surplus cement on the surface of the slab shall be removed. The slabs in flooring
shall continue for not less than 10 mm under the plaster/skirting. The finished surface shall be
true to levels and slopes as instructed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
The slabs shall be laid in patterns as per drawings and size. Cut size may be used along
periphery as directed by Engineer-In-Charge. The joints shall be uniform and in perfect line.
B. Laying in skirting/ dado/ risers
The slabs shall be held in position by suitable temporary measure such as wooden/ bamboo
supports, temporary hook etc. as approved by Engineer-In- Charge. The outer face of the slabs
Page 909 of 1178
.5ilfaeJerf
fat s
NWil
ATI. MT.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
A Go, of ntha Undeffak,^9/

FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 13 of 15
shall be checked for plane and plumb and corrected. The joints shall be as fine as possible and
shall be filled with neat cement paste/ grout with white cement and pigment to match the
colour of the slabs. The joints shall thus be left to harden and then the rear gap between the
slabs and backing surface shall be packed with cement mortar of specified mix and thickness.
Temporary supports shall be removed after the mortar filling in the gap has acquired sufficient
strength. The top line of the skirting/ dado/ risers shall be truly horizontal and joints truly
vertical.
10.3 Curing
The finished surface shall be cured for a minimum period of 7 days.
10.4
Polishing and Finishing

Unevenness at the meeting edges of slabs shall be removed by fine chiseling.
and all dust and loose mortar removed and cleaned. Joints shall then be grouted with grey or
white cement mixed with or without pigment to match the shade of the stones.
Grinding shall be commenced after a minimum period of 7 days when the stones and the joints
carborundum stones of 60 grade grit fitted in the machine. Water shall be profusely during
grinding. When the chips show up and the floor has been uniformly rubbed, it shall be cleaned
with water baring all pin holes. The second grinding shall be done with carborundum stone of
120 grit. Final grinding/polishing shall done the day after the second grinding with
carborundum stone of 320 grit using water in abundance. The surface shall be washed clean
with water, oxalic acid powder shall then be dusted at 33 gms/sq. m. on the surface rubbed
with machine fitted hessian bobs or rubbed hard with woolen rags. The surface shall then be
washed clean and dried with a soft cloth or linen. If any stone is disturbed or damaged, it shall
be refitted or replaced and properly jointed and polished.
11.0 PVC FINISH

11.1
Material
11.1.1 PVC Roll/ Tiles

PVC Roll/ tiles shall be homogenous, asbestos free, approved texture, colour, pattern and
specified thickness. PVC rolls shall conform to IS: 3462 and PVC tiles shall conform to IS:
3462
11.1.2 Antistatic PVC Roll/Tile
Antistatic P.V.C. roll/ tiles shall conform to B.S.2050, Table-2.
11.1.3
Adhesive
Adhesive shall be neoprene based rubber adhesive of approved make as recommended by
PVC Manufacture.
11.2 Workmanship
The sub floor on which PVC finish is to be laid shall be prepared in accordance with PVC
Manufacturer's recommendation. The sub floor shall be made permanently smooth, firm, free
of cracks and dry. If required, suitable leveling compound of minimum 3 mm thickness shall
be applied over sub floor.
P.V.C. rolls/tiles shall be brought to the temperature of the area in which it is to be laid and
stacked suitably near the site in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation.
Page 910 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
oaf 054-"eg
.Hr.,
711

FLOOR FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 14 of 15
Laying of PVC roll/ tile shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation.

In case of rolls, minimum possible number of joints shall be provided. Rolls running towards
door openings, niches, or similar shall completely cover these areas. Door openings, niches, or
similar along the side of the roll may be covered by strips.
Tiles shall be laid in any pattern including diagonal formation as directed by Engineer-InCharge.
The adhesive shall be applied by spatula to the base floor and back of the PVC roll/tile in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. PVC rolls shall be placed in position from
one end onwards slowly without creation on any air pockets between roll and the base course.
PVC rolls/tiles shall be placed only when the adhesive is set sufficiently for laying. When set
sufficiently for laying, the adhesive will be sticky to the touch but shall not mark the fingers.
After placing, the roll shall be pressed suitably with a wooden roller weighing about 5 kg.
The joint between adjacent rolls shall be thin hairline type.
Laying of PVC tiles shall start from centre and proceed outwards in two right angle direction
till the periphery of the room/area is reached. Fractional tiles of uniform cut sizes may be laid
only along the peripheral border if so required owing to size of the room area.
PVC rolls in flooring shall he continued for skirting without any joints and with 50mm radius
rounded corner at the junction of skirting and flooring.
Any excess adhesive squeezing out of the surface shall he wiped off immediately with a wet
cloth. In case of such excess adhesive becoming hard, it shall be removed with a solution of
one part of commercial Butyle Acetate and three parts of turpentine oil or any other solution
as advised by the manufacturer of the roll.
Necessary earthing system shall be installed in case of antistatic flooring in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendation.
After a minimum period of 24 hours after laying the rolls/tiles, the finished floor shall be
cleaned with a wet cloth soaked in warm soap solution of 2 spoons of soft soap powder in 5
litres of warm water or detergent as per approved manufacturer's specifications.
12.0 ACID RESISTANT TILES
12.1 Material
The tiles shall be vitrified tiles of approved size, thickness and colour as per approved
manufacturer's specification and shall be homogeneous. They shall have the following
properties:S. No.
Property
Values
Norms
Water Absorptions
0.5%
ASTM C 373
Scratch Resistance
>6
ASTM C 373
Chemical Resistance
Unaffected
ASTM C 650
Abrasion Resistance
>100
ASTM C 501
Breaking strength
400 kg/sq.cm
ASTM C 648
Density
> 2.0 Gm/CC
12.2 Workmanship
Base and background surface over which the tiles are to be laid shall be prepared as per IS:
4443.
Page 911 of 1178
falgrarg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Govt of ntl. Unne/takg)

FINISHING
6-75-0002 Rev. 6
Page 15 of 15
Tiles shall be fixed on the prepared surface over a bitumen priming layer, bitumen mastic
layer and resin type chemical resistant mortar in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendation. The bitumen shall conform to IS: 702 and laying of bitumen mastic shall
conform to IS: 1196.
Joints shall be allowed to set for 24 hours. The floor shall then be washed as per
manufacturer's specifications to totally remove all marks from tile surface.
13.0
EPDXY FLOOR & WALL COATING SYSTEM
13.1 Material
The epoxy floor and wall coating system shall generally consist of the following basic
components of composition and thickness as mentioned in the item descriptions:
13.1.1 Primer Coat
Primer coat shall be suitable for base surface and compatible with successive layers/ coating
over it for specified applications in accordance with the approved manufacturer's
recommendations.
13.1.2 Screed/ Underlayer
The screed/ underlayer (for flooring) shall consist of combination of fillers and hardeners and
shall be suitable and compatible for application of top/ finishing coat over it for specified
application in accordance with the approved manufacturer's recommendations.
13.1.3 Top/ Finishing Coat
Top/ finishing coat shall be applied over screed/ underlayer in case of flooring. For walls/
vertical surfaces, top/ finishing coat shall be applied over primer coat as recommended by
approved manufacturer. Top/ finishing coat shall be suitable for specified application.
13.2 Workmanship
Workmanship shall be in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.
14.0 MEASUREMENT AND RATE
Measurement and rate for flooring for item rate tenders shall be in Square meter in general
unless otherwise mentioned.
Length and breadth shall be measured before laying skirting, dado or wall plaster. No
deduction shall be made nor extra paid for voids not exceeding 0.20 sqm. Deductions for ends
of dissimilar materials or other articles embedded shall not be made for areas not exceeding
0.10 sqm.
The flooring done either with strips (in one operation) or without strips (in alternate panels)
shall be treated as same and measured together.
Page 912 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
at
i.WOrl, co,ortfooJosnf-O
(A Govl of lndia Undettaloog)
FOR STEEL/ ALUMINIUM
DOORS, WINDOWS &
VENTILATORS
1-1
6-75-0004 Rev. 6
Page 1 of 9
cp 4-111-1
1-1
FOR STEEL/ALUMINIUM DOORS,
WINDOWS AND VENTILATORS
03.03.14
03.03.11
21.03.07
11.03.99
16.03.94

SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
REAFIRMED AS STANDARD
SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
AG SSD
JK
GJK SD
JKB
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
VK
D.
MALHOTRA
SD
JKB
ARVIND
KUMAR
SD
MLB
SCJ
AS
JS
JS
AKG
AS
V.
CHATURVEDI
Standards
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Prepared Checked Com m ittee

Convenor
by
by
GM (Civil)
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Page 913 of 1178
dg
fg`-ar Ofai
t~r elvervvc,rvIsr.lt
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Govt of Indie Undertakingt

STEEL/ ALUMINIUM DOORS,
6-75-0004 Rev. 6
WINDOWS & VENTILATORS
Page 2 of 9
Abbreviations:
ASTM :
BS
:
IS

British Standards
Indian Standards

Convenor:
Mr. JK Bhagchandani
Members:
Mr. Samir Das

Mr. S. Majumdar
Mr. Rajesh Gujral
Mr. V.S.Chhaya (Projects)

Page 914 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Ind Undertatongt

6-75-0004 Rev. 6
Page 3 of 9
CONTENTS
1.0 GENERAL
2.0 PRESSED STEEL DOOR/WINDOW FRAME
3.0 PRESSED STEEL DOOR SHUTTER
4.0 STEEL WINDOWS & VENTILATORS
5.0 ALUMINIUM GLAZED DOORS/WINDOW/VENTILATORS
6.0 MEASUREMENT & RATE

Page 915 of 1178
4
5
5
6
8
9
ENGINEERS
w INDIA
LIMITED
g-ar ;lfaies l
051 Jqtn.)
Ift Govt ol India Undertakingt

STEEU ALUMINIUM DOORS,
6-75-0004 Rev. 6
Page 4 of 9
1.0 GENERAL
Reference shall be made to the following Indian Standards for further information etc. not
covered in the specification. In case of any conflict/contradiction the provisions of the
specification shall override.
IS 617 :
Specifications for aluminium and aluminium alloy ingots & castings

for general engineering purposes.
IS 733 :
Specifications for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy bars,rods

& sections for general engineering purposes.
IS 737 :
Specifications for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy sheet &

strip for general engineering purposes.
IS 1038:
Specifications for steel doors, windows and ventilators.
IS 1081:
Code of practice for fixing and glazing of metal (steel and aluminium)
doors, windows and ventilators.
IS 1285:
Specifications for wrought aluminium and aluminium alloy extruded

round tube & hollow sections for general engineering purposes.
IS 1361 :
Specifications for steel windows for Industrial buildings.
IS 1948 :
Specifications for Aluminium doors, windows and ventilators.
IS 2553 part-1:
Safety glass specification

Part-1: General purposes
IS 2835 :
Flat transparent sheet glass.
IS 3548:
Code of practice for glazing in buildings
IS 3614 Part-1:
Specification for fire check doors.

Part-1: Plate metal cover and rolling type
IS 3614 Part-2:
Specification for fire check doors.

Part-2: Resistance test & performance criteria
IS 4351 :
Specifications for steel door frames.
IS 5437 :
Figured rolled and wired glass.
IS 6248 :
Specifications for metal rolling shutters and rolling grill.
IS 7452 :
Specification for hot rolled steel sections for doors, windows and
ventilators.

Page 916 of 1178
51g-a- 22-eg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ol Undenak,n9)

6-75-0004 Rev. 6
Page 5 of 9
2.0 PRESSED STEEL DOOR/WINDOW FRAME

(Reference Standard No.7-75-0070, 7-75-0071)
Pressed steel door/window frame shall conform to IS: 4351.
The frames shall be of specified sectional size, dimension and profile. The frame shall be
made of 16 SWG galvanized pressed steel profiled as required and filled with concrete. The
frame shall be provided with 3 mm thick MS flat spacer welded to frame at @ 500mm c/c and
at holdfast location. Joints between horizontal and vertical frame members shall be mitred. A11
welding shall be finished smooth.
The frame shall be fixed to the masonry by means of 200 mm x 25 mm x 6 mm MS hold fast
welded to the spacers and grouted with M-20 grade concrete in minimum 250 mm x 100 mm
x 100 mm sized hole in the masonry.
In case of concrete, the frames shall be fixed by minimum 100 mm long, 12 mm dia metallic
counter sunk type anchor fasteners through the frame and spacers.
Vertical frame member shall be tied together below floor finish by mean of
20mmx20mmx3mm MS Angle welded to both faces of frame.
40mmx150mmx3mm thick MS pad shall be welded to frame at all hinges and lock locations.
18 SWG GI mortar guard shall be provided at the back of hinges and lock.
The frame surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, mill scale, dirt, oil etc. and then
finished with painting or powder coating as specified. The thickness of powder coating shall
be subjected to verification at site (on random basis) as directed by Engineer- in- Charge with
appropriate measuring instruments supplied by contractor.
3.0 PRESSED STEEL DOOR SHUTTER

(Reference Standard No. 7-75-0070, 7-75-0071)
Pressed steel shutters shall be hollow type with 18 SWG Galvanized pressed steel sheet
welded at meeting of the sheets with pad plate of MS flat 3 mm thick all along perimeter. The
cavity shall be packed with Mineral Wool (48 kg/cum) to fully fit into the cavity without
gaps.
The shutter shall be formed by machine bending of steel sheet in form of hollow box making
an overall thickness of 40mm forming truly square edge in accordance with the shutter profile.
It shall further be braced with 18 SWG GI vertical stiffeners @200 c/c (Spacing to be adjusted
for vision panel and fixed with flush riveting)
3mm thick MS pad plates shall be welded inside at required locations for fixing of hardwares
such as tower bolt, aldrop etc.
2 mm thick 25x25 GI angles (vertical) welded to each shutter shall be provided at the meeting
point of double shutter doors
The frame surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, mill scale, dirt, oil etc. and then
finished with painting or powder coating as specified. The thickness of powder coating shall
be subjected to verification at site (on random basis) as directed by Engineer- in- Charge with
appropriate measuring instruments supplied by contractor.

Page 917 of 1178
k31
lMes
c,mr,M13,
1"CrA)
ENGINEERS
w INDIA LIMITED
(A Go. 01 Indo Unde(laktng)

6-75-0004 Rev. 6
Page 6 of 9
The shutters shall be fixed to the door frame by means of 100 mm long heavy duty ball
bearing hinges @ 600mm maximum. Vision panel shall be provided in the shutters in
accordance with project drawings.
Following Hardware shall be provided:

a. Over head hydraulic door closer (heavy duty) for each shutter
b. MS holdfast 200mmx25mmx6mm thick @maximum 600 mm c/c
c. 100 mm long SS 304 grade heavy duty ball bearing hinge @600mm C/C maximum for
each shutter
d. SS 304 grade 16mm dia 250mm long aldrop on both sides.
e. Spring loaded heavy duty door stopper for each shutter
f. SS 304 grade 19 mm dia, long handle on both sides of each shutter
g. 10 mm dia SS 304 Tower bolt (250mm long for 2100mm height & 600mm long for
2500mm height) for each shutter
In case of air tight door shutters, approved quality continuous 'D' Profile EPDM Gasket shall
be provided along frame rebate.
In case of partly glazed door shutter, Glass as specified shall be fixed with glazing clips and
solid drawn 10 mm x 10 mm, MS beading backed with putty and fixed by countersunk screws.
Necessary rebate for fixing the glass shall be provided by arranging the shutter bracing
accordingly.
The overall shutter shall ensure smooth operation, proper sizing and shaping as per drgs.
The shutters shall be provided with locking device, handle and other hardwares as specified.
4.0 STEEL WINDOWS & VENTILATORS

Steel windows, ventilators shall in general conform to IS: 1081, IS: 1038 and IS: 7452.
4.1
Materials
4.1.1 Rolled Steel Section

Rolled steel sections for the fabrication of steel windows, ventilators shall conform to IS:
7452.
4.1.2 Glass panels
Glass panels for glazing purpose shall be as specified. All glass panes shall have properly
squared corners and straight edges. Glass panes shall be as specified.
4.2 Workmanship
The profile and type of windows, ventilators (glazed, partly glazed/1 ouvered, nide hung/top
hung/fixed shutter, composite) shall be as per drawings.
The frames shall be constructed of sections cut to size and mitred. Corners shall be welded to
form a fused welded joint. Process of welding shall be flash butt welding. The welded joints
shall be grinded to square and flat edges.

Page 918 of 1178
OW-g
cfn .340.1)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ol lndo Undertak,ng)

6-75-0004 Rev. 6
Page 7 of 9
Where larger units are to be formed by coupling individual units, the mullions, transoms shall
be bedded in mastic to ensure weather tightness. Mastic shall be applied liberally to the
channels of the outside frame sections before assembly, and the two units being coupled shall
be drawn together tight with clamps, the mastic being squeezed out and cut off neatly when
the units shall be screwed together tight.
Where fixed glazing units are placed over openable units a push fit weather bar shall be
provided.
Before glazing, all opening parts shall be checked for their operational smoothness. The frame
shall be completely cleaned and bedding putty shall be placed in the rebate before glazing.
Glass then shall be cushioned into the bedding and shall be fronted with front putty in a
manner so as to enable the painting to be done up to the sight line. The back putty oozing out
over the glazing rebate shall be cut offsquare and smoothed down.
For panels exceeding 600 x 300 mm in size, glass shall be secured by special glazing clips
inserted in holes already provided in the steel sections, before applying the front putty.
For glazing of very large areas, rust proof steel beading with mitred corners shall be provided
with screws @ 10 cm. from each corner and @ 20 cm. apart from each other. Putty shall be
provided to the face of the bead in contact with glass, in addition to back putty.
Side hung shutters shall be connected to the frame by means of friction hinges. The handle for
side hung shutters shall be of pressed brass mounted on a steel handle plate welded to the
opening shutter frame and shall not be removable easily after glazing. The handle shall have a
two point nose which shall engage with a brass striking plate on the fixed frame in a slightly
open as well as in a fixed position.
Top hung shutters shall be provided with steel butt hinges welded to the fixed frame after
cutting a slot in it. Top hung casements shall be provided with peg stay of 3 holes of pressed
brass; 300 mm long which when closed shall be held tightly by the locking bracket fitted to
the fixed frame or to the window.
Before fixing the frames, the size of the opening shall first be checked and cleaned of all
obstructions. The positions of the unit in the reveal shall be taken off the drawings and shall be
marked on the reveal at the jambs using a plumb line.
In case of fixing with masonry, holes for fixing the lugs/hold fasts shall be cut at required
locations.
In case of concrete or stone, the frames shall be fixed by means of dash fasteners.
In case of masonry, the lugs shall be grouted in the holes with cement concrete, M-15 Grade
when fixing to steel work, mastic shall be applied to the Bill of the opening and the unit shall
be placed on it with the jambs and head buttered with mastic and the unit shall be fixed with
special fixing dips or with nuts and bolts.
The windows/ventilators shall be checked to ensure smooth operation, perfect level and
plumb.
All the steel surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned free of rust, mill scale, dirt, oil etc. by sand
and shot blasting and then finished with painting by priming with red oxide zinc chromate
primer conforming to IS:2074 and painting conforming to IS:1477 (Part II) or by hot dipped
galvanizing conforming to IS:1477 Part (I). Putty shall also be provided with painting in a
manner so as to seal the putty glass junction. Surfaces not meant for painting shall be cleaned
of any strains of paint.
Page 919 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
t-71
fgÙf&Wg
1~1 ,,,Pr14,1~1,
IA Go. ol India Undertaking)

6-75-0004 Rev. 6
Page 8 of 9
5.0 ALUMINIUM GLAZED DOORS/WINDOW/VENTILATORS

(Reference Standard No. 7-75-0014, 7-75-0015, 7-75-0016, 7-75-0017)
5.1
General
Aluminium glazed doors/window/ventilators shall be of specified sectional size, dimension
and profile as per drawing. Aluminium glazed doors shall be single shutter or double shutters
or with composite profiles (partly openable shutters, partly fixed glazed portion) as per
drawings.
Aluminium glazed windows shall be side hung/top hung/centre hung/sliding or with
composite profiles (partly openable partly fixed) as per the drawings.
5.2
Materials
All Aluminium sections shall be extruded sections of approved Manufacturers having
aluminium alloy as par IS: 733 and IS: 1285. Aluminium sections shall be anodised as per IS:
7088 or electrostatically powder coated to min. 25 microns as specified. The thickness of
anodizing/ powder coating shall be subjected to verification at site (on random basis) as
directed by Engineer- in- Charge with appropriate measuring instruments supplied by
contractor.
Glass used for glazing shall be of following types or as specified.
A.
5.5 mm thick wired glass conforming to IS: 5437.
B.
6.3 mm thick laminated safety glass conforming to IS: 2553.
C.
5.5 mm thick transparent Sheet glass conforming to IS: 2835 (wt.7.2 kg/Esq.)
5.3 Workmanship
Frames shall be square and flat, the corner of the frame being fabricated to true right angles.
Details of construction of frames, shutters etc. shall be as per drawings.
Side hung window shutters shall be fixed to the frame with pivots, or aluminium alloy friction
hinges. For fixing the hinges, slots shall be cut in the fixed frames and the hinges inserted
inside may be riveted to the frame. The handles for side hung shutters shall be of cast
aluminium conforming to IS designation A-5-M of IS: 617 and shall be mounted on a handle
plate riveted to the opening frames. The handles shall have same finish as that of the window
sections. The handles shall have a two point nose which shall engage with an aluminium
striking plate on the fixed frame. The striking plate shall be finished in the same manner as for
the handle.
In case of top hung shutters aluminium alloy cast hinges and peg stays shall be provided.
Centre hung shutters shall be hung on the two pairs of cup pivots of aluminium alloy of IS
designation NS-4 of IS 737 and IS designation A-5-M of IS:617 or chromium/cadmium plated
brass/bronze cup pivots riveted to the outer and inner frames to permit to swing through an
angle of 85E . Cast aluminium (conforming to IS designation A-5-M of IS: 617) or
chromiumkadmium plated bronze spring catches shall be fixed in the centre of the top bar of
the shutter. The spring catch shall be secured to the frame by screwing/riveting to the frame
and shall close into aluminium catch plate riveted/welded to the outside of the outer shutter
frame bar. Aluminium or cadmium plated brass chord pulley wheel in an aluminium bracket

Page 920 of 1178
,
51
1
fg-ar
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
rtrax,m,~)
IA Go, of Indka UndeetakIng)

6-75-0004 Rev. 6
Page 9 of 9
shall be fitted at the sill of the shutter with Aluminium or galvanized/cadmium plated steel
screws.
Sliding windows shall be mounted on suitable two track or three track (as required) peripheral
frame of aluminium alloy.
The door shutters shall be fitted with pivots as specified.
The handles for doors shall be of Aluminium and as per design. The door shutters shall be
provided with locking device, floor spring, door closer and any other hardware as specified.
In case of composite Door/window/ventilator units, the units shall be coupled as per drawing.
Weather bar shall be provided whenever a coupling member is fitted over an external opening
shutter.
Glazing shall be fixed to the extruded sections by means of extruded aluminium beading.
Glass panes shall be provided with EPDM gasket/rubber lining before fixing.
The aluminium frames shall be fixed to the masonry by means of aluminium lugs fixed to the
frame (by counter sunk brass machine screws) and grouted with M-15 grade concrete in the
hole in the masonry as per drawing,
In case of concrete wall, the frames shall be fixed by 96 mm long, 12 mm dia metallic dash
fasteners. Any steel material coming in contact with aluminium shall be galvanized.
The windows/ventilators/doors shall be checked to ensure smooth operation, perfect level and
plumb.
6.0 MEASUREMENT & RATE
Measurement & rates for item rate tender shall be on Sq.M basis as per item description.
Area shall be measured correct up to two places of decimal. Dimensions shall be measured
correct up to 0.5 cm.
A composite unit of various designations shall be first measured over all as a unit of
predominant designations and measurement for remaining designations shall be deducted from
the overall measurement of the composite unit in order to arrive at the quantities for various
designations. Mullions/Transoms/Coupling bars etc. at the meeting points of various
designations shall be equally distributed to all such designations for measurement and rates.
Rate shall include cost of all materials, specified hardwares, labour, erection, hoisting,
scaffolding, removal of scaffolding, protective measures, conveyance, handling,
loading/unloading, storing etc. required for proper completion of the item of work in
accordance with the specification.

Page 921 of 1178
Page 922 of 1178
Page 923 of 1178
Page 924 of 1178
Page 925 of 1178
Page 926 of 1178
Page 927 of 1178
Page 928 of 1178
Page 929 of 1178
OOZE'?ift
" ENGINEERS
og eg fd51egW, INDIA LIMITED

elvasetmagmo(A
Govt d n Undertak.9)

EARTHWORK FOR UNDER
GROUND PIPING
No.
6-65-0006 Rev. 3
Page 1 of 7
wrzi
Irma. trrectrr t
ReR
fgrffbi
FOR EARTHWORK
FOR UNDERGROUND PIPING
23.05.11
16.02.06
30.09.96
13.6.83
Rev.
No
REVISED AND ISSUED AS STD.

SPEC.
SPEC
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STD.
SPEC
ISSUED AS STD. SPEC.
Date
Purpose
ALOK
VK
RK
SKC
NK
VDS
VJN
SM
PCS
MMK
A SONI
UCJ
RPB
RCPC
AK
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Standards
Committee
Convenor
GM
(Engg)
Approved by

Page 930 of 1178
DM
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
If arOfte 056
g
n elenkenaanorkl/

INDIA LIMITED EARTHWORK FOR UNDER
IllGovt of India Undertaking)
GROUND PIPING
ENGINEERS
No.
6-65-0006 Rev. 3
Page 2 of 7
Abbreviations:
IS
India Standard
RCC :
U/G :
Underground
General Civil Standards Committee

Convener:
Mr. R. B. Bhutda
Members:
Mr. Vipan Goel

Mr. D.C. Brahma
Mr. R.K. Sharma
Mr. S. K. Naskar
Mr. Raju Chutani
Mr. P.K. Mittal (Strl)
Mr. A.T. Dharmik (Piping)
Mr. U.A. Patro (Electrical)
Mr. J. K. Joshi (Environment)
Mr. S. Mukherjee (Construction)

Page 931 of 1178

INDIA LIMITED EARTHWORK FOR UNDER
IA Govt or India Undertaking)
GROUND PIPING
ENGINEERS
Mf
No.
6-65-0006 Rev. 3
Page 3 of 7
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
CODES & STANDARDS
3.0
MATERIAL
4.0
EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION FOR TRENCHES / PITS FOR PIPELINES
5.0
BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION
6.0
7.0
PAYMENT

Page 932 of 1178
iaeag
)+11e7. (9217R70173,10.1)
1.0

EARTHWORK FOR UNDER
INDIA LIMITED
Govt of India Undertaking)
GROUND PIPING
ENGINEERS
IA
STANDARD S PECIFICATION
No .
6-65-0006 Rev. 3
Page 4
of 7
SCOPE
This specification deals with earthwork in trenches and pits (for valves, manholes, catch pits
etc.) for underground piping.
2.0
3.0
CODES & STANDARDS

IS: 783
Code of practice for laying of RCC pipes.
IS: 1200 (Part-I)
Method of measurement of building and civil engineering works.
IS: 3764
Excavation work code of safety.
NOTE:-
Latest Edition of all Codes and Standards shall be followed.
MATERIAL
All workmanship and materials shall conform to the provisions of IS: 1200 (Part-1) and IS:
3764.
4.0
EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION FOR TRENCHES / PITS FOR PIPELINES
4.1
Excavation
Plant, machinery and equipments for excavation shall be selected and deployed to provide
optimum mechanisation in excavation of trenches and pits. The selection for excavation and
earth movement machinery etc. shall take into account type of materials to be excavated,
method of excavation, prevailing weather conditions and type of transport to be used.
The excavation of area of cut shall be so timed that the bottom level is not exposed to the
deteriorating influence of the weather for longer duration.
Excavation and earth moving equipment shall be deployed such that minimum damage is
caused to the natural sub-soil structure of exposed formations.
The monitoring of soil deformations, ground water levels during and possibly after
construction work shall be taken into consideration.
In the event, when excavation works are carried out in the vicinity of structures of any
importance, the above monitoring shall be carried out within a distance, from the edge of the
excavation of 5 to 15 times the excavation depth, depending upon the subsoil conditions and
the stability of the neighboring structures.
4.2
Trenching work shall be carried out in all classes of soil including soft rock and excluding
hard rock and shall be for all depths.
4.3
The trench shall be cut true to the line and level as per drawings.
4.4
If the trench is excavated below the required level than that indicated in the drawing, the extra
depth shall be filled with concrete 1:5:10 or approved equivalent materials, as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge, at no extra cost to the owner.
4.5
In case of pressure piping, the trench shall be excavated generally as to provide a cover of
1000 mm or dia of pipe whichever is more. In case of gravity sewers/ pipes, the trench shall
be excavated to conform to invert levels as per drawings. However in certain cases, the pipes
may run at shallower levels or at deeper levels depending upon drawing, site condition etc.

Page 933 of 1178
- ENGINEERS
1611faeleift

EARTHWORK FOR UNDER
5` ar &Wig W' INDIA LIMITED
undertakm
GROUND PIPING
g
RWOW O. M30.1)
IA Govt of /We
No.
6-65-0006 Rev. 3
Page 5 of 7
No rebate for lesser excavations, nor extra payment due to deeper excavations, shall be
admissible in those cases where pipeline laying rates are inclusive of earthwork items. The
rates quoted shall be deemed to cover all works connected with trenching, whether trenches
are with single pipeline or have multiple pipelines in common trenches including road cutting
and making good the same.
4.6
The width of the trench shall be sufficient to give free working space of personnel,
equipment, supports and ancillaries on each side of the pipe. The free working space shall
conform to IS: 783. Generally it shall not be less than 150 mm on either side or 1/3 dia of
outer diameter of the pipe, whichever is greater.
4.7
When pipelines are running parallel, whether the trenching shall be individual or common,
shall be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge and such decision shall be final and binding on
the contractor. No extra shall be payable for common excavations.
4.8
All earthwork involved in excavations of all types of manholes, catch pits, valve chambers,
inspection chambers, chambers for instrumentation tapping etc., which are coming on the
alignment of U/G piping or as defined by drawing as a part of U/G piping work, shall be paid
extra under Earth work in excavation, back filling and removal of surplus earth etc. under
relevant clauses of the SOR.
4.9
Aspects such as variations in the soil conditions and the geological structure, depth of
excavation, the existence of ground water and surface water, the type and extent of
excavation, the topography of site, the proximity of items such as roads, buildings and buried
services, construction traffic and activities near the excavation eg. stock piling shall be taken
into account when determining whether the sides of excavation should be free standing,
sloping or temporary supported.
Suitable drainage and / or dewatering system like Well Point method / Bore well method etc.
shall be provided to prevent or limit ingress of surface or sub surface water into excavation.
Serviceable materials intended for reuse should be used as soon as possible after excavation
otherwise they should be stock piled at a location beyond 1.5m from the top edge of the
excavation or beyond a distance equal to the depth of the excavation whichever is higher at a
location approved by the Engineer-in-charge. If excavated serviceable material is not possible
to be stacked within the limits specified above, due to some constraint, it shall be stacked
away at a location approved by Engineer-in-Charge and paid separately under relevant item.
Areas used for temporary stockpiling of excavated material shall be kept clean and orderly,
with excavated material kept by the side of road to avoid traffic movement. Excavated areas
shall be restored to their original condition before completion of works.
All types of shoring and strutting, wherever necessary, shall be adopted to with hold the face
of earth or cutting in slope, as per site requirements and direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
Supports shall be maintained such that the integrity of the sides of the excavation is not
impaired.
4.10
Any obstacle encountered during excavation shall be reported immediately to the Engineerin-Charge and shall be dealt with as instructed.
4.11
The contractor shall maintain all excavated trenches and pits, in a dry and trim condition.
4.12
Necessary barricading and protection of slopes against slips due to traffic movement shall be
provided to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge. Necessary warning flags and lights shall
be provided to caution traffic in the areas where trenches and/ or pits are provided.

Page 934 of 1178

,
1,5-ifaeley ftENGINEERs
EARTHWORK FOR UNDER
INDIA
LIMITED
Ogar 51-e W Govt of India Underlakm)
GROUND PIPING
(AAPA ?WW1' =JAW)
4.13
No.
(A
6-65-0006 Rev. 3
Page 6 of 7
In case of road cutting, all road material i.e. metal etc., shall be taken out carefully and kept
separately for reuse and road work shall be redone up to the original level, as it was prior to
cutting the road, with the excavated road materials after laying and testing of the pipeline,
within 10 days from the date of starting this work, at the cost of the contractor. The contractor
shall provide suitable warning signs and barricades to prevent accidents.
Contractor shall also provide reasonable bye pass at his own cost when a road is cut for laying
pipeline. Tankage dykes cut due to laying of the pipes, shall be redone conforming to the
original specifications, by the Contractor at his own cost. Secondary dykes, to take care of
any eventuality during construction, shall be provided by the Contractor at his own cost.
4.14
Dewatering shall be done in advance of the installation of the pipe to allow adequate
inspection of padding of the bottom, if required. Dewatering shall be continued throughout
during installation and backfilling.
The trench shall follow the gradient of pipeline as specified in the drawing. The contractor
shall keep the trench in good condition, until the pipe is laid and tested. No extra claim shall
be entertained due to its caving or setting down, either before or after the pipe is laid.
In case, pipe is lowered in caved trench and backfilled before being inspected by the
Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor shall re-excavate the trench for inspection and backfill it
at his own cost.
5.0
BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION
Backfilling
Trenches shall be back filled with suitable materials which should be compacted to the same
degree or better as the surrounding soils.
5.1
The soil used should be selected and approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Suitable material can
be extracted from available excavated material. The soil should be free from rubbish, grass,
organic matter, stones, building waste and Black Cotton Soil etc. It should be free from clods
and hard lumps. In case good soil is not available from excavated material for back filling,
trench shall be filled back with locally available coarse sand upto 30 cm. thick above the pipe
and rest of trench shall be filled back with excavated soil upto required level.'
5.2
The filling should commence only after approval of Engineer-in-Charge is obtained and after
the structures or pipes to be buried are tested and approved. Otherwise, if required, contractor
shall uncover buried portion and refill at his own cost.
Temporary excavation supports should be removed as back filling and compaction proceeds,
such that unacceptable movement of the supported ground does not occur.
Voids caused by extracted supports should be filled and compacted.
5.3
Filling should be done in layers. Each layer should be not more than 15 cm thick when loose
and should be well rammed, with necessary watering, to obtain at least 90% of maximum
laboratory dry density.
Compaction trials should be carried out on each soil type to be placed in backfill, in order to
confirm the type of machine and number of passes required to obtain optimum compaction
for given soil moisture contents. These trials should also be used to determine the variability
of the proposed fill material for different weather conditions.

Page 935 of 1178
Igar 251-eg
eiMIVOA3a0F,1)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt
of India undenakm)

EARTHWORK FOR UNDER
GROUND PIPING
STANDARD S PECIFICATION
No .
6-65-0006 Rev. 3
Page 7 of 7
5.4
Care must be exercised to protect cables, pipes, joints, and other features from damage due to
backfilling and consolidation.
5.5
Filling should extend up to the level of original ground surface or as per drawing or as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The finished surface should be properly trimmed and
dressed. The adjoining area should be cleaned and no heaps of surplus earth should be left
out.
6.0
Unserviceable materials and serviceable materials not intended for re-use shall be removed
from the work site and disposed off at a location as approved by Engineer-in-charge.
The surplus earth is generated due to pipe laying, valve chambers, and manhole construction
etc. Surplus earth is also generated due to voids in the back filled volume of earth. The
removal of surplus earth shall include excavation, loading, transportation, dumping, stacking
or spreading, as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge.
7.0
PAYMENT
7.1
Unless specifically stated in the schedule of rates, no separate payment for earthwork in
excavation, backfilling, transportation, dewatering etc. shall be admissible and the payment
for the same is deemed to have been included in the relevant items of the contract.
7.2
In case payment for earthwork is specified separately in the Schedule of Rates, the payment
shall be based on the actual quantity of excavation, backfilling and transportation done, taking
into consideration the slopes authorised by the Engineer-in-Charge for excavation, volume of
backfilling calculated on the basis of excavation reduced by the volume of pipes.
7.3
In cases where hard rock excavation is involved, the matter shall be referred to Engineer-inCharge, before proceeding with the work.

Page 936 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
evemetrshAtstrtvt)
IA Govt of India
Undertangi
No.
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
PAVEMENTS (UPTO WBM LAYER)
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 1 of 11
1-A.
ti chlY9-
Fa1:1411
(seri, At. 7i.
Hirictl
Tffib)
FOR ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
Ca r
7
24.06.13
REVISED AND ISSUED AS STD. SPEC.
RBT
RS
12.03.08
GAURAV
RKS
NK
VC
11.04.01
RC
PCS
MMK
MI
15.11.99
RB
PCS
MMK
AS
Purpose
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Standards
Committee
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Rev.
No
Date
DM
Approved by
Page 937 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
254-eg
1.4FR
cwanc,
1,10,137.1)
IA Govt d India Undedaking)
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
No.
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 2 of 11
Abbreviations:
cm
Centimeter
IRC
IS
Indian Standard
mm
Millimeter
P.1
Plasticity Index
WBM
Water Bound Macadam

Convener:
Mr. R.B. Bhutda
Members:
Mr. Vipan Goel

Mr. R.K. Sharma
Mr. S. K. Naskar
Mr. Vinod Mahajan
Mr. Amitabh Kishore
Mr. Rajan ji Srivastava (Structural)
Mr. Harish Chandra (Piping)
Mr. B. R. Bhogal (Electrical)
Mr. Praveen Goel (Environment)
Mr. V S Chhhaya (Projects)

Page 938 of 1178
0 el
Ogar 1af54eg
I 4117P1 t'ic,
nte Ag JERIn 11
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA GoA of India Undertaking)
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
No.
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 3 of 11
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
REFERENCES
3.0
CONSTRUCTION OF EMBANKMENTS SUBGRADE AND SHOULDERS
4.0
FILLING WITH SAND/MURRUM
5.0
WATER BOUND MACADAM SUB BASE/BASE COURSE
6.0
CONSTRUCTION OF SHOULDERS OR BERMS
10
7.0
PAYMENT
10
Page 939 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
t.71 el
51g-ar tifleg
IA Gov! 01 India Undertaking)
1.0
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
No.
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 4 of 11
SCOPE
This specification covers the material and construction details for earthwork in filling for
embankments, filling with sand/murrum, WBM sub-base, WBM base course and shoulders for
roads and flexible pavements.
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1
2.2
Codes & Standards

IS: 460
Specifications for Test Sieves
IS 2430:
Methods for sampling of aggregates for concrete
IS: 2720
Methods of Test of Soil
IRC: 19
Standard Specification and Code of Practice for Water Bound

Macadam
IRC: 36
Recommended Practice for the Construction of Earth

Embankments for Road Works
Specifications
Specifications for Road and Bridge Works Ministry of Surface Transport (Road Wing)
NOTE: -Latest Edition of all Codes, Standards and Specifications shall be followed.
3.0 CONSTRUCTION OF EMBANKMENTS SUBGRADE AND SHOULDERS
3.1
Materials
Only those materials, considered suitable by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be employed for the
construction and that considered unsuitable shall be disposed off as directed by Engineer-inCharge at contractor's cost and no claim for compensation will be entertained. The Contractor
shall give the samples of earth, he proposes to use for filling along with the following
characteristics of the sample to Engineer-in-Charge prior to collection and use, for approval.
i)
Mechanical analysis or gain size analysis as per IS: 2720 Part IV.
ii)
Liquid limit as per IS: 2720 Part V.
iii)
Plastic limit as per IS: 2720 Part V.
iv)
Moisture density relationship as per IS: 2720 Part VIII.
The material (soil) used for filling shall be free from boulders, lumps, tree roots, rubbish or
any organic deleterious matter.
Material (soil) having plasticity index less than 20 shall be used for filling purposes. Soil
having laboratory maximum dry density of less than 1.5gm/cc shall not be used. Care shall be
taken to see that unsuitable waste material is disposed off in such a manner that there is no
likelihood of its getting mixed with the materials proposed to be used for filling.
The work shall be so planned and e:ecuted such that the best available material (soil) is
reserved for the top portion of embankment.
Page 940 of 1178

_11
ENGINEERS
Ogar fdWg
INDIA LIMITED
1.7271 eiem
c' 3,74,1)
3.2
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
No.
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 5 of 11
Filling and Compaction
3.2.1 The area where filling is to be placed must be cleared of all loose material and virgin soil
must be exposed. Such exposed surface must be consolidated properly to obtain 95% of
maximum laboratory dry density of the soil as per IS: 2720 Part VIII. All soft patches must
be worked out to remove the soft soil and selected approved earth must be filled back and
compacted.
3.2.2 Payment for the removal of loose top soil as described in clause 3.2.1 above shall be
included in the item for earthwork in filling. No separate payment for consolidation of
exposed ground surface will be made. The rate quoted for the earth fill shall be inclusive of
the cost of clearing and stripping, consolidation, including watering, testing etc. of the
exposed ground.
3.2.3 Approved fill material shall be spread in uniform layers not exceeding 20 cm in loose
depth for embankment filling. Shoulder construction shall be so organised as to keep pace
with the construction of different layers of the pavement, which may require earth fill
thickness less than 20 cm. All clods, lumps etc. shall be broken before compaction.
3.2.4 In general the soil shall be spread uniformly over the entire width of embankment or
shoulder as the case may be. For large embankments, the spreading of soil shall be as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
3.2.5 Successive layers of filling shall not be placed until the layer under construction has been
thoroughly compacted to satisfy the requirements laid down in this specification.
3.2.6 Prior to rolling, the moisture content of material shall be brought to within plus or minus
2% of the optimum moisture content as described in IS: 2720 - Part-VIII. The moisture
content shall preferably be on the wet side for potentially expensive soils.
3.2.7 After adjusting the moisture content as described in Clause 3.2.6, the layers shall be
thoroughly compacted by means of 8-10T rollers or equivalent vibratory rollers till 95% of
maximum laboratory dry density for embankment and 97% of maximum laboratory dry
density for sub-grade as per IS:2720 Part VIII is obtained.
3.2.8 Each layer shall be tested in field for density and accepted by Engineer-in-Charge subjected
to achieving the required density before laying the next layer. A minimum of one test per
500m2 area for each layer shall be conducted.
3.2.9 All type of rollers that should be employed for compaction shall be as per direction of
Engineer-in-Charge.
3.2.10 If the layer fails to meet the required density, it shall be reworked or the material shall be
replaced and method of construction altered as directed by Engineer-in-Charge to obtain the
required density.
3.2.11 The filling shall be finished in conformity with alignment, levels, cross-sections and
dimensions as shown in the drawings.
3.2.12 Extra material shall be removed and disposed off as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
Page 941 of 1178
7-t-iraelei
dgar feifiteg
iarrra eira(refIRJW1.(11
3.3
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govf of Ind. Undenalf(A9(
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
No.
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 6 of 11
Tolerance
Embankment and shoulders for roads, units etc. shall be carried to within a tolerance of plus
minus 2.5 cm. from final lines but shall be to required grades and slopes.
4.0 FILLING WITH SAND/MURRUM

4.1
Sand having Plasticity Index 6 (Max) shall be used for filling. Sand for filling shall preferably
be locally available sand, clean and free from any chemical or other impurities. Murrum for
filling shall be clean and well graded. Sand/Murrum shall not contain any vegetation, organic,
clayey or other material and shall be obtained from a source approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
4.2
Murrum/Sand shall be spread in layers not exceeding 15 cm in loose thickness over the areas.
Each layer shall be uniform in density, quality of material and ' moisture content before
compaction. The moisture content shall be within two percent of the optimum moisture
content as per IS: 2720 Part VIII.
4.2.1
In case of pure sand, flooding with water is permissible.
4.3
Compaction of each layer shall be by mechanical means as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge. Only in accessible reaches shall be worked manually. Each layer shall be uniformly
compacted to obtain 85% relative density in case of sand and 95% of maximum laboratory dry
density in case of murram. If the material fails to achieve the required density, the layer shall
be reworked with necessary alteration in compaction, so that the required compaction is
obtained. A minimum of one test per 500 m2 area for each layer shall be conducted.
4.4
Subsequent layers shall be placed only after the layer already laid has been compacted to the
required density-and approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
4.5
The finished surface must be dressed to required grade and slope. Excess material must be
removed from compaction site, as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
5.0 WATER BOUND MACADAM SUB BASE/BASE COURSE

The sub-base course shall consist of one or more layers, each of 100 mm compacted
thickness.
The base course shall consist of one or more layers, each of 75 mm compacted
thickness.
5.1
Materials
5.1.1
Stone Aggregate for WBM
5.1.1.1 The coarse aggregates shall be hard, crushed or broken stone metal from quarries approved by
Engineer-in-Charge, it shall be hard durable and free from flat elongated, soft and
disintegrated particles. It shall not have excess of dirt and other objectionable matter. The
quality, size and grading of the coarse aggregate shall be conforming to IRC: 19.

Page 942 of 1178
Copyright EIL Ail rights reserved
faziei
$'1g-Ii Rateg
?iV,
firednosrawii
a)
b)
c)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
No.
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 7 of 11
The grading of the coarse aggregates for the sub-base course shall be as below:
Size Range
Sieve
Designation
(IS: 460)
% by weight
passing the sieve
90mm to 45mm
Grade-I
125mm
90mm
63mm
45mm
22.4mm
100
90-100
25-60
0-15
0-5
The grading of the coarse aggregate for the base course shall be as below:
Size Range
Sieve
Designation
(IS: 460)
by weight
passing the sieve
63mm to 45mm
Grade-2
90mm
63mm
53mm
45mm
22.4mm
100
90-100
25-75
0-15
0-5
Physical requirement of coarse aggregates for sub-base course shall be as below:

i)
ii)
d)
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
Los Angles Abrasion Value

or
Aggregate Impact Value
60% (Maximum)
50% (Maximum)
Physical requirement of coarse aggregates for base course shall be as below:

i)
ii)
Los Angles Abrasion Value

or
Aggregate Impact value
40% (Maximum)
Flakiness index value
15% (Maximum)
50% (Maximum)
Samples of test shall be representative of the material to be used and collected as

per IS: 2430.
5.1.1.2 The aggregates shall be unloaded at the road side on firm, well drained ground, as directed by
Engineer-in-Charge. The various grades shall be placed separately and contamination by earth
and other extraneous matter shall be prevented effectively.
5.1.2
Screenings
5.1.2.1 Screening to fill voids in the course aggregates shall, as far as possible be the same material as
the course aggregates where it is decided by the Engineer-in-Charge to use other materials, the
same shall be predominantly non plastic materials such as kankar nodules gravel (other than
river-borne rounded aggregate) or murrum provided that the liquid limit and plasticity index
of such material is below 20 and 6 respectively and the fraction passing 75 micron sieve does
not exceed 10 percent.
Page 943 of 1178
fg-ar 051-eg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
Grading Requirement of Screening

Sieve Designation
Size of
Screening
(IS: 460)
13.2mm
No.
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 8 of 11
Percentage by Weight
Passing the Sieve
13.2mm
100
11.2mm
95-100
5.6mm
15-35
180micron
0-10
This grading, however, shall not be mandatory, in case either murrum or gravel is used as
screening.
For procurement of quantities for course aggregates and screenings required for 100mm and
75mm compacted thickness of WBM sub base course and base course shall be as per the
IRC- 19
5.1.3
Binding Material
Binding material, to prevent revelling of WBM, shall consist of fine grained material
possessing P.I value up to 6.
Application of binding material shall not be necessary where murrum or gravel is used as
screenings.
Binding material shall be obtained from quarries/ sources approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
5.2
Laying of WBM
5.2.1 Spreading Course Aggregates

5.2.1.1 The sub grade or sub-base to receive WBM course shall be prepared to the required grade and
camber. Before starting with WBM construction, side shoulders shall be constructed in
advance to a thickness corresponding to the compacted layer of the WBM course for lateral
confinement of aggregate. After shoulders are ready, their inside edge shall be trimmed
vertical to receive the aggregate. The practice of constructing WBM in a trench section
excavated on the embankment/formation must be avoided.
5.2.1.2 The coarse aggregate shall be spread uniformly and evenly on the prepared base in required
quantities from the stacks. The aggregate shall be spread to proper profiles by using
templates across the road about 6 m apart.
5.2.1.3 The surface of the aggregate spread shall be carefully, trued up and all high or low spots
remedied by removing or adding aggregate as may be required. The surface shall be
checked from time to time, during the spreading and rolling of the coarse aggregate to
ensure a finished surface without variation greater than 12 mm, when a 3 meter long straight
edge is laid parallel to centre line of the road.
5.2.1.4 The WBM layer shall be tested by depth blocks. No segregation on large or fine particle
shall be allowed and the coarse aggregate as spread shall be of uniform gradation with no
pocket of fine materials.
5.2.1.5 The coarse aggregate shall not be spread in lengths more than 3 days average work in
advance of the rolling, spreading murrum and bonding of the preceding section.
5.2.2
Rolling Road Metal
5.2.2.1 Immediately following the spreading of the coarse aggregates, it shall be compacted to full
width by rolling with either three wheeled power roller of 8 to 10 tonne weight or equivalent
vibratory roller true to the line and camber as shown in the drawing. The course shall not
Page 944 of 1178
rezlialfaaeg
,114,11 ,1313,70.4)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
fF GoN of India Undertaking)
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
No.
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 9 of 11
be rolled when the sub-grade is soft or yielding or the rolling causes a wave like motion in
the base course or sub-grade. When rolling develops irregularities that exceed 12mm when
tested with a 3 meter straight edge, the irregular surface shall be loosened and then
aggregate added to or removed from it as required and the area rolled until it gives uniform
surface conforming to the desired cross-section and grade. The surface shall also be
checked transversely by template and any irregularities corrected as above. The use of
murrum to make up depression shall not be permitted.
5.2.2.2 The rolling shall begin from edges with roller running forward and backward until the edges
have been firmly compacted. The rolling shall then progress gradually from edges to the
centre parallel to the centre line of the road lapping uniformly each preceding rear wheel
track by one half width and shall continue until the entire area of the course has been rolled
by the rear wheel. On the super elevated portions of road, the rolling shall commence from
the lower edge and progress gradually towards the upper edge of the road.
5.2.2.3 Rolling shall be discontinued when aggregate are thoroughly keyed and creating of stone
wheel of roller is no longer visible partially compacted with sufficient void space in them to
permit application of screenings. Slight sprinkling of water may be done if required.
5.2.3
Application of Screening
5.2.3 After the coarse aggregate has been rolled as described in Clause 5.2.2, screenings shall be
applied uniformly and gradually over the surface to completely fill the interstices. Dry rolling
shall be continued while the screenings are being spread so that the jarring effect of the roll
will cause them to settle into the voids of the coarse aggregates.
5.2.3.2 The screenings shall not be dumped in piles on coarse aggregate but shall be spread uniformly
in successive thin layers either by the spreading motion of hand shovels or by mechanic
spreaders.
5.2.3.3 The screenings shall be applied at a uniform and slow rate (in three or more applications so as
to ensure filling of all voids. Rolling and brooming shall continue with the spreading of the
screenings. Either mechanical brooms or hand brooms or both may be used. In no case shall
the screenings be applied so fast and thick as to form cakes or ridges on the surface
making the filling of voids difficult or preventing the direct bearings of the roller on the coarse
aggregates. The spreading, rolling and brooming of screenings shall be performed on sections
which can be completed within one day's operation and shall continue until no more
screenings can be forced into the voids of the coarse aggregates. Damp and wet screening
shall not be used under any circumstances.
5.2.3.4 The quantity of screenings used shall be such as to fill all voids in the water bound
macadam courses.
5.2.4
Sprinkling and Grouting
5.2.4.1 After spreading the screening, the surface shall be copiously sprinkled with water, swept and
rolled. Hand brooms shall be used to sweep the wet screenings into voids and to distribute
them evenly. The sprinkling, sweeping and rolling shall be continued and additional
screenings applied where necessary until the coarse aggregates are well compacted and grout
of screenings and water form a wave ahead of wheels of the roller. Care shall be taken to see
that the base of the sub-grade does not get damaged due to the addition of the excessive
quantity of water during the construction.
Page 945 of 1178
ogar temeg
1.112,1 217,
7,
7F JP05111
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
A
Govt of India Undertalong)
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
No.
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 10 of 11
5.2.5 Application of Binding Material

5.2.5.1 After the application of screenings as described above, the binding material shall be applied at
a uniform and slow rate (in two or more successive thin layers) so as to ensure filling of all
voids.
After each application of binding material, the surface shall be copiously sprinkled with water
and the resulting slurry swept in with hand brooms/ mechanical brooms or both so as to fill the
voids properly. This shall be followed by rolling with a 8-10 tone roller during which water
shall be applied to the wheels to wash down the binding material that may get stuck to them.
The spreading, rolling and brooming of binding material shall be performed on sections which
can be completed within one day's operation and shall continue until no more binding material
can be forced into the voids of the coarse aggregates and until the slurry of the binding
material and water forms a wave ahead of the wheels of moving roller. Damp and wet binding
material shall not be used under any circumstances.
5.2.5.2 The quantity of binding material used shall be such as to fill all voids in the water bound
macadam.
5.2.6
Setting and drying

After final compaction of the course, the layer shall be allowed to dry overnight. Next
morning, hungry spots shall be filled with screenings or binding material as directed, lightly
sprinkled with water if necessary and rolled. No traffic shall be allowed on the road until the
macadam has set.
5.2.7
Subsequent layers of WBM

Before laying the subsequent layers of WBM, the surface shall be scarified and reshaped to
the required camber and profile, and all ruts, depressions, pot holes etc. made good. The
second layer shall be laid after the surface preparation is approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
The specification and mode of measurement for subsequent layers of WBM will be similar
to that described before.
6.0 CONSTRUCTION OF SHOULDERS OR BERMS

6.1
After the WBM course is laid and compacted, the existing surface at side berms or shoulders
of the roadway must be scarified. Fresh quantity of approved earth must be spread in layers
for building up of berms upto the required level and scope.
The earth must be consolidated by at least three passes of an 8-10 tonne road roller. The edges
must be well compacted by suitable means to prevent edge slips and the work properly
trimmed and dressed.
7.0 PAYMENT
7.1
Filling in embankment, sub grade and shoulders
7.1.1 Payment for filling shall be made on cubic meter of volume calculated on the basis of cross
section plotted from the level of the ground surface prepared as described in clause 3.2
above and from where filling is to be carried out and the levels reached after filling and due
consolidation.
7.1.2 Rates for embankment, shoulder or fill formation shall include cost of breaking clods,
watering, consolidation, providing testing apparatus and testing the degree of consolidation,
providing and operating, including POL and operator charges of necessary road rollers and
other equipment, dressing and levelling of sides and top surfaces etc.
Page 946 of 1178
51g-ar tlf5rdg
1.2M eiemirl?1,
1,0151,,i)
7.2
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
FOR
ROADS AND FLEXIBLE
No.
6-65-0018 Rev. 7
Page 11 of 11
Filling with sand / murrum
Payment for sand/murrum filling shall be made on the basis of volume of fill, after
placement and compaction. The rate quoted shall include cost of sand/murrum, royalties,
transportation, handling, compacting, watering, testing at various stages, dressing, removal
of surplus material and any other work incidental to this.
7.3
Water Bound Macadam Sub Base/ Base Course
Paying for laying WBM shall be made on square meter basis of each layer of WBM laid,
measured after consolidation and finishing. Rate shall include supply of all materials, royalty,
taxes, handling, transportation, spreading metal in layers, including screenings,
consolidation by power roller, binding with murrum or other approved binding material,
cost of carrying the material to work for all leads and lifts, providing and running roller
etc. complete as per specifications and satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
7.4
Subsequent layers of WBM

Payment for surface preparation, rectification of damaged portions of Proceeding layers of
water bound macadam and filling in ruts and depressions shall be made in M2 or M3 as %
per schedule of items. Payment for subsequent layer of WBM shall be made on M2 basis as
per Cl. No.5.2.6.
7.5
The payment clause indicated above are not applicable in case of LSTK Jobs
Page 947 of 1178
ENGINEERS
Ifgzx idtaljtu
INDIA LIMITED
ailZ7V AVOW (1513W771)
FOR CONCRETE PAVEMENT
No.
6-65-0019 Rev. 3
IA Govt Wide Undertaking)
Page 1 of 10
-ftr-4-RT
(2141
FOR
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
tV"4--ALOK
RS
GG
SKC
VDS
PCS
RJAIN
MMK
RP
RPB
HVR
RCPC
Standards
Committee
GM
(Engg)
Standards
Bureau
23.05.11
20.01.05
15.7.98
31.3.82
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Prepare Checked
d by
by
VK
DM
SKG
ASONI
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by

Page 948 of 1178
If ar fad&
g
Owen erenwa aa avidna)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Gout of India undettaiong)
FOR
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
No.
6-65-0019 Rev. 3
Page 2 of 10
Abbreviations:
BS
British Standard
IRC
IS
Indian Standard
MS
Mild Steel
PCC
RCC
WBM :
Water Bound Macadam

Convener:
Mr. R. B. Bhutda
Members:
Mr. Vipan Goel

Mr. D.C. Brahma
Mr. R.K. Sharma
Mr. S. K. Naskar
Mr. Raju Chutani
Mr. P.K. Mittal (Strl)
Mr. U.A. Patro (Electrical)
Mr. J. K. Joshi (Environment)

Page 949 of 1178
Og eir efinlanan.3n/anIO
tiOleg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
In Go..4 d India Undertaking)
FOR
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
No.
6-65-0019 Rev. 3
Page 3 of 10
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
REFERENCE CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS
3.0
MATERIALS
4.0
GRADES, TYPE OF CONCRETE MIX, PROPORTIONING AND BATCHING
5.0
EQUIPMENTS
6.0
PREPARATION OF SUB GRADE
7.0
PREPARATION OF SUB BASE
8.0
FORMS
9.0
REINFORCEMENT, MIXING & PLACING OF CONCRETE
10.0
JOINTS
11.0
OPENING TO TRAFFIC
12.0
METHOD AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT

Page 950 of 1178
Itar(",,Mtafanaand,an
Eligtau
1.0
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of India Undenakingi
FOR
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
No.
6-65-0019 Rev. 3
Page 4 of 10
SCOPE
This specification establishes the requirements of material, laying and finishing of concrete
pavements.
2.0
REFERENCE CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS

IS: 456
Plain and Reinforced Concrete-Code of Practice.
IS: 1834
Specification for Hot Applied Sealing Compounds for Joints in

Concrete.
IS: 1838, Part-1
Specification for Preformed Fillers for Expansion Joints in Pavements

and Structures (Non Extruding and Resilient Type): Part 1 Bitumen
Impregnated Fibre.
IS: 2720, Part-8
Method of Test for Soils-Part 8: Determination of Water Content-Dry

Density Relation Using Heavy Compaction.
IS: 9214
Method of Determination of Modulus of Sub-grade Reaction (k

value) of Soils in the Field.
6-65-0018
Standard Specification for Roads and Flexible Pavement (Upto WBM

Layer)
6-68-0002
Technical Specification - Civil & Structural Works - Materials.
6-68-0004
Technical Specification - Civil & Structural Works Plain and

Reinforced Cement Concrete.
7-65-0404
RCC Pavement Details
In case of conflict between the Clauses mentioned in this Specification and those in above
Codes and Specifications, this Specification shall govern.
3.0
3.1
MATERIALS
Material for Cement Concrete viz. Cement, Sand, Coarse and Fine aggregate and water,
Reinforcements Bars, Embedment, Inserts and Admixture etc. shall be as described in EIL
Specification no. 6-68-0002.
3.2
Material for WBM shall be as described in ELL Specification no. 6-65-0018.
4.0
GRADES, TYPE OF CONCRETE MIX, PROPORTIONING AND BATCHING
4.1
The grades of concrete shall be as per standard.
4.2
Specification for Concrete mix, Mix Proportioning and Batching shall be as described in EIL
Specification no. 6-68-0004 and IS: 456.
5.0
EQUIPMENTS
All equipments like sub grade templates, hand tempers, vibrating screens, internal vibrators,
longitudinal floats, bridges, push brooms, straight edges, edging tools etc. shall be on the
worksite in first class working condition and shall have been inspected by the Engineer-inCharge before paving operations are permitted to start. Throughout the construction period,
the contractor shall maintain adequate equipment in first class working conditions to ensure
the proper execution of the work.

Page 951 of 1178
lafaleg W INDIAIndiaLIMITED
Oges
iafferr zietoreCOIJOCISal)
Undertaking)
(A Govt al
FOR
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
No.
6-65-0019 Rev. 3
Page 5 of 10
6.0
PREPARATION OF SUB GRADE
6.1
The area where concrete is to be placed must be cleared of all loose material and virgin soil
must be exposed. Such exposed surface must be consolidated properly to obtain 95% of
Maximum Laboratory Dry Density of the soil. All soft patches must be worked out to remove
the soft soil and selected approved earth must be filled back and compacted.
6.2
For areas, where pavement is to be laid on cutting / natural grade level, Sub grade shall be
thoroughly compacted to 95% of laboratory dry density as per IS: 2720 Part VIII. For filled
up areas, top 450 mm of the soil shall be compacted to 95% of laboratory dry density below
pavement in layers of 150 mm.
6.3
The difference between the sub grade levels of Type-I, Type-II and Type-III Concrete
pavements (due to difference in thickness of Type-I, Type-II and Type-III pavements) shall be
achieved by stripping the grade level and not by filling. Hence, site-grading level below
pavement shall be kept up to sub grade level of Type-II or Type-III as the case may be, to
avoid filling of smaller thickness at later stage.
6.4
The sub grade or sub base for laying of the concrete pavement shall comply with the following
requirements:
6.4.1
No soft spots shall be present in the sub grade.
6.4.2
The uniformly compacted sub grade or base course shall extend at least 300mm on either side
of the area to be concreted.
6.4.3
The sub grade shall be properly drained.
6.4.4
The minimum modules of sub grade in wet condition, reaction obtained with a Plate Bearing
Test as per IS: 9214, shall be 6.0 Kg/cm2/cm.
6.4.5
Sub grade shall be prepared to the lines and grades to match with the slope of pavement as
shown on the drawings.
7.0
PREPARATION OF SUB BASE
7.1
WBM under Type-1 Pavement (Ref. EIL Standard Drawing No. 7-65-0404)
WBM Base Coarse shall consist of 2 layers of WBM Gr.-II, each of 75mm compacted
thickness, as per IRC-19 and described in EIL Specification no. 6-65-0018.
7.2
PCC 1:5:10 under Type-II and Type-III Pavement (Ref. EIL Standard Drg. No. 7-65-0404).
73
PCC 1:5:10 in sub base layer shall be as described in EIL Specification no. 6-68-0004.
7.4
Sub Base layer shall be prepared to the lines and grades to match with the slope of pavement
as shown on the drawings.
7.5
No concrete shall be placed around manholes or other structures until they have been brought
to required grade and alignment. All sides of manholes / pits etc. shall have same elevation.
7.6
The sub base layer shall be in moist condition at the time of concrete placement.

Page 952 of 1178
2154eg
141,271AMIVLBIJ92,01)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
FOR
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
No.
6-65-0019 Rev. 3
Page 6 of 10
8.0
FORMS
8.1
All side Forms shall be of mild steel unless use of wooden sections is specially permitted. The
steel forms shall be of MS channel sections and their depth shall be equal to thickness of the
pavement. The sections shall have a length of at least 3.0m except on curves, where shorter
sections may be used. These forms should be provided with ample bracing and supports to
prevent the springing of the forms under the concrete pressure or thrust of machinery
operating nearby.
8.2
The forms should be in a sufficient number and they should not be removed until concrete has
hardened sufficiently.
8.3
In case wooden forms are permitted, these shall have minimum base width of 100 mm for
150mm or lesser thick slabs and 150mm for 200mm thick slabs.
9.0
REINFORCEMENT, MIXING & PLACING OF CONCRETE
9.1
Laying of Reinforcement
All reinforcement work shall confirm to IS: 456 and as described in EIL Specification no.
6-68-0004.
9.2
Mixing
Mixing shall be as described in EIL Specification no. 6-68-0004.
9.3
Placing
9.3.1
The place where concrete is to be poured should be clean and free from all loose dirt, wooden
pieces, dust, standing water etc.
9.3.2
Walking on reinforcement layers is not permissible. Walkways of wooden planks or similar

material can be placed with removable supports and should be independent of the
reinforcement. The reinforcement position should not be disturbed nor should it sag during
carriage and placement of concrete.
9.3.3
Placing and vibration should not take totally more than 20 minutes from time of mixing.
Method of placing should be got approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Segregation during
carriage and placement should be avoided. If during carriage concrete segregates, it should be
remixed before placement.
9.3.4
Concrete should not be dropped from a height of over 1.5m.
9.3.5
To ensure bond and water tightness between old concrete surface and fresh concrete to be
placed, the surface should be cleaned and roughened by "initial green cut" by wire brushing or
chipping. The initial green may be done by wire brush after 6 hours of placing concrete in
order to facilitate the work. Chipping can be done only after 48 hours. A layer of cement
slurry with 1:1 mix (1 cement: 1 sand) should be poured to obtain a uniform coating on old
concrete. Immediately thereafter, the fresh concrete should be poured.
9.3.6
Concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use and shall be deposited on the
sub-grade in a single operation to the required depth and width of the pavement. Spreading
shall be as uniform as possible to avoid re-handling of concrete. Where however, a certain
amount of redistribution is necessary, it shall be done with shovels and not with rakes.
Concrete shall be vibrated with internal vibrators. Concrete shall be placed continuously until
completion of the part of the work between construction joints or as directed by Engineer-in-

Page 953 of 1178
Of51-ze
Ogeir
Mieg
WWI FIRIA0M3W1171)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ot india Undertaking)
FOR
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
No.
6-65-0019 Rev. 3
Page 7 of 10
Charge continuously until completion of the part of the work between construction joints or as
directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
9.3.7
Placing in inclement weather

All precautions shall be taken for concreting in extreme weather in accordance with the
relevant clauses of IS: 456. Due protection shall be provided to prevent cement being blown
away while proportioning and mixing during windy weather. No concreting shall be carried
out in continuous heavy rains. Necessary arrangements to cover the freshly poured concrete
shall be provided, to protect it from the direct rays of the sun and from drying winds.
9.3.8
All concreting placement should be co-coordinated with placement of conduits, inserts,

embedded parts etc. executed either by same agency or separately.
9.3.9
Concrete shall be laid in panels as shown in the standard drawing or as directed by Engineerin-Charge.
9.4
Compaction & Finishing
9.4.1
Compaction
The surface of the pavement shall be compacted either by means of power driven finish
machine or a vibrating hand screed. For areas where width of the pavement is very small,
hand consolidation and finishing shall be done as follows:
9.4.1.1 Concrete as soon as placed, shall be struck off uniformly and screeted to the crown and crosssection shown on the plans and to such level above the base that when compacted and
finished, the pavement shall conform to the grade and cross-section indicated by the plans.
The entire surface shall then be tamped until a close-knit dense surface is obtained.
9.4.1.2 The Tamper shall rest on the side forms and shall be drawn ahead with a swing motion in
combination with a series of lifts and drops alternating with lateral shifts The aim of this
operation is compaction and screeding to the approximate level required. Subsequent tamping
should advance 75 mm at a time in the direction in which the work is proceeding and in final
stages, the tamping should be closer, about 12 mm at a time, until a level and dense surface is
obtained.
9.4.1.3 If so directed by Engineer-in-charge, hand operated vibrating tamper consisting of normal type
of hand tamper attached to a pneumatic or electric vibrating unit shall be used for compaction.
9.4.1.4 Segregated particles of coarse aggregate, which collect in front of the tamper, shall be thrown
outside the forms or thoroughly mixed by hand with a mass of concrete already on the base.
9.4.1.5 Compaction by tamping shall be carried on till the mortar in the mix just works up to the
surface. The surface shall be examined after compaction correction. If needed correction
shall be made by adding or removing concrete, followed by further compaction and finishing.
9.4.2
Floating
As soon as practicable, after concrete has been struck off and compacted, it shall be further
smoothened and compacted by means of a longitudinal float, 1200 mm long and 75 mm wide,
operated from a foot bridge.

Page 954 of 1178
0 el
ligz1T 'Meg
eietrw
10.271
9.4.3
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ol Inda Undotalong)
161.3,1011)
FOR
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
No.
6-65-0019 Rev. 3
Page 8 of 10
Straight Edging
After floating is completed and excess water removed but while concrete is still plastic, the
slab surface shall be tested for trueness with a straight edge and rectified, if necessary.
9.4.4
Brooming
After belting and as soon as surplus water has risen to the surface, the pavement shall be given
a broom finish to produce corrugations of uniform appearance of not more than 1/16 inch in
depth.
9.4.5
Edging
Before the concrete has its initial set, the edges shall be carefully finished with an edger of the
radius required and pavement edge shall be left smooth and true to line.
9.5
Curing
Curing of concrete shall be as described in EL Specification no. 6-68-0004.
10.0
JOINTS
10.1
Wherever called for on the drawings, expansion joints, construction joints and sealing joints
shall be provided as per details indicated in the drawing and as directed by Engineer-inCharge.
10.2
Sealing of Joints
10.2.1 After the curing, the temporary seal or other intruded materials of all expansion and
contraction joints shall be removed completely and the slots filled with approved joint sealing
compound as conforming to IS: 1834, Type B. The filler material for Expansion and Sealing
joints shall be preformed fillers of Bitumen Impregnated Fiber, conforming to IS: 1838, Part-I.
10.2.2 The edges of the joints shall be thoroughly cleaned and primed with a thin bituminous paint,
which shall be allowed to dry before the sealing compound is applied.
10.2.3 The primer shall be applied with a brush. The compositjon of primer shall be as follows:
Name of Material
3.
Percent by weight
200-Penetration Bitumen
Blended
66
Light creosote oil

Hot/ Cold
14
Solvent Naphtha
20
The bitumen shall be melted and fluxed with oil. When cold, solvent Naphtha shall be added.
BITUMINOUS emulsion shall not be used as primers. Care shall be taken to ensure that the
sealing compound is not heated above 200C and the temperature does not exceed 180C for
long periods.

Page 955 of 1178
Ogex tal
eg
I AIM FIEWAV 031.37}7171)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Ind. Undertaking)
FOR
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
No.
6-65-0019 Rev. 3
Page 9 of 10
10.2.4 Sealing compound shall be poured into the joint opening in such a manner that the material
will not be spilled on the exposed surface of the concrete. When required to prevent pick up
under traffic, the exposed surface of the sealing compound shall be dusted with hydrated lime.
11.0
OPENING TO TRAFFIC
11.1
Traffic shall not be allowed for a period of 28 days after laying of concrete in pavement.
11.2
Before opening the pavement to traffic, all joints shall be filled and trimmed or topped out as
required.
11.3
Sampling, testing and acceptance of concrete work shall be according to IS: 456-2000
12.0
METHOD AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT
12.1
Plain and Reinforced Concrete
12.1.1 Payment for plane and reinforced concrete in pavements shall be made on cubic metre basis of
the volume of the actual finished work done and shall be inclusive of cost of providing Forms,
Pockets, Chamfers, Fillets, Grooves, Cement wash, Curing by normal moist curing or using
curing compound etc. as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. The rates shall be deemed to include
complete cost of getting the respective mix designs approved, making and testing concrete
cubes and carrying out other tests including tests of various ingredients, as per specifications
and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
12.1.2 No separate payment shall be made for any admixture used by the contractor for accelerating
or retarding the strength of concrete or for achieving specified workability / water tightness.
The rate quoted shall be deemed to be inclusive of all costs related to any such additive /
admixture.
12.1.3 The rate shall however be exclusive of reinforcement, metal inserts, pipe sleeves and any filler
material in expansion / sealing joints.
12.1.4 Where the strength of concrete mix (nominal or design mix) as indicated by tests, lies in
between the strengths of two grades given in Table-1 of EIL Specification No. 6-68-0004 and
it is accepted by owner/Engineer-in-charge, such concrete shall be classified as a grade
belonging to the lower of the two grades between which it lies. In case the cube strength
shows higher results than those specified for the particular grade of the concrete, it shall not be
placed in the higher grade nor shall the Contractor be entitled for any extra payment on such
account. The concrete giving lower strength than specified may be accepted at reduced rates
after satisfying the safety of the structure by checking it with tests as specified or rejected
entirely at the discretion of the Engineer-in Charge. The rejected concrete shall be dismantled
at no extra cost to the owner and no payment or extension of time shall be granted for the
concrete so rejected and the formwork and reinforcement used for the same. Cost of any
material supplied by the Owner free of cost shall be recovered from the contractor at double
the prevailing market rate. In case the concrete of lower strength can be improved by carrying
out some strengthening measures entirely at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge, then
Contractor shall carry out the said measures including all related tests at his own cost. If the
Contractor is able to make up the strength to the required grade by such improvement
measures to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge, payment shall be made for the grade
achieved. However, if the strength of concrete is not made up to the strength of required grade,
payment shall be made only for the lower strength if such concrete is accepted by the
Engineer-in-Charge.

Page 956 of 1178
OPTie?
ENGINEERS
eir fatae INDIA LIMITED
g
(NR71 eieWle0A.3, 11:1174)
FOR
CONCRETE PAVEMENT
No.
6-65-0019 Rev. 3
Page 10 of 10
12.1.5 Deductions for openings, pockets etc. shall be as specified in relevant Indian Standard Codes.
12.2
Reinforcement
12.2.1 Payment for plain round mild steel reinforcement bars and high strength deformed steel bars
shall be on the basis of weight of bare steel, irrespective of any coating applied, in metric tons.
The weight of the bar shall be derived from the sizes and corresponding unit weights given in
hand book of Bureau of Indian Standards. Standard hook length, chairs, spacer bars and
authorised laps only shall be included in the weight calculated. Binding wire shall not be
weighed nor otherwise measured. Measurement for weight shall not include cutting allowance
etc.
12.2.2 Rate quoted for reinforcement shall include cost of supplying, decoiling, straightening,
cleaning, cutting, bending, placing, binding, welding if required, and providing necessary
cover blocks of concrete.
12.3
Joints
Payment for expansion joints, construction joints and sealing joints shall be made on running
metre basis. The rate shall include cleaning of joints, filler material and sealing with approved
compound, all material, labour etc. complete, as per drawing.

Page 957 of 1178
aft
w
ENGINEERS
Zga E15Ieg
\WW
:
LJMITED
'
Irm
Go a of Fail umen*VOI
FOR
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS WITH
BITUMEN PREMIX CARPET
saili crti mile
No.
6-65-0020 Rev. 3
Page 1 of 9
Ita 71:Er
th71
Trri-w -Wu
FOR
r\
fr)"jt
19.09.12
REVISED & ISSUED AS STD. SPEC
RC
VK
DM
KUMAR
14.03.08
GAURAV
RKS
NK
VC
15.02.98
RBB
NKT
MMK
A SONI
RP
RPB
HVR
AK
0
Rev.
No
Date

Page 958 of 1178
Purpose
Prepared Checked
by
by
Standards
Committee
Convenor
CGM
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
ENGINEERS
tg- 1T1851egire, INDIA LIMITED
a
..P2n e lane aTrir ll
IA Grart of Ma Undertang)

No.
6-65-0020 Rev. 3
Page 2 of 9
Abbreviations:
cm/yr
Centimeter per year
IRC
IS
Indian Standard
Kg
Kilogram
Kg/m2Kilogram per Square Meter

m
Meter
mm
Millimeter
MOST
Ministry of Surface Transport
M3
Cubic Meter
m2
Square Meter

Convener:
Mr. R.B. Bhutda
Members:
Mr. Vipan Goel

Mr. R.K. Sharma
Mr. S. K. Naskar
Mr. Vinod Mahajan
Mr. Amitabh Kishore
Mr. P.K. Mittal (Structural)
Mr. Sushil Sadh (Environment)

Page 959 of 1178
ISMa
g e ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
ittieW
oe. .FM17' Magarw)
(A Geri of in. Unclelleonal

No.
6-65-0020 Rev. 3
Pane 3 of 9
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE
2.0 REFERENCES
3.0 MATERIAL
4.0 QUANTITIES OF MATERIAL (PREMIX CARPET)
5.0 LAYING
6.0 TESTING
7.0 REMOVAL OF SURPLUS EARTH
8.0 BRICK PITCHING ON EMBANKMENT SLOPES
9.0 PAYMENT

Page 960 of 1178
ENGINEERS
51gar WiegW: INDIA LIMITED

o
al q n
Wn eRaW
1.0
a , 0
Govt of lotha Undettalon9)

No.
6-65-0020 Rev. 3
Page 4 of 9
SCOPE
This specification establishes the material, construction requirements and procedures for the
flexible pavement with open-graded bitumen premix carpet.
2.0
REFERENCES
2.1
Codes & Standards
2.2
IS: 73
Paving bitumen
IS: 217
Cut back bitumen
IS: 269
Ordinary Portland cement, 33 grade
IS: 2116
Sand for masonry mortars
IS: 8887
Bitumen emulsion for roads
IRC : SP : 11
Handbook of quality control for construction of Roads and Runways
IRC: 37
Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements
Specifications
Specifications for Road and Bridge Works Ministry of Surface Transport (Road Wing)
NOTE: -Latest Edition of all Codes, Standards and Specifications shall be followed.
3.0
MATERIAL
3.1
Coarse Aggregate
The aggregate shall consist of crushed stone of clean, hard, tough, durable rock of uniform
quality and shall be clean, free from excess of dust, flat or elongated pieces, soft or
disintegrated stone, clay or other deleterious matter. The size of aggregate shall be as
mentioned in the schedule of quantities. The aggregates shall conform to the physical
requirements specified in Table 500.3 of the MOST Specification except that the water
absorption shall be limited to 1% maximum.
3.2
Sand
The sand for seal coat shall consist of clean, hard, durable, uncoated, coarse dry particles and
shall be free from injurious amounts of dust, soft or flaky particles, organic matter or other
deleterious substances. The sand shall pass 2 36mm sieve and be retained on 180 micron
sieve.
3.3
Binder
For hot / moderate climate, bitumen shall be of VG 30 Grade (Substitute of Grade 60/70
penetration as per IS : 73) used to construct extra heavy duty pavement that need to endure
substantial traffic load. For cold climate (High altitude and snow bound regions), the bitumen
shall be of VG 10 (Substitute of Grade 80/100 penetration).
Physical and Chemical properties of Paving Bitumen shall be as per IS: 73. The bitumen shall
be collected in drums. Any leaking or damaged drum shall not be accepted.

Page 961 of 1178
laraae?
Sg7 tiolegs
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Go' of YvAi Underkikno

4.0
QUANTITIES OF MATERIAL (PREMIX CARPET)
4.1
For Premix Carpet 20mm thick

Material
1
i)
iii)
4.2
For Premix Carpet

per 100m2
2
Coarse Aggregate
12mm and down size
2.75m3
Bitumen
150 Kg
6-65-0020 Rev. 3
Page 5 of 9
For seal coat

per 100m2
3
68.3 Kg
Coarse sand as
sealing aggregate
0.6 m3

2
4.3
No.
Coarse Aggregate
12mm and down size
3.5m3
ii
Bitumen
185 Kg
iii)
Coarse sand as
sealing compound
68.3 Kg
0.6m3

1
iii)
iv)
Coarse aggregate 25mm

and down size
(For 35mm thick carpet 1 layer)
5.5m3

and down size (For 15mm
thick carpet layer)
2.0m3
Bitumen
For 35mm thick Carpet
(1 layer)
For 15mm thick Carpet
(H layer)
269 kg
Coarse sand as sealing

aggregate

Page 962 of 1178
68.3 kg.
110 kg.
0.6m3
INPIZETMENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Ilgar 1191Reg
Men PROW CURF9/
4.4
IA GOA of hclia Unclertz*.d)

No.
6-65-0020 Rev. 3
Page 6 of 9

1

thick, 1 layer)
8.5m3

thick, H layer)
3.5m3
Bitumen
a)For 50 thick I layer
b)For 25 thick H layer
375 kg
185 kg.
Coarse sand as sealing

aggregate
5.0
LAYING
5.1
Preparation of Road Surface
68.3 kg.
0.6m3
The existing surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, loose materials, caked mud and other
foreign matter with the help of wire brush, chisel, picks etc. before laying the tack course. The
cleaning shall be carried out in such a manner as to expose the stone metal to a depth of 1 to
2mm without dislodging the interlocking of the metal. All dust and other material thus
removed shall be carried away and dumped at suitable places as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge.
If pot holes or ruts are found on the existing road surface, these irregularities must be filled in
with premix chippings and well rammed about a week before the carpet is laid.
5.2
Tack Coat
5.2.1
The binder shall be heated to the temperature appropriate to the grade of cutback bitumen /
bituminous emulsion used and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge at the rate of 1 kg /m 2 by
means of sprayers and shall be spread uniformly. The normal range of spraying temperature
shall be 50 - 80 C for cutback of grade RC-70 / MC-70 and for bituminous emulsion 20 60 C.
5.2.2
The tack coat shall be applied just ahead, keeping pace with laying of premix carpet.
5.3
Preparation of Premix
5.3.1
Mechanical mixers shall be generally used for preparation of premix. Improvised hand mixing
drums may be used, if permitted by the Engineer-in-charge.
5.3.2
Stone chippings of specified size shall be thorou g hly mixed dry in the mixer at the rate
indicated above. Binder heated at a temperature 150C-163C and aggregates in the range of
155C-163C are added in the given proportions to the mixer drum and thorou g hly mixed till
the stone chips are completely coated with the binder. The discharge temperature of the mix
shall be between 130 C and 160 C.

Page 963 of 1178
safik,d a, EtsciNEERs
tifaleg ili, WA LIMITED

sTrar
.
uncienakm
g
1 1e Fle.e .M.7RIM/
(A Gort of WSW

No.
6-65-0020 Rev. 3
Page 7 of 9
5.3.3
The premix mixture shall be transported from mixing plant to the worksite in a suitable tripper
vehicles.
5.4
Spreading of Premix
The mix transferred from the tipper trucks at site to the paver shall be spread immediately by
means of self-propelled mechanical paver with suitable screeds capable of spreading, tamping
and finishing the mix true to the specified lines, grades and cross sections. Mix shall not be
applied to a wet surface or during a dust storm or when weather is foggy, rainy or windy or
when the temperature in the shade or the surface on which it is to be laid is below 10C or the
wind speed at any temperature exceeds 40 Km / hr at 2 m height.
The mix shall be spread in such a manner that after compaction, the required thickness of the
premix carpet is obtained. The camber should be checked by means of camber boards and
irregularities leveled out. .
However, in restricted locations and in narrow widths where the available paver cannot be
operated in the opinion of Engineer-in-Charge, manual laying of mix may be permitted.
5.5
Rolling
5.5.1
When the premix has been laid for a length of 15-20 meters, rolling shall be commenced with
tandem rollers (8 to 10 tonnes). Rolling should commence from edges and proceed towards
centre longitudinally except that on super elevated and unidirectional cambered portions, it
shall progress from the lower to the upper edge parallel to the centerline of the pavement. The
roller shall move at a speed not more than 5Km/hr.
5.5.2
The wheels of roller shall be continuously moistened to prevent the premix adhering to the
wheels and being picked up.
5.5.3
After the preliminary rolling and honey combing, high spot or depressions shall be rectified by
adding or removing the premix as per requirements and the surface shall be rolled again to
compaction. Camber shall be checked at every stage and any defects found shall be rectified.
Excessive rolling shall be avoided.
5.5.4
Rolling operation shall be completed in every respect before the temperature of the mix falls
below 100 C. Roller shall not remain stationary on freshly compacted surfaces.
5.6
Seal Coat
5.6.1
Seal Coat (For low rainfall areas - under 150 cm/yr)

A premix seal coat, mix preferably in a mechanical mixer after heating the sand should be
applied immediately after laying the carpet and rolled. Materials required for this seal coat are
as per clause 4.
5.6.2
Seal Coat (For high rainfall areas- over 150 cm/yr)

The material requirement for seal coat in high rainfall areas is as under:Binder VG 10
Coarse aggregates
6 3mm passing IS 10mm
Square mesh retained on
IS sieve 2.36mm

Page 964 of 1178
= 98 kg /100m2 of road surface
= 0.9m3/100m2 of road surface.

- ENGINEERS
ISIffifleq a
1@zfit:tattle; WA UMITED
1.1en Pleenea3aRD
IA SIM of hide Undertaking)

No.
6-65-0020 Rev. 3
Pa e8of 9
A liquid seal coat, preferably with chippings as above (though coarse sand can also be used)
should be applied after laying the carpet. The binder after being heated to permitted
temperature, should be applied to the cleaned surface, blinded with chippings and rolled.
Traffic may be allowed on the road preferably 24 hours after providing the seal coat.
6.0 TESTING
The following field tests shall be performed during the road construction
S. NO.
TEST FOR
Tack Coat
2
3
BINDER
TEMPERATURE
At regular interval
- 1 test in every
two hour
Pre
Mix At regular interval
1 test in every
carpet
two hour
At regular interval
Seal Coat
1 test in every
two hour
OF BITUMEN
RATE
OF CONTENT
SPREAD
BINDER
Two test per day
One test per 500 m2
area of road
One test per 500 m2
area of road
Minimum 2 test
per day as per IRC
: SP : 11
Minimum 2 test
per day as per IRC
: SP : 11
7.0
REMOVAL OF SURPLUS EARTH
7.1
Surplus earth and soil from excavation shall be removed from construction area to the area
demarcated by the Engineer-in-charge.
7.2
Payment shall be made only for lead beyond initial 50M from construction areas Rate shall
include loading, transportation, dumping, stacking the surplus earth and soil in the area
demarcated. Payment shall be made on cubic meter basis of the difference of measurements of
the volumes of the excavated pits and the measurements of the bacicfilling.
8.0
BRICK PITCHING ON EMBANKMENT SLOPES
8.1
Excavation
Trench shall be excavated / dressed true to line, section and grade as per drawings prior to
starting the pitching work.
8.2
Material
8.2.1
Bricks shall be locally available best bricks.
8.2.2
Cement, sand and water used shall be as per IS: 269 and 2116.
8.3
The concrete mix used for bedding shall be as per drawings and schedule of rates.
8.4
The work of pitching shall be done after the bottom concrete has been laid and sides properly
trimmed to the required grade and thoroughly compacted.
8.5
Brick pitching shall be done in 1:4 cement mortar using best quality locally available bricks.
8.6
Bricks shall be laid in herring bone pattern with their length at 45 to the length of the ditch as
shown in drawings

Page 965 of 1178

SaRCRitEN GINEERS
NINA
LIMITED
FLEXIBLE
PAVEMENTS WITH
It ar tafflegW:
I
No.
6-65-0020 Rev. 3
InorA ewala.0.0
Govt of W.. undenaluog/
Page 9 of 9
8.7
Mortar joints shall never exceed 6mm in thickness and all bricks shall be laid with vertical
joints quite full of mortar.
8.8
Bricks shall be soaked for a period of at least 12 hours immediately before use and no broken
and damaged bricks shall be used in any part of the work except as required to close any line
of bricks.
8.9
The face of pitching shall be made even and smooth.
8.10
The brickwork shall be raked and flush pointed with cement mortar 1:3 as specified.
9.0
PAYMENT
9.1
Bitumen Premix Carpet

Payment shall be made on sq.m. basis of fmished surface including all labour & materials as
per above specifications.
9.2
Brick Pitching
Payment for brick pitching shall be made on the basis of area paved. It shall include all
operations described above, except the excavation item.
9.3
The payment clause 9.1 and 9.2 are not applicable in case of LSTK Jobs

Page 966 of 1178
laitEJEth
ENGINEERS
gtir tatatwer INDIA LIMITED
low/
marewarrn)
IA GoA
at inda undatakm

UNDERGROUND AND ABOVE
GROUND G.1. PIPELINE SYSTEM
No.
6-65-0027 Rev. 4
(WATER SERVICES)
Page 1 of 5
afIT IT 'TR *. aut. 11114011

wind] Wff 1:ITETt * fR TETTW
'VFW
FOR
UNDERGROUND & ABOVE GROUND
GI. PIPELINE SYSTEM
(WATER SERVICES)
10.07.12
REVISED & ISSUED AS STD. SPEC.
12.03.08
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STD. SPEC.
15.07.98
1
0
Rev.
No
VK
KUMAR
DM
GAURAV
RK
NK
RC
PCS
MMK
ASoni
08.02.91
UPDATED & ISSUED AS STD. SPEC
PCS
RB
RPB
RNS
31.03.82
HC
RPB
HVR
RCPC
Standards
Prepared
Checked
by
GM
(ENGG)
Date

Page 967 of 1178
Purpose
by
CornmitteeC
onvenor
VC
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Copyright Ell_ PJI rights reserved
ale? i
azir faffleu v r
atb ENGINEERS
eRaWan
e INDIA LIMITED

GROUND G.I. PIPELINE SYSTEM
(WATER SERVICES)
6-65-0027 Rev. 4
Page 2 of 5
Abbreviations:
GI
Galvanised Iron
IS
Indian Standard
Kg/cm2 g
Kilogram per Square Centimeter Guage

Convener:
Mr. R.B. Bhutda
Members:
Mr. Vipan Goel

Mr. R.K. Sharma
Mr. S. K. Naskar
Mr. Vinod Mahajan
Mr. Amitabh Kishore

Page 968 of 1178

LIMITED
tlialeg'S INDIA
i.G&A oltndLiUndettaking)
1512a
- ege ENGINEERS
(WATER SERVICES)
6-65-0027 Rev. 4
Page 3 of 5
CONTENTS
SCOPE
2.0
CODES AND STANDARDS
3.0
MATERIALS
4.0
EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING ETC
5.0
JOINTING AND ERECTION OF GI PIPING SYSTEM
6.0
TESTING
7.0
PAYMENT
1.0

Page 969 of 1178
eia ea
$igzir 004eglar
l'"ê".""W"l)
1.0
ENGINEERS
INDIA UMITED
A Gan of India Undeilaiiinfil

(WATER SERVICES)
6-65-0027 Rev. 4
Page 4 of 5
SCOPE
This specification covers the fabrication and erection of GI pipeline system, both underground
and above ground, including excavation, backfilling for the pipeline and testing of completed
system.
2.0
CODES AND STANDARDS

IS: 554
IS: 778
IS: 1239 Part I
IS: 1239 Part II
Dimensions for pipe threads where pressure tight joints are made on
threads.
Copper alloy gate, globe and check valves for water works purposes.
Mild steel Tubes, Tubular and other wrought steel fittings.
Mild steel Tubes, Tubular and other Wrought Steel fittings. Mild steel
Sockets, Tubular and other Wrought steel pipe fittings.
NOTE: -Latest Edition of all Codes and Standards shall be followed.

3.0
MATERIALS
All G.I. piping shall conform to IS: 1239 part I.
All gun metal valves shall conform to IS: 778 Class II.
c) All G.I. fittings shall conform to IS: 1239 Part II.
The schedule of pipes & fittings shall be as per schedule of items under respective works.
4.0
EARTHWORK IN EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING ETC.

All earthwork for GI lines shall be governed by the provisions of EIL specification 6-650006,"Earthwork for underground piping", to the extent applicable. All earthwork in
excavation, backfilling and transportation are included in the quoted rates.
5.0
JOINTING AND ERECTION OF GI PIPING SYSTEM
5.1
Screw socket Joints.

The screwed end of all GI pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with a mixture of
Red and White Lead or Teflon before jointing. The joint shall be made by winding a few
threads of hemp round the ends of tubes and then screwing them into sockets to the full depth
of threads. Exposed threads shall be coated with approved anticorrosive paint. No pipe shall
be bent / offset to save fittings. The offset in GI pipes shall be made only after the permission
of the Engineer-in-Charge. If threaded end of pipe is damaged, the contractor shall cut the end
with hacksaw and shall prepare new threads conforming to IS: 554, to required length.
All fittings shall be malleable Galvanised Iron approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Fitting in
GI line shall include all couplings, elbows, tees, bends, unions, nipples, reducers, flanges with
nuts and rubber insertion and all other fittings to make a complete job.
5.2
Flanged Joints
Flanged joints shall be made by painting the faces of the flanges with red lead and bolting up
evenly on all sides with compressed asbestos gasket as per piping material specification.
5.3
Valves
Flanged or screwed valves shall be installed in locations shown on the drawings as per
specification for screwed or flanged joints.

Page 970 of 1178
1611fflaTre?alla ENGINEERS
Itgar El5Itg lit INDIA LIMITEDGROUND G.I. PIPELINE SYSTEM
of India IMO edikng }
6.0
(WATER SERVICES)
6-65-0027 Rev. 4
Page 5 of 5
TESTING
All completed GI piping shall be hydrostatically tested to a test pressure equal to one and a
half times the working pressure, as per job requirement (Minimum test pressure shall be
6Kg/Cm2 g) and the test pressure shall be maintained without loss for at least 30 minutes.
Pipes or fittings which are found leaking shall be replaced and joints found leaking shall be
redone, without extra payment.
7.0
PAYMENT
7.1
Payment shall be made on running meter basis of finished pipeline with fitting after testing
etc. complete. No separate payment shall be made for earthwork in trenching and backfill,
road cutting etc. Payment for valves and flanges etc. shall be made as per schedule of items on
unit rate basis. The unions shall be provided at every 50 meter, unless otherwise stated in
schedule of items / construction drawing. Rates shall include all incidental work such as
transportation of all materials from Owners stores, custody, and fabrication and laying of GI
piping system.
7.2
The payment clause 7.1 is not applicable in case of LSTK Jobs

Page 971 of 1178
ENGINEERS
31
zri
,
,
Pr
INDIA LIMITED
FOR
FABRICATION AND LAYING OF
UNDERGROUND PIPING
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 1 of 11
r,
f\*
Wa1141
LIML14 1 on
1:TriW
Fa Pi 4'k 11
FOR
FABRICATION AND LAYING OF
UNDERGROUND PIPING
c
DM
RBT
20.05.13
RFAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STD. SPEC
29.04.08
GAURAV
RKS
NK
VC
25.06.99
RC
PCS
MMK
A SONI
01.04.91
UPDATED & ISSUED AS STD.
PCS
PCS
MMK
RPB/RNS
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
Standards Standards
Bureau
Committee
Convenor Chairman
Approved by
Format No 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Page 972 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
5'gzir 2154- g
etecrneak J70%.
FOR FABRICATION AND LAYING
OF UNDERGROUND PIPING
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 2 of 11
Abbreviations:
ANSI
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE
dia.
DIAMETER
IS
INDIAN STANDARD
Kg/cm2/minute
KILOGRAME/SQUARE CENTIMETRE/MINUTE
METRE
mm
MILLIMETRE
CS
CARBON STEEL

Convener:
Mr. R.B. Bhutda
Members:
Mr. Vipan Goel

Mr. R.K. Sharma
Mr. S. K. Naskar
Mr. Vinod Mahajan
Mr. Amitabh Kishore
Mr. V S Chhhaya (Projects)
Page 973 of 1178
Ifgar tlf5leg
,vit-tAt etrave m1JPOni
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED FOR FABRICATION AND LAYING
(A Govt of Indla Undertaking,
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 3 of 11
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
CODES & STANDARDS
3.0
FABRICATION
4.0
LAYING OF UNDERGROUND PIPING
5.0
INSPECTION
6.0
TESTING
7.0
RECORDS
10
8.0
PAYMENT
10

Page 974 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
f6t5teg
(I,,oretn,oKrott
IA Govt 01 India undettalong)
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 4 of 11
1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the technical requirements for the execution of Piping Fabrication,
Assembly and Laying of the underground pipe work defined here under, for water pipe lines.
i)
Fabrication and erection of underground piping systems from piping materials

supplied by Owner in accordance with this specification and applicable drawings and
standards.
ii)
Testing and flushing.
iii)
Coating of under ground piping.
iv)
Fabrication and erection of drain assemblies.
Underground piping systems shall be fabricated, installed, flushed, and tested in accordance
with this specification and applicable codes, drawings and standards. Any deviation from the
specification and drawings shall be permitted only after obtaining the written approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
2.0 CODES & STANDARDS
ANSI B31.3 Chemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping.
6-65-0006
Standard specification for earth work for U/G piping.
6-44-0012
Standard specification for fabrication and erection of piping.
6-77-0001
Welding specification for the fabrication of piping
6-77-0005
Welding specification charts for piping classes
6-79-0011
Standard specification for corrosion protection tape coating for underground

steel piping
NOTE: - Latest Edition of all Codes and Standards shall be followed.

3.0 FABRICATION
3.1
The contractor shall fabricate all the pipe work in conformity with the Standard Specification
for Erection of Piping, Specification no. 6-44-0012 and requirements of relevant general
arrangement drawings. Where specific details of fabrication are not indicated on the drawings
or not specified in the specification, fabrication and erection shall be done in accordance with
ANSI B 31.3.
3.2
The contractor shall be responsible for working to the exact dimensions as shown on the
drawings, irrespective of individual tolerances permissible. Where errors and / or omissions
occur on the drawings, it shall be the contractor's responsibility to notify the Engineer-inCharge, prior to fabrication or erection. Dimensional tolerance for fabrication shall be as per
EIL standard.

Page 975 of 1178
t31
tifardg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Govt ot India Undertaking)
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 5 of 11
4.0 LAYING OF UNDERGROUND PIPING

Laying
4.1
4.1.1 The Contractor shall lay the underground piping in accordance with the following clauses and
as per the piping arrangement drawings issued during the course of construction. Corrosion
protection tape coating of the underground lines shall be in accordance with Standard
Specification no. 6-79-0011.
4.1.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for correct layout and gradient of the line. Errors, if any,
shall be rectified by the Contractor at his own cost.
4.2. Trenching
4.2.1
The trench shall be cut according to the drawing, true to the line, levelled with the help of
sight rails provided at every 30 m, at change of direction / gradient and at any suitable
distance, as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
4.2.2 If the trench is excavated below the required level as indicated in the drawing, the extra depth
shall be filled with concrete 1:5:10 or approved equivalent material, as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge, at no extra cost to owner.
4.2.3 The trench shall be excavated so as to provide an average cover of 1000 mm or equal to the
diameter of the largest pipe to be laid in the trench, whichever is greater or as shown in
drawings. The average cover will be reckoned from top of the pipe of the largest diameter to
be laid in the trench, to the finished grade level. The width of the trench shall be sufficient to
give free working space on each side of the pipe. The free working space shall conform to
specifications. Generally it shall not be less than 150 mm on either side or 1/3 of dia of pipe,
whichever is greater.
4.2.4 No excavated material shall be deposited within 1.5 meters from the excavated trench.
4.2.5
In case of road cutting, all materials i.e. metal, bricks etc., shall be taken out carefully and kept
separately for reuse. Road work shall be redone up to the original level and profile with the
excavated road materials, after laying and testing of the pipe line, within 10 days from the date
of starting the work, at the cost of the contractor. The contractor shall provide suitable slings
and barricades to prevent accidents. He shall also provide reasonable by-pass at his own cost
when a road is cut for laying pipeline.
4.2.6 During excavation, if some obstacle is met with, the same shall be reported to the Engineer-inCharge and dealt with as instructed by him.
4.2.7 The contractor shall do dewatering, shoring, strutting / timbering if required or do whatever
might be required to excavate the trench, install the pipe in it and backfill the trench, in
accordance with the specifications, at no extra cost to the Owner. Dewatering shall be done in
advance of the laying of the pipe, to allow adequate inspection of padding of the bottom, if
required. Dewatering shall be continued throughout during laying of the pipe and backfilling
of the trench.
4.2.8 In muddy / slushy ground, the bed shall be provided with a layer of sand or lean concrete as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.2.9 The trench shall follow the gradient of pipeline as specified in the drawing. The contractor
shall keep the trench in good condition, until the pipe is laid and tested. No extra claim shall
be entertained due to its caving or settling down, either before or after the pipe is laid. All
Page 976 of 1178
0 'a
51g-ar tlf5teg
c.1,Pre an 34;15,1)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Indo UndefaNing)
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 6 of 11
materials to shore the trench, in order to prevent caving, shall be furnished and removed by the
Contractor, at no extra cost to the Owner.
4.2.10 In case pipe is lowered in caved trench and back filled before being inspected by the Engineerin-Charge, the Contractor shall re-excavate the trench for inspection and backfill it at his own
cost.
Lowering & Laying
4.3
4.3.1 The pipe shall be lowered by mechanical method when the trench is ready and bottom of the
trench is graded as per required pipe laying conditions and specifications.
4.3.2
By Machine
The shop coated pipe already transported to the pipe laying site in convenient length of pipe
assembly, near the trench after hydrostatic testing, shall be placed on clean square cut skids
suitably spaced, so as to keep the pipe away from touching the ground. The pipe may be
lowered down in the trench by the launcher cranes with sufficient care, to protect the coating
of the pipeline.
At tie in welds and other site fabrications, the contractor shall clean, prime, coat and wrap
manually.
Also short sections of pipelines, which are impracticable to shop-treat, may be hand treated,
but only after obtaining prior written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.3.3
By Hand
Only in unavoidable circumstances and after obtaining approval of Engineer-in-Charge, the

pipe may be lowered with the help of tripods and chain pulley blocks into the trench.
However, if in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, the temperature condition does not
allow direct lowering, then the pipes shall be set down on clean square cut skids. The skids
shall be so spaced as to keep the pipe away from touching the ground.
Method & Time of Lowering Pipe
4.4
4.4.1 Under favorable temperature conditions and using methods, which will not damage the
coating, the pipe may be lowered into the trench.
4.4.2 Pipes previously set on skids, because of unfavorable temperature conditions, shall be lowered
into the trench normally in the cool of the morning and only when the temperature of the pipes
is below the softening point of the coating materials.
4.4.3 All skid marks and other places of damage shall be thoroughly examined to ensure proper
patching where necessary, before the pipe is finally lowered into the trench.
4.5
Handling Coated Pipe
4.5.1
Coated pipe shall not be placed in trench, until cave-in plugs, hard clods, stones, skids and
welding rods etc. have been removed from there. Where the trench has a hard or jagged
bottom, sufficient fine dirt or stand shall be placed therein, before the pipe is lowered.
4.5.2 Coated pipe shall not be handled or moved by means of cable or chains or by prying with
skids or bars. It shall be tied and lowered by using belts of a standard width and design, for the
size of pipe being handled.
Page 977 of 1178
II
$fgar tif5reg
fafferf efrooreos,offnfif
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 7 of 11
4.5.3 Coated pipe shall not be dragged along the ground or otherwise handled in a manner that will
be detrimental to the coating.
4.5.4 Despite all precautions taken during handling of coated pipes, if the coating gets damaged,
same shall be recoated by Contractor at site, at his own cost, as per directions of Engineer-inCharge.
4.6
Lining up & Welding
4.6.1
The ends of the pipeline shall be kept securely closed, to prevent entry of any foreign material/
moisture, after lowering into the trench.
4.6.2 Before making joints the pipe shall be laid carefully, so as to be perfectly aligned, in both plan
and profile and the end closures provided shall be removed.
4.6.3 Tie-in shall be made in the coolness of the morning or when the ambient temperature is not
exceeding 29C or softening temperature of the coating material, whichever is less. All
bevelling, aligning and welding shall be in accordance with the welding specification given in
the tender.
4.6.4 Free access shall be provided for the welding of the circumferential joints by increasing the
width and depth of the trench at these points. There should be no obstruction to the welder
from any side, so that good welded joint is obtained.
Testing & Coating
4.7
The completed system shall then be tested as per clause 6.0 and the field welded joints coated
as per specification 6-79-0011.
4.8
Back Filling
4.8.1
After testing and inspection of the pipeline to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge,
the trench shall be back filled with the excavated material. No trench shall be back filled
without the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.8.2 Backfilling with the excavated material shall be done in layers of 200 mm, well watered and
rammed to avoid any settling afterwards.
4.8.3 The Contractor shall place soil over the trench to such a height as well as in opinion of the
Engineer-in-Charge, to provide adequately for future settlement of the trench backfill.
If due to exigencies of the work, some portion of the pipeline is backfilled without approval of
the Engineer-in-Charge, the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the right to order uncovering of the
pipe for examination and the cost of such uncovering shall be borne by the Contractor.
4.8.4 The backfill material shall be free from stone pieces.
4.8.5 When the trench has been dug through roads, all backfill shall be thoroughly compacted. In
certain cases, special compaction methods may be required by the Engineer-in-Charge. This
shall be done by the contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.
4.8.6 When the trench has been dug through unlined ditches, the backfill shall be thoroughly
compacted in 150 mm layers for a distance of 1.5m beyond the outside banks of the ditch on
either side. The banks of the ditch shall also be compacted in 150mm layers, at no extra cost to
the Owner.
Page 978 of 1178
ENGINEERS
OgZIT laPreg w INDIA LIMITED
111177 Re/RV 471,717u1,
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 8 of 11
4.8.7 After the roads have been already graded, and if they are trenched or otherwise disturbed by
the Contractor during laying of the pipe lines, the contractor shall restore the road to its
original level and condition. In the event the Contractor is required to place extra fill, gravel,
or other special materials, it shall be done by him without any extra cost to the Owner.
Clean up of Surroundings
4.9
4.9.1 As soon as the backfill is completed, the contractor shall immediately clean up the adjoining
area by removing all surplus and defective material and dispose off all refuge such as spurs,
sheet-iron and broken skids and surplus excavated earth etc., at his own cost, to the entire
4.9.2 The earth on both sides of the pipeline trench, which has been disturbed during the
construction of the pipe line, shall be smoothened and left in a condition to the entire
satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge.
5.0 INSPECTION
5.1
General
5.1.1
Owner's inspector shall have free access to all places where the work is being done or any
other thing and place concerned with the work.
5.1.2 Owner is entitled to send his own inspector to field or shops, where prefabrication and
erection of pipe lines are being done, with the following functions but not limited to:
i)
To check that the welding performance and welding equipment used on the job are
suitable and conform to relevant standards.
ii)
To supervise welding procedure qualification.
iii)
To supervise welder performance qualification.
iv)
To check whether welding is conforming to relevant specification and the practice

followed is in accordance with good pipeline construction practice.
v)
To check any other performance to ensure quality of work.
5.1.3 Contractor shall notify sufficiently in advance the commencement of qualification tests,
welding work and acceptance tests, to enable the Owner's Inspector to supervise the same.
5.1.4 Contractor shall provide all the facilities to Owner's Inspector, necessary for carrying out his
work, at no extra cost to the Owner.
5.1.5 Approval from the Owner's Inspector shall not relieve the contractor partially or fully of his
responsibilities and guarantees under this contract.
6.0 TESTING
6.1
General
6.1.1
The field test pressure shall not be less than the greatest of the following:
a)
1.5 times the maximum sustained operating pressure.
b)
1.5 times the maximum pipeline static pressure, and
Page 979 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
f=g-ar 051-es
(HWI 2.1221,72 an ...1405gil
c)
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 9 of 11
Sum of the maximum sustained operating pressure or the maximum pipeline static
pressure and the maximum calculated surge pressure.
The field test pressure shall, wherever possible be not less than two thirds of the work
test pressure, and shall be applied and maintained for at least four hours.
Where the field test pressure is less than two-thirds the works test pressure, the period of
test shall be increased to at least 24 hours. The test pressure shall be gradually raised at
the rate of nearly 1.0 kg/cm2/minute.
6.1.2 The testing shall be carried out in convenient section as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
The joints of the pipe, connecting the testing sections, shall be 100% radiographed.
If some defect is noticed during the hydrostatic testing, the same shall be brought to the notice
of Engineer-in-Charge. Joints, if leaking, shall be rectified as per the welding specifications and
instructions of Engineer-in-Charge and tested to his satisfaction, at no extra cost to the Owner.
6.1.3 The Engineer-in-Charge shall be notified in advance by contractor of all testing. The
hydrostatic testing / flushing of all the piping shall be carried out by the Contractor, at his own
cost.
6.1.4 Contractor shall make his own arrangements for flushing, at suitable points, as per the
instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge. Any extra work / modification on this account shall be
done by the Contractor at his own cost.
6.2 Test Medium
Construction water shall generally be used as the testing medium, for the hydrostatic testing of
piping system.
6.3
Cleaning
All systems shall be cleaned and flushed free of all dirt, debris or loose foreign material, after
testing.
6.4
Temporary Blinds
Open ends of piping systems, such as at pumps or wherever equipment has been removed or
disconnected prior to hydrostatic testing, or at termination point of piping branch connections,
shall be blinded off by temporary blind flange, made out of 10 mm thick CS plate.
6.5
Venting
All piping systems and equipment shall be properly vented, to remove air from system, during
filling.
6.6
Pressurizing
6.6.1 Pressure shall be applied by means of a suitable test pump, which shall not be connected to the
system until ready to test. A pressure gauge shall be provided at the pump discharge for
guidance in bringing the system to required pressure. The pump shall be attended to constantly
during the test, by an authorised operator. The pump shall be disconnected, after the pressure
test is completed.
Page 980 of 1178
$fgar
1>fre
far5reg
elecoreost,coo,
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 10 of 11
6.6.2 The test pressure is to be maintained for sufficient time, to permit complete inspection of the
system under test, but in no case shall the time be less than ten minutes. Test shall be
considered complete only when approval is given by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Test Gauges
6.7
Contractor's own test gauge shall be installed as close as possible to the lowest point in the
system being tested. Prior to installation, the test gauge shall be checked against a standard
gauge or calibrated with the aid of a dead weight tester. Calibration of test gauges shall be the
responsibility of the contractor.
6.8
Draining
6.8.1
All lines and equipments shall be completely drained after the hydrostatic test of the system
has been completed. High point vents shall be open to prevent excessive vacuum and permit
complete draining.
6.8.2 If it becomes necessary to leave a system filled with the testing medium for any abnormal
length of time, suitable arrangement such as venting shall be made to provide for possible
liquid expansion with change in ambient temperatures.
7.0
RECORDS
Records in triplicate shall be made for each piping system as follows:

7.1
In case of underground piping, layouts giving actual elevations of pipeline as laid.
7.2
Test certificates containing date of test, identification of the piping system, test fluid used, test
pressure and approval of Owner's Inspector.
7.3
Certificates for flushing containing flushing medium used, identification of the piping system,
date of flushing & approval by Owner's Inspector.
8.0 PAYMENT
8.1
Payment for piping shall be based on linear measurements, calculated on the basis of the
execution drawings. The length shall be measured along the center lines of pipes, center lines
of bends and elbows, tees, reducers and flanged joints. All types of valves shall be excluded
from this measurement. Branch connections shall be measured from the outer surface of the
header.
The payment shall be made on per metre basis of piping work laid, measured to the nearest
centimeter. The unit rates for the underground piping shall be inclusive of earthwork in
excavation, backfilling, compaction, disposal of surplus earth and coating and wrapping
including supply of materials.
All piping attachments, such as couplings, nipples, thermowells etc., shall be installed by the
Contractor as part of piping work and no separate payment shall be made for such work.
However, extension on such attachments such as vents and drains will be measured and paid as
applicable for the respective size and category of piping / valves.
Fabrication of mitre bends, concentric and eccentric reducers fabricated from pipes supplied by
owner & fabrication of flanges from plates supplied by owner, will be paid at respective unit
rates. However, erection of these items will be along with piping of the respective size and no
separate payment will be made for erection.
The reducers will be measured and paid along with the piping of large diameter.
Page 981 of 1178
r Oa&
f=g-a
17iRR 2172572151,31.1,
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Indo Unclefialong)
No.
6-65-0030 Rev. 4
Page 11 of 11
No separate payment will be made for making pipe to pipe branch connection and crosses, with
or without reinforcing pads. The unit rates for piping are deemed to include all such work.
Fabrication, installation and removal of temporary spool pieces etc. to aid contractor's work
such as fabrication, erection, flushing and testing etc. will neither be measured nor paid
separately. The same is deemed to be included in the unit rates for piping. Payment for carrying
out radiographic examination shall be based on linear length of the welded joint radiographed.
Repeat radiography / additional radiography required due to contractor's faults / poor
performance of his welders and defective films etc., shall be done at contractor's own cost.
8.2
The payment clause(s) as described in the clause no. 8.1 shall not be referred / applicable for
LSTK Jobs

Page 982 of 1178
ENGINEERS
1812--gw'INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of India Undertalongt

MISCELLANEOUS CIVIL &
STRUCTURAL WORKS FOR U/G
PIPING & OTHER CIVIL WORKS
6-65-0035 Rev. 3
Page 1 of 7
r
r* , icsfR
fqr-4e6T fur wpf,
fur chNT
f-4r-4-4rr
14-PETW
FOR
MISC. CIVIL & STRUCTURAL WORKS
FOR
U/G PIPING & OTHER CIVIL WORKS
25.06.14
'" 6s
VM
16.04.09
GS
RKS
NK
ND
30.10.97
SKC
PCS
MMK
A SONI
31.3.82
Rev.
No
Date
Purpose
SC
RB
Prepared
by
RSG
Checked
by
Standards
Comm ittee
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Page 983 of 1178
g1-11 22eg
lvIen ~TsPOWI3OfOvI)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
GOvt of India Undellakino)

6-65-0035 Rev. 2
Page 2 of 7
Abbreviations:
C. I.
Cast Iron
ERC :
Electrical Road Crossings
IRC
Instrumentation Road Crossings
IS
Indian Standards
LSTK :
Lump Sum Turn Key
M. S. :
Mild Steel
PVC :
Poly Vinyl Chloride
SCRC :
Street Communication Road Crossing
U/G :
Under Ground

Convener:
Mr. R.B. Bhutda
Members:
Mr. Vipan Goel

Mr. R.K. Sharma
Mr. S. K. Naskar
Mr. Vinod Mahajan
Mr. Amitabh Kishore
Mr. V S Chhaya (Projects)

Page 984 of 1178
ENGINEERS
g INDIA LIMITED
02-e-
(M177 292e1Ream.3~)
IA Govt o1 India Undellaking)

6-65-0035 Rev. 2
Page 3 of 7
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE
3.0 EARTHWORK & BACKFILLING
4.0 PLAIN AND REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
5.0 BRICK WORK
6.0 CEMENT PLASTERING
7.0 RUNGS
8.0 CHEQUERED PLATES & STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
9.0 C.I. MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER
10.0 VENT PIPES FOR MANHOLES
11.0 FUNNELS, CLEAN OUTS, PLUGS
12.0 BRICK BAT FILL
13.0 PAYMENT

Page 985 of 1178
x'_7-112-1t4 xj, ENGINEERS

g_ji fffilegWINDIA LIMITED
1.11E,, 21~,
m3aas.)
IA Govt of India Undedak.g)

6-65-0035 Rev. 2
Page 4 of 7
1.0 SCOPE
This specification covers the material and construction details for various civil works as
given below:
(a)
A11 Earthwork except for Site Grading and U/G Piping.
(b)
Plain and Reinforced Cement Concrete work in Culverts, ERC/IRC/SCRC, Pipeway Bridges, Catch pits, Clean outs, Manholes, Pipe supports, Water
monitors/Hydrant pedestals, Thrust block, valve pits etc.
(c)
Brick work for various structures such as Drains, Septic Tank, Soak Pit, Manholes,
Catch basins, Valve chambers, Instrument tapping chambers, Flushing chambers,
etc.
(d)
Plastering for the above structures as applicable.
(e)
Manhole frames, Manhole covers, Ladders, Rungs etc. for the above structures as
applicable.
(t)
Miscellaneous steel structure work such as Ladders, Platforms, Chequered plate

covers, Gratings etc.
The work shall include supply of various materials as per relevant standards required for the
execution of work except for those items designated as Owner' s scope of supply in the
special conditions of contract or elsewhere in the contract documents. Contractor shall
transport material from Owner' s stores, which are a part of owner's scope of supply.
A11 materials not fully specified herein and which may be used for the completion of WORK
shall be of quality, as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Engineer-in-charge shall have the
right to determine whether all or any of the materials offered or delivered for the execution
of WORK are suitable for the purpose. CONTRACTOR shall give the samples of material
to the Engineer-in-Charge and get it approved before procurement and use.
IS: 458
Pre cast concrete pipes (with and without reinforcement)
IS: 4985
Unplasticized PVC Pipes for Potable Water Supplies
IS: 1239
Mild steel tubes, tubulars and other wrought steel fittings
IS: 1726
Cast Iron Manhole covers and frames
IS: 1786
High strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete reinforcement
IS: 2062
Steel for general structural purposes
IS: 3502
Steel chequered plates
IS: 5455
Specification for Cast Iron steps and manholes.

Page 986 of 1178
gRzit4,, ENGINEERS
2."111=1P' INDIA LIMITED
~IRE' M"7.1)
IA Govt of Inoie undertaking)

6-65-0035 Rev. 2
Page 5 of 7
3.0 EARTHWORK & BACKFILLING
Refer EIL Standard Specification No. 6-68-0003.

4.0 PLAIN AND REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
Refer EIL Standard Specification No.6-68-0004.

5.0 BRICK WORK
Refer EIL Standard Specification No. 6-68-0009.

6.0 CEMENT PLASTERING
6.1
Materials
The specifications for cement, sand and water shall be as given in EIL Standard Specification
No. 6-68-0002.
6.2
Cement mortar shall be of grade and thickness as specified in drawing or as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge, if not specified. The surface on which plastering is to be done shall be
thoroughly cleaned from dust, dirt, oil, etc. It should be washed properly and watered for 4
hours before plastering. The joints of brickwork shall be raked out to a depth of at least 12mm
when plastering has to be done. On cement concrete surface, the surface shall be scarified by
lines with trowel when it is still green or hacked, if concrete is hard as directed by Engineerin-Charge.
6.3
Plaster shall not in any case, be thinner than specified. It shall have uniform specified
thickness. Any extra thickness of plaster done by contractor will not be paid for. When smooth
finishing is required, the cement plaster shall be floated over with neat cement within 15
minutes of the application of the final coat.
During the process of plastering, all corners shall be rounded to a radius of 25mm unless
otherwise specified.
6.4
The plaster shall be protected from Sun and rain by such means as per the approval of
Engineer-in-Charge. The plaster shall be cured for 7 days.
6.5
Construction joint shall be kept in plastering work at places approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
7.0 RUNGS
7.1
Materials
The rungs for valve pits / manholes shall be of Tor Steel conforming to IS: 1786 and to the
shape and size as shown in drawings. Rungs shall be coated with 2 coats of approved
bituminous paint.
8.0 CHEQUERED PLATES & STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS
8.1
Materials
8.1.1 Chequered plates shall be 6mm thick (7mm or more chequered plates shall conform to IS:
3502). Steel for chequered plate shall conform to IS: 2062 and shall be clearly rolled and free
from harmful surface defects such as crack, surface flaws etc. The plate shall be cut to shape
and fixed to the bearing members as shown in relevant drawings and as directed by EngineerFormat No. 8-00-0001-F1 Rev. 0
Page 987 of 1178
!&.1t4
ENGINEERS
$1g-ar 2154egW INDIA LIMITED
k3i
r--
1.11VR 2~17013~)
(A Govt of Indo Undertalmg)

6-65-0035 Rev. 2
Page 6 of 7
in-Charge. The edges shall be made smooth, no burrs or gagged ends shall be left. The plates
may be spliced with prior consent of the Engineer-in-Charge. But in that case, care should be
taken so that there is continuity in the pattern of the plates between the portions. Lifting
arrangements shall be provided including lifting rods.
8.1.2 Grating shall be fabricated out of M.S flats, angles and rounds etc., as per drawings and as
approved by Engineer-in-Charge. Steel for grating plates shall conform to IS: 2062 of general
weldable quality and shall be clearly rolled and shall be free from harmful surface defects.
9.0 C.I. MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER
9.1
Materials
C I manhole frame and covers shall conform to IS: 1726 with size and grade as shown in
drawings.
10.0 VENT PIPES FOR MANHOLES

10.1 Materials
These shall be black steel tube conforming to IS: 1239 medium grade or as specified in
drawings/ Piping Material Specification. The pipe bends shall be embedded in 1:3:6 grade
cement concrete or as shown in drawing.
10.2
A11 pipes shall be 25mm clear of wall or column with steel holder bat clamp, as per
instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge. All holes in walls and column shall be made good by
1:2:4 grade cement concrete. All pipes and clamps shall be painted with two coats of paints of
approved make.
11.0 FUNNELS, CLEAN OUTS, PLUGS

11.1 Materials
These shall be fabricated from M.S Plates, pipes, chequered plates, rounds, angles etc., to be
supplied by the contractor and painted with 2 coats of anticorrosive paint of approved make.
The fabrication shall be in accordance with the approved drawings.
12.0 BRICK BAT FILL
12.1 Materials
The brickbats used as filling in valve pits shall be from common burnt clay building bricks
of size ranging from 27mm to 37mm. Sample of brickbats used shall be got approved from
Engineer-in-charge.
12.2
The compaction of the layer of brickbat shall be proper so that brickbat are not disturbed
and do not sink in the soil.
13.0 PAYMENT
13.1
Cement Plastering
13.1.1 Payment for plastering shall be made on basis of the area of surface plastered, measured
before plastering. A11 measurements shall be separately made for each face of walls.

Page 988 of 1178
Ogzrr
ffieg
1.1T27I C,12,1W 01~1)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of India undertax.ng)

6-65-0035 Rev. 2
Page 7 of 7
13.1.2 The rate of plastering shall include cost of scaffolding, swings, cleaning the surface, raking
out joints, hacking concrete surfaces, etc. needed for carrying the work and shall cover the
extra labour for plastering the jambs, sills, and soffits or opening except for plastering bands,
cornices and skirting upto 30 cm width.
13.2 Rungs
Payment for rungs shall be made per number and the rate shall include supply and fixing,
finishing the wall etc. complete.
13.3 Chequered Plates & Structural Steel Works
Payment shall be made on the basis of weight of MS gratings / chequered plate and supporting
frame including hold fast. The rate shall include supply of all necessary steel materials
including cutting to size, fabricating, smoothening edge, if necessary, transporting and fixing
at all positions and providing lifting arrangements. Full deductions shall be made for all
openings above 30mm square and the rate shall include making of opening of all sizes and
supplying and painting 2 coats of anticorrosive paint over a coat of red oxide zinc chromate
primer. The exposed surface of grating and frame shall be painted with two thick coats of coal
tar. The rate shall include providing and laying MS grating and frame, breaking and making
good existing concrete/ brick masonry surface if necessary, finishing, painting etc. complete
with all labour and materials. Payment shall be made on number basis.
13.4 CI Manhole Frame and Cover
Payment for Manhole Frame and cover shall be made per number and rate shall include
supply and fixing etc. complete.
13.5 Vent Pipes for Manholes
Payment shall be made on running meter basis and the rate shall include supply of all
materials, cutting, edge preparation, jointing by welding, fixing in concrete block, cutting of
walls or concrete and making good the same, painting with 2 coats of anticorrosive paint of
approved make, necessary scaffolding etc. complete.
The rate shall also include excavation and backfilling if any.
13.6 Funnels, Clean Outs, Plugs
Payment for these items shall be made on weight basis and rate shall include fabrication,
erection, welding, jointing and painting etc. all complete.
13.7
Brick Bat Fill

The payment for brickbats fill shall be made on m2 basis, as shown in drawing and the rate
shall include supply, laying, compacting etc. complete, with all materials & labour.
13.8
The payment clause(s) as described in the clause no. 13.1, 13.2, 13.3, 13.4, 13.5, 13.6 & 13.7
shall not be referred / applicable for LSTK Jobs.

Page 989 of 1178
a=
Mirektft ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
41
$g,
Wit-glair
.42.1 eaTeriatlotral
IA Gov. 04 India Ubdenakmgb
No.
6-65-0042 Rev. 3
Page 1 of 7
FOR UNDERGROUND
SEWER SYSTEM
PRE CAST RCC PIPES
Truritik tr-QTra.
stqf-a-a.
fir
rd Cr41 e MI 11
iitich
FOR
UNDERGROUND SEWER SYSTEM
PRE CAST RCC PIPES
DM
06.07.12
JKU
05.04.06
SKC
NK
VDS
VJN
1.9.98
RC
NK
MMK
A SONI
31.3.82
RP
RP
RPB
Checked
by
Standards
Committee
Convenor
Rev.
No
Date

Page 990 of 1178
Purpose
Prepared
by
RCPC
GM
(Engg)
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Copyright Ell All rights reserved
Plaag Oa ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
ti151t3
Go.4 cr/ Inds Undertaking)
FOR UNDERGROUND
SEWER SYSTEM
PRE CAST RCC PIPES
No.
6-65-0042 Rev. 3
Page 2 of 7
Abbreviations:
IS
Indian Standard
Litres/km/hr/cm
Liters/ Kilometer/ Hours/ Centimeter
RCC

Convener:
Mr. R. B. Bhutda
Members:
Mr. Vipan Goel

Mr. R.K. Sharma
Mr. S. K. Naskar
Mr. Vinod Mahajan
Mr. Amitabh Kishore

Page 991 of 1178
ISilaaeg ft ENGINEERS
Igar EVIegir
INDIALIMITED
WA of Inda
undenakow
FOR UNDERGROUND
SEWER SYSTEM
PRE CAST RCC PIPES
No.
6-65-0042 Rev. 3
Page 3 of 7
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE
3.0 MATERIALS
4.0 EARTHWORK
5.0 LOWERING & LAYING
6.0 JOINTING
7.0 TESTING
8.0 RESTORATION OF DAMAGED SURFACES AND CLEARING THE SITE
9.0 PAYMENT

Page 992 of 1178
lard-ZETA:3-h ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
inilAtg
1.0
FOR UNDERGROUND
SEWER SYSTEM
PRE CAST RCC PIPES
No.
6-65-0042 Rev. 3
Page 4 of 7
SCOPE
This specification covers the supply, laying, cutting, jointing and testing of Precast RCC
pipes and related works.
2.0
CODES & STANDARDS

IS: 458
IS: 783
Pre Cast Concrete Pipes (with and without reinforcement)

Code of practice for laying of Concrete Pipes
6-65-0006
Standard Specification for Earth Work for Under Ground Piping

System.
NOTE:- Latest Edition of all Codes and Standards shall be followed.

3.0
MATERIALS
3.1
The pipes shall be centrifugal cast concrete pipes, socket and spigot type, with
reinforcement conforming to IS: 458. The class of pipes shall be as specified on drawings.
The pipes shall be accepted on the basis of Test Certificates from Manufacturers.
Additional testing shall be done, if directed by Engineer-in Charge.
3.2
The surfaces and edges of the pipes shall be well defined and their ends shall be
perpendicular to longitudinal axis
4.0
EARTHWORK
4.1
All earthwork involved in laying of RCC pipes and related works is deemed to have been
included in the quoted rates for the laying of RCC pipes.
4.2
All earthwork shall be carried out as per specification No.6-65-0006 "Earthwork for
underground piping system".
4.3
The bed of trench, if in soft or made up earth, shall be well watered and rammed before
laying the pipes and the depressions, if any, shall be properly filled with earth and
consolidated in 20 cm layers.
4.4
If the trench bottom is extremely hard or rocky or loose stony soil, the trench shall be
excavated at least 150 mm below the trench grade. Rocks, stone or other hard substances
from the bottom of the trench shall be removed and the trench brought back to the
required grade, by filling with selected fine earth or sand (fme murrum, if fme sand or soil
is not available) and compacted, so as to provide smooth bedding for the pipe.
Where excavation requires blasting operations, it shall be ensured that no pipes are
stacked in the vicinity and complete pipelines in the vicinity have already been covered
before starting of blasting operation.
4.5
The trench shall be kept free from water. Shoring and strutting / timbering shall be done,
wherever required. Excavation below water table shall be kept dry by dewatering the
trenches, if required.
4.6
After excavation of the trench is completed, hollows shall be cut at the required position
to receive the socket of the pipes and these hollows shall be of sufficient depth to ensure
that the barrels of the pipes shall rest throughout their entire length on the solid ground
and that sufficient spaces left for jointing the underside of the pipe joint. These hollows
shall be refilled with sand after jointing the pipe.

Page 993 of 1178
ENGINEERS
EVeg W INDIA LIMITED
+RN Meme l:a3e9=1/
IA GOA of (,d Under'*NI
FOR UNDERGROUND
SEWER SYSTEM
PRE CAST RCC PIPES
No.
6-65-0042 Rev. 3
Page 5 of 7
5.0
LOWERING & LAYING
5.1
The pipes shall be lowered when the trench is ready and the bottom has been properly
graded as per drawings.
5.2
Before lowering, the pipes shall be inspected carefully. Broken or cracked pipe shall be
rejected. The inside of the pipe shall be cleaned off from sand, earth or any other matter.
5.3
The pipe shall be lowered carefully so as not to disturb the bed and sides of the trench.
Heavy pipes shall be lowered with chain pulley blocks or crane.
5.4
Pipes shall be set according to line and grade. Prior to making joints, all surfaces shall be
thoroughly cleaned and prepared as required, for the type of joint to be made. Pipe shall be
carefully centered so that the complete sewer will have a smooth uniform invert.
5.5
In socket & spigot pipes, the socket end shall face the upstream direction.
5.6
Railway authorities or other appropriate authorities shall be consulted wherever the

pipeline crosses a railway line, canal, etc.
5.7
Connection to existing sewer shall be done through a manhole.
5.8
The ends of the pipeline shall be kept sealed to prevent entry of any foreign materials. The
seals shall be broken before / after the testing is done.
5.9
Wherever the joining material is cement, six or more lengths of pipe shall be laid in
advance of each joint before it is finished.
5.10
In cases, where the natural foundation is inadequate, the pipes shall be laid either in
concrete cradle supported on proper foundations or any other suitably designed structure.
If concrete cradle bedding is used, the depth of concrete below the bottom of pipe shall be
at least 1/4th of the internal dia of the pipe subject to the min of 100 mm and a maximum
of 300 mm, the concrete shall extend by 150 mm on each side beyond the outside
diameter of pipes. The pipes shall be laid in this concrete bedding before the concrete has
set.
Pipes laid in trenches in earth shall be bedded evenly and firmly and as far as possible, up
the haunches of the pipes, so as to safely transmit the load expected from the backfill
through the pipe to the bed. This shall be done either by excavating the bottom of the
trench to fit the curve of the pipe or by compacting the earth under and around the curve
of the pipe from an even bed. Necessary provision shall be made for joints, wherever
required.
6.0
JOINTING
6.1
Joint in the pipeline shall be of socket and spigot type and conforming to relevant Indian
standards.
6.2
As per IS: 458, joints in pressure pipes shall be flexible rubber ring joints only. Contractor
shall provide pipes of socket and spigot type, meeting the above requirements.
6.3
As per clause No. 6.3 of IS: 458 2003, joints in pipes of Dia up to 700 mm, shall be
external flush type joint and shall be internal flush type for pipes of Dia more than 700
mm.

Page 994 of 1178
lafrkle? a ENGINEERS
$,fg-ar laRegW: INDIA LIMITED
(A 0010 of Irdla Uncieniakngf
FOR UNDERGROUND
SEWER SYSTEM
PRE CAST RCC PIPES
No.
6-65-0042 Rev. 3
Page 6 of 7
6.4
The groove in between the pipe ends is to be filled with jute, impregnated with bitumen
and rolled in the form of gasket ring centrally around the pipe, to ensure uniform annular
space between the collar and the pipe.
6.5
Cement mortar of proportion 1:2 shall be used for caulking the annular space. Care shall
be taken to see that the bottom of the collar joint is also caulked properly.
6.6
The joint shall be finished at an angle of 45 and shall be kept wet for 10 days for curing.
7.0
TESTING
7.1
The pipeline shall be tested for water tightness of joints. The test shall be carried out from
manhole. Pipe ends shall be closed and filled with water so that water level is up to the top
of the manholes.
7.2
The line shall be kept full for 24 hours. Observations shall be taken at one hour interval
and if leakage is within 2.5 liters/km/hr/cm of diameter of pipeline, it shall be deemed to
have passed the test.
7.3
Engineer-in-Charge may at his own discretion, ask the subcontractor to test the laid pipe
line in sections, in which case the subcontractor will do the same, as per the procedure to
be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge, without any extra cost to Owner. The procedure
adopted in such cases, however, will be to test the pipeline according to the criteria
mentioned above.
7.4
In case joints are found to leak, they shall be repaired or redone and test shall be repeated
until the joints are approved by Engineer-in-Charge.
The work shall have deemed to be rejected, in case any visual leakage observed from any
of the joint. The contractor shall undertake repairing and testing of the joint without any
extra cost to the owner.
7.5
After completion of the test, all temporary seals shall be removed, the test water shall be
drained / pumped out and the line cleaned properly.
7.6
Before commissioning, the cleanliness of the pipeline shall be checked by following tests.
7.6.1
Torch & Mirror Test

In this method of testing, a torch will be held at one end of the pipeline inside a manhole
and its Sage through the pipeline will be reflected and seen on a mirror held at the
opposite end of the pipeline, inside the next manhole. Any obstruction / debris / major
misalignment will not give a clear image, in which case the pipeline shall again be
cleaned, rectified and the test redone.
7.6.2
Ring Test
In this method of testing, two steel / wooden rings of suitable thickness and design shall
be fixed facing each other, at a distance of 2 feet or more. The block of rings shall be
inserted from one end of the pipeline, inside manhole and pulled by a rope fixed to the
block from the other end of the pipeline, inside the next manhole. The rings shall be of
dia. 2" less than the inside dia of pipe under testing. The rope used for pulling the ring
block may be inserted in the pipeline by the sub-contractor either during construction or
afterwards by suitable means. Any obstruction/ debris/ major mis-alignment will prevent
the ring to pass through the pipeline in which case the pipeline shall again be cleaned /
rectified and the test redone.

Page 995 of 1178
at ENGINEERS
sIgar Etlaiegw INDIA LIMITED
IA G.1 ol MdN
unmasking)
FOR UNDERGROUND
SEWER SYSTEM
PRE CAST RCC PIPES
No.
6-65-0042 Rev. 3
Page 7 of 7
The ring test shall be performed for the complete network of the sewer system, before the
same is put in commission.
8.0
RESTORATION OF DAMAGED SURFACES AND CLEARING THE SITE
8.1
All pavements, structures, pipelines, cables, etc removed, damaged or disturbed during
the pipe laying work shall be restored to original conditions.
8.2
Surplus excavated soil or rubbish material shall be removed to a place, as directed by

Engineer-in-Charge.
9.0
PAYMENT
9.1
Measurement of pipeline work for the purpose of payment shall be taken in running metre
of the laid pipe measured along centre line, inclusive of joints. The rate quoted shall be
inclusive of excavation, lowering, laying, jointing, connecting the pipe to manholes and
grouting the pipe to manhole wall, testing, cleaning of pipelines, backfilling,
commissioning and any other operation involved in the pipeline work.
9.2
The payment clause(s) as described in this standard specification shall not be referred/
applicable for LSTK Jobs.

Page 996 of 1178
laaleg
ENGINEEFZS
INDIA LIMITED
C1,7,W MI,~)
(A Govt of lndw Undertaking)
SPECIFICATION
FOR
EARTHING INSTALLATION
3Trztrr
6-51-0084 Rev. 4
Page 1 of 7
fR-r
SPECIFICATION
FOR
26.03.14
REVISED AND ISSUED AS SPECIFICATION
25.04.08
REVISED AND ISSUED AS SPECIFICATION
28.02.03 REVISED & ISSUED AS SPECIFICATION
16.07.97
Rev.
No

SPECIFICATION
Date
Purpose
FA
BRB
SA
SC
RKS
SSM
JMS
VC
HKM
RSG
VPS
SKG
RR
VPS
SG
AS
RR
SGC
SCG
SCG
Prepared Checked
by
by
Standards Standards
Committee
Bureau
Convenor Chairman
Approved by

Page 997 of 1178
ffig"ar fl2eg
1.11271 21~ 9>f JOCFA)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A Govt ot Inda Undertakng)
SPECIFICATION
FOR
6-51-0084 Rev. 4
Page 2 of 7
Abbreviations:
BIS
PESO
CD
CEA
DGMS
GI
IS
MS
OISD
UPS

Petroleum and Explosive safety organization.
Compact Disc
Central Electricity Authority
Director General Mines and Safety
Galvanized Iron
Indian Standard
Mild Steel
Uninterrupted Power Supply
Electrical Standards Committee

Convenor: Mr. BR Bhogal
Members: Ms. S. Anand
Mr. Parag Gupta
Mr. M.K. Sahu
Mr. A.K. Chaudhary (Inspection)
Ms. N.P. Guha (Projects)

Page 998 of 1178
" ENGINEERS
122e5IVWINDIA LIMITED
I
013,
1;15711
A Govt of Inda undertaking)
SPECIFICATION
FOR
6-51-0084 Rev. 4
Page 3 of 7
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
CODES AND STANDARDS
3.0
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
.4
4.0
EARTHING NETWORK
.4
5.0
INSTALLATION OF EARTH ELECTRODE
.5
6.0
CONNECTION
7.0
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
.7

Page 999 of 1178
ENGINEERS
sf " INDIA LIMITED
1.1,271232x1Wqs~.1)
1.0
IA Govt ot Intha Undeltalong)
SPECIFICATION
FOR
6-51-0084 Rev. 4
Page 4 of 7
SCOPE
This specification defines the requirements for the supply of earthing and lightning protection
materials and installation of the earthing and lightning protection systems.

2.1
The work shall be carried out in the best workman like manner in conformity with this
specification, EIL Installation Standards, layout drawings, the latest edition of relevant
specifications, codes of practice of Bureau of Indian Standards and OISD Standards listed
below :
SP:30 (BIS)
Special Publication-National Electrical Code
IS:2309
Protection of buildings and allied structures against lightning.
IS:3043
IS:7689
Guide for control of undesirable static electricity.
OISD 110
Recommended practices on static electricity
OISD 147
Inspection and safe practice during electrical installation.
OISD GDN 180 Lightning protection.

2.2
In addition to the above it shall be ensured that the installation conforms to the requirements
of the following as applicable:
a.
CEA Regulations
b.
Regulations laid down by CEA/Electrical Inspectorate.
c.
Regulations laid down by PESO/DGMS (as applicable).
d.
The petroleum rules (Ministry of Industry Government of India).
e.
Any other regulations laid down by central/state/local authorities and Insurance

agencies.
3.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

3.1
All materials and hardware to be supplied by the contractor shall be new, unused and of best
quality and shall conform to the specifications given here under and to latest specifications of
Bureau of Indian Standards. Contractor shall bring material samples to site and get it approved
by Engineer-in-charge before installation.
3.2
The main earth grid conductor shall be hot dip galvanised M.S. flat unless otherwise specified.
Sizes for main conductors shall be as indicated on the earthing layout drawing .Amount of
galvanizing shall be 610gm per sq.metre. Earth electrodes and Earth plate shall be as per EIL
Installation Standards.
4.0 EARTHING NETWORK

4.1
This consists of main earth conductor (grid conductor) forming a closed ring network with
required number of earth electrodes connected to it to provide a common earth for electrical
devices and metallic structures. From each earth electrode two distinct connections shall be
made to the main earth conductor. The earth plates shall be used for taking multiple earth
connections to two or more equipment.
4.2
The earth conductor shall be laid along cable trays/cable trench/pipe racks/ buried in

Page 1000 of 1178
A"ENGINEERS
2151egglii/
VINDIA LIMITED
1~1 ,h,f, CrA 3,10,
A
IA Govt of Indo Undertaking)
SPECIFICATION
FOR

6-51-0084 Rev. 4
Page 5 of 7
pavement/ below finished grade level as indicated on the earthing layout drawing. Where
lined cable trenches are available, the earth conductor shall be preferably laid in the trenches
and shall be firmly cleated to the sidewall of concrete trenches using GI clamps at interval of
400 mm to 500 mm and near to the termination end. The earthing conductor shall run along
one of the cable trays along the overhead cable route. The earthing conductor shall be suitably
cleated and electrically bonded to all the other cable trays on the same cable route at a regular
interval of 25 to 30 meter. The earthing for equipment shall be tapped from the main earth
conductor and not from cable tray support structure. Earth conductor when laid underground
shall be at a depth of 500mm below finished grade level.
4.3
Joints and tapping's in the main earth loop shall be made in such a way that reliable and good
electrical connections are permanently ensured. All joints below grade shall be welded and
shall be suitably protected by giving two coats of bitumen and covering with Hessian tape.
Earth strip laid above ground shall be welded across straight through joints and joints shall be
suitably protected by giving two coats of bitumen to avoid oxidation and insulation film
formation of the strip surface. When two earth strips are to be jointed by means of welding,
lap welding with an overlapping of strip equivalent to double the width of the strip and all
four sides shall be continuously welded. All joints at tappings above ground shall be by
means of connector/lugs. A minimum of two bolts of adequate size shall be used for this
purpose. Earthing strip joints at earth plate and equipment shall be through GI bolts, nut etc.
5.0 INSTALLATION OF EARTH ELECTRODE

5.1
Earth Electrode shall be installed as shown on installation standard and layout drawings.
The location shown on the layout drawings are indicative.
The exact location of earth electrodes in the field shall be determined by contractor in
consultation with the Engineer-in-charge, depending on the soil strata and resistivity. Earth
electrodes shall be located avoiding interferences with road, building foundation, column,
pipelines etc. The civil area drawings shall be referred for this. The distance between two
electrodes shall not be less than twice the depth of electrode.
5.2
Electrodes shall preferably be located in a moist soil which has a fine texture, grain size and
distribution. Wherever practicable the soil shall be dug up, all lumps broken and stones
removed from the immediate vicinity of the electrodes and soil packed by watering and
ramming as tight as possible.
5.3
The electrodes shall have a clean surface, not covered by paint, enamel, grease or other
materials of poor conductivity.
5.4
All earth electrodes shall be tested for earth resistance by means of standard earth test meter.
The tests shall take place in dry months, preferably after a protracted dry spell.
5.5
The disconnect facility shall be provided for the individual earth electrode to check its earth
resistance periodically.
5.6
Location of earth electrodes shall be marked by permanent markers for easy identification. All
earth Electrodes shall be serial numbered and also marked on Às Built' drawing for future
reference.
5.7
Individual earth electrodes shall be provided for each lightning arrestor and flood light mast.
5.8
Earthing system provided for concrete paved area by other agency where applicable; shall be
connected to the plant earthing system below ground by minimum two earth connections.

Page 1001 of 1178
ENGINERS
E
INDIA LIMITED
INWR ei2LIW C151JPC1,74,
IA Govt ot Intha undertaifing)
SPECIFICATION
FOR
6-51-0084 Rev. 4
Page 6 of 7
6.0 CONNECTION
The earth system connections shall generally cover the following:
Equipment earthing for personnel safety
-
System neutral earthing

Static and lightning protection
6.1
The following shall be earthed.

System neutral
-
Current and potential transformer secondary neutral
Metallic non-current carrying parts of all electrical apparatus such as transformers,

switchboards, bus ducts, motors, neutral earthing resistors, capacitors, UPS, battery
charger panels, welding receptacles, power sockets, lighting/power panels, control
stations, lighting fixtures etc.
Steel structures/columns, rail loading platforms etc.
Cable trays and racks, lighting mast and poles
Storage tanks, spheres, vessels, columns and all other process equipment.
Fence and Gate for electrical equipment (e.g. transformer yard etc.)
Cable shields and armour

Flexible earth provision for Wagon, Truck
Shield wire
Conductor size for branch connection to various equipment shall be as per EIL Installation
Standards unless otherwise stated on earthing layout drawings.
6.2
A11 process pipelines shall be bonded and earthed at the entry and exist points of battery limit
of hazardous area.
6.3
Steel pipe racks in the process units and offsite area shall be earthed at every 24 meters.
6.4
Equipment/street light pole etc. located remote from main earth network may be earthed by
means of individual earth electrode and earth conductor unless otherwise stated in job
specifications/earthing layout drawing.
6.5
Lightning protection shall be provided for the equipment, structures and buildings as shown
on layout drawing. Self conducting structures shall not require separate aerial rod and down
conductors. These shall however be connected to the earthing system at two or more points as
shown on layout drawing. Each down conductor shall be provided with an earth electrode and
all earth electrodes shall be interconnected through underground strip. Lightning protection
earthing system may be bonded to electrical safety earthing system, inside ground. Lightning
down conductor shall be brought to earth electrode in shortest straight path as feasible to
minimise surge impedance.
6.6
The main earthing network shall be used for earthing of equipment to protect against static
electricity.
6.7
All medium and high voltage equipment (above 250V) shall be earthed by two separate and
distinct connections with earth.

Page 1002 of 1178
ENGINEERS
0&.ff OfJlegw'INDIA LIMITED
tem",
IA Govt of lneha Undettaking)
SPECIFICATION
FOR
6-51-0084 Rev. 4
Page 7 of 7
6.8
Plant instrument system clean earthing, UPS system clean/safety earth, Data concentrator
panel, HMI etc shall be separate from the electrical earthing system, if mentioned in job
specification/ layout drawings.
6.9
All paint, scale and enamel shall be removed from the contact surface before the earthing
connections are made.
6.10
All earthing connections for equipment earthing shall be preferably from the earth plate
mounted above ground wherever provided
Equipment foundation bolts shall not be used for earthing connection.
6.11
Earth connections shall be made through compression type cable lugs/by welded lugs.
6.12
All hardware used for earthing installation shall be hot dip galvanised or zinc passivated.
Spring washers shall be used for all earthing connections and all connections adequately
locked against loosening.
6.13 Lighting fixtures and receptacles shall be earthed through the extra core provided in the
lighting circuit/cable for this purpose.
6.14
The reinforcements of sub-station building and the sub-station floor shall be connected to
main earth grid.
7.0 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

7.1
Field inspection, testing and commissioning of electrical installation shall be done as per EIL
standard specification.Earthing systems/connections shall be tested as follows:
7.2
Resistance of individual earth electrodes shall be measured after disconnecting it from the grid
by using standard earth test meggar.
7.3
Earthing resistance of the grid shall be measured after connecting all the earth electrodes to
the grid. The resistance value of an earth grid to the general mass of earth shall be as follows:
For the electrical system and equipment a value that ensures the operation of the
protection device in the electrical circuit but not in excess of 4 ohm. However for
generating stations and large sub-systems, the value shall not be more than 1 ohm.
-
7.4
7.5
For lightning protection, the value of 5ohms as earth resistance shall be desirable, but
in no case it shall be more than 10 ohms
The resistance to earth shall be measured typically at the following points:

At each electrical system earth or system neutral earth.
a)
b)
At each earth provided for structure lightning protections.
c)
At one point on earthing system used to earth electrical equipment enclosures.
d)
At one point on earthing system used to earth wiring system, enclosures, such as
metal conduits and cable sheaths or armour.
e)
At one point on fence enclosing electrical equipment.
All earthing layout drawings shall be marked by contractor for ÀS BUILT STATUS' and
two sets of hard copies plus 1 set of soft copy, shall be submitted to EIL. For projects, where
layout drawings have been prepared based on 3D modeling, contractor shall carryout
necessary changes for ÀS BUILT STATUS' in the 3D model.

Page 1003 of 1178
gfga faWs
lair,i237,15,2,131,05.)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of Indla Undertalong)
SPECIFICATION FOR FIELD

INSPECTION, TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING OF
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
SPECIFICATION No.
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
Page 1 of 8
#f-~
ftw
PiRkurr, -crftwr
SPECIFICATION
FOR
FIELD INSPECTION, TESTING
AND
COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATIONS
10.6.14
03.03.09
14.07.03
02.08.01
Rev.
No
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED AS STANDARD

SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
SPECIFICATION
Date
Purpose
AKG
SA
BRB *".
SC
RKS
NS
JMS
ND
HKM
RSG
VPS
SKG
UAP
RR
VPS
MI
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Standards
Committee
Convenor
Standards
Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Format No.
8-00-0001-F1
Rev. 0
Page
1004 of 1178
k31
laW5
iairerf r-freA, asl,~7,)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
A GoN of Indla Undeltaking)

COMMISSIONING OF
SPECIFICATION No.
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
Page 2 of 8
Abbreviations:
AC
AFC
BIS
CCOE
CEA
DC
DCS
DGMS
ECS
GI
HV
IS
MV
OISD
Alternating Current
Approved for Construction
Chief Controller of Explosives
Central Electricity Authority
Direct Current
Distributed Control System
Director General for Mines and Safety
Electrical Control Station
Galvanized Iron
High Voltage
Indian Standard
Medium Voltage

Convenor: Mr. BR Bhogal
Members: Ms. S. Anand
Mr. Parag Gupta
Mr. M.K. Sahu
Mr. A.K. Chaudhary (Inspection)

Page 1005 of 1178
fawres,
ENG1NEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ol Ind. Undertaiong)

COMMISSIONING OF
SPECIFICATION No.
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
Page 3 of 8
CONTENTS
1.0
SCOPE
2.0
CODES AND STANDARDS
3.0
FIELD INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
4.0
RECORDS
Format No.
8-00-0001-F1
Rev. 0
Page
1006 of 1178
k`51
12..itq
$'1gz:IT ft- s
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
I.R77 c`F,1,4, CA3PC1171)
1.0
IA Govt of India Undertalong)

COMMISSIONING OF
SPECIFICATION No.
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
Page 4 of 8
SCOPE
This specification covers the requirements for the field inspection, testing and commissioning
of Electrical Equipment and Installation, forming part of electrical power distribution and
utilisation system.

2.1
The field inspection, testing and commissioning of electrical equipment shall be carried out in
line with this specification and the latest edition of following Indian Standards and OISD
standards.
SP-30(BIS)
IS 1255
IS-7816
IS 10810(Part 43)
IS 10810(Part 45)
IS 12729
OISD 137
OISD 147
2.2
National Electrical Code.

Code of practice for installation and maintenance of power cables up
to & including 33 kV rating.
Guide for testing Insulation resistance of rotating machines.
Method of Test for cables; Part 43 Insulation resistance.
Method of Test for cables; Part 45 High voltage test.
HV Switchgears
Inspection of Electrical Equipment.
Inspection and safe practice during electrical installation.
In addition to the above it shall be ensured that the installation conforms to the requirements of
the following as applicable:
a.
CEA Regulations
b.
Regulations laid down by CEA / Electrical Inspectorate.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Regulations laid down by Tariff Advisory Committee/Loss prevention council.

Regulations laid down by CCoE/DGMS (as applicable).
The petroleum rules (Ministry of Industry, Government of India).
Any other regulations laid down by central / state / local authorities / insurance
agencies
3.0 FIELD INSPECTION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

3.1
Contractor shall carry out complete field inspection, testing and commissioning of electrical
equipment as per Inspection & Test plans.
3.2
Before the completed installation or an addition to the existing installation is put into service,
inspection / pre-commissioning checks and tests shall be carried out by contractor. In the
event of defects being found out, the same shall be rectified and the installation retested as
applicable.
3.3
The pre-commissioning inspection among other requirements shall include visual inspection,
checking the workmanship of the installation, the rating of equipment, safety clearances, sizes
of cables installed, conformance to the AFC document, soundness of switchgear bus
connections, wiring properly dressed and labeled, sealing of unused cable entries, checking of
all safety interlocks, control/interface functions as per requirement etc.
3.4
Visual inspection for soundness of bus bar connections of busducts, terminal connections of
equipment/motor shall be carried out. It shall be ensured that no foreign materials are present
inside busduct and equipment terminal boxes. After the visual inspection, all the covers of
terminal boxes, inspection chambers shall be refitted with gaskets, bolts & nuts as per
equipment manufacturer's instructions.

Page 1007 of 1178
k31
g
Og-ar 2f5:1~srz as,:ror.)
(~1
3.5
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A GoN cd InEia Und<rlAk(A9)

COMMISSIONING OF
SPECIFICATION No.
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
Page 5 of 8
Pre-commissioning tests shall include but not be limited to the following:

Continuity test for each winding and power and control circuits.
Insulation test for each winding and power and control circuit
High voltage test for cables
-
Dielectric strength test on transformer oil.
Checking the correctness of wiring schemes, control circuit interlocks for intended
functioning.
Verification of phase sequence.

Testing of all types of relays/releases for required operation.
Testing of measuring instruments for proper functioning.
Earth continuity test for all circuits.

Checking of safety features for correctness of operation, etc.
Checking of all wired interface contacts (analogue, digital input/output contacts) for DCS
and ECS interface, at panel and equipment terminal chambers as applicable.
(Electrical contractor shall co-ordinate with other agencies involved for the above and
provide support services for checking interfaces of electrical equipment and the intended
functioning)
Earth resistance measurement for each earth electrode, and the earthing system as a whole.
Lighting installation shall be tested for correct illumination levels, with fittings installed.
Fittings shall be operated only with specified type of a lamp or tube.
3.6
After the above tests and inspection are completed, control circuits shall be tested for correct
operation under all operating combinations and proved correct before applying power to
main circuit.
3.7
Plant Communication, Fire alarm detection and telephone system shall be checked for correct
operation and intended function.
3.8
A close visual inspection of electrical equipment in hazardous areas shall be made to ensure
that equipment is suitable for the classified zone and gas group and correctly installed, with all
covers, bolts, nuts and hardwares intact and there is no physical damage mark seen on the
enclo sure
3.9
Site Acceptance Test procedure for specific equipment shall be furnished by the respective
equipment vendor. The contractor shall provide necessary assistance to the equipment vendor
to perform Site acceptance testing to enable the equipment vendor to perform the same.
3.10
All pre-commissioning checks and tests shall be carried out as per the directions of Engineerin-charge. In addition to the equipment manufacturer's instructions, pre-commissioning check
requirements shall also be complied. All tests shall be carried out by contractor in the presence
of EIL/Owner' s representatives
3.11
The contractor shall bring to site all required tools, tackles, and testing instruments for
carrying out field testing. Contractor shall use only calibrated measuring and test instruments
and shall maintain valid calibration records.
Page 1008 of 1178
$tigzrr
fa2es
INfn
3.12

COMMISSIONING OF
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IF
GoN of lndN Underfakrogf
SPECIFICATION No.
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
Page 6 of 8
The Insulation Resistance test values for various electrical equipment shall be as below:
3.12.1 Cables
The insulation resistance test values for cables shall be as per following table:
Rated voltage of the Cable
DC Test Voltage in Volts
Insulation
Minimum
resistance in Mega ohms
Lighting and power circuit

wiring
650/1100V grade cables
250
1,000
10
1,900/3,300V grade cables
1,000
200
1,000
200
5,000
200
5,000
200
5,000
200
19,000/33000V grade cables
5,000
200
3.12.2 IIV, MV and Miscellaneous Switchboards

The insulation resistance test values for the switchboards shall be as per following table:
5,000
Insulation
Minimum
resistance in Mega ohms
200
11,000V
5,000
200
6,600V
1,000
200
3,300V
1,000
200
415V
1,000
100
240V
500
10
110V
500
10
Rated voltage
Switchboard
33,000V
of
the DC Test Voltage in Volts
3.12.3 Generators and Motors

3.12.4 The insulation resistance test values for the Generators and Motors shall be as per following
table:
11,000V
5,000
Minimum
Insulation
resistance in Mega ohms at
40 C
120
6,600V
1,000
80
3,300V
1,000
50
415V
1,000
15
240V
500
12
Rated voltage of the DC Test Voltage in Volts

Generators and Motors
Format No.
8-00-0001-F1
Rev. 0
Page
1009 of 1178
~5)
irr0n twor,on
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
in Govt ol IndU Undertalong)

COMMISSIONING OF
SPECIFICATION No.
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
Page 7 of 8
3.12.5 Transformers
3.12.6 The insulation resistance test values for the Transformers shall be as per following table:
Up to 600V
1,000
Minimum
Insulation
resistance in Mega ohms at
40 C
100
601 to 5000V
2,500
1,000
5001 to 15,000V
5,000
5,000
15001 to 35,000V
5,000
10,000
Rated voltage
Transformers
of
the DC Test Voltage in Volts
3.12.7 It shall be ensured that during insulation tests, electronic devices and components that are
liable to get damaged on applied test voltage shall be disconnected from circuit. The
instructions of equipment/panel manufacturer shall be followed strictly in this regard.
3.13 High-voltage Testing
3.13.1 DC high voltage test shall be conducted as per following table on all HV feeder cables and
also on 1100 V grade cables where straight through joints have been made.
Rated Voltage of
Cable (kV)
U. / U*
0.65/1.1
1.9/3.3
3.3/3.3
3.8/6.6
6.6/6.6
6.35/11
11/11
12.7/22
19/33
TEST VOLTAGE (kV) BETWEEN

Any Conductor and Metallic Conductor to Conductor
(For Unscreened Cables)
Sheath/ Screen/Armour
3
3
9
5
9
9
18
10.5
18
18
30
18
30
30
37.5
60
Duration
(Minutes)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
*U. : Phase Voltage

U : Line Voltage
The cable cores must be discharged on completion of DC high voltage test and cable shall be
kept earthed until it is put into service.
DC test voltage for old cables shall be 1.5 times rated voltage or less depending on the age of
cables, repair work or nature of jointing work carried out, etc. In any case, the test voltage
shall not be less than the rated voltage.

Page 1010 of 1178
mar
ENGINEERS
faZ5 INDIA LIMITED
l aiWn 23~ ag,o.)
IA Gosn of Intha Undertakog)

COMMISSIONING OF
SPECIFICATION No.
6-51-0087 Rev. 3
Page 8 of 8
3.13.2 AC high voltage test shall be conducted as per following table on all HV Switchboards.
Rated Voltage
(rms Value in
kV)
U
3.6
7.2
12
24
36
72.5
Rated 1 Min. Power Frequency Withstand Voltage

(rms Value in kV)
To Earth, Between
Poles and Across Open
Switching Device
10
20
28
50
70
140
Duration in
Minutes
Across the Isolating

Distance
12
23
32
60
80
160
1
1
1
1
1
1
The withstand voltage values across the isolating distances are valid only for switching
devices, where the clearance between open contacts is designed to meet the safety
requirements specified for disconnectors.
3.14
All protective relays including thermal overload relays shall be tested by secondary injection
current. Primary injection tests shall be carried out for differential protection, restricted earth
fault protection at full/reduced current to ensure correctness of complete wiring.
3.15
Before energizing any equipment, `COMMISSIONING CLEARANCE FORM' as per

standard format shall be duly filled in by contractor and submitted to EIL/owner.
3.16
It shall be ensured that the electrical inspectorate approval is available before energizing the
equipment
4.0 RECORDS
Contractor shall keep up-to-date records of all activities carried out and test results. Field
inspection / test reports shall be submitted to EIL / Owner by the contractor in bound volumes
(triplicate copies).
Format No.
8-00-0001-F1
Rev. 0
Page
1011 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
$7g-ar
,>,,72,1g,,T11,1,171/
iA Govt of India Undedakmg)
SPECIFICATION FOR
ELECTRICAL WORKS AS PART
OF PAVING WORKS
6-51-0088 Rev. 3
Page 1 of 6
9--rwr
-kr41-r
RYI
SPECIFICATION
FOR
ELECTRICAL WORKS
AS PART OF PAVING WORKS
16.10.2014
REVISED AND REISSUED
AKG
SA
BRB
SC
23.12.2009
REVISED AND REISSUED
RKS
SA
NS/JMS
ND
07.02.2005

SPECIFICATION
SSM
RR
AAN
06.01.2000
BLC
RR
Rev
Date
No

Page 1012 of 1178
Purpose
Prepared
by
Checked
by
SKG
VPS
AS
Standards
Committee
Convenor
Standard
s Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
laW5
7.117R rad
-,1,1300,31,
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
A Go. of Indla undertakog)
SPECIFICATION FOR
OF PAVING WORKS
6-51-0088 Rev. 3
Page 2 of 6
Abbreviations:
BIS
GI
Galvanised Iron
IS
Indian Standard
NB
Nominal Bore
PVC
Poly Vinyl Chloride
SWG
Standard Wire Gauge

Convener : Mr. B.R.Bhogal
Members : Ms. SumitaAnand
Mr. Parag Gupta
Mr. M.K. Sahu
Mr. A.K.Chaudhary (Inspection)
Page 1013 of 1178
Copyright
All rights reserved
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
I A Govt ot Ind. Undettakingt
SPECIFICATION FOR
OF PAVING WORKS
6-51-0088 Rev. 3
Page 3 of 6
CONTENTS
1.0 SCOPE
'.0 CODES AND STANDARDS
3.0
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
4.0 INSTALLATION

Page 1014 of 1178
Ogzif Weg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Govt et Underta,ng)
SPECIFICATION FOR
OF PAVING WORKS
6-51-0088 Rev. 3
Page 4 of 6
1.0 SCOPE
This specification defines the requirements for supply and installation of materials such as earth
electrode, earth strip, GI conduit sleeves etc. by contractor in the areas to be paved.
The work shall be carried out in the best workman like manner in conformity with this specification,
EIL Installation standards, latest edition of codes of practice of Bureau of Indian Standards and the
regulations laid down by the Electrical Inspectorate and other concerned authorities as applicable.
IS : 3043
IS : 1239 Part-I
Mild steel tube, tubular and other wrought steel fittings.
IS : 1239 Part-II
Mild steel sockets tubular and other wrought steel pipe fittings.
IS : 4736
Hot dip zinc coating on mild steel tubes.
SP-30(BIS)
Special publication-National electrical code
3.0 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS

All materials and hardware to be supplied by the contractor shall be new, unused and of best quality
and shall conform to the specifications given hereunder and installation standards attached with the
tender. Contractor shall bring material samples to site and get it approved by Engineer-in-charge
before installation.
3.1
Earth Grid
The main earth grid conductor shall be hot dip galvanised mild steel flat/as specified in design basis.
Sizes for main conductors shall be as indicated on the layout drawing.
3.2
Earth Electrodes
Earth electrodes shall be of hot galvanised medium grade mild steel pipe, 65 mm diameter as per
EIL installation standard unless otherwise specified as per job specification.
3.3
Earth Plate
This shall be of size 400 x 75 x 10 mm GI Earth plate (hot dip galvanised) as per installation
standard unless other wise specified.
3.4
GI Pipes Sleeves
These shall be of galvanised medium grade mild steel pipe of standard diameters viz. 40, 50, 65, 80,
100, 125, 150 mm NB as required.
3.5
Galvanising
The amount of galvanizing for material shall be minimum 610 gm. per sq. meter unless otherwise
specified in job specification
Page 1015 of 1178
k31
$'1g-rx OW-g
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govl
Undertal,ng)
SPECIFICATION FOR
OF PAVING WORKS
6-51-0088 Rev. 3
Page 5 of 6
4.0 INSTALLATION
4.1
Earth Electrode in Test Pit
4.1.1
Earth Electrode shall be installed as shown on installation standard.
4.1.2 The location of earth pit shown on the layout drawings is indicative. The exact location of earth
electrodes in the field shall be determined by the contractor in consultation with the site Engineer-incharge.
4.1.3 Earth electrodes shall be located avoiding interference with road, building foundation, column,
pipelines etc. to the extent possible. The civil area drawings shall be referred for this.
4.1.4 The distance between two electrodes shall preferably not be less than twice the depth of electrode.
4.1.5 Electrodes shall preferably be located in a moist soil which has a fine texture, grain size and
distribution. Wherever practicable the soil shall be dug up, all lumps broker and stones removed
from the immediate vicinity of the electrodes and soil packed by watering and ramming as tight as
possible.
4.1.6 The electrodes shall have a clean surface, not covered by paint, enamel, grease or other materials of
poor conductivity.
4.1.7 The disconnect facility shall be provided for the individual earth electrode to check its earth
resistance periodically.
4.1.8 Location of earth electrode shall be marked by permanent markers for easy identification. Top cover
of electrode shall be serial numbered and also marked on "As built drawing" for reference.
4.1.9 Each earth plate shall be connected to main earth grid by two vertical risers (earth strip) from earth
grid. Where earth plates are not indicated on the drawing, vertical riser (earth strip) from earth grid
upto 300 mm above finish Level of pavement/floor shall be provided as per layout.
4.2
Earthing Network
4.2.1 This consists of main earth conductor (grid conductor) forming a closed ring network with required
number of earth electrodes to provide a common earth path for electrical devices and metallic
structures. From each earth electrode two distinct connections shall be made to the main earth
conductor.
4.2.2 The earth conductor shall be laid as indicated on the earthing layout drawing and exact route may be
modified at site to suit site conditions.
4.2.3
Earthing conductors shall be buried in both longitudinal and transverse directions to facilitate the
earthing of various equipments.
4.2.4 The reinforcement of pavement shall also be connected to the plant earthing grid by means of
welding /clamping at an interval of 25m (max.).
4.2.5 Earth conductor running along lined trenches shall be firmly cleated on the structure surface using
GI spacers and clamps at intervals of approximate 1000mm unless specified otherwise and also
clamps shall be installed near to termination ends.
4.2.6 Earth conductor, in case laid underground, shall be at a depth of 300mm below finished pavement
Level.

Page 1016 of 1178
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
A Govt of Undeflak,ng)
SPECIFICATION FOR
OF PAVING WORKS
6-51-0088 Rev. 3
Page 6 of 6
4.2.7 Joints and tappings in the main earth loop shall be made in such a way that reliable and good
electrical connections are permanently ensured.
4.2.8 All joints below grade shall be welded and shall be suitably protected by giving two coats of bitumen
and covering with hessian tape.
4.2.9 Earth strip laid above ground shall be welded across straight through joints and joints shall be
suitably protected by giving two coats of bitumen. Welding shall be done with an overlapping of
strip equivalent to double the width of the strip and all three sides shall be continuously welded.
4.2.10 Earth plates shall be provided for taking earth connections to different equipment. For this, earth
strips (two nos.), welded to earth network, below ground shall be extended above grade Level and
connected to earth plate.
4.2.11 Earth Electrodes for lightning protection shall be dedicated. These shall be bonded atleast at two
points below ground, with the main earthing network.
4.3
GI Pipe Sleeves
All GI Pipes shall be laid as per layout drawings for the purpose of taking electrical cables to electric
Motor/Other equipment. Fabrication of various profiles shall be made by hydraulically operated
bending machine (which is to be arranged by the contractor) and all the burrs in the pipes shall be
removed.The number of bends made in each pipe length shall be restricted to one. GI Pipes, buried
in soil shall have bitumen coating on the buried portion Installation of GI Pipes shall be undertaken
well before paving is done. GI lids or PVC bushes (size to suit pipe) shall be provided at both the
ends of pipe. Pull wire (16 SWG steel wire) shall be provided inside pipe having length more than 3
meters for ease of cable pulling by other agency at later stage.

Page 1017 of 1178
STANDARD No.
PEDESTAL FOR
1111111,11.11111WMININO
7-67-0008 Rev.6
STAIR / LADDER
(A Govt. of India Undertaking)
Page 1 of 1
FINISH GRADE
O
0
C1
PLAIN CONC.
SOCTYP
LEAN CONC. 1:5:10

WELL COMPACTED EARTH
DET. OF L-BOLT
PEDESTAL FOR UNPAVED AREA

STAIR / LADDER
2 8I
c. L-BOLTS
T.O.0
150c
UP
R/F OF SLAB/PAVEMENT
FRONT1FACE
PEDESTAL ON CONC.
PAVEMENT/R.C.C. SLAB
C
A
PLAN
S.NO.
ITEM
WIDTH
D1
D2
NUT
REMARKS
LADDER
450
750
300
280
200
100
90
500
SINGLE
STAIR
750
1100
310
421
160
150
90
600
SINGLE
FOR STRINGER BEAM MC150
STAIR
750
1100
355
421
255
100
90
600
SINGLE
FOR STRINGER BEAM MC200
NOTES:IN CASE OF PEDESTAL OVER PILE CAP/RCC FOUNDATION, DIMENSION 'E' TO SUIT ACCORDINGLY BUT NOT
TO EXCEED VALUES GIVEN IN ABOVE TABLE.
CONCRETE GRADE SHALL BE AS PER GENERAL NOTES OF THE PROJECT BUT NOT LOWER THEN M20.
M20 L-BOLT AS PER DETAIL GIVEN ABOVE SHALL BE PROVIDED.
BOLTS SHALL BE TURNED FROM MILD STEEL BARS CONFORMING TO IS:2062 GRADE-A.
HEXAGONAL NUTS AND WASHERS SHALL CONFORM TO IS:1363 AND IS:3138.
THREADING SHALL BE COARSE AND CONFORM TO IS:1367 AND IS:4218.
27.06.11 REAFFIRMED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD
30.03.07 REVISED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1018 of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.O
Purpose
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared
by
Checked
by
ARVIND KUMAR
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Committee GM(E) Stds. Bureau

Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
Ofaitel zz ENGINEERS
aCirial5leg INDIA uumislE,g9
STANDARD No.
STANDARD LIFTING HOOKS IN
7-68-0051 Rev. 5
PRECAST SLABS AND CHEQ. PLATES
Page 1 of 1
12 M.S. HOOK
sc,
150lapati
El
MIN.
PRECAST
SLAB
Mir
P.nlos
eql
I.
EDGE OF SUPPORTING
BEAM ALL
80
1,
90 j,
SECTION:1 -1
PLAN
35
1, 80
90
16 DEEP HALF ROUND

GROOVE
TYPE-1
35
12 0 M.S. HOOK
1601-10LE
13.50 HOLES
10.1,111
16 DEEP HALF
ROUND GROOVE
KIMAMW
!MM.'
ID I
un
DETAIL OF M.S. PLATE MKD.
80
SECTION:1 -1
TYPE-II
EDGE OF SUPPORT
75
8 THK. M.S.P
MKD.0
80
(OTHER DETAILS SAME AS IN TYPE I ABOVE)
SECTION:2-2
200x120x6 THK.
TYPE-III
(FOR CHEQ. PLATE ONLY)
NOTES:
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm
FOR PRECAST SLABS GENERALLY LIFTING HOOK TYPEI SHALL BE USED UNLESS TYPEII IS
SPECIFIED IN THE DRAWING.
5
4
Rev.
No.

Date
Page 1019 of 1178
Purpose
tit7
P.K&L
efea
S CHATURVEDI
VIM? KUMAR
D muleam
YDS
P.ILMITTAL WSW kuau
VSDIATUIVIEDI
Prepared Checked Stds. Committee GM (E)
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
by
by
Approved by
STANDARD No.
EtIGINFERS
SEIMONDIA LIMITED
01111/1MOIMill1.0
METAL INSERT PLATES
7-68-0056 Rev. 6
(A Got of bidlo Unclarta!dip)
Page 1 of 7
GENERAL NOTES :1. ALL LUGS SHALL BE OF HIGH STRENGTH DEFORMED BARS OF
GRADE Fe500/Fe500D CONFORMING TO 15:1786 (WITH GUARANTEED WELDABILITY)
AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO METAL INSERT PLATES BY 6 mm
FILLET WELDS AS SHOWN IN SKETCHES.
2. METAL INSERT PLATES SHALL BE CONFORMING TO IS:2062 (GRA/B).
3. METAL INSERT PLATES MARKED ON DRAWING REFER AS UNDER
IP(A) 0 (C)
IP = INSERT PLATE
A = TYPE OF INSERT PLATE
C = ELEVATION OF INSERT PLATE (TOP EDGE)
e.g IPR9a 0 EL.110.300 MEANS INSERT PLATE TYPE R9a AT EL.110.300.
4. METAL INSERT PLATES SHALL BE KEPT FLUSH WITH CONCRETE SURFACE.
5. THE LONGER SIDE OF METAL INSERT PLATE SHALL BE KEPT VERTICAL
UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE.
6. METAL INSERT PLATE ON COLUMN OR BEAM SHALL BE KEPT SYMMETRICAL
ABOUT q.OF COLUMN OR BEAM, UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE.
09.10.07
Rev
No.
Nie( Q/VPS
P.K.MITTAL s OHATURVEDI
VP$
P.K.MITTAL VINAY KUMAR
VINAY KUMAR
V.CHATURVE)I
Prepared Checked Stds. Committee CGM(E)

Date
Page 1020 of 1178
Purpose
by
by
D MALHOTRA
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
hairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
METAL INSERT PLATES
ENGINEERS
NDIA UMRH)
7-68-0056 Rev. 6
(LUG BENDING DETAILS)
(A Gov! of Nick Uncla-taking)
Page 2 of 7
M.I. PLATE
12 4 LUG (TYP)
METAL INSERT DETAIL
METAL INSERT DETAIL
ON BOTTOM OF SLAB
ON TOP OF SLAB
M.I.
R.C.C. BEAM
METAL INSERT DETAIL

VIEW 1 -1
ON SIDE OF BEAM
80
200
121 LUG
w = THICKNESS
OF M.I.
PLATE
M.I.
z
I150(LW)
12 1 LUG
M.I.
PLATE
METAL INSERT DETAIL
METAL INSERT DETAIL
ON BOTTOM OF BEAM
ON COLUMNS
(FOR ALTERNATE DETAIL REF. SHT. 7 OF 7)
A+B = LUG EMBEDMENT REQUIRED

AS PER SHT. 4,5,6 OF 7
23.10.12
09.10.07
REVISED AND REISSUED AS STANDARD
\kV
P.KAHTTAL
WS
P.K.MITTAL
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1021 of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001+4 Rev.0
Purpose
VPS
MRWDI
VINAY KUWAR
Prepared Checked Stds. Committee

Convenor
by
by
"-O 'er
VINAY KUMAR
D MALNOTRA
V.CMW WM
CGM(E) Stds. Bureau

Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
METAL INSERT PLATES
7-68-0056 Rev. 6
liganibM
IE
LP
MT
IS ED
(A Govt. of tncgo Undertaking)
NIIIMMO09911.
Page 3 of 7
M.I. PLATE
LUG
0 = DIA OF LUG
LW = WELD LENGTH AVAILABLE
BENDING DIMENSIONS FOR 121 & 161 LUGS

(FOR SPACING OF LUGS > 190)
(NOT APPLICABLE FOR S1, 52, RI & PS1)
1mm GAP
5mm WELD
LUG
PLUG WELD
M.I. PLATE
WELD DETAIL OF 12 & 16 LUGS WITH M.I. PLATE

(FOR SPACING OF LUGS < 190)
(VALID FOR 51, 52 R1 & PS1)
BENDING DIMENSIONS FOR 121 & 161 LUGS

(VALID FOR R9, R10, R12, R13, R14, PS11, & P512)
Cc?)
, (\\
41\7 1)/
6
23.10.12 REVISED AND REISSUED AS STANDARD
09.10.07
P.K.MITTAL
VPS
P.K.IMITAL
Prepared Checked
Rev
No.
VpS
Dale
Page 1022 of 1178
Purpose
by
by
WEEP
VINAY KUMAR 0 MALHOTRA
VINAY KUMAR
Stds. Committee
V.CHATURVEDI
CGM(E)
Convenor
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Copyright EIL - At rights reserved
STANDARD No.
METAL INSERT PLATES

Cry
011107MIMERPOPO
PDIA
7-68-0056 Rev. 6
(SIR DESIGNATES)
UMMD
(A Go* of kt6Io UndeviokMg)
S1a 12
CROSS SECTION Z
PLAN
vi
Le,
o
0
_.
"a-
57a 12
12
01 I
1
%
12
7.
DETAILS OF INSERT PLATE

PLAN
b 16
, . 195 195 .
11.1111=1.
U
16
SIZE 450x450
SIZE 150x150
ili,_tc*
i, ,R,
S2a
12
.V.
S2b 16
I
I
1
1
1
---t-
16
0
%
jr, 300
12
S3a 12
12
0
3.
Sib 16
tt-
16
SIZE 250x250
S4a
12
L
V-I
8.
4.
FvE
S4b 16
1 V
16
S5a
12
12
R1b 16
4-
0
0)
NJ
5.
S5b 16
SIZE 350x350
S6a
12
R2a
12
9.
R2b 16
I 300 1
16
12
12
R3b 16
16
1140
jail
1 300
10.
350
II
?
350
SIZE 200x300
R4a
1
5
n
SIZE 150x300
R3a
1
,0
,?;
?
?
12
. 90
Nat
1
12
0
a
f-)
R4b 16
350
1 140
1
li
11
12
1 11..
16
RSa
12
I,
SIZE 200x400
1170 170
30
MIMI
12
1---dr-t-
16
I, 300
16
irso145f145te_jr)
-4)
0'
SIZE 150x200
SIZE 300x300
3
j,
cl)
120 120 1
flail"
12
400
12
SIZE 200x200
irrsp,
1,
n
R1a
12
2.
CROSS SECTION
0
-
j, 300
Sib
THK. OFINSERT
TYPEOF INSERT ]
vi
THK. OFINSERT
6
Z
DIAOFLUGS
TYPEOFINSERT
Page 4 of 7
350
I 190
jai
12
1
o
4
6.
S6b 16
12.
16
SIZE 400x400
350
23.10 12 REVISED AND REISSUED AS STANDARD
09.10 07 REAFFIRMED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1023 of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001+4 Rev.0
Purpose
1
0
-4
R5b 16
16
SIZE 250x300
.4`1V
VPS
P.K.MUTAL
P.K.MITTAL
VIMAY KUMAR
6t,
RWDI
Qrec-VIN KUMAR
350
'--- -I
D MAU4OTRA
V.CHATURVEDI

Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
by
by
Approved by
age..

6
CROSS SECTION
PLAN
THK. OFINSERT
Page 5 of 7
TYPE OFINSERT
7-68-0056 Rev. 6
(R DESIGNATES)
to Goal of Odic Undertaking)
THK. OF INSERT
DIAOFLUGS
TYPE OF INSERT
Min Astr m0
STANDARD No.
METAL INSERT PLATES
E
..c
a

PLAN
CROSS SECTION
30{1451451130
R6a
R12a 12
12 12
12
19.
13.
R 6b
16
16
,9,1c
SIZE 250x400
16
12 12
14.
R7b
16
16
o
a
R13a 12 12
I
----40
SIZE 250x500
R8a
12
12
.4 240 ,
li mn
u
MN
15.
R8b
21.
MI
ft
,...
16 16
SIZE 300x400
16
R14a 12 12
I 350
5
5
1
Ila"
'
400
,I,
SIZE 350x600
0
co
R13b 16
400
30 14 45 30
feat
all
0
0
m
0
co
20.
O
re'
400
SIZE 350x5b3
n,
R7a
5
,5
o
R12b 16
j, 350
o
0
R14b 16
o
o
u.1
?frril
__ -
='11
Sig
16
SIZE 400x500
1 400
y1 2o) 20fr0
I
R9a
12 12
16.
R9b
gins.
raj
Bann
Ilarri
swi
.=== l
i,
16 16
5
400
SIZE 300x500
o 3942041204430
R10a 12 12
..
1
1
17.
R10b 16
16
400
SIZE 300x600
290
R11a 12 12
18.
o
R11b 16
======
16
SIZE 350x400
5
j, 350
TA
23.10 12
09.10 07
REAFFIRMED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD
Rev
No.
43tzpar
P.K.MITTAL
VPS
P.K ARTTAL
TU
\0)`()%
VI NAY KUMAR
V.0 HAT URVED I
VINAY KUMAR

Date
Page 1024 of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.0
Purpose
by
by
Convenor
2..4___
D MALHOTRA
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
ENGNEERS
dignMellDIA UMITED
S.NO.
STANDARD No.
METAL INSERT PLATES
TYPE
OF
INSERT
DIA
OF
LUGS
TH K.
OF
INSERT
PS1
12
12
PS2
16
16
PS3
12
12
P54
16
16
7-68-0056 Rev. 6
(PS DESIGNATES)
Page 6 of 7

CROSS SECTION
PLAN
1011
1.
;250 (rY
P)1 FOR
14 LUGS
lel LUGS
1.
o_ Iil
SIZE '
225x225
3/11, 240
12
FOR
aatri*-rr
2.
PS5
300 (TYP)
SIZE 150x150
1
,430
12
Mal
3.
all
am
wasi
PS6
16
16
SIZE 300x300
3
PS7
12
12
_ -.-I
"
4.
o
PS8
16
200 1,1401
,30
16
i 0
I 1 1 1 0
4t 14- "
t--4
100, 200 1
SIZE 400x400
30 { 195
PS9
12
12
5.
Lo
Lo
PS10
16
195 fro
I I 1
kitrk I
_ 1
16
SIZE 450x450
30.11, 220 ir 220 1..30
PS11
12
12
II
1
PS12
16
16
SIZE 500x500
.uk,1 /
23.10.12
Rev
No.
Date
Page 1025 of 1178

Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Rev.0
Purpose
VPS
rpZ Pr
n
R.
P.K.WITTAI.
\r,Arf)%CHAT KUMAR
Al
V.CHATURVEDI
MAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
c.4,_.-f,
D IIALHOTRA
CGM(E)
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Copyright Ell - All rights reserved
STANDARD No.
METAL INSERT PLATES
ENGINEERS
LAMM
7-68-0056 Rev. 6
(T DESIGNATES)
(A Govt. of kidlo UndertokIng)
Page 7 of 7
w
30
w
\
30
30
30
,,
30
{ 30
250
71(-
L
7
r.
i
k
250
A,
II
t--t
i
TYPE T2, T3 & T4
TYPE T1
TYPE T7
TYPE T5 & 16
50 mm (MIN.)
SLAB
25 mm
(MIN.)
SECTION 1 1
ii
TYPICAL FIXING DETAIL
S.NO.
TYPE
OF
INSERT
LENGTH
OF PLATE
MAXIMUM
'W'
(mm)
.L,
(mm)
'b'
WIDTH OF
BEAM
MAXIMUM
WIDTH OF
PLATE
'B'
(mm)
TOTAL
THICKNESS
OF PLATE ANCHORAGE
LENGTH
(mm)
T
(mm)
. I,
(mm)
1.
T1
230
180
180
110
16
350
2.
T2
300
220
250
110
20
350
3.
T3
350
270
250
110
20
350
4.
14
400
320
250
110
20
350
5.
15
450
370
300
110
32
350
6.
T6
500
420
300
110
32
350
7.
17
500
420
400
110
32
350
6
5
Rev.
No.
09.10.07
Date
Page 1026 of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001+4 Rev.0
Purpose
c
ete
SeV
VPS
P.K.M AL s
VPS
P.K.MITTAL
vumvum
vINAY KUMAR
MAY KUMAR
D IIALHOTRA
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
by
by
Approved by
Copyright EL - All rights reserved
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
6111aeltii
fgar fdfWeg
0.1-chTI)
fA
STANDARD No.
7-68-0060 Rev. 0
HANDRAIL
TUBE AND BALL TYPE
God of India Undertaking)
SHT. 1 of 2
NOTES :
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
2. ALL M.S. TUBES SHALL CONFIRM TO IS : 1161/1239 & PLATE SHALL CONFIRM TO IS:2062.
3. PAINTING AND GALVANIZATION OF HANDRAIL SHALL BE AS PER JOB SPECIFICATION.
(6000 MAX.)
1500
(MAX.) TOP RAIL
32NB(M)
GRUB SCREW
M8x2Omm
B
=141)1
0
0
0
0
0
25
32NB(M)
BEND
END OF
HANDRAIL
6=er:
POST
32NB M
BALL(6 THK) FOR

32NB(M) TUB
MID RAIL
32NB M
START OR
END SIDE
1' 1
0
0
TOE PLATE
1100x5
IMRE
lidiliM
STRUCTURAL BEAM (RCC/ STEEL)
1
.....
PLATFORM HANDRAIL
TOP RAIL
MID RAIL
BASE PLATE
50 SQ. 6 THK.
TOE PLATE
& CLAMP
-o
-o
0
STAIR HANDRAIL
INCLINED RAILING
ON STEEL STAIR
POST
4-014 HOLES
(FOR 4M12 MEDIUM DUTY
MECH. ANCHOR FASTENERS
t
POST
n
I & HANDRAIL
50 SQ.
6 THK. PL .
FLOOR SIDE
41$
cs,
10
10
in
5 E, 7425
lw
75
VIEW 2-2
BASE PLATE DETAIL
FOR VERTICAL POST
ON RCC BEAM/SLAB
VIEW
1 1
HORIZONTAL RAILING
ON STEEL PLATFORM
0
15.10.2015
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Rev.
No.
Date
Fnrrnat Nn 8-00-0001-F4
Page 1027
RPV 0of
Purpose
1178
KS
1 10x.
j /
Prepared
Checked
by
by
SC
RS
Stds. Bureau
Stds. Committee
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
C,nnvrinht Fll - All riohts rpsprvpc

411I
;rpm
rart-t7 etrake
E51 dLIMA)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
STANDARD No.
7-68-0060 Rev. 0
HANDRAIL
TUBE AND BALL TYPE
SHT. 2 of 2
TOP MID RAIL

GRUB SCREW
M8X2Omm
==
100
-1
25 NB(M)
8 0 GRUB SCREWS
DETAIL DETAIL OF SPLICE
DETAIL-
180
FLOOR SIDE!
VIEW 3-3
TOE PLATE CLAMP
DETAIL -
30
VARIES
30
HOLE 014
TOE P LATE
TOE PLATE DETAIL
15.10.2015
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1028
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Rev.0of 1178
Purpose
LJI
G / S
Prepared
Checked
by
by
SC
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
7-68-0202 REV. 6
1807:11Ee ENGINEERS
TYPICAL GRATING SUPPORT
eg W' INDIA LIMITED
ROM MOW off JACIAR)
IA GAN of India undenakogi
Page 1 of 1
A
40 THK. FLOOR FINISH
_25 THK. GRATING
II
FLAT 35x6 THK.

TYP
BEAM
GRATING SUPPORT OVER BEAM
GRATING SUPPORT OVER BEAM

WITH FLOOR FINISH
WITHOUT FLOOR FINISH
FACE OF WALL OR MEMBER

25 THK. GRATING
6 THK. STIFF.
0 300 c/c
L 65x65x6
t3-1><TYP
I. 8. TYPE: PS-1 AS PER STD. 7-68-0056
(SPACING OF I. L) 1000 c/c)
GRATING SUPPORT ON WALL/COLUMN

LUG 25x3 0
_FLAT 35x6
300c/c (MAX.)
NOTES:
M.S. LUGS SHALL BE SUITABLY BENT IF CONCRETE
THICKNESS IS LESS THAN THE LENGTH OF LUGS

OR LUGS INTERFERE WITH R/F BARS.
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
DETAIL A
ISSUED AS STANDARD
18.04.12
REAFFIRMED AND
10.12.07
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1029 of 1178
Purpose
e
VP5
? VR,'-'1,-PSI/MAL
S CHATURVEDI
P.K.MITTAL
VINAY KUMAR
VI Y KUMAR
MALHOTRA
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
by
by
Approved by
MEW 7122/517 COMER571 /
SLAB
Govt
STANDARD No.
TYPICAL CHEQUERED PLATE
VirdadieENGINEERS
IgariairegWINDIA LIMITED
7-68-0203 REV. 6
SUPPORT
Under1.1m91
Page 1 of 1
CHEQUERED PLATE
25
40 THK. FLOOR FINISH
25/
FLAT 50x6 THK.
LUG 25x3 0 500c/c MAX.

(SEE NOTE-3)
20
MIN.
BEAM
BEAM
CHQD. R. SUPPORT OVER BEAM
CHQD. It SUPPORT OVER BEAM
WITHOUT FLOOR FINISH
WITH FLOOR FINISH
FACE OF WALL OR MEMBER
CHEQUERED PLATE
6 THK. STIFF. It. 0 300 c/c

L 65x65x6
TYP
N I. t. TYPE: PS-1 AS PER STD. 7-68-0056
(SPACING OF I. R.) 1000 c/c)
CHQD. It SUPPORT ON WALL/COLUMN
NOTES:
M.S. LUGS SHALL BE SUITABLY BENT IF CONC. THICKNESS IS LESS
3.
THAN THE LENGTH OF LUGS OR LUGS INTERFERE WITH R/F BARS

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.
DETAILS OF LUGS SHALL BE SAME AS GIVEN IN 7-68-0202.
6
5
18.04.12
10.12.07

Rev.
No.
Date
Purpose
Page 1030 of 1178
if&
spj
P.K.MITTAL
S CMATURVEDI
P.K.MITTAL
VINAT KUMAR
\Q\'''
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
Approved by
D MALHOTRA
V.CMATURVEDI
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
51gu
f45
INDIA
LIMITED
I alWrf ri.em2 057,isn.1)
M.S. ANCHOR BOLT

7-68-0417 Rev. 7
ASSEMBLIES
IA Govt of India Undertakong)
SHT. 1 of 7
GRADE BOLT DIMENSIONS

OF
CONC. TYPE
MM
10 12
16
18
20
24
27
30
250 300
450
450
550
600
650
750
850
950 1000 1100
115
155
170
190
210
230
255
285
315
TYPE I
280 336
498
504
610
666
722
831
940 1049 1108 1217
TYPE III
430
486
648
654
910
966 1022
200
200
300
350
400
450
450
550
600
700
700
800
150
180
240
270
300
330
380
405
450
495
540
585
TYPE II
230
236
348
404
460
516
522
631
690
799
808
917
TYPEIV
380
386
498
554
760
816
822
1081 1140
1249 1258 1367
200
250
400
400
450
550
550
650
700
800
850
950
95
115
155
170
190
210
230
255
285
315
345
370
TYPE 1
230
286
448
454
510
616
622
731
790
899
958
1067
TYPE III
380
436
598
604
810
916
922
1181 1240 1349 1408 1517
150
150
250
250
300
350
350
450
500
550
600
650
150
180
240
270
300
330
360
405
450
495
540
585
TYPE II
180
186
298
304
360
416
422
531
649
708
767
TYPE IV
330
336
440
454
660
716
722
981
180
220
315
335
390
445
470
550
600
95
115
155
170
190
210
230
255
285
TYPE I
210
260
365
390
450
515
545
635
690
TYPE III
360
410
515
540
750
815
845
1085
1140 1230 1295 1385
150
150
200
200
250
275
300
350
375
425
450
500
150
180
240
270
300
330
360
405
450
495
540
585
TYPEII
180
190
250
255
310
345
375
435
465
525
560
620
TYPEIV
330 340
400
405
610
645
675
885
L
E
8c
III
BOLT DIA ( 0 ) IN MM
95
22
33
36
39
345
370
H
1281 1390 1499 1558 1667
M20
II
8c
IV
H
&
111
H
M25
II
&
IV
590
1
8c
III
1040 1099 1158 1217

680
735
815
315
345
370
780
845
935
H
M30
II
8c
IV
H
915
975 1010 1070
+9-4;
26.11.13
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1031 of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0f0".-F4 Rev.0
Purpose
A. . SHARMA
VPS
AMARJEET
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
VINAY KUMAR
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
N. DUARI

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Og-a OfZ5
2i2O5-feasl.smo.-0
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
M.S. ANCHOR BOLT

7-68-0417 Rev. 7
ASSEMBLIES
IA Govt of Incha Undertaking)
SHT. 2 of 7
GRADE BOLT DIMENSIONS

OF
CONC. TYPE
MM
BOLT DIA
10
12
16
18
160
190
275
295
95
115
155
TYPE I
190
230
TYPEIII
340
L
E
20
IN MM
22
24
27
30
33
36
39
340
390
410
480
525
595
640
710
170
190
210
230
345
370
325
350
400
460
485
565
615
750
830
380
475
500
700
760
785
1015
1065 1145 1200
150
150
150
150
180
225
225
275
300
350
350
400
150
180
240
270
300
330
360
405
450
495
540
585
TYPEII
180 190
200
205
240
290
300
390
450
460
520
TYPEIV
330
340
350
355
540
590
600
810
840
900
910
970
150
170
240
255
300
340
360
425
460
525
565
625
95
115
155
170
190
210
230
345
370
TYPE I
180
210
290
310
360
410
435
510
550
675
745
TYPEIII
330
360
440
460
660
710
735
960
1000
150
150
150
150
175
200
200
225
150
180
240
270
300
330
360
405
TYPEII
180
190
200
205
235
270
275
310
TYPEIV
330
340
350
355
535
570
575
255
285
315
8c
III
695
H
1280
M35
II
8c
IV
360
255
285
315
&
III
625
H
1075 1125
1195
275
300
325
495
540
585
375
410
445
825
860
895
M 40
II
&
IV
250
450
340
elie
0_
Ile
760
790
t'4,.
tata
il
TYPE I
TYPE II
o
K (NOMINAL BORE)
a.
TACK WELD
(TYP)
DETAILA
TYPE III
TYPE IV
26.11.13
Rev.
No.
Date
1032 ofRcv.0
1178
Format No. Page
8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
(TYP)
YX1_
A.K: SHARMA
VPS
A1:4-AMARJEET
P.K.MITTAL
.ANTTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
V1NAY KUMAR
S.CHANDA
N. DUARI

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
M.S. ANCHOR BOLT

7-68-0417 Rev. 7
ASSEMBLIES
IA Govt. of India Undertakingt
SHT. 3 of 7
000r0000000>(>000
tri
0
.4.
in
in
(1) o o co
tO
ro
ro
ro
o csi 0 rO rO
00 00 N
.Cs1
II,
r,
o
.-
00
0
0
I-
.co
N
,-
l*,
'et
(1)
0
O
0>
1N.
.--
LO
in
O
..Csi
O
O
0/
ct
in
CD
"Cr
CO
in
r.
O
tO
N
O
0
Cf>
O
CO
0
O
00
U")
tO
ro
>L")
in
in
N
to
co
..0
K>
10
CDOCD000000t0
cla 1- I,) tn tn O O 0/ .- K>
N
O et N tn 10 N
r.
100
N
0
N
e>
00000N0
tn 0 0 It in N 0
et
.- .- - in r. N
>")
00
in
o
0>
Ll'
0
tn
10
...,
o
ir,
0
tt,
s,
0
cD
.--
0
11,
.4-
0
-
CD
Pf)
Sli
U)
et
Pr)
if,
ri)
et
c>
tf)
in
't
N.
N
..:1Csl
CO
10
a)
Pei
vi
0
10
CD
00
o
co
o
co
0
co
LI,
r
LI,
in
"."
O
CO
.-
co
CO
O
CD
CO
o
.-
0
in
*
0
co
in
>,"
et
.-
tn
ci,
00
O tn
iD
0
tn
11,
.-
in
(1)
Ch
If>
if>
0
P.
0
tf>
.--
it,
tn
tn
ci
rr
.--
tn
O
-rr
N
.1'
Lf>
ir,
-rt
u->
.--
00
tn
.*
1n
.-
O
0
If>
.-
t0
re,
o
o
*
o
1.")
0000000
CO O cn O t's1 in
1,
1 1,
1 .-I,>
o
1,>
ro
.-er
rO
LO
.-
et
,-,
K>
--
I**)
.--
O
O
CD
O
O
>/)
10
-J
(,)
c."
r-
O
0
.0
O
.--
tn
N
If>
tn
in
N
ro
CI
O
Cs1
O
cn
O
O
.-
LO
to
co
0
00
N
.--
.-
tn
1,)
if>
CV
N
0/
00000000
lf> Lf> sl tn II, .- CO ..- N
-
0000
II, .- CO
.- N
SINGLE NUT
DOUBLE NUT
THREADED (T)
LENGTH
SLEEVE
MM
GRADE
OF
CONC.
LLI
a_
>I-
>
> X
0>i
0 ck;
I_ X
tn
C.1
=
cS
r..1
=
-:2-1-10CDM
>
>
>
6.3
=
>
>
>
t3
C)
..-
CD=
vi
tn
N
PO
co
Oc)
.-
0
tn
..-
CD
.-
00L000NON
tn tn et to u, N CO -
.--
000
tn
CD
0000in
O oN1-.4- .N
u,
..,,
`""
et
00
O u,
el
.-
11,
000030
lf> 0 J N O
vi 1D .in
et
cn
0
lo
CO
0
O
O
LO
.-
.-
>
eki
-..J
>
>
>
kr)
1+->
=
ci
't
I.r> ckS i
26.11.13
Rev.
Purpose
rf)
ck$
1033 ofRev.0
1178
Format No. Page
8 .00-0001-F4
tn
N
tf,
O
in
N
C'')
1-
C1
Date
tr)
rs.
(0
...
(C)
C`l
r`)
0,
r..
CO
in
N
.--
.-
0
co
to
oo>no
in
co in
et
u, -
0>
u,
0
O
>..>
vi
cep
0
CO
.N
.--
W")
tn
ceD
pr)
0
N
No.
03
BOLTDIA ( 0 ) INMM
>0)
i.n
DIMENSIONS
ro
'et
(c)
tr)
0
CO
(0
rO
000000000001000
O tn a> tn in O U:> O 10 0> in 1-- in ->1.
N) ti, N
a> -. N
N
r.
N
CO O N
1-
0 ifl 0 10 0 0 0 O in O to tn O O
O
,) N. et O in sl 11, co N. et N O O
co O N
tn
tt, N r... 0) N
N
CD N
....0 u, 0 >r) o o o 0 11, 0 tn 10 0 in
>n
r. <0
"zr
in
0 ,4. Lf> N U: ct 1... 14, co
a, CsI
N
0,"> LO N LD 00 N
O 11, 1.110 000000010000010
0 o ro rt 0 rn er 0 o ro vi 0 O co
N
a, N
N ll,
N (0
CO N
O tn
O .- O (o O O O O in O Qa in O O
tn ...a. N ro O O O tn ..d. N /") p. Lf> LID
CD
CO LNI
..- 11, N tn N N
cr> .1' .-
0
cD
-I
to
A.K. SHARMA
VPS
AMARJECT
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
V1NAY KUMAR
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
N. DUARI

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Copyright EIL - All rights reserverI
STANDARD No.
$'>gu2di
dg
It~ rlecnft
M.S. ANCHOR BOLT
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
asidnenan
7-68-0417 Rev. 7
ASSEMBLIES
ID
U)
0,
11)
N)
ch
U)
to
Co
N
.I
N
O
115
N
N
.-
U)
O
N
N
Io)
U)
.-
N
N
N
N)
0
N
O
el
N
.N
if)
.-
u)
.-
.N
U)
in
co
U>
.ir)
o
N
N
l'
U)
Ir)
0
N
N
.-
0
N
0)
V)
..-
0)
if)
.-
N)
C)
.-
Lf)
,n
U)
tn
o
CO
-
U)
U)
N
-
O
If)
...
.-
0
tD
0
N
II,
.-
tf)
0
CO
O
N)
N
O
It
O
0
0)
0
0
If)
U)
CO
.-
Lf>
CO
.-
O
0
0
N
...
If)
cl>
.-
O
N
if)
N
0
if)
./
tr)
,..,
in
U)
.-
U)
11)
ID
.--
O
N
O
u>
,t
O
l0
11,
O
N
0
O
1/5
O
Lf)
O
CD
.-
O
..1>
O
0
-
O
0
.-
O
..ct
-
LI,
N
-
O
N)
.-
O
co
U')
o
K>
._
.-
0
N
.-
0
oD
Ot
0
N
.-
CO
.-
o
._
c>
CO
CO
o
_
CD
-
tf)
U)
V)
CII,
i.c.)
O
Lf>
-.1.
tf>
N
U>
N
N
...
-,
if)
el
CD
Lf>
N)
r
r...
O
0
N
CD
l',"
U)
(0
0
11,
N)
Csi
N)
0
LI)
U)
0
O
I.)
Lf)
.-
u>
O
CD
.-
o
U)
o
cl
.-
c0
4C
0
0
CO
.1.
if)
CO
U)
0
t-
in
,,,r)
0
10
*
r-
0
11)
U)
0
.-
U)
.-
Lr>
,t
u>
U')
N)
0
.--
0
0
>,,
u,
0
CO
0
N
it)
et
10
0
.-
.--.
CD
..-
O
N
0
cf)
I
(D
11,
U)
ct
NI
Ni
0
0
C,)
0 0 0 tf>
t-ONN
NI
.I .-
0
co
0
CO
Lf)
(1)
O.0)
O
LN1
0
0
1A)
0
0
..J.
0
0
.-
0
CsI
0
in
N
o
co
O
cf)
li,
CO
03
,..-
0
0
N
0
Cf>
N
LO
tr)
In
.-
to
0
if)
.-
N)
N
tr)
,-,
0
u")
.-
CD
0
if)
,CD
t...
U")
CD
I,
-
lf)
n
--.,
N.
in
N
NI
0
c0
N
-
o
co
0
11)
"I
(1)
0
.N
0
CO
0
.-
o
o)
0
if)
0
..1
0
Lf)
--I
- -1
(.)
LLI
in
0
CO
if)
N
Lf)
t
*
0
tr,
CO
CO
CO
ttl
o)
I, U')
1f)
el
U)
Cr)
0
CD
4'
0
0
I.")
0
N)
c,)
r..
N
U)
U)
r>
N)
>
LLI
>
GRA DE
OF
CONC.
>
..>3
>
>
cks
=
>
II)
ek;
>- W 0 .<..,
I- 3 LIJ
M
(3 1-1L.Lj
N ix
CD rX 1""
0 Z Lij
FL..., 0 m LAL,0 Li
Z }- vt Z m
O
I- La . (.5 <
,_ > V) Z J
LLI
Lr>
u3
0
O
- o
If)
1-
O
U)
M)
N.
.-
U)
U")
0
cf)
o
co
II)
OD
0
U")
0
U")
_I
N
N
_I
_I
>
_
>
><
_I
7
)(
u)
o
.4-
kS
o o
N 14*/
0 0
N: cc;
O
U)
fl)
I-
LAJ11.
/Y 0 Z
<
0
.-
V>
w I CD
tr>
tf)
_1
<
Z
IZ
Y m > cr 0 0
I = w rC.>
Z
1- iLL
LO
l's
N
.-
W
C1 l
i:d
o L.i
I- 0 `-' ch_
1-cp
0
N
- -- cks
ci tri civi
cNINP,),4)
-4-
Ll. CL i i:: '... CO
N
NI
ir)
z o o
(n ,,, ,-... o
L.,_
1.1i
>()
m)
a_ a.. o 1
....., a:,
> >
w
w=U) u. W
w
~1 = <
N
.-
u_
cri I0 r.) --1

0
Z N 0 Z
ct Vi L.,_ , > 0 v) o
cc . _I <
Lj
Lf>
,-
.-
>
m
= <
Ld
I< Ld
(x EC
0 0
Z
o_Z z
0
N)
K>
w wo
>
O <
-I
LLI V>
I-
a_
>0 m
4t L.d
tt,
I,)
0
cl
1,1
U)
.t
It)
.1.
DOUBLENUT
-2-
in
SINGLENUT
ir>
N
t
tr>
THREADED (T)
LENGTH
,
C
tr)
tO
ch
>c)
in
t3
t3
t-
cf)
csi
'd'
U>
tf)
cf)
MM
CO
ct.
CD
O )m 1
el
tn
in
in
if)
..4.
..-
O
o
CO
N
ot
pe)
O
.-
-.4-
O
te
ID
N
'cl
lf)
N
el'
N
Ni
O
tD
O
o
tO
o
CO
-
N
CO
N
t.')
cri
-J
O
0
-J
0
Z CO
LL
1Z
LAJ
-J
LAJ
Z <
(7) a
CONFORM TO IS: 1363 ANDIS:3 138.
U)
U)
V &VI
BOLTDIA ( 0 ) INMM
U)
0
N
.-
U)
1,1)
DIMENSIONS
LT)
-J
O
met
M.S. ROUNDS CONFORMING
r.
I-
U)
N
If)
tO
.-
FORGING. THE FORGING TEMPERATURE SHALL BE ABOVE 900* C BUT LOWER

THAN SUPER HEATING TEMPERATURE.
(;)
Li.)
i()
,t
tl,
0
0
O
LI,
Lf)
0
Iff
.-
TYPE OF BOLT
Lf)
0
0
1.0
)
w>
-
o
00
..,*
U)
.N
ir)
0
CD
,r,
PROJECTION ABOVE CONCRETE
U)
(4,
cti
CO
ce>
r-
C)
CO
COARSE CONFORMING TOIS:1 367
(D
U)
o
00
ct
t.,)
LD
M35&M40
co
0
115
1,)
BOLTSSHALLBEMARKEDONTHEDRAWING ASUNDER
0
0
N
,0
n,
0.1
5. ANCHORBOLTSSHALLBESET ACCURATELYANDHELDIN
POSITION BY TEMPLATE BEFORE CONCRETING.
SHALL BE TACKWELDED
SHT. 4 of 7
LL
O
0
o
O o w ce
ZN
Z
<
I Z
< v)
M
w ce
<
N 0 <
-I
> <
-N
C.)
I
U;)
03
ci)
a;
-J
cs, <
26.11.13
6
Rev.
No.

Date
Page 1034 of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4 R.ev.0
Purpose
4t7a
A.K. HA 1AA
VPS
talfiLt.
AMARJEET
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
VINAY KUMAR
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
N. DUARI

Convenor
by
by
GM
Copyright EIL - A'l
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
re3erved
ENGINEERS
51gz-z Wes INDIA LIMITED
lafwnetravtasksvsnitt
IA Govt of Indo Godeftakm9)
STANDARD No.
M.S. ANCHOR BOLT
7-68-0417 Rev. 7
ASSEMBLIES
SHT. 5 of 7
GAP BETWEEN
SLEEVE & BOLT
SHALL BE FILLED
WITH GROUT
TYPE - VI
TYPE - V
lja
1E1
(NOMINAL BORE>
IuI
10
lil
6 THK.
SQ, Ft_
(NOMINAL BORE>
10
6 THK,
sQ. FL
2
C>
6 WELD ALROUND
ON BOTH SIDES DF le
SQ.
Al
P>
8 THK.
LTY
6 rnrn VELD
FL
SQ. Ft_
TYPE - VII
TYPE - VIII
TYPE - XII
TYPE - IX
26.11.13
6
Rev.
No.

Date
1035 ofRev.0
1178
Format Nc.Page
8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
A.K: SHARMA
VPS
AMARJE
P.K.MITrAL
P.K.M AL
S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA
VINAY KUMAR
N. DUARI

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Copyright FIL - Al
I rights reserved
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
0
:11fadj
eg
Ii1127f eleamlE151~11
M.S. ANCHOR BOLT

7-68-0417 Rev. 7
ASSEMBLIES
1,4 Govt of India Undertakong)
SHT. 6 of 7
r4)
cr)
Lr)
cv
N.
cr)
in
...-
in
(D
N
CO
0
N
N
rs'
u)
;:4
.-
?.e.
.-
00
(0
0
cl.
K..., io(*)
in
re>
in
(D
0
el
0
,.;
0
N
2,. .(
gz
.-
'
(1)
(1)
in
co
CO
o
O
oo
r...)
....
x
,-i;
in
P4')
.-
.-
U)
co
..*
o
.-
O
...;
co
O
0
(0
0
(.0
P,r)
(.0
11)
P')
N
N
O)
Lf)
rt)
.--
o
c,i
O)
r_
;-r-5
.--
cr>
(.0
.-
o .?.',2,5
U)
O
.--
Lr>
,9.'
><
2,
.-
cn
0)
K>
.-
O
O
0
c
-.I-,
O
03
O
.-
(D
.-
25
.-
O
0)
co
P.-.
Pf)
.-
re)
.O
(r,
N.
(.1
0
r4)
1D
c`l
O
(C>
o
re)
O
.-
O
tr)
O
0
o
O
0
Pr)
0
LO
-
O
csi
--
K>
cn
c.,1
cs.I
CNI
X
0
c,
o
O)
CO
f4)
X
O
0
o
0,
cf P4)
MM
0
0
U)
(f)
m)
0)
O
N
r4)
r-
O)
u)
co
,:t
r4)
,c1
re)
N
N
vt
N
.X
0
.-
C,
Ln
-CI
O
Lc)
-J
csi
LLI
O)
0
Csi
r4)
fe)
cv
,it
Lr,
(10
P,")
1!)
CO
(7)
in
kn
CV
o
I.
co
Lf)
<0
<
tn
O
.-.--
O)
co
.-
cm
CO
.-
re)
vt
in
11)
(C>
co
,-'
O
If)
,-
(D
0
vt
0
...1.-
._cc
.-..::
LJ
_J /2
0 >CD I
N
d
0
O
un
Pr>
74)
0
0
CO
r-
c,
"M
c
GRADE
OF
CONC.
1036 ofRev
1178
Format No.Page
8-00-0001-F4
C
O)
(/ )
.__
_
X
S111 `011 `SZIN ÒZN
Purpose
In
N.
N..
(..)

Date
Rev.
CO
OP VI )2
O
.--
O)
26.11.13
o Lc)
o
--
r.
..4- ..;-.
to .=,
c,=>
>.
rn
(C>
000008
tn
un
cn
00
o
x
o
o
d-
O
d
X
in
O
0
.-
O
CO
00
.-
.-
co
..g
,- an
CV
O
.-
DOUBLE NUT
0
a)
co
.zIco
SINGLE NUT
co
cNi
Ns-
.:1
'.:1'
74,
1...)
c"CP,i
No.
Li,
THREADED
LENGTH
(T)
tO
K)
0
c0
N
oo
O
SINGLE NUT
0)
1,r)
o
O
in
DOUBLENUT
o
c.io
r4,
,d.
N.
cI
o
---
'. ,
tn
Cl
r.r)
DIMENSIONS
re)
THREADED
LENGTH
(T)
BOLT DIA ( 9$)IN MM
oO
A. SHARMA AMARJEET
VPS
P.K.14ITTAL
P.K. AL S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA

VINAY KUMAR
N. DUARI

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
faffleg
lai(2R oftmi2as7J,n.0
M.S. ANCHOR BOLT

7-68-0417 Rev. 7
ASSEMBLIES
(A Govt. of India Uncleitaking)
SHT. 7 of 7
NUT
NUT
WASHER
WASHER
BASE PLATE
GRDUT
BASE PLATE
GRDUT
CDNC. TOP
CONC. TDP
SEE DETAIL
Ol
SQ. PDCKET
BOX OF 16 GAUGE MS PLATE
ISMC
n
ISA--I
I I 1 I
11
11
(>
I
I
L_J 11. J
VIEW B - B
VIEW A A
TYPE X
(* AS PER DESIGN REQUIREMENT)
DETAIL -
(i)
(FOR FORGED BOLT HEAD)
TYPE - XI
26.11.13
26.03.09
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1037 of 1178
Purpose
A.K. SHARMA
VPS
AMARJE
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
N. DUARI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
STANDARD No.
je ENGINEERS
IND!A LIMITED
(~1 232215W 051.344.1)
HANDRAILS
7-68-0501 Rev. 7
(A Govt of !ndla Undertalong)
Page 1 of 8
NOTES:
1. ALL HANDRAILS AND UPRIGHT SHALL BE AS PER RESPECTIVE TYPE.
2.
ALL FILLET WELDS OF 3mm (MINIMUM) THICKNESS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
3.
JOINTS IN HANDRAILS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT SUITABLE LOCATIONS, WELDED AND GROUND FLUSH.
4.
FOR ADDITIONAL TYPE OF UPRIGHT FIXING DETAILS REFER EIL STD. 7-68-0061.
5.
ALL M.S. TUBES SHALL CONFORM T0 IS:1239.

FABRICATION OF TOP RAIL, INTERMEDIATE FLAT AND TOE PLATE SHALL ONLY BE STARTED AFTER TAKING
6.
ACTUAL DIMENSIONS AT SITE.

7.
7
6
ADJUSTMENT IN SPACING OF VERTICAL POST SHALL BE DONE AT EITHER END OF PLATFORM.
16.12.2014
29.01.2010

Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1038 of 1178
Fnrrnat Nn 8-on-0001-F4 Rev 0
Purpose
V.P.SINGH
V ,-GOEL
V.P.SINGH
PK MITTAL
Prepared
Checked
by
by
ki\-"(
PK MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S CHANDA
VINAY KUMAR
N DUARI
Stds. Bureau
Stds. Committee
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
f'.nnvrinht Fll - All rinhts rpsprvAri
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
$.7fg-a[OWg INDIA LIMITED
k31
HANDRAILS
7-68-0501 Rev. 7
IA Govl of Intlia Undertalong)
1~, Cl~C11,14CM)
Page 2 of 8
TYPE 14 0 HOLES FOR

I112 MEDIUM DUIT RUST PROOF
ANCHOR FASTNER
200
V)
8 THK.
BASE PL.
VIEW 3-3
r-91, TUBULAR HANDRAIL

POST
VIEW 2-2
n,-11
V3
ho
TUBULAR HANDRAIL
POST
11 II
FINISHED
FLOOR
LEVEL
V 2 II II
, II I
eiie
2N
5,
Niim
12 LUG(2N0S)
FIXING DET OF TUB. POST .

WITH M.I.PLATE (ALT-I)
SLOPING HANDRAIL ON R.C.C. STAIR
CONCRETE DISCONTINUOUS
END OF HANDRAIL
,2
1500(MAX.)
250
FIXING DET OF TUBULAR POST

WITH ANCHOR FASTNER
ALT-II
1500(MAX.) POST SPACING

(TYP)
---(-P
P-
R=100
32 NB(M) TUBE
o
o
R=100
o
o
100x5 TOE PLATE

WHERE REQUIRED
TO BE WELDED
STRUCTURAL
CONC. LEVEL
F.F.L.
If
HORIZONTAL HANDRAIL ON R.C.C. PLATFORM

7
6
16.12.2014
29.01.2010

Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1039 of 1178
Frmat Nn 8-na-nnnt-F4 RPV n
Purpose
V.P.SINGH
V.P.SINGH
t
V GOE L
SEC. 1-1
PK MITTAL
S CHANDA
PK MITTAL S.CHATURVEDI VINAY KUMAR N DUARI
Prepared
Checked
by
by
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
r.nnvrinht FII - All rinhts rpsprvAri
51g-a 02-eg
irrteR r-fecolrosi~f
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA
HANDRAILS
7-68-0501 Rev. 7
Govt of Incha Undertakno)
Page 3 of 8
TYPE - II
CONC. / STEEL FACE-DISCONTINUOUS END OF HANDRAIL
25
1500(MAX.)
250
(MA X.)
1500(MAX.)
(TY P)
(TYP)
Ip
TOE PL. 100x5
[1=1oeu_.
HORIZONTAL HANDRAIL ON STEEL PLATFORM

32 NB(M) TUBE
o
o
in
POST 32 NB(M) TUBE

32 NB(M) TUBE
o
o
TOE PL. 100x5
50x50x6 THK. PL.
(TYP)
o
o
in
TOP OF GRATING
CHEQ. PL.
T.O.S.
v
5J
VIEW 6-6
VIEW 5-5
SECTION 4-4
(AT CORNER)
(FOR DETAILOREFER PAGE 8 OF 8)
7
6
Rev.
No.
Frmat Nn
16.12.2014
29.01.2010
REVISED
REVISED
Date
Page 1040 of 1178
R-no-rinn1-F4 RPV n
dc
dc
ISSUED AS STANDARD
S
. \r
V .P.SI GH
ISSUED AS STANDARD
V.P.SINGH
Purpose
Prepared
by
V- GOEL
PK MITTAL
Checked
by
PK MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S CHANDA
VINAY KUMAR N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
r.nnvrinht Fll - All rinhts rpsp,rvpd
04-a(~,eanc,o51.3~0
r fafje5
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
HAN DRAI LS
7-68-0501 Rev. 7
(A Govl of India UndeflakIng)
Page 4 of 8
TYPE - II
PIPE SHALL BE
GROUND TO SHAPE
PLATE
50x50x6 THK.
VIEW 7-7
SLOPING HANDRAIL ON STEEL STAIR

WHEREVER HIGHER SIZE OF STRINGER BEAMS
ARE REQUIRED AS PER DESIGN SIMILAR G.A.
BE FOLLOWED FOR THE SAME.
7
6
16.12.2014
29.01.2010
Rev.
No.
Purpose
Date
Page 1041 of 1178
Fnrmat Nn s-rin-n001-F4
RPV 0
V.P.SINGH
V.P.SINGH
1
.-dL
MITTAL
S CHANDA
Prepared
Checked
by
by
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
C.nnvrinht Fll - All rinhts re.sprv<441
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
raW5 INDIA LIMITED
,
1,7~.11
HANDRAILS
7-68-0501 Rev. 7
IA Govt of Incha UnderlakIng)
Page 5 of 8
TYPE - III
32 NB(M) TUBULAR
HAND RAILING
VIEW 9-9
SEE DETAIL
OF WALL PLATE
1500(MAX.)
LANDING
100
1500(MAX.)
14 0 HOLES
WALL
8mm THK.
PLATE
3mm MIN.
CONTINUOUS
12 0
EXPANSION
FASTNERS
FILLET WELD
120 0-8 THK.
WALL PLATE
VIEW 8-8
DETAIL OF WALL PLATE
ELEVATION
HANDRAIL FIXED TO WALL DIRECT
-a\.<
16.12.2014
REVISED dc ISSUED AS STANDARD
V.P.SINGH
29.01.2010
REVISED dc ISSUED AS STANDARD
V.P.SINGH
Rev.
No.
Forrnat Nn
Date
Page 1042 of 1178
R-nn-noni -F4 RPV
Purpose
Prepared
by
(Ari
PK MITTAL
Checked
by
PK NITTAL
S CHANDA
S.CHATURVEDI VINAY KUMAR N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
C:nnvrinht Fll - All rinhts rAsrtnind
STANDARD No.
g
$1gzx f8122,1~,n1.549,4)
(w.-rt
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
HAN DRAI LS
7-68-0501 Rev. 7
(A Govt ot Inclia UndertakIngt
Page 6 of 8
TYPE - IV
1500
1500 MAX.
1500
o
o
u)
TOE PLATE
100x5 THK.
25 THK.
GRATING
1 Oj
HANDRAIL ON HORIZONTAL PLATFORM (STEEL)
SEC. 10-10
NOTE : HANDRAIL TYPE-IV SHALL BE USED OVER PIPE CROSS OVER AND LOW LEVEL PLATFORMS
SUCH AS FOR VALVE OPERATION ETC. AS MENTIONED IN STD 7-68-0562 & 0563.
(FOR DETAILSA
O REFER PAGE 8 OF 8)
16.12.2014
V.P
V.P.. INGH
29.01.2010
V.P.SINGH
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1043 of 1178
Fnrmat Nn a-nn-nnni-F4 RPV fl
Purpose
V G EL
PK MITTAL
Prepared
Checked
by
by
PK MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S CHANDA
VINAY KUMAR
N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
r.nnvrinht Fll - All rinhts rps.rvpri
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
" INDIA LIMITED
0 .-a.OW5*10
r W.WaP,~71)
IA
-
HAN DRAI LS
7-68-0501 Rev. 7
Govt of India Undertaiong)
Page 7 of 8
TYPE - IV
32 0 NB M
TUBE
SLOPING HALF HANDRAIL ON STEEL STAIR
DETAIL - `J
SEC. 1 1 -1 1
7
6
16.12.2014
29.01.2010

\;W\IV
V.P.SINGH
V.P.SINGH
Rev.
No.
Date
Purpose
Prepared
by
Page 1044 of 1178
Frmat Nn fc-nn-rinni-F4 Revn
G}
S CHANDA
GO L
PK MITTAL
Checked
by
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
nnnvrinht Fll - All rinhts rpsprvpri
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
Og-af OW5 d INDIA LIMITED
IswfT 2,REO2osisoomf
HANDRAILS
7-68-0501 Rev. 7
Page 8 of 8
IIIV
J I
irm
32 NB(M)
TUBE
4V
tn
II
II
TOE PLATE
100x5 THK.
0.
OUTSIDE EDGE
OF MEMBER
VIEW 12-12
VT2
50 SQ.
6 THK. PL.
1
u)
DETAIL - (A)
CONNECTION DETAILS
(FOR TYPE II & IV)
NOTE : CHEQUERED PLATES / GRATINGS SHALL BE SUITABLY NOTCHED TO ACCOMMODATE THE TUBE
IN CASE OF BEAM MC100 OR MC125.
16.12.2014
VXINGH
())/16CjL
29.01.2010
V.P.SINGH
PK MITTAL
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1045 of 1178
Fnrrnat Nn 8-nn-nn01-F4 RAV
Purpose
Prepared
Checked
by
by
PK
ITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S CHANDA
VINAY KUMAR
N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
ennvrinht Fll - All rinhts rpsprvpri
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
el
$'2,fir 215tg
lxvR2w, femi.-Tuqq)
STEEL STAIRS
7-68-0506 REV. 6
SHT. 1 of 6
- r 75x75x8
30,
NOSING
=4
71O-1=1-4111111111-11MFill..=.
-
-1111M-0.
IOW
ESA_
.E
1142..1=-
-1=1,-C =04//104/000. 7-
7-=-1.110 .1
BRACING (REFER SHT- 5)

30 NOSING j,
NO. OF TREAD x 230
MIN. 750
STRINGER SPAN
4000 MAX. FOR MC150
6000 MAX. FOR MC200
PLAN AT EL. 'A'

O
O
cJ
C.)
0 Lai
-J
0 CC
CNI
N
CC
W
ca
Nu,
CC
X o
rn
3
1
CONCRETE
BASE
NO. OF TREAD x 230
SECTION 4-4
PLAN AT EL. 'C'
NOTES :1. FOR STAIRWAY/TREAD USE ELECTROFORGED GRATING TYPEII AS PER EIL STD NO 7-68-0697.
2. FOR CONNECTION DETAILS REFER SHEETS 3, 4, 5 AND 6.
3. STRINGER SHALL BE SUITABLY DESIGNED FOR OFFICE BUILDING, WARE HOUSES AND WORKSHOP.
4. FOR DETAIL OF INSERT PLATE `R1a REFER EIL STD. NO. 7-68-0056.
18.09.13
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1046RPV
of 1178
Fnrrnat Nn a-nn-.0001-F4
Purpose
Prepared
by
RVEDI D.a'"
MALHOTRA
PK MITTAL
VPS"
SPJoshl
P.K.MITTAL
Checked
by
V.CHATURVEDI
VINAYKUMAR
Stds. Coimlittee
Convenor
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Cnnvrinht FII - All rinhts mso.rvpri
0 el
Ig.ZIfdOteg
I KUM' t7e41,
Tr' 111,T9',Fe4i
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
STEEL STAIRS
7-68-0506 Rev. 6
tA Govt of India Undertaking)
SHT. 2 of 6
300
II
II
_7::
II
Ii
4i
J1
EL. 'A'
T.O.G/CH. PL
EL. `B'
T.O.G/CH. Pl.
r75x75x8
EL. 'C'
T.O.G/CH. PL/T.O.C.
1500
MAX.
STRINGER MC 150
OR MC 200
0
z
EL. TOP OF GROUT\Ir

REFERENCE EL.
17
<
FOR STRINGER MC 150 REFER DET.

FOR STRINGER MC 200 REFER DET. (g.)
ON SHEET 6 OF 6
MAXIMUM RISER IS 200 HOWEVER IT

MAY BE REDUCED AND ADJUSTED AS
REQUIRED.
SECTION 1 -1
5
Rev.
No.
PK IA AL
SPJoshl
P.K.IAITTAL
Prepared Checked
Date
Page 1047 of 1178
Format Nn R-0O-01101-F4 RPV
Purpose
by
by
ctiATU RVIDI D. MALHOTRA
VINAYKUMAR
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Committee
Convenor
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
nonvrinht F I I - All rinhts resprvprl
STANDARD No.
60J:A ENGINEERS
Igai2Preg INDIA LIMITED
4-IreM 29-edifF C51.34,1,-A
STEEL STAIRS
7-68-0506 Rev. 6
SHT. 3 of 6
R.C.C. KERB
230
MIN.
230
MIN.
235
MIN.
230
MIN.
30 NOSING
CLEAT
L-75x75x8-150 LG.
F
U)
CLEAT
75x75x8-150 LG.
0
La
6 THK. STIFFN. PL.
IA V)
J I0 E)l
= co INSERT PL.
Lo
END FLAT
R1 a
c_o
MC150 OR MC200
SECTION 2-2
SECTION 2-2
(CONNECTION WITH STEEL BEAM MC)
(CONNECTION WITH CONCRETE BEAM)

235
230
MIN.
230
MIN.
230
1=1I NMI IN=
MOMEM MIN 1
MEM WM OWN I
11111114 IM1
111111.1111111111MME
01111 MINIM 1.
MOM. 111111 IMMO 11
IMII
1 MINI M.MIN == l
111 MN= MIMI II1=
=MOM
I
1
MI
II
l
l
l
MINIM MIN M
MN NMI MIN
=MOM MOM Mae l
=MI
IN=
=MI MI= OM
=NM
i
IIII
MINI
M= l
i
l
MINN ONE
.I
I
1
MN 1MM l
l
i
gar
LX
L.d
ET=
....
"*".
; i
IIMII M MN MME 1
1== MIN
STRINGER BEAM
STRINGER BEAM
MC
CLEAT
CLEAT
VIEW 6-6
VIEW 5-5
STRINGER BEAM
MC150 OR MC200
STRINGER BEAM
CC
230
MIN.
17
III II-11 I
75
x-10
M16 BOLTS
I
1V
CLEAT
1-75x75x8
200 LG.
75x75x8-60 LG.
INSERT L-75x75x8
1000 LG. FOR 750MM
WIDTH
INSERT PL.
`R1
LUG C1 0 300 c/c
INSERT PL. 'R 1 a
SECTION 3-3
SECTION 3-3 (ALT.)

(R.C.C. KERB NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY)
6
09.0E.38 REAFFIRMED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD
Rev.
No.
Pnrmat Nn
Date
Page 1048 of 1178
s-00-nnni-F4 R PV (1
Purpose
VIEW 7-7

(R.C.C. KERB NOT SHOWN FOR C RITY)
SPJoshI
ikD. MALHOTRA
7
MAARVEDI
PK MITTAL
VPS
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared Checked
by
by
VINAYKUMAR
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Committee
Convenor
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
r.nnvrinht Ell - All rinhts rPsprvprl
STANDARD No.
ei
5'gzil. itiMeg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
elecrAtT2.17,71.1.1)
STEEL STAIRS
7-68-0506 Rev. 6
SHT. 4 of 6
230
(MIN.)
230
(MIN.)
CC BEAM
O
230
0
Cs1
30 NOSING
230
(MIN.)
vg
MC150 OR MC200
0
evl
O
O
0.1
75x75x8
150 LG.
C:,
6 THK.
STIFFN. PL.
CLEAT 75x75x8-60 LG.

MEMBER
REF DESIGN DWG
6 THK. STIFFN. PL.
MC150 OR MC200
SECTION 3-3
SECTION 2-2
(CONNECTION WITH STEEL BEAM ISMB)
(CONNECTION WITH STEEL BEAM ISMB)
NIIIN WWI P
OM
MIS
1 UMW
MN1I
NM
MILO
MI MIN
MIOMNIN INMME
IMM
=MN
.M
lMO
11
M.IIIIM
MI=
II'
I MN
l=OM
I
1
1NM
WW1
OMB
ME
=MY
JIM
ENO
1
11111111
MIMI=
=MN NM IME I
LIMIMN .
: l
I
.1111 ,MNM
il
il
l
l
I
Il
l
l
-----
IMIIIIIIM
l
l
l
STIFFN. PL.
STRINGER
230
(MIN.)
STIFFN. PL
STRINGER
ANGLE CLEAT WELDED TO
STRINGER, BOLTED TO MB
30
230
(MIN.)
VIEW 8-8
VIEW 9-9
230
MIN.
---- MC150 OR
MORE
STRINGER
6 THK.
STIFFN. PL.
CLEAT L_-75x75x8-250 LG.

CLEAT WELDED TO STRINGER
AND BOLTED TO MC
TOE PLATE
SECTION 3-3
VIEW 10-10
(CONNECTION WITH STEEL BEAM ISMC)

Rev.
No.
Format No
Date
Page 1049RPV
of 1178
Ft-nn-nnnt-F4
Purpose
PK MITTAL
VPS
SPJoshI
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared Checked
by
by
EDI D. MALHOTRA
SC
VINAYKUMAR
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Committee
Convenor
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
nonvrinht Fll - All rinhts resprvPrl
STANDARD No.
.e.]
ENGINEERS
eg INDIA LIMITED
$1gar Ofgr'
STEEL STAIRS
7-68-0506 Rev. 6
A Gout of India Undertaking)
i-freR irreMIP 051 J40,

1
SHT. 5 of 6
MC150 OR
MC200
50x50x6
o ;i
SEC. 11-11
6 THK.
CHEQ. PL.
HANDRAILING
230
111111=11r
r'
STRINGER
BRACING
L-50x50x6
(APPROX.)
T 50x50x6
TYP. DET. OF CHEQ. PL. STEP
ELEVATION SHOWING STRINGER BRACINGS
L-50x50x6 STIFFENING
BRACING TO BE PROVIDED
FOR STAIR WITH MORE
THAN 20 RISER
FULL STRENGTH
BUTT WELD FOR
FLANGES
8 THK. PL.
DETAIL A
SEC. 13-13
VIEW 12-12
STAIR DETS WITH CHEQURED PLATE STEPS

,kifyv-st
6
5
Rev.
No.

Purpose
Date
Page 1050 of 1178
Fnrmat Nn R-00-0001-F4 Rpv
vps
SPJoshl
NGH
P. .MITTAL
Prepared Checked
by
by
URVEDI D. MALHOTRA
V.CHATURVEDI
VINAYKUMAR
Stds. Committee
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
Cnnvrinht Fll - All rinhts rPsPrvPri
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
Ogar Orole-g INDIA LIMITED
(11,,J3re
Govt of Ind. UntlertakIng)
c7,1,14[hii!
STEEL STAIRS
7-68-0506 Rev. 6
(A
SHT. 6 of 6
229
230
135
L-75x75x8-120 LG.
60x60x6 THK. WASHER
WITH 22 0 HOLE AT CENTRE
_Ada
r4,
H
W.P.
M20 BOLT
REFERENCE EL.
SLOTTED HOLE 22x50 LG.
IN ANGLE CLEAT
FOR FDN. DETS. REFER

EIL STD. 7-67-0008
150
160
DETAIL
219
230
4o
L 75x75x8-120 LG.
60x60x6 THK. WASHER
WITH 22 0 HOLE AT CENTER
o
3.
W.P.
M20 BOLT
REFERENCE EL.
SLOTTED HOLE 22x50 LG.
IN ANGLE CLEAT
FOR FDN. DETS. REFER

EIL STD. 7-67-0008
255
100
DETAIL
/11
\t/
SPJoahI
Prepared Checked
Rev .
No.
Format Nn
CH
P.K.MITTAL
Date
Page 1051 of 1178
A-no-norm -F4 RPV n
Purpose
by
by
RVEDI D. MALHOTRA
SW5
C
PK MITTAL
V.CHATURVEDI
VINAYKUMAR
Stds. Committee
Convenor
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
GM
rnnvrinht Fit - All rinhts rpspnipel
STANDARD No.
ENCJNEFRS
INDIA IJMITED
(A Govt. ot Indlo Undertoking)
IAIRII VIONAVIII104KI
DETAILS OF STEEL LADDER
7-68-0507 Rev. 7
Page 1 of 3
è' INSULATION THICKNESS (50 mm UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE)

1.
T"
RUNG
REFER SEC. 11-11 OF 7-68-0509 (SHT. 1 OF 3)
I:24:2 \ DtLIS
INNNN
TOP
RUNG
EL.
SUPPORT
X2
MENSION BETWEEN SUPPORTS
EL.
SUPPORT
X1
O
O
O
LJ
1
0
z
0
0
o
o
OF RUNGS
re)
NOS.
N=
0
1,4)
EL.
SU P
o
O
SAFETY CAGE
LADDER HEAD
AT SIDE
EL.
--L
o
o
o
SUPPORT
X2
eouom
RUNG
(REFER SHT. 3 OF 3)
LADDER FOR SIDE ENTRY
VESSEL DIA (mm)
LOWER OR
INTERNED
HOOPS
DISTANCE `D' (mm)
MC100 SHALL BE ADOPED FOR DISTANCE

MORE THAN 1350 UPTO 2000
7
6
Rev.
No.
UPTO 800
200 + e
> 800 < 3200
260 + e
> 3200 4 8000
275 + e
28.11.13
06.11.08
Date
1052 ofrvrni
1178
F -r:nAt Un Page
a-on-0001-F4
Purpose
SIttiV
VPS
S.P.JOSH1
A
AJmj
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
VINAY KUMAR
V. CHATURVEDI

Conver.ir
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Corwrinht Fll - All rinhts resprvgri
STANDARD No.
ENGNEERS
0111111~011111~111100
7-68-0507 Rev. 7
(A Govt. of Indlo UndertokIng)
Page 2 of 3
800
800
FLAT
75x10
0
0
14,
TOP OF
GRATING/
CHEQ. PL.
EL. ON
SUPPORT
SECTION3_
x II
ZZ
400/
o
O
re,
TOE ANGLE/EDGE OF
PLATF RM MEMBER
0
CD
CD
LADDER FOR FRONT ENTRY

REF. EL.
REF. EL.
L()
NOS. OFRUNGS
o
re)
NOS. OF RUNGS
O
O
MAX. HEIGHTWITHOUT SAFETY CAGE = 4500
EL. ON
SUPPORT
SECTION
TOP OF PEDESTAL/ "

CHEQ. PL /GRATING
BOTTOM
RUNG
AONL
TYPE OF ATTACHMENT DEPENDING

ON FLOORING TYPE.
(REF. SHT. 3 OF 3)
LADDER FOR FRONT ENTRY

NOTES :1. LADDER POSTS SHALL BE OF FLAT (75x10) UPTO 3.60m (MAX.) BETWEEN SUPPORTS AND ISMC 100 UPTO
7.0m (MAX.) BETWEEN SUPPORTS.
2. RUNGS SHALL BE 20 0.
3. SUPPORT TYPE X1' CORRESPONDS TO FIXED SUPPORT AND X2' CORRESPONDS TO SLIDING SUPPORT.
4. SUPPORT ELEVATION X1, X2 CORRESPOND TO CL OF BOLT HOLES.
5. SUPPORTS 'X1' IS CAPABLE TO SUSTAIN A LOAD FOR 9000 mm LONG LADDER ONLY.
6. LADDER SHALL BE GIVEN A SUITABLE SLOPE (MAX.6*),IF NECESSARY, TO AVIOD FOULING WITH ANCHOR CHAIRS.
28.11.13
Rev.
No.
Fnrrnat Nn
Date
Page 1053 Rr.v
of 1178
s-nn-nnni-F4
Purpose
vikft
VPS
S.P.JOSHI
AJS
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR
S.CHANDA
V. CHATURVEDI

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Cnairman
Approved by
Cnnvrinht Fii - All rinhts rpsprvpri
STANDARD No.
ENGNEB5
NDIA UMITID
7-68-0507 Rev. 7
(A Govt. of Indlo UndortokIng)
Page 3 of 3
TYPE OF ATTACHMENT
NATURE OF SUPPORT SECTION
REMARKS
A1, A2
SITE WITHOUT PAVING
B1, B2
CONCRETE FLOOR
A1, B1, C1, D1 : FIXED TYPE
C1, C2, D1, D2
CHEQUERED PLATE / GRATING FLOORING
A2, B2, C2, D2 : SLIDING TYPE
REFERENCE
ELEVATION
(TYP)
M.S. GRATING
PLATE (1 20x1 20x6)
TYPE - B1
TYPE - Al
TYPE - C1
WITHOUT
NUT
Ll 00x1 00x8
(TYP)
BOTTOM
_ff
NTGO M
WITHOUT
/ NUT
REFERENCE
ELEVATION
(TYP)
WITHOUT
GRATING
PLATE (1 20x1 20x6)
TYPE - A2
TYPE - C2
TYPE - B2
,;;r
11111
EL. X1
OR X2
CHEQ.
PLATE
PLATE (1 20x1 20x6)
TYPE - D1
TYPE - D2
TYPE - E
NOTE
100
24 0 HOLES FOR
M20 BOLTS
LADDER BOTTOM DETAILS
TYPE OF ATTACHMENT AT BASE
28.11.13
AJS
S.P.JOSHI
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
P.K.MITTAL
Date
Page 1054 of 1178
Frrnal Nn R-00-01101-F4 RAV 0
Purpose
by
by
S.CHANDA
V. CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR
Rev.
No.
IN CASE OF TOWERS BOTTOM RUNG SHALL

BE 300 mm FROM FGL /HPP.
280 I, 280
560
(FREE)
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairmai
Convenor
Approved by
rnnv-inht Fll - All rk-.nts rPsArvPrI
STANDARD No.
REFERENCEELEVATION
ENGINEERS
NDIA LIMMD
STEEL LADDER JOINT DETAILS
7.68-0509 Rev. 6
40 0 30
18 0 HOLES FOR
M16 BOLTS
o
OF LADDER
200(MIN.)
550(MAX.)
LADDER ATTACHMENT
SECTION 12-12
SECTION 13-13
TO VESSELS
75
470
L-75x75x6
e = INSULATION THICKNESS
1mm CLEARANC
'D'
1mm CLEARANCE
GUIDE 12x12x50
WELDED
X1
=:=
X2
~ffi
kEW
MC 100
111
12
1~1
38.5 43.5
DETAIL 'X2'
325(MIN.)
675(MAX.)
SECTION 11-11
REFER
EL. X2
12z1
18 0 HOLES
FOR M16 BOLTS
STRUCTURE
SUPPLY
113
CIVIL WORK SUPPLY
DETAIL t X2'
LADDER ATTACHMENT TO
(FOR LADDER POST FLAT 75x10)
CONCRETE
LADDER HEAD AT
SIDE PL. 50x6
LADDER HEAD
AT FRONT
SAFETY
CLOSURE
lc)
O
0
0
=====7==
SAFETY CHAIN
SAFETY CAGE HOOP DETAILS
LOCATION OF RUNG FOR LADDER

FLAT 50x6
20 0 BAR WELDED
FLAT 35x 6
10j,
6
(FOR MC100)
(FOR FLAT 75x1OT
LOWER AND INTERMEDIATE CAGE

28.11.13
Rev.
No.
Date
1055 ofRPV
1178
FnrmAt NnPage
s-nn-00ni-F4
n
Purpose
ATTACHMENT OF BAR
vPs
S.P.JOSHI
AJS
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.tAITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR
S.CHANDA
V. CHATURVEDI

Convenor
by
by
r.or
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
F II - All rinhts rpsp:,/pr1
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
111111 VININW11491010
UMITED
PDIA
Govt. of Indlo Undertoking)
7.68-0509 Rev. 6
(A
Page 2 of 4
16 0
12 0
a
\
kri
0,
-r
o
o
o
160
20
w)
30
740
/
32 0 (NB) MEDIUM DUTY
TUBULAR HANDRAIL
-99
14 0 HOLES FOR
M12 BOLTS
SECTION 5-5
800
111111111111111111
111111111111111111
11111111111111111
111111111111111111
SECTION 6-6
5z1
AUTOMATIC BARRIER
30
t-4
STOPPER
L-75x50x6
CUT FROM
L-75x75x6
90*
SECTION 8-8
SECTION 1 0-1 0
14 0 HOLES FOR
M12 BOLTS
SECTION 9-9
10
6
NEOPRENE OR
SIMILAR PAD
MC 100
50
I1M
50
1mm CLEARANCE
102
SECTION 7-7
DETAIL `X2'
(FOR LADDER POST MC 100)
28.11.13
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1056 of 1178
Fnrmat Nn A-nn-noni -F4 Rev fl
Purpose
VPS
S.P.JOSHI
AJS
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR
S.CHANDA
V. CHATURVEDI

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
r.nnvrinht Fll - All rinhts
STANDARD No.
1111111[4.111~
ENGINEERS
INDIA UMR133
7-68-0509 Rev. 6
(A Govt. of Indio Undertoking)
Page 3 of
LADDER POST
1
TUBE DIA 33.7mm THICKNESS 3.25
_415_
SAFETY BAR INSTALLATION ON LADDER POSTS

POSTS PLATE 75x10
POST MC 100
TUBE SQUARE CROSS SECTION
420LADDER
45x45x5
[1]
16 0 HOLES FOR M14 BOLTS

735
95
SECTION 5-5
r
80
800
mm CLEARANCE
M14 BOLT
SECTION 1 -1
SECTION 4-4
85'
50
TUBE DIA 33.7mm THICKNESS 3.25
L-50x50x6
SAFETY BAR INSTALLATION ON HANDRAIL POSTS

800
755
PLATING OUTSIDE
LIMITS
/15
120
HANDRA
POST
RING
2
3
21 /17 0
11
1111111
6 THK. PLATE
BUTT WELD
HANDRAIL POST
1119
\-- 16 0 HOLES FOR M14 BOLTS
SAFETY CAGE HOOP
SECTION 25-- 3
SECTION 2-2
28.11.13
S.CHATURVEDI
P.K.MRTAL
S.P.JOSHI
P.K.M1TTAL
Date
1057 ofRPV
1178
Frwmat NnPage
R-no-000i-F4
0
Purpose
by
by
S.CHANDA
V. CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR
Rev.
No.
nn
6
5
SAFETY CAGE HOOP

ATTACHMENT TO
HANDRAIL POST
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
nnnvrinht F
rinhts rpsprvArl
STANDARD No.
ENGNEERS
ND1A
ILAIMONIIIMAIPM
7.68-0509 Rev. 6
(A Govt. of Indlo Undortoking)
Page 4 of 4
F REF. EL.
cs,
OF T. RUNG)
REF. EL.
(SLIDING SUPPORT S2 )
F REF. EL. (T.O.S)
q_ OF 18 0 HOLE IN LADDER POST
dc
SLOTTED HOLE IN 10 THK. FLAT SEE DETAIL
C1 OR Al (LADDER ATTACHMENT) AS PER

EIL STD. 7-68-0507 SHT. 3 OF 3
REF. EL. (T.O.S)
SLIDING CONN. DET. OF LADDER

(WITH TOE ANGLE OF PLATFORM ON THE
HEAD OF VESSEL)
OFtLADDER POST
R=9
35
LADDER
OF M16 BOLT
EL.
X2
10 THK. FLAT
DETAIL OF SLOTTED HOLE

EL.
X2
(FOR SLIDING SUPPORT S2)
REF. EL.
EL.
X1
ADDITIONAL
(LADDER EXPN. JOINT)
EL.
X2
VESSEL
DET. OF LADDER EXPANSION JOINT

(WHEN DISTANCE BETWEEN TOP AND BOT.
MOST SUPPORT
9000)
(-7,73itr
6
28.11.13
03.11.08
Rev.
No.
Date
1058 of4s.v
1178
n
Fnrmat NnPage
R-On C201-'=4
Purpose
AJ
S.P.JOSHI
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHANDA
S.CHATURVEDI
P.K. nTAL
V. CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Cnnvrinht Fll - AII rinh.s GoSiorVPli
3-1(bit
1
ENGINEERS
ti faw5
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt of India Undertaktegy
FOR R+L
LESS THAN 4.00M.
1
L
STANDARD No.
CIRCULAR PLATFORM
FOR
HOT VESSELS
FOR R+L= 4.0M.
TO LESS THAN 8.00M.
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
SHT. 1 of 8
FOR R+L= 8.0M.

TO 10.00M.
1..,
L i oox i ooxs
L i oox100X8
L i oox, ooxs
E2
L 75X75X8
L 90X90X8
L i oox ioox8
INSULATION THICKNESS 'e'
STD. 7-68 0507 SHT.1 OF 3

400
ir
SEE DETAIL'L'
IN SHT. 8 OF 8
HANDRAIL
(REF. SHT. 8 OF 8)
(REFER SHT. 6 OF 8)
SEE DETAIL 'A' FOR NOTCH IN GRATING

IN SHT. 8 OF 8
INTERMEDIATE PLATFORMS
(FOR e 10Orrirn)
ALL CONNECTIONS ARE BOLTED AS SHOWN
NOTES:-
1. FOR c<1 AND o<2REFER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

2.
DIMENSION X1 SHALL BE e+35 BUT NOT LESS THAN 85 IN THE PLATFORM WHERE BRACKET
TYPE- LB7/RB7 OR LB8/RB8ARE NOT USED
3. DIMENSION X1 SHALL BE e+45 BUT NOT LESS THAN 145 IN THE PLATFORM WHERE
BRACKET TYPELB7/RB7 OR LB8/RB8 ARE USED.
4. FOR FURTHER DETAILS REFER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS.
5. FOR BRACKET DETAILS REFER STD.NO. 7-68-0553 AND FOR CLIP DETAILS REFER
STD. NO. 7-68-0557
6. SPLICING OF TOE ANGLE SHALL BE DONE ONLY IF IT IS ESSENTIAL.
7. ELECTROFORGED GRATING TYPEI SHALL BE AS PER EIL STD. NO. 7-68-0697.
8. FOR OTHER NOTES REFER SHT. 2 OF 8.
7
21.01.14
VPS
28.01.09
VPS
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1059 of 1178
Enrrnat Nn e-nn-nnn1-F4 Rev n
Purpose
AJS
P. K. MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
V.CHATtIRVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Cnnvrinht Fil - All rinhts rpsprupd
STANDARD No.
CIRCULAR PLATFORM
FOR
HOT VESSELS
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt ot Intlta Undertakng)
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
SHT. 2 of 8
INSULATION THICKNESS 'e'
FOR R+ L=
FOR R+L= 4.0M.
FOR R+L= 8.0M.
LESS THAN 4.00M. TO LESS THAN 8.00M. TO 10.00M.
D
STD. 7-68 0507 SHT.1 OF 3
L 100X100X8
L i oox i oox8
L i oox100X8
fr
L 75X75X8
L 90X90X8
L i oox100X8
s,
400
(REFER SHT. 6 OF 8)
SEE DETAIL'L'
IN SHT. 8 OF 8
HANDRAIL
(REF. SHEET 8 OF 8)
SEE DETAIL
(FOR NOTCH IN GRATING

IN SHEET 8 OF 8)
INTERMEDIATE PLATFORMS
(FOR e >100mm)
ALL CONNECTIONS ARE BOLTED AS SHOWN
NOTES:
CONTD. FROM SHT. 1 of 8
9.
IN CASE OF DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THIS STD. & GENERAL ARRGT. DRG.,

THE LATER SHALL GOVERN.
10. FOR SECTIONS 1-1 TO 5-5 REFER SHT. 4 of 8 TO SHT. 7 of 8.

11. LB INDICATES LEFT BRACKET, RB INDICATES RIGHT BRACKET, LB OR RB TO SUIT
THE LOCAL CONDITIONS & TO AVOID INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER FIXTURES.
12. ALL CLIPS ARE IN THE SCOPE OF VESSEL FABRICATOR.
13. FOR VESSELS HAVING TEMPERATURE ABOVE +230'c, SPECIAL BOLTS CONFORMING
TO ASTM A193 Gr.B7 AND NUTS CONFORMING TO ASTM A194 Gr. 2H
SHALL BE USED FOR CONNECTIONS TO THE VESSEL FOR TEMP. BELOW 230'C,
CARBON STEEL BOLTS CONFORMING TO IS:1363 SHALL BE USED.
14. THESE PLATFORMS ARE DESIGNED FOR AN IMPOSED LOAD OF 3.OKN/SQ.M
AND THE BRACKETS FOR THE SPECIFIC CONDITION INDICATED. NO PIPE
SHALL BE ANCHORED OR GUIDED ON THE PLATF RM.
\kvps
21.01.14
28.01.09
VPS
R.SOOD
Prepared Checked
Rev.
No.
AJS
Date
Page 1060 of 1178
Frmat Nn R-00-0001-F4 Rev 0
Purpose
by
by
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
H. MATHUR
/
S.CHANDA
G.R. RAJAGOPALAN
Stds. Committee
Convenor
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Cnnvrinht Fll - A II hnhts rpsprvpri
STANDARD No.
k_71
g2e5
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Chl.rwcn.)
CIRCULAR PLATFORM FOR

7-68-0552 Rev. 7
HOT VESSELS
(A Govt ot Intha UAdettaktn9)
SHT. 3 of 8
FOR X
LESS THAN 2.00M.
L
fr
FOR X= 2.0M.
TO LESS THAN 5.00M.
FOR X= 5.0M.
TO 7.00M.
L i 00X100X8
Liooxiooxs
Liooxiooxs
Lioox iooxs
75X75X8
90X90X8
SHELL OUTER RADIUS

INSULATION THICKNESS
HEAD PLATFORMS
FOR NOTES REFER SHT. 1 OF 8 AND 2 OF 8
21.01.14
28.01.09
Rev.
No.
Fnrmat Nn
Date
Page 1061 of 1178

8-no-nn01 -F4 RPV
Purpose
.Sk4j7
VPS
VPS
W)NAJS
P. K. MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHANDA
V.CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
GM
Cnnvriaht Fil - All rinhts rpsprvpri
goi
$;fg-ar 92e5
1~ ~12 MIJ,
47.1)
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
HOT VESSELS
IA Govt of Jneha Undertak.g)
SHT. 4 of 8
SEE DETAIL () WITH 'G'

TYPE BOLT
SEE DETAIL O WITH 'G'

TYPE BOLT
6 THK. STIFF. PL. (TYP)

75
10 THK. PL.(TYP)
EL. T.T.L.
OF VESSEL
150
SECTION 1-1 RBi (LB11 OPP. HAND)

SECTION 6-6
DIMENSIONS X,Y,& L SHALL BE AS PER

GEN. ARRANGEMENT DRAWING
L=1400(MAX.)
800(MAX.)
200
(MIN.)
10
TYPE BOLT
A,80 80
.... 1
'-0,,' ,L)
\s,
_n
IIr- -- 0
INSULATION
(e)
10
SEE DETAIL Q WITH 'G'
TYPE BOLT
4-200 HOLES
FOR M18 BOLTS
11,
u)
`-lir
i
IL
JL
__.__>.
'-' _
,IL_
REF EL
(T.O.S.)
MC150
75
125 80
10 THK. PL.(TYP)
/
EMI
300(MIN.)
EL. T.T.L.
OF VESSEL
150
SECTION 2-2 RB12 (LE312 OPP. HAND)
SECTION 7-7
DIMENSIONS X,Y,&L SHALL BE AS PER

NOTE:
FOR DETAIL
, & BOLT TYPE 'G' REF. SHT. 8 OF 8 AND
FOR OTHER NOTES REFER SHT. 1 OF 8 & 2 OF 8

\ k`:/" AeLe,_
21.01.14
28.01.09
Rev.
No.
Format Nn
Date
Page 1062 of 1178
R-00-nnn1-F4 Rev n
Purpose
VPS
P. K. MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
V.CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Cnnvrinht Fll - All rinhtg rnsnryncl
(m..) ENGINEERS
02-eg INDIA LIMITED
k_31
iA Govt of incha UndertaK,R9)
STANDARD No.

HOT VESSELS
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
SHT. 5 of 8
L=2800(MAX.)
180 HOLES FOR M16 BOLTS
IN CLIP AND SLOTTED HOLES
IN MC150 SEE DET. 'S1'
10
SEE DETAIL (1) WITH 'G'
TYPE BOLT IN SHT. 8 OF 8

TYPE BOLT IN SHT.8 OF 8
L4.
REF EL
(T.0.5.)
INSULATION
(e)

/ /
/ /
8 THK. PL. (TYP)
1 1
1 1
10 THK. PL.(TYP)
/
MC125 FOR LENGTH ..<2000

MC150 FOR 2000< LENGTH 3500
1 1

(TYP)
,:zp EL. T.T.L.

o
o
OF M16 BOLTS
P.
300(MIN.)
20
O.R.
SLOTTED HOLE
REFER DETAIL
OF VESSEL
DETAIL 'S1'
SLOTTED HOLE
(FOR DET. 'S1')
SECTION 3-3 RB13 (LB13 OPP. HAND)

DIMENSIONS X,Y,8c L SHALL BE AS PER
10 THK. PL.
(AT TOP OF CLIPS)
75
10 THK. PL.
150
SECTION 9-9
SECTION 8-8
FOR NOTES REFER SHT. 1 OF 8 & 2 OF 8
21.01.14
VPS
28.01.09
VPS
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1063 of 1178
Format Nn a-00-0001-F4 Rev 0
Purpose
AJS
P. K. MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
V.CHATURVCDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
GM
Chairman
Approved by
ennvrinht Fll - All rinhts rpsFwvpri
ENGINEERS
Og-affarZ5 INDIA LIMITED
(affen efrcowaildflsoff)
STANDARD No.

HOT VESSELS
IA Govt of Indla Undertaking)
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
SHT. 6 of 8
L=1400(MAX.)
10
200
10
(MIN.)
SEE DETAIL C) WITH 'G'
TYPE BOLT IN SHT.8 OF 8
SEE DETAIL () WITH 'G'

TYPE BOLT IN SHT. 8 OF 8
)25 25
o
REF. EL
(T.O.S.)
Ir
W.P.I
MC150
10
8 THK. PL.
10
/ /
EL. T.T.L.
10
o
l0
18 9/ HOLES FOR
M16 BOLTS
Iffifflims
SECTION 4-4 RB14 (LE31 4 OPP. HAND)
DIMENSIONS L,X AND Z SHALL BE AS PER
11
.10
!
'
10 THK. PL.
SECTION 10-10
*SECTION 15-15
VIEW 16-16
FOR NOTES REFER SHT. 1 OF 8 & 2 OF 8

*WHEREVER HANDRAIL ON ANGLE'A' IS DISCONTINUED FOR ENTRY TO THE PLATFORM
FROM LADDER/STAIR/ADJACENT PLATFORM THE UPSTAND LEG OF ANGLE'A' SHALL BE CUT AND
L 1 00X1 00X8 VVELDED AS PER SEC. 15-15 FOR THE LENGTH HANDRAIL IS DISC NTINUED.
7
21.01.14
28.01.09
Rev.
No.
Fnrmat Nn
Date
Page
1064 ofRpv
1178
R-nn-0001-F4
n
Purpose
VPS
VPS
AJS
P. K. MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
V.CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
nnvrinht Fll - All rinhts rpsprvpd
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
)1
,411
faffieg
I~r ri,tcDW C151.545nA)
STANDARD No.

HOT VESSELS
(A Govt of Incha Undeltaking)
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
SHT. 7 of 8
L=2800(MAX.)
EQ

IN CLIP AND SLO1TED HOLES
IN MC150 SEE DET. 'S1'
(SHT. 5 OF 8)
EQ
SEE DETAIL 'Q' WITH 'G'
lYPE BOLT IN SHT. 8 OF 8
MC125 SHALL BE PROVIDED

WHEN
> 1400
J00 100
TYVTYP/
SEE DETAIL 0 WITH 'G'

1YPE BOLT IN SHT. 8 OF 8
REF EL
(T.O.S.)
INSULATION
(e)
10 THK. PL(TYP)
MC125 TO BE PROVIDED (AS SHOWN)
WHEN 'P' IS MORE THAN 800
P
EL. T.T.L.
75
14
OF VESSEL
Lr4
300(MIN.)
10 THK. PL.
150
Z=0.R.+ e+ 1 20
SECTION 11-11
SECTION 5-5 RB15 (LE31 5 OPP. HAND)
DIMENSIONS X,Y,Z & L SHALL BE AS PER
200 HOLE
FOR M18 BOLTS
90
SECTION: 12-12
90
o
rn
u)
N
crt
In
N
12 THK. PL
200
8 THK. PL.
SECTION 13-13
(BASE PLATE)
VIEW-F
SECTION 14-14
(CLIP)
21.01.14
28.01.09
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1065 of 1178
Fnnnat Nn 8-nn-nnni-F4 RAV n
Purpose
AJS
VPS
P. K. MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
V.CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
ennvrinht Fll - AII rinhts rpp.prvpri
(4.
44li
fd
l!") ENGINEERS
k.71
mar 02-dgWINDIA LIMITED

wkmpwaswam~
STANDARD No.
7-68-0552 Rev. 7
HOT VESSELS
IA Govt of india UndenakIng)
SHT. 8 of 8
10
32 NB(M) PIPE
Tlf PL.
10 THK. PL.
FOR L 100X100X8
FOR L 90X90X8
50X6 FLAT
M12 BOLTS
M12 BOLTS
32 NB(M) PIPE
FOR ANGLE SIZE
FOR ANGLE SIZES 90X90X8/

100X100X8
o
X
X
75X75X8
DETAIL'L'
(SPLICE)
0
CO
R=12
In
50X6 FLAT
50X6 FLAT
~Mi
REF. EL,
(T.O.G.) 1
DETAIL OF SLOTTED
HOLE IN TOE ANGLE
HANDRAIL
BOLT TYPE 'G'

(REFER DET. P & Q)
(REFER DET. P & Q)
HALF HANDRAIL
BRACKET
INNER TOE
ANGLE LB
OUTER TOE
ANGLE LA
u-,
OF 020 HOLE ON
10
//
BKT AND
OF SLOTTED HOLE ON TOE ANGLE

(SEE DETAIL)
OF 020 HOLE ON BKT
DETAIL'A'
WITH 'G' TYPE BOLT
_JEM
/111/~11/e
ffi ~1~
MEIMMIIM
M~~1
ffi~~
DETAIL'P'
DETAIL'Q'
(THE BOLT SHALL BE HAND TIGHTENED )
NOTCH IN GRATING
7
21.01.14
28.01.09
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1066 of 1178
Fnrmat Nn R-00-n001-F4 RPV n
Purpose
5 Arn-v
VPS
AJt-\
VPS
P. K. MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI S.CHANDA
V.CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
ennvrinht Fll - AII rinhts rpsprvpd
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
5fg- r ~
-g
ef57.3,4cf.4)
r-wcol2
DETAILS OF BRACKETS FOR
STANDARD No.
CIRCULAR PLATFORMS
7-68-0553 Rev. 7
IA Govt of Incha Undertaiongt
OF HOT VESSELS
SHT. 1 of 5
1A
INSULATION
10
SHELL
OUTSIDE DIA.
ELEVATION 'X'
tr)
co
N
\\
/
/
35
BRACKETS LB1 & RB1
L/2
L/2
I /
LB
SHELL
OUTSIDE DIA.
(900 < L 1400)
2 L
4,35 M IN .)
INSULATION
6 THK. BENT UP STEEL PLATE
SUPPORT CLIP
10 THK.
10
GRATING
ELEVATION 'X'
-I
/ /
/ /
_/
/ /
/ /
/ /
/
-T---i8-200 HOLES FOR:,_,_._

M18 BOLTS*_
= ,i 140 HOLES
........................
120 BOLTS
MC125Y! FOR
,_
11
6

I
SUPPORT CLIP
10 THK.
1
35
BRACKETS LB2 & RB2 (1400<1_ isoo)
6
* FOR VESSEL HAVING TEMPERATURE ABOVE + 230*C, SPECIAL BOLTS CONFORMING T0 ASTM A193 Gr. B7 & NUTS
CONFORMING T0 ASTM A194 Gr. 2H SHALL BE USED. FOR TEMP. BELOW 230*C, CARBON STEEL BOLTS CONFORMING
T0 IS:1363 SHALL BE USED.
TYPE LB
& RB1
TYPE LB 2 & RB2
NOTES:
1.
THESE DETAILS ARE VALID FOR PLATFORMS

T0 HOT VESSELS HAVING INSULATION THICKNESS
100 mm
LENGTH (mm) WEIGHT(kg) LENGTH(mm) WEIGHT(kg)

985
16.00
1485
37.42
1085
17.60
1585
39.72
1185
19.12
1685
42.06
1285
20.62
1785
44.38
1385
22.14
1885
46.72
1485
23.65
2.
FOR DETAILS OF CLIPS REFER STANDARD N0.

7-68-0557 SHT. 1 OF 3
REFER G.A. DRG. OF PLATFORMS FOR BRACKET
3.
TYPES AND DIMENSIONS R, L, X, 0<-1 & c<2

4.
ORIENTATION OF BRACKETS IS GIVEN ACCORDING

TO ARROW 'F'
LB = LEFT BRACKET (FLANGE ON LEFT)

LENGTH = L + 75+10 (FOR 35 CLEARANCE BETWEEN
RB = RIGHT BRACKET (FLANGE ON RIGHT)
INSULATION & INNER TOE ANGLE OF PLATFORM)
ABOVE WEIGHTS INCLUDE WEIGHT OF STIFFENERS
THIS STANDARD IS APPLICABLE FOR IMPOSED LOAD OF 3KN/SQM.
7
21.01.14
Rev.
No.
Fnrrnat Nn
\'\
VPS
AJF14..
VPS
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared
Date
Page 1067 of 1178

R-on-nn01-F4 Rev n
Purpose
by
P.K.M AL
S CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUHAR
S CHANDA
V CHATURVEDI
Checked Stds. Committee

Convenor
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
r,nnvrinht F II - All rinhts rpsprvAri
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
k31
5fg-ar laWs
evramc,d51.1,10,,i)
STANDARD No.
CIRCULAR PLATFORMS
7-68-0553 Rev. 7
Govt of Indla Underlakingt
OF HOT VESSELS
SHT. 2 of 5
'F' INDICATES VIEWING FROM OUTSIDE TOWARDS THE CENTRE OF VESSEL FOR BRACKET ORIENTATION
W M12 BOLTS
35
5 0 80
GRATING
R F.
(T.O.S.)
V3
C1 5
TOE ANGLE AND
BKT. CONNECTED
WITH 'G' TYPE BOLT
SEE 7-68-0552 SHT.
8 OF 8
CLIP
SEE 7-68-0557
SHT. 1 OF 3
SLOTTED HOLE IN
WEB OF MC125
8 THK. PLATE
8 THK. PLATE
SEE DETAIL'A'
SECTION 2-2
34
/1 In
4111,
R=7
80
10
OF M12 BOLTS
SECTION 1 -1
SIMILAR SEC. 1A-1A EXCEPT BOLTS
BRACKET
002-
SECTION 3-3
'G' TYPE BOLT REF. SHT.
8 OF 8 STD. 7-68-0552
EFERENCE
AXIS
BRACKETS ORIENTATION
DETAIL 'A'
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1068 of 1178
Fnrmat Nn R-00-0001-F4 RPV
Purpose
DETAIL 'B'
\J'kr/
VPS
AJS
VPS
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared
by
P. .MITTAL
S CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR
S CHANDA
V CHATURVEDI

Convenor
by
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Cnnvrinht Fll - All rinhts rs,sprveri
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
5g-ar 02e5
frrr- e,c,cnW d51.3,47.1)
R
)35/(MIN.)
85 j,85 ,1401,1,
10
SHELL
OUTSIDE DIA.
cNi
STANDARD No.
CIRCULAR PLATFORMS
7-68-0553 Rev. 7
IA Govl of India Undertaking)
INSULATION

OF HOT VESSELS
4A
10
LB
SHT. 3 of 5
GRATING
ELEVATION 'X'
(T.O.S.)
/ /
F
6-200 HOLES FOR
M18 BOLTS*
/ / /
510 THK. FACE PLAT

_Z
co
4A
//
/ /
SUPPORT CLIP
/
BRACKETS LB3 & RB3
(900 < L 1400)
R
e ,35 MIN.)
INSULATION
L/2
SHELL
OUTSIDE DIA.
LB
L/2
GRATING
ELEVATION 'X'
T.O.S.
/ /
/
/ /
/ /
/Lt
/
1F
8-200 HOLES FOR

M18 BOLTS*
MC125
= FOR 120 BOLTS
/ /
/ / /

10 THK. FACE PLATE
/ / /
6 THK. PLATE
/
!/
/
/ /
SUPPORT CUP
BRACKETS LB4 & RB4
(1400 < L 1800)
* FOR VESSEL HAVING TEMPERATURE ABOVE + 230'C, SPECIAL BOLTS CONFORMING TO ASTM A193 Gr. B7 & NUTS
CONFORMING TO ASTM A194 Gr. 2H SHALL BE USED. FOR TEMP. BELOW 230'C, CARBON STEEL BOLTS CONFORMING
TO IS:1363 SHALL BE USED.
TYPE LB 3 & RB3
TYPE LB4
&
RB4
NOTES:
1.

935
18.40
1435
40.60
1035
19.90
1535
42.60
1135
21.40
1635
45.00
1235
22.90
1735
47.30
1335
24.50
1835
49.60
1435
25.90
2.
3.
4.
VPS
VPS
Date
Page 1069 of 1178
Fnrmat Nn R-on-on01-F4 Rev
Purpose

TYPES AND DIMENSIONS R, L, X, c<1 & oC2
No.
FOR DETAILS OF CLIPS REFER STANDARD N0.

7-68-0557 SHT. 2 OF 3
LENGTH = L+10+25 (FOR 35 CLEARANCE BETWEEN

INSULATION & INNER TOE ANGLE OF PLATFORM)
AND WEIGHT OF FACE PLATE.
Rev.
THESE DETAILS ARE VALID FOR PLATFORMS

TO HOT VESSELS HAVING INSULATION THICKNESS
100 mm BUT NOT MORE THAN 300 mm

TO ARROW 'F'
Prepared
by
/ A
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

by
S CHANDA
V CHATURVEDI
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
r.nnvrinht Fll - Al) rinhts rpsprvpri
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
$)gu02e5
trf1eR~f2M1.3,1511)
STANDARD No.
CIRCULAR PLATFORMS
7-68-0553 Rev. 7
IA Govt of InOia Undertalongt
INSULATION
SHT. 4 of 5
4Bl
44
L/2
f LB
SHELL
OUTSIDE DIA.
OF HOT VESSELS
L/2
GRATING
/ //
ELEVATION
(T.O.S)
,/
140 HOLES FOR

M12 BOLTS
MC 125
Xv 8 (TYP)
8-300 HOLES FOR

M27 BOLTS*
/ / /A,_
/
/
817
// '
/
i
~-r,A
\\_...
1
/
12 THK.
FACE lt
/ /
////
y
/7 /
SUPPORT CLIP
BRACKETS LB7 & RB7 (180o<L2400)
4C
INSULATION
10
L/3
1,
SHELL
45
GRATING
/ /
.frfr
OUTSIDE DIA. /
EL. 'X'
o
o
/
/
/z
/ /-41.\_
5N
8-330 HOLES
/
FOR M30 BOLTS
/7m16 THK.
/ / /
// ///
FACE
/\
/ /
4F
-8 (TYP)
MC125 (TYP)
(T.O.S)
SUPPORT CLIP
4,Cj
BRACKETS LB8 & RB8 (2400<
3000)
FOR VESSEL HAVING TEMPERATURE ABOVE + 230T, SPECIAL BOLTS CONFORMING TO ASTM A193 Gr. B7 & NUTS
CONFORMING TO ASTM A194 Gr. 2H SHALL BE USED. FOR TEMP. BELOW 230T, CARBON STEEL BOLTS CONFORMING
TO IS:1363 SHALL BE USED.
TYPE LB7 & RB7
TYPE LB8 & RB8
NOTES:
1.

1845
1945
2045
2145
2245
2345
2445
60.40
63.10
65.80
68.50
71.20
73.90
76.60
2545
2645
2745
2845
2945
3045
83.80
86.50
89.20
91.90
94.60
97.30
THESE DEAILS ARE VALID FOR PLATFORMS TO HOT

VESSELS HAVING INSULATION THICKNESS UP TO 300mm.
HOWEVER 'e' SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED LESS THAN 100mm.
2.
FOR DETAILS OF CLIPS REFER STANDARD NO.

7-68-0557 SHT. 3 OF 3
3.
4.
TYPES AND DIMENSIONS R, L, X, c<1 &
TO ARROW 'F'
LENGTH = L + 10 + 35
AND WEIGHT OF FACE PLATE
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1070 of 1178
Fnrrnat Nn R-f)0-0001-F4 RPV
Purpose
AJS
VPS
Prepared
by
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

by
S CHANDA
V CHATURVEDI
GM
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
r.nnvrinht Fil - All rinhts rpsprvprl
ENGINEERS
$'g-a[ faW5 INDIA LIMITED
STANDARD No.
CIRCULAR PLATFORMS
7-68-0553 Rev. 7
IA Govt of locha Undertak,o9)
FORSEC. 5-5
OF HOT VESSELS
DIA
OUIER
OF
0.D
SHT. 5 of 5
R SEC. 5A-5
ifT2R 2i7d572 ,151.34snl1
OF
BENT UP STEEL PLATE

BRACKET
SECTION 5-5
SEC. 5A-5A, SIMILAR EXCEPT AS NOTED
REF. DETAIL 'A'

SHOWN IN SHT. 2 OF 5
1*'0
GRATING
TOE ANGLE AND

BKT. CONNECTED
WITH 'G' TYPE BOLT
SEE STD. 7-68-0552
SHT. 8 OF 8
200 HOLES FOR

M18 BOLTS FOR
SEC. 4-4, 4A-4A
/
50
300 HOLES FOR

M27 BOLTS FOR
SEC.4B-4B
50
330 HOLES FOR

M30 BOLTS FOR
SEC.4C-4C
EFERENCE
AXIS
ESSEL O.D.
10
80
20
80/ 100 (SEC.4B-4B, 4C-4C)

/
90 (SEC.4-4, 4A-4A)
SECTION 4-4
SIMILAR SEC. 4A-4A, 4B-4B & 4C-4C
EXCEPT BOLTS
BRACKETS ORIENTATION
'F' INDICATES VIEWING FROM OUTSIDE TOWARDS THE CENTRE OF VESSEL FOR BRACKET ORIENTATION
28.01.09
Prepared
Rev.
No.
P.K.MITTAL
VPS
Date
Page 1071 of 1178
Fnrmat Nn R-nn-nnni-F4 Rev n
Purpose
by
P.K.MITTAL
VINAY KUMAR
S CHATURVEDI
S CHANDA
V CHATURVEDI
Stds. Bureau
Checked Stds. CommitteeGM
Convenor
Chairman
by
Approved by
C.nnvrinht Fil - All rinhtR rpsgwvw1
pRA.:3
s146!-1 11V - 113 1116pAcloo
uei.wwqa
neaing sp4s
lNO
103A21111YH3'A
YONYH3'S
)(q
Jouanuoa
aamwwoa -sps Poloa40 paiedeid
avrInm AVNIA
SdA
103A21111M3S
103A21111YHTS
1YLLIPOI'd
mylly
VIIMYHS 'Y
asodind
43-1000-00-9
awa
El; l.'9Z
C12:1VCINV1S SV a3nssi aNv CI3SIA32J
80.0 'EO
CldVCINVIS SV a3nsst a NV a3SIA32J
'3dAl 21VId0Y1 GNVS 1N3Y133 Z: L 38 11VHS
letwod
.oN
.nad
inoao
'SNOIIVGN110J Y1210J1Vld d0J C131d0CIV SI IN3113AVd 03N3)131H1 3SV3 NI 311S

IV C131V301 neviins 38 11VHS IN3Y13AVd N1 SINIOf N011OnSISNO3 '91
'13A31 NOI1VGNflOJ IV 3A08V
ONV Yl'OS/1 00'9 30 38S d0J 011VA 3dV adVGNVIS SIH1 N1 NMOHS SNOI1VCIN(103 '171
1t,0-99L 'ON 'ClIS 113 d3d SV 38 11VHS S1108 dOHONV
.1
'319NV 1V313 318viins HIIM 38 11VHS SNOI1V301 213N803 IV

SNO1133NNO3 Sal3M 13111J )13IHI
ww9 oNisn
03013M 38 11VHS SNO1103NNO3 11V 'ZI
3S1Md3H10 03I0N SSTINfl `>101H1 ww9 38 11VHS S31Vld
.a3sn
ussno
38 11VHS 1090-99L 'ON 'ClIS 113 d3d SV A1-3dAl
11V2ICINVH 000Z Oldfl H d0J ONV 11-3dAl 38 11VHS 11VdCINVH 000Z <H 2103
'0
'L690-99L 'ON GIS 113 83d SV 1-3dAl C13080J0813313 38 11VHS ONI1Vd0 '6
'9000L9L 'ON *GIS 113 213d SV 38 TIVHS 1VIS303d a300y1 JO SlIVI30 '9
'L090-99L 'ON 'ClIS 113 213d SV 38 11VHS Sd30CIV1 JO SIIV130
-L
'GVO ONldld d3d SV 38 11VHS SY121031V1d 30 NOL1YIN3Id0 ONV NOI1V301 3H1 '9
'SMOM 1331S ONV 313213NO3 2103 03M01103 38 0S1V 11VHS 133f0dd 3H1 JO S3ION 1V213N30 '9
'1331021d 3H1 JO S3ION
1Vd3N30 N1 03NOIIN3Y4 SV 38 11VHS SdY8 IN31133210JNI3d ONV 313213NO3 JO 3C1Vd0 '17
Z90Z:S1 01 ONIMOJNO3
sa/v kinvnoans
09Z3 30V210 JO 38 11VHS 1331S
ivanionsis
'S32113Y1111111 Ni 32IV SNOISN3111G 11V 'Z

'1JJ 3A08V ww0GLZ
dO/CINV 10J 3A08V ww00Z 30 IH013H rinravri V d03 3dn13nais 33d 031VA313 NO
80 `30V210 NO SY180J1V1d ONI1Vd3d0 JO SlIVI3C1 S213A03 GSVGNVIS SIH1
:S310N
'1HS
'Aed Z990-89-L
'0N adVONVIS
Page 1072 of 1178
321ruormas
031VA313 33w3av2IJ NO
SV4210d1V1d 9NI1V213d0 11VV4S
(Bunffluapun epui 1A00 V)
(F.O.Plat ?IfID?1, 112u#)
MPI 278P
1P
,
43111A111 VICNI
S2133N119N3
pamasai s1y61 J IIV -113 41.16pAdoo

uew.ijein
neeing .spis
IND
ICI3A21111M3-A
YONYHTS
,(ci
d(ci
Jouenuoo
ean!wwoo .spis Paloolio paiedaid
avrimi AVNIA
SdA
ICI3AllfLLYHO'S
1Y11111'3'd
000
OOOI> 8>
OOOI> b>
133(1171Y
vrthyris
asoclind
O'Aed bd-1000- 00. 8
alea
1:11:9Z
conssi CINV CI9SIA32:1
80"01:0
CldVCINVIS SV oenssi CINV Cl3SIA32:1

adVCINVIS sv
cN .etwod
'oN
.nad
OSL
ost
osc
dOEd SINdOiLVid 10 SlIV134
*M31A
>1H1 Z
ld 3SV8
>11-11 8
ld 13SSf19
Z Z '33S
oo
S>W11-1
itZ
S1108 9 I. W 210J
S310H 06l Z
(dA1)
(l-1 M3IA Ta.m)

NOLLVCIN(103 JO 11V130
2 M3IA
= =
0 / 0 00Z0-11i
00
J/a
1N3Y.13AVd
0 1.:S: 133c1
S>INI1119Z
09-1N-9 LYIIIZ
-n
oo
a3aaV1)
(NMOHS 10N 11Vl0NVH
NVld
4-)
(1cIA1) ONI1V219
39210J0810313 '>W11 SZ
MOILY1d/d3OGY11)
M3IA
= =
Cri
0
0
Li7
11
-
11
(dA1) I 00 311
00 1.3141
=
8
ON111V2IONV
10 Z '11-18
3dniondis
(6uNeliapun e.Pul Jo
a31"313 0021/3OV219 NO
SLAMOdIVld ONI1V213d0 11VINS
.Aed Z990-99-L
.0N C12:IVONVIS
Page 1073 of 1178
1A09 V)
122ire
0.,O.P17.12
gi-f21112g$
43111A111 VICINI
S2133N19N3
pr?M 1 9P
uyuaseJ sly6g liv - -111 ;-_,E0doo
uewAello
neaing spis
IAID
103M(101.13'A
Jouenuo0
eamwwoo .spis
avrirm AVNIA
TILLIVOI'd
VONYHOS KI3ANOIYH3'S
Aq
i(q
pa)1oallo paiedaid
ICUMMIYHO'S
....,
11Y1
;1(
Y
OOOZ> H> 0001

OOSZ> 8> 0001
OOS1> V> 000
SdA
VYISVHS *A'Y
asodind
0Aaid 17d-1000-00-9 'oN ieu-ood

alea
C:IVCINV1S sv oenssi ciNv CI3SIA32i
'ON
"AO
90.01:0
a2iVCINV1S sv oensst CINV CI3SIA32:1
d0J SIA2:1031V1d AO S1IVI3C1 61.1

"33S
M3IA
gS M31A
054
'>IH1 Z1
ld 3SV8
S>IN1
S1108 9141 803
S310H 061.-1?
kZ 1. 17
'XH1 9
ld
1119 L --17
ussno
(snHi '00321 'SON Z)

N011YCINflOJ JO Nrld
NO1133S
'ONOD NV3-1
o
0
Nrld
,0
(1-3d).1) ONI1V80
03080302110313 ')IH1SZ
0 0
= 1 =
8
(NMOHS 10N 11V80NVH Ye' 21300V1) -n

-n
rZ
Z M31A
ddH 193
-o
-13
r
Z"
0.4
0
133
-r
'A1N0 00113<V 80J

2138Y13Ni SIH1 GIA0218 \
r-
(dA1)
-1L-
(dAl)
X08 00 OVI
(dAl) 001 OVI
A Alb
ON111Y80NVH
OOIOW
213CICIV1 JO
'1HS
32iniondis
a31VA313 0321/3M0 NO
SV4d0d1V1d ONIIVIfid0 11VINS
'nal Z990-89-L
- oN
adVCINVIS
Page 1074 of 1178
cHmnc ua TVD212 3~)
(6uotelm13.fl B,Pul IA09 V)
43111A111 VICINI
S2133N19N3
9M0112
,kr?Wt9P
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
$Tigsir faPiegw INDIA LIMITED
131
1.11M eirizral m01;510
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
Govt o India Undertaking)
Page 1 of 17
NOTES :1 THIS STANDARD IS BASED ON FOLLOWING PRINCIPLES OF LAYING CABLES IN THE PLANT AREA
CABLES IN RCC TRENCH/BRICK MASONRY TO BE FILLED WITH
o) UNIT AREA
SAND AND COVERED WITH PRECAST RCC SLABS.

b) INSIDE BUILDING
CABLES IN RCC TRENCH TO BE COVERED WITH

CHEQUERED PLATE/RCC COVERS.
c) OFFSITE AREA
AS PER PROJECT SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT.
2. RELEVANT DRAWINGS WHICH WILL BE ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REFERRED FOR,
THE FOLLOWING IN BUILDINGS :
a) LAYOUT AND SIZE OF THE CABLE TRENCH BY ELECTRICAL/INSTRUMENTATION DEPTS.
b) TYPE OF COVER REQUIRED i.e. PRECAST RCC/CHEQD PLATE ELECTRICAL/INSTRUMENTATION.
c) INSERT PLATE REQUIREMENT BY ELECTRICAL/INSTRUMENTATION DEPTS.
d) LAYOUT AND SIZE OF OPENING FOR PANELS (SHEET 15 OF 17) AS PER ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT LAYOUT DRAWING FOR BUILDINGS ONLY.
3. RELEVANT GENERAL CIVIL DRAWINGS SHALL BE REFERRED FOR THE TRENCHES IN UNIT & OFFSITE
AREA.
4. CONCRETE FOR PRECAST COVER AND CABLE TRENCH SHALL BE AS PER GRADE OF CONCRETE
FOR THE PROJECT BUT NOT LESS THAN M20.
5. THIS STANDARD IS NOT APPLICABLE FOR CABLE TRENCH / COVERS AT ROAD CROSSING.
6. STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR CABLE SUPPORTS INCLUDING INSERT PLATES IS IN SCOPE OF CIVIL
CONTRACTOR.
7. ALL OTHER STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS SHALL BE UNDER THE SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
INCLUDING CHEQUERED PLATE.
PRECAST COVERS DESIGNED FOR 10 T. HYDRA
03.12.15
OM PRAKASH
R.MAHANTA
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1075 of 1178
Purpose
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
,k31
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
I Wei elemil 3WSIM
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
Govt of India undertaking)
Page 2 of 17
WIDTH =
,y
STD. PRECAST COVER
t9/5 FGL
5t
FOR UNPAVED AREA)
HPP (FOR PAVED AREA)

BITUMEN MASTIC FILL BY
O
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
U)
Cs,
DEPT H = D
INSERT PLATE IPR10 (TYP)
AS/ELECT/INST DWG
DETAIL 'X'
(TYP.)
4
U)
U)
LEAN CONC. 1:5:10

50
50
DETAIL 'Y'
(TYP.)
TYP. SECTION OF CABLE TRENCH
HOOK
60
(TYPE
(REFER PAGE 3 OF 17)
20
WI (TYP)
SEC. 1 1
SEC. 2-2
Zel
PRECAST R.C.C. COVERS
03.12.15
OM PRAKASH
R.MAHANTA
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MDTAL
Prepared
Checked
by
by
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1076 of 1178
Purpose
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
Otal
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
71 ei
(OM ereroreref.rva,e)
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
Page 3 of 17
60
440
12 'ROD--
U)
90
90
500
HOOK TYPE 'A'
SECTION 2-2
(REFER SHT.2 OF 17)
TYP. DETAIL OF HOOK
0.2W (100 MINIMUM)
0.2W (100 MINIMUM)
20 ( TYP)
SECTION 1 1
MAIN REBARS
DIST. REBARS
0
0
U)
LL
PLAN
(STANDARD PRECAST COVER)
0,11
03.12.15
OM PRAKASH
R.MAHANTA
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
Prepared
Checked
by
by
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1077 of 1178
Purpose
S.CHANDA
N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
ONV03%138
aavaNvis sv onssi
PC-3
PC-4
PC-5
PC-6
PC-7
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Page 1078 of 1178
PC-2
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
PC-1
TYPE
1.
S.NO.
:-
75
75
50
50
50
50
50
2150
1650
1350
1100
850
600
400
250
250
250
200
200
150
150
<5000
<5000
<5000
<5000
<5000
<5000
<5000
(kgs)
CONCENTRATED
LOAD AT CENTRE
OF SPAN
DESIGN LOAD
ON EACH COVER
rm
..1..)
5-16 cTR
7-12 cp
7-12 cIR
7-12 .:
7-10 t
7-10 t
5-8t
BAR
MKD.
7-8t
6-8t
5-81i
5-8t
4-8t
3-8t
3-8'
(--;
BAR
MKD . .."-_,)
0.268
0.207
0.168
0.110
0.085
0.045
0.030
(m3)
CONCRETE
26.74
17.16
14.37
11.36
6.64
4.30
2.00
REINF.
(kg)
REINFORCEMENT CONFORMING APPROX. QUANTITIES

TO IS: 1786, GRADE Fe-500 (TMT).
672
517
422
275
213
113
75
(kgs)
SELF
WEIGHT
FOR ONE UNIT OF WIDTH 500 mm

INCLUDING LIFTING HOOK
FOR LOCATION OF BARS MKD. 1 AND

REFER SHT. 3 OF 17.
ALL PRECAST COVERS SHALL B MARKED (T) ON THE TOP FOR PROPER PLACEMENT.
THE QUANTITIES GIVEN IN THIS TABLE ARE FOR ESTIMATION PURPOSE ONLY.
DESIGN IS VALID FOR POINT LOAD AT CENTRE OF SPAN.
NOTES
2000
1500
1250
1000
750
500
300
(mm)
(mrn)
(mm)
tC
W+2bw
bw
W
(mm)
THICK
NESS
OF
COVER
TOTAL
LENGTH
OF
COVER
BEARING
OF
COVER
CLEAR
WIDTH
OF
TRENCH
WORKING DIMENSIONS
HON31:11 318Y0
/t ad 9390-99-L
TABLE-1: DETAIL OF STANDARD PRECAST COVERS
oN CR:IVCINVJ_S
.
0 Aa):1V11. 000- 00-8ON t etwod
Co pyright EI L-Allrightsrese rved
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Oa&
lgal
1.17N ef rave erAorrosal)
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
Page 5 of 17
STD. PRECAST COVERS

00
SPECIAL CASTIN-SITU COVER
in
5(TYP)
111
SPECIAL CAST-IN-SITU
COVER
1111
11111
STANDARD
PRECAST COVERS
JUNCTION TYPE - III
JUNCTION TYPE - I
I IBM
NOTES :
SPECIAL CAST-INSITU COVERS

STD.PRECAST
COVER
111
1. FOR DETAILS P, 0, Px, Qx & R

REFER SHT. 6 OF 17.
2. FOR DETAIL OF BEAMS B1 TO B4
REF. TABLE 2.
114
W PF*
SPECIAL CAST-INSITU COVER
1111
Px
500(TYP)
STANDARD
PRECAST COVERS
W1
JUNCTION TYPE - IV
JUNCTION TYPE - II
SPECIAL CAST-IN-SITU COVERS

A.
4
03.12.15
ON kl
R.MAHANTA
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1079 of 1178
Format No. 8 - 00 - 0001 - F4 Rev.0
Purpose
Prepared
Checked
by
by
41_
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
S.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Committee
Convenor
1\ S.CHANDA
N DUARI
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
STANDARD No.
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
Page 6 of 17
PRECAST COVERS
SUPPORTING
BEAM AS PER TABLE
10
(WITH NOTCHED FLANGE)
1
SECTION 1 -1
10
L bwxbwx8 WITH 2-10q
LUGS 200LG. (1(P)
DETAIL P
DETAJL Px MIRROR IMAGE
(bw=BEARING WIDTH)
L 50x50x6
(TO SUPPORT SPECIAL
CASTINSITU COVERS)
SECTION 2-2
(FOR ISMS)
SECTION 2-2
(FOR ISMC)
FLANGE WIDTH OF B1
L bwxbwx8 WITH
2-10ILUGS 200 LG.
TO SUPPORT B1)
2 Y1 25
B2
_ B1/133
L 50x50x6
(TO SUPPORT
SPECIAL CASTINSITU COVER)
B1
DETAIL R
DETAIL Q
DETAIL Qx MIRROR IMAGE
(bw=BEARING WIDTH)
SUPPORTING MEMBERS
(FOR LOCATION OF DET. P, Q, Px, Qx & R REF. SHT. 5 OF 17)
Aly
,V
03.12.15
ow
R.MAHANTA
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1080 of 1178
Purpose
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
N DUAR1
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
co
co
CD
0
o
co
TJ
CD
CD
3 3
O3
<o
E
1/
CT,
P.
r-
7C
.<
08VaNVIS SV a3aSSI aNV a 3Slil321
aavaNvissva3nssi aNv a31auiv38
HSYNYjd MO
3
N
Page 1081 of 1178
750
1000
1250
3.
4.
5.
7.
MB 250
MC 250
MC 250
MC 200
MC 200
MC 150
MC 150
SIZE
MC 125
MC 125
MC 125
MC 125
MC 125
MC 125
MC 125
SIZE
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
LENGTH
SUPPORTING MEMBER B2
MC 300
MC 300
MC 300
MC 250
MC 250
MC 200
MC 200
SIZE
3400
2900
2600
2350
2100
1850
1650
LENGTH
MC 125
MC 125
MC 125
MC 125
MC 125
MC 125
MC 125
SIZE
625
625
625
625
625
625
625
LENGTH
JUNCTION TYPE II
THE SUPPORTING MEMBERS ARE DESIGNED FOR COVER WT. PLUS A POINT LOAD
OF 5000 kg. AT MID SPAN.
2770
2270
1970
1720
1470
1220
1020
LENGTH
NOTE
2000
1500
500
2.
6.
300
1.
C LEAR
S.NO. WIDTH OF
MAIN
TRENCH
JUNCTION TYPE I
TABLE-2: DETAIL OF SUPPORTING MEMBERS B1, 82, B3 & B4 AT JUNCTIONS
HON31:11 318V0
9390-89-L
oN aHvaNvis
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
IA Gout of India Undertaking)
Page 8 of 17
CAST-IN-SIT
(LENGTH VARIES)
O BOTTOM
0 TOP (LENGTH VARIES)
PRECAST
h~
., TiLENGTH VARIES)
Ih
10
1111=11111111
BOTTOM
(LENGTH VARIES)
TOP
:
11*
; B3 1
(LENGTH VARI
c011111
:1
k11
BOTTOM
(LENGTH VARIES
BOTTOM
(LENGTH VARIES)
Ili lgi
(LENGTH VARIES
T P
RI Ep r
PRECAST
CAST-IN-SITU
JUNCTION TYPE I
JUNCTION TYPE II
BOTTOM
0(BOTTOM
(LENGTH VA IES)0(LENGTH VARIES)

SPACING MEASURED
BOTTOM 0
AT CENTRE LINE.
(LENGTH V/
ARIES)
/0 /1111
/\
... \ N.
e\h,1
\
,
:7
\''
0
PRECAST
OTTOM (LENGTH VARIES)
BOTTOM (LENGTH VARIES)
CAST-IN-SITU
CAST-IN-SITU
PRECAST
JUNCTION TYPE III
JUNCTION TYPE IV
SECTION 1 1
SECTION 2-2
DETAIL OF CAST-IN-SITU COVERS

(FOR DETS OF R/F BARS CI TO REFER TABLE-3 SHT 9 OF 1
4
03.12.15
OM PRAK H
R.MAHANTA
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1082 of 1178
Purpose
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
I A Govt of Incite Undertaking)
Page 9 of 17
TABLE-3:
REINFORCEMENT DETAIL FOR CASTINSITU COVERS
CLEAR
WIDTH
OF
TRENCH
S.NO.
tC
W1
JUNCTION TYPE
III & IV
JUNCTION TYPE I & II
BAR MARK BAR MARK BAR MARK BAR MARK BAR MARK BAR MARK
(mm)
(mm)
1.
300
150
8410120c/c
8410150c/o
84,0120c/c 8410150c/c
2.
500
150
1341e1 00c/c
84:0150c/c
13E*0120c/c 8410150c/c
3.
750
200
10e0150c/c 8e0150c/c 8e0150c/c 8e0150c/c 10e0200c/c 8e0150c/c
4.
1000
200
12410120c/c 8410150c/c 8e0200c/c 8e0200c/c 10e0200c/c 8e0200c/c
5.
1250
250
12e0150c/c 8e0150c/c 8e0200c/c 8e0200c/c 12e0200c/c 8e0200c/c
6.
1500
250
12e0200c/c 8e0150c/c 8e0200c/c 84,0200c/c 12e0200c/c 8e0200c/c
7.
2000
250
16e0200c/c 8e0150c/c 800200c/c 8e0200c/c 12e0150c/c 8e0200c/c
CI
C.)
NOTES :_ 1. THE CASTINSITU COVERS ARE DESIGNED FOR POINT LOAD OF

5000 kg ACTING AT MID SPAN.
2. FOR CONNECTION DETAIL AND SIZES OF B1 & B3 REFER SHT. 6 OF 17
AND 7 OF 17.
3. REINFORCEMENT BARS SHALL CONFORM TO IS: 1786 OF GRADE Fe-500 TMT.
4. GRADE OF CONC. SHALL BE MINIMUM M20 OR AS PER GENERAL NOTES OF
OF THE PROJECT.
5. FOR LOCATION OF BAR MARKS TO REFER SHT. 8 OF 17.
03.12.15
OM PRAKASH
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1083 of 1178

Purpose
R.MAHANTA
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
ll lei
004ft
Ogell
MV-efeiernmetraJWIin)
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
(A Govt of India Undedaking(
Page 10 of 17
-- STD. PRECAST COVER
CABLE TRENCH SECTION WITH R.C.C.

(FOR DETS OF R/F BARS 0 TO 6 REFER TABLE-4 SHT 12 OF 17)
25
125/1f 5/175
FGL FOR UNPAVED AREA
]IrHPP FOR PAVED AREA
CONC. M15
CABLE TRENCH SECTION WITH BRICK MASONRY

(IN C.M. 1:6)
11
4
03.12.15
OM PRA ASH
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared
Checked
by
by
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1084 of 1178
Purpose
R.MAHANTA
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
S.CHANDA
S.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Committee
Convenor
N DUARI
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
Ifgar 051-eg INDIA LIMITED
101ll tel
I elFrf e, oo C1,11.717.1)
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
Page 11 of 17
STD. PRECAST COVER
to
1
0
INSERT PLATE IPR1a (TYP)

AS/ELECT/INST DWG
r'
r,
CABLE TRENCH SECTION WITH PARTITION
C
O
CABLE TRENCH SECTION WITH PARTITION

(FOR DETS OF R/F BARS 0 TO St REFER TABLE-4 SHT 12 OF 17)
03.12.15
OM PRAKASH
R.MAHANTA
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1085 of 1178

Purpose
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
S.CHATURVEDI
N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
Ci Aaid VA- 1- 000-00-9ON iewmj
7,
co
0
cn
Er)
CD
0-
cr C0D
CD
0.
m0
CO 7,
.< co
0' 7:1
CD
0
co
mass! aNv a3S1/021
U)
aelVONVISsv
ln
IISSIQNVa3YQllJJV32i
500
300
300
500
500
300
750
1000
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
1500
1250
150
150
1000
2000
150
150
1250
1500
150
200
1000
2000
200
200
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
(mm)
(mm)
200
Cc
CLEAR
COVER
THICKNESS
1250
1500
750
1000
1250
1500
(mm)
(mm)
2000
WIDTH
DEPTH
MARK (REF. SHT. 10 OF 1 7)
8 cA -200C/C.
81/-200C/C.
843-200C/C.
843 -300C/C. 843-300C/C.
843 -300C/C. 81t-300C/C.
8 cR -300C/C. 843-300C/C.
843-200C/C. 8 cTR-150C/C 8 cp -300C/C. 843-300C/C. 842-300C/C.
1043-150C/C. 843 -200C/C. 843-300C/C- 85t-300C/C. 843-300C/C.
1043-150C/C.
0C/C. 843 -150C/C. 843 -300C/C. 843-300C/C. 843-300C/C.
1043-150C/C. 1243-150C/C. 85:T2-300C/C. 843-300C/C. 814-300C/C.
1043-150C/C. 1241-150C/C. 8 cR -250C/C- 843-300C/C. 843-300C/C.
1043-150C/C. 1043-200C/C. 843-300C/C. 843-300C/C. 843-300C/C.
1043-150C/C. 1043-150C/C. 813-300C/C. 843-300C/C. 843-300C/C.
1043-150C/C. 1243-150C/C. 843-300C/C. 843 -300C/C. 8t-300C/C.
1042-150C/C. 1243-150C/C. 843 -250C/C. 843-300C/C. 843-300C/C.
1243-200C/C. 844-250C/C. 813-250C/C. 843-300C/C. 843-300C/C.
1243-200C/C. 843 -175C/C. 8 cTR -250C/C. 841-300C/C. 8-300C/C.
1243-200C/C. 1043-175C/C. 8 t -250C/C- 843-300C/C. 8 t -300C/C.
12cTR-200C/C. 12t-175C/C. 8 eTR -250C/C. 81i -300C/C. 8 t -300C/C.
BAR
R/F CONFORMING TO IS: 1786 GRADE Fe-500(TMT).
Page 1086 of 1178
2. THE QUANTITIES GIVEN IN THIS TABLE ARE FOR ESTIMATION PURPOSE ONLY.
3. PREFERABLY THE DEPTH OF CABLE TRENCH SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN THE WIDTH.
4. TRENCH OF DEPTH 300 & 500MM IN BRICK MASONRY WHEREVER SPECIFIED
NOTES- 1. R.C.C. CABLE TRENCHES ARE DESIGNED FOR A SURCHARGE LOAD OF 10.0 T HYDRA.
12.
11.
9.
5.
2.
S.NO.
WORKING DIMENSIONS
0.045
0.048
0.060
0.079
0.098
0.116
0.139
0.180
0.101
0.120
0.139
0.180
0.105
0.124
0.143
0.180
(ms)
0.09
0.11
0.15
0.25
0.41
0.44
0.47
0.65
0.57
0.61
0.65
0.72
0.88
0.93
0.98
1.08
(m s )
CONC.
LEAN
CONC.
1:5:10
3.80
4.70
5.60
19.0
26.0
29.0
36.0
49.0
32.0
37.0
43.0
49.0
36.0
40.0
44.0
56.0
(kg)
1.4
1.4
2.2
3.2
4.2
4.2
4.25
4.3
5.25
5.25
5.25
5.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
(m 2 )
R E BA R 5 SHUTTERING
APPROX. QUANTITIES
PER METRE LENGTH.
TABLE- 4: DETAIL OF CABLE TRENCH REINFORCEMENT
HON31:11 318V0
'nab{ 9Z90-89-L
oN CDJVCI NV1S
.
LL 10 ZLabed
k31 el
Igar Miteg
(OFR r-reame t1513,42n1)
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
DE PTH=D2
Page 13 of 17
EXTRA REINF.
LEAN CONC. 1:5:10
* SLOPE cX BETWEEN TWO SLABS AT
JUNCTION POINT SHALL BE PREFERABLY
30 0 BUT NOT MORE THAN 45
TYPICAL DETAIL AT JUNCTION FOR

DIFFERENT DEPTHS OF TRENCH.
(R/F DETAIL OF TRENCH IN SLOPE SHALL BE BASED ON DEPTH D2).
Pk/
03.12.15
OM PRAKASH
R.MAHANTA
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.NITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1087 of 1178
Purpose
Prepared
Checked
by
by
S.CHANDA
N DUARI
Stds. Bureau
Stds. Committee
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
*Igen 2151-eg
(3W?!
eleaercroJeasrri)
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE-TRENCH
Page 14 of 17
500
(MAX.)
E-I
I-
CHEQD PLATE (TYP)
TYPICAL TRENCH PLAN

(SHOWING CHEQD. PLATE)
CHEQD. PLATE
STIFFENER WHERE
REQD. AS PER
TABLE: 5 (SHT. 16 OF 17)
LUGS PL. 50x6-150 LG.

0 500 C C
SECTION 2-2
SECTION 1 1
200 HOLE IN
CHEQ. PL .
* LIFTING HOOK
121 ROD
CHEQD. PL .
FLAT 35x6-200 LONG
NUT
W+60
TYP. CHEQD. PLATE DETAIL
TYP. LIFTING HOOK DETAIL
(SHOWING CHEQD. PLATE)
* ONE HOOK FOR SPAN UPTO 500

TWO HOOKS FOR SPAN ABOVE 500.
4k
41'
03.12.15
OM PRAKASH
R.MAMANTA
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
N DUARI
Prepared
Checked
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
by
by
Convenor
Chairman
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1088 of 1178
Purpose
S.CHANDA
Approved by
fgeji Raft
INIZR
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
a31,71i15.1)
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
IA Govl of India Undertaking)
Page 15 of 17
*CHEQD. PL. 6THK. (TYP)
.ze
L3_
L 50x50x6
(TYP)
1.1.1
ba3
*MC150
(TYP)
Iti
30C (TYP)1,300(TYP),,
3.750
:1.750
TYPICAL TRENCH PLAN

(AT SWITCH GEARS)
CHEQD. PL. (TYP)
2
MC150
SECTION 3-3
SECTION 2-2
SECTION 1 1
L 75x75x6
50 150 3
(THROUGHOUT)
L 75x75x6
L. 25x6 FFL
(TYP)
L50x50x
300 LG, 0
600 C/C.
L 50x50x6
LUGS FLAT 50x6-150 LG.
0500 C/C.
L 50x50x6
MC150
LUGS FLAT 50x6-15OLG.
0500 C/C.
DETAIL A
DETAIL B
DETAIL C
bra.
4
03.12.15
16.04.10
01.1 PRAKASH
R.MAHANTA
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
Rev.
No
Date
Page 1089 of 1178
Purpose
Prepared
Checked
by
by
Al
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
N DUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
Copyright EIL - AD rights reserved
STANDARD No.
eltATENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
tif5teg
IkikR ere:WI:feat/dm)
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
Page 16 of 17
TABLE- 5: DETAIL OF CHEQUERED PLATE COVER
SECTION PROPERTIES FOR 500mm

WIDE PLATE
s.NO.
SECTION
TYPE
1.
RECOMMENDED
SPAN (W) mm
WT. kg/m
1=cm4
Zmin =cm-3
23.55
0.90
3.00
W < 500
27.45
44.90
9.16
500 < W 4 1250
FLAT 65x10
E.
28.62
91.00
14.76
1250 < W 4 1500
j( > 1 1q.--FLAT 1/80x10

EQ if, EQ
29.79
160.30
21.66
1500 < W 4 2000
- I,
500 MAX.
1,
co
2.
II
3.
III
4.
IV
t> 1 -11f--FLATI,50x10
EQ X EO
:
NOTETHE DESIGN IS BASED ON A LIVE LOAD OF 500 Kg/m 2 AND

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION = W/200 (W = SPAN)
A.1
AL
)\
03.12.15
01.1 PRAKASH
R.MAHANTA
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
Prepared
Checked
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
by
by
Convenor
Chairman
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1090 of 1178
Purpose
RAJANJI SRIVASTAVA
S.CHANDA
N DUARI
Approved by
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
lita 'Meg 0 INDIA LIMITED
eieri
eredelosiarenri)
7-68-0626 Rev. 4
CABLE TRENCH
Page 17 of 17
SECTION 1 1
DET. A
TOP COVER CAST IN-SITU

00
(TYP
PAVEMENT
/
COMPACTED EARTH
0 000
II
LEAN CONC.
TYPICAL DETAIL AT JUNCTION FOR

DIFFERENT DEPTHS OF TRENCH.
NOTES : (1) TOP COVER FOR THE INDICATED PORTION SHALL BE CAST IN SITU. RC DET'S FOR THE COVER SLAB
SHALL BE SAME AS THE PRECAST COVERS OF SAME SPAN. EXCEPT THE CORNER DETAIL
WHICH IS SHOWN HERE.
(2) RC DETAILS FOR THE TRENCH WALL / BASE SHALL BE BASED ON DEPTH "D1 ".
03.12.15
OM PRAKASH
16.04.10
V.P.SINGH
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1091 of 1178

Purpose
R.MAHANTA
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJANJI SRJVASTAVA
S.CHATURVEDI
S.CHANDA
NDUARI
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
ISilftadiftENGINEERS
$igur tPtegw INDIA LIMITED
(eiRn FIRM macaw)
IA Goof of Incka Underli^g)
PRECAST CABLE TRENCH

AND JOINT DETAIL
STANDARD No.
7-68-0627 Rev. 0
Page 1 of 2
NOTES:
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm & LEVELS IN METRES.
MAX. WEIGHT OF EACH PRECAST TRENCH IS 5T.
THIS STANDARD IS SHOWING JOINT DETAILS AND LIFTING LUG OF PRECAST ELEMENTS ONLY.
FOR THICKNESS, R/F DETAILS OF WALL AND PRECAST COVER REFER
STD.NO . 7-68-0625, 7-68-0626 & 7-68-0655.
LEAN CONCRETE TO BE SUITABLY ALIGNED/LEVEL TO ENSURE MATCHING OF WALL WITH
FGL/HPP.
LIFTING POCKET SHALL BE FILLED WITH CONCRETE AFTER ERECTION/ALIGNMENT.
02-11-2011
Rev.
No.
Date
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Page 1092 of 1178

Purpose
VP i gh PK Mittel S Chaturvedi Vinay Kumar D.Malhotra

Prepared Checked Stds. Committee GM Engg Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
byy
by
Approved by
larazieiefAENCANEERS
litZITiagiegVITIF INDIA LIMITED
IIIRA MARE' folaiiIARI
STANDARD No.
PRECAST CABLE TRENCH

AND JOINT DETAIL
IA GAN India undertaking)
7-68-0627 Rev.0
Page 2 of 2
STD. PRECAST COVER
VIEW 2-2
(LIFTING HOOK DET.)
SECTION 1 -1
f
".,..., .. ........
(TYP)
(TYP)
MON
2
2
__J
L._
FILLED WITH POLYSULPHIDE
11
Amf"--
RP -I
SEALANT
10kDOWELS
0 300 C C
, 25 120HOLE
(GAP) 0 300 C/C
DEL-A (ALT.-I)
--
L=2000 TO 3000
PLAN
(REFER ALT-II & ALT-III ALSO)
-nl -1
1I
FILLED WITH POLYSULPHIDE

SEALANT
8/0200C C
4-81
150
(TYP)
WELDING AND
FILLING WITH CONC. M30
ALT.-II
Rev.
No.
02-11-2011
ALT.-III
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Date
Page 1093 of 1178
100
Purpose
63/40eVACI PK Mittel
K: D.Malhotra
S Chaturvedi Vinayur
Stds. Bureau
Stds.
Committee
GM
Engg
Prepared Checked
Chairman
Convenor
by
by
Approved by
STAND/ ,E.)
CABLE TRENCH FOR

CLASS-AA TRACKED VEHICLE
7-68-0655 Rev. 3
(CRANE APPROACH)
Page 1 of 7
NOTES
1. FOR LOCATION OF TRENCHES SUBJECTED TO CRANE LOADING, REFERENCE SHALL

BE MADE TO RELEVANT GENERAL CIVIL DRAWINGS.
2. REFERENCE SHALL BE MADE TO ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION
DRAWINGS FOR FOLLOWING INFORMATION :
a) LAYOUT AND SIZE OF CABLE TRENCH.
b) INSERT PLATE REQUIREMENT AND ITS SPACING.
c) LOCATION & SIZE OF G.I. CONDUIT SLEEVES.
3. GRADE OF CONCRETE AND REBARS FOR CABLE TRENCH & PRECAST COVER SHALL
BE AS PER GENERAL NOTES OF THE PROJECT.
4. CABLE TRENCHES ARE DESIGNED FOR THE FOLLOWING CONSIDERATIONS:
a). C
(i.e UDL OF 11.40T/SQ.m.)
. SURCHARGE LOADS FOR VEHICLES CALCULATED AS PER SPANGLER'S EQUATION.
5. CABLE TRENCHES FOR JUNCTIONS WHEREVER REQUIRED SHALL BE DESIGNED &

DETAILED SPECIFICALLY BASED ON THE AVAILABLE LAYOUT.
6. EVERY FIFTH COVER SHALL HAVE LIFTING HOOK OF TYPE H (REF. SHT. 2 OF 7).
7. CABLE TRENCHES IN UNIT AREAS (CLASSIFIED) SHALL BE FILLED WITH SAND.
8. JOINTS BETWEEN PRECAST COVERS TO BE FILLED AFTER CABLE LAYING.
9. IN CASE CLEAR COVER IS MORE FOR A PROJECT, THE ELEMENT THICKNESS
SHALL BE INCREASED ACCORDINGLY.
28.03.13
REVISED & REISSUED AS STANDARD
09.10.07
R.SRIVASTAVA P.K.MITTAL S.CHATURVEDI D.MALHOTRA
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds.
Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
by
by
Approved by
Copyright NIL -.All rights reserved
VPS
GM
Rev.
No,
VPS
Date
Page 1094 of 1178
Format No 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.
Purpose
STANDA
CABLE TRENCH FOR

CLASS A-A TRACKED VEHICLE
7-68-0655 Rev. 3
(CRANE APPROACH)
Page 2 of 7
WITDH =
STD. PRECAST COVER
HPP/TOP OF ROAD.
V
BITUMEN
MASTIC FILL(REF NOTE 8)
11)
DEPTH = D
\
\ INSERT PLATE IPR1a(TYP)
(REF. NOTE 2b)
DETAIL *X'
(rm.)
G.I. SLEEVES (TYP)
(REF. NOTE 2C)
in
(s4 .
1_
LEAN CONC. 1:5:10

0
TYP. SECTION OF CABLE TRENCH
DETAIL 'Y'
MP.)
*HOOK
(TYPE "H1"
108
12 cTi ROD
120
11
Z1111117-all
20
(TYP)
120
TYPE A
SEC. 2-2
(WITH UFTING HOOK ME H1)
HOOK TYPE "H1"
,35
3
W+2tw
SEC. 1-1
VARIES
41
TYPE B
4-
(WITHOUT LIFTING HOOK)

W+2tw
1_120
(TYP)
SEC 3-3
* ONE HOOK IN THE MIDDLE FOR TRENCH WIDTH UPTO 500
TWO HOOKS AS SHOWN FOR TRENCH MDTH ABOVE 500
1, 400 I,
SEC. 4-4
PRECAST R.C.C. COVERS
3
28.03.13
VPS
09.10.07
VPS
Rev.
No.
Prepared
Date
Page 1095 of 1178
Purpose
R.SRIVASTAVA
P.KNITTAL
:1
( R41z
.'
S.CHATU RVEDI D.MALHOTRA

Checked
Stds. Committee
Convenor
V. C HATU RVEDI
GM
Slds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Copyright EIL - All nghts reserved
CABLE TRENCH FOR
S'fAN )A RD No.

(CRANE APPROACH )
7-68-0655 Rev. 3
Page 3 of 7
400
SEC. 2-2
0.2W(TYP)
100(MIN.)
(2)
SEC. 1 -1
O MAIN REBARS
O DIST. REBARS
0
0
e
iA
W+2tw
PLAN
(STANDARD PRECAST COVER TYPE PCT-1 TO PCT-3)
28.03.13
09.10.07
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1096 of 1178
Format No. -00-000I-F4 Rev,0
Purpose
kI
VPS R.SRIVASTAVA P.K.MITTAL
VPS
C'tserr-
S.CHATURVEDI D.MALHOTRA
P. K. M ITTAL VI NAY KUMAR

Convenor
V.0 HATURVEDI
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
GM
CABLE TRENCH FOR
STANDARL) No,

(CRANE APPROACH )
7-68-0655 Rev. 3
Page 4 of 7
SEC. 2-2
0
C4
SEC. 1 -1
C) STIRRUPS
MAIN REBARS(BOT)
MAIN REBARS(TOP)
0
0
-.
1SL
W+2tw
PLAN
(STANDARD PRECAST COVER SLAB TYPE PCT-4 TO PCT-7)
C:9411
3
28.03.13
VPS R.SRIVASTAVA
09.10.07
VPS
Date
Page 1097 of 1178
Purpose
V.CHATURVEDI
Rev.
No.
p.K.MITTAL
Convenor
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Copyright Ell_ - All rights reserved
STANDARD No.
0
ce
Y
CO M
a)
I
CO
Pr)
---
500.0
25.80
.--.
26.80
I 0.200
18.00
NI
Pr)
Pr)
0-
oa
Hy
IT
a)
CO
Cr/
rn
g
.-
iff
co
e
co
.:(
NI-
If)
tto
tr)
'4'
't
;
1'
-J
00
0in
C.
(-)
......"
CA3
"....., 0
0 0 0
0
V) 'I-
OS
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1.0 0 11) 0 tr) 0
N NN NN NN
0
tf)
.-
..-
L0 0 0
l's. 0) 0
.- ,- N
0
tf)
N
N
1
I0
0-
Pi)
1
I0
0_
NI1
I0
0-
tt,
1
I0
0_
(0
1
I0
N.
1
I0
6
z
6
..-..
Ki
4-
ar)
tc;
28.03.13
09.10.07
Rev.
Purpose
a..
2000
.1
I0
0_
E
,
L-a ' .......
U)
LU
1000
La
200
...--.
g
-
200
g
-
e
a)
03
c3
e
c.,
LA1
0)I-
Date
Page 1098 of 1178
V)
ce
0N 0V)
0 ...-
0
0-
a)
LI
--1 -
No.
co
--I 8 .......
o
z >w co ..---,
E oin
0
E < 0
La
0 V) ...-...
IX i
6
0
IJJ
CD I+- = cNi E
0Z 0 ,
>. -r
I- La
N
0
I 250
<
IfY
a)
I
REFER SHT. 3OF 7

FOR LOCATION OF BARS
ONTHETOPFORPROPERPLACEMENT.
ALLPRECAST COVERSLABS
THE QUANTITIES GIVEN INTHIS
SLABSARE DESIGNEDFOR LOADSSPECIFIED INNOTE 4
a)
I
2400
-J IM
Page 5 of 7
N 6.0 rs.
re) a) co
-- NN NN N
1650
I m-
750
_1
CO
4:C
aY
ci O ci ci ci O
6 6
7-68-0655 Rev. 3
tgfgttgt
11111111
voi,'
(..) E o0
'0
009
LU
u-1
_,,. '
.'
WORKINGDIMENSIONS
a) .4- o cr) In (NI o cl

(0 CO 0) 0) 0 1.0 tO CI)
0 0 0 0
cd
500
LL1
CO
't
0
co
0)
300
I-
CONCRETE
A PPROX.
QUANTITIES
_J
"Tt
tO
re)
0
0
CO M
0.1
ce c;
150
U_
<Y
03 M
0
rei
,,0
0
ce ci
N IN) '.:1- :/-
1400
STANDARD
0_
oo oo
Pei 6 6 6
1150
17
x
- -1
o
6
200
(i)
=t
150 _1
1.u. ..-...
Z 0)
3. 2. 1.
REINFORCEMENTCONFORMING
TO IS: 1786
LtJ
FOR ONEUNIT OFWIDTH400 mm
0 La
o
6
3.80
Li
0)
225.0
248.0I
I 0
(m3 )
LI-
10.30
I
15.30
h-
173.0 I
90.0 I
CABLE TRENCH FOR

(CRANE APPROACH )
lx
U
-)i
a_
6117'
VPS
R.SRIVASTAVA P.K.MITTAL S.CHATURVEDI D.MALHOTRA

VPS
Prepared Checked Stds. Committee,
Convenor
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
GM
7,.ND:,RD No.
CABLE TRENCH FOR

7-68-0655 Rev. 3
(CRANE APPROACH )
Page 6 of 7
tw
tw
STD. PRECAST COVER
cp,
25
25
I
I
*.!
(T&B)
(T&B)
TYPICAL CABLE TRENCH SECTION

(SHOWING REINFORCEMENT)
* REFER NOTE-9
28.03.13
09.10.07
No.
Date
Page 1099 of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-E4 Rey.0
Purpose
R.SRIVASTAVA
VPS

Convenor
Prepared
Rev.
P.K.MITTAL
VPS
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
GM
Copyright Ell.. - All fights reserved
STANDARD No.
CABLE TRENCH FOR

7-68-0655 Rev. 3
(CRANE APPROACH)
"-NO
L.
Cr) '''
[..1
csi
s'''' re)
..--.
te)
sE ,...)
Z
O
CO
0)
c;
c;
c;
c;
c;
c;
c;
.0
0.4
C)
7
IEF
m
.--
C)
It)
CJ
ci
....."
.....
6 6
N. h
I
e e
6 ......
LS -......
ci ....._
c3 ...., ....,
6 -...,
Li --,
c3 -....
-......
L.) In
".6. . N.In6 N.In6 N.In6 N.In6 N.InG.) N.c.4.0,
N...,6 N...,
e e e e
e e e e CV
CV N4e
O
.... ..- .-- NI CV ....
l'0n lc)0
6
CO
NN
re,
.1
if)
N.
e
co
e
co
c3 ....
c3
-.....,
6
In6 It)
NI CV
7
c3 --.,
(.3
Li ......
c3 ---,
-.....
InC-)CV InCV(..) NIIn CC)CV
CVe CV'e ..-CV'e NI'e
C)
6
Z
v;
Page 1100 of 1178
c...)
.....,
CI
InCV0
I
In0
CVe ..-CVe NI...Li
C.0)
CV0I
Ifr
co
4*
co
C)
C)
..-)
7
C)
Li
C-.1
inCV0
I
e
Co
CVI
10 t -150C/C.
300
300
300
c3
e
co
e
Co
e
co
e
Co
e
.,
....
e
a
6 <3
<3
c3
ci
N
I
cq
c...1
I
c3
C)
<3
c.3
L3 '---..
c3
---..
C.) C--)
NILi, CVLe)I CVLe, NILe) IllCV

eeeee
a
o
0
.4
250
1250
450
250
250
250
1500
2000
250
500
200
200
2000
250
500
200
200
450
200
200
500
200
200
500
200
200
2000
450
200
200
1500
200
200
200
450
200
1250
0
0
r,
500
200
0
0
0
400
0
0
0
-
400
200
750
0
0
0
-
.4.
In0 I0C)
ee
..-CV CV
0
0
0
-
200
Co
c3 ci
-.S..
C-) .....,
C..) ......
C-)
(..) ....., ...,
(3
0
c.
N
200
150
0
co
LI0 0 0 0 0 C.0.) C.0.)

InCV NIin InCV CV0 CV0 CV0 CV0
I I I I . I eI
to
150
150
c.)
c.
NIc.I
<3
ci
C)
<3 ....,
Li -..,
C)
C)
-....,,
.....,,
-..,
--,
......,
77777777777777
0
0
In
o
_ E
ci
1242-150C/C.
c3
C)
-..,
8eft -200C/C.
(5
co
ci
NI..-
500
10cIR -150C/C.
c3
--....
C.. )
..-,
0
0
po
0
0
1500
1250
750
....-..
E
E
......
500
......
o
0
N
0
U)
r.:
Rev.
Format No 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.0
In
842-200C/C.
Li
84t-250C/C.
a
....
e
co
NIInI
eeee
0,0
150
E
wE
...-.
C)
250
e
co
csi
vi

Date
NI0I
COe
ci
c3 -.....
c3 .--.,
-......
C1
C.
a
a
In In .)
e e iff
.C.V.- ..-CV ....CV
Li
c3 ci .....,.
....._
C.LC)0> --,
C.CC)0, 0
500
=
10_
La
I I
300
In
-..,. ----.
----. --....
C.) ----<-) 5.---.
C.) --....
C.) -.5.C-.)
C-3 ----C.) --....
C.-) ----..
InC.-) (..)4:yr::,, Lel0 Le)0 0 Lel0 IA0
In0 InC.0) In0 In0 In0 0
0
eeeeee
0 ..-CVeeeee
.--CV ..-CV NI.-- CV NJ CV CV CV CV ..-CV
. . "0
1
Lai Y
NO N-CI E
4 -.1.-Li
CO
Z
s.-...
1-
6*
-.....
6
a
<3
-....
c.,
c>
10t-250C/C.
CVI
6
6
....,
C-1 ...,
C.a.)
a
.,
NI InCV
C.-1
0
8 cTi -250C/C.
co
<3
6 ---<3
<3
c3
Li
<3
6.. ---....
<3 --....,
-.....
-......
-,...
-...._
6
C.
.
)
C.
6
6
6
6
c->
c,
0
0)
0
,r,
Lel
Lc,
In
Ina a
Li" Ina F.,
I
_1 (...)(i0)
.
<-1. L"
Z
InCV CV0
i
I
COe COe
8IR-200C/C.
e
CO
8 It -250C/C. 8qt -250C/C.
co
1042-250C/C. 842-250C/C. 8t-250C/C.
co
1042-250C/C. 8 t -250C/C. 842-250C/C.
-. . ,
I
e e
8 t -250C/C.
c.3
.
a
a
.."
8t-250C/C. 842-250C/C.
c3
-..,
.
a
a
.1
1 0 t -250C/C.
<
m
c3
-.,
.
a
a
NI
8 t -250C/C.
111NI InCV InCV

I I
ci .....
<3
......,
(..)
0 0cJ,
.,-)
77777777777777777
V
IIY
a
a.
a
8 t -300C/C.I
ct
ci
<3 -...,
<3 ...,
-...,
C.,
0 0c.) 0c-11
1242-125C/C. 842-250C/C.
1.. NIn 1`,.

C)
U)
8t -300C/C.
ee<
0_ 1-
WORKING DIMENSIONS
cD
12t-125C/C.
c3
c3 ........
ci ....,
........
8eft -300C/C.
28.03.13
09.10.07
000C:10000
12t-175C/C. 8t -250C/C.
e
co
84t-250C/C.
e
co
In
e
co
8 t -250C/C.
It)
CVI NII CVI
12t-175C/C. 8cit-250C/C.1
10t-175C/C. 842-300C/C.
<3 ......
d ....
<3
-...,
(...)
c..) (..)
a
a
a
Lel
ui
<3
R/FCONFORMING TO IS: 1786
REINFORCEMENT
DETAILOF
I`',
I
aw,0z
No.
c;
CD
tOONNWWMONNMONNMONN
..-NNN.....NNN.-- N N N
......, O 6 6 c; O c; ci O 6 c; c; c; c; c3 c; c; ci.
r,-;
'1'
.._...,
s.
re)
00'1'030 031'003
a;
4
oi
r.
u) O
a;
,ON re)rel`t 0
6
0)
.0
zo,..
Ct
(..)
< Z.Lai
o '2
_JO ._
kr) I.' .* t '')
'IONNNLOON
of
o
N.
co
a)
NI
zt
10t-175C/C. 842 -300C/C.
C QUAD
=TRE LE
CC
000
CO
1,,-;
Page 7 of 7
Purpose
ir;
u3
VPS
VPS
R.SRIVASTrWA P.K.MITTAL S. HA URVEDI D.MALHOTRA

V.CHATURVEDI

Convenor
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Copyright Ell.. All rights
reserved
$fianb,A1\1"-Ili
c. ,,LIMIT.)
STANDARD No.
MONORAIL FIXING DETAILS

WITH STEEL MEMBERS
7-68-0683 Rev. 3
Page 1 of 9
ALIGNMENT PLATE(TYP)
FOR DETS. REFER STD.
7-68-0684.
Ii
MONORAIL BEAM
MONORAIL BEAM
Iidsa
IMUNE3111111M
H
0
STOPPER(TYP)
FOR DETS. REFER
STD. 7-68-0684
ELEVATION
It
Alilliiiiihk
1111111111Lialiialla 4111111111111110ltalaul
STEEL BEAM-2MCD
arnIll0111111110a1
STEEL BEAM-2MC[
1W
PLAN
MONORAIL CONNECTION WITH 2 MC[]
MONORAIL BEAM
ROVIDE PLAN BRACING

L 75X75X6 FOR CANTILEVER
PROJECTION EXCEEDING
1.5 m (TYP) FOR DET.
REFER SHEET 8 OF 9
ELEVATION
alli
i=g1= -=1:111==
MONORAIL BEAM
id
simmat
smonsmit
II
1111
STEEL BEAM-MB
STEEL BEAM-MB
PLAN
MONORAIL CONNECTION WITH MB
APPLICABLE FOR LIFT

CAPACITY UPTO 4.0 T
3
14-08-12 REAFFIRMED AND ISSUED AS STANDARD
Rev.
No.
Date
of 1178
Format No. 8 - Page
00 -00011101
- F4 Rev.0
Purpose
V.P.SI
s,
HEESK Mina
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared
by
<24;
VIMAY KUMAR
WAY KUMAR
D MAthOTRA
V.CHATURVIIN
Checked Stds. Committee CGM(E) Stds. Bureau

by
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
argraMiarE)
(A CA*
lAdia Undsetakbig)
MONORAIL BEAM
STANDARD No.

WITH STEEL MEMBERS
7-68-0683 Rev. 3
Page 2 of 9
ELEVATION
-- MONORAIL BEAM
mig-affrimmt irdorgi
itatrilM
STEEL BEAM-2MC][
STEEL BEAM-2MC][
PLAN
MONORAIL CONNECTION WITH 2 MC][
MONORAIL BEAM
ELEVATION
NM; 1
--
IL
= =NE
II II
MONORAIL BEAM
lialialaul
Ina
e
ls
!Pi
TRUSS BOTTOM
CHORD- JL
I II
TRUSS BOTTOM
CHORD- JL
Or
PLAN
MONORAIL CONNECTION WITH 2 ISA JL
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1102 of 1178

Purpose
ANI\
31
Prepared
by
APPLICABLE FOR LIFT

CAPACITY UPTO 4.0 T
--" Ve7
64
RMICHEEMC MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
ANN MAMA
Checked
by
Stds. Committee
Convenor
Y KUMAR D MALHOTRA
Y.CHATURVEDI
CGM(E)
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.

WITH STEEL MEMBERS
eita=0,A,..
7-68-0683 Rev. 3
Page 3 of 9
OF BEAM
25 i OF BEAM MC[]
STIFF. PLATE
TYP
STIFF. PLATE
TYP.
TYP.
MONORAIL BEAM
MONORAIL BEAM
VIEW 2-2
VIEW 1 -1
OF BEAM
OF BEAM MC[]
10(TYP)
STIFFNER PLATE
STIFFENER PLATE
OF MONORAIL o
24 PLATE
CONNECTION BOLTS(TYP)
a
Date
Page 1103Rev.0
of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
DETAIL-B
DETAIL-A
Rev.
No.
Purpose
AI{
V.P
$115.
Prepared
by
APPLICABLE FOR LIFT

CAPACITY UPTO 4.0 T
RAA1C1EE/PK
P.K.MITTAL
GaaiX MAY KUMAR
a MALMOTRA
MAY KUWR
V.CHATURVEDI

byy
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
dealerregibUFFS
MITED
IIMPIMMIIMMINO
STANDARD No.

WITH STEEL MEMBERS
(A Govt. of In* Unclortoklig)
7-68-0683 Rev. 3
Page 4 of 9
OF BEAM MC][
OF TRUSS
STIFF. PLATE
TYP.
PLATE
TYP
I-
51
TYP
STIFF. PLATE
PLATE
MONORAIL BEAM
MONORAIL BEAM
VIEW 4-4
VIEW 3-3
10(TYP)
OF BEAM MC][
it?
STIFFNER PLATE
STIFFNER PLATE
0
DETAIL-D
DETAIL-C
APPLICABLE FOR LIFT

CAPACITY UPTO 4.0 T
3
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1104Rev.0
of 1178
Format No. 0-00-0001-F4
Purpose
RAA
Prepared
by
ttl
li E/PICk
CD41111 *11.t.AR
D MALMOTPA
P.K.IIITTAL
VINO KUMAR
V.CHATURVEDI
Check` Stds. Committee CGM(E) Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
by
Approved by
STANDARD No.

WITH STEEL MEMBERS
ega
rgiMOWLEPanD
ISIERMIIMM1111
(A Gat
el Inn Undone:man)
7-68-0683 Rev. 3
Page 5 of 9
ALIGNMENT PLATE(TYP)
FOR DETS. REFER STD.
7-68-0684.
MONORAIL BEAM
MONORAIL BEAM
riG il
ES EE
tGi
ImillUtt51111.1111111
II
STOPPER(TYP)
FOR DETS. REFER
STD. 7-68-0684
ELEVATION
STEEL BEAM-2MC[]
raillifirial11111111
iii
M
IEN
II
larml
STEEL BEAM-2MCO ^111111/

b.,_
MIS
PLAN
MONORAIL CONNECTION WITH 2 MC[]
MONORAIL BEAM
ELEVATION
ail.
tiirr
MONORAIL BEAM
PROVIDE PLAN BRACING

L 75X75X6 FOR CANTILEVER
PROJECTION EXCEEDING
1.5 m (TYP)
FOR DET. REFER SHEET 8 OF 9
DETAIL-H (TYP)
1111
m--aycium= ZEMItagin.
-111:11NEItgli=
STEEL BEAM-MB/WPB
STEEL BEAM-MB/WPB
PLAN
MONORAIL CONNECTION WITH MB/WPB
3
2
Rev.
No.

Date
Page 1105Rev.O
of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
APPLICABLE FOR LIFT

CAPACITY ABOVE 4.0 T
TO 20.0 T
PXMITTAL
Prepared
by
Checked
by
MAY KUMAR
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Committee CGM(E) Stds. Bureau

Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
ENGNBtS
ligarettrate*s
yMITT.9)
STANDARD No.

WITH STEEL MEMBERS
7-68-0683 Rev. 3
Page 6 of 9
AIL
MONORAIL BEAM
ELEVATION
MUM/MAIL ISLAM
II II
9111111 sum
MAIWOR
o rs
Mr
Ire So
STEEL BEAM -2MC][
C
ii
k ik
CO = alp3.414=
II
STEEL BEAM-2MC][
-6.111"
mr
.,,
PLAN
MONORAIL CONNECTION WITH 2 MC][
APPLICABLE FOR LIFT

TO 20.0 T
3
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1106Rev.O
of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
tAs
RAAKICEC IIITTALCal
VIDO MAWR
Prepared
by
Checked
by
RIMY KUMAR D MALMOTRA

V.CMATURVEDI

Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
DINDIA LIMITED
ENC/4336
014WI
01111111111101 1Male
(A
Go* of Indio Unclortakin)
STANDARD No.

WITH STEEL MEMBERS
7-68-0683 Rev. 3
Page 7 of 9
25(TYP )
OF BEAM MD
STIFF. PLATE
TYP
TYP.
LATE
MONORAIL BEAM
VIEW 6-6
VIEW 5-5
OF BEAM
CONNECTION BOLTS(TYP)
STIFFENER PLATE
DETAILF
DETAILE
APPLICABLE FOR LIFT

TO20.0T
3
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1107Rev.O
of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
1
It017
iita5
Prepared
by
\t1 Atit\
IKAR
tR
ItMXPFIEEPK
I
ItAL
P.K.MITTAL
RIMY KUMAR
j\ tn.AD MAMMA
V.CMATURVEDI

by
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
ENGNERS
etenkylvVIB2
Og art
STANDARD No.

WITH STEEL MEMBERS
7-68-0683 Rev. 3
Page 8 of 9
C OF BEAM MC][
STIFF. PLATE
P.
PLATE
1 (MP)
11111
11111111
LMONORAIL BEAM
VIEW 7-7
1 0(TYP)
VIEW 8-8
OF BEAM MC][
STIFFNER PLATE
GUSSET PLATE 10 THK.
DETAILH
DETAILG
(BRACING DETAIL)
APPLICABLE FOR LIFT

TO 20.0 T
3
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1108Rev.0
of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
VP
al;
Prepared
by
KUMAR D MALHOTRA
RAAKMEE/P% MITTAL
P.K.MIITAL
VIMAY KUMAR
V.CHATURVEDI
Checked Stds. Committee CGM( ) Stds. Bureau

by
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
ENGINEERS
UNWED
esibINDIA
ligalr
manswesaano
(A Got of
wale unartakbv)
STANDARD No.

WITH STEEL MEMBERS
7-68-0683 Rev. 3
Page 9 of 9
NOTES:
ALL CONNECTIONS ARE 6 mm FILLET ALL
ROUND WELDS, EXCEPT BETWEEN MONORAIL
AND MONORAIL SUPPORTING BEAM WHICH IS
BOLTED CONNECTION.
ALL STIFFENER PLATES SHALL BE 8 mm THK.
FOR MONORAIL CAPACITY UPTO 4.0 T AND
10 mm THK. FOR MONORAIL CAPACITY ABOVE
4.0 T TO 20.0 T.
DIMENSIONS G AND g CORRESPOND TO GAUGE
DISTANCE OF MONORAIL BEAM AND MONORAIL
SUPPORTING BEAM RESPECTIVELY.
ALSO REFER GEN. NOTES OF THE PROJECT.
SCHEDULE OF MONORAIL BEAM CONNECTION
MONORAIL
BEAM
DIMENSION IN mm
NO. OF
DIA OF
CONNECTION CONNECTION
BOLTS
BOLT(mm)
MB 200
t
M-16
25
150
55
10
M-20
30
170
65
10
200
80
16
MB 350
t o
M o
l".
M-20
35
I -1
60
MB 400
C.
.. r
M-20
35
60
200
80
16
MB 450
M-20
40
65
220
90
16
14-22
40
65
240
100
16
11-22
40
65
240
100
16
14-24 -
50
65
320
150
16
1A-24
50
65
320
150
16
14-24
50
80
320
150
16
14-24
50
1_80_1
320
150
16
MB 250
MB 500
MB 600
WPB 600x300x128.8
WPB 600x300x177.8
WPB 700x300x149.9
0
I
0
m
g
p
o
la
z
CD
E
0
CD
pa
6o E
..t
te;
o
z
4.1
5
0
OD
cs
. o
bi
WPB 800x300x224
V
DIMENSIONS ENCLOSED BY DOTTED LINES ARE APPLICABLE TO 8 BOLT CONNECTIONS ONLY

(REFER SHEETS 7 AND 8.)
3
2
Rev.
No.

Date
Page 1109Rev.0
of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
1 1 7 f-W
VAS
(IS
Prepared
by
6Are--
RANCHER/PK MinAL
P.K.MITTAL
Checked
by
Ca(P)riX
WRAY KUMAR D MALHOTRA
ARM KUMAR
V.CHAMMVEDI

Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
DETAIL OF
ONIA UMMED
WMP
SIINVIIIPIlladiPliele
7-68-0691 Rev.2
SLIDING T-SUPPORT
Page 1 of 2
FLAT 50x10
SEAM WELD WITH

2mm PROJECTION
10 THK. STIFF.
PL.
(TYP)
VIEW 2-2
SEC 3-3
10 THK PL.
N/S & F/S
10 THK PL.
8 THK PL.
4-19 DIA HOLE
(TYP)
DETAIL - A
2
20 THK BASE PL.
8 THK
END PL.
VIEW 1-1
EL.(TOS)
(BASE PLATE TYPE I)

12 THK PL.
AS/PIPING GAD
4-23 DIA HOLE
MEMB 'A'
. 77U/S OF BASE PL.

--7FGL/HPP
ELEVATION
25 THK BASE PL.
VIEW 1 -1
(BASE PLATE TYPE II)

16 THK PL.
10 THK PL.
4-27 DIA HOLE
PIPE
31
-q
TSUPPORT
I TSUPPORT
I
2
28 THK BASE PL.
VIEW 1-1
PLAN
(BASE PLATE TYPE III)
S. TSUPPT.
WIDTH
NO. MKD.
'W'
TSA
UPTO 750
1
2
TSB
UPTO 750
3
TSC
UPTO 750
TSD
750<W1500
4
5
TSE
750<V41500
750041500
6
TSF
HEIGHT
'H'
UPTO 2000
2000<F13000
3000<H44000
UPTO 1500
1500<H<2300
2300<H43000
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1110 of 1178
Purpose
MEMB 'A' BASE PLATE

TYPE
ISMC150D
I
II
ISMC200D
III
ISMC250D
I
ISMC150D
ISMC200D
II
III
ISMC250D
SUSHMA
h
200
275
325
200
275
325
P.
CONN. PLATE
B
A
200
225
250
300
350
300
200
225
250
300
300
350
myym.
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared
by
Checked
by
APPX. OTY
IN KG
150
260
410
160
260
400
VINAY KUMAR D.MALHOTRA

ARVIND KUMAR
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Committee GM(E) Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Approved by
Chairman
ENGNEERS
STANDARD No.
DETAIL OF
NDIALIVIRED
diAMO
mincommaismo
7-68-0691 Rev.2
SLIDING T-SUPPORT
Page 2 of 2
m
c,
74-si
:73
tn.\
(T.O.G)
FGL/HPP
12-121
0
0
101 0 200 C/C
SECTION 3-3
4IVM16N2-105
111
50
121 0 200 C/C

101 0 200 C/C(T)
121 0 200 C/C(B)
LEAN CONC.1:5:10
ELEVATION
VIEW 4-4
(FOR SUPPORT TSA & TSD)
4-1VM20N2-120
C TSUPPORT
II
TSUPPORT
II
VIEW 4-4
=
FDN. PLAN
S. TSUPPORT PED SIZE
NO. MARKED
d
b
1
TSA
600 600
TSB
650 650
2
675 675
3
TSC
600 600
TSD
4
5
TSE
650 650
TSF
675 675
6
5.0 S.B.C<10.0 T/sqM

FDN. SIZE QTY IN
m3
B
L
1.51
1800 1800
1.83
2000 2000
2.20
2250 2250
1.74
2000 2000
2.15
2250 2250
2.20
2250 2250
VIEW 4-4
(FOR SUPPORT TSB & TSE)
4IV M24N2-135
(FOR SUPPORT TSC & TSF)

10.0< S.B.C<15.0 T/sqM
FDN. SIZE OTY IN
B
m3
L
1.31
1600 1600
1.55
1750 1750
1.66
1800 1800
1750
1750
1.46
1.60
1800 1800
1.77
1900 1900
S. B.0 .>,..15 .0 T/sq M

FDN. SIZE OTY IN
m3
B
L
1500
1.22
1500
1600
1.40
1600
1.66
1800 1800
1600
1600
1.31
1700
1.50
1700
1900
1.77
1900
NOTES: 1. FOLLOWING LOADS HAVE BEEN CONSIDERED IN DESIGN:
VERTICAL LOAD = 1.0 MT FOR 750 WIDTH

= 2.0 MT FOR 1500 WIDTH
WIND INTENSITY = 150 Kg/sqm
WIND ON 24" PIPE HAS BEEN CONSIDERED
PIPE FRICTION COEFFICENT IN EITHER DIRECTION = 0.30
2. CONC GRADE SHALL BE AS PER GENERAL NOTES
OF THE PROJECT BUT NOT LOWER THEN M20.
2
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1111 of 1178

Purpose
* DEPTH OF FDN. CAN BE INCREASED

TO CLEAR U/G PIPING IF ANY.
P.K. AL
V.P.SINGH
P.K.MITTAL
Prepared
by
Checked
by
MMDI NAY KUWA MMMAOTRA

ARVIND KUMAR
V.CHATURVEDI
Stds. Committee GM(E)Stds. Bureau

Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
DETAIL OF
SLIDING T-SUPPORT
ENGNEERS
ORMONDIA LIMITED
(A Govt. of Indio Undortoking)
7-68-0692 Rev.O
USING HOLLOW SECTIONS
Page 1 of 3
6 THK. END
PLATE
T.O.S.
AS/PIPING GAD)
'A'
MEMB
(REF. TABLE-1)
(TYP)
SECTION 3-3
VIEW 4-4
DETAIL 'A'
VIEW 5-5
17T
U S OF BASE PLT.
F.G.L. H.P.P.
4-300 HOLE FOR M27 BOLT

(FOR TS-7 TO TS-10)
FOR TS-11 & TS- 2)
4-270 HOLE FOR 1124 BOLT

(FOR TS-1 TO TS-4)
FOR TS- & TS-6
VIEW 1-1
1-SUPPORT
PIPE
PLATE
Ni
THK. GUSSET
PLATE TYP
'T' THK. BASE
DIMENSION
OF RHS
5
VIEW 2-2
VIEW 2-2
PLAN
(BASE PLATE TYPE-II)
(BASE PLATE TYPE-I)
TABLE-1 (TABLE FOR SUPER STRUCTURE DETAIL OF TSUPPORTS)

WIDTH
'W'
SL. T-SUPPT.
NO.
MKD.
1*
TS-1
TS-2
3*
TS-3
TS-4
5*
TS-5
TS-6
7*
15-7
TS-8
9*
TS-9
HEIGHT
'H'
UPTO 750
UPTO 2000
UPTO 750
2000<H43000
UPTO 750
3000<H44000
75O<Vi41500 UPTO 1500
BASE PLT.
TYPE
MEMB IX
DIMENSIONS
B
C
D
240
400
320
T
20
h
-
220x140x6 HF RHS
A
320
180x180x6 HF SHS
280
280
APPX. QTY
IN KG
110
360
360
20
110
180
260x180x6 HF RHS
360
280
440
360
25
220x220x6 HF SHS
320
320
400
400
25
180
300x200x8 HF RHS
400
300
500
400
25
320
250x250x8 HF SHS
350
350
450
450
25
320
440
360
25
200
140
220x140x6 HF RHS
II
340
260
180x180x6 HF SHS
II
300
300
400
400
25
200
145
260x180x6 HF RHS
II
380
300
480
400
28
250
210
220x220x6 HF SHS
II
340
340
440
440
28
250
215
II
440
340
540
440
28
250
335
390
250x250x8 HF SHS
II
390
12
TS-12
* RECTANGULAR HOLLOW SECTION IS PREFERED OVER SQUARE HOLLOW SECTION.
490
490
28
250
340
10
11*
TS-10
TS-11
75O<V41500 1500<H42300
750<W 1500 2300<H43000
300x200x8 HF RHS
LEGEND:
RHS - RECTANGULAR HOLLOW SECTION
SHS - SQUARE HOLLOW SECTION
21.10.13
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1112 of 1178
Purpose
A.ItSHARMA
VIKRAM
Prepared
Checked
by
by
ATURVEDI S. CHANDA
P.K.MITTAL
Stds. Committee
Convenor
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
DETAIL OF
SLIDING T-SUPPORT
ENGINEERS
eNDIA LIMITED
liagg
(A Govt. of Indio UndortokIng)
OPOIPI eillINIM711110
7-68-0692 Rev.0
Page 2 of 3
4-IV-M24-N2-130(FOR TS-1 TO TS-2)

4-IV-M24-N2-135 FOR TS-3 TO TS-4
4-IV-M27-N2-145 FOR TS-5 TO TS-10)
4-IV-M30-N2-155(FOR TS-11 TO TS-12)
SECTION 7-7
AN CONC. 1:5:10
FOUNDATION PLAN
SECTION 6-6
** DEPTH OF FDN. CAN BE INCREASED
TO CLEAR U/G PIPING IF ANY.
TABLE-2 (TABLE FOR FOOTING DETAIL OF T-SUPPORTS )
TS-1
600
5.0< S.B.C<10.0 T/sqM 10.04 S.B.C<15.0 T/sqM S.B.0 ):15 .0 T/sq M

QTY IN
FDN. SIZE
QTY IN
FDN. SIZE
QTY IN
FDN. SIZE
m3
L
m3
L
m3
L
1.22
1500
1.13
500
1800
1.42
1600
TS-2
550
550
1800
1.43
1600
1.22
1500
1.13
TS-3
600
550
1900
1.58
1700
1.36
1600
1.26
TS-4
600
600
1900
1.62
1700
1.41
1600
1.31
TS-5
700
600
2000
1.83
1800
1.60
1700
1.50
TS-6
650
650
2000
1.83
1800
1.61
1700
1.50
15-7
650
600
2100
1.91
1800
1.56
1700
1.45
15-8
600
600
2100
1.86
1800
1.51
1700
1.41
15-9
700
600
2200
2.08
1900
1.71
1800
1.60
SL. T-SUPPORT PED SIZE

NO. MARKED
E
F
0
Rev.
No.
10
TS-10
650
650
2200
2.09
1900
1.72
1800
1.61
11
15-11
750
650
2300
2.32
2000
1.93
1900
1.81
12
TS-12
700
700
2300
2.32
2000
1.94
1900
1.82
21.10.13
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Date
Page 1113 of 1178
Purpose
A. SH
MA
VIKRAA4
Prepared Checked
by
by
celti
ZVEDI
l-4 S. CHANDA
P.K.MITTAL
Stds. Bureau
Stds. Committee
GM
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
deMe
ENGINEIRS
rSDIA UWE.
(A Govt. of Indio lindortokIng)
STANDARD No.
DETAIL OF
SLIDING T-SUPPORT
7-68-0692 Rev.O
Page 3 of 3
NOTES:A. DESIGN PARAMETERS :

1. FOLLOWING LOADS HAVE BEEN CONSIDERED IN DESIGN:
a) VERTICAL LOAD = 1.0 MT FOR 750 WIDTH
INCLUDING PIPE EMPTY WEIGHT
= 2.0 MT FOR 1500 WIDTH
b) WIND INTENSITY = 150 Kg/sqm.
c) WIND ON MAXIMUM 24" PIPE HAS BEEN CONSIDERED
d) PIPE FRICTION COEFFICIENT IN EITHER DIRECTION = 0.3
2. ALLOWABLE HORIZONTAL DEFELECTION = H/250
B. MATERIAL PROPERTIES :
1. CONC GRADE SHALL BE AS PER GENERAL NOTES OF THE PROJECT BUT NOT LOWER THEN M25.
2. GRADE OF REINFORCEMENT STEEL SHALL BE AS PER GENERAL NOTE OF THE PROJECT BUT NOT LESS
THAN Fe500D.
3. HOLLOW SECTION SHALL BE YSt 310 AS PER IS:4923.
4. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL OTHER THAN HOLLOW SECTION SHALL BE AS PER I5:2062 GRADE A/B.
C. GEOTECH :
1. SOIL BEARING CAPACITY (SBC) SHALL BE AS/GEOTECH RECOMMENDATION OF THE PROJECT.
D. GENERAL :
1. ALL WELDS ARE 6mm FILLET WELD U.N.O.
2. ANCHOR BOLT SHALL BE AS PER EIL STD. NO. 7-68-0417.
3. GROUT SHALL BE NON SHRINK TYPE AS PER GENERAL NOTES OF THE PROJECT.
0
Rev.
No.
21.10.13
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Date
1114 ofRev.O
1178
Format No.Page
8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
A. .
ANMA
I4
VIKRAM
Prepared Checked
by
by
P.K.MITTAL
S. CRXTURVEDI S. CHANDA
Stds. Committee
Convenor
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
ReAtil
IA .34041,
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
(A
Goa_ India ndenak,g)
ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY

SUPPORTING STRUCTURE
7-68-0695 Rev. 2
SHT. 1 of 9
NOTES:
1.
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES.
2.
STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE USED SHALL CONFORM TO IS:2062 GRADEA/B.
3.
R/F. SHALL BE HIGH STRENGTH DEFORMED BARS OF GRADE Fe 500D

CONFORMING TO IS:1786.
4.
CONCRETE WORKS SHALL BE AS PER GENERAL NOTES

OF THE PROJECT.
5.
GUSSET PLATES SHALL BE 8mm THICK UNO.
6.
ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WELDED USING 6mm THICK FILLET WELD.
7.
ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE AS PER EIL STD. NO. 7-68-0417.
8.
FOUNDATIONS SHOWN IN THIS STANDARD ARE VALID FOR S.B.C. OF

5.00T/m2 OR MORE AT FOUNDATION LEVEL.
9.
10.
GROUT SHALL BE ORDINARY 1:2 CEMENT SAND MORTAR.

THE STRUCTURES ARE DESIGNED FOR ELECTRICAL CABLE & TRAY
LOAD OF 85Kg/m.
11.
LOCATION OF CENTRE OF CABLE TRAY SUPPORTS SHALL BE AS PER

GEN. CIVIL & PIPING GADS.
28.06.13
03.11.08
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1115 of 1178
Purpose
VPS
RM
VPS
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
D.MALHOTRA
V. CHATURVEDI
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
ENGINEERS
INDIA IMITED
(+W9 NCR MO:4741)
STANDARD No.

7-68-0695 Rev. 2
SHT. 2 of 9
(A) 600mm WIDE TWO TIERED CABLE TRAY SUPPORTS TYPE-1
OF CABLE TRAY
.E SUPPORT
TYPE I-A
TYPICAL G.A.OF CABLE TRAY SUPPT.
(FOR 1 SIDE CABLE TRAY)
r2
3CABLE
TRAY
0:
SUPPORT
TYPE I-B

OF SLEEPER.
III
Li
0
OF FDN./
CABLE TRAY SUPPT.
1 Op0
OF FDN.
OF FDN.
OF FDN.
3000
3000
TYPICAL FDN. LAYOUT

(FOR 1 SIDE & 2 SIDE CABLE TRAY SUPPT.)
*tr.
28.06.13
03.11.08
VPS
Prepared
Rev.
No.
RM
Date
Page 1116 of 1178
Purpose
by
P. K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
D.MALHOT RA
V. CHATURVEDI
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Rilernit- TeM1340141)

IA Got of India Undertaking)
7-68-0695 Rev. 2
SHT. 3 of 9
OF CABLE TRAY SUPPT.

700
700
700
6TH k.CAP PLT.
6THk.CAP PLT. t
(TYP)
(TYP)}Tre,\71-
75X75X6 TYP
75X75X6(TYP)1
2-65X65X6
0
M
02 -65X65X6
O
O
'4
r6
11\- FLAT 12x3 WELDED TO ANGLE (TYP)
VIEW 3-3
VIEW 2-2
(FOR 1
(FOR 2 SIDE CABLE TRAY STR.)
SIDE CABLE TRAY STR.)
4-140HOLE FOR
M12 BOLT
16Th k.BASE PLT.
O
CNA
8Thk.GUSSET PLT.(TYP)
74
1. 7
VIEW 7-7
5TH KGROUT
VIEW 6-6
4 IIM12N2-90
0
0
Pe)
4"
no
0
O
M
II
FGL/HPP
C-)
//"..4\ \`.
/ /
300
300
c
i
VIEW 4-4
4-12 f 8
ie4
co
SEC. 5-5
50
LEAN CONC.(1:5:10)
(TYP
QUANTITIES (FOR EACH SUPPT.)
0 6-10f 0 200 C/C
PCC 1:5:10
* CONC.
STRL. STEEL
6-10 f @ 200 C/C
SECTION 1 1
0.10 CUM.
= 0.45 CUM.
= 25 KG. (FOR 1 SIDE STR.)
(* GRADE OF CONC. SHALL BE AS PER GENERAL NOTES OF PROJECT

2
1
28.06.13
03.11.08
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1117 of 1178
Purpose
66.-1L
VPS
RM
VPS
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.IMITTAL
g.CHATURVEDI
V. CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
D.MALHOTRA
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
il~ei
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
,AG00,,,,a...,
$fgar fxteg
1.1w eTtrayle" ,1)1.5,1<n.)
STANDARD No.
7-68-0695 Rev. 2
SHT. 4 of 9
(B) 750mm WIDE TWO TIERED CABLE TRAY SUPPORTS TYPEII
)CABLE
ir
TRAY
t" SUPPORT

(FoR 1 SIDE CABLE TRAY)
OF CABLE TRAY
q. SUPPORT
TYPE IIB

OF SLEEPER.
OF SLEEPER.
r -i
III
OF FDN./
CABLE TRAY SUPPT.
OF FDN.
OF FDN.
C OF FON.
3000
3000
TYPICAL FDN. LAYOUT

(FoR
1 SIDE & 2 SIDE CABLE TRAY SUPPT.)

)1^,t
28.06.13
03.11.08
VPS
VPS
Prepared
Rev.
No.
NA1N
Date
Page 1118 of 1178
Purpose
by
PA)
RIA
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
D.MALHOTRA
V. CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

by
S.CHATURVEDI
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
hairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED

7-68-0695 Rev. 2
SHT. 5 of 9

850
850
850
(TYP)>.v.
F 75X75X8 TYP
F 75X75X8(TYP)
I-
FJ 2-65X65X8
02-65X65X8
(TYP)
6THk.CAP PLT.
6THK.CAP PLT.
Ib
FIAT 12x3 WELDED TO ANGLE (TYP)
VIEW 2 -2
VIEW 3-3
4-140HOLE FOR
M12 BOLT
16Thk.BASE PLT.
0
(NI
14
7
220
=I=
VIEW 7 -7
VIEW 6 -6
0
ce
4-1IM12N2-90
0
0
CN,
0
0
0
20
III
O
O
II
II
FGL/HPP
/ /aft \
300
O4-12f
U)
8
0
VIEW 4 -4
--
0
0
1.0
\
50

LEAN CONC.(1:5:10)
(TYP
07-10
PCC 1:5:10
* CONC.
STRL STEEL
200 C/C
() 6-10 I 0 200 C/C

SECTION 1 1
= 0.11 CUM.
= 0.5 CUM.
(* GRADE OF CONC. SHALL BE AS PER GENERAL (1101-4OF P7JECI.)
28.06.13
03.11.08
fr-`
VPS
VPS
P.K.MITTAL
-/
P.K.MITTAL
VINAY KUMAR
Rev.
No.
SEC. 5-5
Date
Page 1119 of 1178
Format No 8-00-0001-F4 Rev.0
Purpose
by
by
Convenor
\Ctb.JRVEDI
D.MALHOTRA
V. CHATURVEDI
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
$igui
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
fdes
i
eic7FIT: T1:No.1i)
I .1*f7T1
t
[ A CoN
In
UnderakIng)
7-68-0695 Rev. 2
SHT. 6 of 9
(C) 600mm WIDE THREE TIERED CABLE TRAY SUPPORTS TYPE-III
OF CABLE TRAY
t SUPPORT
TYPE III-A

OF CABLE TRAY
SUPPORT
TYPE III-B

OF SLEEPER.
OF FDN./
CABLE TRAY SUPPT.
jf,
=P=
C
OF FDN.
3000
OF FDN.
3000
OF FDN.
TYPICAL FDN. LAYOUT

(FOR 1 SIDE & 2 SIDE CABLE TRAY SUPPT.)
28.06.13
03.11.08
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1120 of 1178
Purpose
VPS
VPS
RN
P.K.MITTAL
611-P.K.MTAL
IT
C-1{1-2(S. ATURVEDI
V. CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
D.MALHOTRA
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD
aelt4
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
garia5reg
Oz
I 441-<".9*
700
6Thk.CAP PLT. I
6THk.CAP PLT.
SHT. 7 of 9

700
700
7-68-0695 Rev. 2
zn,3,1-031)
(rw)
0
(TY P)>"-rr
1- 75X75X6(TYP)
cI
>
I
O
0
O
iso
0
0
FLAT 12x3 VIEWED TO ANGLE (TYP)
02-75X75X6
6"
VIEW 2-2
VIEW 3-3
4-140HOLE FOR
M12 BOLT
(TYP)
16Thk.BASE PLT.
II
011 0
CV if)
CNI II
PLT.
10 (TIP)
8Thk.GUSSET PLT. TYP)
7A
2 0
VIEW 7-7
VIEW 6-6
4-1IM12N2-90
211
FGL/HPP
0
0
Csi
0
0 110 II
If) co
//<<C \
III
0.1
Io
5"
4-12 t
co
1
u-)
g
0
300
VIEW 4-4
SEC. 5-5
U)
N--\\ I.
LEAN CONC.(1:5:10)
50 50,
(TYP
7-10 @ 200 C/C

2) 6-10 t 0 200
c /c
PCC 1:5:10
$ CONC.
STRL. STEEL
SECTION 1 1
= 0.12 CUM.
= 0.50 CUM.
(* GRADE OF CONC. SHALL BE AS PER GENERAL NOTES OF PROJECT.)
28.06.13
03.11.08
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1121 of 1178
Purpose
07
)-2.
P.K.MITTAL
VPS
P.K.MITTAL
S.CHATURVEDI
V. CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
D.MALHOTRA
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.

ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED SUPPORTING STRUCTURE
iA Go,4 of Inda Undertaking)
01I
25ft
fgar
(Weil 7-ft,
NUM1.3q04, )
7-68-0695 Rev. 2
SHT. 8 of 9
(D) 750mm WIDE THREE TIERED CABLE TRAY SUPPORTS TYPE-IV
OF CABLE TRAY
SUPPORT
TYPE IV-A

)CABLE TRAY
'E SUPPORT
TYPE IV-B

OF SLEEPER.
OF SLEEPER.
r----1
1
OF FDN./
CABLE TRAY SUPPT.
OF FDN.
3000
3000
TYPICAL FDN. LAYOUT

(FOR 1
SIDE & 2 SIDE CABLE TRAY SUPPT.)

( ,vv,..4
2
1
28.06.13
03.11.08
VPS
VPS
RM
P.K.MITTAL
AL
Date
Page 1122 of 1178
Purpose
by
by
S.CHATURVEDI
D.MALHOTRA
V. CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR
Rev.
No.
1V
4*
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
hairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
ei
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
.1,1 3,41,47
Ih GoN. of India Undertaking(
$fgaifa*I-e-g

7-68-0695 Rev. 2
SHT 9 of 9

850
850

850
/ /
6THk.CAP PLT.
0
(TYP) -r%Tr(
tn
E 75X75X8(TYP)1
O
O
O
O
2-75X75X8
FLAT 12x3 WELDED TO ANGLE (TIP)
4),
VIEW 2-2
VIEW 3-3
4-180HOLE FOR
M16 BOLT
(TIP)
0 II 0 II
CV if)
NII
II
9219
16Thk.BASE PLT.
IAMBI
180
71
,or
PLT.
5THKG ROUT
2To
VIEW 6-6
VIEW 7-7
74.1
4-1I-M16-N2-100
FGL/HPP
0
0
CV
"
4-16
NO
Pr) III I I
CO
g
O
300
300
= =
VIEW 4-4
50 1,
(TYP
SEC. 5-5
LEAN CONC.( 1:5:10)

7-10
200
C/C
6-10 0 200 C/C
PCC1:5:10
CONC.
STRL. STEEL
SECTION 1 -1
=
=
=
=
0.12 CUM.
0.55 CUM.
45 KG. (FOR 1 SIDE STR.)
65 KG. (FOR 2 SIDE SIR.)
JECy
(* GRADE OF CONC. SHALL BE AS PER GENERAL NOTES OF PRO
2
1
28.06.13
03.11.08
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1123 of 1178
Purpose
\tr
VPS
R%-j
P.K.MITTAL
P.K.MITTAL
TURVEDI
V. CHATURVEDI
VINAY KUMAR

Convenor
by
by
D.MALHOTRA
GM
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Ird.araliagieo.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
tktreR eivenre tor rtur+-0
STANDARD No.
ELECTROFORGED GRATING
7-68-0697 Rev. 3
TYPE-I & TYPE-II
SHT.1 of 8
NOTES :1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm.

2. THE TYPE OF GRATING TO BE USED SHALL BE CALLED OUT ON THE DESIGN DRAWING.
3. MATERIAL FOR THE GRATING (TWISTED BARS/M.S. FLATS) SHALL BE OF GRADE E250 SUB QUALITYA/BR/BO
CONFORMING TO IS:2062. BEARING FLATS AND END FLAT SHALL BE AS PER IS:1730. FLAT FOR CLAMPS
SHALL BE AS PER IS:513.
4. ALL GRATINGS SHALL BE MADE BY ELECTROFORGING PROCESS.
5. GRATINGS SHALL BE HOT DIP GALVANISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IS:2629 AND TESTED AS PER
IS:2633 AND IS:6745. QUANTITY OF ZINC COATING SHALL BE MINIMUM 900 gm/m 2 OF SURFACE
AREA (0.12mm UNIFORM THICKNESS)
6. THE PANEL WIDTH SHOWN ON THE SUBSEQUENT SHEETS IS INDICATIVE. IT MAY BE INCREASED OR
DECREASED AS REQUIRED TO SUIT THE GEOMETRY OF THE PLATFORM & CONVENIENCE OF HANDLING.
7. GRATINGS SHALL NOT BE USED FOR SUPPORTING THE PIPES DIRECTLY. ADDITIONAL MEMBERS
(MINIMUM MC125) SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER THE GRATING FOR SUPPORTING THE PIPE HAVING
A MAXIMUM LOAD OF 500 Kg. THIS MEMBER SHALL SPAN IN SAME DIRECTION AS GRATING.
8. GALVANISED GRATING PANEL SHALL BE FIXED TO THE SUPPORTING MEMBERS BY CLAMPS OR
ALTERNATIVELY BY WELDING. REMOVABLE GALVANISED GRATING PANEL AS SHOWN IN DWGS SHALL BE
FIXED BY CLAMPS ONLY.
9. FOR GRATING PANELS WITH CUTOUTS / OPENINGS; STRENGTHENING SHALL BE CARRIED OUT
AS PER THE DETAILS GIVEN ON SHEET 6. ADDITIONAL MEMBERS WHEREVER SHOWN SHALL BE PROVIDED
IN THE STRUCTURE.
10. THE FABRICATED GRATING SHALL FULFILL THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS:
(a)
THE UNFUSED JOINTS ARE NOT IN EXCESS OF 5% OF THE TOTAL JOINTS AND ARE WELDED
BY SMAW/GMAW PROCESS
(b)
THE JOINTS ARE ABLE TO SUSTAIN A MINIMUM PULL OUT LOAD OF 1.2 TIMES THE ALLOWABLE
SHEAR CAPACITY OF THE CROSS MEMBER.
11. EVERY FIFTH MAIN MEMBER SHALL NECESSARILY BE WELDED TO THE END FLAT FROM (ONE SIDE)
HOWEVER, THE END MAIN MEMBER SHALL ALWAYS BE WELDED TO THE END FLATS.
12. OPENINGS UP TO 200mm DIA ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWING THE SAME SHALL BE MADE AT SITE
DURING ERECTION OF PIPING.
13. REPAIR TO THE DAMAGED AREA OF GALVANIZED COATING DUE TO WELDING AFTER ERECTION SHALL BE
CARRIED OUT AS PER RECOMMENDED PRACTICE OF IS:11759 USING COLD GALVANIZING SPRAY PROCESS.
ORGANIC PAINT SYSTEM IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
14. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF SINGLE CONTINUOUSLY SUPPORTED GRATING SHALL BE FIXED ON THE BASIS OF
HANDLING. HOWEVER PREFERABLY LENGTH OF GRATING SHALL BE RESTRICTED TO 4.2M.
04.11.15 REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARD
16.02.15
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1124 of 1178

Purpose
JITENDER GUPTA
R.S.CHAUHAN
AMAIUk
VIKRAM GUPTA
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJAN RIVASTAVA
S. CHANDA
PK MITTAL
S. CHANDA
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
GI
fg-ar f&154-eg
IkiRR e-feake
0t1 JV0.N )
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
STANDARD No.
7-68-0697 Rev. 3
TYPE-I & TYPE-II
SHT.2 of 8
TABLE-1
USE OF GRATING TYPE AT VARIOUS LOCATIONS &
NET SAFE WORKING LOADS FOR GRATING TYPE-I & II
500 TO 800
900
1000
1100
1250
1400
APPLICATION
TYPE
2
EITHER OF w(UDL IN KN/m ) OR P(LINEAR LOAD IN KN/M)
1. EQUIPMENT PLATFORM
2. WALKWAY FOR CABLE
PIPE RACK
TRAY IN
3. OPERATING PLATFORM FROM
GRADE/SUPER STRUCTURE
4. APPROACHES
1. STAIRS
2. FLOOR GRATING FOR
a) COMPRESSOR HOUSE
b) TECHNOLOGICAL STRUCTURE
c) PIPE RACK WITH
VALVE / PIPE SUPPORTS
d) MAINTENANCE PLATFORM
II
9 .60
14.80
10.80
8.10
5.30
3.40
9.00
8.00
6.60
5.40
4.00
2.70
19.60
17.60
13.20
8.70
5.50
14.60
10.70
8.80
6.30
4.40
13.00
NOTE:- THE NET SAFE WORKING LOADS GIVEN ON TABLE-1 ARE BASED ON LIMITING VERTICAL
DEFLECTION OF SPAN/200 OR 6mm, WHICHEVER IS LESS.
SYMBOLS := EFFECTIVE SPAN IN mm

b = BEARING WIDTH IN mm
w
= UDL IN KN/m2
p = LINEAR LOAD IN KN/m AT MID SPAN ALONG PANEL WIDTH.

= GRATING SPAN DIRECTION
16.02.15
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1125 of 1178
Purpose
t,4,14A-114'
JITENDER GUPTA
R.S.CHAUHAN
AMARJE
VIKRAM GUPTA
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJAN SRIVASTAVA
S. CHANDA
PK MITTAL
S. CHANDA
Stds. Bureau
Stds. Committee
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
1.1ren eit,nler 051.3,10.4-1)
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-68-0697 Rev. 3
TYPE-I & TYPE-II
(A Govt of Ind,a Undertalung)
SHT. 3 of 8
"A
36 NOS. FLAT 25x3

(MAIN MEMBER)
0_
>-
''
111
17
X
tO
CNI
0
LJ-
MAIN
MEMBER
M1=1.=
incX Mi rDAIIWIrI TU
35 SPACING 0 30 c /c
z
Lai
CROSS
MEMBER
100
100
100
(REFER NOTE-11)
Z
W
DETAIL 'A'
0
0
0
0
100
100
100
rrA
l `13'
U,
w w
ce
.4(
0
(/)
Li FLAT 25x3
La
(i)
SECTION 1 1
E to0
E
C_)
1.
lz
CLEAR SPAN = 1b
CROSS MEMBER
MAIN MEMBER
DETAIL `B'
PLAN
* (REFER VIEW 4-4 IN SHEET 5 OF 8)
TABLE-2
WT. OF GRATING IN kg/m 2
(INDICATIVE ONLY, NOT FOR PAYMENT)
25x6
25x3
2.36
20.13
6mm SQUARE
TOTAL
TWISTED
BAR
2.54
25.03
PROPERTIES
WIDTH = 1053mm
C M4
Zxx
cm 3
MR
k gm
14.84
11.87
195.94
lxx
REMARKS
GRATING TYPE I
16.02.15
Rev.
No.
Date
1126- F4
ofRev.O
1178
Format No.Page
8 - 00 - 0001
Purpose
ivit,d4t0a.
JITENDER GUPTA
AMARJEE1
R.S.CHAUHAN
VIKRAM GUPTA
Prepared
Checked
by
by
it\L
2 )-/
RAJAN SRIVASTAVA
S. CHANDA
PK MITTAL
S. CHANDA
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
igzEr Oatg
(A
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-68-0697 Rev. 3
TYPE-I & TYPE-II
SHT.4 of 8
C
L_
E
E
M
31 NOS. FLAT 25x6

(MAIN MEMBER)
75
75
75
MAIN
MEMBER
cD
X
II
CNI
L.
CI
CROSS
MEMBER
3
(REFER NOTE-11)
DETAIL - 'C'
0
cc
Q
II
m
w
75
75
t
LLI
I ED
f.f/
75
X
II
`f
i
I
't'
I
L.1
Zs'
FLAT 25x6
< 0
CY CJ
SECTION 2-2
E
E
co
II
E
E
CROSS MEMBER
MAIN MEMBER
xl
CLEAR SPAN = /b
PLAN
DETAIL - `D'
* (REFER VIEW 4-4 IN SHEET 5 OF 8)
TABLE-3
WT. OF GRATING IN kg/m 2
(INDCATIVEONLY,OTFRPAYMENT)
PROPERTIES
WIDTH = 1056mm
25x6
8mm SQUARE
TWISTED BAR
TOTAL
lxx
cm4
Zxx
cm3
MR
kgm
36.92
6.14
43.06
24.2
19.4
319.69
REMARKS
GRATING TYPE - II
_tcr.
JITENDER GUPTA
16.02.15
R.S.CHAUHAN
Rev.
No.
Date
1127 ofRev.0
1178
Format No. Page
8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
AMARJEEt
VIKRAM GUPTA
Prepared
Checked
by
by
k-Y/
k
RAJAN SRIVASTAVA
PK MITTAL
S. CHANDA
S. CHANDA
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
(+,
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
riecAte 157 3,TC5Vi)
STANDARD No.
7-68-0697 Rev. 3
TYPE-I & TYPE-II
SHT.5 of 8
CLAMP 25x3 THK. M.S. FLAT,

WITH 8 0 HOLES (AS/IS:513)
TWISTED BAR
8mm/6mm
CLAMP
5mm
ir;ATT
11")
uN
C- NMI
GRATING
/25x6 THK. M.S.
FLAT WITH 8 0
HOLES, TACK
WELDED TO STRL.
MEMBER
VIEW 3-3
VIEW 4-4
GRATING FIXED WITH CLAMP

(REFER NOTE-8)
GRATING FIXED WITH CLAMP

(REFER NOTE-8)
25 , (min.)/ FULL FLANGE WIDTH
FOR ONE SIDE SUPPORT
TWISTED BAR
cs1
GRATING
18 min.)
/
VIEW 4-4
GRATING FIXED WITH WELDING
(REFER NOTE-13)
WELD/CLAMP
TYP)
.5
O
ID
L (SPAN)
FIXING DETAIL FOR GALVANISED GRATING PANELS
P44144 9'11-
JITENDER GUPTA
R.S.CHAUHAN
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1128 of 1178
Purpose
AMARJEET
VIKRAM GUPTA
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJAH SRIVASTAVA
S. CHANDA
PK MITTAL
S. CHANDA
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
GI ra..1t4
$'1gar 2154-eg
ereasWasTJacr.ii
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-68-0697 Rev. 3
TYPE-I & TYPE-II
IA Gov. of India Undertaking)
SHT.6 of 8
=111.11i===111111iM
11M111 1111=
MIIMINII 11111111
.IMINII MMIUM MININ!
-MMINIMMINIMM =11!
IN= 11M11IIII
1111111 111 =,
MOO INP21
M11111
111
111111
MINE M
WWI
NiM 1111111M111 4
GALVANISED
FLAT 25x6 ALROUND
& WELDED TO
GRATING FLAT
3
3
--------
IIM=111LIME==.11k111
MNIMIIIIINIII
11111111M111=
JOINIIIMIIIIIIIM
-111111111111111
MIIIIIIIIIMIlw /
MIIP" / 'IM W'
/
//
//
I
__I j
,
l
IIIIM111111111
AIMMIIIIII
__
11
MIIIIIMI
.41
JMNIIIIMIIIIIIII11.4, ,
...7 !"
MMINIIIIIIIIIIMMO
MINIEN= 1111111I
IMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIM
1111111111111111111
MIIII11111.===1M
WELDING SHALL BE
DONE ON ALL THE
FLATS AND BARS
----------------------
IMMim m
--------
GALVANISED
FLAT 25x6
BENT TO SHAPE
& WELDED TO
GRATING FLAT
I
All
1P2M
14M
WELDING SHALL BE
DONE ON ALL THE
FLATS AND BARS
CIRCULAR
RECTANGULAR
(SIZE OF OPENING >200 & UP TO 400 mm)

(FOR OPENING UP TO 200 MM REFER NOTE 1 2)
GALVANISED
FLAT 25x6 ALROUND
& WELDED TO GRATING FLAT
--k ----k
k ----1
IIINBENN ,
IIMMINN
IIINOMINLIM
11111MIN '
1 1111111111 51
..MMEIMERIMIEINEMEIMIRIMIMIIMIS
-7IMM
SI=IGISISEMSI.T-S1=IMIMMIE!SM
NMMEM
1111111111
1111=11,
104
MIMI
'
min
mom
SIM
UM
11111
SIM
In=
SUPPORTING MEMBER AS
AS PER DESIGN DWG OR
L-75x75x6 MINIMUM
BELOW GRATING
a=
aim
ams
IMGE 31E 715E
.mon= ra.
Nonsm =oom
solimm
moomm =e
simimm =monom
imm mw =mimm
GALVANISED
FLAT 25x6 BENT TO SHAPE
& WELDED TO GRATING FLAT
INI7''
=M W/
1 1 1W ,
IMIll/
Illl ,
INI
101
INII
--"111111111111111 11P-
"IIMMEIMII
IM111 1
MLNI
ILMIni,
MIME
MEIN
1111Mral
Mil
IMIL
II1I
'MINIM
alll
AMINI
-41111MINIM
AMINIMMIL. ,,,,
..401111 ""
IIIIIIMINIM 1 ""' _.....11 011INI
SUPPORTING MEMBER AS
AS PER DESIGN DWG OR
L-75x75x6 MINIMUM
BELOW GRATING
illilMaGiallatiRGIGGEIRGIWOallORE
11111111111111 1111111111MIII
WELDING SHALL BE
DONE ON ALL THE
FLATS AND BARS
=lomii
WELDING SHALL BE
DONE ON ALL THE
FLATS AND BARS
CIRCULAR
RECTANGULAR
SIZE OF OPENING GREATER THAN 400 mm
TYPICAL DETAIL OF GRATING STRENGTHENING AT OPENINGS

(REFER NOTE-9)
ilkemr144,11.411*
JITENDER GUPTA
16.02.15
R.S.CHAUHAN
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1129 of 1178
Format No. 8 - 00 - 0001 - F4 Rev.O
Purpose
AMARJEET
VIKRAM GUPTA
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJAN SRIVASTAVA
S. CHANDA
PK MITTAL
S. CHANDA
Stds. Bureau
Stds. Committee
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
oi 6
514artaf5
(4.117
eirotetri.tmat+0
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-68-0697 Rev. 3
TYPE-I & TYPE-II
IA Govt of Incha Undertaking)
SHT.7 of 8
DET. OF 25 THK. GRATING STAIRCASE

TREAD FOR 750 & 1000 WIDE STAIR
E
E
STRINGER
oo
PROJECTION
8mm SQ. TWISTED CROSS BAR

25x6 THK. FLATS MAIN BAR
LEADING EDGE OF TREAD
6 THK. PLATE
CROSS MEMBER
MAIN MEMBER
14 0 HOLE
FOR M12 BOLTS
40x14
SLOTTED HOLE
FOR M12 BOLTS
(AS/IS:1367)
DETAIL- 'E'
VIEW 6-6
t
GALVANISED
END PL. 65x6
\ 31,
I
I
< FLAT 25x6*
SECTION 5-5
*ALL THE FLATS TO BE WELDED TO THE END FLATS
CHEQUERED PL. (AS/IS:35O2)

NOSING 5mm THK.
FULL WELDING AT
ALL FOUR CORNERS
ititiSSISSIMISMISSIMS
O
CN1
GALVANIZED 65X6TH K
FULL WELDING TO BE DONE

AT EVERY BEARING
MEMBER FROM ONE SIDE
- 8mm SQ. TWISTED
CROSS BAR
6NOS. 25X6 THK. FLAT
MAIN MEMBER
I-
D-
70
45
8 SPACINGS 0 75 c/c = 600

12 SPACINGS 0 75 c/c = 900
70 FOR 750 WIDE STAIRS

45 FOR 1000 WIDE STAIRS
FOR 750 WIDE STAIRS
'FOR 1000 WIDE STAIRS
746
996
PLAN
TYP. DETAIL OF GRATING TO BE USED AS TREAD FOR 750/1000 WIDE STAIRS
14144,),,,
3
JITENDER GUPTA
16.02.15
R.S.CHAUHAN
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1130 of 1178
Purpose
9P7
AMARJEET
VIKRAM GUPTA
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJAN S ASTAVA
S. CHANDA
PK IAITTAL
S. CHANDA
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
01
Igat fagteg
rirmre elsis4m.)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
,A
STANDARD No.
7-68-0697 Rev. 3
TYPE-I & TYPE-II
SHT.8 of 8
7_
94
10
OR
OR
TABLE-4
SECTION 9-9
SECTION 10-10
(TB=TRANSVERSE BOW)
(LB=LONGITUDINAL BOW)
(PERMISSIBLE AND MANUFACTURER TOLERANCES)
PERMISSIBLE TOLERANCES
LOCATION
TOLERANCE (MM)
LENGTH OF GRATING PANEL OR INDIVIDUAL BEARING BAR
+0 / 5
WIDTH OF GRATING
+0 / 5
DEPTH OF BEARING BAR:

FOR 25MM
+1 / 0.5
THICKNESS OF BEARING BAR:
0.4
BINDING:
TOP OF BINDING BAR ABOVE BEARING BAR
+0.5 / 0.5
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES
TOLERANCE (MM)
LOCATION
5 (OUT OF SQUARENESS OF
GRATING PANEL)
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE LENGTH OF DIAGONALS
TRANSVERSE BARS IN EITHER DIRECTION FROM

PERPENDICULAR ALIGNMENT WITH BEARING BARS
1:100
5 PER 1500 LENGTH OF
BEARING BARS
TRANSVERSE BAR SPACING

BEARING BAR LEAN
1:10
TRANSVERSE BOW OF PANEL BEFORE FASTENING TO SUPPORTS
1:100
LONGITUDINAL BOW OF PANEL BEFORE FASTENING TO SUPPORTS
1:200
04.11.15
16.02.15
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1131 of 1178
Purpose
JITENDER GUPTA
R.S.CHAUHAN
AMARJEt
VIKRAM GUPTA
Prepared
Checked
by
by
RAJA S IVASTAVA S. CHANDA

PK MITTAL
S. CHANDA
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
aaeleia, ENGINEERS SADDLE SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENTS

g fatalegW; INDIA LIMITED
ON TECH. STRUCTURES
(441R7r Wee/113MM
(A Gov. of Indta Undeamg)
STANDARD No.
7-68-0699 Rev. 0
Page 1 of B
LOAD TABLE
MAX. EQPT. WT.
HORZ. FORCE
(SL, WL, BP)
HT. (EL'Y' EL' X')
TYPEI
100 T
20 T
850-1500 mm (MAX.)
TYPEII
50 T
10 T
850-1500 mm (MAX.)
TYPEIII
25 T
5T
850-1500 mm (MAX.)
SADDLE
TYPE
NOTES:
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm & LEVELS IN METRES.
THIS STANDARD SHALL FORM PART. OF THE DRAWING WHICH BEARS REFERENCE TO IT.
FOR VARIABLES A TO E , L, X & Y THE TABLE (REFER PAGE 8 OF 8) RELEASED
FOR INDIVIDUAL STRUCTURES SHALL BE REFERRED.
LOCATION OF FLOOR BEAMS & SUPPORTS SHALL BE INDICATED IN THE FLOOR PLANS
SHOWN IN GEN. ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS.
5. GENERAL NOTES FOR THE JOB SHALL BE REFERRED FOR OTHER NOTES.
safs-A
0
Rev.
No.
13.11.2011 ISSUED AS STANDARD
Date
Page 1132 of 1178
Purpose
N&
ROAITTAL
S MIMED!
D.MNBOTRA
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by

Convenor
by
by
V1NAY KUMAR
GM(E)
1510a- eq ft ENGINEERS
gYeti' INDIA LIMITED
sig eif g Me
r
R ione
IA Goof Of India Undertaking)
STANDARD No.
SADDLE SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENTS

ON TECH. STRUCTURES
7-68-0699 Rev. 0
Page 2 of 8
t SUPP.
--...\-5.F.
..,._,I
o,_lir.
a -+- 1 1.-+
0
In hi
I
I
*
oill
\\
MC300
lir
),
ci
a I It
I11
III
III
I I
L
1 I I
1r
1)R)
11 , 1
_I I I
I I
"
es#
..
SADDLE BOLTS (TYP)

DEIS AS/GA DWG
-4 WI
=I r+
MC300
II
I I
I I
II
co
II
I I
I I
11
11
L
I II
I
1-1
1ry FQPT.
II
1+4
25
5
/
TOP PLAN AT EQUIPMENT SUPPORTING LEVEL

TYPE- I
( *BRACING TO BE PROVIDED AFTER CLEARING STAND PIPE ETC)
(** FOR LOCATION REFER VIEW 1-1)
SUPP.
O( P.)
4-M20 BOLTS(TYP)
2iJ
PLAN OF EQUIPMENT SADDLE SUPPORTS AT BASE PLATE LEVEL
TYPE- I
0
Rev.
No.
18.11.2011 SSW) AS STAND/RD
Date
Page 1133 of 1178
Purpose
MOM& S CATUFM14
VINT KUWR DAMIOIRA

GM(E)
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Copyright EL - All rights reserved

Convenor
by
by
STANDARD No.
Onataega ENGINEERS SADDLE SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENTS

Ogt-ar 01551-eg W INDIA UMITED
ON TECH. STRUCTURES
man mew eflaw.
7-68-0699 Rev. 0
1A Govt d indo Undertaking)
Page 3 of 8
DET-Z
A
BEARING PL
JE MC 00 1YP
(REFER SHT 8 OF 8)
ELY'
(T.O.BEARING PL.)
TYP.
V, I
MC300 TYP
25(TYP.)
SPACER PL 0500c/c
K. GST. PL
OTHK. STIFF. PL.
ILI I
(TYP)
TYP.
620x420x25THK PL
(TYP)
OTHK. STIFF. PL.

(TYP.)
FLOOR BEAM
EL.'X'
U S OF BASE PL)
"
VIEW 1-1
(* BRACING TO BE PROVIDED AFTER CLEARING STAND PIPE ETC)
OI
LY
2(11300
(B/B 50)
(T.O.BEARING PL)
10 THK. STIFN. PL .
ON BOTH SIDE
2MC300 B B=50
(TYP.)
EL'X'
U/S Of BASE PL)
IIIIIMM111111
FLOC) BEAM
VIEW 2-2
STIFF. PL.
0W.)
TYPE- I
0
18.11.2011
Rev.
No.
Date
ISSUED AS
Page 1134 of 1178

STANDARD
Purpose

Convenor
by
by
GM(E)
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
s'
STANDARD No.

PliaTieqENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
g ez Wag
ON TECH. STRUCTURES
Ott tretret3T34140
CA Got of India Ultottong)
7-68-0699 Rev. 0
Page 4 of 8
II
II
II
II
II
-p _ft_ E.QUIRMENL
II
(TYP.)
(TTP)
(BOLT DET. AS PER GA. DRG.)
NOTE: BEAM MC200 TO BE VERIFIED BY USER FOR A>6.0m

(**FOR LOCATION REFER VIEW 3-3)
PLAN OF EQPUITMENT SADDLE SUPPORTS AT BASE PLATE LEVEL

TYPE- II
0
Rev.
No.
18.11.2011
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Date
Page 1135 of 1178
Purpose
GM(E)
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
Prepared Checked Side. Committee

Convenor
by
by
afftWeit
- ENGINEERS
ft
EifMeg CW: INDIA LIMITED
azir
(7112n 2120512 013q7J5711
(A GoN Of
inde Undertaking)

ON TECH. STRUCTURES
STANDARD No.
7-68-0699 Rev. 0
Page 5 of 8
4,L.111
T.O.BEARING PL.)
TYP.
TYP.
EL
(U/S OF BASE PL.)
SPACER PL 0500c/c
Ln
25THK. PL. TYP

STIFF. PL
FLOOR BEAM
VIEW 3-3
* BRACING TO BE PROVIDED AFTER CLEARING STAND PIPE ETC)
EQPT./SUPPORT
DET-Z (REFER SHT 8 OF 8)
BEARING PL
4E/. Y
MC TIE (TYP.)
T.O.BEARING PL.)
MB 300
STIFF. PL.
(TYP.)
(U/S OF BASE PL.)
FLOOR BEAM
STIFF. PL.
(TYP.)
VIEW 4-4
TYPE- II
0
Rev.
No.
18.11.2011
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Date
Page 1136 of 1178
Purpose
y
Prepared
by
\o,
ory
S DATURVEDI
Stds.
Committee
Checked
Convenor
by
PIOARTAL
VINAY
GM(E)
D.MALHOTRA
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
tege
INFEElei
tag
IMAM 21721512,12
.70.9/
ENGINEERS SADDLE SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENTS

INDIA LIMITED
ON TECH. STRUCTURES
IA GAN. OA India UndeAaking)
STANDARD No.
7-68-0699 Rev. 0
Page 6 of 8
**
I
I
I
I
I
I
61
0 1
o
o
(4J
0
M
EQUIPMENT
MC150
8 INK. STIFF. PL
16THK. BEARING PL. (TYP.)
SUPP.
(TYP.)
SUPP.
SADDLE BOLTS TYP.

BOLT DET. AS PER GA. DRG.)
NOTE: BEAM MC1 50 TO BE VERIFIED BY USER FOR DIMENSION A>6.Om

( ** FOR LOCATION REFER VIEW 5-5)
, 300 OTF)
TYP.)
GAUGE
DISTANCE
10
4-M20 BOLTS(TYP)
61
(TYP)
o 0
o n D0 II
11 I I +
o
o
I
I
12 THK. PL.
EQUIPMENT
I
I
6J
5
SUPP.
Q SUPP.
PLAN OF EQPUITMENT SADDLE SUPPORTS AT BASE PLATE LEVEL

TYPE-
15.11.2011
Rev.
No.
Date
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Page 1137 of 1178
Purpose
PKIMITk
S CHATURVEDI
PreparedChecked Stds Committee

Convenor
by
by
IANAY KUMAR
GM(E)
DI
D.MALNOTRA
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
We:a ENGINEERS SADDLE SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENTS.

INDIA LI MITED
aaf tibie
ON TECH. STRUCTURES
Plea Undertakug)
Gov(
212a3r? OR aclaral
7-68-0699 Rev. 0
of
IA
Page 7 of 8
A
T.O.BEARING PL)
TYP.
MC200
8 THK. STIFF.
PL (TYP.)
EL.'X'
/6 OF Da Ft)
rn
4-M20 BOLTS
10THK.
STIFF. PL.
FLOOR BEAM
VIEW 5-5
(* BRACING TO BE PROVIDED AFTER CLEARING STAND PIPE ETC)
DET-Z (REFER SHT 8 OF 8)
16THK. BEARING PL
w,
MC TIE (TYP.)
T.O.BEARING PL)
Ar4
STIFF. PL (1YR)
ELT
U S OF BASE PL)
MIME
FLOOR BEAM
STIFF. PL(T(P.)
VIEW 6-6
TYPE- 11[
7(nr-rt/
18.11.2011
Rev.
No.
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Date
Page 1138 of 1178
Purpose
VPSINDil
METAL
S CHATURVEDI

Convenor
by
by
1ANAY KUMAR
GM(E)
D.ILALHOTRA
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Approved by
a 1151t e
laaziei
g
WWIFlea512aR3,10011
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS SADDLE SUPPORTS FOR EQUIPMENTS.

INDIA LIMITED
ON TECH. STRUCTURES
to Gov Of India
7-68-0699 Rev. 0
unciettiong)
Page 8 of 8
TABLE FOR SADDLE SUPPORT DETAILS FOR EQUIPMENTS:S.NO.
EQUIPMENT
NO.
BOLTS DETS
DIMENSIONS
ABC
DE
DIA HOLE DIA
NOS
ELEVATION
L
ELX
REMARKS
ELY
BASE PL
OF THE EQPT.
SADDLE BOLT
(TO BE SUPPLIED BY
CML CONTRACTOR)
Or)
BEARING
PLATE
DETAIL- 'Z'
0=DIA OF BOLT
TI=THICKNESS OF BEARING PLATE
T2=THICKNESS OF EQPT BASE PLATE
THIS SHEET WILL BE ISSUED AS A DWG FOR PROJECT
1&11.2011
Rev.
No.
Date
ISSUED AS STANDARD
Page 1139 of 1178
Purpose
VPSINUH
Prepared
by
s CHAIURVEDI
0\
VINAY KUM?
D.IALNOTRA
GM(E)
Stds.
Bureau
Stds.
Committee
Checked
Chairman
Convenor
by
Approved by
PKUIFTAL
&wag
faffleg
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
METAL SHEET
FLASHING DETAIL
IA Gov! at India Undertaking)
7-75-0091 Rev. 0
Page 1 of 2
DETAILA
RIDGE PIECE
ROOF MONITOR
BIRD MESH
TURBO/AIR DRIVEN
ROOF EXTRACTOR
TRANSLUCENT SHEET
METAL SHEET ROOFING
STEEL TRUSS/PORTAL
AS/STRUCTURE
METAL SHEET
LOUVERS
METAL SHEET
CLADDING
METAL SHEET
LOUVERS
APPROACH
1ROAD LEVEL/HPP
TYPICAL SECTION
METAL SHEET
ROOFING
RIDGE PIECE
PLAIN SHEET
RIDGE PIECE
METAL
SHEET ROOFING
PLAIN SHEET
CORNER PIECE
(MINIMUM 200X200)
STEEL PURLIN
METAL SHEET
CLADDING
(GABLE END)
STEEL TRUSS
PORTAL
DETAIL-A
CORNER PIECE
FLASHING DETAIL
(RIDGE FLASHING DETAIL)
(ROOF AND GABLE END CLADDING)
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM.
2. THIS STANDARD INDICATES VARIOUS ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES AND FLASHING DETAILS OF SHEDS.
PROVISION OF FEATURES (ROOF MONITOR, ROOF EXTRACTOR, TRANSLUCENT SHEET, LOUVERS) AND THEIR
SIZES, LOCATION ETC SHALL BE AS PER PROJECT DRAWINGS.
3. MATERIAL, THICKNESS AND OTHER DETAILS OF ROOFING, CLADDING, ACCESORIES (RIDGE FLASHING, CORNER
PIECE, EAVES PIECE, APRON PIECE AND OTHER FLASHING) AND BIRD MESH SHALL BE AS PER PROJECT
SPECIFICATION.
of
0
Rev.
No.

Date
Page 1140Rev.0
of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
S..::a
arD.IIALHOTRA
Prepared
by
Checked
by
Stds.Committee
GM
Stds. Bureau
Convenor TET-i= Chairman
Approved by
triarae_Jei
514721 ft}
STANDARD No.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
METAL SHEET
FLASHING DETAIL
IA Goo of India Undertaking)
7-75-0091 Rev. 0
Page 2 of 2
METAL SHEET
ROOFING
STEEL PURLIN
40 x 6 MS
FLAT WIND TIE
STEEL TRUSS/
PORTAL
STEEL COLUMN
75 (MINIMU
PLAIN SHEET
EAVES PIECE
STEEL TRUSS/
PORTAL
STEEL PURLIN
STEEL COLUMN
METAL SHEET
CLADDING
DETAIL-B
(ALTERNATIVE-1)
DETAIL-B
(ALTERNATIVE-2)
EAVES FLASHING DETAIL
METAL SHEET
ROOFING
40 x 6 MS
FLAT WIND TIE
METAL SHEET
CLADDING
11111111111
4
3/413/41/.1
:
4
5
STEEL PURLIN
PLAIN SHEET
CORNER PIECE
(MINIMUM 200OC700)
BIRD MESH
METAL SHEET
CLADDING
DETAIL-C
CORNER PIECE FLASHING DETAIL

(SIDE AND GABLE END CLADDING)
METAL SHEET
CLADDING
METAL SHEET
CLADDING
PLAIN SHEET
FLASHING
z
PLAIN SHEET
APRON PIECE
METAL SHEET
ROOFING
METAL SHEET
ROOFING
STEEL PURLIN
STEEL TRUSS/
PORTAL
FLASH NG DETAIL
(VERTICAL CLADDING AND ROOF)
0
Rev.
No.
DETAIL-D
(APRON FLASHING DETAIL)

Date
Page 1141 Rev.O

of 1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Purpose
SD
Prepared
by
Checked
by
JKDJ
S.CMIURVEDI D.MMI4O1RA
GM Stds. Bureau
Stds.Commateo ( CTRL
AR CH
Convenor
Chairman
GEO TECH)
Approved by
Page 1142 of 1178
Page 1143 of 1178
Page 1144 of 1178
Page 1145 of 1178
CW=5500 OR 7000
0
O
0
0
C--;
(")
C.)
0
O
CD
CV
12000+CW/2
CW=5500 OR 7000
THIS REDUCTION IS POSSIBLE
LIKEWISE FOR ANY OTHER

CARRIAGE WAY AS REQUIRED
CASE 1
CW=4000
CASE 2
LEGENDS:
MM
M
CW
MILLIMETRE
METRE
CARRIAGE WAY
NOTES:ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM UNLESS STATED OTHER WISE.

GENERALLY THE RADII OF CURVES AT CROSSING SHALL BE AS GIVEN IN
THIS DRAWING AS EXPLAINED BELOW.
MINIMUM RADII OF CURVES FOR ROADS WITH CW=. 4.0M TAXING OFF FROM
ALL OTHER ROADS SHALL BE 8M
MINIMUM RADII OF CURVES FOR ROADS WITH CW 4.0M AND 7.0M
SHALL BE 12M AND FOR CW 10.5 & 16.0M SHALL BE 15M.
RADII OF CURVES FOR APPROACH ROADS TO BUILDINGS AND OTHERS AREAS
MAY BE REDUCED AS PER SERVICE REQUIREMENTS.
FOR ROADS CURVES WITH ACUTE ANGLE TURNINIG,THE MINIMUM RADII SHALL
BE 15M AND ANGLE NOTLESS THAN 50'
cw=4000
CASE 3
laPzrei
Sig?..11 fatierg
(11W?! a
o5l34CA:1)
CASE 4
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
IA Govt. of India Undertaking)
Page 1146 of 1178

4
3
Rev.
No.
28.05.12
22.08.06
Date

Purpose
7.
)4
V/
RADII OF CURVES AND CROSSING WHEN DIFFERENT FROM THOSE GIVEN IN

THIS STANDARD TO MEET ANY SPECIAL REQUIREMENT SHALL BE SO MARKED
IN THE AREA DRAWINGS.
c\tt"
i,
Anil RBT/RKS
VI<
DM
KC RKS/UCJ
VDS
VJN
Prepared Checked Stds. Committee GM(Engg) Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
by
by
Approved by
ROAD CURVES AND

CROSSING
STANDARD No.
7-65-0010 Rev. 4
Page 1 of 1
ENGINEERS
k-71
5gat 22- g w INDIA LIMITED
0
~
,
f'f,
",13`r0.
IA Govt of Inclia Undettaking)
GRATING DETAIL FOR

CATCH BASIN
STANDARD No.
7-65-0206 Rev. 4
(FOR BOTH STEEL & GALVANISED MATERIAL)

Page 1 of 1
ISA 50X50X6
ISA 40X40X5
700
685
6V <(TYP)
tr)
7/ 200
0
0
12 BAR
tr)
< (TYP)
< (TYP)
FLAT 35X6025 C/C
6:\
(r(P)
DETAIL OF GRATING
DETAIL OF FRAME
ISA 40X40X5
FLAT 35X6 0
25 C/C
7.5
ISA 50X50X6
WALL OF CATCH BASIN
LUG (TYP)
SEC. A-A
(FIXING DETAIL OF FRAME OVER THE
VERTICAL WALL OF THE CATCH BASIN)
NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
2. CATCH BASIN FRAME AND GRATING SHALL BE HOT DIP
GALVANISED ACCORDING TO IS: 2629 AND THE QUANTITY
OF ZINC COATING SHALL BE 900gms/sq.m OF SURFACE AREA
(0.12mm UNIFORM THICKNESS).
3. STEEL SHALL CONFORM T0 IS: 2062, GRADEA.
4,
RBT
19.05.09 REAFFIRMED AND 1SSUED AS STANDARD SSM
Rev.
No.
Date
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4

Rev.O
Page 1147 of
1178
Purpose
Prepared
by
15S/
DCB
Checked
by
RBB>-'
SC
NK
ND
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
k92.4e-r
$1g-ar
(IfT7R rfecon' 057 J,10.1)
STANDARD No.
VALVE PIT (RCC)

TYPE-V
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
7-65-0207 Rev. 3
FOR 02" TO 06" VALVE
1,4 Govt of India Undertalungt
Page 1 of 1
NOTE:
2 Nos. UFTING
HOOKS
CHEQUERED PLATE
1300
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MIUMETERS UNLESS

NOTED OTHERWISE.
2. REFER STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES OF THE
PROJECT FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE
STRUCTURES FOR FOLLOWING:
a) GRADE OF CONCRETE
b) GRADE AND TYPE OF CEMENT
c) REINFORCEMENT STEEL BARS
d) CLEAR COVER IN R.C.C. WORKS
3. THIS STD. IS APPUCABLE FOR UNIT AREA,
OFFSITE AREA AND AREA WHERE GROUND
WATER TABLE IS UPTO FGL
DETAIL - 1
CHEQUERED PLATE DETAIL
010 UFTING HOOK

CHEQUERED PLATE
FINISHED PAVEMENT LEVEL
CHEQUERED PLATE (6mm THICK)

(REMOVABLE)
FINISHED GRADE LEVEL
REF. GENERAL CIVIL AREA DWG.
OUTERDIAOF
PIPE+100(SQUAR
I,
;%:`
=
=
12000200 C/C1
50150 /15)100
150 50 1
1000 200 C/C
50X8
DETAIL - 2
BAR BENDING SCHEDULE:
1000 200 C/C

BAR MARK
CENTRALLY PLACED
10rtf 0 200 C/C
CENTRALLY PLACED
BOP. REF. LEVEL

REF. GENERAL CIVIL AREA DWG.
GROIMNG IN 1:2 FREE

FLOW CEMENT MORTAR TO BE
APPUED WITH SHUTTERING ON
(TYP)
BOTH
FACES
PCC 1:5:10
DIA
BAR SHAPE
K1 cz= I (;
10 V S -- L
"..
145A
10 /
ELT35.0_11
10
0I
C1
11
(3)1 15001
I-153Q 1
10 IIf t [3C11
SECTION - A A
l
1.1
-7J
STAGGERED RUNGS
REFER STD.
No. 7-65-0211
b
Ld
r -- 2
..
1r)
ir
.'
1 I lov
CARBON STEEL PIPE

ORIENTATION SHALL BE
AS PER LAYOUT DWG.
A
REF. UNE
REPRESENTATION
ON AREA DRG.
.... --
150
1200
150
1500
PLAN
V-1,4
3
05.06.14 UPDATED & ISSUED AS STD.
19.05.09 UPDATED & ISSUED AS STANDARD
Rev.
No.
Date
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4

Page 1148 ofRev.0
1178
Purpose
>Y3\
JKU
RKS
SSM
DDB/RKS
Prepared
by
Checked
by
NK
ND
Stds. Bureau
Stds. Committee
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
Copyright EIL - AII rights reserved
5g-af 054--eg
174T2R 2:172,5f2 0513021171)
IA
STANDARD No.
DETAIL OF RUNGS
FOR MANHOLES, VALVE
PITS, TANKS ETC.
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
Govt of Incha Undertakingt
7-65-0211 Rev. 4
Page 1 of 1
TOP SLAB
MANHOLE
COVER
TOP SLAB
MANHOLE
COVER
20 RUNG
LINING IF ANY
C,
C)
N)
C)
C,
C,
U)
C1
.Ar' AZW%
IINI'
O
LO
CLI
75
ft 38
CL
U")
TYPICAL RUNG
LINING IF ANY
1111
20 RUNG
w.
oe
=,
BOTTOM SLAB
VIEW. A-A
(TYP.)
BOTTOM SLAB
350 CLEAR
INSIDE
75
VIEW. B-B
DETAIL OF TOP RUNG
LINING IF ANY
(TYP.)
20 STAGGERED RUNGS
imt:3 r4
20 STAGGERED RUNGS
20 STAGGERED RUNGS
380
4:1B,
Wif
OF OPENING
MIN.
ROUND / RECTANGULAR MANHOLE OPENING
ROUND
ROUND MANHOLE OPENING
RECTANGULAR MANHOLE OPENING
CASE - 3
CASE - 2
CASE -1
NOTE:-
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MIWMETER UNLESS SPECIFIED.

2. RUNGS SHALL BE EPDXY COATED OR PAINTED AS PER SPEC. NO. 6-44-04.
3. REFER STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES OF THE PROJECT FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE
STRUCTURES FOR FOLLOWING:
d) CLEAR COVER IN R.C.C. WORKS
4
)).(
KU
SSM
Rev.
No.
Date
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4

Rev.O
Page 1149 of
1178
Purpose
Prepared
by
R
DDB/RKS
Checked
by
SC
NK
ND
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
rAN1-7 BAFFLE WALL

6 NOS410 BARS
540
/-*B
75
75,
1
I
00
0 if)
c.)
5 NOS410 BARS (AT BOTTOM)

790
8 NOS. 10 BARS
REFER NOTE-3
LIFTING HOOKS
SEE NOTE-3
(II 100150 C/C

PLAN
DOUBLE VENT PIPE
rA
SECTION BB
GROUNTING IN 1:2 FREE

FLOW CEM. MORTAR
I+B
CC
7A PLAN
SINGLE VENT PIPE
04" VENT PIPE AS PER
CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS
(REFER STD. NO. 7-65-0219)
R.C.C. SLAB
REINFORCEMENT PLAN
DETAIL OF PRECAST CONC. COVER
FOR R.C.C.WALL
(PIPE 0>500)
PRECAST CONC. COVER
> >
a a
a_ EL
GROUTING IN 1:2
FREE FLOW CEM. MORTAR
'R Z
0
0
0
LZ 0 Et
Li..1 MN
CL
DET. OF LIFTING HOOK
10
70
FOR IID410 CIRCULAR 0500 CLEAR OPENING
CIRCULAR 0560 CLEAR OPENING
130 FOR
.50 .8g
F.G.L.
.4
PCC M-20
0
0
0
FOR R.C.C.WALL
(PIPE 9500)
to
4,10(0 EXTRA CIRCULAR BARS
C.I. FRAME & COVER
010 EXTRA BARS 5 NOS AT.

TOP & BOTTOM
1 IX LL
. .
111
//
1:1604 4
...
TOP & BOTTOM

SLAB REINF.
'.
. t a
FIXING PRECAST CONC.COVER
50 130
REFER NOTE-3
' : C4
0
ro
418 DIA. TIE BARS 150 C/C
GROUNTING IN 1:2 FREE FLOW

CEM. MORTAR
is
It.100150 C/C
175 I 75
75
4)10(150 C/C
TOP & BOTTOM
SLAB REINF.
(REFER NOTE-3
80 14)10 EXTRA CIRCULAR BARS
90 FOR MD-10 CIRCULAR 500 CLEAR OPENING

125 FOR HD-20, CIRCULAR 560 CLEAR OPENING
FIXING C.I. COVER
NOTES:-
OR 150
SECTION AA
TYPICAL VENT DETAILS
1.
2.
3.
FOR MASONRY WALL
TYPICAL GROUTING DETAIL
FOR PIPE IN WALL
tapes
ige..11
(airentmecniecel...Ncr)+1)
ENCINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
05.06.14
Gau av
RKS
21.01.13
Anil
RC
Rev.
No.
Page 1150 of 1178

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

IN UNIT AREA
VENT PIPES SHOULD BE LOCATED ALONG PIPE RACK COLUMNS OR BUILDING COLUMNS & SHOULD
THE BUILDING PARAPET OR LAST LAYER OF PIPES OF THE UNIT.
BE TAKEN 3M ABOVE
IN OFFSITE AREA
VENT PIPE SHALL PROJECT 3.0M ABOVE FGL. AND SHALL BE SELF SUPPORTING.
REFER STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES OF THE PROJECT FOR REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
FOR FOLLOWING :
d) CLEAR COVER IN R.C.C. WORKS.
Date
Purpose
SC
RBB
Prepared
Checked
by
by
DM
Stds. Committee Stds. Bureau

Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
STANDARD No.
STANDARD
MISCELLANEOUS DETAILS
FOR MANHOLES
7-65-0212
Rev. 4
Page 1 of 1
REFERENCE POINT
STAGGERED RUNGS
(REF. STD. 7-65-0211)
250
250
075 C.I. VENT PIPE

WITH COWEL (REF. NOTE -6)
075 C.I. VENT

L/5
PIPE WITH COWEL
vvor
wz
0,1
7/
FA
anumorza
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

REFER STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES OF THE PROJECT FOR REINFORCED
CONCRETE STRUCTURES FOR FOLLOWING :
3.
BAR BENDING SHALL CONFORM TO IS:2502
4.
MANHOLE FRAME & COVER, RUNGS, VENT PIPE & OTHER EXPOSED STEEL
PARTS SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF APPROVED ANTICORROSIVE PAINT.
5.
DESLUDGING SHALL BE DONE PERIODICALLY EVERY YEAR PREFERABLY

BY A PORTABLE NON CLOG. PUMP.
30
OUTLET
-S-11
--AS GIVEN ON
GEN. CIVIL
AREA DRGS.
1.
2.
CD
0150/0250 INLET
R.C.C. SLAB
\ (SEE NOTE-2
BRICK MASONRY IN
1 : 4 CEMENT MORTAR
NOTES:-
IL:SSZSSf
- 1:2:2:527
150 0
PCC M20
CD
-7/
Naaa.go
v.'.7
A AA
0150/0250 (RCC PIPE)
PLAN
075 C.I. VENT PIPE (AS PER IS:1729) SHALL BE 3.0M MINIMUM HEIGHT FOR SELF
STANDING VENT. INCASE SEPTIC TANK IS LOCATED WITHIN 20M RADIUS FROM
DETAIL-1
HABITABLE BUILDING VENT PIPE SHALL BE EXTENDED FROM SIDE OF

SEPTIC TANK & TO BE BROUGHT NEAR TO THE NEAREST COLUMN/ BUILDING
6.
(VENT ON SIDE)
AND SHALL BE TAKEN AT LEAST 2.0M ABOVE THE HIGHTEST POINT OF

THE BUILDING/STRUCTURE. HOWEVER, THERE SHALL BE ONLY ONE
075 C.I. VENT PIPE FROM THE SEPTIC TANK, NEAR INLET PIPE.
10 @ 150 C/C BOTHWAYS AT BOTTOM

075 C.I. VENT PIPE WITH COWEL (ALT-I)
R.C.C. SLAB
(SEE NOTE-2)
I I II
(REF. NOTE-6)
MANHOLE COVER & FRAME MEDIUM DUTY AS PER IS: 1726
/OF GRADE MD-10 CIRCULAR 0500 CLEAR OPENING
DETAIL-1
F.G.L.
CD
CD
0500
PIPE WITH COWEL (ALT-II)

(REF. NOTE -6)
EXACT THICKNESS OF BRICK MASONRY WALL SHALL BE AS PER LOCALLY

AVAIBLE BRICKS. HERE WALL THICKNESS HAS BEEN GIVEN AS PER BRICK
SIZE OF 250X125X75.
8.
PROPORTION FOR NOMINAL MIX CONCRETE SHALL BE AS PER

TABLE 9 OF IS:456.
750
1:2 CEMENT MORTAR JOINT
075 C.I. VENT PIPE
7.
O
CD
CO
GROUTING IN 1:2 CEM. MORTAR
FOR CLEAR COVER

SEE NOTE-2
111
lir250
SIZE OF OPENINGS OUTER DIA.

OF PIPE + 100 (SQUARE)
13 THK. CEMENT PLASTER 1:3

WITH WATER PROOFING COMPOUND
II
RECOMMENDED DIMENSIONS OF SEPTIC TANKS
OUTLET LEVEL
r4
7
1
CD
CD
CD
INLET PIPE
CD
8 @ 150 CLC
HWAYS
INLET LEVEL
CD
CD
cr)
V
*A
l
I
LENGTH
L
BREADTH
B
DEPTH
D
900
1075
10
2000
20
II
2300
1100
1385
30
III
4000
1400
1400
50
IV
4650
2000
1440
Px
r
16 THK. CEMENT PLASTER
1:3 WITH WATER PROOFING COMPOUND
CD
CD
13 THK. CEMENT PLASTER
E
CD
100 THK. BAFFLE
TYPE
0150 C.I. PIPE
0150/0250 (RCC PIPE)
(AS GIVEN ON GEN. CIVIL

AREA DRG.)
NO. OF USERS
TO SOAK PIT
1:3 WITH WATER PROOFING COMPOUND
62
CD
PCC M20 (SCREED)
RCC SLAB (SEE NOTE-2

SLOPE 1:20
T10 @ 150 C/C
FOR R.C.C. GRADE

SEE NOTE-2
BOTHWAYS AT BOTTOM
PCC 1:5:10
CD
CD
757
50
750
750
50
/ FOR CLEAR COVER

SEE NOTE-2
SECTION A-A
SO1ticfel
Ifgai fa- e5
riocbit,cli51,3isr)+4)
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
21.01.13
15.05.07
Rev.
Date
No.
Format No. 8-00-0001-F5
Page Rev.
11510 of
1178
Purpose
Anil An--'
MSR
Prepared
by
STANDARD No.
DM
VC
Checked 1 SNRtd;BCommittee GM(ENGG) Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
by
Approved by
SEPTIC TANK
TYPE-I, II, III AND IV
7-65-0216 Rev. 4
Page 1 of 1
Copyright E IL - All rights reserved
5fgZII OWS
1.112N ~
-rz astawn,11
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
CHEQUERED PLATE DETAILS
STANDARD No.
(FOR MASONRY VALVE PIT TYPE-1,
7-65-0224 Rev. 2
(A Govt of Intha Undertaking)
TYPE-II, TYPE-III & TYPE-IV)
Page 1 of 1
CHE UERED PLATE

6mm THICK
010 LIFITING HOOK
150
DETAIL - 2
PLAN
PLAN
FOR VALVE PIT TYPE-II
FOR VALVE PIT TYPE-I
CHEQUERED PLATE 6mm THK.
Z.50x50x6 50 LONG
BRICK WALL
DETAIL - 1
PLAN
PLAN
FOR VALVE PIT TYPE-IV

(2.NOS PER VALVE PIT)
FOR VALVE PIT TYPE-III

(2.NOS PER VALVE PIT)
NOTE:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILUMETERS.

2. R1 & R2 SHALL BE TO SUIT TO THE
SPINDLE SIZE.
ft;b
ALOK
SKP
Rev.
No.
Date
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4

Rev.0
Page 1152 of
1178
Purpose
"rl
Prepared
by
KS
RKS
Checked
by
SC
ND
K
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
M .S GRATING AS PER DETAIL
JOINT SEALING COMPOUND (AS PER IS:1834 TYPEB)
L50x50 x6
L40X40X5
FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL
REFERENCE LINE
OF UNIT
X
/0
U N IT FLOORIN G
_ Tr _r
F.G.L
35x6 @25 c/c (TYP )

X
u)
L_
00
O >.<
L)
UNIT PAVEMENT'S REINFORCEMENT
>
20THK. IMPREGNATED FIBRE BORD
010 @150 c/c
B.L OF DRAIN
12
AS PER LAYOUT
,25 1 251 251
T10 @200c/c
lz.
25
25
< TYP
12
600 ONE PIECE
R.C.0 GRADE
SAME AS PAVEMENT / SEE NOTE-2
DETAIL PLAN OF GRATING
2
LEAN CONCRETE. 1:5:10
T10 EQUI SPACED
NOTES.75
1 00
300
100
75
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.

1.
2. REFER STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES OF THE PROJECT FOR
REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES FOR THE FOLLOWING :
CROSS SECTION OF DRAIN.
a)
GRADE OF CONCRETE
b)
GRADE AND TYPE OF CEMENT
c)
REINFORCEMENT STEEL BARS

3. BAR BENDING SHALL CONFORM TO IS:2502.
4. ISA AND FLAT SHALL CONFORM TO IS:2062, GRADEA.
L40x40x5 (600 LONG)
5. THIS IS NOT VALID FOR ACID / ALKALI DRAIN.

PROPORTION FOR NOMINAL MIX CONCRETE SHALL BE AS PER
6.
TABLE 9 OF IS:456.
25
7.5
LC)
LW
REFERENCE LINE
12 BAR LUG (200 LONG)

@500c/c WELDED
111111111111 1
11111111111111
TO ANGLE
REPRESENTATION ON UNIT AREA DRG.
FLAT 35X6
(375 LONG)
L 50x50X6
SECTION X-X
DETAIL - 'X'
faelei r41 ENGINEERS

5"fgar 0151-- glAwINDIA LIMITED
tmeimie
JLIm4-1)
Format No. 8-00-0001-F5

Page Rev.
11530 of
(A
1178
Govt. of India Undertaking)
1 1 .01 1 3
REVISED AND ISSUSED AS STD.
08.1 0.07
REVISED AND ISSUSED AS STD.
Rev.
Date
No.
DM
VC
Prepared
Checked
by
by
Purpose
Committee GM(ENGG) Stds. Bureau

1IStds.
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
STANDARD No.
UNIT DRAINAGE DETAILS
(RECTANGULAR DITCH DETAILS)
7-65-0272 Rev.4
Page 1 of 1
7ZI
CM
1
CO
Page 1154 of 1178
-n
m
m
cn
.7c
1.3
m-C1
z 0
rn
RI
4=
C1
In
'
-0
rn 3 8
C1 31. cb
..1
-1
. 0
CO P - --.
< . F*4
In rn
X 2 0b
(A
0
-I
o
X
3).
-0
Z
73
A
(-)
r-
o
a
P
X
mm
Xi Z
31.
>c
/3 -a
D. 3''.
< <
RI RI
....i
RI RI
-1
-0 -0
"
0-
.7.
r..)
VI
x)
X
rn
-"I
=I
i.- X
m
XX
3<
1.
X In
o m
In rn
v ei)
rn
C
(15.
=
Zm
PC
I-
V)
0 .11/1
X
-0
D.
In
o o E
..., RI
'--r-i "... 32.

r
zI no
m . ?(
xi
a a-cr c
o .c
I> X -13 "3
CO
rn
..
z m
2s.
-C Z
--/
cr) m
z .c
4 a,
VI V) 7:1 ....1
Cr/ .=
CI -13
RI -I -I m
70 =
3. o
=
A
VI
a CA 0 RI
rn
Z
>
r0
Z
03
x
rri
1=1 CI
Z
a -I
C
'a
=
rn m
X
.11 rn
73
.<
tai C
a
MI
rn
0
>z
r
r
0
rn
Ti
-4
-.I
fD
-1,3
ZCD
O
<
CD 0
m
a 17
m
z
m
Z
>
rn
rn
rn
:13
rn
rn
rn
rn
__.: - , m:
-< 0 X
x.
v, I-,--
VI S
a PP
.......
i..n
ar .......
(")
A A
-1 CJI
3I. -.
....1 c
0
A
.
m
0 -1
m
03 3.
413
m 1,1 -a
Z
-, (,)
!A
_0 n
pi
3>
..< F 00
-0 z
rn
-I Cn
v)
:-...
>C
2.,
-n 0
m
4. :b.
a
X a
T. -I
'O
aa
-......
A
Am
M
- m
44
X VI
03
_
F
tIr
v) ).
v,
P m VI
X =
-I
-,
- t5=
,...
m ..<
rn X
C3
a
g
73
, x
-1
"a
Z
3. ri".
Xg0
X
4 0
C
it -4 z
--]
Isz -0-m
0 m ..17
X c , 0 31.
1.;:: ::
z
Cl)
0
17. X
t1
-CI
0 3.-
t' rn
v, *i=
_1 rn
=
RI p
CD
(A
-1 c-
44 rn
CO x
al 1
:a M
3
(A
,i.p
:ivos m
-1
o.:3 E>C
5A
m
1,1
x 9
1-
x
z
In
...,
mi
0
rn
a
7J =
0
r<
2
SI.. ,....
V) `-'
7:1
71
rl ma3 ;31 0
K
= 7.'
MI
0 -
=
-0
0 m
X
-n
0
X/
X
X
4-)
ri IoA co
. s
32.
m
..-I xj
In
3"
(7 r-.1 VI
co =
o
-< X v) 2
a
i
p
r7, p 0 v x. VI
-.4
-0 rn
z
X xi
mxi
-9 "I 1-rn
f*
',u
(/) mc0
_4
co
0
,,, X
0 = 2 In
-.< -1
-T1 A. GI _I
IA
X 3P"
-I
co m
0
73 CA
; R.;
co 10
8 1 1
30
mz
z c_
71 X
_ D
-u >
z
cn
-4 0
>
0
xi r"
X
m"
E
Ern
mM
-.4 0
<
m
z 3
c
#
"ri
0
-M
z
w 3m
8
A
A 4! ...,
x7
gc
rn
,A
;
CI
r.r. > ; 2
p
,n
15El 12 gi
2C
Xl
ac V) 3.
73
- X
22
-=
-t
m
=. LA
--I
tn 3,,
1 xi co,
n o rn
X
..... WI rn
I.
X -.1 VI F
"0
0
0 Te.
/1 C
X
*=
-I =
e., 03
0
.0
li
rn czt
-0 cy
in
K3 D.
Y.' 0 C
IV C w
-0
,..4
F.
c7
r, .,
:...I
V)
(a
C14
m
-u rcf)
C 1:I
ZE
-)
Fil.-1
XI
..c
In
'
K
m
Z
-.I
RI
F co
4
-CI
m
0
a
0V
CA
CD
I
MI .n
--1
Q1
.4:.
CI1
..1
0
70
a
X/ 0
X
,/
..--
(7: 0
()
In n
3'
XI
V)
0 -1:/ 0-)
73
m
Ts
I =
z
C)
Cl
CA
- 2
r: r.o
M C1
SV
53
VI
c ==
x
-o v)
--,
I> IA M 32.
0 rn
<0 a p
F3
(n
-43
-.1
0
-.1
m
I- -0 ..4 m a
0
G0
a
0 oo
.,
0
z a)
X
0 C rri
CP 0
"X ; m
I C." 0
-I 4.)
x
,1,. c)
2 F) ..,
0. VI 70 0
4 rn X -..1
0 >e, c)
0:: :1
4- c.)
:'
(.;{ C)
:
z
c z z a N
100
4a.
cr)
io
s.,
ul
O
iv
o
1.0
1.0
o
Coo
....
.1
oi
i..1
cn
O
b
0
iv
Si
o
o
Co
o
coo
if
'co
.,4
:1:-
o
o
Co
Iv
0
CO 0
-T1
cri
rri
73
2 z
cn
7q.
0
Co
C)
0
Cr
-13
-n
-11
-4
0 (471
-o
I3
M m CD
C
23-,-1 ;
CA 0
>
= -r1 -0
3. ,n 1 6- (.,/
i1- r- 3
- I =:
1- M
r1
Pl
Ca 73
r1 rn
m
-I(./7
V)
-4 ra
CD
n,
0
-.1
>
-I-I0
2
rri 0 m
C)
73
77 0 3.
>
m .7Z <
0
0 m >
co r-
-I 23 V)
2 0 =1
M
"a--I, r..
..
CD
" cC
m
2
3 0s'" '7
c
73
-,1
2
m -I rn
(A
-o m
9.3
M S
cC
250
TI
Cn
THE TABLE FOR UPFLOW ANAEROBIC FILTER IS "READY
....
is.)
o
is.)
i.)
()4
b
S4
N
-P.
a)
(11
0
o
C/)
-15 0
m
Z.
I
0= 0
0 *
0 >
1 J
00 00,
O
'61
,1
V. 0
00 00
Cr
--. 03 X
Z -ri CD 0
--i 0 C) x
M.>. 44.
0
o
m
-E, x x
0i
150
150
rri
7o xr .
v)
..4
m
--i
!../2 t n
. 2
-I--......
0 - rI (1)
m
00 00
0- 0 mm0AN
co
00 00
o
--
0
M Ok' orn 0
.-..,_.
00
00
N -1 c
- X 0 -1.
i13
> RI
X3 0 M
00
00
r- _...
0
F Mm
m
-, . to 0 00 00
(1) IV. -1
MIN. VOLUME ACTUAL VOL. BREDTH

OF
OF FILTER
IN METRE
FILTER MEDIA MEDIA
REQUIRED
PROVIDED
Page 1155 of 1178
0
0
N0
391
1
C71
-11 C)
23
21Y18011 1N31433
1103S
Cn
1.1) CD
4
C)
VI 0
M
250 ,
M
co
xi xi
co cr,
.
(i)
> rn
v) 0
co -'
1
1"-)
500
-0
113
01
rn
3
1,
(.11
CO O
0
CO
r-
3.
3.
C,
(11
C-) r
n
CO
CY1
MAIM
zz
c->
rn
IL
111111PIMO
, 250
PI C11 cm 10
0
-0 (J)
),
M
Z 0M -
Z 2
1- M is.., M
72
>
3
<
)). z
7C
73 >
(sr)
1.7, *
92 =4 n u) rn 0
Z
1
!:)
,
IM
rn CO
M
0 z
-T1 </) > 1
"1
1
.3 1I.2
-I *
I -
>.
-I
= r_
-I 0
m c,
0 >
C7
I--
1'
1 > 0 .7,Z ,_ z
>'
-*
1
. r11
11
?
Cm
v
r r1"'i7i' . .:
:
C
''''
v
_.D-.ij' V
M
m
3>
r31 1x.
r
:
1)8
-...
' -.' !
-0
L
r
rn
-0
= 13 z
co
D V)
>
< ,,
I- 24 m 0 >
1000 (B)
10'W
83338 S13A31 183ANI

'S381311111111 NI 321V SNOISN3WI0
13A03
19.
-73
)100H ONILill
0 IV
SHALL CONFORM TO I.S. 3489.
THE PERCOLATION RATE OF SOILIS MORE THAN
LENGTH (L) DEPTH OF

IN METRE
FILTER MEDIA (D)
IN METRE
0.Aobl 9J-1-000-00-9 ON leuiJoj

Copyright EIL - All rightsreserved
mIM
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
amW m3vWM
TYPICAL EARTH ELECTRODE
STANDARD No.
IN
7-51-0102 Rev.5
(A Govt. of Indio Lindestoking)
TEST PIT
REMOVABLE CAP SEE
NOTE-2 AND DETAIL-3
6 THICK CHEQUERED
PLATE COVER
(SEE NOTE-4)
0
230
(SEE NOTE-4)
BRICK WORK
230
300
300
/
1000 PVC PIPE ON FOUR SIDES
FOR ENTRY OF EARTH STRIPS
SEE DETAIL-2
x
MINIM
.1=1=5M.1111161ir
G.I. EARTH STRIP

(SEE NOTE-5)
MIN
0
N
ALTERNATE LAYER OF
CHARCOAL OR COKE
AND COMMON SALT
PAINTED SYMBC
IN RED ON
WHITE BASE
HANDLE
'111011011171111aD:011ErtatilliArtillittlittil,
CHARCOAL LAYER
3000
PIPE
(FOR
STD.
2X
1060 SQ
600 SQ
FINISHED GRADE LEVEL
1/00
0
0
Page 1 of 1
11:0:111011011.
,ADAIIIPAIDA111
'41111111111111111
0
0
NUMBER PLATE
FIXED TO
TOP COVER
LONG, 65 DIA. N.B.

(MEDIUM), WITH CAP
DETAILS REFER
7-51-0101)
EARTH ELECTRODE
PIT NO.-01
0
700
ANCINCADADACIIIIM MECSEMEMWSW,
DETAIL-1
MUM
St_comowest_Esaalittot:WoWaAtor.
EMI
GI OP 0.111.11, 10
1000 PVC PIPE
BRICK
WORK
II
II
NOTES:-
DETAIL-2
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM.

BRICK WORK SHALL BE DONE AFTER COMPACTING THE SOIL.
AFTER REMOVAL OF CAP, OWNER SHALL BE ABLE TO POUR
WATER THROUGH HIS OWN FUNNEL WITH STEEL WIRE MESH.
COLOUR CODING & PAINTING OF COVERS SHALL BE AS PER
OISD NORMS.
IN CASE OF PAVED AREAS, TOP OF PIT SHALL BE FLUSHED
WITH FFL, WHEREAS IN UNPAVED AREAS, TOP OF PIT SHALL
BE PROJECTED 100MM ABOVE FGL.
CONNECTIONS OF G.I. EARTH STRIP TO THE PLATE SHALL BE
IN LINE WITH STD. 7-51-0103.
5
4
Rev.
No.
27.06.11
31.01.07
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED

REAFFIRMED & ISSUED
Date
Page 1156 of 1178
Purpose
BP
BP
Prepared
by
FUNNEL WITH
STEELWIRE
MESH
(REMOVABLE)
65 DIA N.B.
PIPE
(MEDIUM)
DETAIL-3
KS/RSC
RKS/AKJ
Checked
by
te-44.>
JMS
DM
VC
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
ulel
ei
41177I riecnrc, QA 3Vfii1)
AND
7-51-0103 Rev. 5
FIXING DETAILS
400
50 I 50 I 50 I 50 I 50
25
STANDARD No.
TYPICAL EARTH PLATE
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
50 I 50
Page 1 of 1
FOR CONNECTION WITH

G.I. STRIP OF SIZE 75x10.
(TYPICAL)
25
i
II
If
10 DIA HOLES FOR

8MM DIA BOLTS
FOR CONNECTION WITH

G.I. STRIP OF SIZE 50x6
AND BELOW (TYP.)
G.I. EARTH PLATE

WELDED CARBON STEEL
BOLT-8 MM DIA
RCC STRUCTURE
.L
\i \
4.-1
STEEL
STRUCTURE
,,\./ V---, 4
1E1
12 DIA G.I. SPACER

PIPE (TYP.)
'A v/Ar/ A
RN
rArArAv/AVA
1111
111111
Allr All All% All
Air Air Alr
NI MN
G.I. NUT, SPRING

AND PLAIN
WASHERS (TYP.)
G.I. ANCHOR
BOLT 8 MM DIA
SEE
NOTE-1
10 MM THICK G.I.
EARTH PLATE (TYP.)
(SEE NOTE 2)
LOCK NUT & BOLT
0
SEE
NOTE-1
MI\ NM
AN%A AIWA
-I-
10
G.I. EARTH
STRIP
IUI
UPI
G.I. EARTH
PLATE
TYPICAL FIXING DETAIL

OF G.I. EARTH STRIP
TO EARTH PLATE
NOTES:ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM.
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
OF EARTH PLATE ON
R.C.C. STRUCTURES
TYPICAL INSTALLATION
OF EARTH PLATE ON
STEEL STRUCTURES
27.06.11
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED
BP
4
Rev.
No.
31.01.07
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED
BP
Prepared
by
Date
Page 1157 of 1178

Purpose
WHERE FIRE PROOFING OF STEEL

STRUCTURES ARE ENCOUNTERED
LENGTH OF CARBON STEEL BOLTS
SHALL BE SUITABLY INCREASED FOR
FIXING OF EARTH PLATE.
ALL CONNECTIONS WITH EARTH PLATE
SHALL BE MADE WITH 8MM DIA.
BOLT, NUT, SPRING AND PLAIN WASHERS.
CRIMP TYPE CABLE LUGS SHALL BE
USED FOR CONNECTION WITH G.I.
WIRE ROPE.
S
RKS/AKJ
Checked
by
UAP
DM
VC
JMS
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Chairman
Convenor
Approved by
STANDARD No.
$4gar
02e.5
ENGNEERS
Y INDIA LIMITED
SECTION OF
7-51-0303 Rev. 5
RCC CABLE TRENCH
(A Govt. of Indto Undertoking)
Page 1 of 1
REMOVABLE CONCRETE COVER

(SEE NOTE-4)
LIFTING HOOK
TOP OF TRENCH
F.G.L. (UNPAVED AREA)
(SEE NOTE-5)
EARTH STRIP
(IF SPECIFIED)
1.0
.
;(4-ti
G.I. PIPE FOR CABLE

(AS REQUIRED)
' =
-
SAND
ocl
M.V. POWER CABLES

CONTROL CABLES
BRICK
',
300 IMx1001104
Hx200
H.V. POWER CABLES
RCC CABLE TRENCH WITHOUT RACKS

REMOVABLE CONCRETE COVER
(SEE NOTE-4)
LIFTING HOOK
F.F.L. (PAVED AREA)

(SEE NOTE-5)
o
o -
EARTH STRIP
(IF SPECIFIED)
G.I. PIPE FOR CABLE

AS REQUIRED (TYPICAL)
tr)
<'
INSERT PLATE BY STRUCT.

(TYPICAL)
.'.
800
MS ANGLE CABLE SUPPORT

ARRANGEMENT @ 600 MM
BY STRUCTURE (TYPICAL)
( 800
600
RCC CABLE TRENCH WITH RACKS

N
1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM.

2.
WIDTH OF RACKS ON ONE SIDE OR BOTH SIDES SHALL BE DECIDED AS PER JOB
REQUIREMENT.
3.
THE EXACT HEIGHT OF OPENING IN TRENCH WALL FOR G.I. PIPE FOR TAKING CABLE SHALL BE
SUITABLY DECIDED AT SITE.
4.
THE REMOVABLE CONCRETE COVERS SHALL BE SEALED WITH MASTIC ASPHALT FILLER / BITUMEN TO
PREVENT INGRESS OF WATER / HYDROCARBONS IN CABLE TRENCH.
5.
TOP OF THE TRENCH SHALL BE 100 MM ABOVE FINISHED GRADE LEVEL (F.G.L.) IN CASE OF UNPAVED
AREAS AND SHALL BE FLUSHED WITH FINISHED FLOOR LEVEL (F.F.L.) IN CASE OF PAVED AREAS.
6.
MINIMUM GAP OF 250MM SHALL BE PROVIDED BETWEEN FA / COMMUNICATION / TELEPHONE CABLES

AND ALL OTHER POWER / CONTROL CABLES.
"
21.11.13 REVISED & REISSUED AS STANDARD
BP
FA/SA
BP
RKS/NS
Checked
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1158 of
1178
Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Rev.O
Purpose
by
by
UAP/JMS
JMS
SC
VC
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
alf-ar_Jek
kVieg
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
r222.. ofnok: Unde, tnkir70)
STANDARD No.
SAFETY MEASURES FOR

DURING CONSTRUCTION
7-51-0332 Rev. 2
Page 1 of 2
ELECTRICAL POWER IS THE MAINSTAY OF ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. AT THE SAME TIME IT REQUIRES
UTMOST CARE IN IT'S UTILISATION TO AVOID ACCIDENTS DUE TO ELECTRICAL SHOCK, FIRE INCIDENTS OR
ELECTRIC SHORT CIRCUITS. EXPOSURE OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION TO ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS INCREASE THE RISK OF SUCH ACCIDENTS. HENCE IT IS NECESSARY TO TAKE EXTRA
PRECAUTIONS FOR SUCH INSTALLATIONS TO ENSURE SAFETY OF PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT. THIS
STANDARD ADDRESSES THE SAFETY MEASURES REQUIRED TO BE ADOPTED FOR THE ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATIONS BY ALL CONTRACTORS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE.
ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS/WORK FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE CARRIED OUT AS PER
PROVISIONS OF THE LATEST REVISION OF THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS IN ADDITION TO THE
REQUIREMENTS OF STATUTORY AUTHORITIES AND IE RULES:
OISDSTD-173 : FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION SYSTEM FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.
SP-30 (BIS)
: NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE.
THE INSTALLATION SHALL HAVE APPROVAL FROM CONCERNED STATUTORY AUTHORITIES.
ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DONE BY AN ELECTRICIAN WITH VALID LICENCE AND TO THE
SATISFACTION OF ENGINEERINCHARGE.
ONE COMPETENT LICENCED ELECTRICIAN SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE BY CONTRACTOR AT SITE ROUND
THE CLOCK TO ATTEND TO THE NORMAL/EMERGENCY JOBS.
ALL SWITCH BOARDS/WELDING MACHINES SHALL BE KEPT IN WELL VENTILATED & COVERED SHED.
THE SHED SHALL BE ELEVATED TO AVOID WATER LOGGING. NO FLAMMABLE MATERIALS SHALL BE
USED FOR CONSTRUCTING THE SHED. ALSO FLAMMABLE MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE STORED IN AND
AROUND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT/SWITCHBOARD. ADEQUATE CLEARANCES AND OPERATIONAL SPACE
SHALL BE PROVIDED AROUND THE EQUIPMENT.
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND INSULATING MATS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ALL POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTERS.
TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE EMPLOYED IN HAZARDOUS AREAS WITHOUT OBTAINING
SAFETY PERMIT.
PROPER HOUSE KEEPING SHALL BE DONE AROUND THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.
ALL TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE TESTED BEFORE ENERGISING, TO ENSURE PROPER
EARTHING, BONDING, SUITABILITY OF PROTECTION SYSTEM, ADEQUACY OF FEEDERS/CABLES ETC.
ALL WELDERS SHALL USE HAND GLOVES IRRESPECTIVE OF HOLDER VOLTAGE.
MULTILINGUAL (ENGLISH, HINDI AND LOCAL LANGUAGE) CAUTION BOARDS, SHOCK TREATMENT CHARTS
AND INSTRUCTION PLATE CONTAINING LOCATION OF ISOLATION POINT FOR INCOMING SUPPLY, NAME
& TELEPHONE NO. OF CONTACT PERSON IN EMERGENCY SHALL BE PROVIDED IN SUBSTATIONS AND
NEAR ALL DISTRIBUTION BOARDS/LOCAL PANELS.
OPERATION OF EARTH LEAKAGE DEVICE SHALL BE CHECKED REGULARLY BY TEMPORARILY CONNECTING
SERIES TEST LAMP (2 BULBS OF EQUAL RATING CONNECTED IN SERIES) BETWEEN PHASE AND EARTH.
12.
THE FOLLOWING DESIGN FEATURES SHALL BE ENSURED FOR ALL ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS DURING
CONSTRUCTION PHASE.
12.1
EACH INSTALLATION SHALL HAVE A MAIN SWITCH WITH A PROTECTIVE DEVICE, INSTALLED IN AN
ENCLOSURE ADJACENT TO THE METERING POINT. THE OPERATING HEIGHT OF THE MAIN SWITCH
SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.5 M. THE MAIN SWITCH SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE POINT OF SUPPLY
BY MEANS OF ARMOURED CABLE.
12.2
THE OUTGOING FEEDERS SHALL BE DOUBLE OR TRIPLE POLE SWITCHES WITH FUSES/MCBs. LOADS
IN A THREE PHASE CIRCUIT SHALL BE BALANCED AS FAR AS POSSIBLE AND LOAD ON NEUTRAL
SHOULD NOT EXCEED 20% OF LOAD IN THE PHASE.
2
1
02.03.12
26.09.06
Rev.
No.
Date
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED

REVISED & ISSUED AS STANDARAD
Page 1159 of 1178

Format No. 8-00-0001-F4
Rev.O
Purpose
);t46#14C
RKS/UAP
BP
Prepared
by
Checked
by
UAP/JMS
JMS
DM
VC
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
Of=a-ael
ENGINEERS
INDIA LIMITED
015leg,
12.3
n di o Undertoking;
STANDARD No.
SAFETY MEASURES FOR

DURING CONSTRUCTION
7-51-0332 Rev. 2
Page 2 of 2
THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE ADEQUATELY PROTECTED AGAINST OVERLOAD, SHORT CIRCUIT AND EARTH
LEAKAGE BY THE USE OF SUITABLE PROTECTIVE DEVICES. FUSES WHEREVER USED SHALL BE HRC TYPE.
USE OF REWIRABLE FUSES SHALL BE STRICTLY PROHIBITED. THE EARTH LEAKAGE DEVICE SHALL HAVE
AN OPERATING CURRENT NOT EXCEEDING 30 mA.
ALL CONNECTIONS TO THE HANDTOOLS/WELDING RECEPTACLES SHALL BE TAKEN THROUGH PROPER
12.4
SWITCHES, SOCKETS AND PLUGS.

12.5
ALL SINGLE PHASE SOCKETS SHALL BE MINIMUM 3 PIN TYPE ONLY. ALL UNUSED SOCKETS SHALL BE
PROVIDED WITH SOCKET CAPS.
12.6
ONLY 3 CORE (P+N+E) OVERALL SHEATHED FLEXIBLE CABLES WITH MINIMUM CONDUCTOR SIZE OF
2
1.5 MM COPPER SHALL BE USED FOR ALL HAND TOOLS.
12.7
ONLY METALLIC DISTRIBUTION BOXES WITH DOUBLE EARTHING SHALL BE USED AT SITE. NO WOODEN
BOXES SHALL BE USED.
12.8
ALL POWER CABLES SHALL BE TERMINATED WITH COMPRESSION TYPE CABLE GLANDS.
LUGS SHALL BE USED FOR MULTISTRAND WIRES/CABLES.
12.9
CABLES SHALL BE FREE FROM ANY INSULATION DAMAGE.
12.10 CABLES SHALL BE LAID IN UNDERGROUND AT A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 750 MM, FOR LV & CONTROLS
AND 900MM FOR HV CABLES COVERED WITH SAND, BRICK AND SOIL FOR ENSURING MECHANICAL
PROTECTION. CABLES SHALL NOT BE LAID IN WATER LOGGED AREA AS FAR AS PRACTICABLE
CABLE ROUTE MARKERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EVERY 25 M OF BURIED TRENCH ROUTE. WHEN
LAID ABOVE GROUND, CABLES SHALL BE PROPERLY CLEATED OR SUPPORTED ON RIGID POLES OF
ATLEAST 2.1 M HIGH. MINIMUM HEAD CLEARANCE OF 6 METERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT ROAD CROSSING.
12.11
UNDER GROUND CABLES SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO CROSS THE ROADS WITHOUT PIPE SLEEVE
12.12
ALL CABLE JOINTS SHALL BE DONE WITH PROPER JOINTING KIT. NO TAPED/TEMPORARY JOINTS SHALL
BE USED.
12.13
AN INDEPENDENT EARTHING FACILITY SHOULD PREFERABLY BE ESTABLISHED WITHIN THE TEMPORARY

INSTALLATION PREMISES. ALL APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ADEQUATELY EARTHED. IN CASE
ARMOURED CABLES ARE USED, THE ARMOUR SHALL BE BONDED TO THE EARTHING SYSTEM.
12.14
ALL CABLES AND WIRE ROPE USED FOR EARTH CONNECTIONS SHALL BE TERMINATED THROUGH TINNED
COPPER LUGS.
12.15
IN CASE OF LOCAL EARTHING, EARTH ELECTRODES SHALL BE BURIED NEAR THE SUPPLY POINT AND
EARTH CONTINUITY WIRE SHALL BE CONNECTED TO LOCAL EARTH PLATE FOR FURTHER DISTRIBUTION
TO VARIOUS APPLIANCES. ALL INSULATED WIRES FOR EARTH CONNECTION SHALL HAVE INSULATION OF
GREEN COLOUR.
12.16
SEPARATE CORE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR NEUTRAL. EARTH/STRUCTURES SHALL NOT BE USED AS A
NEUTRAL IN ANY CASE.
12.17
ON/OFF POSITION OF ALL SWITCHES SHALL BE CLEARLY DESIGNATED/PAINTED FOR EASY ISOLATION
IN EMERGENCY.
13.
ALL INSULATIONS SHALL BE INSPECTED BY ENGINEERINCHARGE ATLEAST ONCE IN A MONTH.
02.03.12
REAFFIRMED & ISSUED
26.09.06
Rev.
No.
Date
Page 1160 of 1178
Purpose
BP *- -
BP
Prepared
by
C
RKS/UAP
Checked
by
X--S('S/
UAP/J MS
9Th .1
DM
J MS
VC
Stds. Committee
Stds. Bureau
Convenor
Chairman
Approved by
REF. DWG. NO.
REFERENCE DRAWING TITLE
N
NOTES :-
FIRE STN.
20x40
CRUDE OIL RECIEPT

FACILITY
S/S
EXISTING EARTHEN DYKE
DHT
FEED
41-TT-101A
N -1092.50
E - 859.15
VGO
REFORMATE
NHT FEED
RCC
FW RERVOIR-II
75x40
NOTE 10
DHDT FEED
41-TT-101B
N - 1037.50
E - 859.15
FLARE GAS RECOVERY

SYSTEM
VGO
CONSTRUCTION
YARD
ISOMERATE
NOTE 9
VR
(CA
R
TE
)
WAR-II 000m3
W
I
A O 12
C R RV m3+
RC ESE44200
R .
CRUDE
CRUDE
P/S
VR
SRR-2
P
(CA
ROADS TO BE WIDENED FROM 7.5M TO 12.5M
DHT
90X170
LPG MOUNDED BULLETS

H2SO4 DOSING
SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL YARD
6.
INCINERATOR
7.
CSS-4
8.
BIOREMEDIATION UNIT
9.
SLUDGE PIT
PROPOSED HCU LOCATION
PROPOSED CA/IG PLANT LOCATION

PROPOSED COOLING TOWER LOCATION
13. MICROWAVE TOWER

14. LPG SPHERE
PROPOSED DCU LOCATION
15. LPG BULLETS
17. ROADS IN PROPOSED FACILITIES BLOCK (HCU, SDA, ETP, DCU, COKE
STORAGE YARD, POWER PLANT AND MAIN CONTROL ROOM)
P/H
CHAIN LINK FENCING

TO BE DISMANTLED
107A
SUB-STN.
MIBK
SRR-6
107B
S/S-6
DCU
175x135
BBU
115.5x65.5
59x19.1
WAX C/R
CWTP
SOLVENT
DEOILING UNIT
107X85
CHANNEL
CT CELL
BITUMEN LOADING
GANTRY
60x24
SRR-5
.5M
5.
BITUMEN TANK
MAIN CONTROL
ROOM
110x70
M TO 12
ROM 6.0
WEIGH BRIDGE (PROPOSED SWITCH YARD LOCATION)
SRR-1
PAVED AREA
PROPOSED FUEL OIL TANK
NRL HSD CONSUMER PUMP (PROPOSED DM & CPU LOCATION)
4.
12. CRAFT TRAINING CENTRE
P/S
S/S-3
S/S-5
3.
PROPOSED SULPHUR BLOCK
S/S-1
CA/IG
50x70
FIRE WATER RESERVOIR & PH
11. EXCHANGE BUILDING STORAGE YARD
S/S-10
S/S-4
ETP
RAW WATER RESERVOIR & PH
2.
16. LPG TRUCK LOADING
NHT/CCR/ISOM
100x290
108A
SLOP
SDA
1.
10. BANK & POST OFFICE PROPOSED COKE
PAVED AREA
PAVED AREA
HGU
120x85
CDU/VDU/
LPG TREATING UNIT
260x140
108B
SLOP
S/S-2
PAVED AREA
CRUDE
PAVED AREA
HCU
175x140
PROPOSED WAX EXCHANGERS

FOR MVGO / HVGO
PAVED AREA
PAVED AREA
CWPH
S/Y CR
RAMP
RAMP
S/S-09
RAMP
RAMP
COKE STORAGE
YARD
180x125
103A
103B
104A 104B
105A 105B
105C 105D
S/S-9
WALKWAY
PARKING.
ADMN. CANTEEN
BUILDING
REFER
NOTE-6
N-104.50
E-2135.00
OWS SUMP & P/H
SRR-7
S/S-7
GATE HOUSE
LPG
BOTLING PLANT
N-141.50
E-2207.00
E-2356.5
N-173
N-90.00
NRL HSD
CONSUMER PUMP
TO BE DISMANTLED
CONSTRUCTION
FABRICATION
DHDT
PROJECT
KEY PLAN
SNO.
SPHERE/BULLET NO.
SERVICE
NO. OF
SPHERE/BULLET
FLASH
POINT
CAPACITY(M3)
SIZE
DIA. (M)
1.
40-TS-101A/B/C
L.P.G.
2117
TTL=9M
2.
44-VV-003
L.P.G.
70.6
I.D.=3M
S.NO.
TANK NO.
OF FLASH NOM/STOR.
SERVICE NO.
TANKS POINT CAPACITY(M3) TYPE
SIZE
DIA*H
1.
40-TT-FR-101 A/B/C/D
CRUDE OIL
22.6
50000/49580
F.R.
70.0*14.4
2.
44-TT-FR-102 A/B/C
NAPTHA
22.6
16880/15100
F.R.
40.0*13.5
3.
44-TT-CFR-103 A/B/C
ATF
38
2530/1720
C.F.R.
18.0*10.0
4.
44-TT-FR-104 A/B
SKO
35
25900/23100
F.R.
48.0*14.4
5.
44-TT-FR-105 A/B/C & 104C
HSD
35/38
F.R.
45.0*14.5 ;48.0*14.4
6.
44-TT-FR-106 A/B/C
FUEL OIL(IFO)
>66
23000/20700;
25900/23100
1200
C.R.
13.0*9.2
7.
41-TT-CR-107 A/B
VAC.RES.
170
7925/7400
C.R.
29.0*12.0
8.
41-TT-CR-108 A/B
RCO
66
7860/7820
C.R.
29.0*12.0
9.
41-TT-CR-109 A/B
VAC.DIST.
66
12800/12541
C.R.
34.0*14.0
10.
41-TT-CR-110 A/B
COK. DIST.
44
2800
C.R.
19.0*10.0
11.
41-TT-CR-113 A/B
SLOPS(WET)
>66
300
12.
41-TT-FR-114 A/B/C
DRY SLOPS
<23
13.
41-TT-CFR-115 A & 115B
14.
41-TT-CFR-115C
H2U FEED
NAPHTHA;FLO
NAPHTHA
15.
44-TT-FR-117 A/B
16.
44-TT-FR-118 A/B
ISOMERATE /
REFORMATE
MOTOR SPIRIT
REV. DATE
REVISIONS
BY
CHKD APPD PEM/PC
3
3
3
3130/2600
<23; >105 3650; 3650
C.R.
F.R.
uqekyhxM+ fjQkbZujh fyfeVsM
8.0*6.0
Page 1161 of 1178
N-185.00
E-2017.00
N-171.00
E-2090.00
DG.
RM
106A 106B
SWITCH YARD
132/33KV
MAINT.BLDG.
TO BE DISMANTLED
HYDROFINISHING
UNIT
SUB. STATION
450 DIA.
EXHAUST FAN
LPG TRUCK LOADING

TO BE DISMANTLED
1000
1000
RAMP
102
E-2356.5
N-232
E-2135.00
CONTROL
ROOM
STORE
S L E E P E R (NEW)
160 PVC RAIN WATER PIPE

EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
(TYP.)
S/S-8
101B
PIPE
STAIRCASE
WIDTH-1500
TREAD-300
RISER-38 NOS.
RAMP
SLABBING &
PACKING UNIT &
WAREHOUSE
BOILER
AREA FOR DM
& CPU
COOLING TOWER
CWTP
T
ROADS
SULPHUR BLOCK
COOLING TOWER
101A
ENED F
O BE WID
The drawing, design and details given on this format are the property of ENGINEERS INDIA LIMITED. They are merely loaned on the borrower's express agreement that
they will not be reproduced, copied, exhibited or used, except in the limited way permitted by a written consent given by the lender to the borrower for the intended use.
DHDT FEED
R
TE
)
WA -I 000m3
W OIR 12
A
C R RV m3+
RC ESE44200
R P.
P/H
izLrqr vkjs[k ,oa blesa fufgr fMt+kbu bathfu;LkZ bafM;k fyfeVsM dh LkaifRr gSA ;s ek= m/kkj fn, x, gSa vkSj m/kkjdrkZ us ;g Li"V Lke>kSrk fd;k gS fd u rks mUgsa iqu% eqfnzr fd;kk tk,xk] u udy dh tk,xh] u
m/kkj fn, tk,axs] u iznf'kZr fd, tk,axs vkSj u gh Lkhfer vkSj futh iz;ksx ds vykok budk dksbZ vU; iz;ksx gksxk vkSj ;g iz;ksx m/kkj nsus okys }kjk m/kkjdrkZ dks fyf[kr :i esa nh xbZ Lkgefr Lks gksxk A
RWTP AND
FILTERED WATER
RESERVOIR
NOTE 9
RCC
FW RERVOIR-I
75x40
CRUDE OIL RECIEPT
FW PH
FLARE
20.0*10.0
C.F.R.;Do 20.0*14.5; 20*14.6
11500
C.F.R.
40.0*13.5
<23
5000
F.R.
25.5*12.0
<23
5000
C.F.R.
25.5*13.0
LkEiwZ.k {ks= foU;kLk

SCALE
JOB NO.
UNIT
DIVN. DEPT.
DWG. NO.
3-1641-0500 REV.2
REV.
A0-1189 x 841
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
N
NOTES :1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETRES AND LEVELS IN METRES.
2. FOR EXACT LOCATION/LEVELS REFER GENERAL CIVIL AREA DRG./ PLOT PLAN
3. LEVEL 100.000 INDICATES HIGHEST PAVED POINT (H.P.P.) AS MARKED IN THE
EQUIPMENT LAYOUT-DRG NO. A774-021-16-43-0001.
4. CO-ORDINATES SHALL BE VERIFIED AT SITE BEFORE CONSTRUCTION.
5. FOR FLASHING DETAIL REFER EIL STD NO. 7-75-0091.
6. GRID NO. ARE MARKED AS/EQUIPMENT LAYOUTDRG NO. A774-021-16-43-0001.
7. ENTRY, EXIT, LEVELS, (FFL & FRL) TO BE MARKED IN THE STRUCTURAL
DRAWINGS.
8. TOTAL SHED HEIGHT, CRANE GIRDER SIZE / DEPTH SHALL BE AS MARKED IN
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS.
9. OPENINGS AROUND ALL 4 SIDES IS 3M. TO BE CONFIRMED BY PARENT
DEPARTMENT.
10. ALL CUT OUTS & OPENINGS IN THE SIDE WALL SHEETING SHALL BE AS PER PIPING,
STRUCTURE & OTHER RELEVANT VENDOR DATA / DRAWINGS.
CL OF RIDGE
RIDGE PIECE BENT TO SHAPE
REF. DWG. NO.
A774-021-81-41-02001
1
PRECOATED
GALVALUME SHEET
D
STEEL LOUVERS
AS PER SPECS
PRECOATED
GALVALUME SHEET
PRECOATED GALVALUME
SHEET (TYP.)
STEEL LOUVERS
AS PER SPECS
ROOF MONITOR
PRECOATED
GALVALUME SHEET
STEEL LOUVERS
AS PER SPECS
1000
(TYP.)
G
2000
(TYP.)
3000
(TYP.)
100.000
H.P.P.
POLYCARBONATE
TRANSPARENT SHEET
IN ROOFING (TYP.)
SIDE ELEVATION
ROOF PLAN
I
RIDGE PIECE BENT TO SHAPE

ROOF SHEETING AS/SPEC
CL OF RIDGE
ROOF MONITOR
BIRD MESH WITH LOUVERS

POLYCARBONATE
TRANSPARENT SHEET
J
ESLOP
2500
SLOP
1:3
E-1
:3
STEEL LOUVERS
AS PER SPECS
750 WIDE WALKWAY

ON BOTH SIDE
EOT CRANE
PRECOATED
GALVALUME SHEET
STEEL LOUVERS
AS PER SPECS
PRECOATED
GALVALUME SHEET
COMPRESSOR HOUSE
COMPRESSOR HOUSE
( HEAVY DUTY FLOORING)
LEGEND :-
STEEL LOUVERS
AS PER SPECS
EOT CRANE
100.00
H.P.P
100.000
H.P.P.
H.P.P. - HIGHEST PAVED POINT

M
PLATFORM
PRECOATED
GALVALUME SHEET
MONORAIL
1000
(TYP.)
3000
(TYP.)
100.000
H.P.P.
100.000
H.P.P.
B 30.11.15 ISSUED FOR TENDER

A 24.11.15 ISSUED FOR COMMENTS
REV. DATE
COLUMN AS/STR.
(TYP.)
750 WIDE WALKWAY

ABOVE ON BOTH SIDE
(TYP.)
100.000
H.P.P.
PRECOATED GALVALUME
SHEET ABOVE (TYP.)
BS
BS
REVISIONS
POLYCARBONATE
TRANSPARENT SHEET
IN ROOFING (TYP.)
COMPRESSOR HOUSE
vk;kstuk] n`'; ,oa dkV

SCALE
1:10 0
4
DHDT
dEizSlj gkml
CHKD APPD PEM/PC
M/S NUMALIGARH REFINERY LIMITED
GROUND FLOOR PLAN
BY
JS
JS
SECTION 1-1
GJK
GJK
10
11
12
13
14
JOB NO.
PLAN, ELEVATION & SECTION
UNIT
DIVN. DEPT.
DWG. NO.
REV.
A 7 7 4 0 2 1 8 1 4 1 0 2 0 0 1 B
15
16
3-1641-0500 REV.2
A0-1189 x 841
Page 1162 of 1178
2000
(TYP.)
POLYCARBONATE
TRANSPARENT SHEET
IN ROOFING (TYP.)
DATE
REVISIONS
SCALE
JOB NO.
UNIT
1:250
A774
021
BY
DEPT. DIVN.
16
43
DWG. NO.
REV.
0001
0
3-1641-0500 REV.2
A0-1189 x 841
Page 1163 of 1178
REF. DWG. NO.

CHKD APPD
NUMALIGARH REFINERY LTD.
NUMALIGARH REFINERY DHDT LTD.
Page 1164 of 1178
Page 1165 of 1178
Page 1166 of 1178
Page 1167 of 1178
Page 1168 of 1178
Page 1169 of 1178
Page 1170 of 1178
Page 1171 of 1178
Page 1172 of 1178
Page 1173 of 1178
Page 1174 of 1178
Page 1175 of 1178
Page 1176 of 1178
Page 1177 of 1178
Page 1178 of 1178

EIL Tender

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EIL Tender

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EPCM services for DHDT Project of NRL Refinery

Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document

ITEM RATE TENDER (ORIGINATOR/CONTRIBUTOR)

Standard specification civil and structural works - general scope.

Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document

Click on the Document Title to go to that section of the document

Compressor House Plan, Elevation & Section

EQUIPMENT LAYOUT FOR DHT

EQUIPMENT LAYOUT FOR SRU

ANY OTHER DOCUMENT

NUMALIGARH REFINERY LIMITED

PREPARED & ISSUED BY:

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB) WITH ANNEXURE

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC) WITH ANNEXURE

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (SCC)

QUALITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM

HEALTH, SAFETY & ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT

LIST OF MINIMUM CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE OF KEY SUPERVISORY

VENDOR LIST FOR CEMENT AND STEEL

PENAL RECOVERY FOR NON-MOBILISATION OF EQUIPMENTS

CONDITIONS FOR ISSUE AND RECONCILIATION OF MATERIALS

OISD-192 AND OISD-207

ITEMS QUALIFIED FOR SECURED ADVANCE

APPROVAL OF CONSTRUCTION SUB- CONTRACTOR

SUMMARY OF PRICE (SP-0)

DETAILS OF SERVICE TAX (SP-2)

ESTIMATED SCHEDULE OF RATES (SP-1)

DETAILED SCHEDULE OF RATES (SP-3)

Pre Bid Meeting

Bid Due Date/ Time

At 1030 Hrs (IST) on

Unpriced Bid Opening

AGM (C&P, EIL)

NOTICE INVITING TENDER (NIT)

BIDDING DOC. NO.: SK/A774-000-CI-TN-8102/1004

BRIEF SCOPE OF WORK:

TIME SCHEDULE FOR COMPLETION:

Bidding Document available on

: From 29.12.2015 to 19.01.2016

Last date of Receipt of Bidders

Date of Pre Bid Meeting

Last Date and time of Online

: Up to 1200 Hrs. (IST) on 19.01.2016

Online Opening of Technocommercial Unpriced Bid

: 1500 Hrs. (IST) on 19.01.2016 (*)

Earnest Money Deposit / Bid

: INR 1,00,00,000 /- (Rupees One Crore Only).

Cost of Bidding Document (NonRefundable)

Opening of Priced Bids

: On date & time to be intimated later

at 1030 Hrs. (IST) on 11.01.2016 (*) at NRL

BIDDER QUALIFICATION CRITERIA(BQC):

A job completed by a bidder as a sub-contractor shall be considered for the purpose of

DOCUMENTS AND DATA REQUIRED WITH BID

Submission of authentic documents is the prime responsibility of the Bidder. However,

SUBMISSION OF BIDS & VALIDITY

Bidders to refer Instruction to Bidders for E-Tendering Methodology provided as Annexure-I to

EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT (EMD

Bidder shall not be under liquidation, court receivership or similar proceeding.

Bids submitted on Consortium or un-incorporated Joint-Venture basis shall not be accepted.

Clarification, if any, can be obtained from Mr S.K.Singh through following number.

That I am the authorized representative and signatory of M/s

That the document (s) submitted, as mentioned hereunder, by M/s